GRAMMAR FOR LANGUAGE LEARNING

ELEMENTS
of SUCCESS

ANNE M. EDIGER
LINDA LEE
JENNI CURRIE SANTAMARIA

0X10 RD
UNIVERSITY PRESS
 s h a p in g learning t o g e t h e r
We would like to thank the following classes for piloting Elements of Success:
University of Delaware English Language Institute
Teacher: Kathleen Vodvarka
Students: Ahmad Alenzi, Bandar Manei Algahmdi, Fadi Mohammed Alhazmi, Abdel Rahman Atal la h, Anna Kuzmina,
Muhanna Sayer Aljuaid, Coulibaly Sita

ABC Adult School, Cerritos, CA

Teacher: Jenni Santamaria
Students: Gabriela A. Marquez Aguilar, Yijung Chen, Laura Gomez, Terry Hahn, EunKyung Lee, Subin Lee, Sunmin Lee,
Jane Leelachat, Lilia Nunezuribe, Gina Olivar, Young Park, Seol Hee Seok, Kwang Mi Song

During the development of Elements of Success, we spoke with teachers and professionals who are
passionate about teaching grammar. Their feedback led us to create Elements of Success: Grammar
for Language Learning, a course that solves teaching challenges by presenting grammar clearly,
simply, and completely. We would like to acknowledge the advice of teachers from
USA • BRAZIL • CANADA • COSTA RICA • GUATEMALA • IRAN • JAPAN • MEXICO • OMAN • RUSSIA
SAUDI ARABIA • SOUTH KOREA • TUNISIA • TURKEY • UKRAINE • THE UNITED ARAB EMIRATES

Mehmet Abi, Mentese Anatolian High School,
Turkey; Anna-Marie Aldaz, Dona Ana
Community College, NM; Diana Allen, Oakton
Community College, IL; Marjorie Allen, Harper
College, IL; Mark Alves, Montgomery College,
Rockville, MD; Kelly Arce, College of Lake
County, IL; Irma Arencibia, Union City Adult
Learning Center, NJ; Arlys Arnold, University of
Minnesota, MN; Marcia Arthur, Renton
Technical College, WA; Alexander Astor, Hostos
Community College, NY; Chris Atkins, CHICLE
Language Institute, NC; Karin Avila-John,
University of Dayton, OH; Ümmet Aydan,
Karabuk University, Iran; Fabiana Azurmendi;
John Baker, Wayne State University, Ml; Sepehr
Bamdadnia; Terry Barakat, Missouri State
University, MO; Marie Bareille, Borough of
Manhattan Community College, NY; Eileen
Barlow, SUNY Albany, NY; Denise Barnes,
Madison English as a Second Language School,
Wl; Kitty Barrera, University of Houston, TX;
Denise Barsotti, EID Training Solutions, FL;
Maria Bauer, El Camino College; Christine
Bauer-Ramazani, Saint Michael's College, VT;
Jamie Beaton, Boston University, MA; Gena
Bennett, Cornerstone University, NE; Linda
Berendsen, Oakton Community College, IL;
Carol Berteotti; Grace Bishop, Houston
Community College,TX; Perrin Blackman,
University of Kansas, KS; Mara Blake-Ward,
Drexel University English Language Center, PA;
Melissa Bloom, ELS; Alexander Bochkov, ELS,
WA; Marcel Bolintiam, University of Colorado,
CO; Nancy Boyer, Golden West College, CA;
T. Bredl,The New School, NY; Rosemarie
Brefeld, University of Missouri, MO; Leticia
Brereton, Kingsborough Community College,
NY; Deborah Brooks, Laney College, CA; Kevin
Brown, Irvine Community College, CA; Rachel
Brown, Center for Literacy, NY; Tracey Brown,
Parkland College, IL; Crystal Brunelli,Tokyo
Jogakkan Middle and High School, Japan;
Tom Burger, Harris County Department of
Education, TX; Thom Burns, Tokyo English
Specialists College, Japan; Caralyn Bushey,
Maryland English Institute, MD; Gül Büyü,
Ankara University, Turkey; Scott Callaway,
Community Family Centers,TX; Adele Camus,
George Mason University, VA; Nigel Caplan,
University of Delaware, DE; Nathan Carr,
California State University, CA; Christina
Cavage, Savannah College of Art and Design,
GA; Neslihan Çelik, Ôzdemir Sabanci Emirgan
Anatolian High School, Turkey; Shelley Cetin,
Kansas City Kansas Community College, KS; Hoi
Yuen Chan, University of Wyoming, WY; Esther
Chase, Berwyn Public Library, IL; Suzidilara
Çinar, Yildirim Beyazit University, Turkey; Diane
Cirino, SUNY Suffolk, NY; Cara Codney, Emporia
State University, KS; Catherine Coleman, Irvine
Valley College, CA; Jenelle Collins, Washington
High School, AZ; Greg Conner, Orange Coast
Community College, CA; Ewelina Cope, The
Language Company, PA; Jorge Cordon, Colegio
Montessori, Guatemala; Kathy Cornman,
University of Michigan, Ml; Barry Costa, Castro
Valley Adult and Career Education, CA; Cathy
Costa, Edmonds Community College, WA; Julia
Cote, Houston Community College NE,TX;
Eileen Cotter, Montgomery College, MD;
Winnie Cragg, Mukogawa Fort Wright Institute,
WA; Douglas Craig, Diplomatic Language
Services, VA; Elizabeth Craig, Savannah College
of Art and Design, GA; Ann Telfair Cramer,
Florida State College at Jacksonville, FL; R. M.
Crocker, Plano Independent School District,TX;
Virginia Cu, Queens Adult Learning Center, CT;
Marc L. Cummings, Jefferson Community and
Technical College, KY; Roberta Cummings,
Trinidad Correctional Facility, CO; David
Dahnke, Lone Star College-North Harris,TX;
Debra Daise, University of Denver, CO;
L. Dalgish, Concordia College, NY; Kristen
Danek, North Carolina State University, NC;
April Darnell, University of Dayton, OH; Heather
Davis, OISE Boston, MA; Megan Davis, Embassy
English, NY; Jeanne de Simon, University of
West Florida, FL; Renee Delatizky, Boston
University, MA; Sonia Delgadillo, Sierra
Community College, NY; Gôzde Burcu
Demirkul, Orkunoglu College,Turkey; Stella L.
Dennis, Longfellow Middle School, NY;
Mary Diamond, Auburn University, AL; Emily
Dibala, Bucks County Community College, PA;
Cynthia Dieckmann, West Chester East High
School, PA; Michelle DiGiorno, Richland
College,TX; Luciana Diniz, Portland Community
College, OR; Ôzgür Dirik, Yildiz Technical
University,Turkey; Marta O. Dmytrenko-Arab,
Wayne State University, Ml; Margie Domingo,
Intergenerational Learning Community, CO;
Kellie Draheim, Hongik University, South Korea;
like Buyuk Duman, Sehir University, Turkey;
Jennifer Eick-Magan, Prairie State College, IL;
Juliet Emanuel, Borough of Manhattan
Community College, NY; David Emery, Kaplan
International Center, CA; Patricia Emery,
Jefferson County Literacy Council, Wl; Eva
Engelhard, Kaplan International Center, WA;
Nancey Epperson, Harry S.Truman College, IL;
Ken Estep, Mentor Language Institute, CA;
Cindy Etter, University of Washington, WA;
Rhoda Fagerland, St. Cloud State University,
MN; Anrisa Fannin, Diablo Valley College, CA;
Marie Farnsworth, Union Public Schools, OK;
Jim Fenton, Bluegrass Community Technical
College, KY; Lynn Filazzola, Nassau BOCES Adult
Learning Center, NY; Christine Finck, Stennis
Language Lab; Mary Fischer,Texas Intensive
English Program,TX; Mark Fisher, Lone Star
College, TX; Celeste Flowers, University of
Central Arkansas, AR; Elizabeth Foss,
Washtenaw Community College, Ml; Jacqueline
Fredericks, West Contra Costa Adult Education,
CA; Patricia Gairaud, San Jose City College, CA;
Patricia Gallo, Delaware Technical Community
College, DE; Beverly Gandall, Coastline
Community College, CA; Alberto Garrido,The
Community College of Baltimore County, MD;
Debbie Garza, Park University, MO; Karen
Gelender, Castro Valley Adult and Career
Education, CA; Ronald Gentry, Suenos
Compartidos, Mexico; Kathie Madden Gerecke,
North Shore Community College, MA; Jeanne
Gibson, Colorado State University, CO;
A. Elizabeth GilfiIlan, Houston Community
College,TX; Melanie Gobert,The Higher
Colleges ofTechnology, UAE; Ellen Goldman,
West Valley College, CA; Jo Golub, Houston
Community College,TX; Maria Renata
Gonzalez, Colegio Montessori, Guatemala;
Elisabeth Goodwin, Pima Community College,
AZ; John Graney, Santa Fe College, FL; Karina
Greene, CUNY in the Heights, NY; Katherine
Gregorio, CASA de Maryland, MD; Claudia
Gronsbell, La Escuelita, NY; Yvonne Groseil,
Hunter College, NY; Alejandra Gutierrez,
Hartnell College, CA; Eugene Guza, North
Orange County Community College District, CA;
Mary Beth Haan, El Paso Community College,
TX; Elizabeth Haga, State College of Florida, FL;
Saeede Haghi, Ozyegin University,Turkey;
Laura Halvorson, Lorain County Community
College, OH; Nancy Hamadou, Pima
Community College, AZ; Kerri Hamberg,
Brookline Community and Adult Education, MA;

ii
 Katia Hameg, L'Envol Des Langues, Québec,
Canada; Sunsook Han, King Abdulaziz
University, Saudi Arabia; Aniko Harrier, Valencia
College, FL; James M. Harris, University of
Texas-Pan American, TX; Susan Haskins-Doloff,
Pratt Institute, NY; Olcay Havalan, Bursa
Anadolu Erkek Lises!,Turkey; Marla Heath,
Sacred Heart University, CT; Jean Hendrickson,
SUNY Stony Brook, NY; Tracy Henninger-Willey,
Lane Community College, OR; Emily Herrick,
University of Nebraska, NE; Jan Hinson, Carson
Newman University,TN; Lisa Hockstein, SUNY
Westchester, NY; Sarah Hodge, Defense
Language Institute,TX; Kristie Hofelich, Brown
Mackie College, KY; Harry Holden, North Lake
Community College,TX; Elke Holtz, Escuela
Sierra Nevada, Mexico; Hirofumi Hosokawa,
Fukuoka Jo Gakuin University, Japan; Elisa Hunt,
North Dakota State University, ND; Lutfi
Hussein, Mesa Community College, AZ; Curt
Hutchison, Leeward Community College, HI;
Elizabeth lannotti, LaGuardia Community
College, NY; Barbara Inerfeld, Rutgers
University, NJ; Julie Ingber, Columbia University,
NY; Debbie Janysek, Victoria College,TX; Joan
Jarrett, Feather River College, CA; Shawn Jarvis,
St. Cloud State University, MN; Justin Jernigan,
Georgia Gwinnett College, GA; Melanie Jipping,
Tokyo International University of America, OR;
Catherine Jones, Excellent Interpreting, CO;
Jackie Jones, Wayne State University, Ml; Irene
Juzkiw, University of Missouri, MO; Aysegul
Liman Kaban, Gedik University,Turkey; Vivian
Kahn, Long Island University, NY; Eleanor
Kamataris, Harris Middle School,TX; Gursharan
Kandola, University of Houston,TX; Emily
Kaney, Northern Michigan University, Ml;
Krystal Kaplan, Pace University, NY; Linda
Karlen, Oakton Community College, IL;
Katherine Katsenis, Lyceum Tutorial Services,
LLC, CA; Martha Kehl, Ohlone College, CA;
Scott Keller, Literacy Volunteers of Leon County,
FL; Robert Kelso, Miami Dade College, FL;
Alicia N. Kenter, City College of San Francisco,
CA; Paul Kern, Green River Community College,
WA; Mignon Kery, H-B Woodlawn Secondary
Program, VA; Candace Khanna, Laney College,
CA; Joy Kidstry, University of Phoenix, AZ;
Cynthia Kilpatrick,The University ofTexas at
Arlington,TX; Doe-Hyung Kim, Georgia
Gwinnett College, GA; Kindra Kinyon,
Los AngelesTrade-Technical College, CA; James
Kirchner, Macomb Community College, Ml;
Renee La Rue, Lone Star College-Montgomery,
TX; Marjorie Labe, Montgomery County
Community College, PA; Peter LaFontaine,
Alexandria Adult Learning Center, VA;
Katie Land, St. Giles International, Canada;
Renee Lane, Oxnard Adult School, CA; Alan
Lanes, The Higher Colleges of Technology, UAE;
Stephanie Lange, Cuyamaca College, CA;
T. Jonathan Lathers, Macomb Community
College, Ml; Margaret Vera Layton, University of
Nevada, NV; Susan Leckart, Middlesex County
College, NJ; Suzanne Leduc, The New America
College, CO; Judy Lee, Central Connecticut State
University, CT; Joy Leventhal, Cuyahoga
Community College, OH; Helen Lin, University
of Florida, FL; Amy Lindstrom, University of
New Mexico, NM; Gytis Liulevicius, Wellstone
International High School, MN; Robyn
Lockwood, Stanford University, CA; Victoria
Loeb, Houston Community College,TX; Janet
Long, University of Missouri, MO; Roland Lopez,
Santa Monica College, CA; Alexandra Lowe,
Westchester Community College (SUNY), NY;
Mary Lozano, Pierce College, CA; Gail Lugo,
Trine University, IN; Joanna Luper, Liberty
University, VA; Jaime Lyon, University of
Northern Iowa, IA; Doris Macdonald, Northern
Illinois University, IL; Bridgette MacFarlane,
BrewsterTechnical Center, FL; Kevin Mackie,
Austin Community College, TX; Mercedes
Martinez, Global Language Institute, MN;
Tetiana Maslova, Kyiv Polytechnic Institute,
Ukraine; Terry Masters, American School for
Women and Children, OH; Maryann Matheny,
Campbellsville University, KY; Jennifer Maxwell,
Daytona State College, FL; Halina Mazurak,
Cleveland State University, OH; Susan McAlister,
University of Houston, TX; Luke McCarthy,
Norwalk Community College, CT; Mario
McClurg, Cosumnes River College, CA; Deb
McCormick, Dona Ana Community College, NM;
Chris McDaniel, Yale University, CT; Bridget
McDonald, Independent Learning Services, MA;
Deborah McGraw, Syracuse University, NY; Lisa
McHenry, GEOS Languages Plus, CA; Deirdre
McMurtry, University of Nebraska at Omaha,
NE; Aziah McNamara, Kansas State University,
KS; Ellen Measday, Middlesex County College,
NJ; Nancy Megarity, Collin College,TX; Diane
Mehegan, Harvard University, MA; Michelle
Merritt, Harmony School of Innovation, TX;
Nila Middleton, Lone Star College-Cypress, TX;
Brandon Mills, ELS Language Center, ND;
Malgorzata Moll, St. Louis Community College,
MO; Kathleen Molzan, Cuyahoga Community
College, OH; Adrienne Monaco, Erie 1 BOCES,
NY; Beth Montag, University of Nebraska at
Kearney, NE; Elisabete Montero, Vai Hala escola
de idiomas, Brazil; Do Sik Moon, Hanyang Cyber
University, South Korea; Diane Mora, Johnson
County Community College, KS; Micheline
Morena, College of the Desert, CA; Gloria
Munson, University ofTexas,TX; Gino Muzzatti,
Santa Rosa Junior College, CA; Myo Myint,
Mission College, CA; Kathy Najafi, Houston
Community College, TX; Patricia Nation, Miami
Dade College, FL; Elizabeth Neblett, Union
County College, NJ; Karen Nelson, Pittsburgh
State University, PA; Marley Nelson, English
Center USA, IL; Anastasia Nizamova, New York
University, NY; Sharon Nunn, Englishdom;
Karla Odenwald, Boston University, MA; Tina
O'Donnell, Language Center International, Ml;
Ann O'Driscoll, Southern Oregon University, OR;
Donna Ogle, Arkansas Tech University, AR;
Nastaran Ohadi, Ganjineh Danesh, Iran; Iris
Oriaro, Arkansas State University, AR; Fernanda
Ortiz, University of Arizona, AZ; Susan Osuch,
Englishworks, lnc.,TX; Kris Oswald, Kansas State
University, KS; Stephanie Owens, ELS, CT;
Gorkem Oztur, Ôzel Manavgat Bahcesehir
Anadolu Lisesi,Turkey; Omit Ôztürk, izmir-
Torbah Anatolian TeacherTraining High School,
Turkey; Murat Ozudogru, Maltepe University,
Turkey; Marilyn Padgett, Calhoun Middle
School, NY; Bilsev Pastakkaya, Yalova University,
Turkey; Angela Pastore-Nikitenko, Embassy
English, CA; Wendy Patriquin, Parkland College,
IL; Irina Patten, Lone Star College,TX; Jennifer
Paz, Auburn University, AL; Mary Peacock,
Richland College,TX; Randi Lynn Peerlman,
Texas A&M University,TX; Jeanne Peine,
University of Houston, TX; Nuran Peker, Nazilli
High School,Turkey; Susan Pelley, Dona Ana
Community College, NM; Jorge Perez,
Southwestern College, CA; Kim Perkins, Boston
University, MA; William Phelps, Southern Illinois
University, IL; Tom Pierce, Central New Mexico
Community College, NM; Jennifer Piotrowski,
Language Center International, Ml; Carole
Poppleton-Schrading, Johns Hopkins University,
MD; Valentina Portnov, Kingsborough
Community College, NY; Nancy Price, University
of Missouri, MO; Catherine Ramberg, Albany
Adult School, CA; Brian Ramey, Sehir University,
Turkey; Steven Rashba, University of
Bridgeport, CT; Victoria Reis, Language Studies
International, NY; Amy Renehan, University of
Washington, WA; Elizabeth Reyes, Elgin
Community College, IL; Kathleen Reynolds,
Harper College, IL; Tom Riedmiller, University of
Northern Iowa, IA; Dzidra Rodins, DePaul
University, IL; Ana Rodriguez, Elliston School of
Languages, FL; Ann Roemer, Utah State
University, UT; Margot Rose, Pierce College, WA;
David Ross, Houston Community College, TX;
Robert Ruddy, Northeastern University, MA;
Peter Ruggiero, Boston University, MA; Phil
Ruggiero, The University of Missouri, MO; Anne
Sadberry,The Language Company, OK; Jessica
Saigh, University of Missouri-St. Louis, MO;
Irene Sakk, Northwestern University, IL; Kamila
Salimova, TGT, Russia; Chari Sanchinelli,
Colegio Valle Verde, Guatemala; Christen
Savage, University of Houston, TX; Boutheina
Sayadi, Virtual University ofTunis,Tunisia;
Rosemary Schmid, University of North Carolina,
NC; Diana Schoolman, St. John's University, NY;
Myrna Schwarz, La Roche College, PA; Karen
Schwenke, Biola University, CA; Dilek Batur
Secer,Toros University,Turkey; Diana Sefchik,
Raritan Valley Community College, NJ; Ertan
Selimoglu, YildizTechnical University,Turkey;
Rene Serrano, Universidad National Autbnoma
de México, Mexico; Gul Shamim; Amir Sharifi,
California State University, CA; Caroline Sharp,
University of Maryland, MD; Shixian Sheng,
Boston Chinatown Neighborhood Center, MA;
Oksana Shevchenko, Horlivka Language
School, Ukraine; A. Shipley, Academy of Art
University, CA; D. H. Shreve, University of North
Texas,TX; Meire Silva, Celebration Language
Institute, FL; Fiore Sireci, Hunter College, NY;
Anita Teresa Smith, Majan College, Oman;
Jacqueline Smith,The New School, NY; Jeff
Smith, Ohio Northern University, OH; Lorraine
Smith, Queens College, NY; Barbara Smith-
Palinkas, Hillsborough Community College, FL;
Kimberly Spallinger, Bowling Green State
University, OH; James Stakenburg, Rennert
International, NY; Katrina Tamura, Palomar
College, CA; Dan Tannacito, Indiana University
of Pennsylvania, PA; Jamie Tanzman, Northern
Kentucky University, KY; Tara Tarpey, New York
University, NY; Amy Tate, Houston Community
College,TX; RoseTauscher, Skyline High School,
TX; Tamara Taylor, University of North Texas-
IELI, TX; Cihan Tekin, IMKB 24 Kasim Anadolu
Lisesi, Turkey; Kelly Tennison, Roseville Area
High School, MN; Abby Thomas, Northern Essex
Community College, MA; Brett Thomas,
Sacramento City College, CA; Linda Thomas,
Lone Star College-Montgomery, TX; Edith
Thompson, Purdy R-ll School District, MO;
Sylwia Thorne, Kent State University, OH;
Donna Tooker, Miramar College, CA; Beth
Topping, Auburn University, AL; Carolyn
Trachtova, Webster University, MO; William
Trudeau, Ohio Northern University, OH; Kathy
Truman, Haverford High School, PA; Karen
Tucker, Georgia Institute ofTechnology, GA;
Gretchen Twohig, ASC English, MA; Blanca
Ugraskan, Del Mar Community College, TX;
Serkan Ülgü, Air Force Academy, Turkey; Mecit
Uzun, Gaziosmanpasa, Turkey; Cynthia Valdez,
Palisade High, CO; Kanako Valencia Suda,
De Anza College, CA; Michelle Van de Sande,
Arapahoe Community College, CO; Sharon Van
Houte, Lorain County Community College, OH;
Sara Vandenberg, University of Colorado, CO;
Lillian Vargas, University of Florida, FL; Tara
Vassallo, Pace University, NY; Stephanie Viol,
Palm House; Kathleen Vodvarka, University of
Delaware, DE; Kerry Vrabel, GateWay
Community College, AZ; Carol Wachana,
ELS Language School; Christine Waddail, Johns
Hopkins University, MD; Christina Wade, Liberty
University, VA; Wendy Walsh, College of Marin,
CA; Colin Ward, Lone Star College-North Harris,
TX; Mary Kay Wedum, Colorado State
University, CO; Linda Wesley, Pennsylvania State
University, PA; Lynne Wilkins, The English
Center, CA; Betty Williams; Jeff Wilson, Irvine
Community College, CA; Lori Wilson-Patterson,
Ivy Tech Community College, IN; Kirsten
Windahi, Cuyahoga Community College, OH;
Aleasha Winters, Lingo TEFL Language
Institute, Costa Rica; Jing Zhou, Defense
Language Institute, CA; Yelena Zimon, Fremont
Adult School, CA; Koraljka Zunic, Grossmont
College, CA
REVIEWERS iii
Contents

11 Present, Past, and Future Forms

Warm-Up.............................................................................. .3
1.1 Useful Things to Remember about Verbs.................. .4
1.2 The Simple Present........................................................... .6
1.3 The Present Progressive................................................. .9
1.4 Non-Action Verbs.............................................................. 13
Usage Note: Present Progressive with Be....................... 15
1.5 The Simple Past................................................................ 16
1.6 The Past Progressive....................................................... 20
1.7 Talking about the Future with Be Going To and Will 23
1.8 Using Present Forms to Talk about the Future........ 27
1.9 Using Present Forms in Speaking 30
1.10 Using Present and Past Forms in Academic Writing 33
Wrap-Up Demonstrate Your Knowledge....................... 36
1.11 Summary of Present, Past, and Future Forms 37

21 Perfect Forms
Warm-Up..................................................................................... 39
2.1 Overview of the Present Perfect.......................................... 40
2.2 The Simple Past vs. the Present Perfect............................. 45
Pronunciation Note: Simple Past or Present Perfect?........ 46
2.3 The Present Perfect Progressive vs. the Present Perfect 51
2.4 The Past Perfect and the Past Perfect Progressive.......... 55
2.5 The Future Perfect and the Future Perfect Progressive . 60
2.6 Using Perfect Forms in Speaking 62
2.7 Using Perfect Forms in Academic Writing........................ 64
Wrap-Up Demonstrate Your Knowledge.............................. 68
2.8 Summary of Perfect Forms 69

31 Modals
Warm-Up............................................................................................... 71
3.1 Overview of Simple Modals and Phrasal Modals...................... 72
Usage Note: Simple Modal vs. Phrasal Modal Sentence Patterns 74
3.2 Willingness and Intent..................................................................... 75
3.3 Possibility with Can and Could........................................................ 79
3.4 Degrees of Certainty about the Present and Future 81
 3.5 Past Certainty............................................................................. .83
Usage Note: Different Uses of Could and Could Have................. .84
3.6 Advisability with Should, Ought To, and Had Better............... .86
Usage Note: Different Uses of Should and Should Have.............. .89
Pronunciation Note: Modal + Have............................................. .89
3.7 Obligation and Prohibition........................................................ .90
Usage Note: Other Ways to Express Obligation and Prohibition .92
3.8 Combining Modals.................................................................... .93
3.9 Modals with Progressive Verb Forms..................................... .95
3.10 Other Ways to Express Modality............................................. .98
3.11 Using Modals in Speaking: Modals for Social Purposes....... 100
3.12 Using Modals in Academic Writing........................................ 101
Wrap-Up Demonstrate Your Knowledge................................... 103
3.13 Summary of Modals.................................................................. 105

41 The Passive
Warm-Up...................................................... 107
4.1 Comparing Active and Passive Sentences 108
Pronunciation Note: Sentence Rhythm...... 113
4.2 Using the Passive........................................ 114
4.3 Transitive and Intransitive Verbs............ 117
Usage Note: Understanding Linking Verbs.. 119
4.4 The Passive with Modals.......................... 122
4.5 Special Passive Structures......................... 125
4.6 Passive Form or Be + Adjective? 127
4.7 Using the Passive in Speaking................... 130
4.8 Using the Passive in Academic Writing 132
Wrap-Up Demonstrate Your Knowledge.... 136
4.9 Summary of the Passive............................ 137

51 Adverbs and Adverbials

Warm-Up................................................................................
139
5.1 Overview of Adverbs and Adverbials........................................ 140
5.2 Using Adverbials to Explain When, Where, How, and Why...... 143
Usage Note: Because of vs. Because................................................. 148
5.3 Degree and Focusing Adverbials................................................ 149
Usage Note: Collocations with Degree Adverbials....................... 150
Usage Note: Adverbials with Multiple Meanings........................ 152
5.4 Stance Adverbials........................................................................ 153
5.5 Sentence Patterns with Linking Adverbials............................. .156
5.6 Linking Adverbials That Signal a Result or Contrast............... 158
5.7 Linking Adverbials That Signal Additional Information......... 161
5.8 Linking Adverbials That Signal a List or Summary................. 163
5.9 Using Linking Adverbials in Speaking and Academic Writing 166
Wrap-Up Demonstrate Your Knowledge...................................... 170
5.10 Summary of Adverbials............................................................... 171

CONTENTS v
 61 Adverb Clauses
Warm-Up................................................................................ 173
6.1 Overview of Adverb Clauses............................................ .174
6.2 Adverb Clauses of Time and Reason............................. 176
Usage Note: Since and As..................................................... 180
6.3 Adverb Clauses of Contrast.............................................. 183
Usage Note: While................................................................ 186
Pronunciation Note: Contrasting Information............... .186
6.4 Adverb Clauses of Manner............................................... 188
6.5 Adverb Clauses of Purpose and Result......................... .190
6.6 Reduced Adverb Clauses of Time and Contrast 192
6.7 Conditional Adverb Clauses (Real Conditionals)........ .194
Usage Note: Unless.............................................................. 196
6.8 Conditional Adverb Clauses (Unreal Conditionals). . 197
Usage Note: Contrasting Real and Unreal Conditionals .199
Usage Note: As If and As Though....................................... .201
6.9 Using Adverb Clauses in Speaking................................ 202
6.10 Using Adverb Clauses in Academic Writing............... .205
Wrap-Up Demonstrate Your Knowledge......................... .210
6.11 Summary of Adverb Clauses.......................................... .211

71 Nouns and Pronouns

Warm-Up......................................................................... 213
7.1 Overview of Nouns...................................................... .214
7.2 Personal Pronouns and Possessive Determiners . 219
Pronunciation Note: Reduced Words.......................... 221
Pronunciation Note: Possessive Pronouns............... .222
7.3 Indefinite Pronouns.................................................... .224
7.4 Noun-Pronoun Agreement........................................ .229
7.5 It, One, Some, Any, Other, You, and They................. .232
7.6 Compound Nouns........................................................ .235
Pronunciation Note: Compound Nouns.................... .235
7.7 Forming Nouns Using Suffixes................................ .238
7.8 Using This and That to Refer Back .241
7.9 Using Nouns and Pronouns in Speaking............... .244
7.10 Using Nouns and Pronouns in Academic Writing .247
Usage Note: Repeating Nouns..................................... .250
Wrap-Up Demonstrate Your Knowledge................... .252
7.11 Summary of Nouns and Pronouns .253

81 Determiners
.255
Warm-Up..............................................................................
8.1 What Are Determiners?......................................................... .256
8.2 Articles with Singular Count Nouns.................................... 258
8.3 Articles with Plural Count Nouns and Noncount Nouns 263
8.4 Articles in Generic Statements .267
8.5 Possessives................................................................................. .270
8.6 Quantifiers................................................................................. .272
8.7 Quantifiers with Of.................................................................. .277

vi
 8.8 Using Determiners in Speaking and Academic Writing 282
Wrap-Up Demonstrate Your Knowledge............................ 286
8.9 Summary of Determiners................................................. 287

91 Noun Phrases
Warm-Up............................................................................... .289
9.1 What Are Noun Phrases?................................................... .290
9.2 Adding Information to a Main Noun................................ 292
9.3 Adjectives............................................................................. 295
9.4 Noun + Noun......................................................................... 298
9.5 Appositives.......................................................................... 301
9.6 Prepositional Phrases......................................................... 304
9.7 Using Of to Show Possession............................................. 306
Pronunciation Note: Of......................................................... 307
9.8 Recognizing Adjective Clauses.......................................... 309
9.9 Subject-Verb Agreement with Long Noun Phrases......... 312
9.10 Using Noun Phrases in Speaking and Academic Writing 314
Language Note: Main Nouns................................................ 317
Wrap-Up Demonstrate Your Knowledge............................. 320
9.11 Summary of Noun Phrases................................................ 321

101 Adj ective Clauses

Warm-Up..........................................................................
323
10.1 Overview of Adjective Clauses..................................... .324
10.2 Describing People and Things with Adjective Clauses .326
10.3 Subjects and Objects in Adjective Clauses................... 329
10.4 Adjective Clauses Describing Pronouns....................... 332
10.5 Reduced Adjective Clauses 334
10.6 Defining and Non-defining Adjective Clauses............ .338
Usage Note: Giving Background Information................. 339
10.7 Adjective Clauses with Whose...................................... 341
10.8 Adjective Clauses with Prepositions 343
10.9 Using Adjective Clauses in Speaking.......................... 347
10.10 Using Adjective Clauses in Academic Writing............ 349
Wrap-Up Demonstrate Your Knowledge.......................... 352
10.11 Summary of Adjective Clauses ..................................... 353

111 Gerunds and To- Infinitives

Warm-Up............................................................................. 355
11.1 Overview of -ing Forms.................................................... 356
11.2 Gerunds as Subjects; Be + Gerund 358
11.3 Gerunds as Objects of Verbs and Prepositions.............. 362
Usage Note: Common Preposition Combinations ............ 364
11.4 Passive Gerunds 367
11.5 Overview of To- Infinitives 368
11.6 To- Infinitives as Subjects; Linking Verb + To- Infinitive 370
11.7 To- Infinitives as Objects. 373
11.8 Verb + Gerund or To- Infinitive 377
11.9 Bare Infinitives as Objects 381
11.10 Other Uses of To- Infinitives 384

CONTENTS vii
 11.11 Progressive, Perfect, and Passive Forms of To- Infinitives 386
11.12 Using Gerunds and To- Infinitives in Speaking................... 387
11.13 Using Gerunds and To- Infinitives in Academic Writing 389
Wrap-Up Demonstrate Your Knowledge.................................. 392
11.14 Summary of Gerunds and To- Infinitives............................. .393

121 Noun Clauses and Related Forms

Warm-Up............................................................................... .395
12.1 Overview of Noun Clauses............................................... .396
Usage Note: That.................................................................. 398
12.2 That Clauses as Subjects................................................... .398
12.3 That Clauses as Complements .401
12.4 That Clauses as Objects (Verb + That Clause)............. .404
12.5 Using the Base Form of a Verb in That Clauses .407
12.6 Wh- Noun Clauses............................................................... .408
12.7 Noun Clauses with If or Whether................................... .411
Usage Note: Clauses with If............................................... .412
12.8 Noun Clauses in Indirect Speech................................... .415
Usage Note: Changing Other Forms in Indirect Speech .417
12.9 Using Say, Tell, and Other Reporting Verbs .420
12.10 Using Noun Clauses in Speaking................................... .422
12.11 Using Noun Clauses in Academic Writing .425
Wrap-Up Demonstrate Your Knowledge......................... .427
12.12 Summary of Noun Clauses.............................................. .429

Resources R-2
Index l-l

Audio Track List T-2

viii
■
 Present, Past, and
1 Future Forms

Naiisi

t
r
J

Twenty years from now you

will regret the things that you
didn't do more than the things
that you did do.
waft
—UNKNOWN

FW

Talk about It Do you agree or disagree with the quotation above? Why?

Xv’ï A1?::
 WARM-UP 3
1.1 Useful Things to Remember about Verbs 4 1.7 Talking about the Future with Be Going To and Will 23
1.2 The Simple Present 6 1.8 Using Present Forms to Talk about the Future 27
1.3 The Present Progressive 9 1.9 Using Present Forms in Speaking 30
1.4 Non-Action Verbs 13 1.10 Using Present and Past Forms
Usage Note: Present Progressive with Be 15 in Academic Writing 33
1.5 The Simple Past 16
1.6 The Past Progressive 20 WRAP-UP Demonstrate Your Knowledge 36
1.11 Summary of Present, Past, and Future Forms 37

WARM-UP
A I Read these statements and check (/) Fact or Opinion. Then compare answers with your classmates. Do you
agree or disagree with the opinions below? Why?

Television: Fact or Opinion?

FACT OPINION
1. TV programs were much better ten years ago.
2. Most young children spend too much time in front of a television.
3. When Neil Armstrong stepped onto the surface of the moon in 1969,
about 500 million people were watching him on TV.
4. Fewer young people are watching television, according to a report by
media analysts at Ofcom.
5. Television in the future is going to be totally different.
6. Sixty-six percent of Americans regularly watch television while they
are eating dinner.
7. The first television sets were huge but they had very small screens.
8. TV makes children less intelligent.
9. In the future, you won't need a screen to watch television.

B I Answer these questions about the statements above.

1. The words in green above are verbs. Which verb forms do you see? Write the number of the sentence
next to each verb form below.
simple present past progressive

present progressive future with will

simple past future with be going to

2. Which of the statements above give general information that might be true anytime? How do you know?
3. Which statements describe a specific time? How do you know?

C I Look back at the quotation on page 2. Identify any present, past, or future verb forms.
PRESENT, PAST, AND FUTURE FORMS 3
 1.1 Useful Things to Remember about Verbs

VERBS
The English language has main verbs and
helping verbs. We describe states, actions, and
events with main verbs, as in 1. Helping verbs
HELPING VERBS MAIN VERBS
primarily give grammatical information. We
be, do, have, can, will, etc. learn, change, disappear, etc. use helping verbs together with main verbs, as
A in 2-4.
1 Children learn languages easily.
2 Languages are always changing. For a list of irregular verbs, see the Resources, page R-3.
3 Many languages have disappeared.
4 How can I improve my language abilities?

COMPARE MAIN VERBS AND HELPING VERBS We can use the verbs be, do, and have as either a
5a No one is here. main verb, as in 5a - 7a, or a helping verb, as in
5b No one is coining here. 5b-7b.

B 6a Somebody did all the work. GRAMMAR TERM: Helping verbs are also called auxiliary
verbs. Main verbs are also called lexical verbs.
6b Did you do anything yesterday?

7a We have plenty of time.

7b I haven't seen them all day.

8 I need a new computer. (1 clause) A clause is a group of words with a subject and
9 I need a new computer, but I can't afford it. (2 clauses)
a main verb. A sentence can have one or more
clauses, but each clause needs a main verb, as
C 10 When you study, you should turn off the TV. (2 clauses)
in 8-11.
11 I don't know what she wants, but I'm going to find out.
(3 clauses)

12 How far can you run? (run = go quickly on foot) Many main verbs have more than one meaning,
13 He runs a restaurant, (run = manage) as in 12-14.
D
14 This road runs south to Dover, (run = extend; reach)

(^ONLINE

1 I Identifying Main Verbs and Helping Verbs Is each bold word a main verb or a helping verb?
Underline the main verbs and circle the helping verbs in this essay. EKD

The Worst Advice I Have Ever Received

The worst advice I have ever received was from a friend. She told me not to take an overseas trip I was
planning because it would be too expensive. I ignored her advice and took the trip anyway. I had the most
thrilling time of my life. I am a classical pianist, and I was already planning a trip to St. Petersburg, Russia
to play in a piano competition there. At the time, I was living in Los Angeles, California, so it was quite a
long journey to Russia. 1 thought to myself, as long as I would be 6,000 miles away from home, I might as
well stay longer than just the two-day competition. I would visit some other places near St. Petersburg, too.
Because I am a classical musician, I wanted to visit the homes of some great composers. I went to Finland
and saw the small house where Jean Sibelius had composed most of his symphonies. In St. Petersburg, I took
a tour of the home of Nikolai Rimsky-Korsakov. He was a composer and teacher. His most famous student
was Igor Stravinsky—I actually played on Stravinsky's piano. For a pianist like me, it was a great thrill.
After three fantastic weeks in Finland and Russia, it was time to go home. My friend was right—the trip
wasn't cheap. But I'm glad that I ignored her advice and went on the trip. Now I have memories that will
stay with me for the rest of my life.

4
2 I Be, Do, and Have: Main Verb or Helping Verb? Is the bold verb in each sentence a main verb or
a helping verb? Check (/) your answer. Effil

MAIN HELPING
POPULATION FACTS VERB VERB

1. There are about 7 billion people in the world today. 0 □

2. The number of people in the world is increasing. □ □
3. Populations have doubled in many countries over the last 20-30 years. □ □
4. The fastest-growing country is Uganda. □ □
5. In some countries, the population is decreasing. □ □
6. The U.S. population has grown by nearly 18 million since 2000. □ □
7. Many countries do a census every 5 or 10 years. That's when the □ □
government counts the number of people in the country.
8. Today roughly1 301 million people are living in the U.S. □ □
9. Some experts believe that in 50 years, the world will have 9 billion people. □ □
10. New York City's population has passed 8.25 million. □ □
11. "We have an enormous population here," said the mayor of New York. □ □
12. Human population is a key2 factor in the health of the planet. □ □
13. Population has always been a controversial topic3. □ □
14. Some countries don't have a population problem. □ □
15. During the period from 1877 to 1913, the U.S. population was growing at □ □
a staggering4 rate.

3 | Identifying Main Verbs Underline the main verb in each highlighted clause. 1.1 C

ACADEMIC DEGREES

1. Some students pursue master's degrees, while others study to receive doctorates.
2. For example, business students get an MBA, which means "Master of Business Administration."
3. A doctorate is the highest degree that a student can earn.
4. Most medical doctors train for an MD, which comes from the Latin medicinae doctor.
5. Someone with a PhD is a doctor of philosophy.
6. Many students earn a PhD, but not many study the field of philosophy specifically.
7. In 2010, almost 50,000 students received a PhD.
8. Most of the degrees were in science and engineering.
9. Some students complete a master's program before they start a PhD program.
10. A PhD usually requires three years of full-time study, and then students must pass special exams.
11. PhD students also carry out5 original6 research.
12. Students present their findings by writing a long research report or dissertation, which can take
years to complete.
13. Doctoral students may experience a lot of stress.

Talk about It What other academic degrees do you know about? Tell a partner.

1 roughly: about 4staggering: shocking; amazing

2 key: important; essential 5carryout: to do
3 controversial topic: something people disagree about 6original: new

PRESENT, PAST, AND FUTURE FORMS 5

 4 | Learning Grammar from a Dictionary Read the entry and answer the questions below. 1.1 D

see /si/ verb (saw, seen, see-ing) RESEARCH SAYS...

verb (used with an object) In conversation, the most

1. to perceive with the eye: I see something in the distance. common main verbs include:
2. find out: See who is on the phone.
be, buy, come, get, give, go, keep,
3. to imagine; believe possible: I see her as a famous writer someday. know, let, like, look, make, mean,
4. to attend; view: We saw a great movie. need, pay, put, remember, say,
5. to visit/meet: They’ve been seeing a lot of each other lately. see, start, take, talk, tell, think, try,
use, want
6. to understand: I don’t see the point.
verb (used without an object) In academic writing, the most
7. to have the power of sight: I can’t see without glasses. common main verbs include:
8. to think; consider: Let’s see, what do you want to do next?
be, become, consider, describe,
develop, find, follow, give,
include, involve, know, make,
QUESTIONS occur, produce, provide, require,
say, see, show, take, use
1. What is the simple past form of the verb see?
CORFU
2. What is the past participle?
3. What is the meaning of the verb see in each sentence below?
Match the bold verbs with the dictionary definitions.
2 . a. Please see if anyone is here yet. d. You can see that bus from two miles away.
b. I'm beginning to see the advantages of e. You should see a doctor right away.
living in a city. f. You must see the exhibit before it closes!
c. I see us living in the country in 20 years. g. My grandfather doesn't see very well.

Write about It Write sentences using three of the definitions above. Then share ideas with a partner.

1.2 The Simple Present

1 Most people need about eight hours of sleep a night.
2 Adults have 206 bones. Babies have 270 to 300.
3 An apple a day keeps the doctor away.
A 4 I never get to bed before midnight.
5 The class meets from 10:00 to 12:00.
6 I don't want to go.
7 My arm hurts.
We use the simple present to describe:
• general statements or timeless truths, as in 1 - 3
• habits or routines, as in 4 - 5
• present states, as in 6 - 7
For a list of spelling rules for the -s/-es form of verbs, see the
Resources, page R-4.

8 My mother and father like it here. Sometimes it is difficult to determine correct subject-verb
agreement in a sentence. For example:
9 The difference between us is hard to explain.
• when two subjects are connected with and, as in 8
10 The programs on television aren't very good.
B • when there is a prepositional phrase after the subject,
11 Everyone is here. as in 9 -10

12 Does anything exciting ever happen here?

• when the subject is an indefinite pronoun, as in
11-12

CORRECT THE COMMON ERRORS (See page R-10.)

13 X Everyone have the duty to vote. 15 XI very proud to be a part of this group.
C
14 X My brother always get what he wants. 16 X People in a big city has more trouble sleeping at night.

(j^ONLINE
6
5 I Exploring Uses of the Simple Present What kind of information does each sentence give?
Write the letter of the correct type from the box. HHÎJ

a. general statement or timeless truth b. habit or routine c. present state

1. Most people don't get enough sleep. a

FY I
2. Silence is golden. Important! Much of the time, the simple
3. It snows here a lot in the winter. present form does not describe something
that is happening right now.
4. I'm a little hungry now.
5. I have dark brown hair and brown eyes.
6. I don't need anything right now.
7. Some scientists say musical training seems to improve communication skills.
8. It takes two or three years to get a master's degree.
9. I don't always have breakfast.
10. You need a license to practice medicine.
11. The General Assembly of the United Nations meets for several months every year.

Think about It Do any of the sentences above describe what is happening now?

6 I Spelling Analysis How do you spell the simple present of third-person singular verbs? Study the
irregular spellings and answer the questions below. Then compare ideas with a partner. 1.2 A

Base form Third-person singular Base form Third-person singular

buy buys finish finishes
destroy destroys publish publishes
pay pays wish wishes
carry carries catch catches
copy copies touch touches
cry cries watch watches
fly flies discuss discusses
identify identifies pass passes
reply replies quiz quizzes
try tries fix fixes
worry worries tax taxes

QUESTIONS

1. When the base form of a verb ends in -y, we sometimes change the -y to -i and add -es.
Other times we just add -s. What is the difference between these verbs?
2. For most simple present verbs, we add -s to the base form to make the third-person singular.
When do we add -es instead of -s?
3. Write the third-person singular form of each verb below.
a. deny denies f. miss k. fax
b. match g. fry 1. reach
c. suggest h. sleep m. push
d. relax i. express n. dress
e. supply j. modify o. play

PRESENT, PAST, AND FUTURE FORMS 7

 1 | Subject-Verb Agreement Complete the paragraphs with the simple present form of the verbs.
IM1

EXCERPTS FROM RESEARCH REPORTS

1. The caffeine in three cups of coffee seems to have a positive RESEARCH

(seem)
SAYS...
effect on women but not men. According to one study, female coffee
The simple present
drinkers over the age of 60 less likely to experience a form is very common
(be)
in both conversation
decline in verbal skills.
and academic writing.
2. Experts that most people about 8 CORPl
(say) (need)
hours of sleep a night. Unfortunately, not everyone it.
(get)
According to the National Sleep Foundation's annual survey, the average

adult just 6.9 hours of sleep a night. New research

(get) (suggest)
that a decline in sleep time a decline in your health.
(mean)
3. Tobacco smoke over 4,000 chemicals. Researchers
(contain) (claim)
that tobacco smoke as many as 60 substances7 that may cause cancer.
(have)
4. Many people today jobs frequently. As a matter of fact8, some
(change)
studies say that the average person at least 7 jobs before he or she
(hold)
age 30. What may be more surprising, though, is that many people
(reach)
several careers in their lifetime.
(have)
People many reasons for making career changes. Some
(have)
to the end of their career plan. Others that their
(come) (find)
career plan no longer right for them. Many people
(be) (want)
to pursue personal interests or a business of their own.
(run)
5. Vitamin C in large doses9 to do little harm. But recent studies also
(appear)
that it is largely ineffective.
(show)

Think about It Why did these writers use the simple present form of verbs?

’substances: materials ’doses: portions of a vitamin or medicine

Sas a matter of fact: in reality; actually

8
 8 | Error Correction Correct any errors in these paragraphs. (Some sentences may not have any errors.)

1. I really admire my father. He is a mechanic, and he know a lot about cars, stoves, and
other machines. My father is self-employed, and he travel to people's houses to fix things.
Whenever I'm home, I go with him on his jobs so that I can watch him. In my opinion,
anybody who know how to fix things is a genius. I guess that make my father a genius.
2. My grandfather take very good care of himself. He is get up early in the morning so he
can do tai chi in the park near his house. He try to get his wife, my grandmother, to join
him, but she doesn't like to exercise, so he always go by himself.
3. My mother is the most hard-working person I know. She don't have a paying job like
my father; she has a job that don't pay. My mother takes care of our house. She take care
of everyone and everything in our house. She keep the house clean, and she cook the
best food you will ever have. Beyond all this, I think my mother is the only person who
understand me.
4. I am from Costa Rica, but my roommate is from the U.S. Needless to say, her English is
a lot better than mine. The thing I especially like about her is that she help me with my
English. Whenever I say something incorrectly, she just says it correctly for me.

Write about It Write three to four sentences about someone you admire. Explain what you like about
this person.

1.3 The Present Progressive

THE PRESENT PROGRESSIVE THE SIMPLE PRESENT

We use the present progressive when we think of an
action as temporary or in progress now, as in la - 5a.
la I'm living with my aunt until I get my own place.
2a What are you talking about?
A
3a I'm sorry. I'm not explaining this very well.
4a She'll be here soon. She's just checking her email.
5a I see that you are reading The New Yorker.
In contrast, we use the simple present to signal
that a state or activity is generally true or habitual,
as in lb -5b.
lb My aunt lives near the university.
2b What do you and your friends talk about?
3b Professor Sutton explains things very well.
4b She checks her email every hour.
5b I always read The New Yorker from cover to cover.

For a list of spelling rules for the -ing form of verbs, see the
Resources, page R-4.

6 It's becoming harder and harder to find a job. We often use the present progressive with verbs
B 7 It's only five, and it's already getting dark.
such as become and get to describe changing states or
situations, as in 6 - 7.

8 He is forever taking my things. When we use the present progressive to comment on

9 You are always eating! habitual behavior, it can signal our disapproval, as
C in 8 -10. We often use the adverbs forever, always, or
10 They are constantly arguing. constantly in these situations.

(^ONLINE

PRESENT, PAST, AND FUTURE FORMS 9

 9 | Simple Present or Present Progressive? Complete the conversations with the appropriate verb
form in parentheses. Then practice with a partner. WFEW

1. A: Nice piano. Who _ plays it? (plays/is playing)

RESEARCH SAYS...
B: Nobody anymore.
The present progressive
2. A: That's my favorite piano piece. Who is more common in
it? (plays/is playing) conversation than in writing.
Compared to the simple
B: That's Uchida.
present, however, the
3. A: David tells us you furniture. present progressive is fairly
uncommon.
(move/are moving)
CORPI
B: That's right. It's a family business.
4. A: Why the furniture? (do you move/
are you moving)
B: Because I need to clean the floor.
5. A: I don't know how to say this.
B: Say what?
A: Well, um, I just... I just. . .
B: What to say James? (do you try/are you trying)
A: I, um, I lost my job.
6. A: I can't move this thing.
B: Yes, you can. You just hard enough, (don't try/aren't trying)
7. A: What to? (do you listen/are you listening)
B: It's a group called the Bald Eagles. Do you like it?
A: Not especially. Could you turn it down?
8. A: Do you want to choose some music for the trip?
B: Sure. What kind of music to? (do you listen/are you listening)
A: Usually jazz, but anything's OK.
9. A: What up so late? (do you do/are you doing)
B: I have jet lag.10
10. A: That's a steep11 driveway. What
B: I stay home.
11. A: Why a coat? (do you wear/are you wearing)
B: Because it's cold in here.
12. A: a school uniform? (do you wear/are you wearing)
B: Yes, it's brown and white. I'll show it to you someday.

Think about It Why did each speaker choose the present progressive or the simple present?
Choose a reason from the box.

Reasons for using the present progressive Reasons for using the simple present

The speaker is talking or asking about something: The speaker is talking or asking about something:
• temporary • in progress now • generally true • habitual

,ojet lag: the feeling of being tired or awake due to traveling across time zones "steep: almost straight up and down

10
10 | Habitual or Temporary? Does each situation describe habitual behavior (H) or a temporary event
in progress now (T)? Circle your answer and the form of the verb that expresses that meaning. (More than
one answer may be possible.) 1.3 A

1. Amanda sees John at his computer.

H
Amanda: Why (do you talk / (are you talking)) to the computer?
John: I (try / am trying) to follow every step correctly to set up this program!
2. Emma and her husband, Matt, share the housecleaning. This week it is Matt's turn to
H T clean the house.
Matt: Emma, can you pick up your clothes? You (leave / are leaving) them on the floor
all the time!
Emma: But I (pick up / am picking up) my clothes when I clean the house!
3. Kate sees her husband emptying boxes on the floor of the living room.
H T
Kate: What (do you do I are you doing)?
Husband: I (look for / am looking for) my cell phone.
Kate: But you (make / are making) a big mess of everything! I just packed those boxes!
4. Mika and Isabel like to do gardening.
H T
Mika: When (do roses bloom / are roses blooming) in this part of the country?
Isabel: I think they (bloom / are blooming) in late June.
5. Sarah has decided to change some things in her life because she wants a healthier
H T lifestyle. Rob notices the change.
Rob: (Do you exercise / Are you exercising) every day now?
Sarah: Yes, and I (don't eat / am not eating) meat anymore. I (eat / am eating) more
vegetables and fruits instead.
6. Mary is taking her daughter to school in the morning. Mary sees her daughter
H T behind her and calls out to her.
Mary: Hurry up! Why (do you walk / are you walking) so slowly?

Think about It How do we form statements and questions with present progressive verbs? Work with
several classmates to explain the rules.

11 | Present Verb Forms in Essay Responses Complete the paragraph with the simple present or the
present progressive form of the verb in parentheses. 1.3 A-B

Essay Prompt: Is the traditional role of fathers changing? Discuss.

I think that the traditional role of fathers is changing . The most obvious way
(1. change)
it is in work and career. In the past, fathers had a career and
(2. change)
went to work each day, while mothers stayed at home to take care of the children. But today it
common for mothers to w
(3. be)
when this the case, the children to daycare.
(4. be) (5. go)

PRESENT, PAST, AND FUTURE FORMS 11

 But another option available. Some fathers
(6. become) (7. choose)
to stay at home and take care of their children while their wives
(8. go)
to work. It not yet a common thing, but more and more fathers
(9. be)
their careers to take care of their ch
(10. leave)

12 I Describing Changes with the Present Progressive Choose six topics from the box. Write one
sentence for each topic describing how it is changing. Use the verb get or become in each sentence. KWE1

TOPICS
RESEARCH SAYS...
air travel computer power technology the news Common verbs used with the
cars family life telephones the world present progressive include:
children men television women buy, cry, do, feel, hope, listen, look,
rain, say, shop, speak, stare, study,
talk, tell, think, watch, wonder
Air travel is getting less comfortable. OR Air travel is becoming safer.
CORP

Write about It Choose one of your sentences from above and write a paragraph. Give reasons and/or
examples to explain your idea.

Air travel is getting less comfortable. Nowadays, the airlines want to save money
on fuel, so they are crowding more passengers onto fewer airplanes. To make
more money, some airlines are also charging for each suitcase you check. As a
result, many passengers are carrying extra luggage onto the airplane. This makes
the airplane feel crowded....

13 | Commenting on Habitual Behavior Think of someone you know who fits each general statement
below. Write two or more sentences about the person. Include a sentence in the present progressive with
forever, always, or constantly. KWCT

GENERAL STATEMENTS

1. Some people can't stop shopping. They feel a need to spend money.

Example: My friend Sam is one of those people. He is always buying things he doesn't really need.

2. Some people work all the time. They seem unhappy when they are not working.

3. Some people talk on the phone all the time.

4. Some people think it's OK to borrow things without asking permission.

5. Some people gossip a lot. They love to talk about other people.

12
 1.4 Non-Action Verbs
ACTION VERBS Many verbs describe actions and activities, as in 1 - 2. We
1 He's leaving now. call these verbs action verbs. Other verbs describe states or
situations, as in 3 - 6. We call these verbs non-action verbs.
2 Most people don't get enough exercise.
With some non-action verbs, we rarely use the progressive
NON-ACTION VERBS form, as in 5 - 6. Examples of these verbs include:
A 3 He appears to understand the problem.
agree belong consist of know possess
4 She's sick.
believe concern exist own prefer
5 I know him well. (NOT: I am knowing him well.)
6 I Own this car now. (NOT: I am owning this car.) GRAMMAR TERM: Non-action verbs are also called stative verbs. For a
list of non-action verbs, see the Resources, page R-2.

NON-ACTIVE MEANING Some verbs have both an active meaning and a non-active
7a He has a new computer, (has = owns) meaning, as in 7a - 9b. We sometimes use the progressive
8a She looks great, (looks = appears)
form with the active meaning of these verbs, as in 7b - 9b.
9a I see something in the distance, (see = view) Common verbs with both active and non-active meanings
include:
ACTIVE MEANING
B appear doubt have love see taste
7b I'm having trouble with my computer.
be feel look mind smell think
(having = experiencing)
8b Why are you looking at me? (looking = gazing)
9b My brother is seeing a new play tomorrow.
(seeing = viewing)

ONLINE

14 | Distinguishing Action and Non-Action Verbs Circle the subjects and underline the verbs in
these quotations. Then write A (action verb) or N (non-action verb) over each verb. WCTÏ1

I® F € n
Quotations from Famous People
,------ . 71
1. (Evervbodviis talking today about the economy. (Joschka Fischer, politician)

2. Men and women belong to different species12, and communication between them is still in its infancy13.
(Bill Cosby, comedian)

3. The Internet is becoming the town square for the global village of tomorrow. (Bill Gates, businessman)

4. Whenever people agree with me, I always feel I must be wrong. (Oscar Wilde, writer)

5. A man possesses talent; genius possesses the man. (IsaacStern, musician)

6. I buy expensive suits. They just look cheap on me. (Warren Buffett, businessman)

7. I know that I am intelligent because I know that I know nothing. (Socrates, philosopher)

8. The more I see, the less I know for sure. (John Lennon, musician)

9. I don't care what anybody says about me as long as it isn't true. (Truman Capote, writer)

10. We hire people who want to make the best things in the world. (Steve Jobs, businessman)

Think about It Look at the sentences above. What verb form(s) do we use with active meanings? What
verb form(s) do we use with non-active meanings?

n species: biological categories ’’infancy: the time when one is a baby

PRESENT, PAST, AND FUTURE FORMS 13

 15 I Choosing the Correct Meaning Match the bold verbs with the correct definitions. (You may not use
all the definitions.) ECT1

b 1. A: We're having some friends over tonight. Can you come?

HAVE
B: Sure. I'd love to. a. to possess
2. A: Do you want to go out to dinner? b. to give; to host
B: No, I don't have any money. c. to experience
d. to give birth to
3. A: Are you having fun?
B: Sure. Why do you ask?
4. A: So what changes when you have a baby?
B: What changes? You mean what doesn't change!

5. A: Are you going anywhere during the break?

DOUBT
B: I doubt it. a. to be uncertain about
6. A: Are you sure you didn't see my ring? b. to disbelieve; to distrust
B: Are you doubting me?
A: No, of course not.

7. A: What are you doing tonight?

SEE
B: I'm meeting Paul for dinner.
a. to view
A: When are you seeing him? b. to meet; to go out with
B: Right after work. c. to understand
8. A: Do you see anyone out there? d. to spend time with
e. to imagine
B: No, there's nobody there.
9. A: There's no reason to do this again.
B: I see what you mean.

10. Clive Ellington is appearing for the first time at the

APPEAR
Everett Theater on Monday, July 13, at 7:30.
a. to become visible
11. A new study, which appears in the July issue of the
b. to seem; to have the
American Journal of Public Health, suggests that strong
appearance of being
social ties can delay memory problems.
c. to perform in public
12. The president and his wife appear to be excellent parents. d. to be published
13. When I click Save, an error box appears on the screen.

14. A: What do you think of the new library?

THINK
B: It's beautiful.
a. to have an opinion
15. A: Are you really thinking about cutting your hair? b. to use your mind;
B: Yes, it's much too long. to wonder
16. A: What are you thinking about? c. to consider
B: Nothing special.

Think about It Do each of the definitions above have an active or non-active meaning? Share ideas with
your classmates.

"For the verb have, definitions b, c, and d have an active meaning. Definition a has a non-active meaning."

Write about It Write two sentences or conversations using the verbs above. Read them to your
classmates. Ask them which definitions you used.

14
16 I Usage Note: Present Progressive with Be Read the note. Then do Activity 17.
We sometimes use the progressive form of the verb be + an adjective to show that a state is
temporary or changing.
Active meaning Non-active meaning
You are being silly. You are silly.
(= You are acting in a silly manner right now.) (= In general, you are a silly person.)

Why is he being so rude? Why is he so rude?

(= His rudeness is temporary. He’s not usually rude.) (= In general, he is a rude person.)

17 I Simple Present or Present Progressive? Complete these conversations with the simple present
or present progressive form of the verb in parentheses. (More than one answer may be possible.) Then
practice with a partner. KICTîl

1. A: What are you doing in Los Angeles?

B: Oh, we are seeing some old friends from college, (see)
2. A: Why are you worrying so much about Matt?
B: Because I how he's going to find a job.
He's not even trying, (not/see)
3. A: Do you like to travel?
B: Yes, I to. (love)
4. A: How's your vacation going?
B: We every minute of it. (love)
5. A: What do you think of your new boss?
B: She a really nice person, (be)
6. A: Are the children behaving themselves?
B: No, they unusually naughty today, (be)
7. A: Can I use your phone?
B: Sorry, but I one. (not/have)
8. A: This is my friend Carlos. He dinner here, too. (have)
B: Nice to meet you.
9. A: I think we need to talk.
B: What about?
A: I that you aren't doing your share of the work, (feel)
B: Why do you think that?
A: Well, for one thing, you're never here when I need you.
10. A: I'm really angry about last night.
B: I'm sorry you that way. (feel)
11. A: Do you know what you are going to do?
B: Yeah. I of taking some time off to relax, (think)
12. A: What you of the food here? (think)
B: It's not bad.

PRESENT, PAST, AND FUTURE FORMS 15

 18 | Error Correction Correct any errors in these conversations. (Some conversations may not have
any errors.)
1. A: Is this your car?
B: No, I don't own a car.
2. A: The chess club is meeting tonight.
Are you going?
B: No, I'm not belonging to that club.
3. A: Are you preferring to stay home tonight?
B: I don't care. What do you want to do?
4. A: What's that noise?
B: I'm not hearing anything.
5. A: Why do you look at me like that?
B: Like what?
A: Angry. You look angry.
1.5 The Simple Past
1 The modern Olympics started in 1896 and became
an international event in 1924.
2 In 1998,Tara Lipinski won an Olympic gold medal.
She was just 15 years old at the time.
3 We didn't get to see the Games.
COMPARE SIMPLE PAST AND SIMPLE PRESENT
A 4a Did you still want to read my novel?
4b Do you still want to read my novel?
5a I just wanted to say one thing.
5b I just want to say one thing.
6 In 2002, we moved to New York. We lived there for two
years, and then we moved to India.
7 Mozart composed music throughout his short life.
8 During the 1800s, many people moved across
the country.
B
9 When we moved to India, we didn't have much money.
10 When I was younger, I had a lot of big plans.
11 He stopped playing football after he hurt his knee
during a game.
CORRECT THE COMMON ERRORS (See page R-10.)
12 X Later I remember that I was not well prepared
to take the test.
C
13 XWe didn't want to leave home because we want
to take care of our grandparents.
16
6. A: What are you thinking of this TV? Do you
like it better than the other one?
B: Well, this one's bigger, but the other one's
cheaper.
7. A: What are you looking at?
B: There's something on the street over there.
A: What is it?
B: I'm not sure. It looks like a box.
8. A: Is this wood or plastic? I can't tell.
B: It's feeling like plastic.
9. A: Are you looking for something?
B: Yes, I'm needing something to write with.
We use the simple past to talk about something that is
distant from us in some way. For example, the simple
past may signal that:
• an action, event, or state was completed at a
definite time in the past (distant in time), as in 1 - 3.
This is the most common use of the simple past.
• the speaker wants to show social or psychological
distance, as in 4a and 5a. Generally, signaling more
distance between people shows more formality
or indirectness. Sentences 4a and 5a sound more
polite and formal than sentences 4b and 5b.
For a list of spelling rules for the -ed form of verbs, see the
Resources, page R-5. For a list of irregular verbs, see the
Resources, page R-3.
We often use a time expression in a sentence with the
simple past, as in 6 - 8. These expressions describe a
specific time in the recent or distant past.
When we use a time clause to identify a time in the
past, it’s important to use the simple past in both parts
of the sentence, as in 9 -11.
For more information on time clauses, see Unit 6, page 176.
14 X Although she looked nice when she wear that suit,
she didn't feel comfortable in it.
15 XWhen I got there, I sat and think for a while.
^•bONLINE
19 I Distinguishing Regular and Irregular Verbs Underline the simple past verb forms in this text.
Then write each verb under the correct group in the chart below and give the base form. 1.5A

Counting Heads

After the American War of Independence, the new government ordered a census—a count of the number
of people in each state. Work on the census started in August 1790, about a year after George Washington
became president. The law required that census takers visit every family. These workers walked or rode on
horseback to gather their data. In all, they counted 3.9 million people.
The first census asked for little more than a person's name and address. Over the years, the government
added more questions to the census. By 1820, there were questions about a person's job. Later, questions
about crime, education, and wages14 appeared on the census form.
As the country's population grew and the quantity of data increased, new technology helped census
workers. In 1890, clerks began to use a keypunch device to add the numbers. In 1950, the census used its first
computer to process data.
Today most people receive a census form in the mail. If they don't fill it out and return it by mail, they still
get a visit from a census taker.

REGULAR VERBS IRREGULAR VERBS

Base form Simple past form Base form Simple past form
order ordered

20 | Using the Simple Past Complete this text with the simple past form of the verbs in parentheses. K1ECT

Wh o Wa s Le o n a r d o da Vin c i ?
Leonardo da Vinci (1452-1519) grew up in a small town near ■ V ■ ' v
(1. grow up) ■■

Florence, Italy. As the son of a wealthy man, he the best

(2. receive)
education that Florence could offer. Leonardo known
(3. become) ' ■ X
4 "
for his ability to create sculptures and paintings that
■

(4. look)
almost lifelike. Much of his success in this area from his - ■

(5. come)

"•wages: salary; money received for work

PRESENT, PAST, AND FUTURE FORMS 17

 interest in nature. He also human anatomy and this knowledge
(6. study) (7. use)
to make his figures realistic.
As a child, Leonardo was fascinated with machines and to draw his own
(8. begin)
inventions. He flying machines, armored tanks15, and aircraft landing gear. He
(9. draw)
even a diver's suit with tubes and air chambers16 to allow a swimmer to stay
(10. design)
underwater for long periods of time.
Much of what we know about Leonardo comes from the thousands of pages of notes and

sketches he in his notebooks. He mirror, or reverse, writing,

(11. keep) (12. use)
starting at the right side of the page and moving across to the left. No one is sure why Leonardo
this way. Some think he to k
(13. write) (14. want)
stealing his ideas.

Talk about It Write three questions about Leonardo da Vinci. Look for answers to your questions in
books or online and present the answers to your classmates. Pay special attention to your use of simple
past verbs.

21 I Exploring Uses of the Simple Past Write answers to these questions. Then compare ideas with
your classmates. EH

1. Think of a famous person. What did this person do to become famous?

FY I
Most simple past verbs
end in -ed. Only about
200 verbs are irregular.
2. What was one important event in the news last year?
For a list of irregular
verbs, see the Resources,
page R-3.
3. What was the best thing that happened to you last year?

4. How could you make these sentences more formal and less direct?
a. Do you want something?
b. I want to ask you a favor.
c. How do you want to pay for this?
d. What is your name again?
e. Do you need to speak to me?

Think about It How many simple past verbs did you and your classmates use in your answers above?
Which ones are regular verbs? Which are irregular verbs?

15 armored tanks: vehicles for fighting in wars ''keep people from: to stop people from
16air chambers: containers filled with air

18
22 I Using Time Expressions and Clauses Complete each pair of sentences with information about
yourself. Make one sentence in each pair false. KEfil

DESCRIBING PAST EXPERIENCES

1. a. I five years ago

b. I a year ago
2. a. I throughout the '90s
b. I in 2010
3. a. During the 2000s, I
b. Between 2005 and 2010,1
4. a. When I was 5 years old, I
b. When I was 10 years old, I
5. a. I ______________________ when I was 15 years old
b. I after I graduated from high school
6. a. before I started school
b. when I was a child

Talk about It Read each pair of sentences you wrote above to a partner. See if your partner can identify
the false statement.

23 | Error Correction Correct any errors in these sentences. (Some sentences may not have any errors.)

1. In the past, a woman's place was in the home. Women take care of their families and
the house. Men earned the money that supports the family.
2. In high school, we had a lot of clubs. My best friend and I join the chess club even
though we weren't really interested in chess.
3. Today I am going to talk about dangerous sports. This topic interested me because I
play a dangerous sport.
4. When I was 18,1 went hiking in the mountains with my friends. The only thing I take
with me was my father's expensive camera because I want to take some pictures from
the top of the mountain. I carry that camera very carefully all the way to the top of the
mountain, but when I get there, the camera don't work.
5. Jaime is one of my best friends now. I meet him last year when this class began. I think
we get along because we like many of the same things.
6. My father's illness affect me a lot because I thought he was a young and healthy
person. Everything happen so fast.

PRESENT, PAST, AND FUTURE FORMS 19

 1.6 The Past Progressive
1 We were still studying at nine o'clock last night.
2 I got my driver's license while I was living there.
3 I was walking down Water Street when I heard
footsteps behind me.
A COMPARE PAST PROGRESSIVE AND SIMPLE PAST
4a He was crying when he heard the news.
(= He was crying, and then he heard the news.)
4b He cried when he heard the news.
(= He heard the news, and then he started to cry.)
We use the past progressive to talk about something in
progress at a particular time in the past, as in 1.
We also use the past progressive to talk about
something in progress when another action (usually in
the simple past) took place, as in 2 - 3.
Notice the difference in meaning between 4a and 4b.
Remember: For the past progressive, we use a past form of the
helping verb be (was / were) + the -ing form of the main verb.

COMPARE PRESENT AND PAST PROGRESSIVE We sometimes use the past progressive to sound less
5a Are you looking for me? direct and more polite, as in 5b.
5b Were you looking for me?

B 6a Do you need some help?
6b I was wondering if you needed some help.
7a Do you want to go out tonight?
7b I was wondering if you wanted to go out tonight.
We sometimes use the past progressive of the verb
wonder + if + a past form to make questions, offers,
and invitations more polite, as in 6h and 7b.

(^ONLINE

24 | Noticing Past Progressive Verbs Underline the past progressive verbs in this text. WT1

WHAT WERE YOU DOING WHEN . . ?

by Thomas Thurman

I remember exactly what I was doing when I first heard the news on September 11, 2001.
I'd gone to the kitchen at work to get coffee, and I was walking back past co-workers'
desks to the other end of the office. As I passed, I caught people's voices: "... a plane ...
the North Tower . . .and I realized something was up. I got back to my desk, sat down,
and looked up BBC News. I got no further work done that day. I was 26.

I remember exactly what I was doing when I heard that Princess Diana had died. I woke
up to the news on the radio. I was 22.

I remember exactly what I was doing when I heard that Margaret Thatcher had resigned18.
I walked, slightly19 late, into a math class. Ben Anderson, a classmate, looked up and said,
"She's resigned." I asked, "Who?" I was almost 16.

I remember what I was doing when my mum told us we were going to have another baby
in the family. We were home from school for lunch. I cried with the shock. I was 10.

Think about It The writer uses both the past progressive and the simple past in some of the sentences
above. Why?

18 resign: to give up a job ’’slightly: a little

20
25 | Describing Events in the Past Use the pictures to complete each person's answer to the question.
(More than one answer may be possible.) Ml

WHAT WERE YOU DOING AT MIDNIGHT ON DECEMBER 31?

1. "I live in the south of France, so when it was midnight here, it

was only 6:00 in New York. Anyway, at that hour a friend and I
were watching TV ’’

2. "At midnight, as the photo indicates20,1 was out with friends

and we."

3. "I in a crowded subway car in New York

City, somewhere near Times Square."

4. "We ., and all of a sudden my friend asked,

'What time is it?' I looked at the clock, and it was midnight."

5. "At midnight we the fireworks outside.

That went on for about ten minutes!"

6. "To be honest, I____ at midnight. I had to get up

early the next day, so I couldn't stay up until midnight."

7. "I on an airplane. The flight attendant

announced that it was midnight, and everyone started cheering."

8. "I had a paper I needed to finish, so in the

library until 2:00 a.m. I didn't even notice when it was midnight."

Talk about It What were you doing at midnight on December 31?

Tell a partner.

20 indicate: to show

PRESENT, PAST, AND FUTURE FORMS 21

 26 | Remembering a Frightening Event Complete these paragraphs with the past progressive or
simple past form of the verbs in parentheses. (More than one answer may be possible.) BiW'l

The scariest experience I remember was an airplane flight I took many

F Y I
years ago. I from Istanbul to Prague and I We sometimes use
(1. travel) the past progressive to
two flights. First, I describe a developing
(2. have) (3. fly)
or changing situation in
to Zurich, and then I planes to fly to Prague.
(4. change) the past.
The first flight was fine, but by the time I in My father was becoming
(5. land)
stronger and stronger
Zurich, it heavily. each day.
(6. snow)
We thought things were
The snowstorm worse and worse by getting better, but they
(7. get) weren't.
the minute, but we still ,. As the plane
(8. take off)
., the turbulence
(9. climb) (10. start)
The plane back and forth and up and down.
(11. shake)
I the armrest as hard as I could. Some of
(12. squeeze)
the other passengers ., and one woman
(13. cry)
when the plane
(14. scream) (15. hit)
a big bump.

When we the final altitude, the

(16. reach)
turbulence suddenly ,. The passengers
(17. stop)
for the pilot and most people
(18. clap)
,. But 1 my seat belt
(19. relax) (20. keep)
on for the rest of the flight!

Write about It Think of a frightening event that took place in your life. Write a paragraph about it.

27 | Making Polite Requests Use I was wondering if+ the simple past to make these requests more
indirect. (NOTE: The past form of can is could.) BIHrl

1. Can you help me?

/ was wondering ifyou could help me.

2. Do you need some help?

3. Can you send me an application form?
4. Can I make an appointment to talk with you?
5. Are you ready to eat?
6. Can you come over and help me for a minute?
7. Do you have a few minutes to talk?
8. Are you doing anything tomorrow night?
9. Can you explain that to me again?

22
 1.7 Talking about the Future with Be Going To and Will
PLANS OR INTENTIONS
1 Don't forget. I'm going to call you later.
(= I plan to call you later.)
2 I'm ready to go. I'll meet you out front.
(= I plan to meet you out front.)
A PREDICTIONS OR EXPECTATIONS
3 Put that down. Someone's going to get hurt.
(= I predict that someone is going to get hurt.)
4 Millions of people will be watching the program.
(= I expect that millions of people will be watching.)
PLANS OR INTENTIONS
5 We made a plan for this last week. Let me explain
what we're going to do.
6 We have a busy schedule for you today. First we're
going to show you around the office.
B 7 Oh, I have an idea. Here's what we'll do.
8 Wait here. I'll be right back.
9 I'll give you a ride home from school.
10 Will you excuse us, please?
11 I'll call you as soon as I get home.
PREDICTIONS OR EXPECTATIONS
12 In the future, we're going to get most of our food from
the ocean.
13 In the future, we will get most of our food from
the ocean.
C something is going to happen, we usually use be
14 Look at those dark clouds. It's going to rain.
(NOT: Look at those dark clouds. It will rain.)
15 The average child in the U.S. will eat approximately
1,500 peanut butter sandwiches by high school.
28 I Prediction or Future Plan? Underline the future verb forms in these quotations. Is the person
stating a prediction/expectation or expressing a future plan? Check (/) your answer.
QUOTATIONS
1. I am going to produce a movie of my own. (Kabir Bedi, actor)
2. Choose a job you love, and you will never have to work a day in
your life. (Confucius, philosopher)
3. It's going to be a season with lots of accidents. (Ayrton Senna,
race car driver)
In English, we use several different verb forms to talk
about the future. Two common forms are be going to
and will. We use both be going to and will to:
• express future plans or intentions, as in 1 - 2
• make predictions or express expectations about
the future, as in 3 - 4
Remember: We use urill + the base form of the main verb or will
+ be + the -ing form to describe future events.
We use a present form of the helping verb be (am / is / are) + going
to + the base form of the main verb to describe future events.
We use both be going to and will to express future
intentions or plans, but we use them in different ways.
We often use be going to when we:
• talk about a future event that has already been
planned or scheduled, as in 5 - 6
We often use will to:
• express a decision made at the moment of
speaking, as in 7 - 8
• offer help or make a request, as in 9 - 10
• make a promise, as in 11
Notice: When a decision is made at the moment of speaking,
we usually use the contraction ’ll.
We can usually use either be going to or will to make
predictions or express expectations, as in 12 -13.
However, sometimes the choice of be going to or will
depends on the context:
• When we have clear physical evidence that
going to, as in 14.
• When we are stating a general belief or an absolute
certainty, we often use will, as in 15.
ONLINE
1.7 A
PREDICTION/ FUTURE
EXPECTATION PLAN
□ 0
□ □
□ □
PRESENT, PAST, AND FUTURE FORMS 23
 pr e d ic t io n / FUTURE
EXPECTATION PLAN

4. I am not young, but I feel young. The day I feel old, I will go to bed □ □
and stay there. (Coco Chanel, fashion designer)
5. Look deep into nature, and then you will understand everything □ □
better. (Albert Einstein, scientist)
6. I'm not going to change the way I look or the way I feel to conform □ □
to anything. (John Lennon, musician)
7. A quick temper will make a fool of you soon enough. (Bruce Lee, □ □
martial artist)
8. Give me six hours to chop down a tree, and I will spend the first □ □
four sharpening the axe. (Abraham Lincoln, U.S. president)
9. I am going to spend my time today just thanking the people that □ □
played a role in my career. (Nolan Ryan, athlete)
10. America is the most grandiose21 experiment the world has seen, □ □
but, I am afraid, it is not going to be a success. (Sigmund Freud,
psychologist)
11. In the next 50 to 75 years, people will be living to be 130 or 140. □ □
They'll be working until they're 100. (Willard Scott, entertainer)
12. At an Olympic Game, you want to enjoy it—especially if you know □ □
it's going to be your last one. (Shannon Miller, Olympic gymnast)

Think about It In sentence 11 above, it is possible to say either will be living or will live. Why do you
think the speaker chose will be living!

Think about It Do an online search for other quotations about future predictions or plans and share
them with your classmates.

29 | Expressing Future Plans Complete these conversations with be going to or will + the verb in
parentheses. (Use a contraction where possible.)

1. A: I'm really tired. RESEARCH

B: Come on, then. I 'II fgke you home, (take) SAYS...

2. A: We need to do something about the car. In general, will is more

formal than be going to.
B: Don't worry about it. I it. (take care of)
Sorry. I'm going to be
3. A: Have you heard the news about Lisa and Tim? late tonight, (less formal)

B: No, what news? I'm very sorry, but I'll be

late tonight.
A: They in the fall, (get married) (more formal) ■

4. A: Come on. Hurry up. Let's do something. CORP

B:you, please? (relax)

5. A: Did you talk to Bob about the presentation?
B: No, I forgot. Sorry about that. I him tomorrow, (call)
6. A: Are you ready to order?
B: Yes, I the fish special and a salad, (have)

21 grandiose: more complicated than necessary; extravagant

24
 7. A: The food looks delicious.
ope everything is OK.you one of
the sandwiches and tell me if it tastes good? (try)
8. A: Can you help me next week?
B: Oh, I didn't tell you?
A: Tell me what?
B: We in California all next week, (be)
9. A: Can I get you anything else?
B: Yes, I think I another cup of coffee, (have)

Think about It Why did you choose will or be going to in the conversations in Activity 29? Compare ideas
with your classmates.

Reason for using be going to Reasons for using will

• For a future event that has already been planned • For a decision made at the moment of speaking
or scheduled • For a promise
• For a request or offer of help

I chose wil I for number one because the person offered to help.

30 | Analyzing Predictions Underline the uses of will in this article. Circle the uses of be going to. Why do
you think the writer uses each future form? 1.7C

Growing Demand for Coal

The demand for coal is growing steadily. Coal accounted for 26 percent

of energy consumed in 2004 worldwide, according to the U.S. Energy

Information Agency, and will grow to 28 percent by 2030. Total energy

consumption, however, will be going up a few percentage points a

year, so in the same period of time, coal consumption will rise 74 percent.

India and China will account for 72 percent of the increase, but coal consumption is expected to also rise
in Russia, South Africa, and the U.S. In the U.S., the growth could decline, but coal will still be a big part of
the energy profile22.

"Ninety percent of the fossil fuel reserves in the U.S., India, and China are in coal, and China and India

are not going to move from this fuel in the future," said Jeremy Carl of Stanford University. "They are not
going to turn off the lights."

Think about It Could the writer use either be going to or will in any of the sentences above? Why?

22 profile: a set of data that gives the most important features of something

PRESENT, PAST, AND FUTURE FORMS 25

 31 | Making Predictions with will Complete each prediction with will and a verb from the box. 1.7 C

be be be able to become have have make work

PREDICTIONS FOR LIFE 100 YEARS FROM NOW

FYI
1. We control the weather. We can use will with
2. Most people from their homes. phrasal modals like
be able to.
3. There one kind of money for the whole world.
You will be able to see
4. Everyone computers wired to their brains. Mars clearly in October.

5. Space elevators space travel cheap.

6. Deserts ___ tropical forests.
7. We the ability to communicate through thought transmission23.
8. There only three languages in the world—English, Spanish, and Chinese.

Talk about It Choose one of the predictions above. How likely is it to come true in the next 100 years?
Choose a number from 10 (very likely) to 0 (not likely at all) and give reasons for your answer.

32 I Using Be Going To for Predictions Complete the predictions with be going to. Then match the
evidence with the predictions. Ubfcfl

EVIDENCE PREDICTIONS

1. The sun is rising, and there are no clouds in the sky. a. I guess we
You think to yourself: 9 class today, (not/have)
2. It's half an hour after class usually starts, and your b. Be careful. You
teacher still hasn't arrived. One of your classmates hurt, (get)
says: __ c. You yourself
3. You get to the bus stop in the morning just as the sick, (make)
bus is leaving. You say to yourself: d. I guess we
4. A friend sees you using a tool incorrectly. He says to anywhere today, (not/go)
you: e. We more
5. You see a family member eating a second big bowl chairs, (need)
of ice cream. You say: f. Now I late for
6. Your friend is cooking fish for dinner, but he bakes work, (be)
it too long, and it burns completely. You say: g. It is going to be a nice
7. You expected 50 people to come to the lecture, but day. (be)
already there are more than 50 people in the room. h. I guess we fish
You say to your assistant: for dinner, (not/have)
8. You and your friends are planning to drive to the
beach. You try to start the car, but nothing happens.
One of your friends says:

“thought transmission: the ability to send thoughts from mind to mind

26
 1.8 Using Present Forms to Talk about the Future
1 School starts on September 3rd this year.
2 The plane leaves in an hour.
3 The library closes at noon today.
A
4 When are we meeting this week?
5 Most stores are closing early tonight.
6 I'm leaving for London tomorrow night.
SIMPLE PRESENT VS. PRESENT PROGRESSIVE
7 We meet at 10 on Tuesday. Don't forget to bring
your laptop. (= We meet regularly at 10 on Tuesday.)
8 Saturday's game begins at noon.
B
9 Don't forget. We're meeting at 9 instead of 10
on Tuesday. (= We’re meeting at 9 this Tuesday.)
10 Why is the game starting late tonight?
PRESENT PROGRESSIVE VS. BE GOING TO
11 We're leaving next month.
C 12 We're going to leave next month.
13 It's going to rain tomorrow. (NOT: It’s raining tomorrow.)
14 I am to meet the president at 10:00.
(= I am required to meet the president at 10:00.)
D 15 The company is to announce its quarterly earnings in
December. (= The company is obligated to do this.)
{J) 33 I Talking about the Future with Present Forms
missing words. Then practice with a partner. HT1
1. A: When is your flight tomorrow?
B: I think it
A: Nonstop flight?
B: No, I in London.
A: you
a long layover24?
B: No, only two hours.
A: Oh, that's not bad.
24 layover: a stop between flights
In addition to the more common uses of the simple
present and present progressive, we can also use
these verb forms to talk about scheduled events and
arrangements in the future, as in 1 - 6.
Notice: We almost always use a time expression (such
as in an hour, this week, or tonight) to show that we are
referring to the future, not the present, as in 1 - 6.
When we talk about a scheduled event that takes place
regularly, we usually use the simple present, as in 7 - 8.
When a scheduled event is temporary or changing,
we often use the present progressive, as in 9 - 10.
When we talk about personal plans and arrangements,
we sometimes use the present progressive instead of
be going to, as in 11 -12.
WARNING! Unlike be going to, we do not use the
present progressive to make predictions, as in 13.
In formal contexts, we sometimes use am / is / are
+ to- infinitive to refer to the future, as in 14 - 15.
Using this form suggests that the future event is an
obligation or requirement.
ONLINE
Listen to these conversations and write the
RESEARCH
at 6, but I'm not sure. SAYS...
Common verbs used
with the simple
present to talk about
the future include:
arrive finish
begin go
come leave
depart start
CORP
PRESENT, PAST, AND FUTURE FORMS 27
 2. A:you
to the meeting next week?
B: Yes, I plan to.
A: What time it .?
B: At 7.
3. A:you
anything special this weekend?
B: Um, I already_______________ plans for Saturday,
butfree
■ on Sunday.
A: Great. a concert in the afternoon. Interested?
B: Sure.
A: It at 3, so I'll come by at 2.
B: OK.
4. A: the last day of school?
B: June 15.
A:. that a Friday?
a Wednesday.
B: No,________________
5. A: you
to the concert tonight?
B: Yeah. What time it .?
A: Let me check.

Think about It What time expressions do the speakers use in the conversations in Activity 33?
Circle them.

Talk about It Tell your classmates about an event scheduled for later this week.

34 | Present or Future? Listen to ten short conversations. Are the speakers talking about an action in
progress now or an event in the future? Check (/) your answer. HU

Now In the future Now In the future

1. 0 6.
2. 7.
3. 8.
4. D 9. D _
5. 10.

(J) Think about It Listen to the conversations again. In the future sentences, what time expressions
do the speakers use to show that they are talking about the future? Write at least six.

28
 35 I Simple Present or Present Progressive? Complete these conversations with the simple present
or present progressive form of the verb in parentheses. (More than one answer may be possible.) Em

1. A: When the first train tomorrow morning? (leave)

B: At seven.
2. A: Where's the train?
B: You didn't hear the announcement?
A: No. What did it say?
B: The seven o'clock train an hour late this morning, (leave)
3. A: Hurry up. We're going to be late.
B: What time the movie .? (start)
A: In 15 minutes.
4. A: Do you want to go for lunch tomorrow?
B: Um, I tomorrow. I have a doctor's appointment, (not/work)
5. A: Who to the meeting tonight? (come)
B: I'm not sure.
6. A: I have some good news.
B: What is it?
A: They the elevators tomorrow, so the
until 11 in the morning, (fix) (no

Think about It In which of the conversations above is a scheduled event temporary or changing?

36 I Present Progressive or Be Going To? Complete these quotations. Where possible, use the present
progressive to talk about the future. Where you can't, use be going to. Em

QUOTATIONS FROM FAMOUS PEOPLE

1. I don't know where I from here, but I promise it won't be boring, (go)
—David Bowie, musician
2. If you can't read, it hard to realize dreams, (be)
—Booker T. Washington, educator
3. I to college. I don't care if it ruins my career. I'd rather be smart than a movie
star, (go) —Natalie Portman, actor
4. The desktop market has entered the dark ages, and it in the dark ages for the
next ten years, (be) —Steve Jobs, businessman
5. I know this bad, but I'm going to pretend it good.
(end/end) -Johnny Knoxville, actor
6. It easy to change things, (not/be) —Daniel Berrigan, activist
7. Things a lot worse before they get worse, (get) —Lily Tomlin, actor
8. Sooner or later I , but I'm not going to retire, (die) —Margaret Mead, scientist

Think about It In which of the quotations in Activity 36 did you use be going to instead of the present
progressive? Why?

PRESENT, PAST, AND FUTURE FORMS 29

 37 I Talking about Future Requirements Circle the expressions in these sentences that suggest an
obligation or requirement. Then rewrite the sentences using am/is/are + to- infinitive. 1.8 D

1. Class begins at 9, and you meed to bejhere on time.

Class begins at 9, and you are to be here on time.

2. The school field trip will be on June 15. Your child should bring a lunch and something to drink.
3. The bus is going to leave at 7:15, so everyone should be at the parking lot by 7.
4. Your appointment with the mayor is at noon. You need to arrive at the reception desk by 11:45.
5. I need to go out for a few minutes, but no one should leave the room while I am away.
Is that clear?
6. You will have 30 minutes to answer the exam question. When I say stop, you should put down
your pencil.
7. Your doctor's appointment is at 10 a.m. Please don't eat or drink anything in the morning.
8. We have important visitors next Monday. Everyone should dress up a bit.

1.9 Using Present Forms in Speaking

USING CONTRACTIONS In conversation, we usually contract the am / is / are after
1 Your books're here. nouns, pronouns, and question words, as in 1 - 6. By not using
contractions, we may sound more formal or insistent than
2 The flowers're dying.
we intend.
A 3 They're here.
We sometimes use the full form for special emphasis or in formal
4 What're you doing?
speaking situations such as speeches.
5 Who're they talking to?
6 How'reyou doing?

NON-ACTION VERBS IN CONVERSATION In conversation, the simple present is much more common
7 I think so. than the simple past. This is partly because a few verbs are used
frequently. Many of these are non-action verbs showing how the
8 I doubt it.
speaker feels or thinks about something, as in 7 -14.
9 I suppose so.
10 I don't know.
B
11 It doesn't matter.
12 I don't mind.
13 I don't care.
14 I don't want to.

USING THE PRESENT TO TELL A STORY We sometimes use the simple present and present progressive
15 So I'm leaving the store, and this woman to tell a story that took place in the past, as in 15. Using present
verb forms makes the story seem more vivid.
C stops me and asks to use my phone. I don't
know what to say to her, I mean, I don't
know her....

^g^ONLINE

30
38 | Using Contractions Match the questions with the responses. Listen and check your answers.
Then practice with a partner. TO

QUESTIONS RESPONSES

1. What are you doing? g
2. What is the matter?
3. When is she leaving?
4. How far is your house from here?
5. When is the next exam?
6. Where are my shoes?
7. How far is Tokyo from here?
8. Who are you calling?
9. Why are you always yelling at me?
10. How long are they going to be there?
a. Not long. I think they are coming back in a week.
b. Because you are always misbehaving.
c. It is on the fifth. That is a Friday.
d. Tomorrow. She is taking the noon train tomorrow.
e. Nothing special. I am just taking a break.
f. My brother. He is in Toronto this week.
_ g- I think I am going to lose my job.
h. I am not sure, but it is closer than Beijing.
i. They are in the closet.
J- It is just around the corner.

Talk about It Ask a partner four of the questions above again. Give your own answers.

39 | Common Verbs in the simple Present Work with a partner. Take turns saying a sentence from
Column A. Your partner responds with a sentence from Column B. (Many responses are possible.) TO

COLUMN A COLUMN B

1. Where do you want to go for lunch? I suppose so.

2. Are you coming to class tomorrow? I doubt it.
3. We have a test tomorrow. I don't care.
4. It's late. I don't mind.
5. It's time to go. It doesn't matter.
6. You aren't being funny. I don't want to.
7. Does this computer work? I know.
8. Do you know what I mean? I don't know.
9. What's the matter with you? I think so.
10. Why aren't you coming to the concert? I don't think so.
11. Is it cold outside?
12. Somebody's using your computer.
13. I don't have any money.
14. Is it going to rain tomorrow?

Talk about It Work with a partner. Write three more short conversations using verbs in the box below.
Then present your conversations to the class.

COMMON VERBS IN THE SIMPLE PRESENT

care doubt know matter mind suppose think want

PRESENT, PAST, AND FUTURE FORMS 31

 40 | Telling a Story Make up a story using these pictures. Use present verb forms to make your story vivid.
Tell your story to a partner. Listen to your partner's story. KCT3I

AN
UNUSUAL
SUBWAY
RIDE •
7T

—'I

piece of fruit.

Talk about It Tell a partner a story that happened to you. Use present verb forms.

32
 1.10 Using Present and Past Forms in Academic Writing
SUMMARIES AND ABSTRACTS We often use the simple present in summaries and
1 This paper examines the relationship between exercise abstracts of academic papers, as in 1. Using the simple
and mood. Evidence from a number of studies suggests present signals that the writer views the statement as
A that regular exercise leads to an improvement in mood. a fact or general truth.
Possible signs of depression decrease over the course
of a 10-week regular exercise program. The paper also
discusses other emotional benefits of regular exercise.

ADDING DETAILS TO GENERAL STATEMENTS Writers often use the simple present to make a
2 Lying is usually unacceptable behavior, but there are general statement, as in 2. They then explain or
B rare times when it is better to tell a lie than to tell support the general statement with specific details
the truth. I learned this the hard way. When I was 15,... and examples using the simple past.

WRITING ABOUT RESEARCH
3 Researchers from University College studied brain
scans of 105 people—80 of whom were bilingual.
C The researchers found that learning other languages
changed the gray matter in the left part of the brain.
This research demonstrates how learning languages
develops the brain.
In academic writing, writers often use the simple past
to describe the steps in a study or experiment, as in 3.
They then evaluate the results of the study using the
simple present. The simple present signals that the
writer believes the information is scientific fact.

ONLINE

41 | Using the Simple Present in Summaries Underline the simple present verbs in these summaries.
Then answer the questions on page 34. 1.10 A

F Y I
Abstracts of Articles An abstract is a short
1. TITLE: Real Men Don't Need Work-Life Balance summary of a longer
AUTHOR: Tanvi Gautam piece of writing. Abstracts
SOURCE: Forbes magazine are used by researchers
SUMMARY: This article focuses on the issue of work-life balance for to understand the main
men. Many firms assume that men do not need career flexibility or ideas of an article quickly.
work-life integration. However, these assumptions are generally not
accurate. The author argues that firms need to consider men when
they design policies to promote flexibility.

2. TITLE: Margaret C. Anderson's Little Review

AUTHORS: Sophia Estante; Lome Moore
SOURCE: The Writing Center at the University of Wisconsin-Madison
SUMMARY: This research looks at the work of Margaret C. Anderson, the editor of the Little Review.
The research draws upon mostly primary sources including memoirs, published letters, and a complete
collection of the Little Review. Most prior research on Anderson focuses on her connection to the famous
writers and personalities that she published and associated with. This focus undermines25 her role as the
dominant26 creative force behind one of the most influential little magazines published in the twentieth
century. This case example shows how little magazine publishing is arguably a literary art.

25 undermine: to injure; to weaken 26dominant: superior; leading

PRESENT, PAST, AND FUTURE FORMS 33

 3. TITLE: The Connection between Hypertension27 and Stress
AUTHORS: Michael Anderson; Karina Gomez; Peizhu Liu
SOURCE: Medical Monthly. 2014; 58: 556-570.
SUMMARY: It has been established that stressful situations cause temporary spikes28 in blood pressure,
but researchers are unsure of the relationship between stress and long-term hypertension. The purpose
of this study is to understand this relationship and to find out if short-term spikes in blood pressure
due to stress can add up and cause high blood pressure in the long term. The data for this study comes
from a series of tests conducted on forty participants of various backgrounds in the San Francisco Bay
Area over a period of twenty years. The researchers also looked at statistical29 data from the California
Board of Health over the past twenty years. Even though the researchers found mixed test results, the
study shows that daily exercise and focused stress management lowers the risk of hypertension over
time. However, medical researchers must conduct more studies in order to determine the link between
the frequency of short term spikes in stress and long-term hypertension.

QUESTIONS

1. Besides the simple present, what other verb forms do the writers use in the summaries above?
2. What kinds of information do these writers include in the summaries?
3. What kinds of information do these writers leave out of the summaries?
4. What is the purpose of an abstract or summary?

42 | Evaluate Read these paragraphs and underline the verbs. Then answer the questions below. 1.108

A B
Self-discipline is the most important ingredient
for success. When you set a goal for yourself,
you have to work to reach it. You need to study,
earn money, or do whatever is necessary for
your particular30 goal. You need to make a plan
and follow it, even when you feel discouraged31.
Without self-discipline, it is easy to lose sight of
your goal. There is no value in having a goal if
you do not have self-discipline.
Self-discipline is the most important ingredient
for success. My brother is a good example of
the connection between self-discipline and
success. When he was only 15, he decided that
he wanted to be a doctor. From that point,
he stopped playing sports and doing things
with his friends so that he would have time to
study. Every summer he gave up his vacation
so that he could work in a hospital. Because
he was self-disciplined, my brother is now a
successful family doctor in my hometown.

QUESTIONS

1. What differences in the verbs do you notice between the two paragraphs above? Why?
2. Which paragraph is more interesting to you? Why?
3. Which paragraph provides specific details and examples?

"hypertension: high blood pressure " particular: specific

“spike: a sudden increase in something "discouraged: without confidence; hopeless
29 statistical: mathematical; numeric

34
43 I Using the Simple Past to Give Specific Examples Read these general statements and
check (/) Agree or Disagree. Then write a short paragraph giving a specific example to explain
why you agree or disagree with each statement. 1.10B

AGREE DISAGREE
1. Athletic competition is not good for very young children.
2. Anger is sometimes beneficial32.
3. In spite of advances in scientific knowledge, people are still superstitious33.
4. Learning a second language is not good for young children.

1. Agree: Athletic competition is not good for very young children. When my brother was very
young, he played on a children's soccer team. His best friend wanted to play on the team too,
but he wasn't a very good player. The other children on the team didn't want my brother's friend
to be on the team because they wanted to win. Soccer was a competition for them, not a game,
and so at the age of seven, my brother's friend quit playing soccer.

44 | Exploring Verb Forms in Research Reports Complete each research report with the correct form
of the verbs in parentheses. 1.10C

1. In one report on how intelligence develops in young children, American researchers studied____
(study)
nearly 500 boys and girls born in New Jersey hospitals between 1984 and 1987. When they were born,

each child less than 2,000 grams, and they were approximately 16 years old when they
(weigh)
in the study. The children intelligence and motor skill tests at home.
(participate) (take)
(Motor skills are skills that require living things to effectively use their muscles.)

The test results were then compared with test results of other children of the same age. The study

that the children with low birth weight often have more problems with motor skills
(report)
than the other children. This that babies with low birth weight may be more likely
(suggest)
than other children to have physical and mental problems as they develop.

2. A major study from the University of North Carolina two groups of children. One
(compare)
group of children an all-day childcare center from when they a
(attend) (be)
few weeks old until the age of 5. This high-quality program some social, health, and
(offer)
educational programs, and it healthy food for the children. The other group of children
(provide)
to a childcare center at any time. Both groups public schools after
(not/go) (attend)
the age of 5.

The two groups of children similar when they babies, but

(be) (be)
different after the age of about 18 months. As babies, both groups similar results in
(have)
tests for mental and physical skills. However, the children in the childcare program
(score)
much higher in tests after the age of 18 months. The children tests again at the ages of
(take)
12 and 15 years. Again, the children from the childcare center better test scores.
(show)

32beneficial: helpful 33 superstitious: believing in something you can't explain

PRESENT, PAST, AND FUTURE FORMS 35

 The study that education during the first months and years of life
(suggest) (be)
important for development later in life. The researchers say that with early education, poorer

children could become more successful and do better in school. They their study
(believe)
a need for the government to spend money on public education at an early age. They
(show)
these kinds of programs better success overall in American schools.
(claim) (create)

WRAP-UP Demonstrate Your Knowledge

A I WRITE Write three paragraphs with information about yourself ten years ago, now, and ten years
from now.

Ten years ago Now Ten years from now

/ was living in Mexico with my parents. I am living here with my wife.... I will probably be living here. Hopefully
It was a happy time for my family I will have a good job....
because everyone was healthy....

ill

B | SURVEY Choose a topic related to habits. Think of five to ten questions to use in a survey. Ask your
classmates the questions and record their answers. What conclusions can you draw? Are there similarities
in the answers? Did males and females answer differently?

Topic: Study Habits

How many hours per week do you usually study outside of class?
Did you usually do your homework in high school?

C I PRESENTATION Choose a topic—a person, place, or thing—that interests you. Look for ten interesting
facts about this topic and present the facts to your class.

D I WEB SEARCH What happened on the month and day you were born? Do an online search of your date of
birth. Choose five interesting things that happened that day and report them to the class.

36
J 1.11 Summary of Present, Past, and Future Forms
SIMPLE PRESENT USES SIMPLE PAST USES

We use the simple

I know. present to describe: We use the simple
You
do not know, • current habitual knew. past to:
We I
They don't know. behavior did not know, • signal an action,
You
• timeless truths didn't know. event, or state
We
was completed at
• general truths They
a definite time in
• the state of He arrived.
He knows. the past
something now She
She does not know, It did not arrive, • indicate social
It doesn't know.
• regular scheduled didn't arrive. or psychological
events in the distance
future

PRESENT PROGRESSIVE USES PAST PROGRESSIVE USES

am listening.
'm listening. We use the past
I was listening. progressive to:
am not listening,
He
'm not listening. We use the present was not listening, • talk about
She
progressive to: wasn't listening. something in
is listening. It
progress at a
's listening. • signal that a state particular time in
He
or activity is
She is not listening,
the past
temporary or in
It 's not listening, • describe a
progress now
isn't listening. developing or
• talk about
changing situation
planned events in You were listening.
are listening. in the past
're listening. the future We
You were not listening, • show social or
They weren't listening.
We are not listening, psychological
They 're not listening, distance
aren't listening.

FUTURE WITH BE GOING TO USES FUTURE WITH WILL USES

am going to help,
'm going to help.
am not going to help,
'm not going to help.
We often use will to:
is going to help. We often use be going I
's going to help. to to: He • make promises
He will do it.
She » talk about
She 'II do it. ® offer help and
is not going to help, It make requests
It 's not going to help, planned future will not do it.
You • talk about
isn't going to help. events won't do it.
We spontaneous plans
• make predictions They
are going to help. • make predictions
You 're going to help.
We are not going to help,
They 're not going to help,
aren't going to help.

PRESENT, PAST, AND FUTURE FORMS 37

 Perfect Forms

Children have never been

very good at listening to
their elders1, but they have
never failed to imitate them.
—JAMES BALDWIN, WRITER

(1924-1987)

w
Talk about It What does the quotation above mean? Do you agree or disagree?

1 elders: people who are older than you

38
 WARM-UP 39
2.1 Overview of the Present Perfect 40
2.2 The Simple Past vs. the Present Perfect 45
Pronunciation Note: Simple Past or Present Perfect? 46
2.3 The Present Perfect Progressive vs.
the Present Perfect 51
2.4 The Past Perfect and the Past Perfect Progressive 55
2.5 The Future Perfect and the Future Perfect
Progressive 60
2.6 Using Perfect Forms in Speaking 62
2.7 Using Perfect Forms in Academic Writing 64
WRAP-UP Demonstrate Your Knowledge 68
2.8 Summary of Perfect Forms 69

WARM-UP
AI Study the graph on the right. Then read the statements and write T (true) or F (false). Do you find any of
this information surprising? Tell your classmates.

World Population Growth World Population Growth

10 billion
1. The population of the world has been increasing since 1750.
8
2. Over the past 50 years, the populations of developing and 6

industrial regions have gone up at the same rate. 4

3. In 1800, there were about 1 billion people in the world. 2

1750 1850 1950 2050

By 1900, the population had almost reached 2 billion.
4. The population of developing regions started to grow parts of the
world with fewer factories and
more rapidly around 1950. The population of industrial businesses

regions has risen much less in comparison.
5. By 2050, the population of the world will have reached
9 billion people.
• Industrial regions parts of the
world with many factories and
businesses
Sources: United Nations Population Division
and Population Reference Bureau, 1993.

BI Answer these questions about the statements above.

1. The words in green are perfect forms of verbs. How many different perfect forms
do you see in the statements?
2. What time words are used with the perfect verb forms?
3. When do you think we use perfect forms of verbs?

CI Look back at the quotation on page 38. Identify any perfect verb forms.

PERFECT FORMS 39
 2.1 Overview of the Present Perfect
1 Life expectancy has increased since 1900. It's not When we want to show that a past action, event, or state
uncommon for people to live into their eighties now. is connected to now (the moment of speaking), we use the
2 Technology has helped people in many ways, but
present perfect form of a verb, as in 1 - 6. The past action,
too much technology isn't healthy.
event, or state might be something that:
• started in the past and continues to the present,
3 I've watched that movie too many times. I think I as in 1 - 2
know it by heart.
• happened repeatedly in the past and has an effect on
4 Many roads here have become crowded, and this something in the present, as in 3 - 4
A causes frequent traffic jams.
• started and ended in the past but has an effect on
something in the present, as in 5 - 6
5 A: I need to talk to Barbara for a minute. Is she here?
B: No, she's gone to the library.
(= She went to the library. She isn’t here now.) Remember: We form the present perfect with have / has (+ not)
+ the past participle (-ed/-en form) of the main verb. For a list of
6 A: Are you hungry? past participles of irregular verbs, see the Resources, page R-3.
B: No, I've already eaten.
(= I ate something earlier so now I’m not hungry.)

7 A: How's the movie? We often use adverbs and time expressions with the
B: It's been great so far. present perfect, as in 7 -13. Some examples include:
8 A: Is Uncle Bill here? already just never yet
B: No, he hasn't come in yet.
always lately so far
9 We've spoken several times in the past month,
and I think we are now ready to make a decision. in + the past few days / the last ten minutes
over + the past month / the last two years
10 You've always been unhappy with your job. I think
B it's time to do something about it. for + a week / a year / the last two years

11 I've just finished my paper. since 1980 / last year/January / then / my birthday

12 A: Sorry I'm late. How long have you been here?
B: Don't worry about it. I've only been here
for ten minutes.
13 I haven't worked since last December. I really need
to find a job soon.
Notice: We can use some adverbs (such as already, always,
just, and never) between have / has and the past participle,
as in 10 -11.
We use for + a period of time, as in 12. We use since +
a specific time, as in 13.

(^ONLINE

11 Connecting Past Actions to Now What does each bold verb in the conversations below describe?
Read the meanings in the box. Then write a, b, or c. (More than one answer may be possible.) Q|

The verb describes something that:

a. started in the past and continues to the present
b. happened repeatedly in the past and has an effect on something in the present
c. started and ended in the past but has an effect on something in the present

MEANING

C 1. A: Are you OK?

B: No, I've twisted my ankle.
A: Does it hurt?
B: Of course it hurts. Can you get me a chair?

40
MEANING

2. A: Ms. James is your academic advisor, isn't she?

F YI
B: Yes, but we haven't had many meetings. When we use the present
3. A: Do you know Isabel Martinez? perfect, the connection to
now is not always stated
B: Yeah, I've known her for years. Why do you ask? directly.
A: She's my new boss. The exhibit was in California,
4. A: Do you know Los Angeles very well? but now it has moved on to
New York.
B: Sure. I've been there several times. What do you want to know? (= now it's in New York)
A: What's the public transportation like?
B: It's not so great. You really need a car.
5. A: Does your brother still live in Santa Fe?
B: No, he's moved to El Paso, but he still has lots of friends in Santa Fe.
6. A: Do you want to go to the game tonight?
B: Sorry, I can't. I've made other plans.
7. A: Have you seen my wallet?
B: Yes, it's on the bureau.
8. A: Ever since the summer, you've been different.
B: What do you mean?
A: I don't know. You're just more distracted now.

Think about It What other verb forms do the speakers use in the conversations in Activity 1?
What does this say about how we often use the present perfect?

Think about It Think about each situation in Activity 1. For each present perfect verb, what
connection(s) to now do you think the speaker is making? Write your ideas in this chart. (Many
answers are possible.)

Present perfect action, event, or state Connection(s) to now

1. I've twisted my ankle. My ankle hurts.

2.1 haven't had many meetings with Ms. James. I don't know Ms. James very well.

3. I've known Isabel Martinez for years.

4. I've been to Los Angeles several times.

5. My brother has moved to El Paso.

6. I've made other plans for tonight.

7. I have seen your wallet.

8. You've been different since the summer.

PERFECT FORMS 41
 2 | Using the Present Perfect Read this essay response and complete it with the present perfect form of
the verbs in parentheses. 2.1 A-B

Essay Prompt: In general, people are living longer now. Discuss the causes of this. Use specific reasons
and details to develop your essay.

It's true. People are living longer now. Today it is not uncommon for men and women to live into their
eighties or even their nineties. The average life expectancy greatly since 1900. At
(1. increase)
that time, the average life expectancy in this country was 47 years. Today the average life expectancy is 78
years. A few specific things to increase life expectancy. These include vaccinations2,
(2. help)
a decrease in smoking, and workplace safety rules.
The use of vaccinations greatly to the increase in life expectancy. The law says that
(3. contribute3)
schoolchildren must be vaccinated against certain deadly diseases. And they must receive these vaccinations
before they can start school. This a number of deadly diseases. In addition, the
(4. eliminate4)
reduction in the number of people smoking cigarettes millions of smoking-related
(5. prevent)
deaths. This change the life expectancy of both former smokers and the people who
(6. raise)
had to breathe secondhand smoke5.
Another reason for the increase in life expectancy is that workplaces safer. In the
(7. become)
past, it was not uncommon to be injured or even killed on the job. However, in the middle of the twentieth
century, the government passed workplace safety laws. As a result, there was a 40 percent decrease in
on-the-job deaths in places such as factories and construction sites.
These are three important reasons why people are living longer today. All of these behaviors and others
will continue to allow people to live longer and healthier lives.

Think about It Why does the writer use the present perfect in each sentence above? Choose reasons
from this box.

The writer uses the present perfect to describe:

1. something started in the past and continues to the present.
2. something happened repeatedly in the past and has an effect on something in the present.
3. something started and ended in the past but has an effect on something in the present.

In # 1 the writer uses the present perfect to describe something that started in the past and continues to the present.

Think about It Circle any uses of time expressions with the present perfect above. Are there many uses
or only a few? What does this say about how we often use time expressions with the present perfect?

Talk about It Can you think of some other reasons why people are living longer today? Work with a
partner to write at least three reasons. Try to use the present perfect in your sentences.

2 vaccinations: shots to prevent disease “eliminate: to get rid of; to remove

“contribute: to help make something happen secondhand smoke: smoke from another person's cigarette

42
31 Using the Present Perfect Complete these sentences with the present perfect. 2.1 A-B

1. The United Nations Children's Fund (UNICEF) has been ■ : -7 '••S.’-i

very active in vaccinating6 children around the world, (be)

2. I'm still feeling a pain in my right leg, so I to
the gym this week, (not/go) MS . .
3. I discouraged before—just like everyone
—ï—«—LI
else, (be)
4. I a vacation in years, so I'm really looking 7
unicef |* |
K fl
forward to this trip, (not/take)
5. My sister more in five years than most people RESEARCH SAYS...
do in a lifetime, (do)
Common verbs used with
6. It is my hard work that me a success, (make) the present perfect include:
7. Thank you for the interest you in my work. be give say
become go see
(show) call have show
come lose take
8. My boss is very serious about the project. She
do make think
about it a lot. (talk) get put win

9. I walk everywhere and I play basketball. I do that three times a CORPUS

week, and I 30 pounds so far. I feel so much

better, (lose)
10. It much for the past few years, and a number of ski resorts are closing, (not/snow)
11. Improvements in technology us to determine that Pluto is not a planet, (allow)
12. Scientists are just now discovering some of the strange living things that to life in
the deep ocean, (adapt)
13. The basic design of a bicycle pretty much the same since the 1800s. Most bikes still
use a foot-powered system that powers the back wheel, (remain)
14. Modern technology it easier for businesspeople to succeed. However, they still
have problems getting money to start businesses, (make)
15. China the world's dominant producer of solar panels7 in the last two years. It was
responsible for half the world's production last year, (become)

Think about It Underline the time expressions in the sentences above. (Some of the sentences don't
have a time expression.) Then write each time expression under the correct group in this chart.

Time expressions with Time expressions with Time expressions with Time expressions with
the simple present the present progressive the present perfect the simple past
still

Think about It Which of the time expressions above can be used with more than one verb form?

6 vaccinating: giving a shot to prevent disease 7 solar panels: devices used to gather energy from the sun

PERFECT FORMS 43
 41 Using Time Expressions with the Present Perfect Complete the sentences below with a time
expression from the box. (More than one answer may be possible.) RT1

already for since so far yet

SCIENCE AND RESEARCH

1. Thousands of people visited the King Tutankhamun exhibit when

it was in Chicago.Since then, the exhibit has moved to
Philadelphia, and it is going to move to London in November.
2. Children learn new words at a very fast rate. Scientists have wondered
a long time how this is possible.
'A,
3. According to the World Book Encyclopedia, scientists have named more
than V/z million animals. Over half of these are types EEs
of insects.
4. Someone with a PhD is a doctor of philosophy. Many people earn PhDs,
mask of
but they aren't all philosophers. The name has survived
KingTutankhamun
the Middle Ages when many areas of study were called philosophy,
5. scientists have not found a way to determine the exact
FYI
age of the Earth. Time expressions with
6. Antarctica may help us solve some of the most difficult problems the present perfect help
to show “time up to now.”
of the past and future of our planet. For example, scientists have
I haven't worked since last
found that Antarctica is the largest storehouse of fresh December. (= last December
up to now)
water on the planet.
I haven't finished it yet, but
7. ancient times, people have used parts of the willow tree I will soon. (= not finished in
the past up to now)
to reduce pain.
8. Researchers have found cures for many deadly
diseases, but they haven't found a cure for skin cancer
9. Researchers haven't discovered how to cure the illness, but there are ways to treat
the symptoms.
10. Scientists have discovered other stars with orbiting planets, but they have only
discovered one place that supports complex life forms: Earth.

5 | Error Correction Correct any errors in these sentences. (Some sentences may not have any errors.)

1. My parents been here for only three years, but they like it very much.
My parents have been here for only three years, but they like it very much.

2. I has only been here for a month, so I still get lost a lot.
3. My sister doesn't live with me anymore. She gone to live in another state.
4. My mother is very smart even though she was never been to college.
5. I've try to make a lot of new friends here, but it isn't easy.
6. My father has always give me help when I needed it.
7. I admire my professor because she have taught me to express my ideas better.

44
 8. My parents have always give me good advice. I know I can go to them when I have a problem.
9. I want to go someplace I never been to before.
10. I miss my brother a lot. I haven't seen him for more than a year because he is been in Asia.
11. My brother doesn't know I have a new job because I not told him.
12. Computers are changed our lives in many different ways. For example, in the past, it took days or weeks
to communicate with someone on the other side of the world.

2.2 The Simple Past vs. the Present Perfect

SIMPLE PAST PRESENT PERFECT

The simple past is a past form. We usually use
it to describe an action, event, or state that was
completed in the past. It is separate from now (the
moment of speaking), as in 1 - 2.
A
1 A 2009 study showed that a diet high in fruit and
vegetables decreased the risk of heart failure by
37 percent.
2 In 1652, the first samples of tea reached England.
By then, tea drinking was already popular in France.
The present perfect is a present form. We usually
use it to describe an action, event, or state that
happened or started in the past and is connected to
now. We are thinking of how the past affects the
present, as in 3 - 4.
3 Research in the last several years has shown that
people with some diseases often have low levels of
vitamin D. More doctors are now having their patients
tested for their vitamin D levels.
4 He's been a teacher here for ten years, and the students
love him. He definitely deserves a raise.

SIMPLE PAST SIMPLE PAST OR PRESENT PERFECT PRESENT PERFECT

We usually use the simple past with Some time expressions can be used We use the present perfect with
time expressions that indicate a with either the simple past or the time expressions that indicate a
finished time period, as in 5. present perfect, as in 6. time period “up until now,” as in 7.
1 —I — -.. .... 4
5 6 7 \
• in 1990/2010 • yesterday • lately • so far • yet
» already • before • recently
• last night/week/month/year • before now • until now
- always • ever • never
• a week/several days/a year ago • in the past month/few years
• today • this week/month
• from 1850 to 1860/7:00to 10:00 • over the past few days/year
• for two years/a longtime
• when I was a child / he was ten • (ever) since I was a child / he was ten
B

With the time expressions in 6, the choice of verb form depends on how we interpret the event and when it
happened, as in 8 - 9.
SIMPLE PAST PRESENT PERFECT

8a I didn't see him today. 8b I haven't seen him today.

(I didn’t see him at any time today.) (I haven’t seen him at any time from this morning until now.)
9a I didn't see him for ten years. 9b I haven't seen him for ten years.
(I didn’t see him from 1990 to 2000.) (I haven’t seen him from ten years ago until now.)

CORRECT THE COMMON ERRORS (See page R-11.)

C 10 XI have seen many things when I was a child. 12 XI lived in Toronto for three years. I really love it here.
11 XI have been here since three weeks. 13 X He is the most optimistic person I ever know.

(■^ONLINE

PERFECT FORMS 45
 (J) 6 I Pronunciation Note: Simple Past or Present Perfect? Listen to the note. Then do Activity 7.

In conversation, it is sometimes difficult to distinguish simple past and present perfect verbs. Compare:
1 I lost my keys. I've lost my keys. 3 She left. She's left.
2 He hurt his leg. He's hurt his leg. 4 They called. They've called.
The other words in a conversation can help you understand a speaker’s meaning.
PAST CONTEXT PRESENT CONTEXT

5 A: Why didn't you drive home? 6 A: Where are your keys?

B: Because I lost my keys. B: I don't know. I think I've lost them.

7 | Simple Past or Present Perfect? Listen and write the missing verbs. Use contractions. EEEM

1. He 's lost a lot of weight. 8. He a lot of new friends there.

2. They 9.-She
to go. her phone number,
3. We_ about it. 10. We an hour for them.
4. 1 that house. 11. I to go there.
5. The game him. 12. She
6. I several movies. 13. He a lot of money.
7. We not to go. 14. They their house.

Talk about It Work with a partner. Choose one of the sentences above and use it to create a short
conversation. Present your conversation to the class.

81 Finished Time or Time Up Until Now? Check (/) the time period that the bold expressions
describe. Then complete the sentences with the correct verb form. ££2JI

FINISHED TIME PERIOD UP

TEN FACTS ABOUT U.S. HISTORY TIME PERIOD UNTIL NOW

1. Washington, D.C., has been the U.S. capital since 1800. 0

(was / has been)
2. From 1790 to 1800, Philadelphia, Pennsylvania
(was / has been)
the capital.

3. The U.S. Constitution was written in 1789, but it

(changed / has changed)
over the years.

4. From 1800 to 1900, the U.S. tremendous

(experienced / has experienced)
growth.

5. The U.S. one civil war since it became a nation.

(had / has had)
6. The U.S. Civil War in the mid-1800s.
(took place / has taken place)

46
 FINISHED TIME PERIOD UP
TIME PERIOD UNTIL NOW

7. Ever since the Civil War began in 1861, people

(argued / have argued)
over what caused the war.

8. In the past 200 years, Supreme Court decisions and laws

the duties of the U.S. president.

(increased / have increased)
9. In the past few years, the government the
(used/has used)
Supreme Court for new purposes, such as determining the

outcome of an election.

10. In 2005, the president a new chief justice

(appointed / has appointed)
of the Supreme Court, John Roberts.

91 Simple Past or Present Perfect? Complete these sentences with the simple past or present
perfect form of the verb. Use contractions where possible. Then check (/) if each sentence is True or
False for you. 2.2 A-B

PERSONAL FACTS TRUE FALSE

1. J 've lived here for the past five years, (live)

2. I to Egypt yet, but I hope to go someday, (not/go)
3. I in junior high school from 2009 to 2012. (be)
4. When I was a child, I sometimes trouble, (get into)
5. I a lot of new words since I started school here, (learn)
6. I to study English when I was 15 years old. (begin)
7. So far I to eight different countries, (be)
8. Last year a great year for me. (be)
9. I anything since I had dinner last night, (not/eat)
10. I my phone at all yesterday, (not/use)
11. I very much over the past three years, (not/travel)
12. I any homework since we took the test a week ago. (not/do)

Write about It Change the information in the false statements above to make them true for you.
I haven't lived here for the past five years. OR / have lived here for the past two years.

Write about It Write three true statements and one false statement using the time expressions in
the box. Read your sentences to the class, and ask your classmates to identify the false statement.

a year ago in 2010 over the past few years since I was a child

PERFECT FORMS 47
 101 Simple Past and Present Perfect in Context Read this essay response. Circle the simple past
verbs. Underline the present perfect verbs. Then answer the questions below. 2.2 A-B

Essay Prompt: The twentieth century saw great change. In your opinion, what was one of the biggest
changes that took place in the twentieth century? Use specific reasons and details to explain your choice.

The development of new and more advanced technology(increased)rapidly in the twentieth century. In the
beginning of the 1900s, people relied on horses to get around. Letters took days or weeks to arrive, and
traveling to other countries wasn't easy. However, by the end of the century, people had cars, subways, and
buses to get where they wanted to go. They communicated instantly by email. Travel from one country to
another took hours, not months. Because of these things, I think that the growth in technology was one of
the most important changes in the twentieth century.
Advances in technology have done more than make travel and communication quicker and more
convenient; they have saved lives. People live much longer now than they did just 100 years ago. Some
diseases that were once deadly have now been cured or can at least be treated with medications. Doctors
have learned to keep individuals alive longer using new technologies.
Although technology has been very positive for the health of people, in some ways it has had a negative
effect on the planet. The technological advances of the nineteenth and twentieth centuries have caused
great damage to the earth's atmosphere8. There is also a shortage of natural resources caused by the rapid
growth of the human population. Today scientists are working on ways to solve these problems. Hopefully,
the twenty-first century will see the development of new technologies that can solve the problems created
by the old.

QUESTIONS

1. Why does the writer use a lot of simple past verbs in the first paragraph?
2. Why does the writer use a lot of present perfect verbs in the second and third paragraphs?
3. What time expressions do you see in the sentences with the simple past or the present perfect?
Write them under the correct group in this chart.

Time expressions with the simple past Time expressions with the present perfect
in the twentieth century

4. Is a time expression always necessary with the present perfect? Why do you think this?
5. According to the writer, how have advances in technology changed the way we live?

11 | Simple Past or Present Perfect? Complete these paragraphs with the words in parentheses.
Use the simple past or present perfect form of the verb. 2.2 A-B

1. Hayao Miyazaki began his career as an animator in 1963.

(begin)
He his first feature anime9 film 16 years later. Then
(direct)
he a movie company of his own in 1985. In 2001,
(start)
his movie Spirited Away Best Film at the Japanese
(win)
Academy Awards.
a scene from Spirited Away
8 atmosphere: the mixture of gases that surrounds a planet ’anime: Japanese style of cartoons or animation

48
 2. I collecting comic books when I was young. My grandfather often took me to
(start)
comic book stores, and I a fan ever since. I know it's not the deepest reading in the
(be)
world, but that's why comic books are a great stress reliever.

3. History tells us a lot about ourselves. We can see how people things a hundred
(do)
years ago and figure out what we want to keep and what we want to change. Look at how different

everything is today from what it was a hundred years ago. We some things like
(keep)
schools and family but changed many other things.

4. My grandparents were born in Poland and later immigrated to the U.S. They their
(leave)
families behind to start a new family here. I have many cousins in Poland but I
(never / meet)
them. I think it would be fun to meet them and see how they live. I would also like to see where my

grandparents in Poland and learn about what life was like for them when they
(live)
were growing up.

5. Bicycles a great form of transportation. They're safe, fun, and economical.

(always / be)
Today they're also more convenient than ever. Bicycle designers a way to
(come up with)
fold them so that now you can ride your bike to work, fold it up, and take it in with you.

6. Water shortages are a serious problem. Many areas droughts10 because of

(experience)
climate change. Other places have access to water, but the water is polluted.

12 | Asking Questions Read this information. What e/se do you want to know about the person? Write six
questions to ask for more information. Use the present perfect and the simple past. 2.2 A-B

Fa c t Fil e
Name: Edwidge Danticat
Date of Birth: 1/19/1969
Birthplace: Port-au-Prince, Haiti
Academic degrees: Received a bachelor of arts degree in French
literature from Barnard College and a master of fine arts degree from
Brown University.
Awards: Finalist for a National Book Award for novel Krik? Krak! and
memoir Brother, I'm Dying; 1995 Pushcart Short Story Prize; 1998 Oprah's
Book Club selection for novel Breath, Eyes, Memory.
Other: Moved to the U.S. ten years after her parents moved to the U.S.
Employment: Taught at New York University and the University of Miami.

Examples: When did you get your bachelor of arts? How long have you lived in the U.S. ?

Talk about It Look online for answers to the questions you wrote above. Tell your classmates what
you learned.
'“droughts: periods of extremely dry weather

PERFECT FORMS 49
 131 Using Different Verb Forms Complete these common job interview questions. Use the simple
present, simple past, or present perfect form of the verb. Then answer the questions below. 2.2 A-B

FREQUENTLY ASKED JOB INTERVIEW QUESTIONS

1. What goals have you set for your career? (set)
2. What you best about your previous job?
(like)
3. What your major strengths? Your major
weaknesses? (be)
4. How you. your last job? (get)
5. What . you with your free time? (do)
6. What your biggest professional
achievement11? (be)
7. Describe the best boss you in your professional career, (have)
8. you ever for a difficult person? (work)
9. How will the academic program and course work you benefit your career? (take)
10. Where you to be professionally in five years? (hope)

QUESTIONS

a. Which verb form is a person most likely to use to answer each of the questions above? Is the verb form
used in the answer the same as or different from the form in the question?
b. In a job interview, the interviewer often asks questions with present perfect verbs. Why is this?

Talk about It Using some of the questions above, role-play a job interview with a classmate.

141 Error Correction Correct any errors in these sentences. (Some sentences may not have any errors.)

1. I arrived in the U.S. in 2002. Since I came here, I had trouble communicating with people because I don't
speak English very well.
2. One of my favorite movies is the film Australia. I can't tell you how many times I saw the movie, but
every time I see it, I like it better.
3. While computers have made life easier, they also made it more stressful.
4. My mother has always encouraged me to do big things. I wanted to get a job when I finished high
school, but my mother told me to continue my education. She said I could do more with my life with a
university education. She also encourage me to get a scholarship to pay for my education.
5. Since I came here, I have made a lot of friends, but one person in particular has helped me a lot. I have
met Jennifer at the Learning Center at the beginning of the semester. She was looking for a Spanish tutor,
and I needed help with my English. Since then, we got together several times a week just to talk.
6. One person who has had a great effect on my life is my father. He owns a clothing store, and I have
worked with him at his store every time I have a holiday. From this experience I learn a lot about the
business world.

11 achievement: something that someone has done after trying hard

50
 7. My parents have always encourage me to do what I want to do. When I have needed help, they support
me. When I have decided to become an engineer, they helped pay for my education.
8. The Internet made communication faster and cheaper. Today you can use programs such as email or
Skype to get an immediate response from someone, and they are much cheaper than a telephone call.

2.3 The Present Perfect Progressive vs. the Present Perfect

We form the present perfect progressive with have / has (+ not) + been + the -ing form of the main verb,
as in 1 - 2.
have (+ not) been verb + -ing
I________________ have
You 've
1 been working all week.
We/Bill and I____ have not
They/My friends* haven't
A
has (+ not) been verb + -ing

He / My brother has
's
2 She / His wife been working all week.
has not
It/The car hasn't

"In writing, we don’t contract nouns like My friends with have.

COMPARE
3a I've been writing for this magazine for 14 years,
and I still don't have my own office.
3b I've written for this magazine for 14 years. I can't
imagine working anywhere else.
With most verbs, we can use either the present perfect
or the present perfect progressive to talk about an
activity that started in the past and continues to the
present, as in 3a -3b. However, the progressive form
emphasizes that the action is ongoing.

B 4 I've known him for several years, but we don't get We don’t normally use the present perfect progressive:
together very often. (NOT: I’ve been-knowing him ... ) • with verbs that have a non-active meaning, as in 4
5 I've finished three books so far, but I have four more to • with verbs that describe a single point in time
read. (NOT: I’ve been finishing . . . ) (such as leave, start, stop,finish, etc.), as in 5

For a list of non-action verbs, see the Resources, page R-2.

COMPARE We can often use either form to describe an activity

6a I've tried to call Jack all day.
6b I've been trying to call Jack all day.
6c I've tried to call Jack several times today.
(NOT: I’ve been trying-t-a call Jack several times . .. )
C
7a Someone has used my name to apply for a credit card.
I don't know what to do. (= started and ended in the past)
7b Someone has been using that credit card I lost. I don't
know what to do. (= continues up to now)
that happened repeatedly in the past and has an effect
on the present, as in 6a - 6b. However, with frequency
words such as once, twice, or several times, we use the
present perfect, as in 6c.
We can use the present perfect to show that
something started and ended in the past (but affects
the present), as in 7a. Using the present perfect
progressive shows that the activity was repeated or
ongoing up to now, as in 7b.

^^ONLINE

PERFECT FORMS 51
 15 I Forming the Present Perfect Progressive Complete these conversations with the present perfect
progressive. Use contractions where possible. Then practice with a partner. KEF1

1. A: When do you want dinner?

RESEARCH
B: Not for a while. I W been eating _ all day. (eat) SAYS...
2. A: What you all day? (do) Verbs commonly
used with the present
B: Not much. What about you?
perfect progressive
3. A: Somebody my computer, (use) include:
B: How do you know? do say
get talk
A: It was off when I left this morning but now it's on. go try
live use
4. A: Want something to drink? look wait
make work
B: I'd love a cup of coffee.
CORPl
A: I thought you didn't drink coffee.
B: Oh, come on. I coffee for years, (drink)
5. A: Have you ever heard of the movie director Sam Giorgio?
B: Sure. He films for years, (make)
6. A: I'm worried about David.
B: Why?
A: Well, I to reach him for three days, and he hasn't called me back, (try)
B: Hmm. That's strange.
7. A: How long the children television? (watch)
B: Only for half an hour.
8. A: Have you found a new apartment yet?
B: No, but we only for a few days, (look)
9. A: How's your back?
B: It better but it's still bothering me. (get)
10. A: Do your parents know where they are going on vacation?
B: They about going to visit my brother, but they haven't decided yet. (talk)

Think about It Did the speakers use any time expressions in the conversations above? Underline them.

161 Using the Present Perfect or Present Perfect Progressive Complete these conversations with
the present perfect or present perfect progressive. Use contractions where possible. (In some sentences,
either form may be possible.) Then practice with a partner. E33

1. A: Where have you been .? (be)

B: What do you mean?
A: I all over the place for you. (look)
B: Sorry. I just went out for a minute.
’ A
2. A: Where have you been?
B: At the gym. Why?
1
A: I to reach you for the last 20 minutes, (try)
B: Sorry, I turned my phone off. Where have you been?

52
 3. A: Who's Amanda talking to?
B: Her friend in Japan.
A: Japan! That's going to be expensive.
B: Yeah, I know. And she to him for an hour, (talk)
4. A: Is the soup ready to eat?
B: Almost. It for about 30 minutes, (cook)
5. A: Do you know Sam Bradford?
B: Of course. I him for years. How do you know him? (know)
A: I met him last week at a conference.
6. A: you the remote? I can't find it anywhere, (see)
B: I think it's on the floor next to the couch.
7. A: Are you having a good time?
B: Absolutely. I so much fun in years, (not/have)
8. A: Are you going out with us this weekend?
B: Of course. I it all week, (look forward to)
9. A: What do you think of this music?
B: I don't know. It's OK, I guess. I just never jazz, (like)
10. A: Aren't you finished yet?
B: Be patient. I on it for an hour, (only/work)
11. A: Did you know that your doorbell isn't working?
B: Oh, right. I to fix it. (mean)
12. A: How long have you been studying here?
B: Not long. My class just started a week ago. What about you?
A: My class yet. (not/start)
13. A: I hear you won your last three races.
B: Yeah, I on a lucky streak lately, (be)
14. A: Have you decided what you are going to do next year?
B: Yeah. My parents finally to let me study overseas, (agree)

Think about It For which verbs in Activity 16 did you not use the
F YI
progressive form? Why not?
As with other progressive
forms, the present perfect
Think about It Is the speaker annoyed or complaining in any of
progressive can indicate
the conversations in Activity 16? Which ones?
that the speaker is
annoyed or complaining.
Hurry up. I've been waiting
for you all afternoon, and
now we're going to be late.

PERFECT FORMS 53
 171 Present Perfect or Present Perfect Progressive? Complete one sentence in each pair with
the present perfect form of the verb in the box. Complete the other sentence with the present perfect
progressive. Use contractions where possible. WET!

1. a. I 've drunk______________ four cups of coffee since I got up this morning, so I

drink
shouldn't drink any more.
b. I _ coffee since I got up this morning. Maybe that's why I can't
sit still.

2. a. I The Call of the Wild for a few days. I just can't put it down.
read
b. I The Call of the Wild twice. I highly recommend it.

3. a. We to the gym several times this week, so we're going to take

go
tomorrow off.
b. We to the gym since January, and we already feel a lot better.

4. a. She already at them twice today for making too

yell
much noise. I hope they behave now.
b. She at them all day. It's really irritating.

5. a. I to Toshi several times this week, but he still doesn't want

talk
to come.
b. I to friends about taking a trip to Istanbul this summer.

6. a. I hope Hassan's OK. He sick several times this winter.

get
b. I can tell winter is coming. The nights colder and colder.

7. a. My brother thinks that I his phone all week, but it's not true.
use
b. If you need help with your new phone, I think Carlos one a
few times.

8. a. I you to clean your room three times this week. I'm not going
ask
to ask you again.
b. I you to clean your room all week. Could you please just
do it?

9. a. You don't need to cook anything. I dinner already.

make
b. I phone calls all day, so now I have a bad headache.

10. a. I several time to fix this computer, but it still won't work.
try
b. Why didn't you answer your phone. I to call you all morning.

54
 2.4 The Past Perfect and the Past Perfect Progressive
We use the past perfect to make the order of two past events clear. The past perfect signals the earlier event.
The later event is often in the simple past, as in 1 - 2. We can also use the past perfect in a sentence with a
time phrase, as in 3.
earlier event later event

1 Somebody had left a newspaper on a chair, so I took it and sat down. Remember: We form the past perfect
with had (+ not) + the past participle
later event earlier event (-ed /-en form) of the main verb.
A 2 By the time Thomas arrived in Phoenix, his parents had already left.
When we use two past perfect verbs
together, it’s not necessary to repeat
later time earlier event the helping verb had, as in 4.
3 By the 1960s, the population of the world had reached 3 billion.

4 By the time we got there, they had eaten all the sandwiches and drunk all
the juice.

5 She was angry because he had forgotten to call.
6 He looked as though he'd hardly slept at all.
7 When I met him, he hadn't graduated from college yet.
8 I met him before he graduated from college.
B 9 I met him after he graduated from college.
We often use the past perfect in sentences with
because, as though, or when. The past perfect signals
which past event happened first, as in 5 - 7.
The words before and after make the order of events
clear. We can use the simple past after these words,
as in 8 - 9. The past perfect is not necessary.

COMPARE
Notice the difference in meaning when we use the
simple past compared to the past perfect, as in
10a We left when he got there. (He got there and then we left.)
10a-10b.
10b We'd left when he got there. (We left and then he got there.)

COMPARE We can use the past perfect progressive instead of

Ila He was sure that someone had used his computer.
(Someone had used his computer at least one time.)
C lib He was sure that someone had been using his computer.
(Someone had been using his computer repeatedly or for an
ongoing period of time.)
the past perfect to emphasize that an earlier activity
was ongoing or repeated, as in lib.
We form the past perfect progressive with had (+ not) +
been + the -ing form of the main verb.

ONLINE

181 Using the Past Perfect Underline the verbs in these quotations. Then write the number 1 above the
event in each sentence that took place first. EH

QUOTATIONS ABOUT FAMILIES AND GROWING UP

1
1. We were a family who had come from nothing, and now we had respect

from French people of all sorts12. (Zinedine Zidane, soccer player)

2. My grandmother had wanted to be a music teacher herself, and so she

steered13 my mother into that profession. (Renée Fleming, singer)

3. My mother had meant to be an opera star or even a movie star . . . but the

[birth] of a baby put an end to that. (Renée Fleming, singer)

4. By the time I was 15, my mother had turned me into a real

clotheshorse14. (Gloria Swanson, movie star) Zinedine Zidane

2sorts: different kinds 14

clotheshorse: someone who loves clothes
13steer: to guide

PERFECT FORMS 55
 5. My mother had been a country and western singer, but when she moved RESEARCH
SAYS...
out to Hollywood she found it very difficult to get work, so when I was
Common verbs used
born they put me into dance classes and singing classes as soon as I could with the past perfect
include:
walk, actually. (Morgan Brittany, actor)
be have
6. My mother had always taught me to write about my feelings instead of come leave
do make
sharing really personal things with others, so I spent many evenings go take

CORPI
writing in my diary, eating everything in the kitchen and waiting for

Mr. Wrong to call. (Cathy Guisewite, cartoonist)

7. I had traveled 10 states and played over 50 cities by the time I was 4. (Sammy Davis, Jr., entertainer)

8. Interestingly enough, I met and had classes from several professors that my father had had many

years before. (Daniel J. Evans, politician)

9. My mother was a very literate person who had educated herself. (Lynn Johnston, cartoonist)

10. Music was around in my family in two ways. My mother would occasionally sing to me, but I was

mostly stimulated15 by the classical music my father had left behind. (Tom Glazer, musician)

Think about It What is similar about the form of the verbs you labeled "1" in Activity 18?

Write about It Think of a way to complete these sentences with information about yourself. Then share
your sentences with your classmates.

By the time I was 15,.

I by the time I was 4.

191 Using the Past Perfect with Because and As Though Match the beginnings of these sentences
with their endings. WEE1

REASONS AND CONTRASTS

1. His clothes were wet because he h a. had run there.

2. She quit her job because her boss b. had run over him.
3. He didn't call me because he c. had been empty for years.
4. I felt sick last night because I d. had criticized her.
5. He was ashamed because he e. had insulted him.
6. He was angry because she f. had eaten too much at dinner.
7. His back hurt so much he felt as though a car g. had been rude to his parents.
8. The house looked as though it h. had fallen in the river.
9. She was breathless as though she i. had hurt herself.
10. The child cried out as though she j. had lost my phone number.

Talk about It Work with a partner. Think of another way to complete each sentence above.

"His clothes were wet because he had forgotten to bring an umbrella."

15 stimulate: to energize

56
201 Sentences with when Write the number 1 above the event that happened first in each sentence.
Then rewrite the sentence using when and the past perfect. FEE1
1
1. She called me after I left the house.
F Y I
When she called me, I had already left the house. When we give a series
of past events in
2. After 20 minutes went by, we finally got a table at the restaurant. chronological order, we
can usually just use the
3. The sun came up before we did all our work.
simple past because the
4. I still have the watch my father gave me before I left home. order of events is clear.
Tamae Watanabe was 63
5. After the smoke cleared, we saw the house in the distance. years old when she climbed
Mount Everest for the first
6. After my cousin got her PhD, she got a job in the high-tech industry. time. Then, when she was
73 years old, she climbed
7. Everyone got out of the bus before it burst into flames. it again.

8. After the last person left, we went inside and had lunch.

9. After the plane landed, the person next to me suddenly started laughing.

211 Simple Past or Past Perfect? Complete this article. Use the simple past or the past perfect form of
the verb. 2.4 A-B

PATSY CLINE Z 1932-1963

FANS16 LOVED THIS YOUNG COUNTRY MUSIC STAR

Patsy Cline, bom Virginia Patterson Hensley, recorded her first

(1. record)
big hit17 in 1957. It was called “Walkin' After Midnight" and it became No. 2
on the list of country music hit recordings and No. 16 on the list of most
popular music.

Patsy for many years to make that first successful record.

(2. work)
She singing when she was a young girl in her hometown of
(3. begin)
Winchester, Virginia. Patsy sang anywhere she could. If there was a stage, she
tried to sing there. She sang at weddings, dances, restaurants, and other public

places. She earned $8 a night. Her friends and family said she worked hard to
improve her singing and make a successful record.
In 1947, she if she could perform on a local radio show.
(4. ask)
People loved her performance, and the radio station soon her
(5. invite)
back to perform again. Patsy continued to perform and in 1954 she
(6.win)
a country music competition near her home. She 22 years old. She
(7. be)
was then invited to sing on a country music TV show in Washington, D.C. She also

performed on radio shows in Virginia and recorded some records.

6fans: people who like someone or something very much ,7hit: very successful

PERFECT FORMS 57
 Patsy Cline on a national television show in New York City. It was on
(8. appear)
this show in 1957 that millions of people first her sing. She sang a song she
(9. hear)
called "Walkin' After Midnight." This performance helped make her career
(10. recently/record)
a major success. Patsy continued to record more songs, and soon made another major hit called "I Fall to
Pieces." By this time, her voice something special. Patsy to
(n.already/become) (12.learn)
control not only the sound of her voice, but also the feelings expressed in her songs. People especially loved
her slow, sad love songs like "I Fall to Pieces." "I Fall to Pieces" became Patsy's first No. 1 hit, and she was

now a major star. She also performing at the Grand Ole Opry, a famous country music
(13. begin)
theater in Nashville, Tennessee.
The people who knew her after she a star say Patsy Cline was a great friend. Many
(14. become)
young musicians important stars with her help. At the age of 30, Patsy Cline was killed
(15. become)
in a plane crash on March 5, 1963. Earlier, she in a special show in Kansas City
(16. take part)
to raise money for the family of a country music performer who recently , and she was

flying home to Nashville. Thousands of people to her funeral near her hometown. Ten
(18. come)
years after her death, she became the first female musician elected to the Country Music Hall of Fame.

Think about It Answer these questions about the article in Activity 21.

1. Which event in each pair of sentences took place first? Check (/) the sentence.
a. She recorded her first big hit.
She worked hard for many years to make a successful record.
b. She appeared on a national television show.
She recorded the song "Walkin' After Midnight."
c. She recorded the song "I Fall to Pieces."
She learned to control the sound and feelings in her songs.
2. What had Cline accomplished by the time she was 30 years old?

Write about It Use these time expressions to write four sentences about Patsy Cline. Make three
sentences true and one false. Read your sentences to a partner, and let your partner identify the false
statement.

1. (by 1957)

2. (in 1957)

3. (by 1963)

4. (in 1963)

58
22 I Using the Past Perfect Progressive Underline the past perfect progressive verbs in these
sentences. Then decide if the action was ongoing or repeated. Check (/) your answers. 2.4 C

ONGOING REPEATED

1. After I had been working at the bank for a few years, I decided I wanted a 0 □
more interesting job.
2. Before I moved to Australia, I had been teaching myself English. □ □
3. I had been drawing pictures the whole time I was in Italy, so when I □ □
returned home, my parents were very pleased.
4. I had been feeling a little ill, but I didn't think it was anything serious. □ □
5. I had been thinking for a while how much I missed my family. □ □
6. When she joined the band, the other members had been playing together □ □
for years.
7. When I got home in the morning, I discovered that my parents had been □ □
waiting up all night.
8. The car that hit the tree had been going too fast. □ □
9. We had been going there every Saturday for the past six months. □ □
10. According to the police, the driver had been texting just before he went □ □
off the road.

Think about It Look at the past perfect progressive verbs you underlined above. Which part of each
verb shows the "perfect" meaning? Which part shows the "progressive" meaning?

23 | Error Correction Correct any errors in these sentences. (Some sentences may not have any errors.)

1. My father grown up in the U.S., but his mother always speaks to him in Spanish when he was a baby.
My father grew up in the U.S., but his mother had always spoken to him in Spanish when he was a baby.

2. In the story, the main character lose a lot of money.

3. My parents have never gone abroad, but they wanted their children to see the world.
4. By the 1900s, traveling became easier because there were better roads.
5. I have been studying English for many years before I came here.
6. I liked to sing when we got together.
7. By the time I was born, my parents got married for three years.
8. I didn't pass my first exams even though I been studying every night for weeks.
9. My cousin was living in this country for five years when his father died.
10. I was very lonely when I arrived here because I left all my friends.

PERFECT FORMS 59
 2.5 The Future Perfect and the Future Perfect Progressive
FUTURE PERFECT We form the future perfect with will (+ not) +
will (+ not) have past participle have + the past participle of the main verb,
I as in 1.
You will
He 'II
1 She have finished by the end of the day.
It will not
We won't
They

2 By next October, we will have lived here for ten years. It's hard We use the future perfect when we imagine
to believe. ourselves at a future point in time. From this
future viewpoint, we describe an event that
will be completed by or before that time, as

1
in 2 - 4.

A
Notice that we often describe the future point
ten years ■>

in time using by. We may use:

FUTURE POINT IN TIME
(next October) • a time clause with by, as in 3
• by + a time word or phrase, as in 4
3 By the time they finish building the new school, the town WARNING! We use a present form in the time clause
will have spent $10 million. even though we are talking about a future time, as
in 3.
4 I'm sure I will have talked to her by the end of the week.

FUTURE PERFECT PROGRESSIVE The future perfect progressive is very rare. It

5 By 5 o'clock, I will have been driving for three hours. I think I'll
be ready for a stop.
6 By 6, we will have been waiting for an hour.
emphasizes that an activity will be ongoing
up to a future point in time (and may continue
after that time), as in 5 - 6.
We form the future perfect progressive with will
(+ not) + have + been + the -ing form of the main verb.

(^ONLINE

24 | Noticing Future Perfect Forms Underline the future perfect forms in these predictions. Then
decide how likely each prediction is. Check (/) Very Likely, Somewhat Likely, or Not Likely. E3S

VERY SOMEWHAT NOT

FUTURE PREDICTIONS LIKELY LIKELY LIKELY

By the year 2050,

1. the population of the world will have reached 10 billion. □ □ □
2. the world will have become paperless18. □ □ □
3. we will have found a cure for all cancers. □ □ □
4. we will have stopped using coal, oil, and gas for energy. □ □ □
5. we will have had another world war. □ □ □
6. the number of fish in the oceans will have decreased by a □ □ □
large amount.
7. people will have lived on Mars for many years. □ □ □
8. the world will have become a better place. □ □ □
’“paperless: using computers instead of paper

60
 Talk about It What else will have happened by the year 2050? Share ideas like the ones in Activity 24
with your classmates.

Think about It Look back at the diagram of the future perfect in Chart 2.5 on page 60. Can you draw
similar diagrams to show the meaning of sentences 1, 3 and 4? How would they be different from the
diagram for sentence 2?

25 | Using Future Perfect Forms Complete these sentences with the future perfect form of the verb
in parentheses. ESS

O < ©

The Average Person

"f.'.SSSSS

1. By 18 months of age, most children will have learned

5 to 20 words—mostly nouns. By 24 months, the vocabulary of most

children to between 150 and 300
words, (leam/expand)
2. In a 65-year lifespan, the average person
9 years watching television, (spend)
3. By the age of 20, most people video
games for 10,000 hours, (play)
4. The average person to 10,500 hours of
music by the end of his or her teen years, (listen)
5. The average person for 91,250 hours
by the end of his or her life, (work)
6. By the time you stop working, you ten different jobs, (have)
7. By the time you retire, you careers three to five times, (change)
8. By the age of 65, the average person 2 million television commercials, (see)
9. By age 70, the average person a distance equal to four times around the
world, (walk)
10. By the end of his or her life, the average person 7,163 baths, (take)

Talk about It What kind of "average person" are the statements above about? Do you think all of these
statements describe your life?

Write about It What are some other things that the average person will have done by the time he or
she is 65? What are some things he or she won't have done? Write four to six sentences.

The average person will probably have eaten a lot ofjunk food by age 65.
The average person probably won't have traveled into space.

Talk about It What will you have accomplished in 10 years? In 20 years? Tell your classmates.

"In 10 years, I will have finished college and found a job."

PERFECT FORMS 61
 2.6 Using Perfect Forms in Speaking
STARTING A CONVERSATION We often use the present perfect when we ask general
1 What have you been up to? questions or make general statements. General questions
and statements are common when we are trying to start a
2 Haven't we met before?
conversation, as in 1 - 3, or end a conversation, as in 4 - 6.
3 Haven't I seen you somewhere before?
A ENDING A CONVERSATION

4 It's been good to talk to you.

5 I've enjoyed talking with you.
6 It's been great seeing you again.

OMITTING HELPING VERBS AND SUBJECTS In casual conversation, speakers sometimes omit the
7 You seen my purse? (= Have you seen my purse?) helping verbs have and has from the present perfect, as in
7-9. This is especially common with the main verb be.
8 He always been this selfish?
B (= Has he always been this selfish?)
9 How you been? (= How have you been?)
10 Been married long? (= Have you been married long?) Speakers may also omit the subject, as in 10.

COMPARE Be careful not to confuse these forms:

Ila Computers have gotten a lot better.
(= Computers have become a lot better.)
lib Have you gotten your paycheck yet?
C (= Have you received your paycheck yet?)
11c I've got to leave. (= I must leave. It is necessary.)
lid I've got some money. (= I have some money.)
• have / has gotten (the present perfect of get), as in
lla-llb
• the phrasal modal have / has got to (similar in meaning
to must or have to), as in 11c
• have / has got for possession, as in lid

^J^ONLINE

261 Starting a Conversation Complete these conversation starters with the words in parentheses.
Use the present perfect form of the verb. PEE!

CONVERSATION STARTERS

1. Have you been keeping busy? (you/be)

2. any good movies recently? (you/see)
3. How long here? (you/live)
4. any good books lately? (you/read)
5. any good music recently? (you/hear)
6. at any good restaurants lately? (you/eat)
7. any trips this year? (you/take)

Talk about It Use one of the questions above to start a conversation with a partner. Ask more questions
to continue your conversation. Then use one of the sentences in the box to end your conversation.

Â: Hi, James.
It's been good to talk to you.
B: Hey, Hassan. How are you? Have you been keeping busy?
I've enjoyed talking with you.
A: Well, actually, it hasn't been so bad lately....
It's been great seeing you again.

62
 27 | Omitting Have and Has in Conversation Listen and write the missing words in each casual
conversation. After you finish listening, write the complete form of each sentence. ESEI

CASUAL CONVERSATION COMPLETE FORM

1. A: You always lived here? 1. A: Have you always lived here?

B: No, I lived in California before this. B: No, I lived in California before this.
2. A: How long here? 2. A:
B: Not long. Just a few minutes. B: Not long. Just a few minutes.
3. A:OK? 3. A:
B: Yeah, not bad. B: Yeah, not bad.
4. A: How are you? 4. A: How are you?
B: better. B:
5. A: here before? 5. A:
B: No. Have you? B: No. Have you?
6. A: Where .? 6. A:
B: At the library. B: At the library.
7. A: outside yet? 7. A:
B: No, why? B: No, why?
A: It snowed last night. A: It snowed last night.
8. A:any good movies lately? 8. A:
B: No, I haven't. What about you? B: No, I haven't. What about you?
A: No, I haven't either. A: No, I haven't either.
9. A: about Amanda? 9. A:
B: No, what? B: No, what?
A: She's going to marry some guy named Joe. A: She's going to marry some guy named Joe.
B:him long? B:
A: Oh, I don't know. A year or so. A: Oh, I don't know. A year or so.
10. A:to James recently? 10. A:
B: No, why? B: No, why?
A: I think he has a surprise for all of you. A: I think he has a surprise for all of you.

Talk about It Practice the conversations above with a partner.

tl»} 28 | Dictation Listen and write the sentences you hear. Then check (/) the correct meaning.

PRESENT PERFECT
OF GET NECESSITY POSSESSION

1.
2.
3.
4.

PERFECT FORMS 63
 PRESENT PERFECT
OF GET NECESSITY POSSESSION

5.
6.
7.
8.

Talk about It Work with a partner. Choose one of the sentences in Activity 28 and use it to create a short
conversation. Present your conversation to the class.

2.7 Using Perfect Forms in Academic Writing

WRITING INTRODUCTORY STATEMENTS Writers often use the present perfect to make a general
11 have had a lot of problems since I came here. During introductory statement or to ask a general question at
my first month here, I had to find a job and a place the beginning of a piece of writing. They then use the
to live. I didn't have anyone to help me, and I wasn't simple present or the simple past to give examples and
familiar with apartment hunting here. details, as in 1 - 2.
A 2 You probably have seen garlic in the kitchen. It is
about the size of a small onion, and it has a strong
flavor. But people prize garlic for more than its taste.
Doctors in ancient Rome recommended garlic for
61 different problems.

ESSAY WRITING
3 Essay Prompt: Discuss the influence that advertising
has had on your life.
B 4 Answer: Advertising tries to get us to buy things we
don't really need and do things we don't really want to
do. Thanks to my parents, I have learned to stand upto
the power of advertising....
Essay test questions and prompts often use the present
perfect to ask how something in your past has affected
you or how something has changed, as in 3.
When you answer, it is often a good idea to use the
same form in the first paragraph of your essay, as in 4.

SCIENCE AND RESEARCH WRITING
5 Scientists have already established that good-looking
people find it easier to get a job and are generally
viewed as smarter and more likable. Now a new study
has found that even parents favor more attractive
C When writers describe the specific steps in an
children.
6 Researchers observed interactions between parents
and children and found that prettier children received
more attention and care.
Writers use the present perfect to describe important
findings and accomplishments in science or research.
Using this form emphasizes that the results of an
experiment are still true and important now, as in 5.
experiment, however, they often use the simple past,
as in 6. This is because they are describing actions that
took place at a finished time in the past.

GIVING BACKGROUND INFORMATION
7 Tori McClure took on the adventure of a lifetime when
she attempted to be the first woman to row across the
D Atlantic Ocean. McClure was no stranger to adventure.
She had already skied across Antarctica and done a lot
of mountain climbing.
Writers sometimes use the past perfect to give
background information to support an idea or
explanation, as in 7.
Remember: When we use two past perfect verbs together,
it’s not necessary to repeat the helping verb had.

(J^ONLINE

64
29 | Supporting General Statements Complete these essay outlines. Give two examples to support
each general statement. Provide two or three details to explain each example. Pay special attention to
the form of the verbs you use. EEZ3

1. GENERAL STATEMENT: Computers have made life easier.

Example 1: You can shopping without ever leaving your home.
Detail 1: 1now buy most of my books online instead of at a bookstore.
Detail 2: Last year I bought most of my holiday gifts online.
Detail 3: Some people buy their groceries online. I haven't tried this yet, but it would save me a lot of time.

Example 2:
Detail 1:
Detail 2:
Detail 3:

2. GENERAL STATEMENT: The automobile has created serious problems.

Example 1:
Detail 1:
Detail 2:
Detail 3:
Example 2:
Detail 1:
Detail 2:
Detail 3:

3. GENERAL STATEMENT: Telephones and email have made communication between people
less personal.
Example 1:
Detail 1:
Detail 2:
Detail 3:
Example 2:
Detail 1:
Detail 2:
Detail 3:

Write about It Choose one of the general statements above and develop your ideas into a cohesive
paragraph or essay.

PERFECT FORMS 65
 301 Answering Essay Questions Think of two ways to begin a response to each essay question using the
same verb form that is in the question. Then answer the questions below.

ESSAY QUESTIONS

1. Have your attitudes changed much in the last few years? Explain.
My attitudes have changed significantly in the last few years.
OR
Over the past five years, I have lived in three different countries. This experience has changed the way
I think about my own country.

2. Has the automobile been harmful to our society? Discuss.

3. Television has made the U.S. a nation of watchers, not doers. Do you agree or disagree with
this statement?
4. In your opinion, what invention has caused the most important changes in our society? Explain.
5. Have computers made our lives easier or more complicated? Explain.
6. Discuss the influence that advertising has had on your life or the lives of your friends.
7. In what ways has information technology changed work and working practices in the past ten years?

QUESTIONS

a. Why is it a good idea to begin your response to an essay question using the same verb form?
b. Do you always need to do this? Why or why not?

31 | Analyzing Verb Choices Circle the present perfect verbs in these excerpts from newspaper articles.
Underline the simple past verbs. Then explain why you think the writer used each form of the verb. KWTJ

Does Vitamin C Help Fight the Common Cold?

A large review of medical trials19(has concluded) that Vitamin C is largely ineffective in
the prevention and treatment of the common cold.
In 30 trials with 11,350 participants who took at least 200 milligrams of vitamin C
a day, researchers found that vitamin C did not reduce the occurrence20 of the common
cold. Vitamin C did slightly reduce the duration and severity21 of cold symptoms, but
the effect was very small.

Lecture or Interactive Teaching? NewStudy of an Oldlssue

Professors have lectured for centuries. But how effective is lecturing to students
compared to working with them?
A new study compared two classes of a beginning physics course at the
University of British Columbia in Canada. There were more than 260 students
in each section. Both were taught by popular and experienced professors.

’’trials: experiments 21 severity: the strength of something

' occurrence: something that happens

66
 Humans Have Been Making Art for a Lot Longer
Than We Thought
A new study has revealed that Spain's El Castillo Cave contains the oldest known

cave paintings in Europe, with a handprint dating back 37,300 years.

Instead of testing the paint's age, a team of British and Spanish researchers
measured the age of the stone that had formed around the drawings.

Scientists Able to Study Atmosphere of Planet Outside

Our Solar System
Scientists have detailed the atmosphere of a planet outside our solar system. The team,

based in Chile, was able to measure the amount of carbon monoxide on Tail Bootis b—
one of the first "exoplanets" discovered back in 1996. They were able to measure the

atmosphere without relying on a "transit" of the planet—where it passes in front of its

star. That is important as, up to now, astronomers and scientists have had to rely on

transits to measure the atmosphere.

32 | Providing Background Information Read these sentences from student essays. Then write
another sentence giving background information to support the first one. Use a past perfect form in
your new sentence. CTU

SENTENCES FROM STUDENT ESSAYS

1. Her grandfather was a great businessman.

He had started his own business at age 24, and he had helped his brothers start their own businesses.

2. The athletes were in great shape when they got to the competition.

3. He was nervous when he moved here by himself.

4. When he was a young man, he witnessed something that changed his life.

5. She was tired, but her first days in this new country were very exciting.

6. It was a real accomplishment when her mother finally graduated from college.

7. When she was a child, her father didn't know how to act around her.

8. When he came to this country, he couldn't get a job.

PERFECT FORMS 67
 WRAP-UP Demonstrate Your Knowledge

AI DISCUSSION Look in a magazine or newspaper for a paragraph that uses a variety of verb forms. Read
the paragraph to your classmates. Together, identify the verb forms and suggest why the writer used
each form.

Eating Well: Less Science, More Common Sense

Food is life. Food gives us energy to do everyday activities, but not all food simple present
is created equal. Studies have shown, for example, that children who eat a nutritious
present perfect
breakfast do better in school than those with a poor diet. Research has also shown . . .

BI WRITING Write three opinions about someone you know. Then give three reasons or examples to support
each opinion. Think carefully about whether you need to use the simple present, simple past, present
perfect, past perfect, or some other verb form.

Opinions Examples
My sister Elena is very smart. 1. She has several academic degrees.
2. She has been a teacher for ten years.
3. She graduated from college at the top of her class.

C | WRITING Choose one of the essay topics in Activity 30, and write an essay in response. Think carefully
about whether you need to use the simple present, simple past, present perfect, past perfect, or some
other verb form in your writing.

DI INTERVIEW Choose an interesting or unusual job. What kinds of skills, knowledge, or experience would a
person need in order to do this job? Write your ideas. Then make a list of interview questions for this job,
and practice interviewing a partner.

Job: a cook on a sailboat

Skills/Experience: has experience on sailboats, likes to cook, has cooked for large groups ofpeople...
Interview Questions: Have you ever been on a sailboat? Do you like to cook? Have you ever cooked in a very small
kitchen? Have you ever cooked fora large group of people?

68
2.8 Summary of Perfect Forms
SIMPLE

I have gone.
You 've gone. I
We have not gone, You had left
They haven't gone. He 'd left
PRESENT PAST
PERFECT PERFECT She by 6.
has gone. It had not left
He 's gone. hadn't left
We
She
has not gone, They
It
hasn't gone.

We use the present perfect to describe

something that:
We use the past perfect to show that one
• started in the past and continues to
USES USES event in the past took place before another
the present
past time or event.
• happened in the past but has an effect
on the present

PROGRESSIVE

I have been waiting.

You 've been waiting. I
We You had been waiting.
have not been waiting,
They He 'd been waiting.
haven't been waiting.
PRESENT PERFECT PAST PERFECT
PROGRESSIVE PROGRESSIVE She had not been waiting,
has been waiting. It
He 'd not been waiting,
's been waiting. We
She hadn't been waiting.
has not been waiting, They
It
hasn't been waiting.

We use the present perfect progressive to

emphasize that something happened:
We use the past perfect progressive to show
« repeatedly in the past and has an effect
USES USES that an earlier activity in the past was
on the present
ongoing or repeated.
• continuously from a time in the past up
until now

FUTURE

I I
You will have finished. You will have been sleeping.
He 'II have finished. He 'II have been sleeping.
FUTURE FUTURE PERFECT
PERFECT She PROGRESSIVE She
It will not have finished, It will not have been sleeping,
We won't have finished. We won't have been sleeping.
They They

We use the future perfect to describe We use the future perfect progressive to
USES something that will be completed by or USES emphasize that something will be ongoing
before a time in the future. until a time in the future.

PERFECT FORMS 69
 Modals

If we are not ashamed to

think it, we should not be
ashamed to say it.
— MARCUS TULLIUS CICERO,

ROMAN STATESMAN

(106-43 BCE)

Talk about It What does the quotation above mean? Do you agree or disagree?

70 SSfB’Wi
 WARM-UP 71
3.1 Overview of Simple Modals and Phrasal Modals 72 3.7 Obligation and Prohibition 90
Usage Note: Simple Modal vs. Phrasal Modal Usage Note: Other Ways to Express Obligation
Sentence Patterns 74 and Prohibition 92
3.2 Willingness and Intent 75 3.8 Combining Modals 93
3.3 Possibility with Can and Could 79 3.9 Modals with Progressive Verb Forms 95
3.4 Degrees of Certainty about the Present and Future 81 3.10 Other Ways to Express Modality 98
3.5 Past Certainty 83 3.11 Using Modals in Speaking: Modals for
Usage Note: Different Uses of Could and Could Have 84 Social Purposes 100
3.6 Advisability with Should, Ought To, and Had Better 86 3.12 Using Modals in Academic Writing 101
Usage Note: Different Uses of Should and Should Have 89
Pronunciation Note: Modal + Have 89 WRAP-UP Demonstrate Your Knowledge 103
3.13 Summary of Modals 105

WARM-UP
AI Match the beginnings and endings of the quotations. Which quotation is the most memorable to you? Why?

Famous Quotations
1. A man should look for what is, f a. you wish to see in the world.
(Mahatma Gandhi, Indian statesman)
2. You must be the change
b. if he could have gotten off the ship in a storm.
3. If you want to understand today, (Charles Kettering, U.S. inventor)
4. An inch of time is an inch of gold, c. the less time one finds to do it in.
5. No one would have crossed the ocean (Lord Chesterfield, British statesman)

6. While we may not be able to control all that d. we can control what happens inside us.
(Benjamin Franklin, writer, scientist, and statesman)
happens to us,
e. but you cannot buy that inch of time with an inch
7. The less one has to do, of gold. (Chineseproverb)
f. and not for what he thinks should be.
(Albert Einstein, physicist)
g. you have to search yesterday. (Pearl S. Buck, U.S. novelist)

BI The words in green in the quotations above are simple modals. The words in blue are phrasal modals.
Based on the examples, check (/) True or False for these sentences.

TRUE FALSE

1. Simple modals are followed by the base form of the verb.

2. A simple modal changes form after different subjects.
3. A phrasal modal changes form after different subjects.
4. We can place a simple modal next to a phrasal modal in a sentence.
5. Some simple modals and phrasal modals have similar meanings.

CI Look back at the quotation on page 70. Identify any modal forms.

MODALS 71
 3.1 Overview of Simple Modals and Phrasal Modals
We can use simple modals and phrasal modals (+ the base form of a main verb) to express different beliefs
and attitudes about what we say.

1 He can speak English very well already. We use simple modals and phrasal modals to express
2 He has to take an English class. It's a requirement. different social purposes, such as:
3 He really should take an English class.
• ability, as in 1
• obligations, as in 2
4 You might want to take an English class, too.
A 5 Could you please help me with my English homework?
• advice, as in 3
• softening advice, as in 4
6 They're allowed to take English if they want to.
• requests, as in 5
• permission, as in 6
7 He's going to take English 101 next fall. We also use these forms to express how sure or likely
8 He may take an English class in the fall—I'm not sure. an event is, as in 7 - 9.
9 She should be here by 7:00. She left an hour ago.

10 Students should get a good night's sleep before
exam day.
11 She may be at work right now. I'm not sure.
12 He must be taking a shower. I can hear the water.
13 They might arrive at 7:00 instead of 6:00. Their flight
B is late.
14 I'll take those to the office for you.
15 She has to get up at 5:00 tomorrow. Work starts at 6:00.
16 We won't be able to meet on Monday. Anne is sick.
Most simple modals can refer to things that are:
• generally true, as in 10
• true or in progress at the moment, as in 11 -12
• future actions, as in 13 -14
When we use modals to refer to past time, we use verb
forms in a special way. See Charts 3.3, 3.5, 3.6, and 3.9.
Unlike simple modals, phrasal modals include a
helping verb, have or be. We show time by using the
correct past, present, or future form of the helping
verb, as in 15 -16.

^•^ONLINE

11 Identifying Simple Modals in a Passage Underline each simple modal and its main verb in
this passage. BKlif

I
Choosing a Major.,.
and a Career
At many universities, students can choose from dozens of majors and minors. Nowadays, when
they are making that important decision, students often focus on the subjects that can provide
the best careers because they want to be sure they have jobs after they graduate. But some
experts say that students should think about doing something they love instead. Research has
shown that students may not do well at studies they don't care about. Before you choose a major,
ask yourself: Would you really enjoy doing this as a career? If you don't have a strong interest in
the topic, you might want to consider a different choice. For the moment, it may not be clear
where your interest will lead you, but passion1 inspires hard work, which often leads to success.

1 passion: a strong feeling of excitement for something

72
2 | Identifying Speakers’ Attitudes Match each statement on the left with a description
on the right. EXF1

1. "They'll bring the potato salad." e The speaker is:

2. "He might not remember how to get here." a. giving advice
3. "I have to call my sister tonight." b. not sure about something
c. making a request
4. "You can stay out until 11 p.m."
d. saying that something is necessary
5. "You might want to try a different approach."
e. sure about something
6. "You shouldn't eat so much sugar."
f. softening advice
7. "She can do advanced mathematics." g. talking about ability
8. "Could you please send me a copy of that?" h. giving permission

31 Identifying Time References Circle the simple modal and phrasal modal forms in these
conversations. Then check (/) the time that the modal(s) refer to. 1HI1

pr e s e n t /
GENERAL TIME FUTURE

1. A: Are you calling the store? 0

B: Yes, but they're not answering. They (nust be closed).
2. A: Where are you going on vacation?
B: We might go to Hawaii.
3. A: Seems as if Alex always eats pizza for lunch.
B: He must really like it.
4. A: I can't decide which one to buy.
B: You should get the blue one.
5. A: We won't be able to get reservations this late.
B: Let's go tomorrow, then.
6. A: People shouldn't be so quick to judge each other.
B: That's true.
7. A: Is he here? I don't hear any noise from his room.
B: He might be sleeping.
8. A: The company may have to change its hiring policies.
B: I hope so. We'll see what happens.
9. A: What does the handbook say?
B: It says, "Employees must report any problems to the
proper authorities."
10. A: You can come over after lunch if you want to.
B: Great! I'll see you then.
11. A: Did you hear that Sheila quit yesterday?
B: Wow, I can't believe that. I thought she liked it here.
12. A: How does your brother feel? Any better?
B: Yeah, actually, I think he may be feeling pretty good.
He went to work today.

MODALS 73
 41 Usage Note: Simple Modal vs. Phrasal Modal Sentence Patterns Study the note. Then do
Activities 5-6.

We use the base form of a main verb after simple modals.

Phrasal modals include to before the base form of a main verb.
STATEMENTS
base form of
subject modal / phrasal modal main verb
1 I_______ can(not) understand the problem.
2 The manager is (not) supposed to tell us about the problem.

YES/NO AND WH- QUESTIONS

modal /first other parts of base form of
wh- word helping verb subject phrasal verb main verb
3 Should we — meet at 7?
4 Are you allowed to leave early?
5 When can we go home?
6 How is she able to communicate with him?

51 Error Correction Correct any errors in these sentences. (Some sentences may not have any errors.)
EEEJ
1. You must to think about that a little more carefully.
You must think about that a little more carefully.

2. Sal should calls the office in the morning.

3. When do I should place the order?
4. They can to see both sides of the argument.
5. I think the corporations should trying a little harder to solve this problem.
6. Passengers don't must stand near the doors when they are opening and closing.
7. Do students supposed to eat and drink in the library?
8. That color might not is the best choice for you.
9. When we can take another break?
10. If they practice, they might to do a little better next time.

61 Forming Negatives and Questions Read these sentences. Write a new sentence with a similar
meaning. Use the bold modal form. (More than one answer may be possible.) EWT~1

1. I don't believe I can come over tonight.

I can't come over tonight.

2. Did someone say we could wait here?

3. Do you think I will be able to finish later?
4. 1 don't believe the plan will work.
5. I don't think 1 may be ready for the test.
6. Is it true that you can eat more and lose weight?
7. I don't think we should go out tonight.
8. Is it possible that we could talk now?

74
 3.2 Willingness and Intent
STATEMENTS OF INTENT WITH WILL In informal conversation, we use will to make offers,
1 A: I can't understand this problem. promises, or general statements of intent, as in 1 - 3.
B: I'll help you. We usually contract will to ’ll.
2 A: You were late again today. Speakers and writers also use will in academic
B: I'll be on time tomorrow, I promise. contexts to describe something they intend or
A plan to do later, as in 4.
3 A: Do you want to stay and finish?
B: No, I'll come back tomorrow.
For more information on the use of will, see Unit 1, page 23.
4 In Academic Writing: I will describe the experiment in
more detail later.

PRESENT AND FUTURE COUNTERFACTUAL STATEMENTS
WITH WOULD
5 I'd help you, but I just don't have any time.
(= I want to help you but I can’t.)
B
6 Following this plan would reduce greenhouse gases
in the atmosphere.
(= This plan hasn’t been followed.)
A counterfactual statement can describe something
that will not happen. We use would (not) to describe:
• something that someone wants to do, but can’t,
as in 5
» the results of something that has not been done,
as in 6
We often contract would to’d.

PAST COUNTERFACTUAL STATEMENTS WITH WOULD
7 We would have gone to the show, but we didn't have
enough money.
C (= We didn’t go to the show.)
8 I would have stayed later, but I got too tired.
(= I didn’t stay later.)
We can also use counterfactual statements to
describe something we were willing to do in the past,
but did not actually do, as in 7 - 8. We use would (not)
+ have + the past participle of a main verb.
In past counterfactual statements, it is possible to contract
I would to I’d, but it is not common.

^ONLINE

7 I Making Statements with Will Work with a partner. Complete each conversation with a statement
of intent, promise, or offer, using I'll. Then practice with your partner. 3.2 A

1. A: Can you bring something for the potluck dinner?

B: Sure. T make a salad
r>
2. A: Amal is late. I wonder where he is.
B: I don't know. '. t ***< ' fl

3. A: How will I know what time to show up?

B: Don't worry.
r -
4. A: Bye! It was nice seeing you again.
B: You too! a potluck dinner

5. A: Please don't tell anyone I said this.

B: I promise.
6. A: How are you going to find a job?
B: Well,
7. A: I don't think Sara can do this alone.
B: That's OK.

MODALS 75
 8. A: I don't have time to make all those copies.
B: I have time.
9. A: Are you sure you can go? You look tired.
B: I , I promise.

Think about It Is each statement you wrote in Activity 7 an offer, promise, or general statement?
Write O (offer), P (promise), or G (general statement) next to each one.

8 | Using Will to state Intentions Write eight meaningful sentences telling what an essay will be about.
Use will, a verb from Column 1, and phrases from Columns 2 and 3. (Many different answers are possible.) ECTÎ1

SENTENCES FROM ACADEMIC ESSAYS

1 2 3
address how the virus spreads below
describe the effects of an unhealthy diet in depth3
discuss the government's policies in the following section
explore the important points of the novel in this paper
focus on the process of cell division throughout this essay
outline the relationship between the two countries
refer to the research on carbohydrates
two of Shakespeare's sonnets2

I will focus on two of Shakespeare's sonnets in depth.

Talk about It Share the sentences you wrote above with a partner. Which of these subjects is each
one about?

biology English literature nutrition political science

A: I will focus on two of Shakespeare's sonnets in depth.

B: That's about English literature.

91 Distinguishing Will from Would. Complete these conversations with 'll (will) or'd (would).
Then practice with a partner. 3.2 A-B

1. A: Your essay was due today. 5. A: Where is Alexander?

B: I know. I do it tomorrow, when I have time. B: He be here any minute.
2. A: You need to work on your essay. 6. A: I have no interest in that movie.
B: I know. I do it today, but I don't have time. B: Really? I love to see it.
3. A: Tomas couldn't make it? 7. A: Where are the extra blankets?
B: No, I'm sorry. He be here if he could. B: Hmm. Ask Rafa. He know.
4. A: I can't decide what to order. 8. A: I'm sorry we're out of time.
B: I have the chicken. That looks delicious. B: Me too. I stay longer if I could.

Think about It What helped you choose between would and will in the sentences above? Share ideas
with your classmates.
2sonnets: 14-line poems 3 in depth: deeply

76
101 Using Would to Describe Possible Results The left column of this chart contains proposals for
new laws. Use would to write possible positive and negative results of each law. KCT1

Proposals for new laws In favor Against

1. Make cigarettes illegal. Stores would not sell cigarettes, so Some people would smoke anyway.
people would smoke less.
2. Require all citizens to vote.

3. Don't allow cars in

downtown areas.

4. Allow advertising on
school websites.

5. Increase taxes on gasoline.

6. Stop the sale of candy at

children's schools.

7. Spend public money on a

high-speed railway.

8. Raise the minimum wage.

Talk about It Share your ideas above with a partner. Do you agree about the possible results?

111 Using Counterfactual Would Have Complete these conversations with would have and the past
participle of the verb in parentheses. Then practice with a partner. PFBi

MAKING EXCUSES

1. A: You know, I was in Toronto last weekend.

B: I didn't know you were in town! I would have invited you over for dinner, (invite)
2. A: We missed you at the concert last night.
B: I, but I had a lot of homework, (go)
3. A: I didn't see you in class yesterday.
B: I know. I, but I didn't hear my alarm go off. (come)
4. A: Selena was here yesterday.
B: Oh, I didn't know that. 1 her. (call)
5. A: How'd you do on the test?
B: Not too well. I more, but I left my book in the library, (study)

MODALS 77
 6. A: I walked all the way over here.
B: Why didn't you call me? I you up! (pick)
7. A: We're out of apples.
B: Oh, I didn't know. I some when I was at the store, (buy)
8. A: Whew! That was hard!
B: Why didn't you tell me? I you. (help)

12 | Using Will, Would, or Would Have Complete the conversations below with will, would, or would
have and the correct form of a verb from the box. Use contractions where you can. (More than one answer
is possible.) Then practice with a partner. 3.2 A-C

be call come back eat have like pay stay

CAFÉ CONVERSATIONS

1. A: Sorry I'm late. I would have called you, but my

phone is dead4.
B: That's OK.
2. A: So what are you getting?
B: I think I the garden salad.
3. A: This place is kind of expensive.
B: Don't worry. I for this.
4. A: Are you leaving already?
B: 1 but I have a class in 15 minutes.
5. A: This place is fantastic.
B: Yeah, I know I didn't know about it or I
here before.
6. A: Could you excuse me for a moment? I right back.
B: Of course.
7. A: So what did you think of this place?
B: It was great. I absolutely again.
8. A: I think I'll get dessert.
B: I some pie, but I don't have time.

Think about It What helped you choose between will, would, and would have in the conversations
above? Share ideas with your classmates.

"dead: not working or not charged

78
 3.3 Possibility with Can and Could
POSSIBILITY WITH CAN AND COULD
1 Spinal cord injuries can severely damage the central
nervous system.
(= Severe damage is possible, but it doesn’t always happen.)
A 2 This treatment could really help you.
3 The manager can do an inspection whenever he
wants to. He could do an inspection today.
We use can(not) and could to suggest that something is
possible or impossible, as in 1 - 3. We often use:
• can to talk about general possibilities
• could to talk about the possibility of a particular thing
happening in the present or future
WARNING! Don’t confuse this meaning of could with the meaning of
past general ability: In the old days, people couldn’t stay in touch so easily.

PAST POSSIBILITY (COUNTERFACTUAL) Sometimes we use could (not) have + the past participle
4 A: That driver wasn't even looking. She could of a main verb to say that something was possible in the
have hit us! past but didn’t happen, as in 4.
B: Thank goodness she didn't.
We also use it to say that something was not possible in
B 5 A: Sorry I forgot to tell you about the movie! the past, as in 5.
B: That's OK. I couldn't have gone anyway.
I was working. WARNING! We also use could (not) have to express a past
possibility that is NOT counterfactual. This use of couldn’t have
is discussed in Chart 3.5.

(J^ONLINE

131 Using Can for Possibility The verbs underlined in the first paragraph of this passage are too
definite. Rewrite them using can. In the second paragraph, use your own ideas to decide which verbs
should use can. IW1

F Y I
WHAT CAN WE EAT? We often use can in
academic writing to
We all want to be healthy and to look good, and we all know that exercise say that something is
possible, but not definite.
and a healthy diet are essential. But specific advice about food and
can be Specific advice about
nutrition is overwhelming5 at times. Research shows that high-fat foods food and nutrition is
overwhelming, (definite)
like red meat raise cholesterol6, which leads to heart disease. And refined
Specific advice about
food and nutrition can be
carbohydrates7, like white flour and white rice, raise blood sugar levels. overwhelming, (possible)

Many foods, like milk, nuts, eggs, and fish, cause serious allergies.

In addition to these more serious problems, some people think that

foods like onions, garlic, and cabbage give you bad breath. Others believe
that eating meat and refined carbohydrates leads to bad body odor.
Tomatoes, citrus fruits, and chocolate make your stomach hurt. Coffee

keeps you awake, but dairy

products and bananas make you

sleepy. If you drink soda and eat
candy, you damage your teeth.

5 overwhelming: so much that you don't know how to react to it 7 carbohydrates: sugars or starches found in foods such as
6cholesterol: a substance found in blood, fat, and most body tissues bread, rice, and potatoes

MODALS 79
 Talk about It What can people eat to stay healthy? Share your ideas with your classmates.

Write about It What do you know about the effects of these behaviors? Write two or three sentences
about each topic with can. If necessary, research your topic online.

drinking plenty of water eating a lot of vegetables exercising every day

Exercising every day can increase your energy level.

14 | Using Counterfactual Could Have Complete these sentences with could(n't) have and the past
participle of the verb in parentheses. PH

1. We could have seen the movie last night, but we weren't in the mood, (see)
2. It was a beautiful day, so we_____________ a walk on the beach, (take)
3. I don't know where my parents are, but they very far. (go)
4. I you last weekend. I wasn't in town, (help)
5. I to the office, but I decided to stay home. I just wasn't feeling well, (go)
6. We soccer today. We just didn't have time, (play)
7. I didn't know the restaurant was going to be crowded. We at home
instead, (eat)
8. The concert was fantastic. I to them for another hour, (listen)
9. I Jon, but I didn't think he'd want to come with us. (call)
10. Thank you for all your help. I this without you. (do)

Write about It Write two sentences about plans you had that didn't happen. Use could(n't) have.

15 I Present Possibility vs. Past Possibility Which sentences refer to the present or future, and which
refer to the past? Circle the modal forms and check (/) the correct column. 3.3 A-B

pr e s e n t /f u t u r e PAST
POSSIBILITY COUNTERFACTUAL

1. A fall from that height could result in a broken arm.

2. He could have hurt himself.
3. We could get a raise this year.
4. The new policies could have a good effect on our neighborhood.
5. They say it could rain.
6. He could have been a very important man.
7. You really could have told me about this before.
8. She could take the day off to relax.

Think about It For each counterfactual sentence above, what didn't happen?

Write about It Rewrite the present and future sentences above using a past form. How does the
meaning change?

80
161 Error Correction Correct any errors in these sentences. (Some sentences may not have any errors.)

1. I'm so tired that I can fall asleep right now.

2. It's too bad he didn't try a little harder yesterday. He could win that race.
3. My brother could got a job anywhere after he graduated.
4. I would buy tickets, but I just couldn't afford them.
5. There is a lot left to do. This job can take seven or eight more days.
6. The team could have went to the finals this year, but Rodriguez broke his leg.
7. The neighbors could move out later this year.
8. In many areas around the world, earthquakes can causing major damage.

3.4 Degrees of Certainty about the Present and Future

We can use simple modals and phrasal modals to show how certain we are that something is true or is likely to
happen, as in 1 - 15. We often provide evidence or a reason for what we are saying. Notice that some modals show
different degrees of certainty in positive and negative sentences.
POSITIVE NEGATIVE

1 She'll be home at 6:00. 3 She won't get home early.

will/won't
Her schedule never changes. She has too much work to do.
be going to/ 2 She's going to be home at 6:00. 4 She's not going to come home
be (not) going to She told me so. early.
STRONGER CERTAINTY must/ 5 She's not here, so she must be 6 She must not be at her desk—
must not* at work. I called and she didn't answer.
7 She can't be home already.
can't
I saw her at work five minutes ago.
A 8 She couldn't be home already.
couldn't
I just saw her.
should/ 9 She should be at work by now. 10 She shouldn't be home yet.
EXPECTATION
shouldn't It usually takes her 30 minutes. She usually works until 7:00.
may/ 11 She may be there already— 14 She didn't get paid. She may not
may not* she left before we did. have enough money to go out.
12 They might visit tomorrow. 15 They might not visit tomorrow
WEAKER CERTAINTY might/ I have to call to find out. after all.
might not* 13 I don't know him. He could be
a new student, I guess.
could

*We don’t usually contract must not, may not, and might not.

17 | Identifying Degrees of Certainty Circle the Speaker B response that indicates a higher degree
of certainty. PEIÏ1

1. A: Why haven't they gotten here yet? 3. A: Do you think we'll get a raise next year?
B: They may not know about the time change. B: We could.
B: They must not know about the time change. B: Oh, we're going to get a raise.
2. A: I wonder if he's coming to the lecture. 4. A: Does he have enough money?
B: He'll come. B: He may.
B: He might come. B: He should.

MODALS 81
 5. A: I don't think I know her.
B: You must know her! You took a class together.
B: You might. You took a class together.
6. A: I think we should get Diana the chocolate cake.
B: She won't like chocolate. Let's get vanilla.
B: She might not like chocolate. Let's get vanilla.
7. A: That's Koji's car.
B: It couldn't be Koji's. His car is in the shop.
B: It could be Koji's. It looks just like it.
8. A: Why is he so tired?
B: He shouldn't be. He slept for ten hours.
B: He might not sleep well.

Talk about It Practice the conversations in Activity 17 with a partner. Choose either answer. Try to also
show certainty or uncertainty with your voice, facial expression, and body language.

Think about It Which of the statements in Activity 17 are about the future? Which are about the present?

181 Expressing Degrees of Certainty Write responses to these statements. Use a variety of modals to
show different degrees of certainty. Try to provide a reason as well.

GIVING REASONS

1. A: Why is the classroom empty?

B: It's almost 4. The class must be over already.

2. A: Why is everyone outside?

B:
3. A: Why is the store closed?
B:
4. A: Why does Tara look so confused?
B:
5. A: Why does the soup taste funny?
B:
6. A: Why isn't there anything good on TV?
B:
7. A: Why is Arif reading so much?
B:
8. A: Why is Sarah so pale8?
B:

Think about It Take turns reading the responses you wrote

WARNING !
above to a partner. Do your partner's reasons match the modal
Maybe is an adverb similar in
he or she used? Could you use a different modal with the
meaning to may. We usually use
same reason? maybe at the beginning of a sentence.

Write about It Which of the responses you wrote above He may have a new address.
could you rewrite using maybe? Maybe he has a new address.

8pale: having skin that is lighter than usual

82
19 | Writing about Degrees of Certainty Choose five topics from this box and write sentences about
events in your life. Use modals to show how certain you are about the events. Try to add an explanation or
reason for your statements. Then share some of your statements with the class. EJECT

a celebrity events in the news technology the weather your country

a sporting event politics the environment your city your school

My school might raise tuition rates next year. They are building a new library, so they must need money.

3.5 Past Certainty

We can use modal + have + the past participle of a main verb to express probability in the past, as in 1 - 8.
As with present and future modals, we often give evidence or a reason for our degree of certainty.
POSITIVE NEGATIVE

must have/ 1 They must have seen us. We were 2 She's not up yet. She must not have
must not have* only a few feet away from them. set her alarm clock.
STRONGER CERTAINTY
3 It was the first time you met her.
couldn't have You couldn't have known about
her problems.
A 4 I'm not sure why he went home 7 She may not have noticed the stop
may have/
early. He may have been tired. sign. It was very dark.
may not have*
5 You might have seen him. Did you 8 They didn't do the project correctly.
WEAKER CERTAINTY notice a guy in a bluejacket? They might not have understood
might have/
6 The temperature differences could the directions.
might not have*
have affected the data, but we're
could have not sure if they did.

‘We don’t usually contract must not, may not, and might not.

•'■ONLINE
"Jv.

201 Identifying Time Frames Circle the modal forms. Then check (/) the time frame. EJECT

GLOBAL WARMING PAST PRESENT FUTURE

1. We (might see)more extreme weather in the coming years. □ □ 0

2. The earth's temperature may have risen too much to stop the effects □ □ □
of climate change.
3. Past human activity must have helped change the climate. □ □ □
4. Natural weather cycles could also have contributed. □ □ □
5. The Arctic ice should continue to melt at the same speed. □ □ □
6. New energy policies could affect the speed of global warming. □ □ □
7. Although the earth is warmer, the weather can be colder in □ □ □
particular areas.
8. Climate may be difficult to predict, so scientists have developed □ □ □
complicated models to help them with predictions.

Think about It What kinds of information in each sentence above helped you identify
the time frame?

MODALS 83
 211 Degrees of Certainty with Modals Match the statements with the responses. Then practice with
a partner. PCT11

PHONE PROBLEMS

1. I can't find my phone. a. He might have turned off his ringer.

2. My phone keeps freezing9. b. It must be Tina's.
3. Whose phone is this? c. You must have forgotten to charge it.
4. She never answered my text message. d. It's OK. You couldn't have anyway. I left my
5. He's not answering. phone at home.
6. I forgot to call you! e. She may not have gotten it.
7. My battery is almost dead. f. You might need to update the software.
8. I must have left her five messages! g. She may not check her voicemail.
h. It should be in your bag. I saw you put it there.

Think about It Which responses above refer to past time? Which refer to present or future time?

Talk about It With a partner, write a short conversation (five to

F Y I
six sentences) about a problem with a phone. You can use one of
We can also use should(n’t) or can’t
the statements in the left column above to start the conversation.
+ have + past participle to talk about
Read your conversation to another pair. past certainty, but it is less common.
A: I must have left her five messages! She should have called by now.
B: She might be busy. I wonder where she is.
A: It shouldn't take that long to check her voicemail. He can't have called them already!
B: Well, maybe she doesn't want to talk to you. It's too early.
A: Gee, thanks.

22 I Usage Note: Different Uses of Could and Could Have Read the note. Then do Activity 23.
We can use could (not) and could (not) have to express many different present, past, or future meanings.
PRESENT OR FUTURE TIME

A Possibility: This class could really help you with your writing.
B Weaker certainty: He could be at work now, but it's pretty early. He's probably still at home.
C Strong negative certainty: She couldn't be the manager. She's too young!

PAST TIME

0 General ability: When I was a kid, I could understand Spanish.

E Possibility (counterfactual): We could have visited my parents but we didn't have time.
F Weak certainty: I don't know how many people were at the lecture.There could have been 20 or 30 maybe.
G Strong negative certainty: They couldn't have fit more people in the lecture hall. It was really crowded.

’freezing: stopping movement; becoming still

84
23 | Identifying Meanings of Could Label each sentence A, B, C, D, E, F, or G according to the meanings
in Activity 22. KHT1

1. I guess I didn't study enough. I could have passed that test easily. E
2. They say it could snow tomorrow.
3. I don't see the dictionary. Malai could have taken it to school.
4. He could lift a hundred pounds easily when he was younger.
5. I'm not sure who ate the cookies. It could have been my brother.
6. Don't eat that. It could be spoiled.
7. I could start working tomorrow.
8. She could have a lot of money in the bank, but I doubt it.
9. In those days, you could travel many miles without seeing a city.
10. She's exhausted. She couldn't have worked any harder last night.
11. She couldn't have written that. That's not even her handwriting.
I didn't study enough.
12. That looks like my sister, but it couldn't be her. She doesn't even live in
this town.
13. We really got lucky. That accident could have a caused a lot of problems.
14. He couldn't have any money left now. He spent a fortune last night!

24 | Using Could/Could Have Work with a partner. Write B's responses. Use could or could have and your
own ideas. Then practice with your partner. KCT1

1. A: 1 wonder why Marcos is so happy today. 5. A: What were you good at when you were a kid?
B: B:
2. A: What should we do tomorrow? 6. A: Is that woman a doctor?
B: B:
3. A: Who is that man? 7. A: What happened to the computer?
B: B:
4. A: Did you go home last weekend? 8. A: What was that noise?
B: B:

Talk about It Look at the responses you wrote above. Could you have written a response in a different
time frame or with a different meaning of could/could have! Discuss the possibilities with a partner.

25 | Error Correction Correct the errors with modals in these sentences. Some sentences have errors in
form, and some have errors in meaning.

1. They might go to the celebration last night, but I didn't see them there.
2. He could have gone to work tomorrow. He's not very sick at all.
3. I don't know where your keys are. They must be in the kitchen.
4. It's a good thing she raised so much money. Otherwise, she could lost the election.
5. It's 9 a.m. The store can be open, but I'm not sure.
6. This book is torn. The baby could do it. He was looking at it this morning.
7. We saw someone who looked like you on Friday, but we knew it can't be you.
8. They may not had enough time to finish yesterday.

MODALS 85
 3.6 Advisability with Should, Ought To, and Had Better
ADVISABILITY IN THE PRESENT/FUTURE We use the modal should (not) to give and request
1 A: You should get a haircut. advice. We use should in informal speech, as in 1,
B: Yeah, I probably should. and in academic writing, as in 2.
2 Future research should investigate the effects of Ought to has a similar meaning to should, but we
air pollutants. use it much less frequently. We usually use ought
3 A: I think that we ought to have a choice about this. to in positive statements, as in 3 (but not usually in
A B: I agree. We should. negative or question forms).
4 You had better get ready for this storm. It's going to Had better (not) is a very strong form of advice. We
be bad. often use it to say that something should happen
5 I'd better hurry or I'm not going to get there on time. soon, as in 4. We also often use it to talk about things
we should do ourselves, as in 5.
We usually contract had better to’d better in speaking.

ADVISABILITY IN THE PAST (COUNTERFACTUAL)
6 The other team members should have asked her for her
opinions. Instead, they ignored her.
7 I'm sorry about waking you up. I shouldn't have called
B so early.
8 Should I have contacted Greg? I didn't call him because
I thought someone else was going to.
Should + have + the past participle of a main verb
means that something was advisable, but didn’t
happen, as in 6.
We often use should / shouldn’t have to express regret,
as in 7. We can also ask questions with should / should
have, as in 8.
It is possible to use ought to have but it is not very
common: They ought to have helped him, but they didn’t.

^•VONLINE

261 Giving and Requesting Advice Complete the questions and advice with should (not) + a verb from
the box. Include a subject if necessary. Then practice with a partner. E23

ACADEMIC ADVISOR
apply
1. Advisor: You need to take Writing for Business and Economics 101. bring
Student: Which one should I take first? call
change
2. Student: When for an internship10?
contact
Advisor: You really should do that in your junior year. 9°
look at
STORE CLERK put
3. Clerk: You our accessories11 table. Everything is on sale. return
take
Customer: That's OK. I'll just take this.
4. Customer: Where to return an item?
Clerk: You can do that at the register.
F Y I
In speaking, we often use
CUSTOMER SERVICE AGENT
really together with should
5. Customer: Where this item? when we give advice.
CSA: I can help you with that. A: He really should see
a doctor.
6. Customer: What number for technical service?
B: I know. I'm worried
CSA: I'll transfer you. about him.

10 internship: a job that a student has for a short time in order to "accessories: small clothing items, like jewelry or belts
get experience

86
 BANK TELLER

7. Customer: What documents .?

Teller: You just need your ID and your account number.
8. Teller: We'll stop the check, but you the merchant.
Customer: OK. I'll do that.

REPAIRPERSON

9. Customer: How often the oil?

Repairperson: Every three months.
10. Repairperson: You too much laundry in the dryer.
Customer: I'll keep that in mind.

Write about It Write one more question you could ask each person in Activity 26. Role-play asking and
answering your questions with a partner.

27 | Expressing Opinions with should or Ought To Write a positive and a negative opinion
statement in response to each question. Use should (not) or ought to. Em

ADVICE FOR SUCCESS

1. How should colleges prepare students for the future?
Colleges ought to provide students with a general education and teach them a variety of skills.
They shouldn't just focus on career preparation.
2. How should parents prepare their children for the future?
3. What should a new restaurant do to attract customers?
4. What should teachers do to keep students interested in class?
5. What should people do to meet new friends?
6. What should people do to maintain contact with old friends?
7. What should cities do to attract tourism?
8. What should airlines do to improve the customer experience?
9. What should people do to be happy?
10. How should a person spend his/her early twenties?

Talk about It Share the statements you wrote above with a partner. Do you agree?

28 | Using Had Better Write a response to each statement with had ('d) better or had (zd) better not. Em

1. A: It looks like it's going to rain.

B: Wed better get inside.
2. A: What did your father say?
B:
3. A: Tom's boss is pretty mad at him right now.
B:

MODALS 87
 4. A: Marta got sick at that restaurant.
F Y I
B: Often we use had better
5. A: It looks like the store is going to close soon. to report what other
people have said.
B:
He called me and told me
6. A: That might be my boss calling. I'd better get moving.

B:
We may use had better
7. A: The president of my bank was just caught in a big scandal12. when someone else is
B: putting pressure on us.
8. A: Uh-oh. I forgot about my sister's birthday tomorrow.
B:

291 Expressing Regret with Shouldn’t) Have Write one or two regrets for each situation, EEE1

REGRETS

1. Tony stayed up late watching TV and overslept this morning.

He shouldn't have stayed up so late. He should have turned off the TV earlier.

2. Kara didn't read the directions carefully and failed the test.
3. Sarah turned her application in late, so she didn't get an interview.
4. Kate lost touch with her best friend. Now she misses her.
5. John didn't accept the job offer. Now the company is doing really well.
6. Mika didn't write down the address. Now she doesn't know where to go.
7. Angela bought a new TV last week. This week the price dropped by 20 percent.
8. Khalid left his laptop on a table in the library. Somebody took it.

Talk about It Tell a partner your own regrets. Talk about two things you should or shouldn't have done
when you were younger and two things you should or shouldn't have done recently.

301 Using Past and Present Advisability with Should Complete these conversations with
should/shouldn't or should have/shouldn't have and the verb in parentheses. Then practice with a
partner. 3.6 AB

1. A: You forgot to buy bananas.

B: Darn! I should have made a list before I went to the store, (make)
2. A: Are you going shopping?
B: Yeah, in a few minutes. I a list first, though, (make)
3. A: I'm so glad we finally talked.
B: Me too. We this earlier, (do)
4. A: Ken didn't look very happy this morning.
B: I know. Maybe I him about the layoffs, (tell)
5. A: You don't look very well.
B: I'm not. I that fish, (eat)
6. A: My interview is tomorrow. I'm so nervous!
B: You so much. You'll do fine, (worry)

12 scandal: something that is shocking, upsetting, or unacceptable

88
 7. A: Sounds as if you guys had a lot of fun.
B: We did. You really with us. (come)
8. A: We're not going to get there on time.
B: I know, I know. We earlier, (leave)

Think about It What helped you choose between should and should have in the conversations in
Activity 30? Share ideas with your classmates.

311 Usage Note: Different Uses of Should and Should Have Read the note. Then do Activity 32.
We can use should and should have to express many different present, past, or future meanings.
PRESENT OR FUTURE TIME

A Advisability: She's sick. She should go home and rest.

B Expectation (not met): He left work an hour ago. He should be here by now. Where is he?
C Expectation (strong certainty): Ask Benny that question. He should know the answer.

PAST TIME

I) Past advisability (counterfactual): We should have brought more cash. They don't take credit here.

321 Identifying Uses of Should and Should Have Label each sentence A, B, C, or D according to the
meanings in Activity 31. 3.6 A-B

1. You're under a lot of stress. You should relax and take some time for yourself.
2. I'm sorry we missed the beginning of the show. We should have come earlier.
3. What have you been doing all day? You should be finished with your work by now! ___
4. Try SuperMart. They should have the brand you're looking for. They have a huge selection.
5. I've been saving all year. I should have more money than this!
6. You should have seen the moon last night. It was beautiful.
7. She should call her father. I think he's lonely. .
8. Just wait here, please. He should be available in a couple of minutes.

331 Pronunciation Note: Modal + Have Listen to the note. Then do Activity 34.
When we use have after a modal, we usually pronounce it as /av / or /a/.
1 She couldn't have known. sounds like "She couldn'tuv known." or "She couldn'tuh known."
2 They should have called earlier. sounds like "They shoulduv called earlier." or "They shoulduh called earlier."
3 I would have told him. sounds like "I woulduvtold him." or “I woulduh told him."
You don’t have to use the reduced form, but you need to understand it in conversation.

341 Using Could Have, Would Have, and Should Have Listen and write the complete verb for each
sentence. Then listen again and repeat. ETT1

1. Marcia should have come to dinner with us. 4. You out for the team.
2. She enough money, 5. They ready,
3. I with you. 6. He_ that.

MODALS 89
 7. She that. 10. She that.

8. You surprised. 11. You me.

9. He me. 12. Carlos it.

Write about It Work with a partner. Write a short conversation for each sentence in Activity 34. Make
clear what happened or did not happen in each situation. Read your conversations to another pair.

1. A: Marcia should have come to dinner with us.

B: She couldn't. She had to work.

3.7 Obligation and Prohibition

We can use must (not), (don’t / doesn’t) have to, and has / have got to for strong obligation (requirement) or
prohibition, as in 1 - 10.
EXAMPLES OF OBLIGATION / PROHIBITION USE

1 Employees must sign in when they arrive. • Rare in speaking, but common in writing.
(= necessary) • Usually refers to present or general time.
must (not)
2 Visitors must not enter the employee area.
• The question form is not common.
(= not allowed)
3 They just have to accept his decision, • Common in speaking, but rare in writing.
whether they like it or not. (= necessary) • Can refer to past, present, or future time.
has to/have to 4 You don't have to bring your laptop.
A Computers Will be provided. (= not required)
• Used in positive, negative, and question forms.
5 Does she have to talk so loudly?
had to 6 I had to accept the decision.
7 He didn't have to go.
8 We'll have to leave early today.
9 You've just got to be tough. (= necessary) Usually only used:
10 She's got to finish soon. Time is almost up! • in speaking.
has got to /
(= necessary)
have got to • in simple present positive statements.
• in the contracted form (’s /’ve got to).

COMPARING OBLIGATION / PROHIBITION TO CERTAINTY

We use must (not), have to, and have got to for obligation / prohibition, but we can also use them to express strong
certainty, as in 11 -15.
EXAMPLES OF CERTAINTY USE

11 You must be new here, (present time)
12 The new land must not have looked very
must (not) promising to the settlers, (past time)
B has to/have to
13 He's not here so he has to be at work,
(present time)
14 She has to have written it. I recognize her
had to
handwriting, (past time)
15 He's got to be there already—I saw him
leave hours ago. (present time)
has got to /
have got to
• Commonly used in speaking to express strong
certainty.
• Also commonly expresses strong certainty in
academic writing.
• Can refer to past, present, or future time.
• Common in speaking, but rare in writing.
• Can refer to past or present time.
• Usually only used in positive statements.
Usually only used:
• in speaking.
• in simple present positive statements.
• in the contracted form.

See Charts 3.4 and 3.5 for more information on the use of modals for certainty.

(J^ONLINE
90
351 Using Must for Obligation in Writing Work with a partner. Complete these sentences with must
(not) + a verb from the box. Then match each sentence with a source below. 3.7 A

SENTENCES FROM WRITTEN SOURCES

e 1. For this reaction to occur, temperatures must reach 80 degrees.

be reach
2. The potatoes dry before you put them in the oil. boil reconsider
3. The government the sales tax on luxury items. cut resign

We need the revenue13, and the tax only affects people who can afford it. have retake
pay use
4. Hundreds of students the test this year.
5. Students university computers in unlawful14 ways,
6. The human body a good supply of oxygen. ◄ 80° Celsius

7. The administration the campus parking rules.

HA
8. The mayor is terrible and immediately.
9. The cream sauce or it will be ruined.
10. Undergraduates their full tuition by October 15.
a chemical reaction

a. cookbook b. political blog c. school newspaper d. school policy handbook e. science text

Write about It Choose two or three sources from the box above. Search online for sentences from that
source that use modals for obligation.

361 Using Have To Complete the conversations with a form of (not) have to and an appropriate verb. 3.7 A

1. A: late last night?

B: Yeah, I did. Jason never showed up for his shift.
2. A: Where's Sun-Hee?
B: She left about an hour ago. She to class.
3. A: What is Carlos so happy about?
B: He the final exam tomorrow because he has an A in the class.
4. A: the manager tonight?
B: Yeah, he does. And he's not happy about it!
5. A: Thank you. That's so nice! You me a present.
B: I know, but I wanted to.
6. A: I the window. It's so hot in here.
B: I wish you wouldn't. It's really cold outside.
7. A: I'm so glad I that medicine anymore.
B: Oh, that's good. It was making you sick, wasn't it?
8. A: Emma has been going to the gym a lot lately.
B: She in shape for the big game.

Think about It Which two sentences above could be restated with have got to?
13 revenue: money that a government or company receives 14 unlawful: not legal

MODALS 91
 371 Usage Note: Other Ways to Express Obligation and Prohibition Read the note. Then do
Activities 38-40.
We can express obligation or prohibition with other phrasal modals.
OTHER WAYS TO EXPRESS OBLIGATION AND PROHIBITION
be required to + base form of main verb (similar to have to)
We use these forms to describe
1 Jillian is required to attend all practices and home games during the season. external obligations or
2 Participants were required to rate their agreement with each statement on prohibitions—things that come
a 6-point scale. from an outside authority.
These phrasal modals do not
be notallowed to + base form of main verb (similar to must not) describe internal obligations
3 You're not allowed to bring food on the plane. such as I must try to be more
4 We were not allowed to enter the building. positive or She has to think about
the effects of her actions.
be supposed to + base form of main verb (similar to should)
5 Students are supposed to take three years of a foreign language.
6 I was supposed to take a test yesterday, but I stayed home because I was sick.

381 Using Be Required To and Be Not Allowed To These activities are required or permitted at many
workplaces. For each activity, write a "work rule" for employees using be required to or be not allowed to.
Choose a job from the box or use your own ideas. OH

WORK RULES JOBS

chemists
1. accept gifts from students
engineers
Teachers are notallowed to accept gifts from students. factory workers
government employees
2. call a substitute for absences machine operators
3. eat or drink in the work area public service workers
4. shred15 many documents restaurant servers
5. talk about work to people outside the company teachers
6. wash their hands before returning to work
7. wear jewelry or loose clothing
8. wear protective clothing

Write about It Compare the sentences you wrote above with a partner. Then write two more rules for
another job using your own ideas.

39 I Using Be Supposed To Complete these sentences with information that is true for you. Include the
correct form of be supposed to if one isn't provided. Œ1

1. When I was younger, I

2. Recently, I but I didn't because
3. I___________________ every day, but sometimes I don't
4. Tomorrow I
5. My was supposed to __ , but
6. My is supposed to ., but
7. ___ were supposed to , but
8. The was supposed to ., but

lsshred: to cut or tear into small pieces (usually with a machine called a shredder)

92
401 Expressing Prohibition and Obligation Write a sentence for each rule. Use must, have to,
be required to, be not allowed to, or be supposed to. Then compare with a partner.

RULES FOR STUDENTS

1. try your best to succeed

You must try your best to succeed.

2. bring all materials to every class

3. don't get discouraged if you fall behind
4. don't copy writing from the Internet
5. be considerate and polite to classmates
-i
6. make wise decisions about how to spend your time
7. believe in yourself
8. attend class regularly

411 Identifying Meanings of Must (Not), Have To, and Have Got To Circle the modal forms.
Then check (/) Strong Certainty or Obligation for each sentence. EWT1

STRONG
AT THE AMUSEMENT PARK CERTAINTY OBLIGATION

1. "Do you hear those people screaming? That ride must be scary!" □ □
2. "You must be over four feet tall to go on this ride." □ □
3. "You've got to try this roller coaster. It's really fun." □ □
4. "They must employ thousands of people here. This place is huge." □ □
5. "You look exhausted. You must have been here all day." □ □
6. "I'm not surprised they charge so much. It has to cost a lot to maintain □ □
this place."
7. "We'll have to stand in that long line if we want to go on the new ride." □ □
8. "This has got to be the most exciting place in the world for little kids." □ □

3.8 Combining Modals

SIMPLE MODAL + PHRASAL MODAL We generally do not use two simple modals together.
1 I would be willing to pay for better service. However, we can use most simple modals together
with a phrasal modal, as in 1 - 6.
2 We may be able to develop strategies to overcome
this problem. SIMPLE MODALS PHRASAL MODALS
3 Students should be allowed to form their own groups. can could be able to
4 Have you called your cousin? He might be able to fix may might be allowed to
A that computer for you. will would be permitted to
should be required to
5 Physicians must be permitted to practice medicine the
must be willing to
way they choose.
have to
6 City workers will have to wait until next year for a
salary increase. WARNING! We do not usually combine can/could with
be able to or can with have to.

(jJS^ONLINE

MODALS 93
 42 | Using Combinations of Modals Work with a partner. Complete these sentences with a positive or
negative phrasal modal. (More than one answer may be possible.) OH

Facing a Water Shortage

1. In the near future, citizens may pay

fines if they use too much water.
2. Homeowners will water their lawns
or wash their cars. !
3. Each member of the household will
take one shower every day.
4. Every one of us should make these
changes for the good of the community.
5. City officials must enforce these rules.
6. In some instances, individuals might apply for an exemption16 from the
water limitations.
7. People who are growing fruits and vegetables could use more water,
8. If you have an exemption, you should pay over-use fines.

Think about It What other modal combinations could be used in each sentence? Share ideas with
your classmates.

Write about It Choose one of these events. Write four sentences about the effects of this event on
the community. Use combinations of modals.
• The Olympics are coming to town.
• A very important person is going to visit your school.
• City officials are putting in a large park near the city center.
• There will be a lot of road construction in the area this summer.

43 | Using Combinations of Modals Complete these sentences with your own ideas. HL!

OPINIONS

1. Our teacher may not be able to take a vacation soon

2. Students should be able to

3. I would be willing to
4. I would never be willing to
5. Teenagers should sometimes be permitted to
6. University students must be allowed to
7. Any good friend would be willing to
8. Pretty soon, people in this country will have to
9. All companies should have to

16 exemption: official permission not to do something or pay for something

94
 10. Children shouldn't be permitted to
11. The government might have to
12. Someday, people won't be able to

Talk about It Rewrite each statement you wrote in Activity 43

F YI
as a question. Ask a partner the questions. Do you and your
We do not usually ask questions with
partner agree?
might or may (for degrees of certainty).
A: Do you think our teacher will take a vacation soon ? You can ask those questions with will.
B: Maybe, but she might not be able to until the summer.

3.9 Modals with Progressive Verb Forms

MODALS OF CERTAINTY OR PROBABILITY We can use progressive verb forms with modals to
1 The medical treatment must be working. express degrees of certainty, as in 1 - 6. This form
She's getting better. is more common in speaking than in writing. For
2 This is an old address. He may not be living
present forms, we use:
there anymore.
the -ing form of the
modal + (not) be +
3 It might be confusing at first, but you'll get it eventually. main verb
A 4 The company is going bankrupt.Thousands of
For past forms, we use:
employees could be losing their jobs soon.
5 She didn't hear the phone ring. She might have the -ing form of
been sleeping. modal + (not) + have been +
the main verb
6 The government shut that company down. It must have
been operating illegally.
We don’t usually use non-action verbs such as believe,
7 He must know that already. (NOT: Hc -must be knowing... ) own, and know in the progressive, as in 7.

MODALS OF ADVISABILITY
8 You should be spending more time on your work.
9 I don't know why they're upset. They ought to
B be celebrating.
10 You should have been listening while the teacher
was talking!
We can also use the progressive verb forms with
should and ought to when we are:
• giving advice or making recommendations in the
present, as in 8 - 9
• making past counterfactual statements, as in 10

dfeoNLINE

441 Using Modals for Certainty in the Present Read the Speaker A statement. Then circle the
appropriate response. PCTÎ1

1. A: He's been on the computer for quite a while.

(B: He might be writing an essay)
B: He might write an essay.
2. A: The meeting is going long17.
B: They must be arguing about the budget.
B: They must argue about the budget.
3. A: That guy seems to really know what he's doing.
B: He must be coming here a lot.
B: He must come here a lot.

,7go long: to last longer than expected

MODALS 95
 4. A: Mark looks really frustrated.
B: He must be having trouble with his assignment.
B: He must have trouble with his assignment.
5. A: Someone said they're going to close the store.
B: They might have been talking about the one on Hill Street.
B: They might have talked about the one on Hill Street.
6. A: Mina never wants to go to the games.
B: She may think sports are boring.
B: She may be thinking sports are boring.
7. A: What was she doing at the park?
B: I'm not sure. She might have been playing soccer.
B: I'm not sure. She might have played soccer.
8. A: How did she finish the game so quickly?
B: She must be playing a lot.
B: She must play a lot.

Write about It Work with a partner. Write a new response for each Speaker A statement in Activity 44.
If possible, use a progressive form with a modal.

45 I Using Modals for Certainty in the Past Choose verbs from the box to complete these
conversations. Use a modal of certainty with have + a past participle verb form or have + been +
an -ing verb form. Then practice with a partner. EEE1

1. A: I lost my keys.
close
B: You__________ must bave left_________ them in the car. cry
2. A: Sara's eyes are all puffy and red. eat
fish
B: Yeah, I noticed. She before class.
get
3. A: All the lights are off. leave
B: They early. listen
sit
4. A: I saw Tony at the lake on Saturday.
B: He.
5. A: Do you think this chicken is still good?
B: I wouldn't eat it. It there for hours.
6. A: Why did she buy that ugly sweater?
B: I don't know. She it as a gift.
7. A: Why didn't they hear me knocking?
B: They to music.
8. A: Why isn't there any cereal in the cabinet?
B: David it.

96
461 Expressing Opinions with should Choose a verb from the box to complete each statement below.
Use should and a progressive verb form. (More than one answer may be possible.) Then check (/) whether
you agree or disagree with each statement. ECT1

ask cut eliminate hire lower offer provide spend

HOW TO IMPROVE THE ECONOMY YES NO

1. Our government officials should be hiring people to build roads and bridges.
2. They taxes so people have more money to spend.
3. They money on education so that young people can find
better jobs.
4. They unemployment benefits so people are motivated
to work.
5. They tax incentives to companies to encourage growth,
6. They _ low-interest loans to people with good
business ideas.
7. They many government programs to save money,
8. They people to spend instead of save.

Talk about It Compare your answers above with a partner and discuss. Suggest some other ideas for
improving the economy.

Write about It With a partner, brainstorm a list of problems that your school, community, or country
is currently facing. Write eight sentences about what leaders should be doing right now to deal with
the problems.

471 Using Should to Express Opinions about the Past Work with a partner. Complete each
response. Use should with have + a past participle verb form or have + been + an -ing verb form.
Then practice with your partner. TT1

CRITICIZING OTHERS

1. A: Mark lost some money yesterday. It fell out of his pocket.

B: Well, he should have put it in his wallet.
2. A: Sue spent all morning ordering stuff online instead of working. Ed caught her
and now he's furious.
B: What does she expect? She ________
3. A: Poor Julia worked nine hours last night and now she's even sicker.
B: I'm not surprised. She.
4. A: Paul caught Misha reading his email last night.
B: That's terrible! He____ someone else's email,
5. A: Ana started looking for a summer job last week. She hasn't found anything yet.
B: Why did she start so late? She for the last month.

MODALS 97
 6. A: Yuri got rear-ended yesterday. He was texting and didn't notice
the light had changed.
B: Well, he in the car.
A: True, but the other driver attention.
7. A: Hassan called at the last minute to cancel.
B: I know. He us yesterday.
8. A: Mary threw the book to me and knocked over my cup of coffee.
B: She the book.

3.10 Other Ways to Express Modality

ORDER OF ADVERBS OF CERTAINTY We sometimes use adverbs to express degrees
POSITIVE STATEMENTS of certainty. We can place these adverbs:
be or first • after a positive be verb, as in 1, or the first
subject helping verb adverb main verb helping verb, as in 2 - 3
1 She was probably frustrated. • before positive main verbs (besides be),
2 This____ will most likely change later. as in 4
3 The people can certainly decide themselves. • in negative sentences before any verb,
4 He definitely knows the answer. including be, as in 5 and 6
A ADVERBS OF CERTAINTY
NEGATIVE STATEMENTS
adverb helping and main verbs
certainly evidently
subject —
STRONG CERTAINTY clearly obviously
5 Listeners — obviously can't understand her.
definitely
6 The phone — clearly isn't working. most likely
MODERATE CERTAINTY
probably
WEAK CERTAINTY possibly

PREPOSITIONAL PHRASES With some prepositional phrases, we can

7 In a way, I understand their decision. But I don't agree with it. suggest that a statement is only partly true,
as in 7 - 9.
8 He has grown up a lot, but he has the same personality and
B character. In a sense, he hasn't changed at all. We often use these prepositional phrases at
9 Their jobs are different, but they both achieved success quickly. the beginning of a sentence.
In some respects, their careers have followed the same path.

fr^ONLINE

481 Using Adverbs of Certainty Rewrite these sentences using the adverb in parentheses instead of
the modal. 3.10 A

bT
Mil!
1. This might be the best fish stew I've ever had. (possibly)
This is possibly the best fish stew I've ever had.
2. The chef must have trained in France, (obviously)
3. These strawberries must have just been picked, (clearly)

98
 4. This has to be one of the best restaurants in town, (definitely)
5. They must be offering some new dishes this week, (evidently)
6. Soon they might start serving lunch as well as dinner, (possibly)
7. This place must get excellent reviews from everyone, (probably)
8. I should come back very soon, (most likely)

491 Placing Adverbs of Certainty in a Sentence Write a complete sentence in response to each
question. Include an adverb of certainty. 3.10A

MODERN LIFE

1. Do most people spend too much time online?

Some people clearly spend too much time online, but most people don't.

2. Do social media do more good than harm?

3. Is television better today than it was in the past?
4. Can you learn any useful skills from video games?
5. Is it important for everyone to have a smartphone?
6. Should a 13-year-old have a smartphone?
7. Should people have to pay for online newspaper subscriptions?
8. Is it a good idea to buy brand-new technology?

Talk about It Share the sentences you wrote above with a partner. Explain the reasons for your opinions.

"There are obviously people who spend too much time online. Theyjust look at a screen all day and it's not healthy.
But most people I know do other things, too."

501 Using Adverbs and Prepositional Phrases of Certainty Complete these sentences with your
own ideas. Share your sentences with a partner. 3.10 A-B

1. In a way, the past year

2. The people in my classes are clearly
3. ______________________ will obviously very soon.
4. should definitely
5. In some respects, and are very similar.
6. In a sense, my friends are
7. Tomorrow, I probably
8. Next week, I'm most likely to
9. In a way, I really like
10. In some respects, was the best

MODALS 99
 <s>23.11 Using Modals in Speaking: Modals for Social Purposes
POLITE SUGGESTIONS We sometimes use modals with other words to
1 A: I'm having trouble with my math class. soften suggestions, as in 1 - 4. Some phrases that
B: You could always get a tutor. make suggestions a little less direct and more
polite include:
2 A: I can't get to sleep at night.
B: You may want to stop drinking coffee. You could always...
A 3 A: I keep running out of money. You may want to ...
B: Maybe you should ask your boss for more hours. You might want to ...
Maybe you should ...
4 A: I don't know anyone here. You might as well...
B: You may as well introduce yourself to a few people. You may as well...
Maybe you'll make a new friend.

SOFTENING SUGGESTIONS WITH NEGATIVE QUESTIONS Asking questions with can’t, couldn’t, and
5 A: I'm afraid she's not going to see this email in time. shouldn’t is another way to soften suggestions,
B: Can't you text her instead? as in 5 - 6.
B
6 A: Shouldn't you call your brother today?
B: You're right. I should.

OTHER SOCIAL USES OF MODALS We often use the modals can, could, would, and
7 Could I have another fork, please? may in speaking for:
8 Would you mind turning the music down? • requests, as in 7 - 8
C • offers, as in 9
9 Can I help you with that?
10 May I speak to you for a moment? • permission, as in 10

^•^ONLINE

511 Using Softening Strategies to Make Suggestions Write a suggestion for each problem.
Use a polite form with a modal. 3.11 A

PROBLEMS WITH SOLUTIONS

1. "I don't have time to exercise."
Maybe you could start walking to school.
2. "I can't stop eating chocolate."
3. "I always oversleep in the morning."
4. "I'm really shy."
5. "I have trouble getting organized."
6. "I'm always late to class."
7. "I can't decide what to major in."
8. "I can't find a job."
9. "I have a friend who is constantly calling and
texting me."
10. "I want to ask for a raise, but I'm nervous."
11. "This class is really hard for me."
12. "I can barely afford to pay my rent these days."

Talk about It Compare the advice you wrote above with a partner. For each problem, which piece of
advice is the most helpful?

52 I Using Negative Questions to Make Suggestions Work with a partner and take turns. One of you
reads a statement in Activity 51 aloud. The other uses negative questions to give advice for the situation.
3.11 B

A: I don't have time to exercise.

B: Couldn't you walk to school in the morning?

100
531 Using Modals for Requests, Offers, and Permission Write a short conversation for each
situation. Use can, could, would, or may. 3.11 C

AROUND TOWN

At a restaurant
1. Customer: Ask for permission to exchange a menu item.
A: Could I get fresh fruit instead ofpotatoes?
B: Yes, of course.

2. Customer: Request a new table.

3. Server: Offer to clean up a spill on the table.

At work
4. Employee: Ask for permission to take a day off.
5. Co-worker: Offer to help a co-worker with a big job.
6. Employer: Request that the employee do some additional work.

At a clothing store
7. Customer: Ask to see a different item.
8. Customer: Ask for permission to try something on.
9. Clerk: Ask if the customer wants to pay with a credit card.
10. Clerk: Offer to show other styles.

At an acquaintance's house
11. Visitor: Ask for permission to look at the garden.
12. Visitor: Offer to help with dinner preparations.
13. Host: Request that a guest put his or her jacket/purse in the bedroom.

3.12 Using Modals in Academic Writing

To hedge a statement means to make it less definite. Hedging is a very common way we use modals in
academic writing, where it’s necessary to be precise.

COULD I MIGHT We sometimes use could or might to make a less

1 You could say that they have run out of ideas. definite conclusion, as in 1. Sometimes we use them
2 One might conclude that no peaceful options remain. to introduce an idea that we are going to argue
But that is not the case. against, as in 2.
MAY

3 After the procedure, patients may notice an increase in We can use may in writing to show that something
A energy levels. is possible, as in 3. May shows a higher degree of
certainty than might or could.
WOULD

4 We would argue that the point is valid. We can use would with verbs like say, suggest, assume,
5 I would suggest that we need to review this topic. and argue when we are making a point that others
6 One would assume that the answers are obvious. might disagree with, as in 4 - 6.
SHOULD

7 Our experiment should show the effects of carbon We can use should to describe our expectations, as in
monoxide. 7 - 8. It shows more certainty than might or may, but
8 These studies should demonstrate the usefulness of less than will or statements without modals.
our procedure.

(<||y>NLINE

MODALS 101
 541 Identifying Hedges with Could and Might Underline the hedging expressions. Then match the
statements with the conclusions. 3.12 A

DRAWING CONCLUSIONS

1. The two birds look extremely similar.
2. This is the author's most well-known novel.
3. She rarely left the house and avoided all contact
with strangers.
4. The mice began to solve the maze more
quickly.
5. Six months after the shopping center was built,
stores along Main Street began to close.
6. The company's closure affected the lives of
hundreds of people.
7. Every year, more students iare passing the
entrance examination.
8. The two documents have a similar writing style
and use much of the same vocabulary.
a. One could say that it's also his most
important work.
b. One might assume that she was deeply
depressed during this period.
C. We might assume that the new diet was
increasing their intelligence.
d. One could say it is the worst disaster this
city has ever faced.
e. This might suggest that they were written
by the same person.
f. We might conclude that secondary schools
are doing a better job of preparing them.
g. This might suggest that customers feel little
loyalty to local business owners.
h. We could conclude that they are closely related.

Write about It Choose three sentences from this box to write a conclusion about. Hedge your
conclusions with could or might, using three of the phrases you underlined above.

1. Gas prices have risen in the last two years.

2. High-end televisions have gotten cheaper.
3. Computing power has increased rapidly over the last five years.
4. More and more businesses have moved into this area recently.
5. The traffic problems downtown continue to get worse.
6. The number of students applying to the university goes up every year.

55 I Hedging with May Write two to three sentences about possible results for each situation. Use may.
Share your sentences with a partner. 3.12 A

LIFESTYLE

What happens when people ...

1. take long naps in the afternoon
They may have difficulty sleeping at night.

2. sit at the computer for hours every day

3. begin a dance class
4. move to a new city
-f
7?J.
5. lose a job
6. get plenty of exercise
7. become very famous
8. start college

102
561 Hedging with Would Write an opinion statement about each issue. Use would argue that,
would suggest that, would assume that, or would say that. 3.12 A

SOLVING CAMPUS PROBLEMS

1. There is an increase in the number of students cheating on exams.
/ would suggest that we need to put cameras in the classrooms.
2. Student residences are overcrowded.
3. Students are not happy with the food choices in the cafeteria.
4. There are long lines in the bookstore at the beginning of every semester.
5. The registration process is confusing.
6. There is not enough for students to do on weekends.
7. Some of the classrooms are old and lack modern technology.
8. Classes often fill up very quickly.

Write about It Think of a real problem on your campus. Suggest an idea for a solution. Use would.

57 | Hedging with Should Rewrite these statements with should to make them less certain. 3.12A

1. The patient's quick recovery will demonstrate the usefulness of the procedure.
The patient's quick recovery should demonstrate the usefulness of the procedure.

2. Our research will show the negative effect of the oil spill on wildlife.
3. This treatment will make the patient much more comfortable.
4. The new software will solve most of the problems we have been experiencing.
5. The presentation is going to help students understand the material.
6. The team will finish the first research by early next year.
7. The new fertilizer18 will add nutrients to the soil.
8. Our profits will increase over the next year.

Write about It Complete these sentences with your own ideas. Write about your expectations.

1. should show
2. should make
3. should finish

WRAP-UP Demonstrate Your Knowledge

AI ROLE-PLAY Work with two partners. Role-play these situations. Use can, could, might want to, have to,
I■
will, should, or be going to. Take turns being Student A.

1. Student A: You are going on a two-week vacation. You will be staying in three different hotels and
taking public transportation. It's summer. Ask your friends for advice.
Students B and C: Give advice.
2. Student A: You want to look for a new job but aren't sure when to tell your boss. Ask for advice.
Students B and C: Give advice about when to tell the boss and about how to find a new job.

18fertilizer: something added to soil to make plants grow more successfully

MODALS 103
 3. Student A: You want to buy a birthday gift for a friend, but it can't be too expensive. Ask for advice.
Students B and C: Give advice about what to buy and how to celebrate the birthday.
4. Student A: You have visitors coming to town, and you want to show them the perfect weekend in
your city. Ask for advice.
Students B and C: Give advice about where to go, what to do, and what to eat.

EB | SENTENCES Write a paragraph for each picture to answer these questions. Use various verb forms
with modals.

1. What probably happened? 3. What should happen now?

2. What should have happened? 4. What might happen next?

Her child must have left the toy

on the floor....

C' □zF /
XF 1

C | SURVEY Work with a partner. Write an opinion statement about each group of people in this chart.
Use modals and be required to, be permitted to, (not) be allowed to, or be supposed to. Then read your
statements to your classmates. Find out how many people agree or disagree with you.

Do you agree with these statements? Yes No

professional Professional athletes should not be allowed to participate in the Olympics.

athletes

drivers

flight
attendants

landlords

parents

politicians

104
3.13 Summary of Modals
SIMPLE MODALS
She can speak English well.
She could speak Chinese when she was a child.
They say it will rain tomorrow.
They said it would rain, but it didn't.
Employees must arrive on time.
Employees may take two 15-minute breaks.
We might finish by 4:00, but I'm not sure.
He should help his mother.
SOCIAL PURPOSE MEANINGS
CANWOT)
Ability I can swim.
Permission We can stay for a few more hours.
Prohibition You can't stay any longer,
offer Can I help you?
WILL
Offer I'll help you with that.
MUST WOT)
obligation Employees must sign in when they arrive.
SHOULD WOT)
Advice You should take Walker Boulevard.
MAY WOT)
Permission May I continue?
Prohibition You may not talk during the test,
offer May I help you?
MIGHT WOT)
Suggestion You might want to try calling him again.
COULD
Permission Could I sit here?
Suggestion We could try that new restaurant downtown.
Request Could you say that again?
OTHER WAYS OF SHOWING PERMISSION / PROHIBITION I
OBLIGATION
Permission On Fridays, we were allowed to wear
casual clothing at work.
You are permitted to turn right on a red light here.
Prohibition Employees are not allowed to eat at
their desks.
obligation He is required to take a final exam for
this class.
Children are supposed to obey their parents.
PHRASAL MODALS
Many immigrants are able to speak English very well.
She was able to speak Chinese when she was a child.
They say it's going to rain tomorrow.
They said it was going to rain, but it didn't.
Employees have to arrive on time.
Employees are permitted to take two 15-minute breaks.
He is supposed to help his mother.
DEGREE OF CERTAINTY I LOGICAL PROBABILITY MEANINGS
CANWOT)
General possibility Honey can make your throat feel better.
very certain / very likely
strong probability
WILL / WON'T
A
They will come home soon.
They won't be out much longer.
MUST I CAN'T I COULDN’T
She has so many flowers. She must love to garden.
That can't be our train. It's too early.
SHOULD WOT)
I should be home by 5:00.1 shouldn't be late.
MAY WOT)
I may take accounting next year. I haven't decided.
MIGHT WOT) /COULD
They might drop by tomorrow, but I'm not sure.
The meeting could last for an hour.
WOULD WOT) not certain / not likely
weak probability
Counterfactual I would help you, but you
haven't asked.
OTHER WAYS OF SHOWING CERTAINTY / UNCERTAINTY
ADVERBS
strong certainty They are certainly / definitely / clearly going to
enjoy this wonderful meal.
Moderate certainty He is probably / most likely going to come
home tomorrow.
Weak certainty They are possibly going to get new uniforms.
PREPOSITIONAL PHRASES
In way, this is the most difficult class I've ever taken.
In a sense, he is representing the class.
In some respects, nothing has changed.
MODALS 105
 The Passive

Nothing great was

ever achieved
without enthusiasm.

— RALPH WALDO EMERSON,

ESSAYIST, POET,

AND PHILOSOPHER

(1803-1882)

Talk about It What does the quotation above mean? Do you agree or disagree?

106 ■
 WARM-UP 107
4.1 Comparing Active and Passive Sentences 108
Pronunciation Note: Sentence Rhythm 113
4.2 Using the Passive 114
4.3 Transitive and Intransitive Verbs 117
Usage Note: Understanding Linking Verbs 119
4.4 The Passive with Modals 122
4.5 Special Passive Structures 125
4.6 Passive Form or Be + Adjective? 127
4.7 Using the Passive in Speaking 130
4.8 Using the Passive in Academic Writing 132
WRAP-UP Demonstrate Your Knowledge 136
4.9 Summary of the Passive 137

WARM-UP
Al Match each time on the timeline with an event. Then compare answers with your classmates. How many
do you agree on?

TIMELINE OF GREAT ACHIEVEMENT

1839 1895 1903 1928 1952 1954 1960 the future

1. The first open-heart 2. The first airplane 3. The camera was 4. Penicillin, the first
surgery was was flown by the invented in antibiotic, was
attempted in Wright brothers in discovered by accident
1952 in

F
J
5. The first nuclear 6. The first motion 7. Lasers had 8. A cure for cancer will
power plant was pictures were shown been developed probably be found in
built in to a paying audience by about
in.
F
4s ib RESEARCHERS FIND
CURE FOR CANCER
•j

1
BI The verb in blue in each sentence above is a passive verb form. Based on these examples, what can you say
about passive verb forms? Check (/) True or False.

TRUE FALSE

1. A passive verb form has a form of the verb be. □ □

2. In a sentence with a passive verb form, the subject causes the action. □ □
3. A sentence with a passive verb form always has by + a noun phrase. □ □
CI Look back at the quotation on page 106. Identify any passive forms.
THE PASSIVE 107
 4.1 Comparing Active and Passive Sentences
ACTIVE In most sentences, the subject is the performer of the
subject (agent) verb direct object (receiver) action, or agent, as in 1. When the subject performs
1 Shakespeare wrote the play Hamlet. the action, we call the sentence an active sentence.
The direct object is the receiver of the action.
PASSIVE A passive sentence lets us change the focus to what
A subject (receiver) verb (agent) happened or who received the action, as in 2.
2 The play Hamlet was written by Shakespeare. • The receiver of the action becomes the subject of
the sentence.
3 Hamlet was written between 1599 a nd 1601.
• When the agent is included, it follows the word by.
In passive sentences, however, the agent is usually
omitted, as in 3.

We form the passive with be + the past participle of the main verb. The form of be signals the time frame we are
talking about.
first helping verb past participle
(be or have) been being main verb

SIMPLE Active The waiters serve the food quickly.

PRESENT Passive The food is served quickly. am / is / are >
SIMPLE Active The waiters served the food.
PAST Passive The food was served. was/were >
PRESENT Active The waiters are serving the food now.
B PROGRESSIVE
Passive The food is being served now. am / is / are >
being served
PAST Active The waiters were serving the food.
PROGRESSIVE
Passive The food was being served. was/were >
PRESENT Active The waiters have already served the food.
PERFECT
Passive The food has already been served. has / have
been *
Active The waiters had just served the food.
PAST PERFECT
Passive The food had just been served. had

For a list of past participles of irregular verbs, see the Resources, page R-3.

(jJ^ONLINE

11 Performer or Receiver of the Action? Decide if each bold subject is the performer of the action or
the receiver of the action. Write P (performer) or R (receiver) above the subject. gCTiW

FACTS ABOUT WILLIAM SHAKESPEARE

P
1. Many people think that William Shakespeare was the greatest writer in
the English language.

2. Nobody knows Shakespeare's actual birthday, but scholars think he was

born on April 23,1564.

3. As far as we know, Shakespeare never went beyond grammar school. JjL. I

4. Shakespeare and his wife had three children: Susanna and twins Judith
I
and Hamnet.

5. Although Shakespeare's son Hamnet died at age 11, his name lives on.

108
 6. The name Hamnet was sometimes written as Hamlet, the title of one of
F Y I
Shakespeare's greatest plays. Passive forms are
much more common in
7. "Shakespeare" was spelled 80 different ways, including "Shaxpere" academic writing and
news reporting than in
and "Shaxberd."
conversation.
8. Shakespeare's work has been translated into many languages.

9. His plays are read in at least 80 languages.

10. Shakespeare is thought to be the author of 39 plays. About half of them were printed before his death.

11. Some of Shakespeare's most famous works were not published until after his death.

Think about It Which of the sentences in Activity 1 are passive? How do you know?

2 | Noticing Passive Forms Read this email message and underline the passive forms. Then write each
verb under the correct group in the chart below. BWIïl
er «
From: Williams, Judy
To: All

shh II
Subject: State of the office

These emails are annoying, I know, but it's your own fault that I have to send them. Here is your
semiannual list of bad office behavior.
1. Paper is still being wasted. Print jobs are piled at the printer for days and weeks. If you don't
need it, don't print it!
2. The conference rooms are often left in a mess. Please put used paper in the recycling bin.
3. Last week some confidential materials were found in the copier room. Please keep all
confidential materials with you.
4. Paper towels are being thrown on the floor in restrooms. Please throw them in the garbage.
5. Lengthy conversations are being held in office cubicles, to the dismay of nearby people.
Move to a conference room.
6. Some strange things have been found in the recycling bins. Please remember that the remains
of your lunch are not recyclable.
7. The same dirty dishes have been left in the kitchen sink for the past four days. Will the owner
please wash them?
8. Lights aren't being turned off in empty offices. Please turn off all lights when you leave a room.

Simple present passive Simple past passive Present progressive passive Present perfect passive
am /is/are + was /were + am/ is/are + being + have /has + been +
past participle of verb past participle of verb past participle of verb past participle of verb
is being wasted

THE PASSIVE 109

 Talk about It What other examples of bad office behavior can you think of? Share ideas with
your classmates.

Think about It Why do you think the writer used the passive forms in the sentences in Activity 2?

31 Forming Simple Present Passive Sentences Complete these sentences with the simple present
passive form of the verbs in parentheses. EÜI1
it ’s a f a c t !
1. Every year, about 70 million tons of fish and other sea animals
ore caught in the oceans, (catch)
2. Nuclear energy when atoms of a nuclear fuel,
such as uranium,apart, (produce/split)
3. There is enough food in the world for everybody. The problem is
getting it where it. (need)
4. More than half of the world's languages by
less than 1 percent of the population, (speak)
5. When land by water on three sides,
it a peninsula, (surround/call)
6. Modern bridges with materials that can expand
and contract1 as the temperature changes, (build)
7. When air, it expands and takes up more space, (heat)
8. One large body of water covers about 71 percent of the earth. It by scientists into
four oceans: the Pacific, the Atlantic, the Indian, and the Arctic, (divide)
9. A tide is the movement of water toward and away from land. Ocean tides mostly
by the pull of the moon's gravity on the earth's water, (cause)
10. Reykjavik, Iceland, is located in a cold northern climate. Buildings in this city by
the hot-water springs in the ground below, (heat)
11. Ice covers about 10 percent of the earth's land surface. Nearly all of it in Greenland
and Antarctica, (find)
12. About 80 percent of microwaves from mobile phones by your head, (absorb2)
13. Trees just for wood. They do many other important things such as releasing
oxygen for us to breathe, (not need)
14. A battery uses special chemicals to make electricity. When the chemicals,
the battery stops working, (use up)
15. Three of Switzerland's official languages are German, French, and Italian. All national laws
in these three languages, (publish)

Talk about It Which facts above were new to you? Which was the most interesting to you? Why?

'contract: to become smaller "absorb: to take something in like liquid or heat and hold it

110
4 I Using Simple Past Passive Verb Forms Complete these sentences with the simple past passive
form of the verbs in parentheses. EWT1
FAMOUS FIRSTS F Y I
1. The first pulley was probably invented in When we use an adverb
to describe a passive verb
ancient Greece. Pulleys first
form, we often place it
to help construct buildings, (invent/employ) after the first helping
probably first verb.
2. Toothbrushes in
The building was almost
Egypt and Babylonia about 3500 BCE. (use) destroyed.
3. The first books in China and Korea about The city was completely
rebuilt.
700 CE. (print)
4. The first English newspaper in 1621, but it wasn't
until 1643 that the first newspaper with pictures
(publish/print)
5. The first photograph of land from above from a
balloon over a village in France in 1858. (take)
6. The first record player a phonograph, and it played
cylinders3 instead of discs4, (call)
7. The first gasoline about 1864, but it wasn't until
the automobile in 1885 that gasoline became really
useful, (produce/invent)
8. Wristwatches about 1890, but for many years they
only by women, (introduce/wear) pulley

9. The first contact lenses5 by a Swiss doctor.

They were thick and not very comfortable, (develop)
10. The first plastic"Parkesine" because it /'
£ by a scientist named Alexander Parkes.
(call/invent)
11. The first World Cup in 1930, and
Uruguay to host it. (hold/choose)
12. In 1797, André-Jacques Garnerin made the first parachute
phonograph
jump ever. He from a balloon at
about 3,200 feet above Paris, (drop)
13. The world's first skyscraper in Chicago
in 1885. This ten-story building inside and outside by a metal frame.
(complete / support)
14. The first photograph in 1826 by a French scientist. It's a picture of the
view from an upstairs window of his house, (take)

Talk about It What other famous inventions or discoveries do you know about? When were they
invented or discovered?

’cylinders: long, round shapes like tubes or cans 5contact lenses: small, round pieces of plastic that you wear in
“discs: flat, round objects your eyes so you can see better

THE PASSIVE 111

 5 I Using Different Forms of the Passive Which monument does each sentence describe? Check (/)
your answers. Then rewrite each sentence to make it passive. Leave out the agent (the performer of the
action) in your passive sentence. EJtTl

TWO FAMOUS
I
MONUMENTS
PYRAMID EIFFEL
OF GIZA TOWER

1. Today, people recognize it as a symbol of France. □ 0

Today, it is recognized as a symbol of France.

2. The builders used more than 2.3 million stone blocks to build it. □ □
More than 2.3 million stone blocks
3. The builders completed it more than 4,500 years ago. □ □
4. People built it for a world's fair. □ □
5. It opened in 1889. □ □
6. People designed it as a tomb6 to protect a king's body. □ □
7. In 1909, the government almost tore it down. □ □
8. They covered it with limestone. □ □
9. The government repaints it every seven years. □ □
10. The United Nations has identified it as a World Heritage Site. □ □
11. In ancient times, people considered it one of the Seven Wonders of the World. □ □

12. Architects are completely redesigning the first floor. □ □

Think about It What verb form did you use in each sentence above? Why?

6tomb: a place where a body is buried after the person dies, often with a large decorated stone

112
(Jj 61 Pronunciation Note: Sentence Rhythm Listen to the note. Then do Activity 7.
English speakers usually stress the content words (nouns, verbs, adjectives, adverbs, etc.) in a sentence. They
don’t usually stress function words (articles, helping verbs, prepositions, etc.). The length of time it takes to
say a sentence depends on the number of STRESSED syllables—not the length of the sentence. Notice:
I------------------------ TAKE THE SAME AMOUNT OF TIME TO SAY ------------------------- ,

1 The WAITers SERVED DINner at SIX. ' ' 2 The WAITers are going to SERVE DINner at SIX. '
Number of syllables in the sentence: 8 Number of syllables in the sentence: 11
Number of stressed syllables: 4 Number of stressed syllables: 4

Notice that a passive sentence may have more syllables than an active sentence, but the two sentences
take about the same amount of time to say.
3 Active: AMANda MADE the decision. 4 Passive: The decision was MADE by AMANda.
Number of syllables in the sentence: 8 Number of syllables in the sentence: 10
Number of stressed syllables: 3 Number of stressed syllables: 3

7 I Pronouncing Passive Sentences Count the number of syllables in each sentence, and write the
number. Then underline the stressed syllables in each sentence, and write the number on the next line.
Finally, listen and check your answers. CTI'H

NUMBER OF SYLLABLES NUMBER OF

IN THE SENTENCE STRESSED SYLLABLES

1. a. Tohn finished it. 4 2

b. It was finished by John.
2. a. A switch turns on the light.
b. The lights are turned on by a switch.
3. a. Toni Morrison wrote the novel Sula.
b. The novel Sula was written by Toni Morrison.
4. a. The workers are cleaning the streets today.
b. The streets are being cleaned by the workers today.
5. a. The storm destroyed the house.
b. The house was destroyed by the storm.
6. a. A friend introduced them.
b. They were introduced by a friend.
7. a. Their employer is organizing a conference.
b. A conference is being organized by their employer.
8. a. The committee has recently honored Dr. Bell.
b. Dr. Bell has recently been honored by the
committee.
9. a. One of his students made the furniture.
b. The furniture was made by one of his students.
10. a. Scientists have discovered other stars with planets.
b. Other stars with planets have been discovered
by scientists.

Think about It There are more syllables in each passive sentence, yet it takes about the same amount of
time to say the active sentence. What do speakers do differently when they say the passive sentences?

THE PASSIVE 113

 81 Error Correction Correct any errors in these sentences. (Some sentences may not have any errors.)

1. This picture is painted about 100 years ago, but it still looks very modern.
2. My father was left the country after the war ended, and he didn't go back
until he was in his sixties.
3. All of the work was finish before noon, but we were told to stay anyway.
4. This photo taken by my parents in 1990. You can see my sister next to the car
and my brother with a soccer ball.
5. My grandfather was very important to me when I was a child. He was the
only person who were helped me.
6. When my father was a young man, he was ask to set up a school in my city.
This school has become one of the best schools in the area.
7. My sister admires by many of her friends because she has appeared on
national TV several times.
8. After the storm, our house was surround by water. We weren't able to get
into town for over a week, and even then we had to walk.
9. My parents were always willing to give me advice, but they are encouraged
me to make my own decisions.

4.2 Using the Passive

Passive sentences are much less common than active sentences, but they are very useful when we want to
focus on what happened and to what or whom. The first sentence in 1 below focuses on the agent or performer
of the action (My brother) and uses an active verb form. The second sentence in 1 focuses on what happened
(was designed) and to what/whom (the house) and uses passive verb forms.
1 My brother just bought an unusual house. It was designed and built in the 1950s.

A 2 Their car was Stolen, (by someone unknown)
3 Dr. Henry, one of our most prominent scientists,
was honored with an award last night.
(We aren’t interested in who gave the award.)
4 What is this called in English? (by everyone)
5 Sam Edwards, 32, was arrested at his home last night,
(by the police)
We often use the passive because the agent:
• is unknown, as in 2
• is unimportant in a particular context, as in 3
• refers to people in general, as in 4
• is obvious from the context, as in 5

COMPARE We sometimes use the passive:

6a David didn't notify anyone about the meeting. • to avoid blaming someone for something, as in 6b
6b No one was notified about the meeting. • to avoid taking responsibility for something, as in 7b
B
7a We have made many mistakes in this war.
7b Many mistakes have been made in this war.

8 Ega is an endangered language. It is spoken in Because the focus of a passive sentence is on what
Ivory Coast by only 300 people. happens and to what / whom, we rarely mention the
9 The engine is started by an electric device. agent. The few times that we do, it is because the agent
C is worth noticing. This might be because the agent is:
• new, unique, or unexpected, as in 8
• nonhuman, as in 9 (We expect agents to be human.)

^^ONLINE

114
91 Using the Passive Complete the sentences below with the passive form of the verbs in parentheses.
Then explain why the writer wanted to focus the sentence on what happened or to whom. Write one or
more reasons from the box. SHJ

REASONS TO USE THE PASSIVE

a. because the agent is unknown c. because the agent refers to people in general
b. because the agent is unimportant d. because the agent is obvious from the context

HOT CHOCOLATE r e a s o n (s )

1. The Aztec emperor Montezuma drank hot chocolate every day. The hot chocolate a, b

was made with chili peppers and dyed red. (make)

2. Hot chocolate was valued very highly by the Aztecs; in fact, cocoa beans
in place of money, (use)
3. In some Central American villages back then, no one under the age of 60
to drink hot chocolate, (allow)

TEA

4. Over the years, tea as part of different ceremonies, (serve)

5. When tea in the American colonies, many people served the
tea leaves with sugar and threw away the water, (introduce)
6. Tea was so expensive in seventeenth-century Europe that it
in locked boxes, (keep)

COFFEE

7. The beans of one entire coffee tree for a single pound of

ground coffee, (require)
8. The amount of coffee you can safely drink yet.
(not/determine)
9. Today, coffee commercially in more than 50 countries, (grow)

Think about It Which passive verb forms did you use in the sentences above? Write them under the
correct group in this chart. Then explain why you chose each verb form.

Simple present passive Simple past passive Present perfect passive

was made

THE PASSIVE 115

 10 I Using the Passive Rewrite each sentence to avoid blaming someone or taking responsibility. EJFT1

1. I think Anna broke the window on purpose.

/ think the window was broken on purpose.

2. My best friend broke my arm during a soccer game.

3. I can't believe the parents left their children at home alone.

4. Emma hasn't returned the keys.

5. The car seat is all wet because James left the window open.

6. Rob left the door open and the dog got out.

7. I didn't lock the front door this morning.

8. Matt accidentally deleted all the files.

9. Kate didn't pay the bill on time.

10. We didn't clean up the room after the meeting.

Think about It For each sentence you wrote above, decide if the speaker uses a passive form to avoid
blaming someone or to avoid taking responsibility for something.

11 I Identifying the Agent Match the beginning of each passive sentence on the left with the agent that
best completes the sentence. Then listen to the news reports and check your guesses. OU

1. Much of the city was destroyed c a. by a park.

2. A swimmer was hurt b. by a crowd of cheering fans.
3. In the 1800s, the city was surrounded c. by a fire.
4. The movie has been ignored d. by a shark.
5. The house is heated e. by the critics.
6. The winning team was met f. by a dog.
7. The music was written g- by a ten-year-old girl.
8. A man in the park was attacked h. by the sun.

Think about It Why do you think the speaker included the agent in each sentence above? Is the agent
new, unique, or unexpected, or is the agent nonhuman?

Talk about It Think of three different ways to complete each sentence above.

1. "Much of the city was destroyed by a flood. Much of the city was destroyed by the enemy.
Much of the city was destroyed by an earthquake."

116
 4.3 Transitive and Intransitive Verbs
Many verbs need a direct object in order to be complete, as in 1 - 2. We call these verbs transitive verbs.
Most (but not all) transitive verbs can be used with a passive form, as in 3 - 4. Some verbs make sense
without an object, as in 5 - 6. These verbs, called intransitive verbs, cannot be used with a passive form.

TRANSITIVE VERBS INTRANSITIVE VERBS

ACTIVE FORM ACTIVE FORM

subject verb direct object subject verb adverbial

1 Scientists have discovered a new planet. 5 Everyone arrived early.

subject verb direct object subject verb

A 2 Someone took my book. 6 Something happened.

PASSIVE FORM NO PASSIVE FORM

subject verb

3 A new planet has been discovered.

subject verb
4 My book was taken. [

For a list of common intransitive verbs, see the Resources,

For a list of common transitive verbs, see the Resources, page R-5. page R-6.

COMPARE We can use many verbs both transitively and

subject verb direct object intransitively, as in 7a - 7b.
7a We 're going to smoke the fish. (transitive use)

subject verb

7b That pile of leaves is smoking. (intransitive use)

B
8a I can't run. I'm too tired, (intransitive use)
8b The same family has run the company for 50 years.
(transitive use)
8c The company has been run by the same family for
50 years, (passive form / transitive use)
The transitive and intransitive uses of the same verb
may have different meanings, as in 8. Only when you
are using the transitive meaning of the verb can you
use a passive form, as in 8c.

VERBS WITH TWO OBJECTS Some transitive verbs can have two objects: an
subject verb indirect object direct object indirect object and a direct object, as in 9. With many
9 Someone gave the library a lot of books. of these verbs, the indirect object can come before or
after the direct object, as in 9 -10. For example:
subject verb direct object indirect object

10 Someone a lot of books to the library. ask give offer pay read serve teach
gave
bring lend owe promise send show tell
C subject verb indirect object
With the verbs above, either the direct object or the
11 A lot of books were given to the library. indirect object can become the subject of a passive
sentence, as in 11 - 12. However, it is more common
subject verb direct object
for the direct object to become the subject.
12 The library was given a lot of books.
GRAMMAR TERM: Verbs with two objects are also called
ditransitive verbs. The indirect object is the person/thing
to or for whom the action was performed.

CORRECT THE COMMON ERRORS (See page R-11.)

13 XThey thought she was died. 15 XThe paintings appeared several people.
D
14 XThese things were happened on Friday evening. 16 XThree people injured in the accident.

ffiVoNLINE
i'T.

THE PASSIVE 117

 12 | Transitive or Intransitive Verb? Circle the verbs in these paragraphs. Then write each verb under
the correct group in the chart below. EEH

Bio g r a ph ie s
1. Naomi Shihab Nye(grew up) in St. Louis, Missouri, and Jerusalem and
now lives in San Antonio, Texas. A graduate of Trinity University, Nye
has published nearly two dozen books including Come with Me: Poems
for a Journey, Fuel, and Habibi. Daughter of a Palestinian father and an
American mother, she has edited six prize-winning collections of poetry
for young readers. She has worked as a visiting writer in schools for
37 years.

2. Julia Alvarez was born in New York City but spent part of her
childhood in the Dominican Republic before returning to the United
States, and her Spanish-speaking heritage7 has influenced her literary
work in English. She has published novels, poetry, and books for
young readers. Alvarez received a BA degree from Middlebury College
in Vermont and master's degrees from Syracuse University and the
University of Illinois. She has held teaching positions at the University
of Vermont and George Washington University. She currently has a
position as writer-in-residence at Middlebury College.

Transitive verb (needs/has an object) Intransitive verb (doesn't need/have an object)

grew up

Write about It Choose another person, and write a similar paragraph with biographical information.
Read your paragraph to the class, and ask your classmates to identify the transitive and intransitive verbs.

7 heritage: important traditions, history, and culture of a country

118
131 Usage Note: Understanding Linking Verbs Read the note. Then do Activity 14.
Linking verbs such as be, become, remain, and seem are neither transitive nor intransitive. Linking verbs are
followed by a complement—a noun phrase, adjective, or adverb that refers back to the subject—not by a direct
object. For this reason, we don’t use linking verbs with a passive form.
subject verb complement subject verb complement subject verb complement

She was a great president. He became my best friend. They remained behind.

She = a great president He = my best friend They = behind

For a list of linking verbs, see the Resources, page R-2.

141 Identifying Transitive Verbs Underline the verbs in these sentences. Then decide if each verb is
a transitive verb, an intransitive verb, or a linking verb. Write T, I, or L above the verb. EEEI

Albert Einstein
„ . L _
1. When Einstein was 5 years old, his father showed him a simple compass8.

c H
This sparked his interest in science.

2. A physics journal published his articles when he was just 26 years old.
3. He became a citizen of Switzerland in 1901 and a citizen of the U.S. in 1940.
4. Einstein often had a pipe9 in his mouth. Wherever he went, a trail of smoke

followed him.

5. Albert Einstein won the Nobel Prize in 1921.

6. Einstein spent the last 22 years of his life at Princeton University in the U.S.

7. He died in 1955.

Pablo Picasso
8. The artist Pablo Picasso grew up in Spain.
9. He completed his first painting at the age of 9.

10. His father sent him to the Royal Academy of

San Fernando in Madrid to study art.

11. He was very smart but he wasn't a very good student.

12. Picasso's paintings were unconventional.

13. His unconventional painting style annoyed his father.

14. Picasso's paintings influenced the direction of modern art.

Write about It Where possible, rewrite the sentences above to make them passive.

“compass: a tool for finding direction, with a needle that always ’pipe: a tube with a small bowl atone end that is used for
points north smoking tobacco

THE PASSIVE 119

 151 Distinguishing Transitive and Intransitive Verbs Write each verb from this box under the
correct group in the chart below. Then use each word in a sentence. EJECT

allow come die find happen involve occur say stare

bring describe exist go include mean pull smile wait

Transitive Intransitive
verb Sample sentence Sample sentence
verb

allow My parents allowed me to drive their car.

Think about It Where possible, rewrite the active sentences you wrote above as passive sentences.

161 Transitive or Intransitive Meaning? Decide if the verb in each sentence has a transitive or an
intransitive meaning. Write a, b, or c. ECT1

1. The children opened the door. a

open —tr a. to cause (something) to
2. The door opened in front of us. no longer be covered
—intr b. to move and no longer
cover something

3. She spoke at our annual meeting.

speak —tr a. to use or be able to use
4. He speaks English and Spanish. —intr b. to give a speech
5. She always speaks clearly. —intr c. to communicate by voice

6. The movie starts at 9:00.

start —tr a. to begin work on
7. I started that book a month ago.
—intr b. to begin

8. I usually walk to work.

walk —tr a. to cause to travel on foot;
9. I need someone to walk my dog tomorrow. to lead
—intr b. to travel on foot

120
 10. We leave for Brazil next week.
leave —tr a. to cause or allow
11. I think I left the door open. someone or something
to stay in a particular
place or condition
—intr b. to depart

12. Did I hurt you?

hurt —tr a. to cause pain
13. My neck hurts.
—intr b. to feel pain

14. Bananas are selling for a dollar a pound.

sell —tr a. to exchange money for
15. The neighbors finally sold their car. goods and services
—intr b. to have a specific price

Think about It Where logical, rewrite the active sentences in Activity 16 as passive sentences.

17 | Using Verbs with Two Objects Rewrite each complaint in two ways. Use passive forms. 4.3 C

COMPLAINTS ABOUT A COMPANY RESEARCH

SAYS...
1. The company doesn't pay the employees a fair salary.
The employees aren't paid a fair salary. A fair salary isn't paid to the employees. The choice of indirect
object or direct object
2. My company doesn't offer employees health insurance. as the subject of a
passive sentence often
depends on which
is mentioned in the
3. This company doesn't give people proper training. previous sentence.
The company doesn't
treat its employees well.
For example, they aren't
paid a fair salary.
4. The company hasn't always told the workers the truth. (vs. A fair salary isn’t
paid to them.)

CORPUS

5. The company has never paid overtime10 to its employees.

6. The company didn't give employees a bonus last year.

7. The company gave a huge raise to the president.

8. The company promises a lot of things to the employees.

10 overtime: extra time you spend at work

THE PASSIVE 121

 18 | Error Correction Correct any errors in these sentences. (Some sentences may not have any errors.)

1. My father is the person who grew me.

2. In this photograph appears all of my relatives at home.
3. It was a very bad accident and two people were died.
4. A strange thing happened me yesterday.
5. How did you injure?
6. What was appeared on the screen when you turned on your computer?
7. When was the accident occurred? Does anyone know?
8. The money was meant to be payment for my work.
9. After the war started, my brothers were run away to the countryside.
10. All my photographs, school assignments, and telephone numbers saved on my computer.

4.4 The Passive with Modals

We often use the passive with modal and phrasal modal forms, as in lb - 13b.
MODAL + BE + PAST PARTICIPLE

Active la The organizers will hold the meeting tomorrow at 10:00.

WILL
Passive lb The meeting will be held tomorrow at 10:00.
Active 2a Somebody should deliver the package in two weeks.
SHOULD
Passive 2b The package should be delivered in two weeks.
Active 3a Somebody must tell him soon.
MUST
Passive 3b He must be told soon.
Active 4a We can prevent heart disease.
CAN
Passive 4b Heart disease can be prevented.
Active 5a No one may copy any part of this publication.
MAY
Passive 5b No part of this publication may be copied.
Active 6a They might make this offer again.
MIGHT
Passive 6b This offer might be made again.
Active 7a The writer could improve this essay.
A COULD
Passive 7b This essay could be improved.
Active 8a They said they would hold the election as promised.
WOULD
Passive 8b They said the election would be held as promised.

PHRASAL MODAL + BE + PAST PARTICIPLE

Active 9a They are going to give us another chance to play.

BE GOING TO
Passive 9b We're going to be given another chance to play.
Active 10a We are supposed to keep this outside.
BE SUPPOSED TO
Passive 10b This is supposed to be kept outside.
Active Ila Somebody has to do something.
HAVE TO
Passive lib Something has to be done.
Active 12a Teachers are easily able to use this method in all schools.
BE ABLE TO
Passive 12b This method is able to be used easily in all schools.
Active 13a No one is allowed to take photographs.
BE ALLOWED TO
Passive 13b No photographs are allowed to be taken.

^HSNLINE

122
191 Active or Passive? Decide if the underlined verb is a passive or active form. Write P above the passive
verb forms. Write A above the active forms. Then choose the correct sport.

i'e:r ©
A
■
Describing Sports
p
1. This sport can be played indoors or outdoors, but it has to be played on a hard surface.
Each team is made up of five players.
a. baseball b. basketball c. soccer
2. Players of this sport wear a protective jacket, or hogu. This jacket is able to be fitted with sensors
that signal hits to the body.
a. boxing b. diving c. tae kwon do
3. Jumps and turns have to be performed perfectly to win at this sport. You definitely aren't supposed
to fall down—you lose points for that.
a. archery b. cycling c. figure skating
4. In this sport, athletes are supposed to be judged on their takeoff, flight, and entry.
The score is then multiplied by a degree of difficulty factor.
a. diving b. judo c. weight-lifting
5. Women were allowed to participate in the Olympics for the first time in 1900, but they could only
play these two sports.
a. golf and lawn tennis b. canoeing and sailing c. figure skating and badminton
6. In this sport, gloves must be worn, and a punch11 must be landed with the white part of the glove.
a. boxing b. fencing c. judo

7. In this sport, a serve must be made from below the waist, with the racket head below the hand and
with both feet on the ground.
a. badminton b. table tennis c. tennis

8. This sport has been played at every Olympic Games though the rules have changed over the years.
Today, penalties12 can be awarded for deflecting hits with the hand or refusing to salute one's
opponent.
a. archery b. fencing c. volleyball
9. This sport can be played on a soft or hard surface. Players are supposed to hit the ball back and
forth over a net without letting it touch the ground. Any part of the body above the waist
may be used to hit the ball, but the ball isn't allowed to be held.
a. basketball b. football c. volleyball

10. In this sport, 85 percent of the bat or racket is supposed to be made of wood. The other 15 percent
can be made of other materials.
a. football b. table tennis c. water polo

punch: a hit with a closed hand 12 penalties: punishments for one team and advantages for
another team when a player breaks a rule

THE PASSIVE 123

 Talk about It Work with one or more classmates. In three minutes, think of as many sports as you
can for each category. Then compare ideas with your classmates.

It's played with a ball but players

It can be played indoors or outdoors. Special shoes have to be worn.
aren't allowed to kick it.
tennis

It is supposed to be played It isn't going to be played at the next

It must be played on ice.
by teams of 11 people. Olympic Games.

Write about It Write several sentences about a sport, but don't identify the sport. Try to use the passive
with modal or phrasal modal forms. Then read your sentences to your classmates and let them identify
the sport.

201 Using the Passive with Modals Complete these descriptions with the passive form of the words
in parentheses. |£lil

Course Descriptions
i. ENGL 242 English Grammar and Conversation I
This course is intended to help foreign students in acquiring fluency in spoken English.
(intend)
All four language skills (listening, speaking, reading, and writing)
(will/practice)
2. ENGL 243 English Grammar and Conversation II

This course is a continuation of ENGL 242. It prior to ENGL 256.

(should / take)
Some students whose assessment scores qualify them for ENGL 256
(may/advise)
to take this course as a companion course.
3. ENGL 245 Advanced Conversation

Students discuss current events in English. Pronunciation, vocabulary development, and group

discussion skills . This course concurrently13

(stress) (may/take)
with other English courses.

4. ENGL 256 Grammar and Composition

This intermediate course in English grammar and composition to help

(design)
students acquire a greater facility in written English. This course is for the student who is pursuing
a college career. It with ENGL 243 or 245.
(can / take)

I
Think about It Passive forms are common in course descriptions. Why might this be?

13concurrently: at the same time

124
211 Using the Passive with Can, Can’t, Could, and Couldn’t Write the passive form of each
sentence using can, can't, could, or couldn't + the past participle of the verb in parentheses. EKM

1. These questions were unanswerable, (answer)

F Y I
These questions couldn't be answered.
The most common
2. This place was indescribable, (describe) modals used with the
passive are can and could
(for possibility).
3. Her absence is inexcusable, (excuse)

4. The problem was solvable, (solve)

5. The results were measurable, (measure)

6. War is preventable, (prevent)

7. Sometimes delays are unavoidable, (avoid)

8. The consequences were unpredictable, (predict)

9. His goal is achievable, (achieve)

10. These walls are movable, (move)

Write about It Choose three verbs used in the passive sentences above, and write your own sentences.

4.5 Special Passive Structures

ACTIVE VERB + THATCLAUSE
1 At one time, people believed that the earth was flat.
2 In the 1600s, Europeans thought that tomatoes
were poisonous.
A PASSIVE FORM + TO- INFINITIVE
We use certain verbs (e.g., believe, consider, say, think,
understand) to identify a common belief. In an active
sentence, we often use a that clause after these
verbs, as in 1 - 2. In these sentences, the that clause
functions as a kind of direct object.

3 At one time, the earth was believed to be flat. In a passive sentence, we sometimes use a
4 In the 1600s, tomatoes were thought to be poisonous. to- infinitive after these verbs, as in 3 - 4.
For more information on that clauses, see Unit 12.

IT + PASSIVE FORM + THATCLAUSE We sometimes use it + passive form + that clause,

5 It has been reported that this year will be warmer as in 5 - 7. Verbs used with this pattern include:
than usual.
argue estimate report suppose
6 It is commonly believed that children are better
B language learners than adults.
believe expect say think
consider know show
7 In Shefley (1999), it is argued that children are better In academic writing, this pattern is sometimes used
language learners than adults. to introduce an argument, as in 7.

^Ho n l in e

THE PASSIVE 125

 221 Using the Passive to Identify Common Beliefs Match the sentence beginnings with the
sentence endings. (More than one answer may be possible but only one is correct.) EJ

COMMON BELIEFS
1. Tobacco was once considered a a. to be a cure14 for a toothache.
2. Carrots were once thought b. to be related to your blood type.
3. The planet Venus was once believed c. to be the death of the movie industry,
4. Television was once thought d. to be covered with oil.
5. Earth was once believed e. to be a small adult.
6. Bathing was once considered f. to be the center of the solar system.
7. Thinking was once understood g- to take place in the heart.
8. Centuries ago, a child was said h. to be bad for your health.
9. Your personality was once thought i. to improve your vision.

Think about It Why does it make sense to use passive rather than active forms in the sentences above?

Write about It Identify three more things that were thought to be true in the past and write sentences
about them. Read your sentences to the class.

23 | Using It + Passive Form + That Clause Rewrite each sentence using it + a passive verb form.
Pay special attention to the form of the verb. KICTîl

MEDICAL BELIEFS

1. Experts say that more than 20,000 different plants are used for health purposes.
It is said that more than 20,000 different plants are used for health purposes.

2. For a long time, people believed that the evil "influence" of the stars caused influenza, or the flu.

3. In sixteenth-century England, people thought the color red helped sick people get well.

4. Doctors have reported that some dogs are able to smell skin cancer.

5. Researchers believe that doctors prescribe antibiotics15 too frequently.

6. Researchers estimate that one in two Americans will get cancer.

7. Many people think cancer is the most frightening disease.

8. Many people expect that researchers will find a cure for AIDS.

Think about It Why might a writer choose to use the passive rather than the active form in the
sentences above?

’’cure: something that makes an illness go away 15antibiotics: medicines that fight illness in a person's body

126
 4.6 Passive Form or Be + Adjective?
PASSIVE FORM
1 The door is locked every evening at 9:00.
(= Someone locks the door every evening.)
2 The atoms were excited by the X-rays.
(=The X-rays excited the atoms.)
A BE + ADJECTIVE
3 I was exhausted after the hike.
4 I can't sleep. I'm too excited.
5 The front door is always locked in the
evening.
(= appears locked or is locked by someone)
A passive verb form is made with be + past participle, as in 1 - 2.
In these sentences, the past participles locked and excited describe
actions.
A past participle can also function as an adjective, as in 3 - 4.
In these sentences, the past participles exhausted and excited
follow be and describe a state—how something is. In these
sentences, you can often use very before the past participle.
Sometimes it is difficult to tell whether a past participle is an
adjective (describes a state) or a true passive form (describes
an action), as in 5.

PASSIVE WITH BV + AGENT Remember: In a passive sentence, we sometimes use the

agent preposition by to introduce the agent, as in 6 - 7.
6 She was frightened by the loud noise.
However, when a past participle functions as an adjective, we
agent
use other prepositions, as in 8 - 10. Common be + participle +
7 Everyone was confused by the instructions.
preposition combinations include:
BE + ADJECTIVE + PREPOSITION
be annoyed with be dressed in be known for
B 8 He's interested in science. be excited about be made of
be bored with
9 The table was covered with a dark cloth. be composed of be filled with be opposed to
10 The committee is composed of instructors be concerned about be finished with be pleased with
from each faculty. be covered with be interested in be satisfied with
be dedicated to be involved in be worried about
be disappointed with/in

MflONLINE

241 Passive Verb Form or Be + Adjective? Decide if the underlined words in these sentences are
passive verb forms or be + adjective. Check (/) your answers. ESEI

______
ft i'
Rudolph Nureyev
-«to

PASSIVE BE + ADJECTIVE

1. Rudolf Nureyev, the famous dancer, 0 □

was born in a train in 1938.
2. From an early age, Nureyev was □ □
interested in music and ballet.
3. When he was 17, he was accepted □ □
at a famous ballet school in
Leningrad.
4. His instructor, Alexander Pushkin, □ □
was renowned in the world of ballet.

THE PASSIVE 127

 RESEARCH
PASSIVE BE + ADJECTIVE SAYS...
5. Pushkin's students were not □ □ Some verbs are
scolded16 when they made mistakes. almost always used
6. In 1958, at the age of 20, Nureyev □ □ in the passive form.
Examples include:
was asked to join the Kirov Ballet.
be approved
7. For the most part, his colleagues at □ □ be associated with
the Kirov Ballet were unimpressed be based on

with his dancing. be born

8. Nureyev's early style was unrefined. □ □ be classified as

be composed of
9. In early films of Nureyev, his □ □ COR.

r
shoulders are hunched17 and his

landings18 are heavy.

10. N u reyev was dedicated to ba 11 et a n d □ □

he worked hard to become one of

the best dancers in the world.

Think about It Which of the underlined verb forms in Activity 24 were easy to classify as a passive form
or be + adjective? Why? Which were difficult?

25 | Listening for Past Participles Read these conversations and guess the missing past participle.
(Many different answers are possible.) Listen and check your guesses. Then practice with a partner. b SS

1. A: What's the matter? You look bored

B: I am. There's nothing to do.

2. A: What happened to this chair? It's all wet.
B: Yeah, it was outside in the rain last night.
3. A: Look. You've made your sister cry. You should be
B: Sorry, Mom.
4. A: I hear your brother didn't get that job.
B: Yeah. They gave it to someone with more experience.
A: He must have been very.
B: Yeah, he was.
5. A: Why are you so about money?
B: Because I don't have any.
A: That's a good answer.
6. A: Do you want to go with us to the lecture?
B: Thanks, but no thanks. I'm really not
7. A: It's getting late. Are you .?
B: I'm just putting on my shoes.
A: OK. I'll wait for you downstairs.
16 scold: to tell a person in an angry way that he or she has done ''hunched: bentover
something wrong 18 landings: acts of coming down onto the ground

128
 8. A: How did your speech go?
B: It was all right. At least the audience seemed.
9. A: Did you hear? Carlos and Sarah are getting married.
B: I'm not. They've been talking about it for months.
10. A: Are you going to the conference next spring?
B: I hadn't thought about it. Where is it being .?
A: In London.
11. A: I heard there was an accident last night.
B: Yeah, a car went through a red light and hit another car.
A: Was anyone?
B: Luckily, no.

Think about It In which conversations in Activity 25 does a speaker use a passive form?

261 Choosing the Correct Preposition Complete each sentence with the correct preposition.
Then check (/) True or False for you. gm

ALL ABOUT ME TRUE FALSE

1. I am very interested in ___ politics.

2. I am concerned the state of the world.
3. I am engaged a wonderful person.
4. I have never been involved a car accident.
5. I am known my generosity.
6. I am opposed gun control.
7. I am pleased . my progress at school this year.
8. I am worried . the environment.
9. I am dressed casual clothes today.
10. I am satisfied . the amount of money I have.
11. I have never been annoyed anyone.
12. My parents were never disappointed my schoolwork.
13. My bedroom is filled books.
14. My shoes are made leather.
15. I am bored the news about climate change.
16. I am excited my plans for this coming weekend.

Write about It Write three statements about yourself using be + participle + preposition. Make two of
your statements true and one false. Read your statements to the class, and ask your classmates to identify
the false statement.
Today, I'm dressed in my best clothes.
I'm interested in chess.
I'm satisfied with my life so far.

THE PASSIVE 129

 4.7 Using the Passive in Speaking
1 A: Who got offered the job? In conversation, we sometimes use get + past participle instead of be
B: I haven't heard. + past participle for the passive, as in 1 - 2. We usually use get + a past
participle to express a change of situation or condition. For example:
2 A: What happened to Jeremy?
B: He got caught skipping class. get asked get fired get left
3 A: How did you get hurt? get blamed get hit get offered
B: I got hit by a golf ball. get caught get hurt get paid
A get done get invited get promoted
4 A: Are you going to Yan's dinner? get elected get killed
B: No, I didn't get invited.
The passive with get is often (but not always) used when there is
5 Did she get fired? (= was she fired?)
a negative result, as in 3 - 4.
6 They didn't get paid for their work.
(= They weren’t paid for their work.) Notice that we use the helping verb do in questions and negative
statements with get, as in 5 - 6.

^^ONLINE

(3 27 | Listening for Get Passives Read these conversations and guess the missing past participle.
(Many different answers are possible.) Listen and check your guesses. EEO

1. A: Did you hear about the accident?

WARNING!
B: Yeah, it was on the news. We use get in a number of
A: Did anyone get hurt .? expressions that don’t have
a passive meaning. In these
B: I don't think so. contexts, get means become.
2. A: Why don't you stay home today? The word used with get is
an adjective.
B: Are you kidding? I could get
get dressed get lost
3. A: Why are you driving so slowly?
get engaged get married
B: Because I've already gotten get involved get tired
by the police once today.
4. A: Why are you celebrating?
B: Because Toshi just got
A: Really? That's great!
5. A: What's that smell?
B: I think it's the trash. It didn't get. out yesterday.
6. A: What are you looking for?
B: My dark-blue shirt.
A: Look in the closet. It just got
7. A: Do you know if the lights got off?
B: Yeah, I'm pretty sure they did.
8. A: How did you break the window?
B: I didn't do it. Why do I get for everything?
9. A: I wonder why we haven't received those books yet. It's been three weeks.
B: Maybe they got to the wrong address.

130
 10. A: Can I borrow some money?
B: Again? I thought you just got.
A: I did but I had some bills to pay.
11. A: Are you going to vote tomorrow?
B: Yes, but I'm not sure why. No one I vote for gets
12. A: Don't forget to wash the car today.
B: I'm not sure I can do it today. Is tomorrow OK?
A: As long as it gets this week, I'm happy.

Talk about It Practice the conversations in Activity 27 with a partner.

281 Using Get Passives Rewrite these questions with the get passive. KCTÎ1

1. Were you ever punished as a child?

WARNING!
Did you ever get punished as a child?
We don’t normally use get
2. Were you ever yelled at by an adult? in the passive with non-
action verbs (hate, know,
like, own, see, want, etc.).
3. Were you ever caught cheating on a test? You were seen at the beach.
(NOT: You got seen at the
beach.)
4. Were you ever treated unfairly by someone?

5. Were you ever hit by someone?

6. Were you ever elected to something?

7. Were you ever sent home from school?

8. Were you ever blamed for something you didn't do?

Talk about It Ask a partner the questions you wrote above. If your partner answers yes,
ask a follow-up question.
A: Did you ever get punished as a child?
B: Sometimes.
A: When?
B: ...

THE PASSIVE 131

 4.8 Using the Passive in Academic Writing
MAKING WRITING COHESIVE
1 Dr. Bell is one of our most prominent scientists.
His research focuses on the role of the environment
in the development of cancer. Because of the
importance of his work, Dr. Bell was honored with
a research award last night.
A the third sentence.
2 The researchers selected 209 compositions for
the study. All of the compositions were written in
50-minute class sessions.
In a cohesive paragraph, each sentence connects
smoothly to the sentences before and after it. The passive
is one of several techniques that writers can use to make
a connection between sentences, as in 1 - 2.
• In 1, the writer connects the sentences by keeping
the focus on the same topic: Dr. Bell / His research /
Dr. Bell. To do this, the writer uses a passive form in
• In 2, the writer connects the sentences by using
the new information in the first sentence
(209 compositions) as the subject of the next sentence
(All of the compositions). To do this, the writer uses a
passive form in the second sentence.

For more information on cohesion, see Units 5, 6, and 7.

USING THE PASSIVE IN ACADEMIC WRITING
3 For this study, 107 young adults were divided into
three groups. For three weeks, they all they drank
B the same type of coffee. Then the participants were
randomly assigned to different groups. Each of
these groups was given a different type of coffee.
The passive is often used in academic writing, especially
in the sciences where the focus is more on what
happened than on who did something, as in 3.
Using the passive gives the impression that the person
doing the research is unimportant. It suggests that the
results of the research will be the same for anyone.

USING PARALLEL STRUCTURE In a sentence with a series of verbs, it’s important to

4 For each composition, the errors were counted, be consistent or parallel, as in 4. Use all passive or all
active verbs.
C classified, and later analyzed, (n o t For each
composition, the errors were counted, classified, and
later they-analyzed them.)

^ONLINE

291 Using the Passive to Connect Sentences Check (/) the sentence in each pair that best follows the
first sentence. lE'SEEl
1. Several people complained about the new schedule.
|7] a. The first complaint was made by a member of the school committee.
□ b. A member of the school committee made the first complaint.
2. This year's graduation celebration cost $6,549.
□ a. The parents of the graduates raised this money.
□ b. This money was raised entirely by the parents of the graduates.
3. Frederick Tyler designed the new furniture for the town library.
□ a. One of his students made it.
□ b. It was made by one of his students.
4. Football has a long history in Europe.
□ a. In fourteenth-century England, authorities banned the sport for being too violent.
□ b. In fourteenth-century England, it was banned for being too violent.
5. A typical grocery store in 1928 stocked about 870 items.
□ a. Today's supermarkets carry up to 30,000 items.
0 b. Today, up to 30,000 items are carried.

132
 6. For many years, bicycle racers wore leather helmets. Then, in the mid-1980s, they started wearing
helmets made of strong, dense materials.
□ a. Engineers designed them to protect the racers' heads if they fell.
□ b. They were designed to protect the racers' heads if they fell.
7. Pollution causes poor air quality.
□ a. It can be bad for your health.
Q b. Your health can be affected by it.
8. Antibiotics are important tools in the fight against illness, but some bacteria change.
□ a. Therefore, we need new medicines to kill them.
□ b. Therefore, new medicines are needed to kill them.
9. There are two types of fats: saturated and unsaturated. Saturated fats, such as butter and coconut
oil, are solid at room temperature. Unsaturated fats, such as olive oil and corn oil, are liquid at
room temperature.
0 a. Doctors consider unsaturated fats better for you.
□ b. Unsaturated fats are considered better for you.
10. The first U.S. flag had 13 white stars.
□ a. A new star has been added for every new state.
□ b. The government has added a new star for every new state.
11. The president is the head of the executive branch of the government.
□ a. He or she is elected by the entire country.
□ b. The entire country elects the president.
12. There are nine justices, or judges, on the U.S. Supreme Court.
□ a. The president nominates them and the Senate approves them.
□ b. They are nominated by the president and approved by the Senate.
13. In this study, French researchers looked at more than 7,000 men and women.
0 a. They recorded information on their education, income, and tobacco use, among other factors.
~] b. Information on their education, income, and tobacco use, among other factors, was recorded.
14. Michelle Kwan became famous when she was quite young.
□ a. She was asked to represent the U.S. as a skater when she was just 13 years old.
□ b. The U.S. Olympic team asked her to represent the U.S. as a skater when she was just 13 years old.
15. In this study, researchers tested students both outdoors in natural settings and inside buildings.
□ a. The students were found to have more energy after spending time in nature.
□ b. Spending time in nature increased the students' energy level.
16. Although he worked as an engineer in the U.S. for 20 years, Gilberto Cetina never forgot the food of his
native country.
□ a. Eleven years ago, a restaurant was opened by Gilberto and his son.
□ b. Eleven years ago, he and his son opened a restaurant.

Write about It What do you think the third sentence in each item above might be?
Several people complained about the new schedule. The first complaint was made by a member of the
school committee. This person felt that the new schedule didn't give students enough time for lunch.

THE PASSIVE 133

 301 Identifying Reasons for Using the Passive An obituary is a news report on someone's death.
Underline the passive verb forms in this obituary. Then tell why the writer used the passive in each case.
Choose one or more reasons from the list on the right. OT1

Marmaduke Hussey, Former Chairman of the BBC, REASONS

Dies Aged 83 1. because the agent is

unknown
2. because the agent is
By Mark Herlihy and Chris Peterson
unimportant
Dec. 27 (Bloomberg)—Marmaduke Hussey, the former chairman of the 3. because the agent refers
BBC and managing director of Times Newspapers, has died at the age to people in general
of 83. 4. because the agent is
Hussey, who lost a leg in in World War II, was educated at Trinity obvious from the context
College, Oxford. He was trained as a journalist and worked as chief 5. to keep the focus on the
executive and managing director of Times Newspapers, owner of the same topic
Times of London, from 1971 to 1980. 6. to use new information
"He will be remembered for his great vision, his integrity and his in the previous sentence
forthrightness, but also for his great personal kindness," BBC Director as the subject of the
General Mark Thompson said in an e-mailed statement today. His following sentence
contribution to public life was immense, Thompson said.
Hussey was appointed chairman of the BBC in 1986 thanks in part
to his connections to the then ruling Conservative Party under the
leadership of Margaret Thatcher. During his time as BBC chairman, he
sacked Alasdair Milne as director general in 1987 after a series of rows
with the government over the BBC's independence.
Hussey was made a life peer in 1996, following his retirement from
the BBC. He was married to Lady Susan Waldegrave, a lady in waiting to
Queen Elizabeth II and godmother to Prince William, who is next in line
to the throne after Prince Charles.

Think about It Compare your answers above with your classmates. Was it difficult to choose between
reasons for any of the passive uses? Why?

311 Analyzing Passive Forms in Academic Writing Read this text from a psychology textbook.
Underline any passive forms. Then answer the questions on page 135. 4.8 A-B

1
A St u d y of St e r e o t y pe s
It has recently been shown that stereotypes can have negative, long-lasting effects on the people who
experience them. A new study has found that people who experience negative stereotypes and insults
in one situation may continue to experience the effects of those insults in a later, unrelated situation.
"Past studies have shown that people perform poorly in situations where they feel they are being
stereotyped," said lead researcher Michael Inzlicht of the University of Toronto in Canada. "What
we wanted to do was look at what happens afterwards." Inzlicht's study asked if there are any
lasting effects of prejudice and if being stereotyped has an impact after the moment when the
stereotyping occurs.
The researchers divided female participants into two groups. The women were asked to take
a test that would determine their math abilities. One group of women was exposed to negative
stereotypes about women and their math abilities. After the test began, the researchers made

134
 negative statements about women in order to make them feel more stress. In contrast, another
group of women was given the same test, but they were offered strategies to deal with the stress of
taking the exam. The researchers were very supportive with this group. After the math test ended,
both groups of women were given ice cream samples and were asked to describe the flavors. Next,
they were asked to play a video game that allowed them to shoot other players with a loud noise
for as long as they wanted.
The women who were discriminated against performed more poorly on the math test. They also
ate more ice cream than the women in the supported group, and they showed more hostility and
aggression when they played the video game than the other group. These effects were particularly
noticeable for the women who experienced negative stereotypes during the math test.
In the end, the study results show that stereotypes have negative effects, even for individuals
who leave the environments where they experienced the stereotyping. These effects can be long-
lasting. When people are affected by negative stereotyping, they are more likely to be aggressive
and show a lack of self-control. After they've faced prejudice, they have trouble making good
decisions, and they are more likely to make unhealthy food choices and overeat. Researchers hope
the study will make people more aware of these effects of stereotyping. They hope this will help
people to better manage their emotions and thoughts when they are faced with stereotypes so that
they can show more self-control in later situations.

QUESTIONS

1. How many passive verb forms did you find in this text? Compare answers with your classmates.
2. How many of these passive forms appear with by + agent?
3. Did the writer use a passive form to help connect two sentences? Give an example.
4. Did the writer use any intransitive verbs? Which ones?

Write about It Write a one-paragraph summary of the article in Activity 31.

32 | Using a Series of Verbs Complete these sentences with the appropriate form of the verb
in parentheses. EJECT

1. The letter was written and sent before the due date, (send)
2. Stone can be carved, chipped, and. (smooth)
3. Penicillin was created and to fight infection, (use)
4. Ice reduces the swelling around an insect bite and the itching, (ease)
5. Their children were raised and in London, (educate)
6. The house was designed and in the 1860s. (build)
7. Scientists have already established that good-looking people are paid better
and as smarter and more likeable, (view)
8. The book was written in 1968 and in 1982. (revise)

THE PASSIVE 135

 WRAP-UP Demonstrate Your Knowledge
AI ANALYZE Look for an interesting news story—a story that focuses on what happened and to whom.
Bring the story to class and identify the passive verb forms.

National Zoo Names Panda Cub

WASHINGTON—The giant female panda cub at the Smithsonian National Zoo has been given a name—■
Bao Bao. The name was selected after it received more than 123,000 votes online from the public.
Panda mother Mei Xiang (may-SHONG) has been caring for her cub since Bao Bao was born on
August 23. Bao Bao will be shown for short periods of time beginning early next year.
The public was asked to vote for one of five names for the new cub. The others were Ling Hua
(ling-HWA), Long Yun (long-YOON), Mulan (moo-LAHN), and Zhen Bao (jen-BAO). The names were
submitted by the Chinese ambassador.

BI WEB SEARCH Complete this question and then look online for the answer. Tell your classmates
what you learned.

When and where was the first used?

CI RESEARCH AND REPORT Choose three countries and look for the information to complete this chart.
Present your findings to the class.

Country Country Country Country

Cambodia

What language is spoken? Khmer

What percentage of the land 30.9%

is used for agriculture?
What is grown or produced rice, rubber,
there? clothing

What natural resources are oil, gas, timber,

found there? fish

DI COMPARE Study the "before" and "after" pictures below. How many changes can you find?
Describe them.

The birdhouses were taken out of the room.

.'■■I;' t

æ. '

136
4.9 Summary of the Passive
USES

We sometimes use the passive:

• to focus a sentence on what happened and to what or whom
• because we can’t or choose not to identify the performer of the action, or agent
• to avoid blaming someone for something
• to avoid taking responsibility for something
• to connect sentences in a paragraph

SIMPLE PRESENT PASSIVE: SIMPLE PAST PASSIVE:

BE (AM, IS, ARE} + PAST PARTICIPLE BE (WAS, WERE} + PAST PARTICIPLE

I am I/He/She/It was
paid last week.
He/She / It is paid twice a month. We/You/They were
We/You/They are

PRESENT PROGRESSIVE PASSIVE: PAST PROGRESSIVE PASSIVE:

BE (AM, IS, ARE} + BEING + PAST PARTICIPLE BE (WAS, WERE} + BEING + PAST PARTICIPLE

I am I/He/She/It was
being helped.
He/She/It is being helped. We/You / They were
We/You / They are

PRESENT PERFECT PASSIVE: PAST PERFECT PASSIVE:

HAVE I HAS + BEEN + PAST PARTICIPLE HAD + BEEN + PAST PARTICIPLE

I/We/You/They have I/He/She/It

been helped. had been helped.
He/She/It has We/You / They

MODALS: PHRASAL MODALS:

MODAL + BE + PAST PARTICIPLE PHRASAL MODAL + BE + PAST PARTICIPLE

will is going to
should is supposed to
can The package has to be sent by air.
must is able to
The package be delivered soon.
may is allowed to
might
could
would

THE PASSIVE 137

 Adverbs and Adverbials

'I

7 . The only place success

comes before work is in
the dictionary.
—VINCE LOMBARDI,

FOOTBALL PLAYER, COACH,

AND BUSINESSMAN

(1913-1970)

Talk about It What does the quotation above mean? Do you agree or disagree?

138
 WARM-UP 139
5.1 Overview of Adverbs and Adverbials 140 5.7 Linking Adverbials That Signal Additional
5.2 Using Adverbials to Explain When, Where, How, Information 161
and Why 143 5.8 Linking Adverbials That Signal a List or Summary 163
Usage Note: Because of vs. Because 148 5.9 Using Adverbials in Speaking and Academic
5.3 Degree and Focusing Adverbials 149 Writing 166
Usage Note: Collocations with Degree Adverbials 150
Usage Note: Adverbials with Multiple Meanings 152 WRAP-UP Demonstrate Your Knowledge 170
5.4 Stance Adverbials 153 5.10 Summary of Adverbials 171
5.5 Sentence Patterns with Linking Adverbials 156
5.6 Linking Adverbials That Signal a Result or Contrast 158

WARM-UP
Al Match each description with a topic on the right. (You will not use all of the topics.)

What are they describing? a. a motorcycle

b. a city
1. It's a medium-sized place near my apartment. For very little money, c. a classroom problem

you can get a sandwich and a bowl of soup. d. a plane ride

e. a difficult trip
2. There was nothing I could do to calm my fear. I squeezed the armrest
f. a restaurant
of my seat until my knuckles were white. I drank some bottled water
to settle my stomach. I tried to read a book and listen to music. No luck.
Finally, I started talking to an elderly woman across from me.
3. He had problems with his GPS, and then he had to stop to change a
flat tire. He traveled very slowly—only 10 miles in five hours—
and along the way his camera got destroyed.
4. It has fairly new tires and only 2,400 miles on the odometer1.

BI The words in green in the descriptions above are adverbials. Based on these examples, what can you
say about adverbials? Check (/) True or False.

TRUE FALSE

1. Adverbials are always single words.

2. A prepositional phrase can be an adverbial.
3. Some adverbials begin with a to- infinitive.
4. Adverbials add different kinds of information to a sentence.
5. Adverbials are common in writing.

CI Look back at the quotation on page 138. Identify any adverbials.

1 odometer: an instrument that shows the distance that a car has traveled

ADVERBS AND ADVERBIALS 139

 5.1 Overview of Adverbs and Adverbials
We use some adverbs to add information to verbs, adjectives, and other adverbs, as in 1 - 3.
verb adverb adverb adjective adverb adverb
1 Go ahead. 2 You look really familiar. 3 She isn't here right now.

We use other adverbs to show our feelings or attitude about the information in a clause or whole sentence,
as in 4 - 5.
adverb sentence sentence adverb
4 Unfortunately, I couldn't call you. 5 I'm OK, honestly.
A
And we use other adverbs to connect clauses or sentences, as in 6. (We call these linking adverbs.)
sentence adverb sentence
6 Food is not allowed on the trains. However, mobile phones can be used.

WARNING! Sometimes the same adverb can be used in different ways.

7 He told me a really funny story, (reaîïy = very, it strengthens the meaning of the adjective funny)
8 I don't want to go, really, (really = honestly; it shows our feelings or attitude about the whole sentence)

DIFFERENT KINDS OF ADVERBIALS Any word, phrase, or clause that can function like an
9 I'll come later. adverb is called an adverbial. Forms of adverbials include:
10 The car is running much better. • one-word adverbs, as in 9 (and 1-8 above)
11 She can't be here on Tuesday. • adverb phrases, as in 10
12 Can you come this weekend? • prepositional phrases that function as adverbs, as in 11
B 13 They're coming to see you. • noun phrases that function as adverbs, as in 12
14 Since everyone is here, let's get started. • to- infinitive phrases that function as adverbs, as in 13
• adverb clauses, as in 14

For information on to- infinitives, see Unit 11.

For information on adverb clauses, see Unit 6.

15 I think he writes well, (adverbial)
16 She doesn't feel well, (adjectival)
C 17 He appeared on TV. (adverbial)
18 The man on TV was funny, (adjectival)
Sometimes a word or phrase can be adverbial in one
context but adjectival (function like an adjective) in
another, as in 15 -18.
For more information on the kinds of words and phrases we use to add
information to nouns, see Unit 9.

^hjNLINE

1 | Noticing How Adverbs Add Information Draw an arrow from the bold adverbs to the words they
describe or connect. Some adverbs may describe a whole sentence or connect two sentences. EU

Hurricanes

i. Hurricanes are storms with extremely strong winds.

2. In the Indian Ocean, these storms generally are called cyclones.
3. A storm officially becomes a hurricane when winds reach above
75 miles an hour.
4. Hurricanes usually start in the North Atlantic and move westward.

140
 5. They move at about 10 miles an hour in the beginning and gradually gain speed.
6. A fully mature hurricane is almost circular.
7. In the center, or eye, the sky often looks blue.
8. Remarkably, the air is very calm in the eye of the hurricane.
9. The Atlantic hurricane season starts on June 1 and ends on November 30.
However, most hurricanes form between August 15 and October 15.

Think about It What is the purpose of each bold adverb in Activity 1? Write each adverb under the
correct group in this chart.

Describes the writer's attitude about

Describes a verb Describes an adjective Connects two sentences
the information in the sentence

extremely

2 | Categorizing Adverbials Read the text below. Match each bold adverbial with a form from the box.
Write the number of the form over the adverbial. BIT

1. one-word adverb 3. prepositional phrase 5. to-infinitive phrase

2. adverb phrase 4. noun phrase 6. adverb clause

My Scariest Experience
The scariest experience I can remember was an airplane flight I took
3
many years ago. I was at my university and decided to spend the
holidays with my father. I was studying in Los Angeles, and he lived

in a small city near Phoenix, Arizona. My trip was divided into two

flights. First, I flew from Los Angeles to Phoenix. Then I had to change
planes to fly to the smaller city. The first flight was on a large jet and

was very smooth. By the time I landed in Phoenix, however, it was

snowing. I walked to my connecting flight, and imagine my surprise
---------- —;—li it i 'iimViiii ''

to discover that the plane was small—it probably sat ten people.
We took off in the middle of a snowstorm. From the first moment, the plane shook back and forth,

up and down. There was nothing I could do to calm my fear. I squeezed the armrest of my seat until my
knuckles were white. I drank some bottled water to settle my stomach. I tried to read a book and listen

ADVERBS AND ADVERBIALS 141

 1. one-word adverb 3. prepositional phrase 5. to-infinitive phrase
2. adverb phrase 4. noun phrase 6. adverb clause

to music. No luck. Finally, I started talking to an elderly woman across from me. She didn't seem bothered
by the turbulence at all. She revealed that, many years ago, she had also attended my university. In fact,
she had been its first female graduate! I was so absorbed with her story that I calmed down. Thankfully,
the flight was short! When we landed, I was relieved to be on the ground and I thanked my new friend.

Think about It Which of the bold adverbials in Activity 2 show the writer's feelings about the
information in the sentence? Which connect two sentences?

3 I Adverbial or Adjectival? Decide if the bold words and phrases in these sentences are used in
an adverbial or adjectival way. Check (/) your answers. PTU

ADVERBIAL ADJECTIVAL

1. a. The temperature in there was unbearable. □ □

b. Don't go in there until it cools off. □ □
2. a. Don't you feel well? □ □
b. I don't think I did well on the test. □ □
3. a Lots of people use their cell phones at the grocery store. □ □
b. People at the grocery store are always talking on their cell phones. □ □
4. a. I hope this test isn't going to be hard. □ □
b. I was breathing hard after running for so long. □ □
5. a. On Sundays we usually eat early. □ □
b. We usually have an early dinner on Sundays. □ □
6. a. There isn't anything on the table. □ □
b. The things on the table are yours. □ □
7. a. Travelers without a guide can't visit this area. □ □
b. You can't travel there without a guide. □ □
8. a. There are many opportunities for work and education □ □
in a large city.
b. Apartments in a large city are usually quite expensive. □ □
9. a. On the radio, you can hear many different kinds of programs. □ □
b. I can't hear the music on the radio. □ □
Write about It Write questions using each of these words or phrases in both an adverbial and
an adjectival way. Then ask a partner your questions.

hard on your desk well

142
 5.2 Using Adverbials to Explain When, Where, How, and Why
TIME ADVERBIALS
1 Now it's my turn, (when)
2 Reports in the natural sciences often begin with the results,
A (how often)
3 She arrived this morning, (when)
4 They're going to stay for a while, (how long)
We use some adverbials as time expressions.
Time adverbials answer the question when, how
often, or how long, as in 1 - 4. The adverbial may be:
• an adverb or adverb phrase, as in 1 - 2
• a noun phrase, as in 3
• a prepositional phrase, as in 4

PLACE ADVERBIALS Some adverbials indicate location or distance.

5 Everyone's here, (where)
6 Could I see you in my office? (where)
B 7 He's gone to England, (where)
8 They live ten miles away, (how far)
These place adverbials answer the question where
or how far, as in 5 - 8. The adverbial may be:
• an adverb or adverb phrase, as in 5
• a prepositional phrase, as in 6 - 7
• a noun phrase, as in 8

MANNER ADVERBIALS Some adverbials answer the question how,

9 You need to do something quickly, (how)
10 Please handle this with care, (how)
C 11 She talks like a businessperson, (in what way / manner)
12 Did you come by car? (by what means)
in what way I manner, or by what means, as in 9 -12.
We call them manner adverbials. The adverbial
maybe:
• an adverb or adverb phrase, as in 9
• a prepositional phrase, as in 10 - 12

REASON/PURPOSE ADVERBIALS We can also use adverbials to answer the

13 Classes were canceled because of the weather, (why) question why or for what purpose I reason,
as in 13 - 18.
14 As a result of changing trends, automobile sales have
decreased, (why) • In 13 -16, the adverbials are multi-word
prepositional phrases.
D 15 There were 50,000 deaths last year due to car crashes, (why)
• In 17 -18, the adverbials are to- infinitive
16 On account of the snow, he hadn't even gone outside, (why)
phrases.
17 We called to invite them to dinner, (for what purpose / reason)
For information on to- infinitives, see Unit 11.
18 I'm waiting to finally have some free time, (why)

ONLINE

4 | Explaining When, How often, where, and How Far Decide if each underlined adverbial
answers the question when, how often, where, or how far. Write your answers in the boxes. 5.2 A-B

s From: Professor Collins

_ nil I
... j To: All students

Subject: Biology field trip ...... . ....... n

1. when

Hi class,
2.
This is a reminder about the biology field trip next week. We'll be collecting
1
samples on Thursday, so be sure to write the date on vour calendar. We only 3.
2 3
do this once a semester, so you don't want to miss this trip. We'll be meeting
4 4.

ADVERBS AND ADVERBIALS 143

 at the entrance to Poplar Pond at 7:30. (See picture below.) Be sure to arrive 5.
5 6
early. Every year a few students show up late and hold up everyone else.
7 8 9 6.
Don't forget to wear comfortable shoes as we will be walking several miles.
io
If you have any questions or problems, send me an email before Friday. 7.
11
I'll be checking my email frequently and will answer you as soon as possible.
12 13 8.
You can also come to see me during mv office hours.
14
EBC 9.

10.
-

11.

12.

13.

14.
MB L’j WT

Think about It Is each underlined adverbial in Activity 4 an adverb, an adverb phrase, a noun phrase,
or a prepositional phrase?

Write about It Write a formal email message like the one in Activity 4 in which you remind a class of
students about an upcoming event. Remember to explain when and where the event takes place.

51 Explaining When, How Often, and How Long Match the questions with the answers. EFEl

WHAT DO YOU KNOW?

Questions Answers (time adverbials)

1. How many times a day does the human eye blink2? b a. Four to five days.
2. How long do the Olympic Games last? b. On average, 17,000 times.
3. How often does a presidential election take place in the c. In 1896.
United States? _ d. 365 days.
4. How long does it take to drive across the U.S.? e. At least 11 years.
5. How long does it take to become a medical doctor? f. Never.
6. When did the first modern Olympic Games take place? g. Every 4 years.
7. How often do strong earthquakes happen worldwide? h. Generally for 12 to 17 days.
8. How often do small earthquakes occur? i. About once a month.
9. How long does it take the earth to go around the sun? j. Several hundred times a day.
10. How often does the earth stop moving?

2 blink: to close and open your eyes very quickly

144
 Think about It Identify the form of each adverbial in the answers in Activity 5. Write A (adverb),
NP (noun phrase), or PP (prepositional phrase) next to it.

Write about It Try to use a different adverbial to answer each question in Activity 5. Are there
any questions that are difficult to answer differently?

1. How many times a day does the human eye blink?

About 17,000 times a day.

Write about It Write five questions that begin with when, how often, or how long. Ask a partner
your questions.

A: How often do you eat out? A: How long does it take to get from your home to school?
B: Once a week. B: About 20 minutes.

6 | Explaining How Complete each sentence with an adverbial from the box. Then compare answers with
your classmates. Which facts were the most surprising? EJECT

FACT FILE ADVERB IALS

1. The only planet that rolls on its side like a ball

at 60 miles (96.5 km) per hour
is Uranus. by the right side of your brain
2. It can take the body over 50 hours to digest3 food completely
like a ball
well
3. A rabbit can see on both sides of itself without moving its head

4. The left side of your body is controlled

5. Eating can improve your ability to

remember things.
6. The average cough comes out of the mouth

7. It's almost impossible to sneeze.

at about 1000° C
8. When you don't get enough sleep, your brain can't function at full capacity
extensively
more easily
9. A moderately severe4 sunburn damages the blood vessels5
with an m sound
with your eyes open
10. A candle flame typically burns
11. In nearly every language, the word for mother begins

12. Women can identify smells than men.

Write about It Try to think of a different adverbial to complete each sentence above.

1. The only planet that rolls on its side like a wheel is Uranus.

3 digest: to change food in your stomach so your body can use it 5 blood vessels: tubes in the body that blood moves through
4 severe: very bad or strong

ADVERBS AND ADVERBIALS 145

 7 I Explaining When, Where, and How Decide if each bold adverbial answers the question when,
where, or how. Write your answers in the boxes. 5.2 A-C

Letter of Complaint
August 25, 2014

Sound Systems Electronics

Consumer Complaint Division
500 Derby Drive
Cullman, AL 35056

Dear Sir or Madam:

I would like to call your attention to a problem I am having. Last month,

I ordered a radio from your company. I paid for the radio by credit card 1. when
2
when I ordered it. It was my understanding that I would receive the
2.
radio within five days. It is now four weeks later and I still don't have it.
3 4
However, my records show that you charged my credit card account 3.

on August 1. Enclosed is a copy of my credit card statement as proof.

4.
If the radio has not been sent, please deliver it by September 10. If
5.
there is a problem, please contact me by email at dsmith@arkmail.net.

Thank you for your attention to this matter. 6.

Sincerely,
7.
Vavid SiAÙtk
8.

Write about It Write your own letter of complaint using the example above as a model.

81 Explaining Why Choose an adverbial from the box to complete each sentence below. E0E1

as a result of global warming due to the demands of the workplace because of quickly changing job markets
as a result of the growth of cities due to the lack of snow because ofthe distractions they cause
as a result ofthe weak economy because of a possible problem with the brakes on account of age
due in part to the animal's diet because of advances in medicine on account of darkness

1. The earth's polar regions6 have begun to change drastically

as a result of global warming
2. Many schools have banned cell phones from classrooms

3. The government began an investigation of the car after two people died
in accidents

6 polar regions: areas around the top and bottom of the earth

146
 4. Human life expectancy7 has increased steadily, mainly

5. Taking a nap after the midday meal used to be a common practice in

many countries. Unfortunately, this practice is now less common

6. Giraffes vary in color from light brown to almost black.

The difference is
ad
7. ,'j u t
housing has become more expensive.
8. In the future, many ski resorts may be unable to operate Ï 1u "
9. In the U.S., it's against the law to discriminate8 against someone

10. The tennis match was stopped at 7 p.m.

11.
businesses are hiring fewer people.
12.
education is an ongoing, lifelong process.

Think about It What other adverbials can you find in the sentences in Activity 8? Circle them.

Write about It Write three sentences using as a result of, due to, because of, or on account of.
Then read your sentences to your classmates.

9 I Identifying To- Infinitives of Purpose Match the first part of each sentence with a to- infinitive
on the right. (More than one answer may be possible.) ÜU

HELPFUL HINTS FOR GIVING A SPEECH

1. Practice your speech several times d a. to communicate difficult information.

2. Just before your speech, do some breathing b. to help communicate your message.
exercises c. to keep the sounds interesting.
3. Use pictures and diagrams d. to hear how it will sound to the audience.
4. Keep your eyes on your audience e. to watch for signs of confusion or boredom.
5. Use facial expressions and gestures9 f. to help yourself relax.
6. Use your voice like a musical instrument g. to emphasize your main points.
7. Increase and decrease the volume of your voice h. to get the audience's attention.
8. Ask questions i. to add fun to your speech.
9. Start your speech with something interesting j. to involve your audience.
10. Include some personal stories

7 life expectancy: how long one is believed to be able to live ’gestures: movements of your head or hands to show how you
’discriminate: to treat one person or group in a worse way than others feel or what you want

ADVERBS AND ADVERBIALS 147

 Think about It Think of different to- infinitives to complete the sentences in Activity 9.
Practice your speech several times to find out how much time it will take.

Write about It Choose a different topic and write a list of helpful hints. Try to use to- infinitives
in your list.

101 Usage Note: Because of vs. Because Read the note. Then do Activity 11.

COMPARE
We use the multi-word prepositions as a result of, because of, due to, and on account of + a noun phrase.
noun phrase
la We didn't go because of the heat.

noun phrase
2a She plays well due to years of practice.

However, we use because when we introduce an adverb clause.

adverb clause
lb We didn't go because it was very hot. (n o t : because of it was hot)

adverb clause
2b She plays well because she has practiced for years. (NOT: due to-she-has -practiced for years)

111 Using Adverbials to Explain Why Rewrite each sentence using as a result of, because of, due to,
or on account of. (Many different answers are possible.) 5.2 D

1. Classes were canceled because the weather was terrible.

Classes were canceled because of the terrible weather.

2. Fewer people can travel nowadays because the price of

gasoline is very high.
W;’
3. A cell phone can last for many hours because it has I
a rechargeable battery.
4. A lot of people take naps here in the summer because it
gets so hot.
5. I wasn't successful in learning Chinese because I lacked
self-discipline.
6. Because farms have become more efficient, people here have
plenty of food.
7. California is the top producer of food in the U.S. because it
has such a great climate. Ï. —- ..

8. Some scientists say we are having more storms because the

weather has gotten warmer.
9. I would like to visit Poland someday because my ancestors
lived there.
10. Because they share a lot of experiences, brothers and sisters
get to know each other well.
11. Because these scissors are very small, you can carry them
in your pocket.
 5.3 Degree and Focusing Adverbials
DEGREE ADVERBIALS We use degree adverbials to explain to what degree, as in 1 - 9.
1 You're absolutely right. Notice that we usually use degree adverbials before an adjective
or adverb.
2 The bridge is extremely unsafe.
3 We are all working pretty hard. Some degree adverbials make a statement stronger, as in 1 - 5.
4 You look really familiar. absolutely extremely perfectly really terribly
5 It's rather late to go out, don't you think? completely highly pretty reasonably totally
considerably incredibly quite significantly truly
entirely much rather so very

6 You almost hit that car. A few degree adverbials show an approximation, as in 6 - 7.
7 I think it's about 50 years old.
about almost approximately nearly

8 I'm fairly certain about this. Some other degree adverbials can make a statement weaker,
9 Be careful. The floor is slightly wet. as in 8 - 9.

a (little) bit less somewhat

fairly slightly to an extent

FOCUSING ADVERBIALS Sometimes we want to focus attention on one word or phrase in a

10 A: Can I help you? sentence, as in 10 -12. When we use adverbials to do this, we call
B: No, I'm just looking. them focusing adverbials. Adverbials used in this way include:
11 Smoking increases the risk of many especially even only particularly
just
diseases, especially heart disease
and cancer.
12 Football is known as soccer only in
North America.

COMPARE

13a Some people can communicate Focusing adverbials usually come immediately before the words
complicated ideas in only a few words. they describe. Changing the position of these adverbials can
13b Some people can only communicate change the meaning of the sentence, as in 13a - 13c.
complicated ideas in a few words.
13c Only some people can communicate
complicated ideas in a few words.

ONLINE

12 I Choosing Degree Adverbials Complete each sentence with the correct adverbial in parentheses.
(You may want to look up information online.) Then compare answers with your classmates and together
agree on the correct answer. 5.3 A

GEOGRAPHY

1. From the moon, the earth looks very smooth,

like a ball, (very/a bit)
2. China covers an area larger than that of the U.S.
(significantly / slightly)
3. The Nile River is longer than the Amazon River.
(considerably/a little bit)
4. Mount Everest is higher than Mount Fuji.
(considerably / somewhat)
 5. Brazil is bigger than Venezuela, (much/a little bit)
6. Annual rainfall varies>around the world, (greatly/slightly)
7. An island is surrounded by water, (a little bit/completely)
8. It's cold in Antarctica. In some places the average temperature is
-58 degrees Celsius, (extremely/fairly)
9. The population of Mexico City is larger than the population of Paris.
(significantly/somewhat)
10. Although the sun doesn't rise on parts of Greenland for three whole months, it is never
dark there, (slightly/totally)

Think about It Which adverbials in Activity 12 describe an adjective or adverb? Which describe a verb?
Do the adverbials come before or after the words they describe?

131 Usage Note: Collocations with Degree Adverbials Read the note. Then do Activity 14.
Degree adverbials collocate strongly with specific adjectives, adverbs, and verbs. Notice some of the adverbs
that are used with these five adjectives.

adverb + adjective adverb + adjective adverb + adjective adverb + adjective adverb + adjective

fairly
highly
so fairly
completely extremely bitterly
extremely totally extremely
reasonably almost absolutely pretty pretty
generally quite incredibly quite rather
quite really quite particularly extremely
reliable clean beautiful cold lively
pretty relatively really rather fairly
totally completely so really quite
really perfectly very so very
relatively pretty terribly
entirely so very
truly very
somewhat
very

141 Using Degree Adverbials Underline the degree adverbials in these sentences. Then rewrite each
sentence using a different adverbial. (Don't change the meaning of the sentence.) CEÎÎ1

■ RESEARCH

Describing Cities ■
fl SAYS...
The most common
degree adverbials
used before adjectives
in American English
1. The public transportation system here is fairly reliable. conversation are
The public transportation system here is somewhat reliable. (in order of frequency)
so, very, really, and
2. The subway stations are extremely clean.
pretty.
3. The streets are pretty clean.
cor

150
 4. It gets quite cold here in the winter.
5. The buses here are never on time, but the subways are
extremely reliable.
6. I stayed in a very lively part of town.
7. It's quite beautiful here in the summertime.
8. The mountains in the distance are incredibly beautiful.
9. Although the city is rather quiet during the week, the streets get pretty
crowded on the weekend.
10. Because of the bitterly cold weather in winter, people spend a lot of
time indoors.

Write about It Write three sentences describing a city you know. Use a degree adverbial in
each sentence.

15 | Noticing Focusing Adverbials Which of the bold adverbials in these conversations are
focusing adverbials? Circle them. HT1

1. A: Do you ever get homesick?

B: Sure—(especially on holidays.

2. A: Where's Amanda?

B: She's already gone.

A: You're kidding! She didn't even say goodbye.

B: I think she was in a hurry.

3. A: Did you tell James about the meeting?

B: Yeah, but he didn't seem particularly interested.

4. A: Do you want something for breakfast?

B: No, thanks. I only eat breakfast on weekends.

5. A: Want to go to a movie tonight?

B: Can't we just stay home?

A: Sure. That's fine with me.

6. A: Have you heard anything about our new boss?

B: Not a word. I don't even know her name.

7. A: Wow! That was a big bird.

B: Really? I didn't even see it.

8. A: Don't you need a rest?

B: No, why?

A: Because you're always doing something.

I get tired just watching you.

ADVERBS AND ADVERBIALS 151

 9. A: What did you think of the movie?

B: It was pretty good. 1 particularly liked the ending.

10. A: Want to try some of my macaroni and cheese?

B: Thanks, but no thanks. I'm not especially fond of cheese.

Talk about It Practice the conversations in Activity 15 with a partner.

161 Usage Note: Adverbials with Multiple Meanings Read the note. Then do Activity 17.

Many adverbials have more than one meaning; the adverbial can function in different ways in a sentence
based on the meaning of the word. Notice in this dictionary entry how the word just can function as:
• a degree adverbial (definition 1)
• a time adverbial (definition 2)
• a focusing adverbial (definitions 3 and 4)
Sometimes the meanings overlap, and it can be difficult to know how the adverbial is functioning.

just /djASt/ adverb

1. exactly: This jacket is just my size. • You’re just in time. • He looks just like his father.
2. a very short time before: I just heard the news. • Jim isn’t here. He just went out.
3. only: It’s just a small gift.
4. a word that makes what you say stronger (positive or negative): Just look at that funny little dog!

17 | Choosing the Correct Meaning Read the sentences below and choose the correct meaning of just
from the box. PEE1

1. exactly 3. only
2. a very short time before 4. a word that makes what you say stronger

1. Excuse me for interrupting. I just wanted to ask a quick question. 3

2. This room is just a mess.
3. No one came to the meeting. It was just me and 20 empty chairs.
4. It was really cold there just as you said it would be.
5. John is fine. I just talked to him.
6. I brought something just for you.
7. After she was kicked out of school, she just disappeared.
8. I'm just not interested in poetry.
9. He cut his leg just above the ankle.
10. Chicago is just north of here.
11. We did it just for fun.
12. I'm not really hungry—I just had lunch.

Write about It Write four more sentences using each meaning of just in the box above.

152
 5.4 Stance Adverbials
We use stance adverbials to express our attitude about the information in a clause or sentence.

GIVING AN OPINION OR EVALUATION We use some stance adverbials to give an opinion

1 Unfortunately, I couldn't contact her. or evaluation of what we are saying, as in 1 - 2.
(= It was unfortunate that I couldn’t contact her.) For example:
A 2 The president believes, quite rightly, that we have
(un)fortunately luckily thankfully
a serious problem. (= I think the president is right to
hopefully surprisingly
believe that we have a serious problem.)
We often use commas before and after stance
adverbials.

SHOWING CERTAINTY OR DOUBT We use some stance adverbials to show certainty

3 They wanted me to be there, but of course or doubt about what we are saying, as in 3 - 5.
I had to work. For example:
4 It was definitely too late to do anything. to show certainty to show doubt

5 Without a doubt, Yosemite is one of the most beautiful maybe

certainly no doubt undoubtedly
perhaps
B places in the world. clearly obviously very likely
possibly
definitely of course without a doubt
COMPARE probably
6a I thought he was here, but maybe he went out.
Notice that stance adverbials are similar to modal
6b I thought he was here, but he may have gone out.
verbs in the ways we use them to show certainty
or doubt, as in 6a - 6b.

OTHER STANCE ADVERBIALS Other adverbials that speakers and writers use to
7 I honestly didn't see anything. comment on the information in a whole clause
or sentence include:
8 Seriously, I want you to leave now.
9 Eating too much actually reduces your ability to hear. actually really technically speaking
honestly seriously to tell you the truth
10 A: Is there an easy way to get downtown?
in fact
B: Yes, there is. In fact, there's a very easy way.
C
COMPARE

11a Don't take life too seriously, (adverb of manner) Remember: An adverbial can function in more than
11b Seriously, I want you to be home by 10:00. one way, as in Ila - 12b.
(stance adverbial)
12a I think something is really wrong, (degree adverb)
12b I really need to talk to you. (stance adverbial)

ONLINE

181 Using Stance Adverbials to Give an Opinion or Evaluation Choose a stance adverbial
from the box to complete each quotation below. (More than one answer may be possible, but only
one is correct.) KCTÎ1
QUOTATIONS FROM FAMOUS PEOPLE

fortunately luckily sadly thankfully to my surprise unfortunately

1. Luckily ., in my case, I have managed, by writing, to do the one thing that 1 always wanted
to do. (Jonathan Coe, novelist)
2. , it's much easier to create a desert than a forest. (James Lovelock, environmentalist)

ADVERBS AND ADVERBIALS 153

 fortunately luckily sadly thankfully to my surprise unfortunately

3. , it doesn't seem to have made a lot of difference to my

audience that I'm as bald as a billiard ball! (James Taylor, musician)
4. , my 70s are nicer than my 60s and my 60s than my 50s,
and I wouldn't wish my teens and 20s on my enemies. (Lionel Blue, clergyman)
5. Dad taught me everything I know., he didn't teach
me everything he knows. (Al Unser, athlete)
6. , I have my mom and a small group of close friends
who are there for me 24/710 and whom I can trust and depend on. James Taylor

(Christina Aguilera, musician)

happily hopefully luckily oddly sadly unfortunately

7. I would've loved to have been in a band, but I just

wasn't good enough. (Tony Blair, British prime minister)
8. I've broken my nose, I've broken ribs. You name it. In fact, we just got back
from South America, and I fell over a monitor speaker11 on the stage and
almost ended up in the front row of the audience. I managed to sprain12
my wrist on that one but nothing was broken.
Tony Blair
(Keith Emerson, musician)
9. Winning is a habit so is losing. (Vince Lombardi, football coach)
10. I think maybe ten years from now, I'm going t° be, in like, Tahiti or something.
Kicking back13 like in my huge mansion, if everything goes right, it's all up to me. (Corey Haim, actor)
11. I love having a big family. I think it's easier,, in some ways, having three children
as opposed to one. (Patrick Dempsey, actor)
12. A sense of freedom is something that, comes with age and life experience.
(Diane Keaton, actor)

Think about It Compare answers with your classmates. In which sentences in Activity 18 could you use
more than one adverbial?

191 Using Stance Adverbials to Show Certainty or Doubt Underline the stance adverbials in these
conversations and sentences. Then practice conversations 1-6 with a partner. (£11

IN CONVERSATION

1. A: How was your plane trip?

B: Scary. Next time I'll definitely go by train.
2. A: Have you eaten at the new restaurant?
B: Yeah, and I'd definitely go again.

10 24/7: 24 hours per day, seven days per week "sprain: to hurt part of your body by turning it suddenly
"monitor speaker: the part of the audio system where sound kickback: to relax
comes out; it is used onstage during a performance

154
 3. A: Are you going to the meeting tomorrow?
B: Probably. What about you?
A: I don't know yet.
4. A: Do you still want to look at my photos?
B: Oh, yeah. Sure. Of course.
5. A: I'm going to Matt's house tonight. Maybe you'll come?
B: No, not tonight.
6. A: How well do you know Rob?
B: Pretty well.
A: What's he like?
B: Well, he's usually good-natured and funny. Of course, he can be a little moody at times.

IN WRITING

7. Clearly, it's both advantageous and enjoyable to have a brother or sister, especially if you are
close in age.
8. Some people prefer vigorous exercise, such as running. Others prefer less strenuous14 activities,
such as walking. Of course, more strenuous activities burn more calories.
9. I am especially concerned about the spread of consumer culture15 in the twenty-first century.
There are certainly many other important problems in the world today, but consumerism
is one of the least noticed.
10. Students should be encouraged to learn a second and possibly even a third foreign language.
11. Slang and other informal spoken language obviously has no place in school reports.
12. Without a doubt, recreation is essential to a healthy life.
13. The smartphone has changed the way people communicate, and it will surely see many
innovations in the future.

Think about It Based on sentences 7-13 in Activity 19, when do writers use a comma after
a stance adverbial?

Write about It Rewrite sentences 7-13 in Activity 19 using a different stance adverbial.

201 Identifying Other Stance Adverbials Underline the stance adverbials in these conversations and
sentences. Then practice conversations 1-6 with a partner. 5.4 C

IN CONVERSATION

1. A: I can't believe you wrote this.

B: But I did, really.
2. A: Will you still be here in an hour?
B: Actually, I won't. I'm leaving in a few minutes and I won't be back until this evening.
3. A: Is that your money over there?
B: I don't honestly know. It might be.
4. A: Did you like my speech?
B: Yeah, it was great. Seriously, I'm kind of jealous. I wish I could speak in public like that.
5. A: Hey, Sam. Do you have a few minutes? I have some questions.
B: Yeah, I need to talk to you, too. In fact, I've been trying to get in touch with you all week.
6. A: That was a good movie, don't you think?
B: To tell you the truth, I thought it was really strange.
14strenuous: requiring physical effort and strength consumer culture: the belief that it is good for people to
spend a lot of money on goods and services

ADVERBS AND ADVERBIALS 155

 IN WRITING

7. Technically speaking, your brain has the capacity to store everything you experience.
8. Your brain processes pain signals but it doesn't actually feel pain.
9. It may seem impossible to come up with a single definition of psychology, but actually we can:
psychology is the scientific study of mental processes and behavior.
10. Many people change careers at some point. In fact, many people have several careers in their lifetime.
11. Humans are social animals. We aren't supposed to live alone. Relationships stimulate our brains—
in fact, socializing with others is a great form of brain exercise.
12. The Romans invented indoor plumbing using lead pipes. In fact, the word plumbing comes from
the Roman word for lead, plumbum.

Write about It Write your own sentences using the stance adverbials in Activity 20.

21 | Using Stance Adverbials Rewrite these sentences. Replace the bold words with a stance adverbial.
(More than one answer may be possible.) 5.4 A-C

1. It's not surprising that your skin is thickest on the bottom of your feet.
Mot surprisingly, your skin is thickest on the bottom ofyour feet.

2. It is obvious that mothers who work outside the home have less time to spend with their children.
3. I'm going to tell you exactly what I think. I think you are making a big mistake.
4. I'm being honest when I say that I didn't break it.
5. I'm being truthful when I say I don't know how long I will be here.
6. She is lucky that she didn't break her leg.
7. I don't doubt that you will do well on the exam.
8. Everyone can see that you aren't happy here.
9. I don't want you to go. I'm serious about that.
10. I'm very thankful that I didn't have to go.
11. It's possible that they will get here in time.

5.5 Sentence Patterns with Linking Adverbials

Linking adverbials have a special function. We use them to link or connect ideas within and across sentences,
most often in academic writing. We can connect ideas in a number of different ways. For example:
PATTERN 1
independent clause / period (.) + linking adverbial / comma (,) + independent clause
1 We haven't received the information. Therefore, we won't be able to comment on it. (two sentences)

PATTERN 2
independent clause / semicolon (;) + linking adverbial / comma (,) + independent clause
A 2 We haven't received the information; therefore, we won't be able to comment on it. (one sentence)

PATTERN 3
independent clause / semicolon (;) + part of independent clause / comma (,) + linking adverbial I comma (,) + rest of clause
3 We haven't received the information; we won't, therefore, be able to comment on it. (one sentence)

WARNING! Not all linking adverbials can be used with each pattern.

GRAMMAR TERMS: Linking adverbials are also called transition words, connecting words, or conjunctive adverbials.

^•hONLINE

156
22 | Connecting Sentences in Different Ways Read each sentence. Write the number of the pattern
from Chart 5.5 that the writer uses. Then rewrite each sentence using the pattern in parentheses. 5.5 A

1. The island of Greenland belongs to Denmark. However, if it

were a separate country, it would be the thirteenth largest
country in the world. L_
(Use pattern 2.)
I' \

2. China covers an area only slightly larger than that of the U.S.;
the population of China, however, is nearly five times greater.
W'
H \ f I
(Use pattern 1.)

3. The gravity16 of the moon is one-sixth that of Earth; on the moon,

therefore, you would weigh one-sixth of what you weigh on Earth.
(Use pattern 2.)

4. We use linking adverbials to connect ideas in writing. However, it's

important not to overuse them.
(Use pattern 3.)

5. An environmentalist is defined as someone who is interested in RESEARCH

preserving17 the environment; to me, however, simply being interested S AYS . . .
is not enough. The most common
position for linking
(Use pattern 1.)
adverbials is at
the beginning of a
clause or sentence.
This is true in both
6. The tropical deserts are the hottest places on earth; however, nights can be conversation and
academic writing.
very cold there.
CORPUS
(Use pattern 3.)

7. There isn't much food for animals in Antarctica. Therefore, most animals
live in or near the sea.
(Use pattern 3.)

8. The acting in this movie was terrible and the plot was entirely predictable;
I wouldn't, therefore, recommend this movie to most people.
(Use pattern 1.)

16gravity: the force that pulls everything toward the earth 17 preserving: keeping safe or in good condition

ADVERBS AND ADVERBIALS 157

 5.6 Linking Adverbials That Signal a Result or Contrast
SIGNALING A RESULT OR CONSEQUENCE We use linking adverbials to show a connection
1 There is twice as much hydrogen as oxygen in water. between two sentences or clauses. Different linking
Therefore, its chemical formula is written as H2O. adverbials signal different kinds of connections. Some
linking adverbials signal that a result or consequence
2 The author points out that we value some abilities
A over others; as a result, we often fail to develop our
of something in the first clause or sentence is coming
in the second clause or sentence, as in 1 - 3.
children's potential.
3 My father was born in Italy, but he grew up in California. I as a result consequently therefore thus
Consequently, he feels more American than Italian.

SIGNALING A CONTRAST Some linking adverbials signal a contrast between

4 A few years ago it seemed likely that computers would two clauses, as in 4 - 5.
replace books. Now, however, most experts think that
however in contrast on the contrary
books are here to stay.
in comparison instead on the other hand
5 A professional cyclist can cover 30 miles in one hour.
In contrast, the average cyclist covers only 16.
B 6 Cities are generally noisy, dirty, and expensive. Certain other linking adverbials signal a contrast that
In spite of that, the number of people moving to is surprising or unexpected, as in 6 - 7.
cities is increasing.
after all besides nevertheless
7 Many cities are dirty, noisy, and dangerous.
anyhow in any case nonetheless
Nonetheless, many people prefer cities because of
at any rate in spite of that still
the job opportunities and the excitement.

OTHER WAYS TO EXPRESS A RESULT OR CONTRAST

independent clause / comma (,) + so + independent clause
8 I'm going to graduate soon, so I'll probably relocate.

C independent clause / comma (,) + (and) yet + independent clause

9 Everything was going wrong, and yet I was still happy.
independent clause / comma (,) + but + independent clause
10 Televisions were expensive at first, but they eventually became much cheaper.

(^ONLINE

231 Using Linking Adverbials to Signal a Result Choose the answer in parentheses that best
completes each sentence. BIM

1. Fold able scissors are very small; consequently, they fit

easily in a purse or pocket, (don't fit/fit)

2. I practiced the piano several hours a day. Therefore, I made progress
. (slowly/quickly)
3. For me, a good job is one where I can help others become smarter.
Thus, I can think of nothing better than being a.
(singer/ teacher)
4. Centuries ago, children were considered to be small adults. As a
result,done to help address the special
emotional needs of young children, (lots of things were/very little was)
5. Much of the surface of Mars is covered by reddish rocks and sand.
As a result, people often call Mars the planet, (old/red)

158
 6. Living in another country gave me the opportunity to meet new people and to learn about another
culture. As a result, I now to travel to foreign countries, (hate/love)
7. The number of overweight children is increasing. As a result, schools are serving
junkfood, (less/more)
8. In psychology, the term behavior refers to almost any activity. Thus, the blink of an eye
an example of a behavior, (is/isn't)

241 Result or Contrast? Choose the linking adverbial in parentheses that best completes each sentence.
5.6 A-B

1. The tallest tree in the world today is a redwood tree. In the nineteenth century,
however, much taller eucalyptus trees existed.
(however/ thus)
2. Japan is a popular tourist spot for many Koreans.
bookstores in Korea carry a lot of travel books for Japan.
(as a result/in contrast)
ft'
3. Both humans and giraffes have seven neck vertebrae18. For giraffes,
.j
, each one can be more than 10 inches
(25.4 centimeters) long, (however/therefore)
4. I've never thought of him as being sad. ., he seems
redwood trees
happy and full of life, (on the contrary/thus)
5. Something always went wrong on our family vacations. One year, everyone
got sick. Another year, it rained the whole time.,
now we look back on these incidents and laugh, (as a result/nevertheless)
6. My sister got into all the schools she applied to. I,
didn't get into any of them, (on the other hand/thus)
7. Spanish and Italian male colleagues may embrace when they greet
each other., the Japanese usually bow.
(consequently/in contrast)
8. The western calendar is based on the length of the seasonal year. The lunar
calendar,, is based on the cycle of the moon.
(as a result/in contrast)
9. When I first moved to Canada, I was very homesick.
once I started school, I made a lot of friends, and I began to feel more embrace

comfortable, (as a result/however)

10. Divorce has become common in some countries.
the traditional role of the father as wage-earner19 and the mother as
homemaker continues to be viewed as the norm, (consequently/still)

18 vertebrae: the small bones that are connected together to form 19 wage-earner: a person who gets money from working
the line down the middle of your back

ADVERBS AND ADVERBIALS 159

 11. The universe is so large that we can't measure it in miles or kilometers.
, we measure it in light years, (nevertheless/instead)
12. I am a good judge of character. I can tell if someone is trustworthy.
, I am not very organized, (consequently/however)

Think about It In which sentence(s) in Activity 24 is there a surprising contrast?

251 Other Ways to Express a Result or Contrast Rewrite these sentences using a linking adverbial
to connect the clauses or sentences. BTCT

Sentences from Student Essays

1. Running your own business can be difficult, but it can prove to be extremely rewarding.
Running your own business can be difficult; however, it can prove to be extremely rewarding.
2. His mother worked for a university, so they didn't have to pay tuition.
3. Modern technology has freed us from many chores20, so we have more time to
enjoy ourselves.
4. Several years ago I was thinking of taking a trip to Russia. At the time, I was living in
California, so it was going to be quite a journey just getting there.
5. She was very young and small, yet she was able to skate beautifully with the eyes of
the whole world on her.
6. He worked 20 hours every day to make his business successful, but after several years,
he finally gave up.
7. Most people have more than one skill or talent, and yet they stay in the same profession
for their whole life.
8. I most often get sick when I am run down, so I try to make sure I eat well, exercise
daily, and get plenty of sleep.
9. It's often a difficult decision to leave children in the care of others—and yet millions of
women do it.

Write about It Rewrite the second clause in each sentence you wrote above. (You can also use
a different linking adverbial.)

1. Running your own business can be difficult; as a result, many businesses fail during their first year.

“chores: small jobs or routine tasks

160
 5.7 Linking Adverbials That Signal Additional Information
SIGNALING AN EXAMPLE We use some linking adverbials to signal that
1 Not all plants are gentle on the environment. Cotton plants, an example is coming next, as in 1 - 2.
for instance, are often covered with chemicals.
A 2 Skilled public speakers use hand gestures for emphasis.
for example for instance

For example, a speaker may point a finger or use a

chopping motion.

SIGNALING NEW RELATED INFORMATION Some linking adverbials signal that we are
3 Biking is a good way to get around Berlin because many adding new information that is related to
parts of the city are hard to get to via public transportation. what we said before, as in 3 - 5.
Moreover, the city is almost entirely flat, so it is easy to use
a bike. furthermore likewise
moreover
B 4 The study found that healthy employees are more productive
in addition

during work hours. In addition, they take fewer sick days.

5 Diabetes rates are rising quickly and an increase in heart
disease cannot be far behind. Furthermore, new evidence
suggests that sitting all day is bad for your health.

OTHER WAYS TO SIGNAL ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

such as + noun phrase
6 In some countries, activities such as bullfighting are part of the culture.

C besides + noun phrase

7 Besides being the largest city in Canada, Toronto has a multicultural population.
in addition to + noun phrase
8 In addition to self-discipline, a self-employed person needs to have a lot of motivation.

ONLINE

261 Adding Examples Match the linking adverbials with the examples they introduce. 5.7 A

1. Our ears can't hear every sound. For instance,
2. Efforts to use recycled products haven't always
been successful. In the 1990s, for example,
3. When you visit another country, it's interesting to
learn about cultural differences. For example,
4. I think that feeling a little stress can be a good
thing. For example,
5. Rubber is a common material used in sports
equipment. For example,
6. Because of the Internet, we can find out how
people in other countries are dealing with events.
For instance,
7. Some places have very old laws that don't make
any sense. For instance,
8. At times it's natural to feel angry. For example,
c a. worrying about a test might actually make me
study harder.
b. we can hear stories from people who have been
affected by earthquakes or typhoons21.
c. ultrasonic sounds are too high-pitched22 for
humans to hear.
d. in one state in the U.S., it is against the law to
carry an ice-cream cone in your pocket.
e. recycled wool came and went, mostly because
the clothes were very itchy23.
f. it is the main ingredient in bicycle tires and
basketballs.
g. the food may be very different from what you
are used to.
h. being treated unfairly upsets most people.

21 typhoons: violent storms with strong winds in hot countries 23 itchy: producing the feeling in your skin that makes you want
22 high-pitched: at a very high sound frequency to scratch it

ADVERBS AND ADVERBIALS 161

 Think about It Think of another example to complete each statement in Activity 26. Share your ideas
with a partner.

271 Signaling New Related Information Circle the answer that best completes each sentence. ECTîl

Hong Kong

1. When you are visiting Hong Kong, Kowloon Peninsula may be

a better place to stay because it is less crowded. Moreover,
a. Hong Kong has some great hotels.
b. it doesn't have as many good restaurants.
c. it has great museums and good views of the Hong Kong
skyline.

Hotel Review n

2. The bedrooms are comfortable but very dark. The closets are tiny, so good luck if you want to hang up
any clothes. And housekeeping could be better. During our entire stay, the floors were never cleaned.
In addition,

a. the staff was very friendly.

b. the furniture in our room was covered with a thick layer of dust.
c. the floors were very dirty.

Student Essay
3. Coping with stress is very important, and I have a few main methods of helping myself stay relaxed.
The first things I always try to do are to slow down my breathing, quiet my thoughts, and relax my
muscles. I also try to speak more calmly and slowly. Furthermore, . For me, the best thing to do is
to take a quiet walk alone or to exercise.
a. this isn't always easy to do
b. I often try to take myself out of the stressful environment
c. I feel more relaxed when I do this

Think about It What other adverbials can you find in the sentences above? Circle them. Then tell
a partner what kind of information they add to the paragraph.

162
281 Signaling Additional Information Choose the word or phrase in parentheses that best completes
each sentence. Add the correct punctuation if necessary. 5.7 A-C

1. There are many interesting things to do in Washington, D.C. A visitor can tour the White House,
the home of the president, visit the many historical museums, or walk around government buildings
such as the Supreme Court and the Capitol.Besides touring the educational sites in the
city, visitors can do fun activities such as visiting the zoo. (besides/in addition)
2. In the past, people spent many hours taking care of basic chores cooking and
cleaning, (for instance/such as)
3. I would need a very good reason to fire an employee. I would fire an employee
who was stealing from the company, (for example/such as)
4. Many forms of exercise,running, playing sports, and swimming, are good for
the body, (for example/besides)
5. Cape Town in South Africa is a great place to visit.the spectacular mountains,
you will find some beautiful beaches there, (in addition/in addition to)
6. Whatever your profession is, you can find work in a large city, there are many
different kinds of schools, (in addition/in addition to)
7. People in different cultures value different things.in some countries people
value punctuality—they expect you to be on time, (for instance/such as)
8. You should encourage her to avoid bad habits smoking and drinking,
(for instance/such as)

Write about It Rewrite each sentence above using the other word or phrase in parentheses.
(You may write one or two sentences.)

1. In addition, visitors can do fun activities such as visiting the zoo.

5.8 Linking Adverbials That Signal a List or Summary

SIGNALING A LIST Some linking adverbials signal that a list or sequence
1 The popularity of Arabic coffee is due to several of its of ideas is coming next, as in 1 - 2.
characteristics. First, it is easy to grow. More importantly,
first first of all to begin with
A however, Arabic coffee has the best flavor.
second second of all next
2 It was not a typical lunch. For one thing, I was in a small
firstly for one (thing) lastly
boat. For another, my boat was tied to 16 other boats.
secondly for another (thing) finally

SIGNALING A SUMMARY OF PREVIOUS INFORMATION We can also use certain linking adverbials to signal
3 ... In conclusion, something must be done to ensure that a summary of previous information is coming,
that children's toys are safe. as in 3 -4.
B 4 ... All in all, it has been a good year.
in sum in conclusion all in all
in summary to conclude overall
ultimately to summarize

i^^ONLINE

ADVERBS AND ADVERBIALS 163

 29 | Noticing Linking Adverbials Read these paragraphs and underline the linking adverbials.
(The number in parentheses indicates the number of linking adverbials in the paragraph.) Then answer
the questions below. Willi

What would you do if you knew that you would die in a few months?
1. If I knew that I would die in a few months, I would stop worrying about long-term goals. I think that
knowing I would die soon could help me to focus on the here and now24. The first thing that I would
do is to stop worrying about jobs and careers; if I am going to die soon, I will have little need for
money. Secondly, I would want to spend a lot more time in quiet, either alone or with close friends.
I hope that this would make me a wiser and calmer person. Lastly, I would try to share what wisdom
I have gained in life with the people I trust most. If I did these things, I think it could help others live
happier lives after I'm gone. (2)

What do you want to accomplish in the next ten years?

2. There is a lot that I would like to accomplish in the next ten years. I think that this will be a very busy
time for me. The first thing that I will do is complete my education. I will go to college and study to
become a teacher. I have always wanted to be a teacher; I think this is because I've always liked school
and my teachers have been important figures in my life. Getting my degree will be hard work, but it is
very important to me. Once I've received my teaching degree, I will try to find a job in a public school.
I think it will be fun to have my own students, and I will work hard to be the best possible teacher.
Finally, once I am settled into a teaching career, I will think about starting my own family. I would like
to get married and have children someday. Hopefully my future spouse will be easy to find. We will get
married, find a home, and settle down. (1)

■H

Ma k in g Lit e r a t e 25 So c ie t ie s
3. There are two primary purposes of this chapter. First, it reviews the development of widespread
literacy in various countries, examining the influences that have accelerated this process and, more
briefly, those that have hindered26 it. Second, it examines the broader social context of literacy:
how it is learned and practiced in particular social settings, how it serves different individual
and group purposes, and how it is influenced by public policies and family circumstances. In
particular, the chapter focuses on language issues, literacy practices, and literate environments. (2)

QUESTIONS

1. Writers use different forms to signal a list or sequence, not just adverbials. They do this to give variety to
their writing. In the first and second paragraphs above, what other forms does the writer use to signal a
sequence or list? Circle them.
2. What other linking adverbials could you use in the paragraphs above? Compare ideas with your
classmates.
“ here and now: the present time “hinder: to make it more difficult to do something
“literate: able to read and write

164
301 Adding a Summary Statement Read each paragraph and choose the best summary statement.

Paragraphs from Student Essays

1. Essay Prompt: Do you have the skills to run your own business? Explain.
To run your own business, you must be very organized and hard-working. If you are involved in
the hiring process, you must also be a good judge of character. I do have some of these skills. I am
one of the most hard-working people I know. Even if it isn't necessary, I always try to do a job to
perfection. I am also a good judge of character. I can tell when someone is trustworthy or when a
person is not. Unfortunately, I am not very organized. I would have a difficult time keeping track of
everything related to the business, like legal documents and receipts. In addition, I have a hard time
making a budget and keeping to it. This skill is essential for a business owner. In conclusion,
a. I think that I could run my own business, but I would need an assistant and a financial advisor.
b. I am not a good decision maker and this is a liability in business.
c. most people do not have the skills to run their own business.
2. Essay Prompt: Explain why you would or would not want to live in a large city.
For me, the choice of whether or not to live in a big city is easy to make: Why would I want to live
where there is such a high concentration of people? Why would I want to spend so much money
to live in a tiny apartment? And why would I want to be exposed to noise and air pollution?
Obviously, you get less for your money in the city. Overall,
a. it's more expensive to live in a large city.
b. it's not very pleasant to live in a big city.
c. there are a lot of good reasons to live in a big city.

Think about It Compare your answers above with your classmates. Explain your choice of the best
summary statements.

Write about It Write your own answer to one of the essay prompts above.

ADVERBS AND ADVERBIALS 165

 5.9 Using Adverbials in Speaking and Academic Writing
HEDGING In conversation, we sometimes use an adverbial to
1 A: What do you think of this shirt? hedge, or soften, our words, as in 1 - 2. We often do
B: I kind of like it. this to sound more polite.
2 A: Do you by any chance have a piece of paper?
B: Sure. Just one?
COMPARE 3A-3B

3a Some people claim they never dream, but that is In academic texts, writers need to make sure their
not true. claims are not too strong. A claim that is too strong
A becomes unbelievable, as in 3a. Adverbials are one of
3b Some people claim they never dream, but that is
generally not true. many tools that writers can use to qualify, limit, or
hedge a claim, as in 3b - 5.
4 Most scientists think that a sudden event—perhaps
caused by a crashing meteor or planet—led to the
extinction of dinosaurs.
5 The average person spends about nine hours a day
using some kind of media. This is arguably more than
was expected ten years ago.

CONNECTING IDEAS In academic writing, linking adverbials are just one of

6 The coal question remains perhaps the most difficult
issue in the energy world. Supporters of solar, wind,
and even nuclear power say these are cleaner and safer
B sources of energy. On the other hand, the use of coal
continues to climb.
7 A number of experiments suggest that the brain is very
malleable. However, all were carried out on animals.
many tools that writers use to connect ideas in a text,
as in 6 - 7.
WARNING! Don’t use too many linking adverbials in
your writing. This makes the writing choppy. Instead,
use linking words, phrases, and clauses together with
other cohesive tools like pronouns, repetition of key
words, etc.

ONLINE

311 Hedging a Statement in Speaking Choose a word or phrase from the box to soften each question
or response. (Many different answers are possible.) Then compare with your classmates. TT1

1. You should come back later.

by any chance
Maybe you should come back later. kind of
maybe
2. You called the wrong number.
perhaps
3. Are you driving to the meeting tomorrow? probably
4. She didn't like my essay. In fact, she said it was boring. sort of
5. Aren't you young to own your own business?
6. He has a loud, unpleasant voice.
7. You're mistaken.
8. Is Dr. Martin at home?
9. You upset her.
10. Can I borrow ten dollars?

Think about It For each sentence above, which expressions do not work well? Why not?

166
32 I Hedging a Statement in Writing What words do these writers use to hedge, or limit, their claims?
Underline them. B3EF1
/

Se n t e n c e s fr om Ac a d e m ic So u r c e s
1. Deserts are dry regions, generally receiving less than ten inches of
precipitation a year.
2. Mothers who work outside the home obviously have less time to spend
with their children. According to a recent study, however, this does not
necessarily have a negative effect on their children.
3. This is arguably the best museum in the whole country.
4. In general, smoking is no longer fashionable in Canada. In many other
parts of the world, however, smoking is still growing in popularity.
5. Researchers have found these substances almost everywhere they
have looked for them.
6. The risk to humans is uncertain in part because few tests have
I ' ; been done.
7. In most cases, the assumption that wealthy countries have better
__ J®
?
education systems than poorer countries is correct.
8. Researchers have long suggested that in "noun-friendly" languages
including English, infants' attention is focused mainly on objects,
typically marked by nouns.
9. The number of farm workers has decreased steadily over the years.
This is primarily because the use of sophisticated machines has reduced
the need for labor.

Write about It Rewrite the sentences above using a different adverbial to hedge.

33 | Using Linking Adverbials in Writing Choose the linking adverbial in parentheses that best
completes each sentence. MflEEl

Facts about Japan

1. Many people think Japan is one large island; however

it is actually thousands of islands, (however/thus)

N

2. Much of Japan is mountainous; ., there is little w-- ' e

I _ *
farmland, (as a result/in addition)
3. Japan has only a small supply of minerals. It is
one of the world's richest nations, (for example/nonetheless)
4. Volcanic eruptions take place frequently.
earthquakes are common occurrences, (in contrast/in addition)
5. Japanese trees are often cultivated27 as miniatures;
gardens are often designed as smaller versions of the surrounding landscape.
(on the other hand/likewise)

27 cultivate: to grow

ADVERBS AND ADVERBIALS 167

 6. The largest of the main islands, Honshu, is less than 200 miles wide at its greatest width;
, no part of Japan is more than 100 miles f
(consequently/nevertheless)
7. Few inlets are found on the east coast north of Tokyo; ., south of Tokyo are
many of the best harbors, (however/therefore)
8. Every valley in Japan has a stream; there aren't any long, navigable28 rivers in
Japan, (as a result/however)
9. In the Japanese mountains, there are about 200 volcanoes; only about 60 are
still active, (however/moreover)

341 Choosing Linking Adverbials Choose linking adverbials from the box to complete each textbook
excerpt below. (There is one extra adverbial for each text. More than one answer may be possible.) Then
answer the questions on page 169. ECT1

as a result consequently however in addition

F Y I
Parenting Styles Many linking adverbials
are used almost
There are three basic styles of parenting:
exclusively in writing.
permissive, dictatorial, and authoritative. They are more formal and
sound strange in informal
Generally, each style has fairly predictable conversation. Examples
include consequently,
effects on children.
furthermore, moreover,
Permissive parents have very few demands nevertheless, and thus.

of their children. They don't make many rules,

and when they do, they often fail to enforce29

them. These parents generally act more like

friends rather than parents. ., their children don't

learn much about good behavior and the consequences for bad behavior.

Children raised in this way can be impulsive30 and irresponsible.

Dictatorial parents are inflexible. They make strict rules and demand

obedience31. When their children disobey, they are usually punished very

harshly. Dictatorial parents don't trust their children to make decisions

for themselves, and they often don't explain why they make such strict

rules. ., their children are often not very good at

making decisions.

28 navigable: deep and wide enough to provide passage for boats 30 impulsive: doing things suddenly and without
and/or ships thinking carefully
29 enforce: to make sure that people follow the law or rules 31 obedience: the state of doing what someone tells you to do

168
 Authoritative parents are in the role of authority figures, but they

are not dictators. They expect their children to obey their rules.
, they are caring, flexible, and ofte

to their children's opinions.

for example furthermore in conclusion instead

F Y I
Emotions Some linking adverbials
require several sentences
According to psychologists, all humans show
or even a paragraph
distinctive facial expressions for six basic emotions: to build up to them.
Examples include
disgust, sadness, happiness, fear, anger, and W furthermore, in conclusion,
on the contrary, and
surprise. 1., these
- expressions
. therefore.
4 t
appear to be universal. This means that people

from different cultures across the world use and

recognize the same expressions for the same emotions. Of course, not every

person will have the same emotional responses to the same things, but
we do seem to have the same way of showing these six emotions without
using language.

In general, when we experience an intense feeling, we don't just feel

"normal" after that feeling passes. ., we often
go beyond that middle ground32 and experience the opposite emotion.
, if you have just given a presentation to your

classmates, one that you have dreaded33 for weeks, you might feel
wonderful when it's over instead of feeling just OK. Similarly, it is not

unusual to feel a little sad or depressed after experiencing a lot of joy or

excitement for a period of time. If your parents live far away and they visit

you only once a year for a short time, you might feel very happy during
their visit. However, once they leave, you may experience some sadness or
depression in their absence.

QUESTIONS

1. Do you think each writer above uses too many linking adverbials or just enough? Why?
2. How many other adverbials can you find in the paragraphs above? Circle them.
3. What adverbials does each writer use to hedge some of the claims in these textbook excerpts?

“middle ground: halfway point; intermediate position 33 dread: to be afraid of something that is going to happen

ADVERBS AND ADVERBIALS 169

 WRAP-UP Demonstrate Your Knowledge

AITIC-TAC-TOE Follow these instructions.

1. Work with a partner. Student A is X. Student B is O.

2. Student A: Choose a square. On another piece of paper, write a sentence with an example that supports
the statement in the square. Use/or example or for instance in your sentence.
3. Students A and B: Check the sentence together. If the sentence has no errors, write an X in the square.
If the sentence is not correct, do not write an X in the square.
4. Student B: Take your turn. Write an O for each correct answer.
5. The first person to get three Xs or three Os in a line is the winner.

Professional athletes are Not all languages use There are a number of things you
paid a lot of money. the Roman alphabet. can do to improve your memory.
1

Some cities have great Not all animals need to You need a lot of different skills to
public transportation. drink water every day. run your own business.

People use a variety of

You can learn a lot from living
facial expressions to show Some actors are also good singers.
in a different country.
their emotions.

You need a lot of different skills to run your own business.

For example, you need to be good at making a budget.

BI WRITING Consider this essay test prompt and take notes on your ideas. Then write a paragraph in which
you present your ideas to your classmates. Use adverbials where appropriate. (Look again at the sample
essay responses in Activity 29.)

Essay Prompt: If your doctor told you that you had only a few months to live, how would you change
your way of life? Discuss.

CI WEB SEARCH Choose a free online academic course and download a transcript of the first lecture.
Look for examples of adverbials that the speaker frequently uses. Share what you learned with
your classmates.

170
5.10 Summary of Adverbials
TYPES OF
ADVERBIALS PURPOSE COMMON EXAMPLES

then now never again

TIME Explain when, how often, always still today yesterday
ADVERBIALS or how long already ever sometimes often
usually this morning
PLACE
ADVERBIALS Explain where or how far here there outside upstairs
Explain how, in what way,
ADVERBIALS
OF MANNER in what manner, or by fast significantly together well
what means
ADVERBIALS Explain why, for what as a result of due to to let everyone know
OF PURPOSE purpose, or for what reason because of on account of to + base form of verb (to- infinitive)
absolutely completely entirely considerably
quite incredibly extremely highly
rather pretty really so
DEGREE truly perfectly reasonably very
ADVERBIALS Explain to what degree
significantly much
about almost approximately nearly
fairly slightly less a (little) bit
somewhat
FOCUSING Focus attention on a word especially even just only
ADVERBIALS or a phrase particularly
hopefully luckily surprisingly thankfully
fortunately certainly definitely no doubt
Express an attitude
of course obviously very likely without a doubt
STANCE about or comment on the
undoubtedly clearly probably possibly
ADVERBIALS information in a clause
perhaps maybe honestly seriously
or sentence
actually really in fact technically speaking
to tell you the truth
Result/Consequence
as a result consequently therefore thus
Contrast
however in contrast in comparison on the other hand
instead though on the contrary
anyhow nevertheless at any rate besides
still nonetheless in any case in spite of that
Additional information
LINKING Connect ideas within and for example for instance furthermore moreover
ADVERBIALS across sentences in addition likewise
List
first second firstly for one thing
first of all secondly lastly for another thing
to begin with second of all finally next
Summary
in sum in conclusion all in all
in summary to conclude overall
| ultimately to summarize

ADVERBS AND ADVERBIALS 171

 Adverb Clauses

Never look back unless

you are planning to go
that way.
J* -s- <
—HENRY DAVID THOREAU,

WRITER AND PHILOSOPHER

(1817-1862)

- '‘I

Talk about It What does the quotation above mean? Do you agree or disagree?

172
 WARM-UP 173
6.1 Overview of Adverb Clauses 174 6.7 Conditional Adverb Clauses (Real Conditionals) 194
6.2 Adverb Clauses of Time and Reason 176 Usage Note: Unless 196
Usage Note: Since and As 180 6.8 Conditional Adverb Clauses (Unreal Conditionals) 197
6.3 Adverb Clauses of Contrast 183 Usage Note: Contrasting Real and Unreal Conditionals 199
Usage Note: While 186 Usage Note: As If and As Though 201
Pronunciation Note: Contrasting Information 186 6.9 Using Adverb Clauses in Speaking 202
6.4 Adverb Clauses of Manner 188 6.10 Using Adverb Clauses in Academic Writing 205
6.5 Adverb Clauses of Purpose and Result 190
6.6 Reduced Adverb Clauses of Time and Contrast 192 WRAP-UP Demonstrate Your Knowledge 210
6.11 Summary of Adverb Clauses 211

WARM-UP
Al Match the beginnings and endings of the proverbs. Then choose one proverb and tell a partner what it
means to you.

Pr o v e r b s f r o m Ar o u n d
1. Knowledge is the most valuable treasure
2. Don't count your chickens
3. When spider webs unite,
4. A snake will emit1 poison
5. The eyes are of little use
6. Make hay
7. Even though the old man is strong,
t he Wo r l d
d a. they can tie up a lion. (Ethiopian)
b. even though you feed it on milk. (Indian)
c. while the sun shines. (English)
d. because it can't be stolen or consumed. (Sanskrit)
e. he will not live forever. (Ghanaian)
f. if the mind is blind. (Arabic)
g. before they hatch2. (Greek)

BI The words in blue in the proverbs above are adverb clauses. Based on these examples, what can you say
about adverb clauses? Check (/) True or False.

TRUE FALSE

1. An adverb clause has a subject and verb.

2. Adverb clauses always come at the end of a sentence.
3. An adverb clause is connected to another clause.
4. Adverb clauses always begin with when or while.

CI Look back at the quotation on page 172. Identify any adverb clauses.

1 emit: to send out something such as gas, heat, light, or a sound 2 hatch: to come out of an egg

ADVERB CLAUSES 173

 6.1 Overview of Adverb Clauses
We use an adverb clause to add information to a main clause. The adverb clause explains why, when, where,
how, or under what conditions something happens. There are several important things to remember about
adverb clauses:
main clause adverb clause
An adverb clause needs to be connected
1 He didn't get involved in politics until he was in his 50s. to a main clause, as in 1 - 2. We use a
comma (,) after the adverb clause when it
adverb clause main clause
comes first, as in 2.
2 Ifyouneedme, I should be in the library.
A
subject verb subject verb
Both the adverb clause and the main
3 [T learned to drive when I was 16. clause must have a subject and a verb,
as in 3.
main clause subordinator
when Adverb clauses begin with subordinators
4 I enjoy my job because it is challenging. (connecting words) such as until, if, when,
even though because, or even though, as in 4.

BOTH CLAUSES REFER TO A PRESENT TIME FRAME
5 As children grow older, their interests change.
(simple present / simple present)
6 I don't know how to cook because no one has ever taught me.
(simple present / present perfect)
BOTH CLAUSES REFER TO A PAST TIME FRAME
It’s important to pay attention to the form of
the verb in the main clause and the adverb
clause.
• When both clauses refer to a present time
frame (or general/timeless), we use present
verb forms in both clauses, as in 5 - 6.

7 After she got a BA, she went back to school to get an MA. • When both clauses refer to a past time
(simple past / simple past) frame, we use past verb forms in both
B clauses, as in 7 - 8.
8 The store wasn't doing very well when my father bought it.
(past progressive / simple past)

THE TWO CLAUSES REFER TO DIFFERENT TIME FRAMES

9 This book is special to me because it was a gift from my uncle, • When the two clauses refer to different
(simple present / simple past) time frames, we can use different verb
10 This book has always been special to me because it was a gift forms, as in 9 -10.
from my uncle, (present perfect / simple past)
For information about future time frames, see Chart 6.2.

ONLINE

11 Noticing Adverb Clauses Read this information and take notes in the timeline on page 175.
Then answer the questions on page 175. QQ

VANESSA-MAE

Like many famous musicians, Vanessa-Mae started playing music at a very young age. She was only 3 years
old when she had her first piano lesson, and she started playing the violin when she was just 5. Then,
at the age of 8, she had to make a difficult decision. She had to choose between the violin and the piano.
Although she had just won a prize at an important piano competition, Vanessa-Mae decided to focus on
the violin. Once she made her decision, she worked hard to improve her playing, and by the time she was
12, she had made three recordings of classical music. Although she loved classical music, she wanted to
play other kinds of music, too. To many people's surprise, she got an electric violin and started playing rock
music. Today Vanessa-Mae is known as both a great classical violin musician and a great rock musician.
That's quite a combination.

174
 age 3 age 5 age 8 age 12 today

had her first piano lesson

QUESTIONS

1. What are the subject and verb in each bold adverb clause in the Activity 1
text on page 174? Circle them.
2. What subordinator (connecting word or phrase) begins each adverb clause?
Underline it.
3. Which adverb clauses come before the main clauses? What punctuation marks
does the writer use in these sentences?
4. Vanessa-Mae was a child prodigy—a person who develops a special skill
at a young age. Can you think of other child prodigies? What did they
accomplish at a young age? Try to use adverb clauses in your answers.

2 I Identifying Verb Forms Underline the verb in each main clause and each adverb clause in the
sentences below. Then identify the form of each verb. ECTM

PRESENT VERB FORMS simple present present progressive present perfect

PAST VERB FORMS simple past past progressive past perfect

1. When I have spent a lot of time exercising, I sleep better at night. present perfect/simple present

2. When I was younger, I thought a lot about my future.

3. My parents are important to me because they have always been my best friends.
4. Once I start something, I don't stop until I'm done.
5. I try to stay completely focused while I'm studying.
6. My hometown has always been special to me because it's so beautiful.
7. Once I've made a decision, I never change my mind.
8. I didn't have any friends while I was growing up.
9. A year after I had finished high school, I started college.
10. Shortly after I moved here, I got a job.
11. Although I worked hard yesterday, I don't feel like working this morning.
12. I am applying to this college because my father attended the same school.

Talk about It Are any of the sentences above true for you? Tell a partner.

Think about It Which sentences above have actions that take place in different time frames? What verb
forms are used in each clause?

ADVERB CLAUSES 175

 6.2 Adverb Clauses of Time and Reason
ADVERB CLAUSES OF TIME An adverb clause of time tells when one event
1 One study shows that babies can learn before they happens in relation to another event in the main
are born. clause, as in 1 - 4.
2 Once the process began, it was irreversible. • We use some subordinates to show that one
event happens before or after another event:
3 The lights automatically turn off when people leave
A the room. after before once until
4 As plastic bags break down, they release poisonous as soon as by the time since when
material into the water. • We use some subordinators to show that two
events happen at the same time:
as when whenever while

FUTURE ADVERB CLAUSES OF TIME When we make a prediction or talk about a future
5 Nobody will care when you get there tomorrow. plan, we usually use a future verb form in the main
(NOT: Nobody will care when you will get there tomorrow.) clause but a present (not future) verb form in the
adverb clause, as in 5 - 8.
6 What are you going to do while we're away?
B (NOT: What are you going to do while we will be away?)
7 After you read this, you'll probably have some
questions.
8 We aren't going to leave until you get back.

ADVERB CLAUSES OF REASON We can also use an adverb clause to give a reason
9 My watch is important to me because it was a gift from for something in the main clause. Adverb clauses of
my father. reason usually begin with the subordinator because,
since, as, or now that, as in 9 -12.
C 10 Since we have some new people here today, let's start
with introductions.
11 The meeting was canceled as no one could get there.
12 Now that prices have gone up, we can't afford to travel.

OTHER WAYS TO GIVE REASONS

because of + noun phrase

13 Because of the increase in prices, we can't afford to travel now. (because of- phrasal preposition)

D independent clause + so + independent clause

14 Prices have increased, so we can't afford to travel now. (so = conjunction)
two separate sentences
15 We can't afford to travel now. Prices have increased too much.

(fl^ONLINE

31 Noticing Adverb Clauses of Time Read these sentences and underline the adverb clauses of time.
Then check (/) Good Advice or Bad Advice. ESEJ

ADVICE FOR UNIVERSITY STUDENTS GOOD ADVICE BAD ADVICE

1. Before you turn in an assignment, check it over carefully. □ □

2. It's important to review your notes from class as soon as you □ □
get home.
3. Don't study for a test until your instructor tells you to. □ □
4. Take notes while you are reading assigned texts. □ □
5. Study with a large group of classmates whenever you can. □ □
176
 GOOD ADVICE BAD ADVICE

6. Ask to meet with your instructor whenever you are confused □ □

about the course material.
7. As you read your class assignment, you should listen to loud □ □
music to help you think.
8. Ask questions in class when you don't understand something. □ □
9. Always stay up late while you are studying. □ □
10. Once you have read a text, don't look at it again until you need □ □
to study for a test.

Talk about It Which advice in Activity 3 was good or bad? Compare with a partner and say why.

Write about It Write new sentences using the time clauses in the sentences in Activity 3.
Use your own words to write a different main clause.
Before you turn in an assignment, be sure to put your name on it.

41 Understanding Subordinators Choose the subordinator on the right that best completes each
sentence. Then answer the questions on page 178. 6.2 A-B

QUOTATIONS FROM FAMOUS PEOPLE

1. hs you grow older you will discover that you have two hands: one for
as
helping yourself, the other for helping others. (Sam Levenson, writer and humorist) before
whenever

2. I crave3 junk food, I want salty things like peanuts or potato chips.
after
(Tyra Banks, model) until
whenever

3. There's only one way to have a happy marriage and I learn what
as soon as
it is, I'll get married again. (Clint Eastwood, actor) by the time
while

4. you are over 30,35 years old, I think everyone should get down to
once
the gym and start moving again. (Warren Cuccurullo, musician) until
whenever

5. Life is what happens you are busy making other plans.

before
(John Lennon, musician) until
while

6. I've now been in this country . .. I was 17. So this is my second

by the time
home. (Hakeem Olajuwon, athlete) since
when

3 crave: to need something strongly or urgently

ADVERB CLAUSES 177

 7. I still love making hamburgers on the grill4.1 guess I eat them,
before
childhood memories come up for me. (Bobby Flay, chef) until
whenever

8. Champions keep playing they get it right. (Billie Jean King, athlete)
before
until
whenever

9. you do the common things in life in an uncommon way, you will

after
command the attention of the world. (George Washington Carver, scientist) since
when

10. I hear music, something in me starts to vibrate5.

as soon as
(Suzanne Farrell, dancer) by the time
until

11. I could develop a picture I was 12. (David Bailey, photographer)

by the time
since
whenever

12. A lie gets halfway around the world the truth has a chance to
before
get its pants on. (Winston Churchill, statesman) until
when
QUESTIONS I———

1. In which sentences in Activity 4 do the two events happen at the same time?
2. What verb form does each speaker use in the main clause and the adverb clause of time?
3. In which sentences in Activity 4 is the speaker making a prediction or a plan? How do you know?

Talk about It Which quotation in Activity 4 is the most interesting to you? Tell your classmates why.

51 Using Adverb Clauses of Time to Talk about the Future Complete these sentences with the
correct form of the verbs in parentheses. Then check (/) Prediction or Plan, rwn

UNDERGRADUATES DISCUSS THE FUTURE PREDICTION PLAN

1. When the economy- improves ., more people jobs.

(improve) (have)
2. It years before the economy steady again.
(be) (become)
3. I a job unless I very lucky.
(not/get) (be)
4. Most students at low salaries when they
(start)
college.
(leave)
5. When I .,1 a job right away.
(graduate) (get)
6. As soon as 1 school, I for as many
(finish) (apply)
jobs as possible.

4grill: a metal frame that you put food on to cook over a fire 5vibrate: to move very quickly from side to side or up and down

178
 PREDICTION PLAN

7. I for employment until I

(not / look) (graduate)
from college.

8. We good jobs unless we new skills.

(not/get) (learn)
9. I to get some work experience while I
(try)
in school.
(be)
10. I after I my final exams.
(travel) (pass)

Talk about It Work with a partner. For each prediction in Activity 5, agree or disagree. For each plan,
say true or false for you.

Write about It Rewrite each sentence in Activity 5 using a different main clause.
When the economy improves, people will start taking vacations overseas again.

61 Noticing Adverb Clauses of Reason Underline the adverb clauses of reason. Then circle the
subordinator in each clause. KWBi

Tips for Staying Healthy in Hrt Weather

1. Avoid very cold drinkslysjthey can cause stomach pain.

*
2. Don't assume the heat won't make you sick just because you never had
a problem before.
3. Avoid high-protein foods since they increase body heat.
4. Don't exercise in very hot, humid weather. Your body will sweat because
it is hot, but the sweat won't evaporate6 because of the high humidity.

Tips for Staying Healthy in Cold Weather

5. Since you lose most of your body heat through your head,
it's important to wear a hat in cold weather.
6. Wearing layers7 of clothing helps keep you warm because your
body heat gets trapped8 between the layers.
7. Don't wear tight shoes or boots as they increase your chances
of getting frostbite9.
8. Be especially careful on cold, windy days because the wind can
carry heat away from the body.

6 evaporate: to change from a liquid into steam or gas ’trapped: caught or kept in place
and disappear ’frostbite: an injury to the body caused by extreme cold
7 layers: things that lie on other things or between other things

ADVERB CLAUSES 179

 Think about It Which sentence in Activity 6 has a comma after the adverb clause? Why?

Talk about It Think of two to three more tips to add to each list in Activity 6. Explain them to a classmate.

7 I Identifying Subordinators Underline the subordinator in each adverb clause of reason. Then add a
comma where necessary. KCT»i

MODERN LIVING RESEARCH

SAYS...
1. Because the cost of living has gone up, many people are working
longer hours. The subordinator as
2. More people are working during their vacations now that they have sounds more formal
access to the Internet. and is used less often
to introduce a reason.
3. Since more people are watching TV the programs are getting better.
COR
4. It's easier to do research now because there is so much information
on the Internet.
5. Now that people can do research on the Internet they don't go to the
library as often.
6. People are driving less now that the price of gasoline has gone up.
7. Because there are so many cars on the road driving has become
more dangerous.
8. There is no real need to go shopping in stores as one can buy almost
anything online.
9. Since it's easy to travel almost anywhere in the world there are few
unspoiled places left.
10. Now that smoking is illegal in many public places more people will
probably quit smoking.
11. Since fewer people are smoking deaths from lung cancer should
go down.
12. Because people are living longer it's even more important for them
to have health insurance.

Talk about It Does each sentence above describe a positive result or a negative result? Why do you
think so? Share ideas with your classmates.

Write about It Rewrite each sentence above using a different main clause.

1. Because the cost of living has gone up, fewer people are traveling overseas.

Write about It Write three of your own opinions about modern living. Use because, since, as, or now that.

81 Usage Note: Since and As Read the note. Then do Activity 9.

Some subordinators have more than one meaning: they can be used to introduce different types of adverb
clauses. For example, as and since can be used to begin a time clause or a reason clause.
ADVERB CLAUSES OF TIME ADVERB CLAUSES OF REASON

1 I've known him since I was a child*. 3 Since no one is using this room, I'm going to use it.
2 She called just as I was leaving. 4 As the president couldn't be here today, the vice president has
come instead.

* When we use since in a time clause, the verb must always refer to an earlier time (present perfect, simple past, past perfect, etc.).

180
 91 Adverb Clause of Time or Reason? Underline the adverb clauses with as or since. Then identify
each adverb clause as a time clause or a reason clause. Check (/) your answers. 6.2 A-C

TIME REASON
CLAUSE CLAUSE

1. "If you look at the course syllabus10, you'll notice that I've marked three items 0 □
in blue. These are the things I'm going to emphasize as we go through
the course."
2. "I'd like to show you some pictures of the poetT. S. Eliot since I'm going to be □ □
talking about him in today's lecture."
3. "As I was reading through your papers, I noticed that some of you had trouble □ □
understanding a few of the concepts we discussed last week."
4. "There are several things you need to remember as we move forward in our □ □
study of basic chemistry. I'm going to post these online for you to refer to."
5. "I'm going to read the poem to you in class since some of you weren't able to □ □
get the packet of class materials from the bookstore."
6. "As the semester goes on, I'll go into more detail about different styles □ □
of architecture11."
7. "There have been several new developments in the field since we last met, □ □
and I'll be discussing these over the next few weeks."
8. "I can't tell you exactly when the final exam will be since the department □ □
hasn't made the schedule yet. But I'll let you know soon."
9. "Since I published my research paper on animal extinction12, there's been a lot □ □
of interest in the subject."
10. "As none of you will be here next semester, we'll end this course with a review □ □
of European economics."

Think about It In which sentences above can you use a different subordinator? Which subordinator
would you use?

These are the things I'm going to emphasize while we go through the course.

101 Exploring Ways to Give Reasons Rewrite sentences 1-8 using an adverb clause of reason.
Then complete sentences 9-12 with your own ideas. Pay close attention to the time frame and verb
forms you use. BTO1

GOOD EXCUSES/BAD EXCUSES

1. We couldn't understand him because of his strong accent.

We couldn't understand him because he had a strong accent.

2. My brother's car broke down, so he missed his flight.

3. I couldn't get to class because of the bad weather.
4. I didn't exercise because of the heat.

'“syllabus: a list of all the things that you must study in a class extinction: the disappearance of a type of plant or animal
11 architecture: thestudy of designing and making buildings (it no longer exists)

ADVERB CLAUSES 181

 5. I don't have any money, so I can't go out this weekend.
6. I don't have a computer, so I can't email my family.
7. I couldn't go away for the weekend. I had to work.
8. We don't see her very often because of her job.
9. I couldn't do my homework because of

10. I
so I couldn't do my homework.
11. I couldn't come to class last week.

12. I
so I had to stay home.

Talk about It Share some of your ideas from sentences 9-12 in Activity 10 with your classmates.
Ask your classmates to say if they are good or bad excuses.

11 | Error Correction Correct any errors in these sentences. (Some sentences may not have any errors.)

1. It's hard to compare schools in the United States and Mexico. Because my
country has a different educational system.
2. I did not do very well on the examination because of I did not read the
instructions carefully.
3. Since you weren't here yesterday you didn't get the assignment.
4. I couldn't sleep last night because I worry about the test.
5. Now that I have some money I'm going to take a vacation.
6. When I arrived here, I was happy because my sister was here and I hadn't
seen her in a long time. At the same time, I was sad because I left my friends
behind and I knew I will miss them.
7. I'm proud of myself because now I could communicate with people in
English, 1 have a good job, and I'm going to start college soon.
8. My parents always encouraged me to make my own decisions. This was
very important to me. Because made me trust myself.
9. I thought my parents would come here until the day my father call me.
10. After I left my country, I moved to Germany. While I living there, I studied
at a university.
11. I want to go back home as long as I can.
12. When I will get older I will look back at this time and laugh.
13. After finished eating, they went to the bride's house.
14. At noon all my friends arrived, as soon as they arrived, they started to
decorate my apartment, they finished at 5:00.
15. Because my country, Cambodia, has a very different educational system.

182
 6.3 Adverb Clauses of Contrast
An adverb clause of contrast adds unexpected, surprising, or contrasting information to a main clause,
as in 1 -2.
main clause adverb clause
A 1 My grandfather still works even though he's in his eighties.
adverb clause
2 Though cell phones have solved some problems, they have created many others.
SHOWING CONTRAST
3 Although she's been teaching for ten years, she still
feels nervous at the beginning of the school year.
(= She’s been teaching for ten years, but she still feels ... )
B 4 Though she said she wanted to help, she didn't do
anything. (= She said she wanted to help, but she ... )
5 He wouldn't eat anything even though he was hungry.
(= He was hungry but he wouldn’t eat anything.)
CONTRASTING ASPECTS OF THE SAME THING
6 While smokeless tobacco may be safer than cigarettes,
it is not safe enough. (= Smokeless tobacco maybe safer than
cigarettes, but it is not safe enough.)
7 While a college education is useful, it doesn't guarantee
a job after graduation. (= A college education is useful but it
C doesn’t guarantee a job.)
CONTRASTING TWO DIFFERENT THINGS
8 Hawaii is warm while Alaska is cold.
9 My mother was an artist and very high-strung while my
father was quite calm.
COMPARE: OTHER WAYS TO SHOW CONTRAST
independent clause + but + independent clause
10 My grandfather is in his eighties, but he still works, (but = conjunction)
11 Cell phones have solved some problems, but they have created many others.
D despite + noun phrase
12 Despite his age, he has never had a job. (despite = preposition)
13 Despite being hungry, he wouldn't eat anything.
in spite of + noun phrase
14 In spite of his age, he has never worked, (in spite of = preposition)
(= unexpected or surprising information)
main clause
(= contrasting information)
Adverb clauses of contrast often begin with the
subordinator although, though, or even though, as in
3-5. These subordinators usually include a meaning
of concession or “but...”
Although, though, and even though are similar in meaning.
However:
» although is more formal
• even though expresses a stronger contrast or emphasis
We can also use while to introduce an adverb clause
of contrast.
• When we use while to contrast two aspects of
the same thing, it usually includes a meaning of
concession or “but..as in 6 - 7. With this use
of while, the adverb clause usually comes before
the main clause.
• We can also use while to make a direct contrast
between two different things, as in 8 - 9. With this
use of while, the adverb clause usually comes after
the main clause.
g»ONLINE
ADVERB CLAUSES 183
 121 Noticing Adverb Clauses of Contrast Match the questions with the answers. Then underline each
adverb clause of contrast and circle the subordinator. 6.3 A-B

FACTS ABOUT HISTORICAL PEOPLE

Questions
1. What university did George Washington attend? d
2. How many children did Washington have?
3. Did George Washington wear a wig13?
4. Is he buried14 under the U.S. Capitol?
George Washington,
first president of the U.S.
Answers
a. No, he didn't. Even though wigs were
fashionable, Washington didn't wear one.
Instead, he powdered his hair.
b. None. George Washington had no children of
his own although he helped raise two of his
wife's children from her first marriage.
c. No, he isn't. Although Congress built a room
under the Capitol Building for this purpose,
Washington is not buried in it.
d. He did not attend college. Although
Washington believed strongly in formal
education, the death of his father ended his
formal schooling.

1. Did Christopher Columbus discover America?
2. Where was Columbus trying to go in 1502?
3. Did Columbus sail in very large ships?
4. Was Christopher Columbus married?
- •
Christopher Columbus,
Italian explorer
a. Yes, he was. Although no one writes about
her often, Columbus had a wife named Filipa
Perestrelo, a Portuguese lady. Their wedding
was on the Portuguese island of Porto Santo
in 1479.
b. No, he didn't. Columbus's biggest ship, the
Santa Maria, sailed across the Atlantic Ocean
even though it was only 70 feet long and not
designed for exploration.
c. In 1502, Columbus sailed to America for the
fourth time and explored Central America
though he was still hoping to land in China!
d. Although people have said Columbus
discovered America, this isn't in fact true.
There were many people living there already,
but of course, Columbus didn't know that.

1. What did Mozart call himself? a. Even though it's hard to believe, Mozart was
only eight years old when he composed his
2. Was Mozart very rich?
first symphony.
3. What sort of music did Mozart compose15?
b. No, he wasn't. Although he was very famous,
4. How old was he when he began to compose? Mozart was extremely poor when he died in
1791. His grave16 didn't even have a stone on it.
c. Though Mozart is often remembered for
writing cheerful music and funny operas, not
m ■ all his music was happy. He also wrote serious
music and even funeral music.
■ ■ ; «..
d. Mozart's official name was Joannes
Wolfgang Amadeus Mozart, Chrysostomus Wolfgangus Theophilus
Austrian composer although he called himself Gottlieb until 1769.
Then he began to call himself Amadeo.

13 wig: a covering for your head made of hair that is not your own 15 compose: to write something, especially music
14 bury: to put a dead body in the ground l6grave: a hole in the ground where a dead person's body
is buried

184
 Think about It Look at the sentences with adverb clauses of contrast in Activity 12. What verb forms
does the writer use in the main clause and the adverb clause of each?

Talk about It What was the most surprising thing you learned about each person? Tell a partner.

131 Using Adverb Clauses of Contrast Add unexpected or surprising information to these sentences.
(Many different answers are possible.) 6.3 A-B

1. I got up early this morning even though

F Y I
2. Although In a sentence with an
I drank several cups of it. adverb clause of contrast,
we sometimes use the
3. Although word stil! in the main
I usually take the bus. clause to add emphasis.
4. Although Even though she's 24, she
still acts like a child.
I still got to work on time.
5. I worked all day even though
6. I didn't eat lunch even though
7. Although I stayed up late watching TV.
8. Though it seemed like a bad idea, I
9. I never learned to drive a car even though

10. though I had plenty of time.

Talk about It Share one of the sentences you completed above with your classmates. Think of different
ways to complete the sentence.

"I got up early this morning even though it was a holiday."

141 Using While in Contrast Clauses Complete these sentences to make a contrast between the
adverb clause and the main clause. (Many different answers are possible.) SH

: © r €
n
Opinions about Television
1. While the number of programs on TV is increasing,

2. While many parents don't want their children to watch a lot of TV,
I
|
I
3. Some of the news programs on TV are OK while others

4. Some people prefer news programs while others

5. While many people admit that they watch too much TV,
6. While TV is still a popular source of news,
7. While TV , it can also be harmful for children.
8. While many TV channels show only sports programs,

ADVERB CLAUSES 185

 Think about It Which of the sentences you completed in Activity 14 use while to contrast two aspects of
the same thing? Which make a direct contrast between two different things?

Talk about It Read your opinions from Activity 14 to a classmate. Ask your classmate to agree or disagree.

151 Usage Note: While Read the note. Then do Activity 16.

We can use while to introduce a contrast clause or a time clause. In a contrast clause, while is similar in
meaning to although. In a time clause, while is similar in meaning to during the time that.
1 Why are some people afraid of snakes while others aren't? (contrast clause)
2 A fire broke out while people were still in the building, (time clause)

Sometimes the word while could have either meaning.

3 While I do the dishes, he does the laundry, (contrast clause or time clause?)

161 Understanding Clauses with While Underline the adverb clauses in these sentences. Then decide
if the subordinator while introduces a contrast clause or a time clause. Check (/) your answers.

CONTRAST TIME
CLAUSE CLAUSE

1. While this disease can be deadly in humans and animals, it is treatable. 0 □

2. While people are being treated for the disease, they need constant care. □ □
3. While animals can get this disease, people cannot. □ □
4. While the river is being cleaned up, swimming will not be allowed. □ □
5. While the river is being cleaned up, the surrounding area is not. □ □
6. While it would be wonderful to clean up the river, it is unlikely to happen. □ □
7. We couldn't see or hear anything while we were swimming across the river. □ □
8. While it can be challenging to swim across the river, it can be done. □ □
9. Several protestors had to be taken from the room while the president was □ □
giving her speech.
10. While the president's speech was informative, she didn't address several □ □
important issues.
11. While it would be nice to think that we don't need this law, we do. □ □
12. The crime rate went down while the law was in effect. □ □
13. While the law was effective, it was very unpopular. □ □
(J) 171 Pronunciation Note: Contrasting Information Listen to the note. Then do Activity 18.

In sentences with adverb clauses of contrast, we may sometimes stress the information (or words) that we
are contrasting.
1 He went to WORK even though he had been SICK all night.
2 Even though most people here speak SPANISH, I want to practice speaking ENGLISH.
3 While this book was written for CHILDREN, ANYONE can enjoy it.

186
J) 181 Noticing Contrasting Words Listen and underline the contrasting words. Then listen again and
repeat the sentences. 6.3 A-C

1. Even though she's older, she's not really any wiser. RESEARCH
2. While it may help to take vitamins, it's not absolutely necessary. SAYS...
3. Someday I may want to move although I doubt it. Clauses with although
4. Even though I can understand Spanish, I can't speak it. and (even) though
5. He was kind to me even though I didn't deserve it. come more often at
the beginning of a
6. I live a quiet life although I'm really a city person. sentence.
7. I respect your decision even though I don't like it.
CORPUS
8. Although I disagree with many of the changes, I'm willing to try them out.
9. Even though I dislike politics, I think it's important to vote.
10. While solar panels17 are a good source of energy, they're very ugly.
11. Although I don't like loud music, I love listening to modern jazz.
12. I rarely get any exercise even though I know I should.

Talk about It Look back at Activities 13 and 14. Practice reading some of your sentences to a partner
using stress to show the contrasting information.

191 Exploring Different Ways to Contrast Ideas Rewrite each sentence using the bold subordinator.
EEEI
1. Bamboo looks like a tree, but it is actually a grass.
Despite looking like a tree, bamboo is actually a grass
2. Most people think water always boils at 212 degrees Fahrenheit,
but this only happens at sea level.
While

3. Some bacteria are harmful, but the vast majority of bacteria

are harmless.
Although
4. Some deserts are hot, dry places; others are cold and ice-covered.
While
5. Despite the earth's being slightly flat at the poles, we say it is round.
Even though
6. Despite looking like a tree, the banana plant is actually a very large herb.
Although
7. In spite of the distractions, the researchers were able to focus on their work.
Even though
8. Despite being extremely small, ants are very strong insects.
While

Think about It How else could you rewrite each sentence above? Compare ideas with your classmates.

’ ’ solar panels: groups of solar cells that collect radiation from the sun, used to produce electricity

ADVERB CLAUSES 187

 201 Error Correction Correct any errors in these sentences. (Some sentences may not have any errors.)

1. Although she is a good wife, we are a happy family.

2. I don't know much about U.S. history. Although I took several courses.
3. Even they look very different, they have similar personalities.
4. Even though I was a good student, but I couldn't get a scholarship.
5. Although I had heard that word many times, so it sounded strange to me.
6. Although it was an old car, it didn't run very well.
7. He is very generous even though he doesn't have much money he gives everything to his friends.
8. My family lives in a small house near Seattle, Washington. Despite the only three rooms that the house
has, we never feel crowded.

6.4 Adverb Clauses of Manner

1 She called me last night as she always does.
2 I prefer to leave things as they are.
3 As I said at the last meeting, I expect to finish this task
by the end of next month.
An adverb clause of manner answers the question
how or in what way. Adverb clauses of manner begin
with the subordinator as. In these clauses, as means
"in the same way that,” as in 1 - 3.

A MANNER VS. TIME VS. REASON CLAUSES WITH AS WARNING! We can use the subordinator as to
begin an adverb clause of manner, time, or reason,
4 Please carry the box as I showed you. (manner)
as in 4 - 6.
5 As we were driving home, there was a huge storm, (time)
6 We stopped at a gas station as we were running out of
fuel, (reason)

USING AS THOUGH AND AS IF
7 He looks as though he needs to sit down.
(Based on looking at him, I think this.)
B 8 It doesn't sound as if Jim is going to get the job.
(Based on the things I’ve heard, I believe this.)
9 She feels as though she is being punished.
(Based on her experience, this is her feeling.)
We can use adverb clauses beginning with as though
or as if after a linking verb like look, sound, or feel,
as in 7 - 9.
We use these adverb clauses to say how we imagine
something or how someone seems to be.

^^ONLINE

211 Distinguishing Types of Adverb Clauses Underline the adverb clauses. Then decide how each
adverb clause is used. Check (/) Manner, Reason, or Time. EEEI

MANNER REASON TIME

HOW? WHY? WHEN?

1. My mother runs her house as you would run a hotel. 0 □ □

2. My sister always gets up just as the coffee is ready. □ □ □
3. My father has a good pension as he worked many years for □ □ □
the government.
4. He recited the poem perfectly as he always does. □ □ □
5. She raised herself on her elbows as she stared into the night. □ n [J
6. As I have said before, I'll be leaving early tonight. □ □ □
7. She dragged her feet as she made her way out of the house. □ □ □
8. He is in great demand as he is a good speaker. □ □ □
188
 MANNER REASON TIME
HOW? WHY? WHEN?

9. The event was a failure as only 20 people came. □ □ □

10. The hotel was not a depressing place as I had imagined it. □ □ □
11. People stood and applauded as the parade went by. □ □ □
12. She looked down as her mother kissed her goodbye. □ □ □
13. As the musicians were late, there was no entertainment □ □ □
for the first hour.
14. He's taking a nap as he always does in the afternoon. □ □ □
15. That's a picture of me as I used to look. □ □ □
16. As she opened the door, she heard a sharp crack. □ □ □
221 Using Adverb Clauses of Manner Write a sentence about the people in each picture below.
Use as though/as //and ideas from the box. (More than one answer may be possible.) Then compare
with a partner. ECT1
In picture 1, the woman looks as though she is in a hurry.

confused about something going to have a good time has a lot to do really surprised

feel pretty cold happy to be there in a hurry very relaxed

L
-I
a

2 3 4

MS

» t i <3*- A*

jHT
5 6

Talk about It Think of another sentence for each picture above using as though/as if. Share your ideas
with classmates.

ADVERB CLAUSES 189

 6.5 Adverb Clauses of Purpose and Result
ADVERB CLAUSES OF PURPOSE
1 Cover it with glass so that the contents are visible.
A 2 It's important to keep the cables vertical so you know
where they are.
3 We took a map so we wouldn't get lost.
An adverb clause of purpose answers the question for
what purpose or why. Purpose clauses often begin with so
that, as in 1. The word that is often omitted, as in 2 - 3.
We often use the modals can, may, and will / would in
purpose clauses, as in 3.

ADVERB CLAUSES OF RESULT An adverb clause of result shows the result of

4 He talked so fast that I couldn't understand him. something in the main clause, as in 4 -10. The main
clause usually includes so or such; the result clause
5 I met so many people that I'll never remember all
usually begins with the connecting word that. Clauses of
their names.
result almost always come after the main clause.
6 I ate so much food that it made me sick.
There are a number of ways to signal in the main clause
7 She is such a generous person that she always
that an adverb clause of result follows:
agrees to everything we ask for.
B (NOT: a such generous person) adjective or adverb +
so +
8 The birds flew in such large numbers that the sky so many/few + plural noun +
became dark. that
so much/little + noncount noun +
9 That's such good advice that I should pay you for it.
such + (a /an) + adjective + noun +
10 I'm so happy I could cry. The word that is often omitted when the meaning of the
sentence is clear, as in 10.

(cJjDONLINE

23 I Using Adverb Clauses of Purpose Choose an adverb clause from this box to complete each
sentence below. B3CTÜ

so that you don't spread germs so that you don't have health problems later so that you lose weight

so that you feel less stressed so you catch any health problems early so you don't get a sunburn

so you don't get dehydrated so you don't have too much to do at once so you don't get cavities

so it doesn't become infected so you feel rested when you wake up so you raise your heart rate

Health Advice
1. You should always wash a cut_____________ so it doesn't become infected

2. It's a good idea to wash your hands frequently

3. Drink plenty of water
4. You should exercise energetically
5. You should cover your skin when you are in direct sunlight
6. Quit smoking
7. Brush your teeth twice a day
8. Get an annual checkup
9. Eat more fruit and vegetables
10. Do small tasks immediately
11. Try yoga or meditation
12. Aim for seven hours of sleep

190
241 Understanding Adverb Clauses of Result Match each main clause with an adverb clause of
result. (More than one answer may be possible, but only one is correct.) BTl

DESCRIPTIONS FROM FICTION

Main clause Adverb clause of result
1. She was so beautiful d a. that no one recognized him.
2. He was so funny b. that I wanted to cry.
3. He'd been so busy _ c. that I couldn't stop laughing.
4. The pain was so strong d. that he couldn't find the words to describe her.
5. He had gained so much weight e. that he'd completely forgotten to call her.
6. She sounded like such a fascinating person f. that he almost fell.
7. Joe let him go, pushing him back so hard g- that I wanted to meet her.
8. He looked at me with such sad eyes h. that she nearly fainted.

Think about It Write the bold words above in this list.

1. So + adjective + that: so beautiful that

2. So + adverb + that:
3. So much + noncount noun + that:
4. Such + adjective + plural noun + that:
5. Such + a/an + adjective + singular noun + that:

Think about It Circle the word that best completes each sentence.

1. We can / can't use so before a singular noun.

2. We can / can't use such before an adjective or adverb alone.
3. We can / can't use such before a/an + an adjective + a singular noun.

Write about It Think of a different adverb clause of result for each main clause above.
She was so beautiful that people often stared at her.

251 Using Adverb Clauses of Result Rewrite these sentences with so or such.

1. I'm studying very hard. I'm sure to do well in this course.

I'm studying so hard that I'm sure to do well in this course.

2. She has a strong accent. I can hardly understand her.

3. I have very little money. I can't afford to buy a car.
4. He was feeling quite ill. He went home.
5. She takes good care of her car. It looks new.
6. He was very grateful. He couldn't stop thanking me.
7. The flowers in the garden were pretty. I wanted to pick them.
8. It happened a long time ago. She can't remember the details.
9. I was late for class. I took a taxi.
10. It was a beautiful day. I didn't want to think about my problems.

ADVERB CLAUSES 191

 26 | Analyzing Adverb Clauses Underline the adverb clauses. Then answer the questions below. 6.5 A-B

Good Design
When digital audio players (DAPs) first appeared in the 1990s, they weren't very popular. In 2000,
Apple realized that customers were not interested in DAPs because the players weren't designed
well. Apple soon developed a new product: the iPod. It was attractive and had a fast computer
connection so that songs could quickly transfer from a computer to the player. Since Apple
released the first iPod in 2001, it has released many different versions. Most iPods now have touch
screens to play videos. Others are so small that they can fit in your hand. Apple has also developed
similar products, such as the iPhone and the iPad. Because of their excellent design, these
products are some of the most popular devices for mobile communication and entertainment.

1. How many adverb clauses did you find in the paragraph above?
2. How many of these adverb clauses show the result of something in the main clause?
3. How many of these adverb clauses show the purpose for something?
4. What other expression in the paragraph shows the purpose for something? Circle it.
5. How is the Apple iPod different from earlier digital music players?

6.6 Reduced Adverb Clauses of Time and Contrast

COMPARE FULL AND REDUCED ADVERB CLAUSES We can sometimes shorten an adverb clause of time
same subjects or contrast when the subject of the adverb clause and
Z >
la Although the house is small, it has lots of closets, the subject of the main clause are the same, as in la.
lb Although small, the house has lots of closets. We call this a reduced adverb clause, as in lb.
A
different subjects

2 Although the house is small, I still like it. When the subjects are different, the adverb clause
cannot be reduced, as in 2.

REDUCED ADVERB CLAUSES WITH THE VERB BE
3a While I was in school, I played a lot of football.
3b While in school, I played a lot of football.
4a Although my father was bothered by the news, he did
his best to ignore it.
4b Although bothered by the news, my father did his best
to ignore it.
5a When you're looking for a job, you should be sure to
keep your resume up to date.
B 5b When looking for a job, you should be sure to keep
your resume up to date.
REDUCED ADVERB CLAUSES WITH OTHER VERBS
6a The train stopped several times before it finally arrived.
6b The train stopped several times before finally arriving.
7a Since David graduated from college, he's worked in
three different banks.
7b Since graduating from college, David has worked in
three different banks.
The way we reduce an adverb clause depends on the
verb in the clause:
• When the adverb clause has a form of the verb
be (as a helping verb or a main verb), we drop the
subject and the form of the verb be, as in 3 - 5.
• When the adverb clause has a verb other than be,
we drop the subject and any helping verb, and we
use the -ing form of the main verb, as in 6 - 7.
WARNING! When you use a reduced adverb clause, make
sure the subject in the main clause is clear, as in 4b and 7b.
We use these subordinators in reduced adverb clauses:
after when since although
before while though

ONLINE

192
271 Analyzing Reduced Clauses of Time and Contrast Underline the subject in each main clause
and each adverb clause. Then check (/) the adverb clauses you can reduce. 6.6 A-B

1. 0 Although my sister was tired, she refused to stop working.

2. Lots of people listen to the radio while they are driving.
3. They left the room before we announced the good news.
4. Brothers and sisters share a lot of experiences while they are growing up.
5. I always feel good after I exercise outdoors.
6. Although this method is complicated, it is highly reliable.
7. Although the directions were written simply, they were difficult to follow.
8. After the committee members discussed the issues, they made a final decision.
9. Although the engine was new, we couldn't get it started.
10. Although this issue is important, we aren't ready to make a decision.
11. Though the findings are based on only a few studies, they are very promising.
12. You should think about your career goals before you apply to a college or university.
13. Since Joe and I started to eat more healthily, we've both felt fitter18 and better.
14. We aren't allowed to use our cell phones while we are at work.
15. When I think about the future, I see myself changing careers completely.

Write about It Rewrite the sentences you checked above using a reduced adverb clause. Change
pronoun subjects to full noun subjects if necessary.
7. Although tired, my sister refused to stop working.

281 Using Reduced Clauses Underline the subject in each main clause and adverb clause. (If the clause
uses an imperative, write you.) Where possible, rewrite each sentence using a reduced adverb clause. 6.6 A-B

TRAVEL ADVICE F Y I
1. When you travel with children, you should carry plenty of water The subject of an imperative
and snacks. statement is always you. Notice
how we can reduce adverb
IM) en traveling with children, you should carry plenty of water and snacks. clauses when the main clause
is an imperative.
2. When you pack your suitcase, you should roll your clothes
instead of folding them. (You) Don't forget to make a hotel
reservation before you leave home.
3. When you carry your own luggage on an airplane, it is less likely
Don't forget to make a hotel
to get lost. reservation before leaving home.
4. Although checked luggage rarely gets lost, you should put extra
clothes in your carry-on luggage.
5. Make sure your flight is on time before you leave for the airport.
6. When you go through airport security, take your computer out of your carry-on bag.
7. Most passengers have to take off their shoes when they go through airport security.
8. When people are on an airplane for a long time, they should do foot and leg exercises.
9. You have to have a passport when you travel to a foreign country.
10. When you visit a foreign country, follow the customs of that country.
11. Hotel rates are often cheaper when you travel with a large group of people.
12. Take a small dictionary with you when you are traveling to a foreign country.

Write about It Write your own travel advice using reduced clauses.

,8fitter: healthier or stronger

ADVERB CLAUSES 193

 6.7 Conditional Adverb Clauses (Real Conditionals)
condition result
1 If I'm not too tired, (then) I usually go out in the evening.
condition result
A 2 If you mix red, green, and blue light, you get white light.
result condition
3 I can come over if you need some help.
PRESENT REAL CONDITIONALS
4 If eggs aren't properly cooked, they can make you sick.
5 If we want to go downtown, we usually take the bus.
6 If you don't know the meaning of a word, look it up
in your dictionary.
B PAST REAL CONDITIONALS
7 When I was a child, if my father wasn't working,
we usually did something outdoors.
8 Our teachers were very strict. If you didn't do all
your homework, you failed the course.
FUTURE REAL CONDITIONALS
9 If he's had a bad day, he probably won't come over.
10 This hypothesis will need to be tested to determine
if it is accurate.
11 If I can get home early, I will call you.
12 We might cancel the meeting if they can't come.
C 13 If you need some help tomorrow, call me.
14 If I take two classes next summer, I'll graduate early.
(NOT: If I will take two classes next summer, I’ll graduate early.)
291 Noticing Conditional Clauses Underline the conditional clauses in this article. Then write each
conditional and result clause under the correct group in the chart on page 195. k-sO
Five Warning Signs You’re Headed Toward Credit Card Debt19
1. You skip20 one credit card bill to pay another.
Skipping payment of one credit card bill to pay another is unwise. If you usually find yourself unable to
make your credit card payments, you are already in trouble.
5 debt: money you must pay back to someone
194
A conditional adverb clause shows what must
happen first (the condition) so that another thing
(the result) can happen, as in 1 - 3.
A conditional clause:
• usually begins with the subordinator if
• can come before or after the main clause
We often use conditional adverb clauses to talk
about real situations or events. These could be:
• facts or general truths, as in 4
• events that happen regularly, as in 5
• commands or advice, as in 6
• events that happened regularly in the past,
as in 7 - 8
In these clauses, it is possible to use when or
whenever in place of if.
GRAMMAR TERM: The present and past real conditionals
are sometimes called the zero conditional.
We sometimes use a conditional adverb clause
when we make a prediction or talk about future
events. In these sentences, we usually use a
present verb form in the if- clause, as in 9 - 14.
IF- CLAUSE RESULT (MAIN) CLAUSE
present verb form modal + base form
can + base form imperative
must + base form
Notice that we use a present form in the if- clause
even when it has a future time expression, as in 14.
GRAMMAR TERMS: This use of the future real conditional
is sometimes called the future-possible conditional or first
conditional.
ONLINE
20 skip: to not do something that you should do
 2. You charge more than you pay.
Imagine trying to fill a hole while someone digs21 out more dirt than you
put in. The hole would never get filled, would it? It's the same with credit
card debt. If you're charging more than you're paying, your debt will
always continue to increase.
3. You don't have a plan to pay off your credit card debt.
"Failing to plan is planning to fail." If you're not actively working to pay
off your credit card bill, you could end up paying for years to come.
4. You use credit to "afford" expensive items.
Credit cards trick us into thinking we can afford to buy more than we really can. You are endangering
your future income if you're getting into debt to have a lifestyle you really can't afford.
5. You have reached the limit on your credit cards.
If your credit cards are maxed out, you're not headed for credit card debt; you're already in it. What can
you do? Make a decision to pay off your credit card debt and to make wiser choices when you use your
credit cards in the future.

Condition Result
you usually find yourself unable to make your credit card you are already in trouble
payments

30 | Using Conditionals to Talk about Real Situations Match each clause on the left with a clause
on the right. S-frll
LANGUAGES

1. Any language is in trouble d a. if you can't speak the language.

2. If you can speak two languages fluently,
3. If my grandparents came to visit,
4. It's difficult to travel in a foreign country
5. If no one speaks a language anymore,
6. You have a better chance of getting a job
7. I can understand Chinese
8. In the past, children were punished
9. In Spanish, if you know how a word is
spelled,
10. If you travel extensively,
b. the language has become extinct.
c. if you know more than one language.
d. if it is spoken by only a few people.
e. if they didn't speak the official language at school.
f. you are bilingual.
g. we spoke with them in Italian.
h. if people speak it slowly.
i. you probably know some basic words in many
languages.
j. you almost always know how it is pronounced.

Think about It Which sentences above describe a fact or general truth? An event that happened
regularly in the past?

21 dig: to move earth by making a hole in the ground

ADVERB CLAUSES 195

 31 I Using If- Clauses in Predictions Complete these predictions with the correct present or future
form of the verbs in parentheses. Then check (/) Fact or Myth. BCT3I

HOW MUCH DO YOU KNOW ABOUT HEALTH? FACT MYTH

1. If you cross your eyes, they will stay that way.

(cross) (stay)
0
2. If both parents poor eyesight, their children will, too.
(have)
3. If you a lot of carrots, you good eyesight.
(eat) (have)
4. If both parents blue eyes, they usually
(have) (not have)
a child with brown eyes.

5. You longer if you frequently.

(live) (exercise)
6. You a cold if you outside in cold weather
(catch) (go)
with a wet head.

7. You smarter if you a lot of fish.

(get) (eat)
8. You if you swimming after a big meal.
(drown22) (go)
9. Your heart rate if you smoking.
(decrease) (quit)
10. If you deeply, you calmer.
(breathe) (feel)

Talk about It Discuss your answers above with a partner. Do you know other health myths or facts?

32 I Usage Note: Unless Read the note. Then do Activity 33.

We sometimes use the subordinator unless to begin an adverb clause of condition. Unless is similar in
meaning to except if, as in la - 3a. We can sometimes replace unless with if+ not in these sentences,
as in lb -3b.
la You shouldn't make personal phone calls from work unless it is an emergency.
(= You shouldn’t make personal phone calls from work except if it is an emergency.)
lb You shouldn't make personal phone calls from work if it isn't an emergency.
2a She isn't happy unless she's working. 3a I won't go unless you go.
2b She isn't happy if she isn't working. 3b I won't go if you don't go.

331 Unless or If? Complete these sentences with unless or if. 6.7 B-C

1. Generally I can sleep anytime, anywhere, anyplace, unless I'm anxious about work.
(Natalie Imbruglia, singer)
2. you dream it, you can do it. (Walt Disney, entrepreneur)
3. Fishing is boring you catch an actual fish, and then (if you do) it is disgusting.
(Dave Barry, humorist)
4. you can't explain it simply, you don't understand it well enough. (Albert Einstein, physicist)
5. You can't push anyone up the ladder he is willing to climb. (Dale Carnegie, writer)
6. Mistakes are always forgivable one has the courage to admit them. (Bruce Lee, martial artist)
7. you don't practice, you don't deserve to win. (Andre Agassi, tennis player)

“drown: to die underwater because you cannot breathe

196
 8. we remember, we cannot understand. (E. M. Forster, writer)
9. You may be deceived you trust too much. (Frank Crane, writer)
10. Nothing will work you do. (Maya Angelou, writer)

Write about It Look at the sentences in Activity 33 that use unless. Rewrite them using if+ not.

Generally I can sleep anytime, anywhere, anyplace, if I'm not anxious about work.

6.8 Conditional Adverb Clauses (Unreal Conditionals)

1 It's too bad that my brothers are away. If they were
here, I know they would help me. (They aren’t here.)
2 You'd feel better if you exercised. (You don’t exercise.)
3 I wouldn't have met my wife if I had moved to
London. (I didn’t move to London.)
A 4 If you had studied harder, you would have passed
the test. (You didn’t study hard enough.)
5 If there were no air, sound could not travel.
(There is air.)
We can use some conditional adverb clauses to describe
unreal, imaginary, unlikely, or impossible situations, as in
1-5. We might use an unreal conditional:
• when we wish the situation were true, as in 1
° to give advice, as in 2
• to express cause and effect, as in 3
• to criticize, as in 4
• to give surprising information, as in 5
GRAMMAR TERM: This use of the unreal conditional is sometimes
called the third conditional.

PRESENT UNREAL CONDITIONALS To show that we are talking about an unreal or imaginary
6 If it weren't raining, I'd go for a walk. (= it is raining.) situation, we use special verb forms.
7 If my sister were here now, she would know what When both the condition and the result refer to a present
to do. (= She’s not here now.) or future time frame, as in 6 -11, we use:
8 If I didn't have to work today, I could go hiking.
UNREAL CONDITION IN UNREAL RESULT IN
(= I do have to work today.) PRESENT OR FUTURE PRESENT OR FUTURE
9 If I could do anything I wanted, I'd move to Japan. if + a past verb form would + base form
FUTURE UNREAL CONDITIONALS could + base form
10 If I had time next month, I'd go to Hawaii. WARNING! When we use the verb be in the if- clause, we
B (= I don’t have time next month.) usually use were instead of was, as in 6 - 7.
11 If I had to work next week, I wouldn't be able to go
with you. (= I don’t have to work next week.)

PAST UNREAL CONDITIONALS When both the condition and the result refer to past time,
12 If I hadn't eaten earlier, I would have gone to lunch as in 12 -13, we use:
with you. (= I did eat earlier.)
UNREAL CONDITION IN PAST UNREAL RESULT IN PAST
13 If I had had any vacation days last month, I could
if + a past perfect verb would have + past participle
have gone to Hawaii. (= I didn’t have any vacation days
last month.) could have + past participle

THE TWO CLAUSES REFERTO DIFFERENT TIME FRAMES As with other adverb clauses, the time in an if- clause may
14 If we had left earlier, I would be home by now. be different from the time in a result clause, as in 14 -15.
(unreal past condition + present result)
C 15 If he hadn't been helping me, I would still be
living an hour away from school.
(unreal past condition + present result)

^^ONLINE

ADVERB CLAUSES 197

 341 Identifying Uses of Unreal Conditionals Why did each speaker or writer below use an unreal
conditional? Read the reasons in the box. Then write a, b, c, d, or e. (More than one answer may
be possible.) EJECT

a. because the person wishes the situation were true

b. to give advice
c. to express cause and effect
d. to criticize
e. to give surprising information

1. If I had known you were coming, I would have cooked something special, c/d
2. If the ice at both the North and South Poles melted, the seas would rise by over 70 meters.
3. It would help if you wrote the instructions down.
4. If something happened to her, her parents would be devastated.
5. If there were no gravity, things would spin off the earth.
6. I'd laugh if I weren't so tired.
7. If you hadn't wasted so much time, you'd be finished by now.
8. If he had the skills to work, he would be able to find a job.
9. If you had listened to me, we wouldn't have gotten lost.
10. If she had known the ice was thin, she wouldn't have gone out on the lake.
11. If I had told you the truth, you wouldn't have believed me.
12. You would have been disappointed if I hadn't come.
13. If you got up earlier, you wouldn't be late.
14. I would go to the doctor more often if I had health insurance.
15. Your essay would be better if it had a more interesting introduction.

Think about It In each sentence above, what didn't happen or isn't true?
1. I didn't know you were coming.

351 Talking about Unreal Situations Match each clause on the left with a clause on the right.
(More than one answer is possible.) Then circle the verbs in the main clause and the if- clause of
each sentence. mi

1. If I (won) a lot of money, e a. I would be the president of a company,

2. If I were the leader of my country,
3. If everyone could speak the same language,
4. If there were fewer people in the world,
5. If I could choose my dream job,
6. If we were at the beach,
7. If you didn't have any water to drink,
8. If I had more free time,
9. If I could take tomorrow off,
10. If I had a good boss,
b. you probably wouldn't live for more than
a few days.
c. we could go surfing.
d. my job would be great.
e. I (would share) it with my friends,
f. our cities wouldn't be so crowded,
g- we wouldn't need translators anymore.
h. I would learn a new sport.
i. I would change the tax system.
J- I would go for a long hike.

198
 Think about It What verb forms are used in the if- clause and main clause of each sentence in
Activity 35? What time frame is each sentence in?

Write about It Write new sentences using each if- clause in Activity 35. Use your own words to write a
different main clause.

361 Identifying the Time Frame Underline the verb forms in the if- clause and main clause for each
sentence. Then decide if each bold result clause describes an imaginary result in the past, present, or
future. 6.8 B-C

1. a. If we hadn't learned how to use electricity, we might still be using candles at night. present

b. If we hadn't learned how to use electricity, computers couldn't have been invented.
2. a. If I hadn't lost my job, I would be able to afford a new car.
b. If I hadn't lost my job, I wouldn't be able to travel with my family next week.
3. a. If he hadn't been wearing his seat belt, he wouldn't have survived the crash.
b. If he hadn't been wearing his seat belt, he wouldn't be alive today.
4. a. If she hadn't spent so much money, she could have afforded a new car.
b. If she hadn't spent so much money, she would still have some money in the bank.
5. a. If the earth didn't rotate, there would always be daylight on one side of it.
b. If the earth didn't rotate, there would be very little life.
6. a. If I didn't have to work, I would have gone shopping this morning.
b. If I didn't have to work, I'd feel a lot more relaxed.
7. a. if my brother had become a lawyer, he'd probably be working at a law firm.
b. If my brother had become a lawyer, he wouldn't have been very happy.
8. a. If our city wasn't so expensive, I'd buy a bigger house next year.
b. If our city wasn't so expensive, I would have moved into a bigger apartment.

Write about It Write another main clause for each if- clause above. Which time frame did you use in
each sentence?

1. If we hadn't learned how to use electricity, life would be much more difficult.

371 Usage Note: Contrasting Real and Unreal Conditionals Read the note. Then do Activity 38.
Future real and unreal conditionals may be used in similar contexts. However, with the real conditional,
the speaker believes the situation is more likely to happen.
Future Real: If I get a new car, I'll drive across the country. (= I think there is a good chance that I will get a new car.)
Future Unreal: If I got a new car, I'd drive across the country. (= i am just imagining what getting a new car is like.)
We sometimes use would to describe a regular event in the past. Be careful not to confuse a past real
conditional with would and a present/future unreal conditional.
Past Real: I really liked my fifth-grade teacher. If we all did our homework, he would give us a treat.
(describes something that happened regularly in the past)
Present/Future Unreal: If we all did our homework, our teacher would give us a treat. Why don't we do it?
(describes something that is not true now; the speaker expresses something he or she wishes would happen)

ADVERB CLAUSES 199

381 Identifying Real and Unreal Conditionals Does each if- clause describe a real condition
(something likely) or an unreal condition (something less likely or impossible)? Check (/) your answers.
6.8 A-C

REAL UNREA

1. She'll be worried if you're late. 0 □

2. I'd be happier if I lived near the ocean. □ □
3. If you tell me the truth, I won't get mad. □ □
4. If my brother remembers my birthday, I'll be very surprised. □ □
5. We would finish this work faster if we could talk on the phone. □ □
6. This will taste great if you add a little salt. □ □
7. If you take a vacation, you'll feel a lot better. □ □
8. If you took the train, you'd save some time. □ □
9. I'd love it if you came to dinner. □ □
10. If you book the hotel, I'll pay you back. □ □
11. If he fixes my laptop, I'll be amazed. □ □
12. If I'd gone to the meeting, I'd know the decision. □ □
13. I'd feel better if I were more organized. □ □
14. When I was young and got sick, I would always feel better if my mother brought □ □
me a cup of tea.
15. When we were younger, my sister would always help me if she could. □ □
16. My sister doesn't have much money, but I know she would help me if she could. □ □
17. My mom doesn't like to criticize anyone. If I did something wrong, I don't think □ □
she would say anything.
18. When I was a child, if I did something wrong, my mom would always say the □ □
same thing.
19. If I hadn't eaten so much last night, I'd feel much better than I do now. □ □
20. If I hadn't had bad teeth as a kid, I wouldn't have needed to go to the dentist □ □
so often.

Think about It Work with a partner. For 1-12 above, change the real conditions to unreal ones and the
unreal conditions to real ones.
7. She would be worried ifyou were late.

Talk about It Work with a partner. Choose one of the sentences from 13-20 above, and use it to create a
short conversation. Present your conversation to the class.
A: Were you close to your sister as kids?
B: Very close. When we were younger, my sister would always help me if she could.

\
91 Usage Note: As If and As Though Read the note. Then do Activity 40.

We can use as if and as though to compare a real situation (in the present or past) to something unreal or
imaginary. These subordinators express a sense of both manner (how) and condition. Notice that the main
clause may use a present or past verb form. The adverb clause uses a past verb form to show that the
situation is distant from reality.
PRESENT REAL SITUATION COMPARED TO SOMETHING UNREAL PAST REAL SITUATION COMPARED TO SOMETHING UNREAL

1 He feels as though he were a character in a book. 3 She acted as though nothing had happened.
(He is not a character in a book.) (Something did happen.)
2 She speaks Mandarin as if she were born in China. 4 He acted as if he were the president of the company.
(She wasn’t born in China.) (He was not the president of the company.)

0 I Using As If and As Though Match each clause on the left with a clause on the right. (More than one
answer may be possible.) 6.8 A-C

1. I asked her to stop, but she went ahead 9
2. There is a photograph on his desk; it looks
3. He looked around and leaned toward me
4. She was so thin. She looked
5. He was walking
6. Her eyes were very wide, and she looked
7. He looked very red,
8. I remember my graduation day
9. This isn't a big problem but she feels
10. They spoke in low voices
11. He bent down suddenly
a. as though he wanted to tell me a secret.
b. as if they were in the library.
c. as though he'd hurt himself.
d. as if he'd been out in the sun for hours.
e. as if it were taken in the 1950s.
f. as though she hadn't eaten for weeks.
g- as though she hadn't heard me.
h. as if it were enormous.
i. as if he were going to pick up something.
J- as if it were yesterday.
k. as though she'd had a terrible scare.

Write about It Think of a different way to complete each sentence above. Then think of a different way
to begin each sentence.

7. She kept talking as though she hadn't heard me.

11 Error Correction Correct any errors in these sentences. (Some sentences may not have any errors.)

1. As if she had all that she needs.

2. If I know more about grammar, I wouldn't make so many mistakes.
3. If this happened in my country, he would have gone to jail.
4. If nobody would tell me to get glasses, I would not be successful in my classes.
5. If you ever go to California, you should go to Los Angeles.
6. You didn't wear a uniform, you can't go to this school.
7. If you want to buy something, you can probably order it on the Internet.
8. I knew I would have a better life if I study hard.
9. It is safer if you would travel with another person.
10. If you don't have self-confidence, you can't lead other people.
11. If my parents was here, I wouldn't have learned the language so quickly.
12. Her business wouldn't have been successful. If I hadn't supported her.
 6.9 Using Adverb Clauses in Speaking
1 A: When can I go there by myself?
B: When you're 16.
A 2 A: I don't think I got the job.
B: Because they didn't call back?
3 I have an idea, (pause) If you're interested.
4 If that's Elvis, then I'm John Lennon!
5 If you need anything else, just holler.
6 If I've said anything I shouldn't have, I'm truly sorry.
7 If you really want my advice, don't bother with
B making a reservation. Just go there.
8 If you'll cook dinner, I'll wash the dishes.
9 If you won't open it, I will.
10 If everyone could look this way, please.
11 If I might have your attention ...
12 If you'll excuse me,...
C the if- clause for this special situation.
13 I'd like to goto sleep now if that's OK with you.
14 If you don't mind, I'd like to eat soon.
15 A: What if I run into any problems?
(= What should I do if I run into any problems?)
B: Just call me.
D 16 A: Is fencing dangerous?
B: Not if you're wearing the right clothes.
(= It’s not dangerous if you’re wearing the right clothes.)
0 421 Using Real Conditionals in Conversation Choose an adverb clause from the box to complete
each conversation. Listen and check your answers. Then practice with a partner.
1. A: Why do we have to spend so much money?
B: We can talk about it. (pause)tfyou want.
A: I don't think there's anything to talk about, (pause)
2. A: How long have you lived here?
B:
3. A: How are you doing?
B:
(pause) I don't know. Could be better.
4. A: How did you know Amanda was lying?
B:
202
In conversation, we sometimes use an adverb clause
alone (without a main clause), as in 1 - 3. Sometimes
the adverb clause completes another person’s idea or
question, as in 2. Sometimes the adverb clause is an
afterthought, as in 3.
We often use real conditional sentences to:
• speak humorously or sarcastically, as in 4
• make an offer, as in 5
• make an apology, as in 6
• give advice, as in 7
• make a deal with someone, as in 8 - 9. Notice that
we use a future form in both the main clause and
the if- clause for this special situation.
In conversation, we sometimes use conditionals to:
• make a polite request, as in 10 - 12. (Here the
if- clause is often used without a result clause.)
Notice that we sometimes use a future form in
• show formality or request permission, as in 13 -14
The conditional clause softens the request or statement
by offering the listener a choice.
In conversation, we sometimes ask a question with
what if, as in 15. In these questions, the result clause
is implied.
We sometimes answer a question with not if, as in 16.
t^hONLINE
Because she wouldn't look at me.
Because we can't really afford it.
Because you're crazy?
If you insist.
If you think I should.
If you want.
If you're interested.
Since I was 13.
Since the last time we talked?
Whenever you're ready.
 5. A: Do you think I should drive or take the train? RESEARCH
B: Take the train. Definitely take the train. SAYS...

A: OK Clauses of condition,
reason, and time are
B: I do. I really do. especially common
6. A: This is a great place for a vacation. in conversation.
B: I told you it was. CORPUS

A: I know but I was hoping I wouldn't enjoy it. You know why?
B:
7. A: I'm getting bored! When can we go?
B:
8. A: I have something to tell you about James, (pause)
B: Of course I am! What is it?
9. A: Can we have pizza for dinner again tonight?
B: I suppose so.

431 Using Real Conditionals in Conversation Why does each speaker below use a real conditional
sentence? Choose a, b, c, d, or e from the box. Then practice with a partner. OT1

a. to speak humorously or sarcastically

b. to make an offer
c. to make an apology
d. to give advice
e. to make a deal

1. A: I just can't do this math problem.
B: Come on. If you stick with it, you'll
figure it out. d
2. A: That's not a nice thing to say!
B: If I offended you, I'm sorry. I didn't
mean to.
3. A: I'll drive you to Chicago if you pay
for the gas.
B: That seems reasonable. You're on!
4. A: If you could just listen for a minute,
I'll explain.
B: Sure. I'm sorry. Go ahead.
5. A: Well, goodbye. It was nice working
with you.
B: Yeah. I'm sorry if things didn't work
out so well.
A: Me too.
6. A: If you want to chat later, I'll be up till midnight.
B: Thanks a lot. I might do that.
7. A: If you think I'm smart, then you're a genius.
B: Oh, come on. You're a lot smarter than me.
8. A: Look, if you hate this job, you should quit.
B: I guess you're right.
9. A: If that's art, my two-year-old son is Picasso. _
B: I know what you mean. It's not very good, is it?
10. A: If I can be honest, I think that tie is terrible.
B: Really? It doesn't go with the shirt?
A: It doesn't go with anything.
11. A: OK, I'll try a raw oyster if you will.
B: Let's do it!
12. A: If you have any questions, just call me.
B: Great. Thanks so much.

ADVERB CLAUSES 203

 441 Softening a Request or statement Listen and write the missing words. Then practice the
conversations with a partner.

1. A: Do you mind if I turn down the music .?

B: No, please, go ahead.
2. A: Anna seems really distracted and I don't know why.
B:, I can talk to her.
3. A: I'm leaving for the bank.
B: OK .?
4. A: I'm going to study here
B: No, please.
5. A: I have to make a phone call.
B: Talk to you later, then.
6. A: I don't think I want to work tonight.
B: Look,, that's OK.
7. A: This is delicious.
B: Thanks. You could have a little more,
8. A:, Mr. Jones . . .
B: Please, Tom, come in, come in.
9. A: Hey! Let's go see a movie.
B: Hmm. , could we get some food instead? I haven't eaten.
10. A: I'd like to talk to you.
B: Sure. How can I help?

45 | Using What If and Not If Choose a sentence from the box to complete each conversation. Listen and
check your answers. Then practice with a partner. EEQ

1. A: Are you going to work at home today?

Not if I don't have to.
B: Not if I don't have to.
Not if I get there first.
2. A: I don't feel like cooking tonight. Not if you stay relaxed.

B: Not if you want to get there on time.

What if I hadn't seen him?
A: Sounds good to me. What if I pick you up at 8?
3. A: What happened to your car? What if I refuse?
What if we go out instead?
B: A car ran into it.
What if you hadn't had your seat belt on?
A: Wow!
B: Yeah, I know. It would have been bad.
4. A: Is there any cake left?
B: Yeah, one piece—but it's mine.
A:
5. A: Stop! There's a car coming!
B: Yikes! He's going fast.
A: That's crazy.
B: I would have hit him for sure.

204
 6. A: Do I have time for a shower before we leave?
B:
7. A: Will you lend me some money?
B:
A: Then I'll tell Dad about the scratch23 on the car.
8. A: What's the matter?
B: I'm just nervous. I'm afraid I'm going to forget everything.
A: Will you lend me some money?

9. A: What time do you want to leave?

B:
A: Sounds good to me.

6.10 Using Adverb Clauses in Academic Writing

We often use adverb clauses to connect two or more ideas. We can do this in a single sentence or across two
or more sentences, as in la - lb. This makes our writing cohesive; it helps each sentence flow smoothly into
the next.
COMPARE

The area of China is only slightly larger than Although the area of China is only slightly larger
la that of the U.S. However, the population of lb than that of the U.S., its population is more than
China is more than four times greater. four times greater.

A A subordinator shows the relationship between the ideas, as in 2 - 8.

2 Now I'm not so shy when meeting new people, (time)
3 Because we live in an increasingly multicultural society, it is important to study other languages, (reason)
4 Even though I was 26,1 had never been outside of my city, (contrast)
5 The company collects and cleans used clothes so that they can be used again, (purpose)
6 Cell phones have become such an important part of our lifestyle that it would be difficult to live without them, (result)
7 If you maintain a healthy lifestyle, then you are less likely to get sick, (condition)
8 Please complete the test exactly as I showed you. (manner)

An adverb clause can come at the beginning or end of a sentence. We often choose to put an adverb clause at
the beginning of a sentence to set the scene for the following ideas, as in 9 - 11.
9 When you sleep, you dream about 20 percent of the time. For example, if you sleep one night for eight hours, you
dream for about 96 minutes of those eight hours.
10 A baby has 270 to 300 bones—more than an adult's 213. As you grow up, some of your bones grow together.
11 When you cut yourself, you may lose some blood, but the body can replace blood and other cells24.

We may also use an adverb clause at the beginning of a sentence to make a connection back to information in
B a previous sentence, as in 12 -14. The adverb clause acts as a bridge between the previous sentence and the
new information in the main clause.
\ entered the room,
12 I got up quickly and went down to the kitchen. my uncle jumped up from his chair.
previous sentence adverb clause new information in main clause

13 Ching-He Huang studied economics in college, but her passion was cooking. After she graduated, she started a food
and drink company.
14 In Turkey, high school students take a national achievement exam in March. If they pass that exam, they take another
exam in June.

(^o n l in e

23 scratch: a cut or mark from something sharp 24 cells: the smallest parts of any living thing

ADVERB CLAUSES 205

 461 Identifying the Connection between Ideas Underline the adverb clauses in these sentences and
circle the subordinators. Then identify the connection between the adverb clause and the main clause.
Write time, reason, contrast, purpose, result, condition, or manner. 6.1 OA

HOW TO FALL ASLEEP FAST

1. Turn the television off and step away from the computer at least one hourmeforelyou go to bed because
they stimulate25 your brain rather than relax it.
2. Before you get in bed, lie flat on the floor and stretch26.
3. Although it's sometimes difficult to find a comfortable position when falling asleep, it's a good idea to
lie on your back and relax until you feel comfortable. If that doesn't work, lie on your side.
4. Some people use visualization27 to relax. You imagine yourself in a beautiful place such as the beach.
If you are successful, you feel as if you are really there.
5. Deep breathing can help you sleep better. Slowly breathe in so that your chest fully expands. Hold your
breath for three seconds. Then breathe out. Repeat five to ten times. You should feel your body relax
as you breathe.
6. You may want to fall asleep so much that you become too tense to let it happen. If this is the case, get
out of bed and take a walk. Try stretching again before getting back into bed.

Write about It Write two to three more sentences giving advice on how to fall asleep. Use adverb clauses.
Then share your sentences with a partner. Ask your partner to identify the types of adverb clauses you used.

47 | Combining Ideas Combine each pair of ideas into one sentence, and make any other necessary
changes to the sentence. (More than one answer may be possible.) 6.10 A

1. I don't drink coffee in the evening.

Drinking coffee interferes with my sleep.
I don't drink coffee in the evening because it interferes with my sleep.
Because coffee interferes with my sleep, I don't drink it in the evening.

2. Hassan came to the U.S.

Hassan began studying automotive engineering.
3. People don't have to spend so much time preparing food.
People are better off now than they used to be. Clara Jbour

4. Clara Jbour's parents sent her to the U.S. to attend college.

Clara Jbour graduated from high school.
5. Parents are not teaching their children correct behavior.
Parents may need coaching in parenting skills.
6. You maintain a healthy lifestyle.
You are less likely to get sick.
7. Cody Huelskamp works as a wildlife photographer.
Cody Huelskamp has traveled to 70 countries.
8. I missed most of the movie.
I was worrying about my job. Cody Huelskamp

25stimulate: to make something active or more active "visualization: having a picture in your mind about someone
' stretch: to push your arms and legsout asfar asyou can or something

206
 9. I love sweets.
I try not to eat candy.
10. Many mothers work outside of the home.
Fathers must share the responsibilities of running a house.
11. He continued to play football.
His knee got worse.
12. Roughly 36 percent of New Yorkers were born outside of the U.S.
It's very common to hear people speaking different languages.

Think about It How many different ways can you combine each pair of ideas in Activity 47? Which one
do you think is the most effective?

481 Using Subordinators Read the science article. Choose the subordinator that best completes
each sentence. 6.10 A-B

Protecting Your Skin

_____ When summer comes, I get sun crazy. I like to eat on the patio and lie on the beach. I walk and
(1. because/when)
bike everywhere. I was younger, I played in the sun without worry.
(2. although/when) (3. now that/when)
I'm 30,1 realize how important it is to protect myself. That's the ultraviolet (UV) rays28
(4. because/when)
from the sun harm the cells in our skin. You can't see the damage you're young, but its
(5. although/when)
effects often show up much later. crowds of young people go to beaches and tanning
(6. as/when)
salons29, skin cancer is becoming more common, says Mandeep Kaur. She's a dermatologist, or skin doctor,

at Wake Forest University School of Medicine.

our skin works hard to protect us, few people work to protect it. The sun's UV rays
(7. although / because)
are the biggest threat they damage the cells of your skin. The tricky thing is that this
(8. because/while)
process can take 30 or more years to become evident. "It's surprising how long it takes," says Meenhard
Herlyn, a biologist at the Wistar Institute in Philadelphia. "Even kids have big,
(9. because/if)
blistering30 sunburns every summer, they're fine they're kids."
(10. although/while)

Think about It Circle the sentences above that begin with an adverb clause. Why do you think the writer
put the adverb clause at the beginning of the sentence?
• to set the scene for the following ideas
• to make a connection back to information in a previous sentence

Talk about It What is something new you learned from the article above? Tell a partner.

28 ultraviolet rays: light from the sun that cannot be seen “blistering: having small, painful places on your skin that are
29 tanning salons: places where you can expose your skin to full of liquid
ultraviolet light to darken your skin

ADVERB CLAUSES 207

 491 Using Adverb Clauses Read this story and underline the adverb clauses. Then answer the questions
below. 6.10 A-B
MMM

THE LEMON STORY

Alberto Alvaro Rios
When the writer's parents buy a new house, his mother gets to choose the color for each room.
When I was about four, or maybe five, my parents bought a new house in what would later become a
small suburb of Nogales, Arizona, on the border of Mexico, some four miles outside town. As we kept
driving out to watch the house being built, my mother got to make a number of choices regarding
details, among which was the color of various rooms.
My mother, when asked what color she wanted the kitchen, said to the workers, who were all
Mexican and who spoke very little English, limon. She said it both because she wanted the kitchen to
be yellow and because she wanted to start learning Spanish. The workers nodded yes. But when she
came back the next day, the kitchen was painted bright green, like a small jungle31. Mexican limônes,
my mother found out, are small and green, that color exactly, no mistake.
So that's the color that wall stayed for the next 14 years, until I left home for college. She said it was
a reminder to us all that there was a great deal to learn in the world. You might laugh at first, but after
14 years you start to think about it.

QUESTIONS

1. In which sentences does the writer use an adverb clause to make his writing more cohesive?
2. In which sentences does the adverb clause set the scene for the following ideas?
3. In paragraph 1, in the sentence beginning As we kept driving, what does the subordinator as mean?
4. In your own words, retell the story to a partner.

501 Making Your Writing Cohesive Combine the two ideas on the right to form the next sentence on
the left. Decide if you think the adverb clause or the main clause should come at the beginning to make
the sentence cohesive. 6.10B

1. Americans should be required to learn another • this will benefit them in the future
language. Because we live in an increasingly multicultural • because we live in an increasingly
society, this will benefit them in the future. multicultural society
2. Many people around the world are learning to • communication would be even better
speak English as a second language. • if more Americans learned to speak
foreign languages
3. Yoga improves your flexibility32. Also,... • it is a great way to meet people
• if you do classes
4. My favorite pastime is rock climbing. • I enjoy it
• because it is something I can do inside
or outside
5. In the U.S., children must be vaccinated33 against • they must receive vaccinations
certain diseases. • before they can start school
6. Competition can be very good for children. • it is only a problem
• when too much emphasis is placed on it

31 jungle: a thick forest in a hot part of the world 33 vaccinate: to put a substance in a person's blood using a
32flexibility: the ability to bend easily without breaking needle, to stop them from getting a disease

208
 7. In many families, both parents have full-time jobs.
This can create problems at home.
8. Brothers and sisters spend a lot of time together.
They help each other and take care of each other.
9. People like to read essays that are well organized
and interesting.
10. Having children is very stressful and time-
consuming, but...
11. Every home should have a pair of small,
foldable scissors.
12. The writer Chinua Achebe was born in Nigeria.
13. Plastic bags in the ocean are dangerous for
sea turtles.
14. A report concluded that 100,000 ocean mammals die
each year by eating or getting caught in plastic.
15. In the 1970s, there was just one Pinta tortoise in the
Galapagos Islands.
16. In the past, people brought goats to the Galapagos
to raise for food. Unfortunately, the goats liked to
eat the same food that the tortoises ate.
• children have to spend all day at school
or daycare
9 when neither parent can be at home
• they understand each other very well
• because they share so many experiences while
growing up
• readers will be able to follow your ideas easily
• if you organize your essay well
• the job can be easier
• if parents are patient with their children
• they fit easily in a purse or pocket
• because they fold up and are very small
• he chose to write in English
• even though he was African
• because the bags look like jellyfish34
• the sea turtles try to eat the bags
• when they get caught in plastic
9 they may drown or become exhausted and die
of starvation
9 because it was the last remaining Pinta tortoise
that scientists knew of
9 the Guinness Book of World Records called it the
"rarest living creature"
9 the food supply for tortoises disappeared
9 as the number of goats on the island increased

511 Making Your Writing Cohesive Rewrite each paragraph. Connect the ideas in different ways
to make the writing cohesive. You will probably want to move ideas around and change words. 6.10 B

A B
I spend a lot of time on the road. That's why I've
seen a lot of stupid behavior. I could list at least
15 driving pet peeves. I'll limit myself to two. One
thing really bothers me. It's when people forget
to turn off their turn signal. It's very distracting.
I hate to drive for miles behind someone with a
flashing turn signal. Second, people sometimes
flash their headlights. I don't understand why
people get so impatient. It's really irritating.
One of my biggest pet peeves is irritating cell
phone users. Many people talk very loudly on their
phone. You can hear everything they say. This is
very annoying. Sometimes you are trying to read
and you can't. Sometimes you are trying to talk
to someone else and you can't. It also bothers me
when people always answer their phone. You can
be having a conversation with them, and they stop
and answer the phone. This is extremely rude.

Talk about It Compare the paragraphs you rewrote above with your classmates. What are some of the
different ways people combined the ideas into a new paragraph?

Write about It Write about one of your pet peeves. Try to use two adverb clauses in your writing.

'jellyfish: an animal with a soft, pale body that lives in the ocean

ADVERB CLAUSES 209

 WRAP-UP Demonstrate Your Knowledge

AI WRITING Study these pictures from movies. Choose one picture, and write a paragraph to explain what
might be happening. Use time clauses, reason clauses, manner clauses, and if- clauses.

I chose the third picture. When the main character goes out into the ocean, a big storm begins. If the boy can't reach
the shore before night, he'll be in a lot of danger. As soon as he realizes that his life is in danger, he starts to panic.

B | TIC-TAC-TOE Follow these instructions:

1. Work with a partner. Student A is X. Student B is O.
2. Student A: Choose a square and complete the sentence.
3. Students A and B: Check the sentence together. If the sentence has no errors, write an X in the square.
If the sentence is not correct, do not write an X in the square.
4. Student B: Take your turn. Choose a square and complete the sentence.
5. Students A and B: Check the sentence together. If the sentence has no errors, write an O in the square.
If the sentence is not correct, do not write an O in the square.
6. Continue to take turns. The first person to get three Xs or three Os in a line is the winner.

Before I came to Even though it

If I'm good-looking,
this school, I wasn't a good idea, I

Once you've tried

If it's OK with you, As soon as I get home,

you

My brother is so I won't
You look as though

that he unless

210
 CI PERSONAL REFLECTION Read this advice. Choose one piece of advice that you strongly agree or
disagree with. Make notes to support your opinion. Then explain to your classmates why you agree or
disagree with the advice. Use adverb clauses in your writing.
1. You should follow your dreams no matter how 4. Live for today!
crazy they seem. 5. Always look after No. 1: that's you.
2. It's better to be cautious than to make mistakes. 6. Don't make promises.
3. Never have regrets. Leave the past in the past.

I completely disagree with the first piece of advice. Ifyou have crazy dreams, you're probably not going to achieve
them. Although it may seem like a good idea to have dreams, it can be hard to make them come true. Instead, you
should set yourself easier goals so that you succeed. Even ifyou think that's unambitious, it's a good idea to think
about it. For example, ifyou wanted to become a famous detective, you'd still have to learn the job. You can't become
famous until you've proved you're good.

DI WEB SEARCH Look online for information about an interesting city to visit. Copy the information and
underline the adverb clauses you see. Then write an advertisement to describe the city.

As soon as you get off the plane in Belgium, you'll start feeling hungry! Before you start visiting the main tourist sites,
be sure to get a good lunch in the town square. Ifyou like mussels, you're sure to love Brussels!

/
6.11 Summary of Adverb Clauses
TYPE OF ADVERB CLAUSE COMMON SUBORDINATORS EXAMPLES

after, as, as soon as, before, As soon as he graduates, he'll get a job.
Time
by the time, once, since, until, Whenever I see her, I feel happy.
When?
when, whenever, while Once you travel the world, you're never the same again.
Reason Since none of the students were ready, the test was postponed.
as, because, now that, since
Why? Now that all the results are in, I'll announce the winners.
Even though it was very cold, we decided to go ahead with
as though, even though, the hike.
Contrast
though, while I was determined to become a doctor although my parents
didn't want me to.
Manner as, like Please check your spelling as directed in the instructions.
How?
In what way? as if, as though He looks as though he has a bad cold.

so + adjective or adverb +
that

so many/few + plural noun She was so beautiful that people stared at her.
+ that There were so many people in the audience that we could
Result
so much/little + noncount hardly see the stage.
noun + that It was such a funny movie that I couldn't stop laughing.

such + (a/an) + adjective +

noun
Purpose
For what purpose? so that I closed the blinds so that I wouldn't wake up too early.
Why?
If it rains, we'll change our plans.
Real Conditional if, unless, when, whenever Don't go to Arizona unless you love hot climates.
Whenever I exercise, I feel great.
if If I weren't working next week, I'd go to the beach.
Unreal Conditional
as if, as though She felt as if she had been running a marathon.

ADVERB CLAUSES 211

 Nouns and Pronouns

It takes a lot of courage

to show your dreams
to someone else.
— ERMA BOMBECK, WRITER

(1927-1996)

, J

Talk about It Do you agree or disagree with the quotation above? Why?

212
 WARM-UP 213
7.1 Overview of Nouns 214 7.7 Forming Nouns Using Suffixes 238
7.2 Personal Pronouns and Possessive Determiners 219 7.8 Using This and That to Refer Back 241
Pronunciation Note: Reduced Words 221 7.9 Using Nouns and Pronouns in Speaking 244
Pronunciation Note: Possessive Pronouns 222 7.10 Using Nouns and Pronouns in Academic Writing 247
7.3 Indefinite Pronouns 224 Usage Note: Repeating Nouns 250
7.4 Noun-Pronoun Agreement 229
7.5 It, One, Some, Any, Other, You, and They 232 WRAP-UP Demonstrate Your Knowledge 252
7.6 Compound Nouns 235 7.11 Summary of Nouns and Pronouns 253
Pronunciation Note: Compound Nouns 235

WARM-UP
AI Match the beginnings and endings of the quotations. Then choose one quotation and tell a partner if you
agree or disagree with it and why.

J J©
n
Famous Quotations
1. Everything has its beauty, but f a. praise him in front of Others. (Leonardo da Vinci, artist)

2. Children are b. the main thing is to use it well. (RenéDescartes,philosopher)

3. Criticize a friend in private, but C. be a villain1. (WilliamShakespeare, writer)

4. It is not enough to have a good mind; d. shuts his eyes. (Marcus Cato, statesman)

5. An angry man opens his mouth and e. our most valuable natural resource. (HerbertHoover,
U.S. president)
6. One may smile, and smile, and f. not everyone sees it. (Confucius, philosopher)

BI The words in blue in the quotations above are nouns. The words in green are pronouns. Based on these
examples, what can you say about nouns and pronouns? Check (/) True or False.

TRUE FALSE

1. Nouns always come before verbs.

2. Plural nouns always end in -s.
3. We use a singular verb after the pronouns everything and everyone.
4. Pronouns sometimes take the place of a noun or noun phrase.
5. We can use pronouns to talk about people or things in general.

CI Look back at the quotation on page 212. Identify any nouns or pronouns.

' villain: a bad person, usually in a book, play, or movie

NOUNS AND PRONOUNS 213

 7.1 Overview of Nouns
We use nouns to identify people, places, things, and ideas. Sometimes a group of words acts like a single
noun—we call these noun phrases. We use nouns and noun phrases in different ways in a sentence, as
in 1 - 2.
subject subject indirect object direct object
A 1 Studies have shown that music gives people energy.

subject object of preposition object of preposition

2 Both cooperation and competition are needed for success in a global economy.

COUNT NOUNS Count nouns have both singular forms and plural
3 Nowadays, computers are essential for students. forms, as in 3. We almost always use a determiner
The average student will pay $1,200 fora computer. (in this case, the and a) with a singular count noun.

NONCOUNT NOUNS Noncount nouns do not have plural forms, so we don’t

B 4 Love makes the world go around, (n o t : teve-make... )
5 You can get information about it online.
(NOT: a-n-information OR informations)
6 The news is so depressing, (n o t : The news are... )
use plural verbs with them, as in 4. We do not use a
or an with noncount nouns, as in 5. A few noncount
nouns end in -s, as in 6.
For information on determiners, see Unit 8, page 254. For a list of
common noncount nouns, see the Resources, page R-9.

COMPARE Some nouns have both a count meaning and a

7a I want a good education for my child. noncount meaning.
7b Education is a basic human right. • We use the count meaning when we think of
the noun as a single, separate thing, as in 7a, 8a,
C 8a Japan and India are democracies with close ties. and 9a.
8b Democracy is a form of government.
• We use the noncount meaning when we think
9a Prices have increased on many foods. of the noun as a substance, material, or general
9h Some snakes eat twice their weight in food a day. concept, as in 7b, 8b, and 9b.

CORRECT THE COMMON ERRORS (See page R-12.)

D 10 X She gave me some good advices. 12 X When I have a stress, I can't study hard.
11 XI didn't have time to do my homeworks. 13 X Recycled papers are used to produce newspapers.

^^ONLINE

11 Exploring Categories of Nouns Read this text. What do the bold nouns identify—people, places,
things, or ideas? Write each noun under the correct group in the chart on page 215. 7.1 A

Jo s e ph Pr ie s t l e y
A yTany people think you need to focus on one profession to be truly
IV JLsuccessful. They say that if you pursue2 many different interests, you
won't accomplish3 anything worthwhile. A number of famous people have
proven that this is not true. Joseph Priestley (1733-1804), for example, was
able to accomplish an extraordinary number of things in many different
fields. He first studied to become a minister, and during his lifetime, he
wrote many books about religion and politics. He was also interested in
education, and he started a special school for children in England. When
he couldn't find a good grammar book for his students, he wrote one.

2 pursue: to try to do something over a period of time ^accomplish: to succeed in doing something

214
 Priestley never studied science in school, but he liked to do experiments and eventually wrote is
a book about electricity. When he couldn't find an artist to do the illustrations, Priestley taught
himself to draw and did the illustrations himself. Later in life Priestley became interested in the study
of different gases, and he is credited4 with the discovery of carbon dioxide, carbon monoxide, and
oxygen. Can you think of another famous person who did so many different kinds of things?

People Places Physical things Abstract nouns

profession

Think about It Are any of the nouns in the passage in Activity 1 difficult
F YI
to put into the categories? Which ones? Why is this?
Abstract nouns describe
ideas, not physical things.
Write about It Think of another person who has done many different
things. Write about five things this person has done. cooperation love
information success

21 Grouping Noncount Nouns Write each noncount noun under the correct group in the chart. 7.1 A-B

art diabetes gasoline loneliness rice snow

cancer equipment hair music salt surfing
clothing fire information oil self-confidence transportation
darkness furniture karate physics smoke yoga

NONCOUNT NOUNS

Sports, physical activities Gases, liquids, materials Abstract ideas School subjects

baseball soccer air metal experience safety biology mathematics

judo clay paper knowledge truth I chemistry
love art

Things with tiny parts

Names of categories Natural occurrences Illnesses
too small to count
food meat electricity rain dirt sugar asthma
fruit heat weather grass heart disease
malaria

4credit: to say that something is because of someone

NOUNS AND PRONOUNS 215

 Think about It Think of two more words to add to each category in the chart in Activity 2. Then share
ideas with your classmates.

31 Using Noncount Nouns Complete each question with a noncount noun from the box.
(More than one answer may be possible.) OT8

advice happiness homework music pollution

anger history information news truth

1. Where can you get information

information about your ancestors5?
2. How often do you have trouble controlling your .?
3. What was the best someone gave you?
4. What was the most interesting thing in the yesterday?
5. Do you think it's possible to find .?
6. Do you always do your .?
7. How can we reduce air .?
8. Did you enjoy studying in school?
9. Do you always tell the .?
10. Do you listen to. every day?

Talk about It Ask a partner the questions above.

A: Where can you get information about your ancestors?

B: On the Internet. It has lots of information about people's ancestors.

41 Collocations with Noncount Nouns Choose one collocation from each group below.
Write six questions using them. KtTl

Does a dictionary provide information about the pronunciation of a word?

get information follow (someone's) advice carry out research F Y I

have information get (someone's) advice conduct research Words that are often
provide information take (someone's) advice do research used together are called
collocations. For example,
know the truth be interested in politics buy furniture tell the truth and have
speak the truth discuss politics have furniture homework are collocations
tell the truth enter politics move furniture with noncount nouns.
talk politics

Talk about It Ask a partner the questions you wrote above.

A: Does a dictionary provide information about the pronunciation of a word?

B: Yes, it does.

’ancestors: the people in your family who lived a long time ago

216
51 Distinguishing Count and Noncount Nouns Read this text. Decide if each bold noun is a count
noun or a noncount noun. Write C above the count nouns. Write N above the noncount nouns. EEE1

Why Do Doctors Wear White Coats?

by Pat MacEnulty
C
For about a hundred years, white coats were the standard

uniform for most doctors. Doctors didn't always wear white

coats. Up until the early part of the twentieth century they

wore street clothes—or even black clothes out of respect

for the dead! They also did not have much training, and

u
their methods were primitive6. In the late 1900s, doctors

began to rely on scientific evidence when it came to medical

treatment. Scientists wore knee-length white coats while

doing experiments to protect their clothing and skin from

chemicals. Soon doctors started wearing the white lab coats

of the scientist to reassure7 their patients that their care was

based on science and not superstition8. So, wearing white coats became a tradition

for physicians. That tradition is changing, however, and your doctor may very well
wear a business suit during your next examination.

Think about It Which nouns above were the most difficult to identify as count or noncount? Why?

61 Count or Noncount Meaning? Do the bold nouns in these sentences have a count meaning or
noncount meaning? Check (/) your answers. MM

PAPER COUNT NONCOUNT

1. In the past, people recorded important information on paper. □ 0

Today most people use computers.
2. A 2005 planning paper considered several alternatives9. □ □
3. Recycled paper is used to produce newspapers. □ □
4. Ross has written several papers on climate change. □ □
5. To get a PhD, you have to write a very long paper, or dissertation. □ □
6. Paper used to be made from pieces of cloth. □ □
7. Recycling one ton of paper saves about 17 trees. □ □
8. You can go to the Internet to get suggestions for writing a paper. □ □

“primitive: very simple; not developed “superstition: a belief in good luck, bad luck, and other things that cannot be explained
7 reassure: to do something to make someone feel safer ’alternatives: things we can choose instead of other things

NOUNS AND PRONOUNS 217

 EDUCATION COUNT NONCOUNT

9. Many schools work hard to get parents involved with their kids' □ □
educations.
10. A recent poll10 reported that 90 percent of Americans believe the □ □
government should spend the same or more on education.
11. For some careers—law, medicine, engineering—a college education □ □
is necessary.
12. Many cities have their own laws regulating11 education. □ □
13. In tough economic times, an education is more important than ever. □ □
TIME COUNT NONCOUNT

14. As time went on, more people wanted to join the team. □ □
15. They asked eight people at a time to play the game. □ □
16. This website has been visited more than 11,000 times. □ □
17. There was a time when no one had a television. □ □
18. It is time to rethink our priorities12. □ □
7 I Using Count and Noncount Meanings Use the dictionary definitions to write one sentence using
the noncount meaning of each word and one sentence using the count meaning of the words. EJH

beau ty /'byuti/ noun (pl. beau-ties) 1 [u] the food /fud/ noun 1 [U] something that people, STUDY
quality that gives pleasure to the senses; the state of animals, or plants take Into their bodies In order to STRATEGY
being beautiful: the beauty of the mountains ♦ He keep them alive and healthy: Plants get food from the
wrote music ofgreat beauty. 2 [C] an especially good soil. ♦ a shortage offood 2 [C, U] a particular type of A good dictionary
example of something: Look at this tomato - it’s a food that you eat: baby food ♦ Mexican food ♦ frozen
beauty! 3 [c] (old-fashioned) a beautiful woman: She foods ♦ health foods O Look at the note at cooking. will identify the
grew up to be a beauty. id m food for thought an idea that makes you
think seriously and carefully
count and noncount
meanings of a word.
Some dictionaries,
such as the Oxford
tel e vi sion /'tslevisn/ (alsoTV) noun 1 [c] American Dictionary for
(also 'television set, ,T'V set) a piece of electrical
equipment in the shape of a box. It has a glass learners of English, use
screen which shows programs with moving the words countable
pictures and sounds: to turn the television on/off2 [U]
the programs that are shown on a television set: (C) and uncountable
Paul’s watching television. 3 [u] the electrical system
and business of sending out programs so that (U) to identify these
people can watch them on their television sets: in meanings.
the days before television ♦ cable/satellite television ♦
the major TV networks ♦ She works in television. O Look
at public television.

All dictionary entries are from the Oxford American Dictionary for learners of English © Oxford University Press 2011.

Talk about It Read some of the sentences you wrote above to your classmates. Have them identify the
noun as count or noncount.

Write about It Choose two more nouns from your dictionary with both a count meaning and a noncount
meaning. Write sentences using each meaning. Read your sentences to a partner and have your partner
identify the noun as count or noncount.

10 poll: a way of discovering opinions by asking a group of people questions 12 priorities: things that are more important
11 regulating: controlling something

218
 81 Error Correction Correct any errors in these sentences. (Some sentences may not have any errors.)

1. We had a lot of funs on our way to the beach.

l/l/e had a lot of fun on our way to the beach.

2. People should just practice to get experiences speaking English.

3. People see a lot of advertisements when they watch televisions.
4. Being a good parent requires loves and caring. Good parent tell their children every
day that they love them.
5. In school, we had a physical education every afternoon for an hour.
6. Radio remains popular because our society is very mobile. People who use the
automobile as their main form of transportations usually listen to the radio while they
are driving.
7. If you don't have a self-confidence, you might appear nervous at a job interview.
Having information about the job and the company can help you feel more confident.
8. Many people believe that the Internet will greatly improve education, but I don't agree.
In the past, we had to spend a lot of times searching for informations. Now, a quick
Internet search often gets us all the informations we need. This is a good things, but it
isn't everything. Once we have informations, we need to analyze it and discuss it.

7.2 Personal Pronouns and Possessive Determiners

1 A: Where's Jeff? We use personal pronouns to refer to people and things quickly
B: He went out. (he = Jeff) and easily, as in 1 - 3. Often a pronoun refers back to a noun or
A: Did he take the car? noun phrase that was mentioned earlier.
B: No, it's still in the driveway, (it = the car)
Subject pronouns and object pronouns are personal pronouns.
2 A: Did you call Anita? They have different forms:
A B: Yes, but she was busy. She asked me to
call her back tonight. SUBJECT PRONOUNS I you he she it we they
OBJECT PRONOUNS me you him her it US them
3 If you have any problems, give us a call.
We'll be happy to help you get started.
GRAMMAR TERM: An antecedent or referent is the noun or noun phrase that a
pronoun refers back to.

4 Jules and Jim want us to have our The words our, their, and its in 4 - 5 look like pronouns, but
meeting at their house, but I think it's they aren’t. We use these forms before nouns. They are called
too small. possessive determiners (or possessive adjectives).
5 This film school is the only one of its kind. POSSESSIVE DETERMINERS my your his her its our their

6 A: Does anyone have a phone I can use? Possessive pronouns are personal pronouns. We use them in place
B B: Here. Use mine. (= my phone) of a possessive determiner + a noun, as in 6 - 7.
7 A: Is this Sue's book? POSSESSIVE PRONOUNS mine yours his hers ours theirs
B: No, it's yours. (= your book)

8 Some friends of mine are going to a We can also show possession with a noun + of + a possessive
movie, so I might go, too. (NOT: friends of-me) pronoun. This possessive form can be used as either a subject
9 I love that dress of yours. or an object, as in 8 - 9.

ONLINE

NOUNS AND PRONOUNS 219

 91 Noticing Personal Pronouns Circle the personal pronouns in these riddles. Then choose an answer
for each riddle from the box. EJECT
RIDDLES
ANSWERS
1. If (you)have[i^, (you) want to share [it], but if (youjshare [it], (you) don't havefit] TO RIDDLES
What is [kt]? d a. An onion.
b. Water.
2. The more of them you take, the more you leave behind. What are they?
c. A mirror.
3. It has a face, two arms, and two hands, but it cannot move. It counts to 12, but it d. A secret.
cannot speak. It can still tell you something every day. What is it? e. Footsteps.
f. A clock.
4. If you take off my skin, I won't cry, but you will. What am I?
5. I look at you and you look at me. I raise my right hand and you raise your left.
What am I?
6. I run, but I have no legs. What am I?

101 Distinguishing Subject and Object Pronouns Write the missing pronouns in these
conversations. Then practice with a partner. OCT

1. A: Did you call me? RESEARCH

B: Yes, I was wondering if you could help Ann and me SAYS...

2. A: Do you know who John Bell is? In very formal English,

B: Sure. I listen to
3. A: How is your sister doing?
B: ,'s OK. We had to take
,'s OK.
4. A: Are these your keys?
B: Yes, thanks. Where did
A:were on the floor in the library.
speakers may use the
on the radio all the time. subject form of a
pronoun after the verb
be. However, object
to the hospital, but
forms are more typical.
A: John, is that you?
B: It is I. (Very formal)
A: John, is that you?
find .? B: Yes, it's me. (typical)
COR

5. A: Is something wrong?
B: 1 don't know.
A: Sure do. Now, come on, tell
6. A: How do you folks like our hotel so far?
B: Oh,'s just wonderful.
7. A: Are Tom and Lisa coming to the meeting?
B: Oh, I forgot to tell about

A: That's OK. ,'re usually too busy to come anyway.

8. A: I'd like to check in, please.
B: How long are you planning on staying with .?
A: Just tonight.
9. A: Can you and John help me tomorrow?
B: Afraid not.both have to work.
A: I thought John didn't have a job.
B: No,just got one. His brother hired to work on his house.

220
$ 111 Pronunciation Note: Reduced Words Listen to the note. Then do Activities 12-13.

When he, his, him, her, or them comes in the middle of a phrase, we don’t usually pronounce the initial sound.
For example:
1 did he sounds like "diddy" 4 tell her sounds like "teller"
2 at his house sounds like "addiz house" 5 lost her phone sounds like "loster phone"
3 about him sounds like "abowdum" 6 find them sounds like "findum"

B 12 | Pronouncing Reduced Words Listen and practice saying these questions. 7.2 A-B

1. Why don't you let her answer?
2. Did you tell her the truth?
3. Has she forgotten her promise?
4. Did her boss call you?
5. Do you know where he is?
6. Why doesn't he leave?
7. Is he absent because he's sick?
8. Where are his parents?
9. Can I have his phone number?
10. Do you know his name?
11. What made him angry?
12. Who's standing behind him?
13. Did you give him the book?
14. Have you seen them?
15. Did you get them a present?
16. Where did she meet them?

Talk about It Circle the reduced words in the questions above.

1$ 131 Listening for Reduced Words Listen and complete the answers to these questions. Then practice
with a partner. EH3

1. A: What did you say to Jim? 8. A: Can my friend Steve come, too?
g. j told him to_____
come back later. B:
2. A: Have you seen Paula today? 9. A: Why isn't Sarah here?
B: No, but I come,
B: I__________________
3. A: Do you know Tom and Ron? are visiting.
B: I've_____________________ , but 10. A: How's your new teacher?
I don't very well. B: I great.
4. A: How's your new boss? 11. A: Mr. Evans is waiting for you.
B: Everyone B: How long here?
5. A: Are you in touch with Andrew? 12. A: Where are Tim and Lisa?
B: No, but I B: I don't know. Can you .?
brother every day. 13. A: Why did you
6. A: What should I say? I got a new job?
B: I think you should B: I didn't know it was a secret.
the truth. 14. A: What did you think of Lisa?
7. A: Would you mind taking your brothers to B: I don't know. I only spent a few minutes
the movie?
B: But I don't want to go

NOUNS AND PRONOUNS 221

 141 Distinguishing Personal Pronouns and Possessive Determiners Read this text. Choose the
correct word from each box to complete it. 7.2 A-B

CARL SAGAN Z 1934-1996

1. him/his
by Ray Jayawardhana

Not so long ago, when I was in college, I wrote a paper on 2. her/his

WMI
Carl Sagan. I wanted to find out as much as I could about
3. him/her
Sagan's research as well as his writings. So I called
i
4. l/me
secretary at Cornell University and asked if she could send
2 3
Sagan's vita. A vita is a brief list of a person's education, jobs, awards, and 5. it's/its
4
publications. usually a few pages long. She asked, "Are you sure
5 6 6. you/your
want the whole thing?" I didn't really understand what meant, but I said,
7
"Yes." A few days later, got this thick package in the mail. Inside was 7. her/she
8
Sagan's vita. was 233 pages long! That's how many pages it took to list this 8. l/me
9
extraordinary man's achievements13, scientific papers, and popular articles. Although
9. it/its
Carl Sagan died in 1996, influence is still felt in books, TV series, articles,
10
and even movies based on his ideas. 10. him/his

0 151 Pronunciation Note: Possessive Pronouns Listen to the note. Then do Activity 16.

Sometimes we use possessive pronouns when we are contrasting two things. In these cases, we stress the
possessive pronoun. In 1, the speaker stresses mine to say, “They are my keys, not Pam’s keys.” In 2, the
speaker is not contrasting two things. Compare:
1 A: Are these Pam's keys? 2 A: Whose notebook is this?
B: No, they're MINE. (They are my keys, not Pam’s keys.) B: I think it's yours.

161 Pronouncing Possessive Pronouns Listen and write the missing pronouns. E0J

1. A: Is this my book? 5. A: Here's Tom's book.

B: No, it's mine B: But this isn't
2. A: Whose book is this? A: If it's not then whose is it?
B: It's 6. A: Why is Cathy wearing your coat?
3. A: Is this Stella's computer? B: Because she doesn't like.
B: No, she told me it was 7. A: Do you want to take my car?
A: Well, it's definitely not B: No, I can use
4. A: I forgot to bring my homework. A: But needs gas.
B: Yeah, I forgot too. 8. A: So when are they getting married?
B: I don't know. The decision is

13 achievements: things that someone has done after trying hard

222
(J) Think about It Listen again. Circle the pronouns that are stressed in the conversations in Activity 16.
Which possessive pronouns are not stressed? Why? Share ideas with your classmates.

Talk about It Practice the conversations in Activity 16 with a partner.

171 Using Pronouns and Possessive Determiners Choose the correct words from the box to
complete these conversations. Then practice with a partner. 7.2 A-B

1. A: Where do you want me to park my car?

1 1. my/mine
B: Why don't you leave here? I'll put over there. 2. it/its
2 3
3. my/mine
A: OK, but what about Jack and Tom? Where are going to park 4. they/their
4
.? 5. theirs/them
5
B: I don't know. We'll figure something out.

2. A: Does anyone here know Ben Wilson?

6. him/his
B: Actually, my brother is a good friend of 7. he/him
6
8. they/their
A: Really? How long has he known ?
7 9. his/him
B: met in college. 10. they/their
8
A: Does your brother see very often?
9
B: No, but children go the same school.
io
3. A: How did you get in?
11. your/yours
B: Jason gave me his key. 12. me/mine

A: Why didn't you use .?

ii
B: Because I left at school.
12
4. A: What do you think of new house?
13 13. their/theirs
B: It's nice but it's not as big as 14. our/ours
14
15. they/theirs
A: Are you sure? I thought was bigger.
15
5. A: I can't believe Martha is quitting job.
16 16. her/hers
B: Well, it's true, and the decision was entirely 17. her/hers
17
18. it/its
A: Someday she's going to regret
18

181 Error Correction Correct any errors in these sentences. (Some sentences may not have any errors.)

FAMILY AND FRIENDS

1. My friends and me usually get together after class. Sometimes we go out for coffee and sometimes
we have lunch together. Whatever we do, we have a good time.
My friends and I usually get together after class. Sometimes we go out for coffee and sometimes
we have lunch together. Whatever we do, we have a good time.

2. My best friend and I are in the same class. I usually sit next to he, and during the break we talk
and laugh.

NOUNS AND PRONOUNS 223

 3. Last weekend, my best friend and I spent the day at the beach. My RESEARCH
friend, he borrowed a car and we got there early in the morning when SAYS...
it was still cool. By ten o'clock, however, its was very hot. We put up a
huge umbrella and sat under it for the next few hours. Possessive
determiners (my,
4. My parents were strict with my older brother and me. They didn't allow your, etc.) are much
us to travel alone until we were in college. Even then, they worried more common
about us a lot. than possessive
5. Last year, my parents moved to my neighborhood. It made me happy to pronouns. The most
see them almost every day. common possessive
6. This girl she said I should apply for a job where she works. I didn't pronouns are mine and
know her very well, but I decided to take hers advice and apply for yours, especially in
conversation. .
a job. I talked to the owner of the business and he liked mine a lot,
but he didn't offer me a job. CORO

7. Several months ago, my friend and I had a big argument. Of course,

she thought it was my fault, and I thought it was her.
8. My sister drives to school every day with a friend of her.
9. My sister and I have always been good friends. I can honestly say 1 have
never gotten angry with she.

7.3 Indefinite Pronouns

1 A: Did anyone call? We use an indefinite pronoun when we can’t or don’t want
B: Yeah. Someone called at nine, but there was to name a specific person or thing, as in 1 - 3. Indefinite
no message. pronouns do not refer back to a specific noun or noun phrase.
2 A: Why didn't Rachel come? INDEFINITE PRONOUNS
A B: I don't know. Something is wrong with her.
somebody anybody nobody everybody
3 A: Are you still leaving at five? someone anyone no one everyone
B: Yes, but we have plenty of time to go over something anything nothing everything
everything before then.

SUBJECT-VERB AGREEMENT We use a singular verb with an indefinite pronoun,

4 Everyone likes it here. as in 4 - 5.
5 Nobody has finished the assignment.

DESCRIBING INDEFINITE PRONOUNS
B 6 Can somebody tall help me reach this?
7 There's something I have to tell you.
8 I've already contacted everyone in our class
about the assignment.
9 Is anyone else going? (= Is any other person going?)
We sometimes use other words after indefinite pronouns to
describe them. For example:
• adjectives or adjective phrases, such as tall, as in 6
• adjective clauses, as in 7
• prepositional phrases, such as in our class, as in 8
• else, as in 9

10 There wasn't anyone there to help me.
(NOT: There wasn’t somebody there to help me.)
11 Hardly anyone knew the answer.
C 12 There was no one there to help me.
(NOT: There wasn't no one . . . )
13 There's nothing to do.
In statements, indefinite pronouns with any- and no- can
both give a negative meaning, but they are used differently.
• We can use any- forms after negative verbs or other
negative words (such as never and hardly), as in 10 -11.
• We use no- forms after positive verbs, as in 12 -13.
WARNING! We don’t usually use some- forms after
negative verbs.

^OONLINE

224
191 Identifying Indefinite Pronouns Underline the indefinite pronouns in these sentences.
Then choose one caption for each cartoon below. KCTif

CARTOON CAPTIONS

1. "You work harder than anyone else."

2. "Everybody feels a little depressed at this time of year."
3. "You think I do nothing all day."
4. "I'll be at lunch. If anyone calls, say I'm at the health club."
5. "Does anyone know what the date is?"
6. "Nothing for me, thanks."
7. "Nobody lives forever."
8. "I'd like my daughter to know something about engines."
9. "I like things nobody else likes."
10. "I think everybody bought everything they needed three or four years ago."

- <<
- -I
g v®
A net

gw
a.

»3
MSJ I b b l
ffiWNanr5

b. d.

201 Using Indefinite Pronouns Rewrite these sentences. Use an indefinite pronoun in your new
sentence. (More than one answer may be possible.) KCTÜ

1. I prefer to travel with a person I know.

I prefer to travel with someone I know.

2. Every person should have enough food to eat.

3. No person in my class has a full-time job.
4. There isn't a person in my class who speaks Spanish.
5. If a person wants to be a success, he or she must work hard.
6. Every person needs time to relax and have fun.
7. I couldn't find a person to help me.
8. I need a thing to write with.
9. 1 can't think of a thing better than being a teacher.
10. A fad is a thing that becomes popular quickly for a short period of time.

NOUNS AND PRONOUNS 225

 211 Singular or Plural Verb? Complete these questions. Use is, are, do, does, has, or have. KEPI

QUESTIONS ABOUT YOUR CLASS AND CLASSMATES RESEARCH

1. h anyone absent today? SAYS...

2. there enough chairs in the room for everyone? Indefinite pronouns

ending in -body sound
3. there anything interesting on the walls of our classroom? more informal and
4. we have everything we need in our classroom? are more common
in conversation.
5. everyone in our class come from the same country? Pronouns ending in
6. anybody married? -one are more formal
and more common in
7. somebody in the class have children? written language.
8. someone wearing a red shirt?
COP"

9. anyone traveled to another country this year?

10. anybody in the class been to Japan?
11. we learned everything in this book?
12. someone in your class helped you understand something better?

Talk about It Work in a small group. Answer the questions above. (Say more than just yes or no.)

22 I Describing Indefinite Pronouns Add words to describe each indefinite pronoun in these
conversations. (Many different words—such as adjectives, adjective clauses, or prepositional phrases—
are possible.) Then practice with a partner. FJET1

1. A: Julia just bought something really expensive

B: Oh, no! What was it?
A: A gold bracelet.
2. A: You're in big trouble.
B: Why? I didn't do anything
A: Well, then, who broke the car window?
3. A: Was there anything in the newspaper?
B: Yeah. There's a pretty good article about Greece.
4. A: I have something to tell you.
B: What is it?
A: I just lost my job.
5. A: Let's do something today.
B: Like what?
A: Like, um, like . . . let's go swimming at the lake.
6. A: Are you going on the school trip?
B: Is everyone going?
A: Yes, I think so.
7. A: Have you ever met someone .?
B: No, but I once saw the musician Yo-Yo Ma on the street.
8. A: Do you know anything about .?
B: (Give your own answer.)

226
231 Using Any- and No- Rewrite each sentence using an indefinite pronoun with any- or no-. KEBi

1. There's nobody here named Chris.

F Y I
There isn't anybody here named Chris. A positive statement with
no- (body, one, thing) is
2. I think nobody's home. stronger than a negative
3. There wasn't anything good on TV last night. statement with any- (body,
4. I had nobody to talk to all day. one, thing).
5. There's nothing better than a glass of cold water. I saw nothing. Honest.

6. We didn't have anything to do with the accident. I don't think I saw anything.
7. They did nothing at all for two days.
8. It doesn't cost anything to look at a beautiful sports car.
9. We've had nobody sign up for the workshop.
10. There isn't anything wrong with your car.
11. It doesn't seem as if anybody was surprised.

241 Using Some- and Any- Complete these statements of advice. Use the appropriate form
of someone/something or anyone/anything. In some cases, either some- or any- is possible.
Then decide if you agree with the advice. Check (/) your answers. KETJ

PERSONAL ADVICE AGREE DISAGREE

1. Don't do anything active just before you go to bed. You might not
be able to sleep.
2. If you have money problems, don't tell in your family.
3. When you get angry about ., count to ten before speaking.
4. When you don't feel well, it helps to wear comfortable,
5. You shouldn't take that doesn't belong to you.
6. Every day, take a few minutes to notice positive about life
around you.
7. Don't go to sleep while you're mad at ,. Resolve14 your
disagreement first.
8. Always try to think of good about each person you
work with.
9. Don't buy you can't afford.
10. Do fun or creative with your friends every week.

Talk about It Take turns reading the advice above aloud with a partner. See if your partner agrees or
disagrees and why.
A: Don't do anything active just before you go to bed. You might not be able to sleep.
B: I agree with that because...

Write about It Write three to five statements of advice using someone, anyone, anything, and something.
Share one with your classmates and see if they agree or disagree.

14 resolve: to find a solution to a problem

NOUNS AND PRONOUNS 227

 Think about It If we don't usually use somebody, someone, or something after a negative verb, why is it
correct to use something in the sentence below?

When you can't sleep, you should drink something warm.

251 Review of Indefinite Pronouns Complete these questions with your own ideas. 7.3 A-C

1. Have you ever done something scary ?

2. Do you know anyone ?

3. Have you met anyone recently?

4. In school, did you learn anything about ?

5. Have you ever forgotten something ?

6. Do you know anybody who lives in___ 7

7. Do you know anyone who speaks 7

8. Is there anything you don't like about 7

9. Do you know anything about 7

10. Does anyone else in your family 7

11. Have you ever made someone 7

12. Did you do anything on your last vacation?

Talk about It Ask a partner your questions above. When your partner answers yes to your question,
ask another question to get more information.

A: Have you ever done something scary?

B: Well, one time I took a flying lesson.
A: Really? What happened?

flying lessons

Talk about It Tell your classmates about your partner.

"Sarah has done something scary. Once she took a flying lesson, and she was so afraid that she got sick."

228
 7.4 Noun-Pronoun Agreement
noun phrase pronoun __
1 When people here read the news, they were shocked.
2 When people heard the news, it surprised them.
A
3 Every country has its problems.
4 (You) Come closer so I can see that smile of yours.
5 My mother sent me her new email address.
6 My father asked me to call him.
7 It should be against the law for people to drive while
they are talking on their phones.
B COMPARE SINGULAR AND PLURAL FORMS
8a A doctor should be honest with his patients.
8b A doctor should be honest with his or her patients.
8c Doctors should be honest with their patients.
INFORMAL AGREEMENT
9a We think everyone can reach their potential.
C MORE FORMAL AGREEMENT
9b We think everyone can reach his or her potential.
9c We think all people can reach their potential.
261 Referring Back to Nouns Choose the correct words to complete these sentences. Then, where
possible, circle the noun or noun phrase the pronoun refers back to. ESEI
LISTENING AND SPEAKING STRATEGIES
1. Listen carefully to (other people) when they
(you / they)
the audience.
2. Show other speakers that you respect
(your/their)
3. Think about the speaker's main idea and try to put
4. Remember to turn off your cell phone before the speaker begins. You don't want
during the talk.
5. When you are planning a presentation, think about your listeners. What
about your topic?
’’viewpoints: different ways of thinking about something
Pronouns and possessive determiners often refer
back to nouns or noun phrases mentioned earlier,
as in 1 - 4. A singular form refers back to a singular
or noncount noun. A plural form refers back to a
plural noun.
Notice that yours refers back to the implied subject
you in imperative sentences, as in 4.
A feminine form refers back to a female person,
as in 5. A masculine form refers back to a male
person, as in 6.
Since plural forms are neutral (not male or female),
they are often the best choice in writing, as in 7.
If we don’t know if a person is male or female, we can:
• use either form, as in 8a. This is problematic because
a doctor can be male or female.
• use both forms, as in 8b. This is somewhat formal and
can become repetitive.
» use plural forms, as in 8c.
In informal contexts, we often use a plural form to
refer back to an indefinite pronoun, as in 9a. We do
this even though indefinite pronouns are singular.
In formal contexts, 9b - 9c are more acceptable.
(^ONLINE
speak, and don't interrupt when you are part of
viewpoints15 even when you don't agree with them.
in own words.
(it/them) (your/their)
to ring
(it I them)
already know
(does it/do they)
NOUNS AND PRONOUNS 229
 6. Try starting your presentation with a personal story. will get the attention of your audience.
(it/they)
7. Be sure that you don't talk too fast, or no one will understand
(them/you)
8. If you use pictures, make sure the people in the back of the room can see
(it/them)
9. Be willing to answer questions at the end of your presentation. If you don't know an answer, volunteer

to find out and share later.

(it/them)
10. If you are making a series of points, organize from most important to least important.
(it/them)
11. A good conversation is an exchange of ideas. Everyone needs to be included in
(it/them)
12. During a class discussion, encourage your classmates to talk by asking questions.
(him /them)

Write about It Write three more speaking or listening strategies like the ones in Activity 26 and then
read them to your classmates.

271 Identifying Pronoun References Read this article. What does each bold pronoun or possessive
determiner refer to? Write your answers in the boxes. KCTÏ1

SubwayHero 1. subway riders

Toronto, Dec. 5—Subway riders aren't usually asked to perform acts of 2.

bravery. Yesterday, however, one of them became a hero. Anna Fischer, a

i 3.
24-year-old woman, saved the life of a small child. The child was waiting
with his babysitter at the 9lh Street subway station when he fell onto the 4.
2 3
tracks. Ms. Fischer jumped onto the tracks and saved the child.
5.
When Ms. Fischer was interviewed about the rescue, she said, "I was
standing near the tracks when I saw the little boy playing with a ball. His 6.
4
babysitter looked sort of worried, and she said to be careful. But the kid
5 7.
threw the ball, which rolled onto the tracks. I saw him run after it, and he
6
fell off the platform. The babysitter screamed and called for help. There was 8.

no train, but it as coming in two minutes, so I jumped onto the tracks and
7 9.
lifted the kid up. Luckily there was enough time to get him to safety."
8
One witness16 summed up17 the situation. "I never saw anyone move so 10.
9
quickly. It was a miracle."
10

Talk about It Retell the story above from the point of view of the babysitter or the little boy.

"Yesterday something terrible almost happened while I was babysitting.

In the morning, I took the child to the grocery store...."

,6witness: a person who sees something happen and "sum (something) up: to state the main points in a short,
can describe it to others clearway

230
281 Using Plural Forms Rewrite these statements. Replace the bold words with a plural noun, and make
any other necessary changes to make the sentence correct.

JOB REQUIREMENTS

1. A good doctor listens carefully to his or her patients.

Good doctors listen carefully to their patients.

2. A carpenter needs to take good care of his or her tools.

3. A horse trainer must be gentle with his or her horses. He or she should never lose his or her temper.
4. A good parent encourages his or her children to talk to him or her.
5. An office manager needs to be organized so that he or she can make good decisions.
6. A good employer can communicate clearly with his or her employees.
7. A good teacher is able to change to meet his or her students' needs.
8. A lawyer must pass a state exam before he or she can practice law.
9. A pilot in training must get 250 flight hours before he or she can fly commercially.
10. A supervisor must be well-spoken so he or she can explain clearly what needs to be done.

Think about It In the past, the masculine forms (he/his/him) were used to refer to all people. Why are
plural forms (they/their/them) more common now?

Write about It Complete this question with your own idea: What makes a good...? Then write three or
more sentences to answer the question.

291 Using Plural Forms Rewrite this essay to make the language neutral. ESH
It takes a special kind ofperson to be an effective leader. Effective leaders have a confident attitude. They know...

WARNING!
An Effective Leader When we use a plural subject,
It takes a special kind of person to be an effective leader. An effective we sometimes need to decide
leader has a confident attitude. She knows what her goals are and if we should use a singular or
how she wants to reach them. At the same time, she is flexible. A plural object. For example:
good leader can make changes to her plan when it is necessary. The
Children need their mothers.
people around her can feel sure that she will be a good guide.
Children need their mother.
An effective leader is a good listener. She pays attention to
other people's needs. She lets people know that she is working for Both are correct. We might
everybody's interest, not just her own. Finally, an effective leader choose mothers because we
knows that she can't do everything alone. She knows how to ask are describing more than one
other people for help. She knows how to divide responsibilities child. Or we might choose
among several people. Being a good leader takes a certain kind of mother because a child only
talent. Not everyone can do it well. has one mother.

301 Referring Back to Indefinite Pronouns Rewrite the informal language using plural forms. EEBI

COMPLAINTS

1. I hate it when someone uses their cell phone in a restaurant. They should at least get up and
leave the table.
I hate it when people use their cell phones in a restaurant. They should at least get up and leave the table.

2. It bothers me when someone sends text messages while they are talking to me.

NOUNS AND PRONOUNS 231

 3. It drives me crazy when someone chews their food with their mouth open.
4. I don't like it when someone drives their car really close behind me.
5. When I call someone in the evening, I'm always afraid I'll disturb them.
6. It bothers me when someone doesn't do their job.
7. I don't understand why anyone smokes. They should quit.
8. It's irritating18 when someone is late and they don't even call to tell you.
9. I don't like it when someone disagrees with me and they won't listen to my viewpoint.
10. I don't like it when someone borrows something and they don't return it.

Write about It Complete these statements with your own ideas. Then read your statements to your
classmates. Ask them if you used formal or informal language.

It bothers me when someone/people...

I don't like it when someone/people...
It drives me crazy when someone/people...

7.5 It, One, Some, Any, Other, You, and They

COMPARE IT AND ONE
la I can't eat this sandwich. Do you want it?
(It refers to a specific sandwich.)
lb I'm making a sandwich. Do you want one, too?
(One refers to another sandwich, not a specific sandwich.)
When we refer back to specific people or things, we
usually use a personal pronoun like it, as in la.
When we refer back to nonspecific things, we use a
pronoun like one, as in lb.

2 I need a tripod. Does anyone here have one? We use one to refer back to singular count nouns,
A 3 We have a new box of discs but some are broken. as in 2. Some and any refer back to both plural nouns
and noncount nouns, as in 3 - 4.
4 I offered her some coffee but she didn't want any.

5 One person in my class is from Brazil and another is We often contrast one or some member(s) of a group
from Turkey. with another or others, as in 5 - 6. Another refers to a
6 Some people can stop smoking on their own while singular noun. Others refers to plural nouns.
others need help.

7 "Sometimes one pays most for the things one gets for
nothing." (Albert Einstein)
B 8 The more you look at the world, the more you see how
people value things differently.
9 They say that Paris is the most romantic city in the world.
We sometimes use one, you, or they to make general
statements about people (not a specific person), as in
7-9. One is more formal than you or they.
GRAMMAR TERM: Pronouns that refer to any person in general
are called generic pronouns.

10 It was dangerous to go to some of these places.
(= To go to some of these places was dangerous.)
11 It's impossible to do this quickly.
C (= To do this quickly is impossible.)
In sentences with to- infinitives, we can use it as a
placeholder for a subject, as in 10 -11. (This is often
called an empty subject.) This allows us to put new
information at the end of a sentence where it is easier
to notice.

For information on using it with to- infinitives, see Unit 11,

page 354.

^hoNLlNE

18 irritating: making someone angry

232
 311 One or It? Complete these conversations with one or it. Then practice with a partner. MEHM

1. A: Do you need your book back? 5. A: Can I get you a cup of coffee?
B: No, you can give it
it to me later. B: No, thanks. I've already got.
2. A: Sorry I broke your glass. 6. A: Have you seen any good movies lately?
B: No problem. I can replace B: Yeah, I saw last week.
tomorrow. was called The 39 Steps.
3. A: Is that a new hat? 7. A: Can you do the grocery shopping?
B: Yeah, I bought online. B: Yeah, but I need a list.
I A: Nice. I like A: OK, I'll put together for you.
4. A: Did you buy a new hat? 8. A: My allergies are terrible today.
B: Yeah, I found online. I'll bring it B: Did you take your allergy pill?
in tomorrow. A: Yeah. I took an hour ago.

32 I What Does the Pronoun Refer To? Who or what does each bold word refer to? ESI

1. The researchers found two possible explanations, but there 1. another = another explanation
may be another.
2. Scientists now report discovering why some people are 2. others = other people
chocoholics19 and others are not.
3. another
3. People express grief20 in different ways. One person may cry
for weeks while another may scream and yell.
4. others
4. Some people think eating chocolate or oily foods causes
acne21. Others blame dirty skin or nervous tension. 5. any =
5. Some people can't say no to food if any is available.
6. some =
6. Different sleep problems are treated differently. Some can
others
be treated with medications, whereas others may be helped
with special equipment.
7. others
7. Some people quit smoking because a friend quit. If we can
get a few people to quit, they might go on to help others quit. 8. one =
8. There are a few things you should know about Dr. Brown. another
One is that she asks a lot of questions. Another is that she is
going to tell you to get more exercise. 9. some =
some =
9. Not all marathons22 are the same. Some are run in the heat.
others =
On some the course is flat, and on others it is hilly.
10. Scientists don't agree about climate change. Some think the 10. some =
climate is changing a lot, but others think it is not. others

331 One, Another, Some, and Others Write a short paragraph about each topic. 7.5 A

1. There are several ways to 2. There are many different 3. Travelers have many options for
cook eggs. ways you can get the news. buying airline tickets.
• fry them in a pan • read it online » buy them through a travel agent
• boil them in water • watch it on TV • buy them online

There are several ways to cook eggs. One is to fry them in a pan. Another is to boil them in water....

19 chocoholics: people who like chocolate and eat a lot of it 21 acne: a skin problem that causes red spots
’grief: great sadness, especially because someone has died marathons: very long races

NOUNS AND PRONOUNS 233

 34 I Making General Statements about People What do the quotations mean to you? Share ideas
with your classmates. Then complete each general statement in a new way and share ideas with a partner.
on
QUOTATIONS GENERAL STATEMENTS

1. You can't win unless you know how to 1. You can't unless you
lose. (Kareem Abdul-Jabbar, athlete) know how to
2. You cannot shake hands with a clenched23 2. You cannot with a
fist. (Indira Gandhi, Indian prime minister)
3. If you can dream it, you can do it. 3. If you can.
(Walt Disney, entrepreneur) it, you can it.
4. The excess24 of one is the shortage25 of 4. The of one is
another. (Arabian proverb) the of another.
5. All you need in life is ignorance and 5. All you need in life is
confidence, and then success is sure. and and
(Mark Twain, writer) then success is sure.
6. They say the world has become too complex 6. They say has become
for simple answers. They are wrong.
(Ronald Reagan, U.S. president) They are wrong.

351 Using It as a Placeholder Choose the adjective that best completes each statement. 7.5 C

STATEMENTS FROM PERSONAL ESSAYS

1. It is important to take care of your body and stay healthy, and 1. important/unusual
there are many different ways you can do this. 2. acceptable/easy
2. It's not to stay calm when someone makes you angry. 3. good/possible
4. easy/possible
3. It's not always to do well in school. 5. common/interesting
4. It isn't to be a good parent. 6. essential/fun
7. easy/essential
5. Today it is for mothers as well as fathers to have
8. essential/unhealthy
a career. 9. acceptable/uncommon
6. When you travel to a foreign country, it is to visit 10. important/interesting
11. difficult/necessary
someone's home.
12. easy/unusual
7. It is for doctors to listen to their patients.
8. It is to work seven days a week.
9. Because of modern health care, it is not for people to live into their eighties.
10. It's to get some exercise every day.
11. It's to have a good relationship with someone who doesn't tell the truth.
12. With modern technology, it is to keep in touch with friends and relatives.

23 clenched: closed tightly “shortage: less than is necessary or needed

24 excess: more than is necessary or needed

234
 Talk about It Take turns reading the statements in Activity 35 aloud with a partner. See if your partner
agrees or disagrees and why.
i
Write about It Choose five of the it + be + adjective examples in Activity 35 and write sentences with
i your own ideas. Share one with your classmates and see if they agree or disagree.

It is important/easy/common to...
It is not difficult/easy to...

7.6 Compound Nouns

Some nouns in English are made up of two or more words. The words work together as one word or concept and
have a unique meaning. We call them compound nouns. Many compound nouns are made of:

noun + noun noun + verb adjective + noun -ing verb + noun

A newspaper headache software swimming pool

spacecraft role-play solar system washing machine
light year homework easychair walking stick
energy costs rainfall highway running shoes

1 Climate change is a popular topic these days.
2 Solar panels on a house absorb the sun's energy.
3 Using fluorescent light bulbs can save money.
B
4 Landslides are becoming more common in the
Philippines.
5 In Nepal, the amount of water in the glacier-lakes is
increasing.
The first word in a compound noun gives information
about the second word. It often says “what kind or
type.”
• In 1, climate identifies the type of change.
• In 2, solar identifies the kind of panel.
• In 3, light identifies the kind of bulb.
Most compound nouns are written as either two
separate words, as in 1 - 3, or a single word, as in 4.
A few compound nouns have a hyphen, as in 5.

6 A heat wave is hot weather that lasts for a long time.
7 Hurricanes are wind storms that start in the ocean.
(NOT: winds-sterms or winds storm)
C 8 In western India, rainfall has doubled.
9 Solar power is becoming a more popular source
of energy.
Some compound nouns are count nouns, as in 6 - 7.
For the plural form of these compound nouns, we
usually make the last noun plural, as in 7.
Some compound nouns are noncount nouns,
as in 8 - 9. These compound nouns do not have
a plural form.

ONLINE

36 I Pronunciation Note: Compound Nouns Listen to the note. Then do Activities 37-38.
Sometimes it is difficult to tell the difference between a compound noun and an adjective + noun. Most
compound nouns have the main stress on the first part of the compound. This is different from the stress on
adjective + noun forms, which have more equal stress on both words. Compare:
Compound nouns Adjective + noun Compound nouns Adjective + noun
1 VOICE mail undelivered mail 4 LIGHT year next year
2 FINGERnail bent nail 5 EASY chair uncomfortable chair
3 NEWSpaper recycled paper 6 SOLAR system efficient system

NOUNS AND PRONOUNS 235

 (J) 37 I Pronouncing Compound Nouns Listen to these sentences. Are the words compound nouns or
adjectives + nouns? Check (/) your answers. 7.6 A-B

1. compound noun adjective + noun 6. 2] compound noun adjective + noun

2. compound noun adjective + noun 7. compound noun adjective + noun
3. compound noun adjective + noun 8. compound noun adjective + noun
4. compound noun adjective + noun 9. compound noun adjective + noun
5. compound norm adjective + noun 10. compound noun adjective + noun

Çj) Talk about It Listen again and write the words. Practice saying the words with the correct stress.

1. 6.
2. 7.
3. 8.
4. 9.
5. 10.

381 Identifying Compound Nouns Listen and read the articles. Circle the compound nouns. (Listen for
the stress of the words to help you identify them.) Then compare ideas with your classmates. 7.6 A-B

F Y I
The Huntsman Spider We don’t usually
capitalize the names
of animals and plants
Imagine driving in your car. Suddenly, a huge spider runs across the (huntsman spider, bighorn
(windshield) If you are in Australia, it is probably a huntsman spider. sheep) unless there is a
proper noun in the name
Although the name is scary, the spider doesn't actually hunt men. In (African violet).
fact, the spiders are very beneficial26 creatures because they eat insects.
They are large (as large as your hand) and hairy, and in Australia you
can find them everywhere. They live in woods, in living rooms, and
even in bedrooms. They can run really fast and are hard to catch. In
Sydney, people often come home from work to find a huntsman spider
on their dining table or sitting in their favorite armchair. This often
happens after a thunderstorm as the spiders
come inside for shelter. Most Australians
have learned to live with them. They
catch the spiders rather than kill them.

26 beneficial: improving a situation; helpful

236
 Water Found on Distant Planet
Water has been discovered on a planet beyond our solar system. A telescope

detected water vapor in the atmosphere of a gas giant27 that is 64 light years
away from Earth. Although the planet is too hot to support life, the discovery

suggests that water may be commonly found on planets throughout the

galaxy28. According to Giovanna Tinetti of University College London, who

led the research group, the team will be able to use this method in the future
to study other planets that are "life-friendly."

391 Using Compound Nouns Choose a compound noun from the box to complete each sentence below.
Where necessary, make the compound noun plural. 7.6 C

blood type fingernail kneecap muscle power springtime thighbone

eyelash jawbone lifespan nerve cell tennis court tongue print

THE HUMAN BODY

1. You use about 200 muscles when you take one step. That's a lot of
muscle power
2. Children grow faster in the.
3. grow four times faster than toenails.
4. Each hair on your head has a of three to seven years.
5. The surface area of the human lungs29 is equal to a.
6. Your are the bones in your upper legs. They are
stronger than concrete30.
7. In addition to unique fingerprints, humans have unique

8. There are four main in the world. The most common is

Type O.
9. There are about 86 billion in the human brain.
10. Your is the hardest bone in your body.
11. When they fall out, take seven to eight weeks to grow back.
12. Babies are born with soft . They don't turn into bone until a child is two to five
years old.

Think about It Decide if each compound noun above is a count noun or a noncount noun. Write C above
the count nouns. Write N above the noncount nouns.

Think about It What are some other compound nouns that you have noticed? Look back through the
unit or another English text you read recently. Make a list of compound nouns.

27 gas giant: a large planet made mostly of gases 29lungs: the two parts inside your body that you use for breathing
28galaxy: a large group of stars and planets in outer space 30concrete: a hard, gray material used for building things

NOUNS AND PRONOUNS 237

 7.7 Forming Nouns Using Suffixes
Some verbs and adjectives can be changed into nouns by adding a suffix (a word ending), as in Table 1 and
Table 2. The meaning of some nouns can also be changed by adding a suffix, as in Table 3. Notice that small
spelling changes are often necessary.

TABLE 1 TABLE 2

verb + suffix noun adjective suffix noun

define definition complex complexity

describe description possible possibility
evaluate evaluation real -ity reality
explain -tion explanation similar similarity
imagine -ation imagination valid validity
investigate investigation happy happiness
participate participation lonely -ness loneliness
realize realization sad sadness
conclude conclusion free freedom
-sion -dom
decide decision wise wisdom
act -or actor urgent -cy urgency
employ -er employer
important importance
A accomplish accomplishment silent
-ce
silence
achieve achievement
agree -ment agreement just -ice justice
fulfill fulfillment brave -ery bravery
invest investment
arrive arrival TABLE 3
-al
deny denial noun + suffix noun

assist -ant assistant terror -ism terrorism

reside -ent resident
friend friendship
assist assistance -ship
-ance member membership
depend dependence
-ence bag baggage
rely reliance -age
mile mileage
discover discovery
-ry child childhood
inquire inquiry -hood
neighbor neighborhood
art -ist artist
hand handful
-ful
mouth mouthful

'^jVONLINE

401 Noticing Spelling changes Choose five words in the chart above that change their spelling. Write
the words in the chart and explain the spelling change. Then compare ideas with your classmates. 7.7 A

Word Word + suffix Spelling change

1. describe description Drop the -e, change -b to -p, and add -tion.

2. happy happiness Change the -y to -i and add -ness.

3.
4.
5.
6.
7.

238
I
411 Identifying Nouns with Suffixes Each of these book titles has a noun with a suffix. Find the noun
and underline the suffix. Then say how each noun is formed. Check (/) your answers. 7.7 A

VERB + a d j e c t iv e + NOUN +
WELL-KNOWN BOOKS SUFFIX SUFFIX SUFFIX

1. A Portrait of the Artist as a Young Man by James Joyce

2. Childhood's End by Arthur C. Clarke
3. The Importance of Being Earnest31 by Oscar Wilde
4. Crime and Punishment by Fyodor Dostoyevsky
5. Appointment in Samarra by John O'Hara
6. The Loneliness of the Long-Distance Runner
by Alan Sillitoe
7. A Handful of Dust by Evelyn Waugh
8. Great Expectations by Charles Dickens
9. Teach Us to Outgrow Our Madness by Kenzaburo Oe
10. The House of Silence by Orhan Pamuk

Talk about It Think about the titles of the books above. What do you think each one is about? Use other
forms of the nouns in the titles to make a guess.
"Great Expectations might be about someone who expects something great."

421 Forming Nouns with Suffixes Add the correct suffix to these words to make the noun form. Then
use them to complete the quotations below. (You will not use one of the nouns. More than one noun may
be possible but only one is correct.) 7.7 A

1. act action 4. free 7. happy

2. agree 5. friend 8. imagine

3. brave 6. fulfill 9. punish

FAMOUS QUOTATIONS AGREE DISAGREE

a. Actions speak louder than words. (American proverb)

b. Success is getting what you want.is wanting what you
get. (Dale Carnegie, writer)
c. Let the match the offense32. (Cicero, statesman)
d. is never given; it is won. (A. Philip Randolph, activist)
e. Laughter is not at all a bad beginning for a.
(Oscar Wilde, writer)
f. The goal of life is living in with nature. (Zeno, philosopher)
g. A promise is a cloud;is rain. (Arab proverb)
h. is more important than knowledge.
(Albert Einstein, physicist)

Talk about It What do the quotations above mean to you? Check (/) if you agree or disagree. Then
compare with a partner.

31 earnest: serious; also a man's name 32 offense: a crime; breaking the law

NOUNS AND PRONOUNS 239

 431 Forming Nouns with Suffixes Read each pair of sentences. Complete the second sentence with a
noun form of the bold word. 7.7 A

1. I can't decide. = I can't make a decision

RESEARCH
2. I am proud of the things I have achieved. = I am proud of S AYS . . .

my. In academic writing,

the most common
3. My work isn't ready to be evaluated. = My work isn't ready noun suffixes are
for. -tion, -ity, -er, -ness,
-ism, and -ment.
4. It's important to be free. =is important.
COR
5. I don't understand why this news is urgent. = I don't understand the
of this news.
6. How many miles is it to the nearest city? = What is the to the nearest city?
7. I'm not interested in becoming a member of this group. = in this group
doesn't interest me.
8. I can't explain this. = I don't have an for this.
9. Do you need someone to assist you? = Do you need an .?

10. Why is this assignment important? = What is the of this assignment?

11. You should be proud of the things you have accomplished. = You should be proud of
your.
12. It's important to participate in class discussions. = in class discussions
is important.
13. The archeologists discovered something important this year. = The archeologists made an important
this year.
14. About 4,000 people reside in this area. = There are about 4,000 in this area.
15. The two teams agreed to postpone the game. = The two teams made an
postpone the game.

Think about It Look back through the unit or another English text you read recently. Find five more
words with the suffix -tion. Then use each word in a sample sentence.

Words Sample sentences

1. education I want to get a good education.
2. election I have never voted in an election.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.

240
 ! 7.8 Using This and That to Refer Back
1 A: Why is Matt angry all the time?
: B: I don't know. He didn't use to be like that.
2 I can't believe my brother left without me. How
could he do this to me?
We frequently use this or that to “point to” or focus
attention on a thing, an action, or an idea mentioned
earlier, as in 1 - 2.

3 There was a decline in the unemployment rate last
week. This suggests that the job market is still in
A good shape.
4 Mathematics is typically taught in a traditional way.
Too often, that means students learn by memorizing
facts.
I
5 Sleep is necessary for every animal that has ever
been studied. This includes whales, octopuses—
even fruit flies.
I
Sometimes we can use either this or that. However:
• We often use this to refer to things that are “closer” to
us in time, in location, or in how we feel about them,
as in 3.
• We often use that to refer to things that are “farther
away” from us, as in 4.
This or that can sometimes refer back to an entire
sentence or paragraph, especially in academic writing,
as in 5.

COMPARING CONVERSATION AND WRITING That is more common in conversation, as in 6, while

6 A: I think our garden got washed out by the rain. this is more common in academic writing, as in 7. In
B: Oh, no, that's terrible! academic writing, we often use this with these verbs:
B 7 In recent years, banks have begun charging higher explains indicates makes seems
interest rates. This suggests that they are becoming implies involves means shows
more careful about who they are lending money to. includes is requires suggests

8 To understand a word, we first have to retrieve
its meaning from memory. Most of the time, this
happens quickly, but sometimes it doesn't.
C 9 If you have problems with a product, try contacting
the manufacturer. This will help you get useful
information, and it may solve your problem.
In academic writing, we can use this or that to refer back
to an idea that we have just mentioned. (This brings
attention to the previous idea and indicates that the
ideas are closely related.) In later sentences, however, we
often use it to refer to the idea again (not this), as in 8 - 9.

ONLINE

441 Identifying Pronoun References What do the pronouns this or that refer back to in each
news report? Circle the correct words. (You may circle a whole sentence.) BEU

NEWS REPORTS

1. With the new public transportation system, (fewer people are driving their cars to work) This could be
good for the environment because cars give off pollution.
2. Many scientists believe that gases in the air are causing the earth to gradually become warmer.
That is called global warming.
3. Young children learn new words very quickly. Researchers have called this the "vocabulary explosion."
4. The Apple computer company has sold over 15 billion digital songs from its iTunes program.
This has made a lot of money for record companies.
5. In 1997, about 12 million people in the United States worked at home at least one day a month.
That is very different from today's numbers.
6. Most green buildings33 have lights that automatically turn off when people leave the room. They are
also designed with lots of windows. During the day, this allows people to use the sun instead of lamps
for light.
7. To cope34 with stress, many people practice yoga every evening. This helps them relax after a long day.
It also helps them get a good night's sleep.

33green buildings: buildings designed with environmentally friendly systems 34 cope: to deal with something difficult

NOUNS AND PRONOUNS 241

 8. People use a lot of unfamiliar words when they talk about the inventor Buckminster Fuller.
This is because Fuller invented words to describe his ideas and inventions.
9. In the Peruvian Amazon, there is a type of ant that kills all kinds of trees except one.
That's the finding of Megan Frederickson, a doctoral student at Stanford University.
10. The most intensive35 period of language development is during the first three years of a child's life.
This is the time when the brain is developing.

0 451 Listening for This and That in Conversation Listen and write the missing lines in these
conversations. Pay special attention to the choice of this or that. 7.8 A-B

WORKPLACE CONVERSATIONS

1. Employee: Sorry I'm late. My car broke down.

F YI
Employer: Is that so?
All of the missing
Employee: Yeah, um, I had to take the bus. lines in Activity 45 are
common expressions
2. Employee: I need to take a few days off. We've had a death in the family. in conversation.
Employer:
3. Employeel: I think we should send everyone an email.
Employee 2:
4. Employee 1: Did you hear the boss is quitting?
Employee 2:
Employee 1: It's true.
5. Employee: Is there anything else I can do before I leave?
Employer:
6. Employeel: Guess what? We have to work late again tonight.
Employee 2: Oh, no.
7. Employee: I heard you're leaving the company.
Employer:
8. Official: May I see your documents, please.
Passenger:
Official: Yes, I'm required to check all identification.

Think about It The pronoun that is more common in conversation. However, in two of the
conversations above, the speakers chose to use the pronoun this. What reasons can you give
to explain this? (There is more than one possible answer.)

Talk about It Work with a partner to write a conversation using one of the expressions above.
Then present your conversation to your classmates.

461 Common Verbs Used with This and That Choose the best verb to complete the sentences. WU

1. Successful supervisors give good feedback36 to their employees. This 1. includes/indicates

includes correcting their work and praising them for a job well done.
2. If I only had a few months to live, I would eat my favorite food as often as
2. means/shows
1 could. That I would eat pizza every night for dinner.

“intensive: involving a lot of activity in a short time ' feedback: information on how well or badly you have done something

242
 3. Sunlight mixes with pollution to create ozone. Ozone is helpful because 3. explains/suggests
it blocks the sun's harmful rays. But close to Earth, ozone can be harmful
to people. That why some people have health problems
when the ozone level is high.
4. There are several ways to use the sun's power to make electricity. One is 4. explains/involves
called concentrating solar power. This using mirrors to
focus37 the sun's rays. This provides heat, which helps power generators.
5. A team of researchers has found the bones of four different kinds of
5. requires/suggests
dinosaurs38 at the same site in New Mexico. This that
many different kinds of dinosaurs existed at the same time.
6. In science fiction movies, the characters always refer to "outer space." This 6. includes/implies
., somehow, that there's also an "inner space."
7. After a job interview, it's a good idea to send the interviewer a thank-you 7. indicates/requires
letter or email. This that you are interested in the job.
8. The college admissions process should help students evaluate their
8. explains/requires
strengths. This careful thought and self-awareness.

Think about It What does the word this refer to in the sentences in Activity 46? Underline the words.
Then compare ideas with your classmates.

47 I Recognizing This, That, and It References Read these paragraphs. What does each bold
pronoun refer to? Write your answers in the boxes. 7.8 C

1. Recreation involves doing an activity just for the fun

of it. That could be doing something outdoors such as 1. it = doing an activity

playing a sport. It could also be simply spending time that = doing an activity for the fun of it
with friends and family. it =

2. Managing people is an important part of a supervisor's

job. This is more than making sure a job gets done. It 2. this ;
requires supervisors to interact39 closely with employees. it =
3. Plagiarism is the act of taking someone else's work and
pretending it's your own. This happens in writing,
3. it =
art, music, and other fields and will usually destroy a
this
person's career.
4. Hacking is the process of breaking through computer
security for some reason. Some people do this for 4. this
profit40, some do it out of protest, and some do it for fun. it =
it =
5. A good friend is someone I get along with. This means
we like to spend time together, and we enjoy many of
the same activities. It also means that we can talk about 5. this
many different things. it =

37focus: to aim light at a particular point 39 interact: to communicate

38dinosaurs: animals that lived millions of years ago 40 profit: money made from doing something

NOUNS AND PRONOUNS 243

 6. When you get angry, try breathing deeply and counting
to ten. This will help you to calm down quickly. It will 6. this
also stop you from saying or doing something you will it =
regret41 later.
7. In many classrooms, mathematics is taught in a 7. that =
traditional way. Too often, that means students learn by it =
memorizing facts. Worse, it is often taught as if all the
students have exactly the same ability and learning style.
8. that
8. My most prized possession is my Greek dictionary. That
it =
might sound silly but it is true. I've had it since I was in
it =
high school.

Think about It In the sentences in Activity 47, this, that, and it often refer back to the same thing or idea.
Why do you think the writers used different pronouns?

7.9 Using Nouns and Pronouns in Speaking

1 She's good at making things with her hands.
2 There's one thing I need to tell you.
3 A: Are you going out tonight?
B: No, I have a lot of stuff to do at home.
A
4 I like rock climbing, skateboarding, and stuff like that.
(stuff = actions like rock climbing and skateboarding)
5 She reads a lot and goes to museums and things like that.
(things = actions like reading and going to museums)
In everyday conversation, we sometimes use the
nouns thing and stuff to talk in general about objects,
actions, ideas, etc., as in 1 - 3.
We also use the nouns thing and stuff in expressions
like and things like that or and stuff like that, as in 4 - 5.
We do not usually use these expressions in writing.

6 I need a thingamajig for removing staples.
7 A: Do you have one of those whatchmacallits?
B B: You mean a hammer?
8 Don't forget to call whatshisname tomorrow.
When we can’t think of the exact name for
something or someone, we sometimes use
nonspecific nouns like thingamajig, whatchmacallit,
doohickey, and whatsitsname, as in 6 - 8. These
expressions are very informal.

9 Nice day, isn't it? About 25 percent of the questions we ask are tag
questions with pronouns at the end, as in 9 -11.
C 10 Your brother's silly, isn't he? We often use tag questions with falling intonation
to ask for confirmation of the previous statement.
11 You're tired, aren't you?

COMPARE ACADEMIC AND INFORMAL USES The first sentence in each pair, 12a - 15a, is
12a She goes to the same school as he does. considered more appropriate for academic use.
12b You may hear: "She goes to the same school as him." However, you may hear some English speakers use
pronouns in ways that are different from standard
13a I can do it better than she can. usage, as in 12b - 15b.
13b You may hear:"\ can do it better than her."
D
14a She and I are going to a movie.
14b You may hear: "Her and I are going to a movie."

15a Can you send the email to John and me?

15b You may hear: "Can you send the email to John and I?"

(J^ONLINE

41 regret: to feel sorry about something

244
 481 Interpreting the Meaning of Things What does the word things refer to in these sentences—
physical objects, actions, or ideas? Check (/) your answers. 7.9 A

STATEMENTS FROM TEACHERS OBJECTS ACTIONS IDEAS

1. I'm going to pass out a couple of things before we get started. 0 □ □

The first is a program evaluation.
2. There are seven things you can do to get organized. □ □ □
3. There are three important things I'd like to share with you about □ □ □
being a teacher.
4. Of all the things I do during the day, the best is interacting with □ □ □
students.
5. I rarely have large blocks of time when I can get things done. □ □ □
6. I try not to take a lot of work home with me on the weekend, but □ □ □
sometimes I have to read students' papers and things like that.
7. My subject area is environmental science, which has to do with □ □ □
climate change and things like that.
8. There are some things you need to bring to every class. □ □ □
9. That's one of the important things to ask when you are □ □ □
interviewing for a job.
10. You need to pay more attention to the details. Here I'm talking □ □ □
just about your writing—commas, periods, spelling, and things
like that.

Think about It Why do you think we use things in the plural form in all of the sentences above? Do an
online search for more examples of the words "thing/things" or "things like that." Decide what the words
refer to in each case.

• h 491 Recognizing Vague Words Listen to the conversations and circle the word you hear. EXT1

1. thingamajig doohickey whatsitsname

2. waddayacallit thingy whatchmacallit
3. whatshisname whatshername whatsitsname
4. thingamajig doohickey whatsitsname
5. waddayacallit whatshisname whatchmacallits
6. whatshisname whatshername waddayacallit

NOUNS AND PRONOUNS 245

 (J) 501 Using Pronouns in Tag Questions Complete these tag questions. Listen and check your answers.
Then practice with a partner. KCCT

1. A: That was a great meal, wasn't it .? 7. A: John seemed nervous, didn't ?.

B: Yeah, wonderful. B: Yeah, a little bit.
2. A: Your sister isn't coming, is .? 8. A: Cold today, isn't .?
B: No, I don't think so. B: Yeah, freezing.
3. A: That was really funny, wasn't .? 9. A: The test was hard, wasn't .?
B: Yeah, sure. I guess so. B: Not really.
4. A: Ann's really nice, isn't .? 10. A: Your parents are coming, aren't .?
B: Yeah, the best. B: Yes, and my grandparents, too.
5. A: That was your idea, wasn't .? 11. A: Your brother didn't go, did .?
B: I can't remember. B: No, he stayed at home.
6. A: You were here yesterday, weren't .? 12. A: Time for lunch, isn't .?
B: Yeah, all day. B: Absolutely.

511 Choosing Appropriate Pronoun Forms Rewrite the underlined part of each conversation with the
more formal pronoun form(s). (You may also need to add a verb.) Then practice with a partner. F3ET7W

1. A: Why is Sam making dinner?

FY I
he can
B: Because no one else can cook like him. When speakers use subject
A pronouns as objects, it is
2. A: Who should I send the package to? called hypercorrection. It
means the speaker makes a
B: Just send it to Bill and I.
mistake by trying too hard to
3. A: Are you worried about the deadline? sound “correct.”
This award is a great honor for
B: Well, just between you and I, I think it's a serious problem. Linda and I. (hypercorrection)
This award is a great honor for
4. A: Who taught you how to paint houses?
Linda and me. (standard)
B: My father taught both my brother and I when we were teenagers.

5. A: Are you doing something with Tom tomorrow?

B: Yeah. Him and I are going to play tennis.

6. A: Are you worried about Tom and Jill?

B: Not really. A lot of people have less money than them.

7. A: If Irene can go out, why can't I?

B: Because you're younger than her.

8. A: Anne should go first because she's the tallest.

B: But I'm as tall as her.

9. A: Have you seen Sarah lately?

B: Yeah. Her and I had coffee yesterday.

10. A: I need a ride to the meeting.

B: Do you want to come with Tim and I?

246
 7.10 Using Nouns and Pronouns in Academic Writing
REPEATING KEYWORDS
1 On May 25,1961, President Kennedy announced his goal
to land an astronaut on the moon. His announcement
came only a month after the Soviet Union sent the first
A human into space.
2 On May 25,1961, President Kennedy announced his goal
to land an astronaut on the moon. His declaration came
only a month after the Soviet Union sent the first human
into space.
Writers often repeat key words to connect ideas. To
give variety, they may use different forms of a key
word, such as a noun or noun phrase, as in 1.
To avoid repetition, writers may also use words
that have similar meanings, as in 2.
WRITING TERM: Repeating key words is one way we make
writing more cohesive. In a cohesive paragraph, each sentence
connects smoothly to the other sentences before and after it.

COMPARE VERB AND NOUN FORMS Using a noun or noun phrase instead of a verb
3a Many people were unemployed, and as a result, crime makes it possible to include more information
rates rose in most parts of the country. in fewer words, as in 3b. This is a common
B characteristic of academic writing.
3b Unemployment resulted in a rise in crime rates in most
parts of the country.

USING PRONOUNS AND POSSESSIVE DETERMINERS
4a Last year, a scientist from California fell while hiking. The
scientist hurt his back so badly that the scientist could
hardly walk. The scientist's relatives told the scientist to
try acupuncture, (no pronouns)
4b Last year, a scientist from California fell while hiking. He
hurt his back so badly that he could hardly walk. His
C relatives told him to try acupuncture.
5 At first, people in Europe and America were skeptical
about acupuncture. By the 1970s, however, a few
doctors were beginning to experiment with it. They
found that this form of treatment was the only thing
that gave their patients relief from pain.
In writing, it would be very repetitious to use the
same noun or noun phrase many times, as in 4a.
Instead, we often replace a noun or noun phrase
with a pronoun or possessive determiner, as in 4b.
Writers often use nouns, nouns phrases, and
pronouns in a chain of several references that
all refer back to the same thing, as in 5. This also
makes writing cohesive.
In 5, the pronoun it refers back to the word acupuncture.
The noun phrase this form of treatment also refers back
to acupuncture. The pronoun they and the possessive
determiner their refer back to a few doctors.

(^ONLINE

521 Using Different Forms of the Same Word Complete these sentences with the noun form of the
bold word. (Use a dictionary if necessary.) 7.10 A

MEDICAL SCIENCE

1. Studies show that certain parts of the brain become active during
STUDY STRATEGY
sleep. This activity could be the brain moving memories You can look in a dictionary to
from short-term to long-term memory. find a different form of a word.
Keep a chart like the one in
2. Tests for cancer can fail to find problems. A like the Think about It on page 248
this can be disastrous when a patient does not get treated right away. to help build your vocabulary.

3. More than 50 percent of patients feel rushed42 when they visit their
doctor. This is more common among elderly patients.
4. As early as the 1950s, medical researchers investigated the connection between smoking and cancer,
The led to the first anti-smoking laws.
5. Medical insurance costs have increased dramatically in the last ten years. As a result of this

, many people cannot afford insurance.

42rushed: made to hurry

NOUNS AND PRONOUNS 247

 6. Over the years, many governments have invested heavily in medical research. This
has led to several important medical breakthroughs43.
7. Not all medical are made in a scientist's youth. The scientist Benjamin Duggar
discovered the use of tetracycline antibiotics when he was 76.
8. In 1777, General George Washington had his entire army vaccinated. This action was controversial44 at
the time because few doctors believed in.
9. Some doctors are starting to use computers to help diagnose Alzheimer's disease. This method of
is more accurate and faster than current methods.
10. Many people are allergic to peanuts. Some researchers say the number of peanut
found in children has increased dramatically in the last ten years.
11. Tension headaches are caused by muscle contractions45 that cause mild .. This type of
headache may not be extremely painful, but it lasts for a long period of time.
12. We cough in order to clear irritated airways so we can breathe better. However, too much coughing
can cause further to the lungs and throat.

Think about It Look again at sentences 4 and 5 in Activity 52. Can you think of another way to complete
each sentence using a word that is similar in meaning to the bold word?

Think about It Draw a chart like the one below. Add the different forms of the bold words in Activity 52.
Then continue to add any new words you see or hear.

Noun Verb Adjective Adverb

F activity action activate act active actively

531 Using Fewer Words Each pair of sentences has been combined into one shorter sentence. Complete
the shorter sentence with the noun form of the bold word. (You can use your dictionary for help.) 7.10 B

1. Things become extinct. It's a natural process.

Extinction is a natural process.
2. Many species of fish are disappearing from the ocean. This is now accelerating.
The of many species of fish from the ocean is now accelerating.
3. AZT is a very effective treatment for AIDS. This is well known.
The of the AZT treatment for AIDS is well known.
4. Some companies have decided to sell AZT at a discount. This will save many lives.
The of some companies to sell AZT at a discount will save many lives.
5. Humans express many emotions. These emotions may be universal.
The of many human emotions may be universal.
6. After World War II, the government of the United Kingdom invested in a national health-care
system. This greatly improved the health of the British nation.
The government's in a national health-care system greatly improved the
health of the British nation.

43breakthroughs: important discoveries 45 muscle contractions: movements of muscles that make them tight
44 controversial: causing a disagreement or argument

248
J

7. Nowadays, doctors emphasize the psychological side of human health. This has led to
changes in patient care.
The on the psychological side of human health nowadays has led to
changes in patient care.
8. Many scientists have concluded that climate change is caused by human activity.
Some others, however, do not accept this.
The that climate change is caused by human activity is accepted by
many—but not all—scientists.
j

541 Understanding a chain of References Read the text. What does each bold word refer to? Write
your answers in the boxes. (If the word it doesn't refer back to something, write "empty it") 7.10 C

I learned how to ride a bike when I was about eight years old. As

soon as I could ride that bike, I realized I had the freedom to travel 1. him = my 12-year-old nephew

far and wide. Being outside on my bicycle provided me with hours

2. it
of entertainment. So when I recently learned that my 12-year-old

nephew had never learned to ride a bike, I decided to teach him.

3. we =
1
Our first efforts were disastrous. For one thing, it was the middle
2
of June and the temperature was in the 90s. In addition to the 4. him

problem of heat, the bike we were using had defective46 brakes, and
3 5. it
the seat wobbled47 and was uncomfortable for him. To make things
4
even harder, my nephew was afraid. I know he wanted to ride it, but 6. him
5
he couldn't keep his balance, and the heat was making him sick.
6
7. it
I wasn't ready to give up. I couldn't control the temperature, but I

could do something about the bike. The next day I took it to a shop
8. it =
7
and had the brakes and the seat repaired. We kept at it, and a few
8
days later, he finally rode down the street on his own. I don't know 9. he
9
if he'll ever enjoy riding a bike the way I do, but at least now he has
10. it =
the chance to find out. And he'll have more confidence, knowing that

something may seem hard at first, but once you get the hang of it, it
10
can be a lot of fun.

45defective: not working correctly 47 wobble: to move from side to side

NOUNS AND PRONOUNS 249

 55 I Usage Note: Repeating Nouns Read the note. Then do Activity 56.

In order to be clear, writers sometimes repeat a noun instead of replacing it with a pronoun. In the example
below, the writer repeats the noun Solaire in the second sentence to be clear.
A building called the Solaire was perhaps the first green building in the U.S. In addition to using solar
power for energy, the Solaire (NOT: ft) has lights that automatically turn off when people leave the room.
The building also has a lot of windows.
Using pronouns can sometimes create confusion for the reader. For example:
My father fed my baby brother before he took a nap. (who took a nap—the father or the baby brother?)
She couldn't get the boot off her leg, so she had to cut it off. (what did she cut off—the boot or her leg?)

561 Using Pronouns in Writing Replace some of the nouns and noun phrases in these paragraphs to
make the writing less repetitious, but not confusing. (To help you practice, the first three paragraphs have
bold words that show which to replace.) 7.10C
it
1. My favorite sport is volleyball. I like volleyball because volleyball is fast-paced. And I like how I
have to stay focused on the game while I am playing the game. Volleyball is also a team sport, and
I like being part of a team.
2. If I could have a conversation with a famous person, I would talk with Mahatma Gandhi. Gandhi
has definitely inspired me in my life. I'd like to talk with Gandhi about how we can change the
world without violence. Gandhi said we should be the change we desire to see. I think this is a
wise saying, and I would talk to Gandhi about it.
3. My main goal is to become financially secure. For me, financial security means not having to worry
about having enough money for next month's bills. Financial security means having enough
money to save for something you really want. Financial security means not worrying that you will
lose your apartment if you get injured and can't work.
4. Your skin is the largest organ in your body. Your skin keeps your stomach and other organs from
falling out. And your skin keeps germs from coming in. Skin allows you to feel pain, heat, and
cold, and through sweat, skin rids your body of extra water and salt. Can you imagine life without
your skin?
5. Lance Eton is an assistant professor of marine biology at the University of Manchester. Eton has
always been interested in science and how things work. Living by the ocean made Eton curious
about sea life, and Eton studied sea life in school.
6. People are finding new ways to make money. People might rent a room in their house or make stuff
in their home and try to sell the stuff.
7. Most doctors tell their patients to stop smoking. The doctors explain to their patients that smoking
is bad for their health. But some of their patients continue smoking anyway.
8. Antioxidants are chemicals in the body that fight cancer-causing substances called free radicals.
Free radicals naturally occur in the body, but if there are too many of these free radicals, the free
radicals can damage the body and cause cancer.

Think about It Compare your answers with a partner. Did you replace the same nouns in the
sentences above?

250
 571 Evaluate Read the student essay and answer the questions below. 7.10 A-C

Essay Prompt: The Internet is the best thing that has ever happened to education. Agree or disagree?
i
Many people believe that the Internet will greatly improve education, but are they right? Students like
2
to use the Internet because it gives them instant access to large amounts of information. In the past,
3
students had to spend a lot of time searching through libraries to find things out. Now a quick Internet
4
search often gets them the information they need. This is a good thing, but it is not everything. Education
5
is not only about getting information. It is also about learning to process that knowledge. The Internet
6
cannot help with this. Once students have information, they need to discuss it, analyze it, and decide
7
what to do with it. Working with teachers and classmates to learn to process information is vital. The
8
Internet is a useful tool for education, but it is only one tool.

J QUESTIONS

1. What key words does this writer repeat?

The writer repeats the word "Internet" in line 2, line...

2. Does the writer ever use a word with a similar meaning to replace a key word?
3. What do the pronouns in this paragraph refer back to?
4. In a cohesive paragraph, each sentence connects smoothly to the sentence before and after it.
Do you think this paragraph is cohesive? Why or why not?

581 Using Nouns and Pronouns in Writing Write several sentences about each topic. Try to use
several of the words in each box. 7.10A-C

1. Write about a difficult decision you made (or didn't make).

decision decide
choice choose

2. Write about one of your accomplishments.

accomplishment accomplish
achievement achieve

3. Write about one of your goals.

plan plan
aim aim

Some decisions are easy to make while others are very difficult. For example, it's usually easy to
decide what you want to do for fun, but choosing a career can be very difficult. One of my most
difficult decisions was choosing where to go to college....

NOUNS AND PRONOUNS 251

 WRAP-UP Demonstrate Your Knowledge

AI REPORT Choose one of these topics. Ask five classmates your question and take notes on their answers.
Then prepare a report (oral or written) explaining your findings to the class.

TOPICS

1. What does bravery mean to you?

2. What is one investment you are making in your life now that will help you in the future? How will it
help you?
3. What is one important personal discovery or realization you have made recently (or an accomplishment
you have achieved)? Why was it important?
4. What is one inquiry or investigation that you would like to conduct in the near future? Why?

BI DISCUSSION What are eight important personal qualities for each person in the chart? Work with a small
group to list your ideas. Then say which is the most important quality for each person. Why? Report your
group's answers to the class.

Parent I Boss/Supervisor Leader of a country Friend

It! dependability
flexibility
creativity
patience

CI PRESENTATION With your classmates, watch several short "how to" videos on YouTube. Discuss what
the presenter did well or poorly in each demonstration. Then individually prepare your own short "how
to" demonstration and present it to the class. If possible, videotape your demonstration and post it to a
class website.

DI WEB SEARCH Look back at Chart 7.8, Section B, and choose one of the verbs commonly used after the
pronoun this. Go to the website of any English language newspaper and do a search for "this + [one of the
verbs]." For example, if you search for "this involves," you may find it used this way:

A focus on testing does not prepare students for careers in business. This involves learning things
such as teamwork, interpersonal skills, and creative problem solving.

Choose one of the search results and print out the article. In class, read aloud just the complete sentence
with "this + [verb]." Ask your classmates to guess what "this" refers to. Read aloud the preceding sentence
in the article so that your classmates can check their guesses.

EI PERSONAL REFLECTION Think of your ideal world—where everything is just the way you want it to be.
What would that world be like? Explain this (orally or in writing) to your class.

In my ideal place, everyone has a job, but work doesn't take more than half of each day to complete.
In my ideal place, there is something called a Justice Committee. The job of this committee is to...

252
 7.11 Summary of Nouns and Pronouns
NOUNS

r- SINGULAR NOUNS: book, pen, box

Count Nouns

i
p l u r al n o u n s : books, pens, boxes
Nouns

Noncount Nouns
furniture, heat, information, happiness

noun + noun noun + verb adjective + noun

Compound Nouns
news + paper newspaper head + ache headache easy + chair = easy chair

verb + suffix = noun adjective + suffix = noun noun + suffix = noun

Noun Suffixes
inform + -tion information happy + -ness = happiness child + -hood childhood

PRONOUNS

I you he she it we you they

Personal Pronouns
me you him her it us you them

Possessive Pronouns mine yours his hers ours yours theirs

everyone someone anyone no one

Indefinite Pronouns everybody somebody anybody nobody
everything something anything nothing

Demonstrative Pronouns this that these those

one
some another
Other Pronouns one you (generic) it (empty subject)
any others
they

Mil
NOUNS AND PRONOUNS 253
 Determiners

Most people spend

more time and energy
going around a problem
than in trying to solve it.
— HENRY FORD,

INDUSTRIALIST AND INVENTOR

(1863-1947)

Iù ml S A

Talk about It Do you agree or disagree with the quotation above? Why?

254
I
WARM-UP 255
8.1 What Are Determiners? 256 8.7 Quantifiers with Of 277
8.2 Articles with Singular Count Nouns 258 8.8 Using Determiners in Speaking and
8.3 Articles with Plural Count Nouns and Academic Writing 282
Noncount Nouns 263
8.4 Articles in Generic Statements 267 WRAP-UP Demonstrate Your Knowledge 286
8.5 Possessives 270 8.9 Summary of Determiners 287
8.6 Quantifiers 272

WARM-UP
AI Read these statements and circle your answers. Then compare with a partner.

['ft r c

Geography Quiz
1. There are (seven / five) oceans on this planet.
2. Most of the world's population lives in the (southern / northern) hemisphere.
3. North America and Europe move (about an inch / a few inches) apart every year.
4. About (10,000 / 1.3 million) earthquakes occur each year around the globe.
5. (Most/All) of the world's tallest mountains are in the Himalayas.
6. There are (not many / no) rivers in the Bahamas.
7. Canada gets its name from a Native American word meaning (the village / the city).

BI The words in blue in the statements above are determiners. Based on these examples, what can you say
about determiners? Check (/) True or False.

TRUE FALSE

1. We can use a noun immediately after a determiner. □ □

2. We can use an adjective immediately after a determiner. □ □
3. We can use a verb immediately after a determiner. □ □
4. A determiner can give information about quantity. □ □
5. A determiner can give information about color or shape. □ □
6. A determiner can give information about possession. □ □
CI Look back at the quotation on page 254. Identify any determiners.

DETERMINERS 255
 8.1 What Are Determiners?
determiner noun Determiners are words like a, an, the, two, this, his, and
1 I read an interesting article. a little. They are one part of a noun phrase, as in 1.
noun phrase We use determiners to identify different qualities of a
noun. These qualities include:
determiner noun
• new information for the listener, as in 1
2 I read the article you recommended.
• information the listener already knows about, as in 2
determiner noun • possession, as in 3
A 3 Every place has its own unique history. • quantity or amount, as in 4
determiner noun • information we want to “point to” or focus attention
on, as in 5
4 I need a little help.

determiner noun
Charts 8.2-8.8 give more information on the uses of
determiners.
5 I'm nervous and I hate this feeling!

6 I have a new computer, (n o t : i-havenew computer:) A singular count noun always needs a determiner,
7 She's my best friend. (NOT: She’s best friend.)
as in 6 - 7.
B Plural count nouns and noncount nouns can be used
8 College students need time to explore new ideas. without a determiner, as in 8.

(JVONLINE

11 Understanding Determiners Each bold determiner describes a noun. Underline the noun.
Then answer the questions below. EEE|

PRIZED POSSESSIONS

1. My most prized possession is my computer. It lets me stay in contact with my friends on several
continents. Computers make the world seem like a really small place.
2. One of my prized possessions is my Greek dictionary. It might sound silly, but it's true. With my
dictionary, I can read some of the most beautiful literature in the world. It is also special to me
because it was a gift from my teachers. It reminds me of the good experiences I had as a student
in Greece.
3. My most prized possession is my guitar. This guitar is very special to me because it was my father's
guitar, and he got it from his father. My wife and I hope to give it to one of our children someday.
4. I have many prized possessions, but none are valuable. They are just things like old photographs
and school papers. I also have lots of old letters that my grandparents wrote. There are even a few
letters from my great-grandparents.

QUESTIONS

a. Which of the bold determiners above give information about possession?

b. Which give information about quantity or amount?
c. Which give some other kind of information?________________________

Write about It Write a paragraph about one of your prized

F Y I
possessions. Circle the determiners you use and underline
In a dictionary, quantity words
the nouns.
like a little, many, and several
are sometimes identified as
adjectives.

256
2 I Identifying Determiners Underline the determiners in each paragraph. The number in parentheses
is the number of determiners in the paragraph. 8.1 A-B

■© « r©

Heat Waves
n
1. Several hot days that follow each other are called a heat wave. Experts say heat waves often become

dangerous when the nighttime temperature does not drop much from the highest daytime temperature.

This constant1 heat causes great stress on the human body. (6)

2. There are many things people can do to protect themselves from the dangers

of extreme2 heat. Drink lots of cool water. Try to stay out of the sun. Wear light-

weight clothes made from natural materials. Make sure the clothing is loose to
O
allow freedom of movement. (5)

3. Heat stress is the most common health problem linked to3 hot weather.

The causes of heat stress include clothing that is too heavy, physical work or

exercise, hot weather, and high humidity (the amount of water in the air). (4)

4. Most people suffer muscle pain because of heat stress. The pain is a warning that the body is becoming

too hot. Doctors say those individuals suffering from muscle pain could be in danger. They should stop all

activity and rest in a cool place. Doctors say not to return to physical activity for a few hours. (8)

Think about It Circle the plural count nouns and the noncount nouns in the sentences above. Which
ones are used without a determiner? Write them under the correct group in the chart below.

No determiner + plural count noun No determiner + noncount noun

experts stress
heat waves

Talk about It What do you and your classmates do to stay cool in hot weather? Make a list of ideas.
Then identify the determiners in your list.

31 Using Determiners with Singular Count Nouns Underline the singular count nouns in these
quotations. Then add the determiners in parentheses. FWT1

QUOTATIONS

1. You cannot shake hands witivclenched fist4, (a) Indira Gandhi, stateswoman
2. If you want to lose friend, lend him money, (a) Greek proverb

constant: staying the same; not changing 3 linked to: connected with
■•extreme: the highest or lowest 4clenched fist: a hand with the fingers closed tight

DETERMINERS 257
 3. Laughter is not at all bad beginning for friendship, (a/a) Oscar Wilde, author

4. Hold true friend with both your hands, (a) Friedrich Nietzsche, philosopher

5. I have never been in country where they did not do something better than we do it. (any)

Maria Mitchell, scientist

6. Even honey tastes bitter to sick man. (a) Russian proverb

7. Music is universal language of mankind, (the) Henry W. Longfellow, poet

8. Giving son a skill5 is better than giving him a thousand pieces of gold, (your) Chinese proverb

9. Banks are places where they lend you umbrella in fair weather and ask for it back when it begins

to rain, (an) Robert Frost, poet

10. I always tried to turn disaster6 into opportunity, (every/an) John D. Rockefeller, Jr., industrialist

11. Judge man by his questions rather than his answers, (a) Voltaire, writer

12. Hope is good breakfast, but it is bad supper, (a/a) Francis Bacon, philosopher

Talk about It Choose a quotation from Activity 3. Tell a partner a personal story to show the meaning.

8.2 Articles with Singular Count Nouns

Articles are a kind of determiner. We can use the articles a / an or the with a singular count noun.

A/AN + SINGULAR COUNT NOUNS We use a / an for many reasons—for example, because:
1 I have a very good doctor. • we are talking about a specific person or thing, but we
(= a specific doctor; my doctor) think the listener doesn’t know which one, as in 1 - 2
2 There is a beautiful lake near here. You'll love it. • we are not talking about a specific person or thing, as
(= a specific lake) in 3-4
A
3 This essay needs an introduction. (= any introduction)
• we are classifying or describing a type of person or
thing, as in 5 - 6
4 I don't have a dictionary. (= any dictionary)
In 1 and 2, the speaker is talking about a person or thing for the
5 My trip to China was a great experience. first time. This is why the noun is unknown to the listener.
6 My sister is a doctor.
GRAMMAR TERM: A and an are called indefinite articles.

THE + SINGULAR COUNT NOUNS
7 When I moved to England, I couldn't speak the
language. (There is only one English language.)
8 Tell me your story from the beginning.
(A story has only one beginning.)
9 Jill is the youngest person in the class.
B adjectives, or prepositional phrases, as in 9 -11
10 I was in a meeting for the whole day.
11 I want to help the children in our community.
12 A simple remedy for an insect bite is to place an ice
pack on the bite. It will relieve both the itching and
the swelling.
We use the when we think the listener knows which
person or thing we are talking about. We do this when
the person or thing:
• is unique (the only one) in the world or in a particular
context, as in 7 - 8
• is identified by other words, like superlatives, unique
• was mentioned before or is related to previously
mentioned information, as in 12
GRAMMAR TERM: The is called the definite article.

^Ho n l in e
‘skill: the ability to do something well ‘disaster: something very bad that happens

258
41 Using A and An Add the missing article a or an to these questions, taxi
1. Can you
1. Can recommend good movie?
you recommend/good movie? F Y I
2. Is there university near your home? Remember: We use a
before a word that begins
3. Did you get good night's sleep last night? with a consonant sound.
We use an before a word
4. Are you outgoing person? that begins with a vowel
5. Do you have good sense of humor? sound.
an essay
6. How many minutes are in hour? a paragraph

7. What is major source of air pollution?

8. Is wood synthetic7 material?

9. What are the qualities of good boss?

10. Can you name famous work of art?

11. Did you ever dream of becoming actor?

12. Have you ever met famous person?

13. Is there difference between American English and British English?

14. Do you know the name of good, inexpensive restaurant around here?

Talk about It Ask a partner the questions above.

A: Can you recommend a good movie?
B: Sure. I really liked...

5 | Using A/An with Singular Count Nouns Complete the sentences in each group with information
about yourself. Then compare ideas with your classmates.

Group 1
1. I have never seen an
I have never seen an opera in person.

2. I don't own an ., but I wish I did.

Group 2
3. I would like to be a someday.
4. My best friend is a

Group 3
5. There is a in my classroom.
6. I bought an____________________________ last month.
7. When I was a child, my parents gave me an
8. There is a in my city.

7synthetic: not natural; made by a chemical process

DETERMINERS 259
 Think about It Answer these questions about each group of sentences in Activity 5. Write the
group number.

1. In which group is the speaker talking about a specific person or thing? Group #
2. In which group is the speaker NOT talking about a specific person or thing? Group #
3. In which group is the speaker classifying or describing a person or thing? Group #

6 I Exploring Uses of The Read the excerpt below. Why did the writer use the in the bold noun phrases?
Choose the correct reason from the box. Write the number of the reason above each the. OH

REASONS FOR USING THE

1. The noun is unique.
2. The noun is identified by a superlative or unique adjective.
3. The noun is identified by a prepositional phrase.
4. The noun is related to previously mentioned information.

The History of Paper-Making

2
1. The earliest process for making paper was invented by Egyptians
in the Nile Valley almost 5,000 years ago. In those days, strips of
a papyrus plant were stuck together to form paper.
2. About 2,000 years ago, the ancient Chinese invented our
modern paper-making process. In this process, raw materials
papyrus paper
like straw, wood, or the bark of trees are used. The raw materials
are pounded again and again until they become loose, and then they are soaked in water. After
removing the water, a flat, thin form remains. When the form dries, it becomes a sheet of paper.
3. Europeans started using large machines for making paper near the end of the sixteenth century.
In modern times, paper-making is a very big business. However, it is still possible to make paper
by hand using the same steps as those used with the large machines.

Think about It Where does the writer use the article a in the excerpt above? In each case, why did the
writer choose a instead of the?

Talk about It Describe a process you know about to a partner. Pay special attention to the articles
you use.

260
7 I Using The Read this paragraph. Add the missing article the where necessary. fflFEl

■
Tourist Attractions -. ILL...
-
I
■

-
■ •A/.-
the
One tourist attraction that I would consider a must-see is^Eiffel Tower in Paris. At time of its construction in 1889,

it was tallest building in world, and its appearance today is virtually identical to its appearance then. Unlike most

other tall buildings, shape of Eiffel Tower is unique and majestic, so it is often treated more like a work of art

than a building. It becomes even more beautiful when it is illuminated8 at night. Visitors can go up three levels ■

of tower, and since it is in center of Paris, its view is second to none. No matter how many pictures you see of it,

seeing Eiffel Tower in person is an outstanding experience.

Think about It Why did you add the in each case above? Look at the reasons in Activity 6. Write the
number of the reason next to each the.

Write about It Describe a tourist attraction you are familiar with.

Central Park is a popular tourist attraction in New York City. On a sunny day, the park is full of people....

81 Using The for Something Mentioned Before Read the first sentence in these descriptions of
dreams. Then make up the next sentence in the description. Use the and the bold noun, tau

TALKING ABOUT DREAMS

1. One of the strangest dreams I ever had took place in a shopping mall, It was in the middle of the day, but the
shopping mall was empty.

2. I once dreamed that I was trying to climb to the top of a mountain, but I wasn't wearing any shoes.

3. I had a dream that I was in a strange house with no windows.

4. In my dream, I heard a loud knocking noise.

5. One time I dreamed that I was all alone in an airplane.

6. Last night I dreamed that I was riding an elephant in a desert.

7. I once had a dream that I was in a big city standing on the roof of a tall building.

Write about It Write about a dream that you once had. Pay special attention to the articles you use.

"illuminated: lighted

DETERMINERS 261
 9 | Distinguishing A and The Why did the speaker use a or the in each sentence below? Choose the
correct reason from the box. 8.2 A-B

REASONS FOR USING a /AN OR THE

The speaker thinks the listener:
1. knows which person or thing he or she is talking about
2. doesn't know which person or thing he or she is talking about

1. a. I'm taking a day off next week. 2

b. I need to leave early the day after tomorrow.
2. a. We need a new refrigerator.
b. Could you put my lunch in the refrigerator?
3. a. We went to the Museum of Modern Art while we were there.
b. We went to a museum while we were there.
4. a. I brought a computer with me.
b. I brought the computer with me.
5. a. I'm having a small problem with my car.
b. They couldn't fix the problem with our TV.

Think about It For each sentence above, explain why the speaker thinks the listener knows or doesn't
know which person or thing he or she is talking about.

101 Choosing A or The Complete this essay with a or the. 8.2 A-B

Essay Prompt: If you could have a conversation with a famous person (living or dead), who would you
choose? Discuss.

If I could have a conversation with a famous person, I would choose to talk with leader of our
1 2
country. I have many questions to ask him, both about his personal life and about his job.

Being leader of this country must be difficult and stressful job. I would like to ask him how he
3 4
makes important decisions. Does he take advice from people who work for him? Does he research problems

to make his own decisions? I would also like to know what personal life is like for world leader. Does
5
he have any free time? What does he do to relax? Does he ever just sit back and watch TV or read book
6
for fun?

I would also choose to talk to leader of our country because I appreciate his doing such
7 8
difficult job. I would like to thank him for thinking about and trying to improve quality of life for
9 10
people of his country.

Think about It In each answer above, why did you choose the or a? Share ideas with your classmates.
In #1,1 chose "a" because the writer is not talking about a specific person.

Write about It Write your own answer to the essay prompt above.

262
 8.3 Articles with Plural Count Nouns and Noncount Nouns
We can use some, no article (0), or the with plural count nouns or noncount nouns.

SOME+ PLURAL COUNT NOUNS OR NONCOUNT NOUNS
1 I have some good grammar books for beginners.
(= specific grammar books; my books)
A 2 He gave me some great advice.
(= specific advice; the advice he gave me)
3 What are some good grammar books?
(= any good grammar books)
4 I need some advice. (= a little bit of advice)
We use some for many reasons—for example:
• because we are talking about specific people or things,
but we don’t think the listener knows which ones, as
in 1-2
• because we are not talking about specific people or
things, as in 3 - 4
Some usually means a small number or amount, as in 4.

0 + PLURAL COUNT NOUNS OR NONCOUNT NOUNS
5 She prefers to travel with 0 good friends.
(= with good friends in general)
B 6 He has written 0 novels, 0 essays, and a little poetry.
7 0 Travel is valuable for a number of 0 reasons.
We also use no article (0) when we are not talking about
specific people or things. In this case, we are talking
about types of people or things in general, as in 5 - 7.
WARNING! Using no article means you are not using any
determiner at all. For example, in 6, the determiner a
little is used before poetry—not no article.

THE + PLURAL COUNT NOUNS OR NONCOUNT NOUNS We can use the when we think the listener knows which
8 The North and South Poles are warming quickly. people or things we are talking about, as in 8 - 11.
9 She has to get a job because she needs the money.
(= the money from the job)
Remember: We can use the before singular count nouns
C as well. Chart 8.2B explains many reasons why we
10 We couldn't find an artist to do the illustrations for choose the.
our book, (for our book tells us which illustrations)
11 In the 1900s, doctors started wearing the white
coats of scientists, (of scientists tells us which white coats)

ONLINE

111 Using Some Complete these questions with your own ideas. EEE|

YOUR EXPERIENCES

1. Did you have some. for lunch yesterday?

PRONUNCIATION
2. Did you drink some this morning? When some is used as an
3. Do you have some _ with you today? article, it is not stressed, and
we pronounce it “sm.”
4. Are there some___ in your city?
5. Did you have some ________ yesterday?
6. Did you ever find some on the street?
7. Do you need some .?

Talk about It Ask a partner your questions above.

A: Did you have some rice for lunch yesterday?

B: Yes. I have rice for lunch every day.

Think about It What other plural count nouns could you use in each question above? What other
noncount nouns could you use?

Did you have some sandwiches for lunch yesterday? Did you have some soup for lunch yesterday?

DETERMINERS 263
 121 Noticing No Article Underline the bold nouns that use no article (0). (Remember: Using no article
means you are not using any determiner at all. Don't underline nouns that have words like a, the, some,
many, or our before them.) FBE1

1. Many doctors have noticed an increase in eye problems among

F Y I
children. There may be adjectives or
2. Many things can trigger9 allergies. nouns before a noun with
no article.
3. Throughout history, many items have been used as money,
She has 0 beautiful clothes.
including shells and salt. His company gives 0 bus tours.

4. Some experts say that drinking several liters of water each day will
help adults lose weight.
5. Carrots are high in beta carotene, which is important for normal vision.
6. Scientists at Cornell University found that hot cocoa may help fight cancer.
7. A recent study suggests that the number of severe hurricanes this year is normal.
8. In the past few years, hurricanes have brought destruction to the eastern U.S.
9. The sun makes life on our planet possible by providing great amounts of light and heat.
10. Traditional sources of energy like oil and gas may someday run out.

Think about It Is each underlined noun above a plural count noun or a noncount noun? Write p (plural
count noun) or n (noncount noun) above the noun.

131 Grouping Noun Phrases Read the text. Write each bold noun phrase under the correct group in the
chart on page 265. 8.3 B-C

The Mystery of Stonehenge

Stonehenge, one of the world's best-known monuments,
stands in southern England. Stonehenge is made of huge
stones set up in four circles. A circular ditch and mound
form a border around the site. Shallow10 dirt holes also
circle the stones.
Stonehenge was built over a period of more than 2,000
years. The earliest construction probably began about
3100 BCE. The outer ring of large pillars, topped with shallow
ditch mound pillars holes
horizontal11 rocks, was built about 2000 BCE. An inner
ring of stone pillars also supports horizontal stones. Stonehenge
There was no source of stone nearby, so workers
carried it from an area that was about 20 miles (32 kilometers) north. The stones are huge—up to 30
feet (9 meters) long and 50 tons (45 metric tons) in weight. Before putting the stones in place, workers
smoothed and shaped them. They cut joints12 into the stones so that they would fit together perfectly.
Then the builders probably used levers13 and wooden supports to lift the stones into position.
About 500 years later, builders added the third and fourth rings of stones. This time they used
bluestone, which an earlier group of people had transported 240 miles (386 kilometers) from the
Preseli Mountains of Wales.

’trigger: to cause something to start or happen ,2joints: places where things are connected
’“shallow: not deep 13 levers: strong bars that are used to lift and move things
"horizontal: in a side-to-side position (not up and down)

264
 Most experts agree that Stonehenge was probably used as a place of worship. Some believe that
the series of holes and stones were used as a calendar. By lining up particular holes and stones,
people could note the summer and winter solstices. They could also keep track of the months.
Some scientists think that early people used the site to predict solar and lunar eclipses.

0 + plural count noun 0+ noncount noun The + plural count noun The + noncount noun
the world's best-known
monuments

Think about It Why did the writer use the in each noun phrase in Activity 13? Choose the reason.

1. The noun is unique. 3. It is identified by a prepositional phrase.

2. It is identified by a superlative or unique adjective. 4. It is related to previously mentioned information.

Talk about It Close your book. Share three things you learned about Stonehenge.

141 Choosing No Article or The Underline the plural nouns and noncount nouns in these questions.
Then add the to the underlined nouns where necessary. 8.3 B-C

the.
1. What do rings on the Olympic flag represent?

2. Do you have experience with computers?

3. Do you need energy and determination to play football well?

4. How big were first electronic computers?

5. Why do people live longer today?

6. How many sides does a hexagon have?

7. What are most serious problems in the world today?

8. Do you like to talk about movies?

9. Have you ever seen sights of Paris?

10. What are names of your two best friends?

11. Do you know how to make bread?

12. Is the Internet a good place to get information?

Talk about It Ask a partner the questions above.

A: What do the rings on the Olympic flag represent?

B: I'm not sure. Continents?

DETERMINERS 265
 151 Choosing A/An, The, or No Article Read the text. Add a, an, or the to the bold noun phrases
where necessary. 8.3 B-C

Threadless.com
Jake Nickell has always beencreative guy. When he was just 20 years old,
he designed T-shirt for online competition. He won, and hour later, he
decided to start his own competition. He asked people to submit their own
T-shirt designs, and he promised to print best designs for everyone to wear.
That's how his successful company, Threadless.com, began.
Through company's website, Jake asks everyone to submit T-shirt
designs. In beginning, he enjoyed looking at T-shirt designs for fun, but
when more people started to submit designs, website grew, and Jake's
career took off. Today, Threadless.com has 1.7 million users who submit Jake Nickell

T-shirt designs. Jake and his staff print 2,000 T-shirts each year for sale to
general public. Jake is example that you can turn a passion into a career.

Think about It Write each bold noun phrase above under the correct group in the chart below. Include
any articles you added.

Singular count noun Plural count noun Noncount noun

a creative guy

16 I Error Correction Correct any errors in these sentences. (Some sentences may not have any errors.)

1. Weather in my city isn't very nice. Sun rarely comes out. RESEARCH
The weather in my city isn't very nice. The sun rarely comes out.
SAYS. ..
The most common
2. I don't like vegetables. determiners are the
3. He is most optimistic person I know. articles a/an, the, some, and
4. Now I live in Canada, and my friend lives in the my country. no article (often called zero
article or 0).
5. People need to spend more time in the nature.
6. Their actions changed the history. CORPU

7. He was diagnosed with the cancer.

8. I have a brown eyes and long black hair.
9. At first my sister had a hard time in the U.S. because a culture was very different.
10. My interests are traveling anywhere, listening to music, and playing with computer.

266
 8.4 Articles in Generic Statements
Generic statements usually give information about an entire group or type of something. The person or thing
we are describing in a generic statement usually comes at the beginning of the sentence.

SINGULAR COUNT NOUN We usually make generic statements with:

1 A laptop computer is a useful tool.
(= any laptop computer) A(n) + a singular count noun, as in 1
A
PLURAL COUNT NOUN 0 + a plural count noun, as in 2
2 0 Laptop computers are useful. (= all laptop computers)
0 + a noncount noun, as in 3 - 4
NONCOUNTNOUN
GRAMMAR TERM: The noun in a generic statement is called a
3 0 Money is the root of all evil. (= all money)
generic noun.
4 0 Italian food is delicious. (= all Italian food)

5 The laptop computer is a useful tool. In some cases, we can also use the + a singular noun
(= the type of machine called a laptop computer) to make a generic statement. This is more common in
6 The African elephant is an intelligent animal.
academic writing when we are writing about things
such as inventions, plants, and animals, as in 5 - 7.
7 During the seventeenth century, the potato became
a major source of food in Europe.

We don’t usually use the when we make a generic

B 8 A good father spends time with his children.
statement about a person or people, as in 8.
(NOT: The-geod father spends . . . )

9 0 Computers have changed the way we We don’t use the with plural nouns or noncount nouns
communicate. (NOT: The computers . .. ) to make generic statements, as in 9 -10.
10 0 English parsley has curly leaves.
(NOT: The English parsley ... )

(cJjVoNLINE

17 | Identifying Generic Statements Is each statement about an entire group or type of something
(generic) or about specific people or things (not generic)? Check (/) your answer. EEE1

GENERIC NOT GENERIC

1. A cell phone will not work in all locations. □ □

2. Cell phones are much less expensive today. □ □
3. The cell phone on the desk is mine. □ □
4. Parents are the best advisors. □ □
5. My best friend's parents are getting divorced. □ □
6. A parent has many responsibilities. □ □
7. The parents at our school meeting learned a lot. □ □
8. Young people should have opportunities to travel. □ □
9. The youngest person in my family is six years old. □ □
10. A young person doesn't understand how quickly time goes by. □ □
11. An eagle is a large bird. □ □
12. Eagles can fly 60 miles per hour. □ □
13. The eagle on a U.S. one-dollar bill is a bald eagle. □ □

DETERMINERS 267
 181 A/An or No Article? Write A/An or 0 at the beginning of these generic statements. If you write 0,
change the first letter of the sentence to a capital letter. Then decide if each statement is a fact or an
opinion. Check (/) your answer. ECT1

FACT OPINION
T
1. 0 television can be educational and entertaining. 0
2. television set has a tuner, a screen, and speakers.
3. soccer ball weighs between 14 and 16 ounces.
4. people should be more considerate14 with their cell phone use.
5. women are more patient than men.
6. man has more job opportunities than a woman.
7. male babies are 25 percent more likely to die in infancy than female babies.
8. children have fewer bones than adults.
9. teenagers aren't mature15 enough to make their own decisions.
10. good advice is priceless.
11. money doesn't grow on trees.
12. apple a day keeps the doctor away.
13. long-distance race of 42 kilometers is called a marathon.
14. baby whales are called calves.
15. stress is a part of many people's lives.
16. effective leader is a good listener.
17. honesty is very important in most situations.
18. sports have become a multibillion-dollar industry.
19. studies show that watching too much TV leads to poor performance
in school.

Write about It Each generic statement above introduces a topic. Choose one fact and one opinion
above. Write two more sentences about each one.

Television can be educational and entertaining. In fact, the best programs are both....

191 Exploring Different Ways to Write Generic Statements Rewrite each generic statement
in two different ways. 8.4 A-B
ANIMAL FACTS

1. Toads are poisonous.

A toad is poisonous. The toad is poisonous.

2. A giraffe's tongue is blue.

3. Mosquitoes have 47 teeth.
4. Emus can't walk backward.
*>
5. A dolphin sleeps with one eye open.
6. A bull is color-blind.
7. Crocodiles can go without food for two years.
firebelly toad
8. The female lion does about 90 percent of the hunting.
14 considerate: thoughtful of others 15 mature: fully developed

268
 9. Elephants can smell water that is several miles away.
10. A camel has three eyelids to protect itself from blowing sand.

Write about It What animals do you know about? Write a description of one animal using
generic statements like the ones in Activity 19.

201 Completing Generic Statements Choose a noun phrase from the box to complete each generic
statement below. 8.4 A-B

a human brain hair infants the heart

adult lungs human thigh bones the average human head the right side of the brain
an adult skeleton humans

lungs
I f\ (
I ■JmMI

I
■ ,A •••..,

TEN FACTS ABOUT THE HUMAN BODY

1. An adult skeleton has 213 bones.

2. beats more than 2.5 billion times in an average lifetime.
3. blink16 once or twice a minute; adults blink about ten times a minute.
4. has about 100,000 hairs.
5. have a surface area of about 70 square meters,
6. are stronger than concrete17.
7. is made of the same substance18 as fingernails,
8. uses 15 to 20 percent of the body's blood,
9. have unique tongue prints and fingerprints,
10. controls the left side of the body.

Think about It Which generic statements above can you rewrite using a different article and form of the
noun? (You may need to make other changes as well.) Why is it not possible to rewrite all the statements?
The adult skeleton has 213 bones. Adult skeletons have 213 bones.

16 blink: to close and open the eyes quickly ,8substance: any solid, liquid, or gas
concrete a hard gray material used for building things

DETERMINERS 269
 211 Writing Generic Statements Add your own ideas to make ten generic statements. 8.4 A-B

1. A wireless keyboard is very useful OR needs batteries.

RESEARCH
2. A piano SAYS...

3. A good friend Generic statements

occur most often with
4. American food simple verb forms (not
5. Homework progressive forms).
6. New technology Elephants eat leaves.
(NOT: Elephants are
7. A cactus eatmgleaves?)
8. Universities today COfcr-

9. The giraffe
10. The palm tree

22 I Error Correction Correct any errors in these sentences. (Some sentences may not have any errors.)

1. Fifty years ago, the bathing suits were made of cotton.

2. I think the woman shouldn't work.
3. The parents need to guide their children.
4. Nile crocodile can stay underwater for more than an hour.
5. The airplane was an important invention.
6. The blue whale may be the largest animal that ever lived.
7. The child must be disciplined from an early age.
8. The French food is better than the Italian food.

8.5 Possessives

POSSESSIVE DETERMINERS We can show possession with a possessive determiner,

1 My uncle lives near me. His house is on the next street. as in 1 - 3.
A 2 Employers need to respect their employees. POSSESSIVE DETERMINERS

3 At the time of its construction in 1889, the Eiffel Tower my your his her its our their
was the tallest building in the world.

POSSESSIVE NOUNS We can also show possession with a possessive

4 Aging is one of life's biggest challenges.
5 The company was pleased with the plan's success.
6 My children's names are Henry and James.
7 We should respect other countries' laws.
B determiner, as in 5 - 7 and 9-10.
8 On today's date in 1547, Ivan IV became czar of Russia.
9 You need to be ready to leave at a moment's notice.
10 The job requires two years' experience.
noun. Possessive nouns are often related to people,
organizations, animals, or countries, as in 4 - 7. Time
expressions are also used as possessives, as in 8 -10.
Notice: We can use a possessive noun together with another
• We add -’s after singular nouns, noncount nouns,
and irregular plural nouns, as in 4 - 6 and 8-9.
• We add after plural nouns and other nouns that
end in -s, as in 7 and 10.

CORRECTTHE COMMON ERRORS (See page R-12.)

C 11 X What do you think of today young people? 13 X One researchers' findings were completely different.
12 X A lot of the cities restaurants have closed. 14 X Can you give me your the number?

(J^ONLINE

270
231 Using Possessive Determiners Replace the bold words with a possessive determiner. 8.5 A-B

FAMILY FOCUS FY I
Their
1. My parents enjoy the company of other people. My-parents-' favorite Notice how the placement
of an adjective changes the
thing to do is to have people over for dinner. meaning of a sentence:

2. I have two brothers, and my brothers' names are Manuel and José. My first teacher's name was
Mr. Cast, (first describes teacher)
3. My first teacher was a young man. My first teacher's name was My teacher's first name was
Thomas, (first describes name)
Mr. Cast.

4. My aunt and uncle have three children. My aunt and uncle's oldest child is 18.

5. My youngest sister has lots of interests, but my youngest sister's favorite thing to do is write plays.

6. My father and I like to prepare meals together. My father's and my favorite dish to make is lasagna.

7. My mother and I are very close. I have always depended on my mother's helpful advice.

8. My sister and I live in Madrid, but my sister's and my parents live in Lebanon.

Write about It Rewrite each pair of sentences above to tell about people you know. Use a possessive
determiner in your sentences.
7. My friends enjoy music. Their favorite thing to do is to go to concerts.

241 Using Possessive Nouns Complete each sentence below with the possessive (-'$/-') form of a noun
from the box. HFTH

computer dolphin everyone Los Angeles South Asia week world

cow earth giraffe person sun women year

FACT BOOK

1. About 70 percent of the earth's

earth's surface is covered by water.
2. The light and warmth make it possible for life to exist on earth.
3. Mount Everest is located in Himalayan mountain range.
4. Only half of a brain goes to sleep. The other half stays awake to tell the animal to
come up for air.
5. Goats' milk has more calcium than milk.
6. hair turns gray as they become older.
7. full name is El Pueblo de Nuestra Senora la Reina de los Angeles de Porciuncula.
8. In general, hearts beat faster than men's hearts.
9. Twenty-five percent of a bones are in the feet.
10. The libraries now store more than 100 million books.
11. A neck weighs about 600 pounds (272 kilograms).
12. Two scientists shared this Nobel Prize in Physics (2010).
13. You can drive from New York to Los Angeles in about a time.
14. A memory is similar to a human's—it can memorize both short and long things.

DETERMINERS 271
 8.6 Quantifiers
We use a group of determiners called quantifiers to identify the quantity or amount of something.
We use certain quantifers with certain types of nouns (singular, plural, or noncount).
singular count plural count noncount singular count plural count noncount
quantifiers quantifiers
nouns nouns nouns nouns nouns nouns

each student a little money

every teacher little time
either day less food
A neither answer all teachers information
many books a lot/lots of trucks equipment
several problems plenty of glasses water
both people some people noise
a few dollars more problems fun
few words most days food
fewer days any key* pens paper
much fun no child men rice
’Any + a singular noun usually means “it doesn’t matter which.” You can open the Jock with any key.

USING OTHER Other is a determiner that means “a different one /

1 Thomas has moved on to other things. different ones” or “one, two, or several more.” We can
2 This would be easy for most other people.
use other alone or after determiners like most, any, the,
or an, as in 1 - 7. We use other before:
3 What other advice do you have for me?
• plural nouns, as in 1 - 2
B 4 Do you need any other information?
• noncount nouns, as in 3 - 4
5 The other afternoon class is also studying grammar.
• singular nouns, as in 5 - 7
6 I'll leave another message on her desk.
7 What's another word for expensive? Notice: An + other is spelled as one word: another.

QUANTIFIERS AS DETERMINERS AND PRONOUNS We can use a quantifier as a determiner or as a

8 I have many friends here, but only a few in Canada, pronoun, as in 8 -11.
(a few = a few friends)

9 I don't need any help. I have plenty.
C (plenty = plenty of help)
10 I have many friends in Canada, but none here,
(none = no friends)
11 Nancy is a hard worker, but the others don't do
anything, (the others = the other workers)
WARNING! When we use quantifiers as pronouns, we:
• use a lot or plenty without of, as in 9
• use none instead of no, as in 10
We also use (the) others instead of (the) other in place of
a plural noun, as in 11.

CORRECT THE COMMON ERRORS (See page R-13.)

12 X He has to worry about another things. 14 X A lot people ride bicycles there.
D
13 XYou can get many informations on the Internet. 15 X Few months after I moved home, I quit school.

(^ONLINE

272
251 Noticing Quantifiers Underline the quantifiers and circle the nouns in these sentences. Then decide
if you agree with the statement. Check (/) your answers. [Hl

w h a t ’s y o u r o pin io n ? AGREE DISAGREE

1. It takes only a few (clays) to learn a new language. □ □

2. Zoos and aquariums are fun for people of all ages. □ □
3. Sleeping five hours a night is plenty of sleep. □ □
4. If you want to be healthy, you should avoid both coffee and tea. □ □
5. There's no good reason to ban cigarettes. □ □
6. You can enjoy the outdoors in any weather. □ □
7. Coffee gives you energy but it only lasts for a few hours. □ □
8. All young people should have the opportunity to travel abroad. □ □
9. Most people like potato chips and French fries, but neither food is good □ □
for you.
10. There are many ways to look at any situation. □ □
11. All students should be encouraged to study several languages. □ □
12. Automobiles improve our lives in many ways, but they also cause a lot □ □
of problems.
13. A lot of stress is a bad thing, but a little stress can be a good thing. □ □
14. It's impossible to have good relationships with other people when there □ □
is no trust.
15. Even if you don't watch much television, you still see many □ □
advertisements each day.
16. People should eat a lot of vegetables, just a little meat, and no sweets. □ □
Talk about It Take turns reading the statements above aloud with a partner. See if your partner agrees
or disagrees and why.
A: It takes only a few days to learn a new language.
B: I disagree with that. It takes a long time to learn a new language.

Think about It Write each noun phrase above under the correct group in the chart below.

Quantifier + singular count noun Quantifier + plural count noun Quantifier + noncount noun
a few days

DETERMINERS 273
 261 Choosing Quantifiers Complete these opinions with the correct quantifier. KOil

OPINIONS ABOUT EDUCATION

1. In my opinion, there should be a few free universities in every country.

(a little I a few)
2. I think that famous universities don't provide a good education to their students.
(many/much)
3. In my opinion, a university should encourage students to look at career paths.
(every/several)
4. people go to a university because they don't know what else to do.
(a little/ many)
5. I think that college student should take physical education classes.
(all/every)
6. I think that college students need free time to explore new ideas.
(many/ plenty of)
7. Every university student should work for hours a week while in school.
(a few / a little)
8. I think that students should take a year off before they start college.
(all/every)
9. In my opinion, students should take only classes outside of their major course
(a few/a little)
of study.

10. student should get a free education.

(all / every)
11. I believe the Internet helps provide opportunities for education.
(more / most)
12. Students should be able to attend university they choose.
(all / any)
13. I think that students should spend time taking tests.
(fewer / less)

Talk about It Which of the opinions above do you agree with? Why?

Write about It Write two more opinions you have about education. Then share your opinions with
your classmates.

27 | Using Quantifiers Make true statements about yourself. Use quantifiers. (Many different answers
are possible.) EOÎ1

MY LIFE AND TIMES

1. I have things to do tonight.

2. I read good books last year.
3. I get mail every week.
4. people in my family live far away from me.
5. I work hours a week.
6. I'm happy when I have money.
7. I saw good movies last year.
8. There are countries that I want to visit someday.
9. There are interesting things to do in this neighborhood,
10. 1 had free time yesterday.
11. When I want to have fun, I sometimes
12. When I have free time, I like to.

274
 Talk about It Read your statements in Activity 27 to a partner. Answer any questions your partner asks
for more information.

A: I have a lot of things to do tonight.

B: Are you planning to go out?
A: No, I have to...

281 Using Other Circle the correct form to complete these sentences. ITE1

1. Living in (another)/ the other country gives you the opportunity to learn many new things.
2. Today, we have greater access to information from around the world than at any other / the other
period in history.
3. Self-discipline is necessary for success, but other / the other things such as talent, patience, and
confidence are important, too.
4. If you want to lose weight, you should avoid eating cakes, cookies, and other / some other sweet things.
5. In many parts of the U.S., people speak and hear only English. They never hear another / any other
languages spoken, and they don't see any value in learning to speak another / the other language.
6. My father often told me to treat the other / other people the way that I wanted to be treated. Now,
whenever I have a problem with another / other person, I think of that advice. I don't try to change
some other / the other person, but I try to understand his or her point of view. This helps me get along
with another / most other people.
7. Television and radio are similar in some ways but very different in the other / some other ways. For
example, fictional shows are popular on television, but you are more likely to hear music and talk shows
on the radio. Most other / Another difference between radio and television is the way people use them.
People don't usually do other / the other things while they are watching television, but they do when
they are listening to the radio.

Think about It Look at the noun phrases you completed above. Write each one under the correct group
in the chart below.

Quantifier + singular count noun Quantifier + plural count noun

another country

DETERMINERS 275
 291 Determiner or Pronoun? Decide if each bold word is a determiner or a pronoun. Write D
(determiner) or P (pronoun) above each word. EEGI
D P
1. In Europe, most people hear languages other than19 their own. And many speak more than one language.
2. The majority of New Yorkers speak English as a first language, and many more are fluent in one other.
3. Traveling from one country to another used to take days or weeks.
4. It's not fair that some workers do all the work while others are lazy.
5. In many offices, a few people do all the work while the others are wasting time.
6. Lazy people try to get more money for doing less work than other people.
7. Some kids like to study, but most would rather watch TV.
8. When children play games, they learn to interact with others.
9. Parents today have less time and energy to give to their children.
10. Ads tell us that some products work better than others.
11. Fast food is usually high in sodium and fat, and both are bad for your health.
12. Most bacteria are harmless, and a few are even helpful to humans.

Think about It What does each bold pronoun above mean?

In # 1, many = many people.

Write about It Choose one of the sentences above. What could the writer say next? Write your ideas.
(You don't need to use the bold word in your sentence.)

In Europe, most people hear languages other than their own, and many speak more than one language. This is
because European countries are very close to each other, so students usually learn foreign languages at an early age.

30 I Using Quantifiers Answer these questions. Try to use quantifiers as determiners and pronouns in
your answers. EXH
TALKING ABOUT GROUPS OF PEOPLE

1. How much homework do the teachers at your school give?

Most teachers give some homework, but some don't give any. Only a few give a lot!

2. How do the students at your school feel about homework?

3. How do people communicate these days (by phone, by text, online, in person, etc.)?
4. What sports do the people in your country like?
5. What color hair do your classmates have?
6. What languages do your classmates speak?

311 Error Correction Correct any errors in these sentences. (Some sentences may not have any errors.)

1. We knew there were a many opportunities here.

We knew there were many opportunities here.

2. I have other sister who is two years younger than me.

3. You can get information about every famous people on the Internet.
4. I had to speak in front of the others student in my class.

’’other than: different from; besides

276
 5. It's hard to learn another languages like English.
6. I wish I had much money.
7. I don't have a work experience in this field.
8. My sister believes all people is good.
9. Algebra is not an easy subject for almost students.
10. Each seasons have different weather.
11. I think I need to find the another job.
12. At the school where I work, the most children like to play games outdoors.
8.7 Quantifiers with Of
COMPARE QUANTIFIERS WITH AND WITHOUT OF
la Many of the international students in my class
speak several languages, (refers to a particular group of
international students—the ones in my class)
lb Many international students speak several languages,
(refers to international students in general)
A 2 We met most of the new people at work.
(NOT: most of-new people at work)
3 The class misunderstood some of the homework.
4 Ail of Maria's friends attend the university.
5 She spends most of her money on tuition.
6 I can only answer a few of these questions.
7 Write a topic sentence for each of the paragraphs.
(NOT: each of the paragraph)
8 We can’t complete either of these projects.
9 My boss rejected every one of my ideas.
B (NOT: every of my ideas)
10 Luckily, none of the students failed the exam.
11 Three of my closest friends live in Italy.
12 Einstein has always been one of my heroes.
SUBJECT-VERB AGREEMENT
13 Some of the information in this article is incorrect.
14 Most of the men in my office were married.
C 15 Each of my brothers has three children.
16 Neither of my parents speaks Chinese.
17 None of the rooms is available this afternoon.
18 One of the students in my class was trilingual.
19 I don't know all of the members, but I know
most of them.
D or noun phrase that was mentioned earlier.
20 I'm going to speak to each of you separately.
We can use a quantifier + of to identify a quantity or
amount of something in a particular group, as in la.
When we aren’t talking about a particular group,
we usually use a quantifier without of, as in lb.
We usually use a quantifier + of with plural count nouns
or noncount nouns. The quantifier + of is almost always
followed by one of these determiners:
• the, as in 2 - 3
° a possessive (my, your, Maria’s, etc.), as in 4 - 5
• these or those, as in 6
We use plural nouns after each of, every one of, neither of,
and either of, as in 7 - 9, not singular nouns. We can also
use a plural noun after none of, as in 10.
WARNING! When we use a quantifier + of, we use:
• every one instead of every, as in 9
• none instead of no, as in 10
We can also use of after numbers, as in 11 -12.
We use a plural noun after one of, as in 12.
When we use a quantifier + of as a subject, the verb
usually agrees with the main noun after of, as in 13 -14.
However, we usually use a singular verb after each of,
every one of, neither of, either of, none of, and one of, as in
15 -18. (The verb agrees with the singular quantifier.)
We can also use an object pronoun after a quantifier +
of, as in 19 - 20. The pronoun often refers back to a noun
{^^ONLINE
DETERMINERS 277
 32 I Quantifiers with and without Of Read these paragraphs. Add of after the quantifiers where
necessary. EW1Î1

Ja m e s t o w n , Vir g in ia
The English formed a settlement at Jamestown,
ÇgOau.
Virginia in 1607. They chose the area because there

were a few rivers nearby, the water was deep,

1
and the native tribes20 didn't live there. Unfortunately,

much that land was not good for farming, and many
2
these settlers didn't have the skills to grow crops21

on such difficult land. When they first arrived, some natives had welcomed the settlers and
4
had given them food. However, as time passed, the settlers began to demand more ___ the natives'
5
supplies. War broke out between them. Overall, things did not look promising for Jamestown, and a

large number the settlers died during the first four years.
6

Ca v e Pa in t in g s F Y I
Some quantifiers always
A lot information about our earliest ancestors22 has been lost. use of, including a lot of,
7 plenty of, and a great
But there are several caves in France and Spain where visitors deal of.
8
can still see some the most fascinating paintings in the history A lot of the questions on
9 the test confused me.
of art. Thousands of years ago, artists drew murals23 on the walls I have a lot of questions
about the test.
of the caves. Most these paintings show animals in movement,

and a few the images have a stunning three-dimensional effect.

Think about It Look again at the paragraphs above. Where did you NOT add of? Why not?

331 Noticing Quantifiers + Of Choose a noun from the box to complete each sentence. 8.7 A-B

attention buildings diseases mountains qualities things water

bones cities languages museums styles time ways

1. Many of the cities in Japan are large and densely populated. That's because much of the
country is mountainous.
2. English, Spanish, Chinese, and Arabic are important languages in the world today. Students should
study at least two of these.
' native tribes: groups of people who originally lived in an area "ancestors: people who lived in the past
21 crops: plants that are grown by farmers 23 murals: large paintings done directly on the wall

278
I
3. One of the world's largest is the Hermitage in Saint Petersburg, Russia. It contains
about 3 million works of art.
4. Vaccinations have eliminated24 many diseases that were once common. Some of these
I are measles, mumps, and smallpox.
5. Some of the of a good manager are patience, fairness, and a sense of humor.
6. None of the in Honduras is volcanic.
7. The first offices in the area were built about 150 years ago. Many of those are still in
use today.
8. When couples have children, their lives change. Suddenly they have to focus most of their
on the children.
9. Most of the in the ground comes from precipitation25.
10. Young children shouldn't spend most of their playing competitive sports.
11. Walking is one of the best to explore a new city.
12. A number of specific things have increased life expectancy. Some of these are
vaccinations, workplace safety rules, and a decrease in smoking.
13. Jazz is one of the few uniquely American of music.
14. There is a joint between each of the in the spine that allows them to move.

341 Choosing Quantifiers Write true statements using quantifiers from the box + of. You can use a
positive or negative form of the verb. (More than one answer is possible.) 8.7 A-B

a few a lot (not) any (not) either many much several

a little all both every one most one some

TRUE STATEMENTS

1. I live near . . . my relatives.
I don't live near any of my relatives.
2. I am in touch with . . . my cousins.
3. I can write clearly with . . . my hands.
4. I know . . . my classmates' names.
5. I can see well with .. . my eyes.
6. I am younger than . . . my siblings.
7. I email. . . my parents very often.
8. I have visited . . . the big cities in my native country.
9. I miss . . . my English classes every week.
10. When I go shopping, I usually spend . . . my money.
11. I do . . . my homework in the morning before class.
12. I know the names of . . . the best restaurants in this city.
13. I have seen or read . . . William Shakespeare's plays.
14. My friends and I enjoy . . . the same activities.
15. In the evening, I spend . . . my time working on
a computer.

Talk about It Compare your answers above with a partner. How are you the same or different?

A: I don't live near any of my relatives.

B: Neither do I.

24 eliminate: to remove or get rid of 25 precipitation: water that falls to the ground as rain, snow, etc.

DETERMINERS 279
 351 Using the Correct Verb Complete these sentences with the correct form of the verb in
parentheses. OU

1. Most of the people in my class are from

(is/are) RESEARCH SAYS...
South America.
Traditionally, we use singular verbs after
2. None of the movies that she recommended each of, neither of, and none of. Today, many
(was / were) people use a plural verb after these
interesting to me. quantifiers.

3. All of the bad things that happened on that day None of my brothers has any children,
(typical agreement)
my fault.
(was / were) None of my brothers have any children.
(less formal agreement)
4. Several of the things he said untrue.
(was / were)
cor
5. Many of my friends from high school to visit
(wants/want)
me here.

6. Some of her advice helpful but not all of it.

(was / were)
7. Most of the movie pretty good, but I didn't like the ending.
(was / were)
8. Every one of my students able to pass the test.
(was / were)
9. One of the students in my class trilingual.
(is/are)
10. Some but not all of my money in the bank.
(is/are)
11. Each of the schools two teams of students to the debate.
(sends/send)
12. All of the information in this article incorrect.
(is/are)
13. Neither of my parents how to speak English.
(knows / know)
14. Most of his books science fiction stories and mysteries.
(is/are)

361 Using Quantifiers with Pronouns Complete each sentence with it, them, or us. Where possible,
circle the noun or noun phrase that the pronoun refers to. EWF1

TRAVEL AND TRANSPORT

1. New York has more than 20 different (subway lines). Some of them were built more than
100 years ago.
2. Some of New York's subway system runs above ground, but much of operates beneath
the city.
3. During the 1930s, bridges were built all over the U.S. Many of are still used today.
4. Canada is building a new bridge to Detroit, Michigan. The Canadian government believes that the
bridge is a good investment, so it is willing to pay for almost all of.
5. Public transit reduces traffic and pollution for everyone, but few of are willing to
stop driving.
6. Because of budget cuts, public transit is being reduced in many communities. Several small towns
could lose some or all of within a year.

280
 7. Suburban commuters in Copenhagen have many options for traveling to work. However, most of
choose to drive.
8. The majority of people say they enjoy driving to work. However, as gas becomes more expensive, each
of will need to explore alternatives26.
9. Mopeds have become the number-one method of transportation in Vietnam. However, driving one of
in city traffic can be difficult.

Think about It In the sentences in Activity 36, which pronouns do NOT refer back to a noun or noun
phrase mentioned earlier? What do the pronouns refer to?

37 I Choosing Quantifiers Add the quantifiers to complete the story. 8.7 A-D

Cat Burglar on the Loose!

A recent newspaper headline read: "Cat Burglar on

the Loose27!" However, this wasn't

those stories about a thief who

(1.another of/one)
climbs up the outsides of buildings. This was about
an actual cat.

When Paula Steen discovered that she was

missing her necklaces,

(2. one of/some)
she thought she had lost it. However, when

her jewelry disappeared, she

(3. both ! more of)
started to get worried. One day, she was talking went to that neighbor's house and, after a quick

with her neighbors at the door. search, found Paula's jewelry in Mimi's basket.
(4. one of/some)
them noticed a neighbor's it was there—along with
(5. neither / neither of) (8. every one of/ all of)
cat, Mimi, sneak into Paula's house. After a few neighbors' jewelry. Whe
(9. other/one of)
minutes, Mimi returned with women told their friends,them
(6. some/some of) (10. no one/none of)
earrings sticking out of her mouth. believed the story. But then Mimi did it again—

women were surprised, this time she stole towels and

(7. both / both of) (11. some/some of)
but then immediately started laughing. They household items!
(12. other/another of)

Think about It Which quantifiers + of are followed by pronouns? What do the pronouns refer to?

Write about It Rewrite the story above using different determiners where possible. You can also change
other words and phrases.
A recent newspaper headline read: “Cat Burglar on the Loose"! However, this wasn't one of those stories about a thief
who climbs up the outsides of buildings....

“alternatives: choices or options 27 on the loose: able to move freely—often used to describe a dangerous person or animal

DETERMINERS 281
 381 Error Correction Correct any errors in these sentences. (Some sentences may not have any errors.)

1. Most of time I get up before six.

2. None of my friend think I should go to a school far away.
3. Last year I had to make one of the most important decision in my life.
4. Birthdays are one of a special day for young people.
5. Please give a paper to each one person.
6. For many of my friends, attending college won't be possible.
7. Most of people in Singapore speak English as a first language.
8. Every one of the books that I read were different.
9. One of the purpose of art is to make people think.
10. Some of scientists believe that people are causing global warming.

8.8 Using Determiners in Speaking and Academic Writing

SHORT RESPONSES WITH QUANTIFIERS
1 A: Did we get any phone calls?
B: Yeah, a lot.
2 A: Did you talk to your friends today?
B: A few of them.
A 3 A: Do you have a lot of homework tonight?
B: No, not much. I did a lot of it yesterday.
4 A: Were there a lot of people on the bus?
B: No, not too many.
5 A: Do you want more coffee?
B: Just a little, please.
In speaking, we often give a short response using a
quantifier. This may be:
• a quantifier alone, as in 1
• a quantifier with of + a pronoun, as in 2
• not (very) much / many, as in 3
• (not) too much / many, as in 4
• just a few / a little or very few / little, as in 5
Too usually means “more than you want."

INFORMAL MEASURE WORDS IN SPEAKING
6 I'm afraid I can't help you. I have tons of work to do!
7 He made a bunch of promises last year.
8 Just a handful of people came to the lecture.
9 Can I give you a little bit of advice?
B USING MEASURE WORDS IN ACADEMIC WRITING
10 There are many advantages to having a cell phone.
(NOT: There are a bunch of advantages . .. )
11 The board did not spend a great deal of time
considering the issues.
(NOT: T-he-boa-rd didn’t spend a lot of time . . . )
In everyday conversation, you will sometimes hear
informal measure words + of to describe large
amounts, as in 6 - 7. These include bunch(es), heap(s),
hundreds, loads, mountain(s), pile(s), ton(s), and more
general expressions like lots of.
There are also a few informal measure words + of that
mean a small amount, as in 8 - 9.
In more formal contexts, such as academic writing, we
use more formal quantifiers, as in 10. We also use more
formal measure words + of, such as a great deal of, a
large amount of, or a (large) number of, as in 11.

MAKING GENERAL STATEMENTS IN SPEAKING In speaking, we sometimes make general statements

12a American classrooms are quite informal. Everyone
feels free to interrupt and ask questions. This is difficult
for international students.
(This is not true for all American classrooms or all
C international students.)
MAKING GENERAL STATEMENTS IN ACADEMIC WRITING
12b Many American classrooms are quite informal. Most
students feel free to interrupt and ask questions. This
is difficult for some international students.
that aren’t entirely true or accurate, as in 12a. This is
because we usually do not have time to plan what we
are going to say in conversation.
In academic writing, we often need to quantify our
statements to make them more accurate. We can use
quantifiers like some, most, and many to avoid making
statements that are too general, as in 12b.

(^ONLINE

282
 391 Using Simple Quantifiers in Conversation Complete each conversation with a short response
from the box. (More than one answer may be possible.) Then practice with a partner. EH

all of it a lot a little too many of them too much just a few

all of them not a lot very little not very many not much some

1. A: So, did you get some sleep? 7. A: How many chairs should I set up?
B: No,not much B:! It's going to be a
z unfortunately.
A: Me neither. I woke up at 6:00 and couldn't really big event.
get back to sleep. 8. A: Everybody's sick these days. Have a lot of
2. A: Would you like some juice to drink? your classmates been out lately?
B: Sure, I'll have B: Fortunately,.
Thanks! 9. A: Hey, the ice cream is gone! How much did
3. A: Hey, you don't look so good. Are you OK? you eat?
ate. I think I need to B: .! Sorry.
sit down. 10. A: How's your business doing? Have you
4. A: If gas prices go down, I think we'll save gotten some new customers?
some money on our trip. B: Well,, unfortunately.
B: I guess, maybe. 11. A: I hear they're starting a new program at
5. A: I'm excited about the trip. So everyone in your university. Have you heard anything
our class is coming? about it?
B: Yeah,. It'll be great! B: No, actually.
6. A: I'm going to get rid of this coat. Do you 12. A: Do you speak Japanese?
want it? B: Yes, but , It's a
B: Oh, thanks. It's nice, but I have difficult language.

401 Describing Amounts with Measure Words Listen and write each missing measure word + of.
im

1. Next week's weather could cause a load of trouble.

FYI
2. I've seen this film times. English speakers may use informal
3. people came to protest the event. measure words to exaggerate. They
may also include the adjective whole to
4. I'm supposed to get money at the emphasize the amount.
end of the month. He gave me a whole bunch of roses!
5. I don't want to go see the boss. He's just going to give There are a whole ton of people waiting
for you!
me extra work to do.
6. When I went to the store, there were
people already waiting in line.
7. My job started out slow at first, but now I'm getting business.
8. I have unpaid bills. What am I going to do?
9. Everyone appreciates kindness.

DETERMINERS 283
 10. They've made a website that has information on it.
11. The computers at the public library have kid-friendly software,
12. us are going to the movie at 3:00 on Saturday.
13. The writing center is there for students who need help.
14. Last year I got tomatoes from my garden.
15. I have papers to write before the end of the semester.

Talk about It Work with a partner. Choose one of the sentences in Activity 40. Write a conversation
with it. Present your conversation to the class.

A: Next week's weather could cause a load of trouble.

B: Really? What's the forecast?
A: We're going to have heavy rain, and it's going to be really windy.

411 Using Quantifiers in Academic Contexts Circle the quantifier or measure word in each
statement below. Then rewrite each statement using a more formal quantifier or measure word
from the box. (More than one answer is possible in many cases.) OT1

few (of) many (of) little (of) a great deal of

a few (of) a large number of a little (of) a large amount of
a number of most (of) much (of)

1. The school will pay for (almost all oflthe travel expenses.
The school will pay for most of the travel expenses.

2. A couple of errors were discovered during review.

3. Despite a new advertising campaign, there was hardly any improvement in sales.
4. A lot of the expert's argument is based on guesswork.
5. Nearly all of the experiments have proven nothing.
6. We can find a bunch of information about the environment online.
7. A bit of knowledge can be more dangerous than no knowledge at all.
8. The exhibition was attended by plenty of people.
9. The situation could easily be resolved28 with a bit of understanding.
10. There aren't a lot of scientists who now subscribe to that view29.
11. We made a handful of attempts to contact the head of the company.
12. I have spent a ton of time reading about the problem.

Write about It Rewrite the sentences in Activity 40 using more formal ways of describing amounts.
(You may also change some of the other informal words in the sentences.)

Next week's weather could cause a great deal of difficulty. OR Next week's weather could result in many problems.

“resolve: to settle or solve something 25subscribe to that view: to have that specific opinion or belief

284
 421 Recognizing Quantified Statements Circle the quantifiers that are used to make each statement

I more accurate. BïIïBl

1. (Manyjpeople think a bicycle is a toy for children, not a serious machine for cardiovascular30 exercise.
2. Most scientists believe our climate is changing because we produce too much CO2.
3. Researchers believe that violent video games cause behavior problems in some children.
4. Most Americans get the protein in their diet from meat.
5. In a few Western countries, people believe that parents should let teenagers make their own decisions.
6. The negative effects of smoking became clear after the completion of some long-term studies in
the 1990s.
7. Many vegetarians say that eating meat is bad for health, wastes resources, and creates pollution.
8. Most of the parents in a recent study believe that homework is helpful, not harmful.
9. Some people believe that actors and professional athletes are paid too much.
10. Most wind energy comes from windmills that are as tall as a 20-story building and have
60-meter-long blades.

Think about it Look at the quantifiers you circled above. Why are they important?

431 Making Accurate Statements Use a quantifier to make each statement less general. Some
sentences need two quantifiers, and you may need to make other changes. (There are several different
ways to rewrite each sentence.) 8.8 C

many a large number of few fewer more most some

STATEMENTS ABOUT COLLEGE EDUCATION

1. The benefits of a college education are well known.

Many benefits of a college education are well known.

2. People from low-income families don't go to college or earn a degree.

3. Children of educated parents begin elementary school with basic knowledge.
4. People with only a high school education need public assistance31, but college graduates do not.
5. College graduates pay 80 percent more in taxes each year than typical high school graduates.
6. People with advanced degrees32 have never smoked, have quit, or are trying to quit.
7. People with less education do not exercise, while people with higher education do.
8. College graduates reported that they were very satisfied with their jobs.
9. High school dropouts33 said their jobs were not satisfying.
10. People with low education levels lose their jobs in difficult economic times.

Write about It What do you think are the benefits of a college education? Write three sentences stating
the benefits you believe a college education can give.

30cardiovascular: connected with the heart and lungs “advanced degrees: higher levels of education, such as master's degrees
31 public assistance: money that the government gives to people and doctoral degrees
who are poor or disabled •high school dropouts: people who don't complete high school

DETERMINERS 285
■ WRAP-UP Demonstrate Your Knowledge

AI DISCUSSION Complete these statements about leaders and leadership. Work in a small group to compare
your ideas. Then share your ideas with the class.

STATEMENTS ABOUT LEADERS AND LEADERSHIP

1. A good leader has . . . 5. More leaders need some . . .

2. Most leaders have a few . . . 6. Most good leaders care about their . . .
3. The best leaders have a little . . . 7. All leaders should want the . . .
4. Some leaders have none of . .. 8. Every leader should want a . ..
A good leader has the ability to influence other people.

BI PRESENTATION Find some information about a country or a city that you have never visited. Write 6-8
interesting facts about it and then present your findings to a group.

One of the world's largest art museums is in Saint Petersburg.

Many people died there during World War II.

CI PERSONAL NARRATIVE Think of the plot of a movie that you enjoy. Make notes in the chart about the
main characters in the story, the places where it occurs, and three or four of the main events.

Characters Places Events

Use the notes in your chart to write a one- or two-paragraph version of the story. Underline all of the
determiners you used.

The movie "Dirty Pretty Things" is about two immigrants in London. They work together in a hotel and become good
friends. The man is a doctor from Africa, but now he is working at the front desk in the hotel. The woman cleans rooms
in the hotel....

DI WEB SEARCH Search the Internet for images of bar graphs. (You can just Google "bar graphs"
or "bar graphs for college students" and then click Images.) Choose one graph and describe it
to your classmates.

This graph shows how many hours a week Time Set Aside for Homework and Studying’
Hours per week
students study and do homework. According
to the graph, most of these students set aside 30-34 hours F 0-4 hours
5.4%—' 18.9%
between 5 and 14 hours for homework and
studying. However, some set aside 4 hours or less. 25-29 hours
2.7%----
Only a few study more than 14 hours.
15-19 hours------
2.7%

10-14 hours 5-9 hours

32.4% 37.9%

*Based on a survey of 45 students

H
286
8.9 Summary of Determiners
NOUNS

singular plural noncount

ARTICLES count count

a / an /
some /
+
0 /
the / / /

POSSESSIVES

my your his her its our your their + / /

POSSESSIVE NOUNS

singular noun + 's irregular plural noun + 's noncount noun + i

the plan's success the children's tests life's challenges
/ / /
+
name ending in -s + ' regular plural noun + '
Chris' success the students' tests / / /

QUANTIFIERS

each every either neither /

many several both a few few fewer /
much a little little less +
all a lot of plenty of some more most
any no /

QUANTIFIERS WITH OF

each of every one of either of neither of

many of several of both of a few of few of fewer of
much of a little of little of less of +
all (of) a lot of plenty of some of more of most of
any of none of / /

OTHER

another /
(0 / some / most / many / both / etc.) other /
+
(01 some / most I much / little / etc.) other /
the other / /

DEMONSTRATIVES

this that /
+
these those /

DETERMINERS 287
 Noun Phrases

The love of family and the

admiration of friends is
much more important than
wealth and privilege.
— CHARLES KURALT,

JOURNALIST

(1934-1997)

Talk about It Do you agree or disagree with the quotation above? Why?

288
 WARM-UP 289
i
9.1 What Are Noun Phrases? 290 9.8 Recognizing Adjective Clauses 309
9.2 Adding Information to a Main Noun 292 9.9 Subject-Verb Agreement with Long Noun Phrases 312
9.3 Adjectives 295 9.10 Using Noun Phrases in Speaking and Academic
9.4 Noun + Noun 298 Writing 314
9.5 Appositives 301 Language Note: Main Nouns 317
9.6 Prepositional Phrases 304
9.7 Using Of to Show Possession 306 WRAP-UP Demonstrate Your Knowledge 320
Pronunciation Note: Of 307 9.11 Summary of Noun Phrases 321

WARM-UP
AI Read the movie titles and check (/) I liked it, It was OK, I didn't like it, or / haven't seen it. Then compare lists
with a partner.

Ten Famous English Language Films

I liked it. It was OK. I didn't like it. I haven't seen it.

1. The Last Emperor □ □ □ □

2. A Hard Day's Night □ □ □ □
3. A Streetcar Named Desire □ □ □ □
4. The Thirty-Nine Steps □ □ □ □
5. Empire of the Sun □ □ □ □
6. Million Dollar Baby □ □ □ □
7. A Beautiful Mind □ □ □ □
8. The Wizard of Oz □ □ □ □
9. Rebel Without a Cause □ □ □ □
10. The Man Who Knew Too Much □ □ □ □

BI Each movie title above is a noun phrase. Based on these examples, what can you say about noun phrases?
Check (/) True or False.

TRUE FALSE

1. A noun phrase has at least one noun or pronoun. □ □

2. Noun phrases sometimes include adjectives. □ □
3. Noun phrases always begin with a, an, or the. □ □
4. There is always a noun at the end of a noun phrase. □ □
CI Look back at the quotation on page 288. Identify any noun phrases.

NOUN PHRASES 289

 9.1 What Are Noun Phrases?
noun phrase noun phrase A noun phrase can be:
1 Money isn't important to me. • a single noun or pronoun, as in 1
noun phrase
• a word or group of words + a main noun,
as in 2
2 I have a lot of good friends.
• a group of words + a main noun + a group of
A noun phrase words, as in 3
3 A lot of people in their twenties work here.
Other words in a noun phrase add important
noun phrase noun phrase information (details) to the main noun.
4 Debt is a common problem for new graduates. Notice: A long noun phrase can contain two or
long noun phrase more short noun phrases, as in 4.

We use noun phrases in different ways in a sentence, as in 5 - 8.

subject subject object of a preposition

5 A good boss should be well organized. 7 I grew up in a small town.

B
subject object of a verb subject subject complement

6 My brother sent many long emails. 8 Yo-Yo Ma is a well-known musician.

^•^ONLINE

11 Adding Noun Phrases Choose a noun phrase from the box to complete each sentence. Then compare
answers with your classmates. ESQ

CAREERS IN MUSIC NOUN PHRASES

many full-time jobs
1. A lot of people love music, but it's not easy to find
public and private schools
many full-time jobs in this field. the university level
2. A professional singer has a glamorous1 job, but it's not usually well-paid work

3. Many musicians teach in

4. A music teacher at must have
at least a master's degree in music.

CAREERS IN SPORTS NOUN PHRASES

a detailed description of it
5. are possible in
a need
professional sports. another possible career in sports
6. A sports reporter watches a sports event and gives other people many different careers

7. There is always for

photographers and camera operators at sports events.
8. Teaching is.

1 glamorous: attractive in an exciting way

290
 CAREERS IN CHEMISTRY NOUN PHRASES
a wide variety of jobs
9. Toy companies employ chemists to come up with
everyday items
new things to entertain children
10. Many chemists work in laboratories to improve newspapers and magazines

like paint or soap.

11. Chemists work in many different fields and have

12. Some chemists are writers for

Think about It How many other noun phrases can you find in the sentences in Activity 1?
(Remember: A noun phrase can be a single noun or pronoun.)

Talk about It What other careers in music, sports, or chemistry do you know about? Tell a partner.

2 I Identifying Uses of Noun Phrases How is each bold noun phrase used in these sentences?
Check (/) your answers. EtTl

OBJECT OBJECT OF SUBJECT

FAMILY FACTS SUBJECT OF VERB PREPOSITION COMPLEMENT

1. Everyone in my family lives in the same town. □ □ □ □

2. I have many cousins. □ □ □ □
3. My parents met in high school. □ □ □ □
4. I am the only person in my family who has lived
abroad.
□ □ □ □
5. My father works as an engineer. □ □ □ □
6. My mother is a doctor. □ □ □ □
7. On special holidays, my whole family gets
together.
□ □ □ □
8. I visit my aunts and uncles whenever I go home. □ □ □ □
9. My mother-in-law is one of the nicest people
I know.
□ □ □ □
10. When my brother and I were children, we played
basketball all the time.
□ □ □ □
11. Not all sisters and brothers are good friends. □ □ □ □
12. My parents sent all of their children to good
universities.
□ □ □ □
Think about It What other noun phrases can you find in the sentences above? How is each one used in
the sentence?

Write about It Write four sentences about your family like the ones above. Find the noun phrases and
say how they are used.

NOUN PHRASES 291

 9.2 Adding Information to a Main Noun
We can give more information about a main noun by adding words before or after it.

The information before a main noun usually comes in a particular order, as in 1 - 5.

NOUN PHRASE

determiner number adjective noun main noun

1 This is a thorough research project,

A
2 What are your two favorite childhood memories?
3 Is there any new information on this?
4 Look at the first chart on page 30.
5 There are a few problems that I can't solve.

For more information on determiners and nouns, see Units 7 and 8, pages 212 and 254.

Notice the kind of information that comes after a main noun in a noun phrase, as in 6 - 9.
NOUN PHRASE

main noun appositive prepositional phrase adjective clause

6 We just met our new boss, Mr. Wilson.

B
7 I answered all the questions on the test.
8 The U.N. is an international organization that works for peace,
9 There were so many people in my past who helped me.

10 anyone at the meeting.

We can also add more information to certain pronouns,
I didn't know
such as:
• indefinite pronouns, as in 10
11 We are looking for those who are responsible.
C • these or those, as in 11
12 This essay is clearer than the one that I wrote. • one, as in 12

This information usually comes after the pronoun.

(^ONLINE

31 Understanding Noun Phrase Word Order Put the words for each noun phrase in the correct
order to complete the sentences. E0EJ

1. I have a lot of good friends .. (good/a lot of/friends)

2. I wish I had . (dollars/million/a few)
3. I can speak . (languages I several / foreign)
4. There is ___ near my house, (grocery/a,/store/large)
5. I would like to have someday, (job/a/government)
6. In high school, was biology, (subject/my/favorite)
7. 1 am ,. (movie/a/famous/star)
8. 1 don't need . (any/clothes/new)
9. I would like to live in . (modern/building/a/apartment)
10. Ido to stay healthy, (different/many/things)

Talk about It Which sentences above are true for you? Tell a partner.

292
41 Exploring the Parts of a Noun Phrase Choose a word from the box to complete the bold noun
phrases in the paragraph below. OCT

DETERMINERS ADJECTIVES NOUNS

his the architectural geometric assistant development
several their famous building

Ai
I. M. Pei
I. M. Pei, one of the most architects
(1. adjective)
in the world, was born in China in 1917. Pei came to

U.S. to study architecture when he

(2. determiner)
was 17 years old. He worked for
(3. determiner)
years as an professor at Harvard
(4. noun)
University while he was studying for his master's degree in

architecture. Then he joined a New York real estate

corporation called Webb & Knapp in 1948. In 1955, Pei started his own
(5. noun)
office. His designs soon became well-known for their
(6. adjective) (7. adjective)
patterns and unique use of glass. Among his famous
(8. determiner) (9. noun)
designs are the East Building of the National Gallery of Art in Washington and the New York City Convention

Center. accomplishments also include updating the Louvre in Paris with a glass
(10. determiner)
pyramid in one of its courtyards.

5 I Finding the Main Noun Underline the main noun in each noun phrase. IfcWsW

1. the tallest person in your family

2. your favorite part of the Olympic Games
3. a member of a sports team
4. the second month of the year
5. a city that you would like to visit
6. your favorite subject in high school
FY I
When the main noun is a very general word (e.g., person,
part, member, or thing), we often add other words to
make it more specific.
Did you see the thing? (too general; not clear)
Did you see the beautiful thing on the table?

7. the best job that you have ever had Did you see the strange thing on TV about wild animals?

8. your favorite thing for breakfast

9. one thing that you really need
10. the last item that you bought

Talk about It Use the noun phrases above to ask a partner questions.

A: Who is the tallest person in your family?

B: My brother is.

NOUN PHRASES 293

 61 Identifying Noun Phrases Underline the long noun phrase in each sentence below. Then choose a
noun from the box to complete the sentence. 9.2 A-B

eyelid fingernail head heel nose toes

eyes foot heart knee thigh torso

BODY PARTS

1. The part of your leg that you stand on is your foot

2. The back part of your foot is your

3. The part of your face that you use to smell things is your
4. The body part above your neck is your.
5. The five things on your foot are your.
6. The piece of skin that covers your eye is your.
7. The two things that you see with are your.
8. The main part of your body (not your head, arms, and legs) is your.
9. The part of your body that pumps your blood around inside is your
10. The part that bends in the middle of your leg is your
11. The body part between your hip and your knee is your
12. The thin, hard part at the end of your finger is your

Think about It Circle the main noun in each underlined noun phrase above.

7 I Adding Information to Pronouns Complete each question below with information from the box.
(More than one answer may be possible.) CTl

in the wild2 at the grocery store that tasted really good who can pay for it

in this book in your family that you saw last year who lives in Canada

on TV who want accurate news

1. Did you buy anything__ at the grocery store yesterday?

2. Do you know everything _________ ?

3. When was the last time you ate something

4. Did you watch anything __ last night?
5. Do you know anyone ?

6. Do you like movies? Can you name one .?

7. What is the best magazine for those .?
8. Does anyone live in Europe?
9. Do you think everyone should get medical care or just those .?
10. Many people have seen an elephant in a zoo, but have you ever seen one
?

Talk about It Ask a partner the questions above.

2 in the wild: in nature

294
 9.3 Adjectives
determiner adjective main noun We use adjectives to describe or give more
1 I need to make some important decisions. information about nouns. In a noun phrase, an
adjective usually goes between a determiner and a
A 2 The two cars were traveling at the same speed. main noun, as in 1 - 4.
3 What's the main idea of this essay?
Most of the time, we use only one or two adjectives
4 Tom is a typical teenager. before a noun.

5 Medicine is an interesting profession. We can use the -ing and -ed forms of verbs as
(The profession of medicine interests me.) adjectives, as in 5 - 8. Notice the difference in
6 Bookmarks have a surprising number of uses. meaning between the -ing and -ed adjectives.
(The number of uses for bookmarks surprises me.)
B 7 Planes have limited space for luggage.
GRAMMAR TERM: We call the -ing form of a verb the present
participle. The -ed form of a verb is the past participle.
(The space for luggage on planes is limited by the airline.)
8 English is a required course.
(English is required by the university.)

9 Liz is looking for a full-time job. Multi-word adjectives are formed from more than
one word, as in 9 -15. Most are spelled with a
hyphen. Examples of multi-word adjectives include:
10 Your essay has well-developed ideas.
adjective + noun full-time
11 Joe is a hard-working man. adverb + -ed participle well-developed
adverb + -ing participle hard-working
C 12 Heart disease is an age-related illness.
noun + -ed participle age-related
13 We had to do group-building exercises. noun + -ing participle group-building
Notice that we can also use more than one adjective
14 Toy Story is a full-length animated movie. in a noun phrase, as in 14 - 15.

15 The restaurant serves delicious slow-cooked meals.

ONLINE

81 Using Adjectives Add an adjective from the box to each bold noun phrase. (More than one answer
may be possible.) EJECT
long
1. I have alist of the job qualifications.
deadly
2. A study in the Journal of Modern Science provides new information on this topic. graceful
international
3. Volunteering teaches kids a lesson.
long
4. The sources of energy today are fossil fuels such as natural gas, oil, and coal. lost
main
5. Tai chi is a type of exercise. recent
renewable
6. Archeologists discovered a pyramid at an ancient burial site near Cairo, Egypt.
valuable
7. This course covers a range of topics. wide

8. The sun is a source of energy.

9. English is the language of business.

10. We now have vaccines to prevent the spread of some diseases.

NOUN PHRASES 295

 9 | Noticing -ing and -ed Adjectives Underline the -ing and -ed adjectives in these questions. EEH

1. Do all universities have required courses? RESEARCH

2. What are some examples of industrialized nations? SAYS...
3. Are there many unemployed people in your city? -ing/-eà. adjectives and
4. Can you name an outstanding restaurant? multi-word adjectives
are used most often in
5. Does it bother you to ride in a crowded subway car?
academic writing.
6. What's an interesting topic for a class discussion?
CORPI
7. Do you like to have unexpected visitors at home?
8. Did you learn some complicated math formulas in school?
9. What was the most exciting period in history?
10. What should two friends do when they have opposing views about something?
11. Why is it important to make an informed decision when you buy something expensive?
12. Why shouldn't you eat spoiled meat?
13. What is the most terrifying experience you've ever had?
14. Do you hope to have a challenging career?

Talk about It Ask a partner the questions above.

A: Do all universities have required courses?
B: Many do, but not all.

101 Choosing -ing or -ed Adjectives Choose the correct word to complete each sentence. EEE1

1. a. We couldn't believe the news.

(shocked/shocking)
b. The whole class fell into silence.
(shocked/shocking)
2. a. It was a very situation for everyone.
(confused / confusing)
b. Irene had a look on her face.
(confused / confusing)
3. a. Coughing is the body's way of clearing airways to help you breathe.
(irritated/irritating)
b. The most habit I have is that I love to talk.
(irritated / irritating)
4. a. Heat can be one of the annoyances3 of working in Antarctica.
(surprised / surprising)
b. I could tell from the look on her face that she wasn't expecting us.
(surprised / surprising)
5. a. My husband and I have a approach to parenting.
(relaxed/relaxing)
b. I just want to have a time on my vacation.
(relaxed/relaxing)
6. a. Librarians offer useful information to students, teachers, and other individuals.
(interested / interesting)
b. This study raises some questions about classroom management.
(interested / interesting)
7. a. What do you think was the most part of the movie?
(excited I exciting)
b. I couldn't see the children but I could hear their voices.
(excited/exciting)
8. a. He probably would have gotten the job, but he didn't even apply for it. That was a

opportunity.
(missed/missing)
b. I don't understand this report. There's just too much information.
(missed/missing)

3 annoyances: things that bother you or make you angry

296
 9. a. Given the expression on her face, I'm guessing she got the job.
(pleased/pleasing)
b. They painted the house to give it a more appearance.
(pleased / pleasing)

Think about It Look at each pair of sentences in Activity 10. How does the meaning of the -ing adjective
differ from the meaning of the -ed adjective?

111 Learning Multi-Word Adjectives Use the context of each sentence to guess the meaning of the
adjective in the bold noun phrase. Then write your own sentence using the noun phrase. 9.3 C

1. Big-name actors earn a substantial amount of money.

big-name - famous Johnny Depp is a big-name actor.

2. A front-row seat at a concert is usually expensive.

3. Some people enjoy driving fast, but for others it is a hair-raising experience.
4. There are few single-story buildings in any city. The land is too expensive.
5. It is difficult to get from one part of the city to another in the slow-moving traffic.
6. There is little information on the long-term effects of a new medicine.
7. You will get a good grade for a carefully planned presentation.
8. Newly married couples have to adjust to a new way of life.
9. Bright red is an eye-catching color.
10. The majority of people obey the laws. They are law-abiding citizens.
11. It's easy to find things in a well-organized desk.
12. The economy is helped by hard-working families.
13. It's a pleasure to travel with well-behaved children.
14. There are many challenges for the teachers and staff at a newly opened school.
15. Poor-quality products can be harmful and sometimes dangerous to buyers.
16. The Help is an award-winning novel written by Kathryn Stockett.

Think about It Write each bold adjective above under the correct group in the chart below.

Adjective + noun Adverb + -ed word Adverb + -ing word Noun + -ed word Noun + -ing word
big-name

12 I Using Multi-Word Adjectives Complete these sets of questions with the multi-word adjectives in
the boxes. (More than one adjective may be possible.) EHM

1. How often do you eat at fast-food restaurants?

awful-tasting
2. Would you rather eat in a restaurant or have a meal? fast-food
3. What is one food? home-cooked

NOUN PHRASES 297

 4. Puzzles are one type of game. What are some others?
knowledge-based
5. Trivial Pursuit is a game. You need to know a lot of facts. mind-stimulating
Can you think of any other games like this? time-consuming

6. What are some common activities?

7. Is there a . team for the next World Cup?

action-packed
8. Why are movies so popular? fastest-growing
9. What is the sport? highly favored

10. Would you rather have a job or a part-time one?

family-owned
11. What are the advantages of working in a business? full-time
12. Do people always succeed? hard-working

13. Should all students go to a university after secondary school?

four-year
14. Should education be a experience? high-achieving
15. Should students study separately from average students? lifelong

Talk about It Ask a partner the questions in Activity 12.

A: How often do you eat at fast-food restaurants?

B: A few times a week, maybe.

Write about It Choose three multi-word adjectives from Activity 12 and write new questions. Then ask a
partner your questions.

What is your favorite action-packed movie?

9.4 Noun + Noun

1 Pay attention to the traffic signal. Like an adjective, we can use a noun to describe the
(= a signal for traffic)
main noun in a noun phrase, as in 1 - 4. The first noun
gives information about the main noun. It often says
2 Be sure to use clean food containers. “what kind or type.”
(= clean containers for food) If the first noun is a count noun, it is often singular, even
A if it refers to more than one thing, as in 3 - 4.
3 The grocery store is closed.
(= a store for groceries) GRAMMAR TERM: These noun + noun combinations are also called
compound nouns.
4 He's an experienced city planner.
(= an experienced planner of cities)

5 What goes into a business plan? Using a noun + noun makes it possible to include more
(= a plan for a business) information in fewer words, as in 5 - 7.
6 You should look at the government job listings. Sometimes we use more than one noun before a main
B (= listings of government jobs) noun, as in 6 - 7.
7 She is a well-known country music singer.
(= a singer of country music) For more information on compound nouns, see Unit 7, page 235.

(^ONLINE

298
13 I Noticing Noun + Noun Underline the noun + noun combinations in these sentences. EH

ro.r ©
i
§ 0 B ill

1. Singapore's Chanai Airport has won

many awards from travel groups. P P... _p j ■ I
2. The airport has many comfortable areas for r L - -i| LJ
sleeping or watching TV, as well as work desks
and free Internet service. ;
3. If you are tired, you can rent a nap room for a
PT!
few hours.
4. The airport offers a free bus tour of Singapore.
I fifei » 11I flyffiMfei
5. There is a hotel with a rooftop hot tub.
6. There are several movie theaters.
7. The airport has a butterfly garden and an orchid garden.
8. If you spend $10 at one of the many airport stores, you get free admission to the four-story tube slide
(an enclosed slide made from a long tube).
9. Terminal 3 is a little city with a pharmacy, grocery store, flower shop, and jewelry stores. It even has an
indoor amusement park for kids.

Write about It Write your own sentences using three of the noun + noun combinations you
underlined above.

141 Forming Noun + Noun Combinations How many noun + noun combinations can you make with
the words in the box? E3EI

business city food insurance report

car community government plan school
center family health police world

city school school community

business school school food
police school school report

Think about It Choose one of the nouns above. What other nouns do we commonly use with it? Look in
the dictionary or online to find other nouns. Then report to the class.

school system school bus graduate school

school year school day art school
schoolteacher school library law school

Write about It Choose five of the noun + noun combinations above and write sentences with your
own ideas.

The school year in Japan runs from April to March.

NOUN PHRASES 299

 151 Using Noun + Noun Rewrite the bold noun phrases using a noun + noun combination. ECTïl

1. Which country has a good system of health care? RESEARCH

Which country has a good health-care system?
SAYS...
Noun + noun
2. Is the post office an agency of the federal government? combinations can
3. What do you think an expert on sleep does? show different
4. How many people in your family are speakers of a second language? relationships between
the two nouns, such as:
5. What does a manager of a project do?
Parts of a whole: family
6. What can you put on a bite of an insect to make it stop itching?
members, car engine
7. What is the normal temperature of your body? Purpose: credit card,
8. Do you usually take a nap in the afternoon? teacher education
Location: hotel room,
9. Do you use plastic or cloth bags for your groceries?
crime scene
10. Have you ever written an essay for a class in college? Time: spring rain,
11. Are you currently a student at a university? bedtime story

12. What are some common symptoms of a cold? COF

Talk about It Ask a partner the questions above.

A: Which country has a good health-care system?

B: I think Canada does.

161 Identifying the Main Noun When we use several nouns together, it's sometimes difficult to identify
the main noun. Can you find the main noun in each bold noun phrase? Underline it. CETI

From the News

i. A bristlecone pine tree in California is the oldest recorded living tree. It is believed to be more than
4,600 years old.
2. The Large Hadron Collider is the world's highest-energy particle accelerator. 4
3. In 2012, Joe Ayoob broke the long-distance paper airplane flight record when he threw a paper
airplane 226 feet, 10 inches.
4. Many scientists believe that an asteroid impact5 caused the extinction of the dinosaurs.
5. The first coast-to-coast airplane flight in the U.S. took place in 1911 and lasted 49 days.
6. Fish species loss is accelerating, and soon we may have no more fish to eat from the oceans.
7. Pollution causes poor air quality, and it can be bad for your health.
8. The orbiting Spitzer Space Telescope found water vapor in the atmosphere of a distant star.
9. Some scientists think that music training may help students with language problems.
10. The fastest-growing plant in the world is the giant timber6 bamboo from China. It reaches its adult
height of up to 18.3 meters in just two months.
11. Movie director James Cameron broke the world depth record when he descended nearly 7 miles in
the Pacific Ocean.

4particle accelerator: a device that speeds up small matter; used in ‘asteroid impact: a small planet hitting the earth
scientific experiments ‘timber: a tree that is grown to produce wood

300
 9.5 Appositives
appositive We can add information after a
1 Mr. Adrian, my lawyer, can answer this question. main noun with an appositive, as
in 1 - 3. An appositive describes
appositive or gives another name to a main
A 2 Mount Everest, the world's highest mountain, is 60 million years old. noun.

appositive GRAMMAR TERM: An appositive is usually

also a noun phrase. Apposition means that
3 There is little water on Jupiter, the largest planet in the solar system. two noun phrases are set side by side.

4 Flat Earth, a fascinating book, was published in 2008. We usually use a comma before and after an appositive,
5 Part of this exam (Section 2) focuses on vocabulary. as in 4.
B 6 Mount Everest—Mount Chomolungma in Tibetan— We sometimes use a dash—like this—or parentheses ( )
is 8,848 meters high. instead, as in 5 - 6.

COMPARE Using an appositive is a useful way of combining

7a Mount Everest is the world's highest mountain. information from several clauses or sentences into one
Climbing it can be very expensive. sentence, as in 7b. This is a short way to give a lot of
C information.
7b Climbing Mount Everest, the world's highest
mountain, can be very expensive.

(^ONLINE

17 I Noticing Appositives Underline each appositive in this paragraph. Then circle the noun phrase it
renames or describes. EJECT

RESEARCH
GUSTAVO DUDAMEL SAYS...

by Matt Cady Appositives are

common in news and
(Gustavo Duda in e), the 31-year-old Venezuelan academic writing.
They often describe
conductor, is at the center of the classical music a proper noun or
technical word.
world. In 2009, Dudamel became the music
CORPUS
director of the Los Angeles Philharmonic, a

leading orchestra in the U.S. Yet as famous as

Dudamel is for his conducting, he is also much

admired for his leadership in music education.

He is one of the leaders of El Sistema, Venezuela's

widely praised music education program. El Sistema has put musical

instruments in the hands of about 250,000 Venezuelan children. Many of

them play in the program's top orchestra, the Simon Bolivar Symphony

Orchestra. Dudamel, a graduate of El Sistema, is the orchestra's conductor.

Whether leading musicians young or old, Gustavo Dudamel is the most

charismatic young conductor in the world today.

NOUN PHRASES 301

 IS I Adding Appositives Choose an appositive from the box to complete each sentence below. 9.5 A-B

a 147-meter-high tomb input/output

a 4,000-year-old invention New York City's largest open space

a favorite destination for skiers pieces of wood with rounded corners

a language spoken well before 4000 BCE the frozen continent

a star made of intensely hot gases the only food that never spoils

a sudden and briefly popular behavior World Court

DESCRIBING PLACES

1. Central Park, New York City's largest open space ., is a

model for city parks around the world.
2. The Great Pyramid,
was completed in 2600 BCE.
3. The International Court of Justice (
) is located in the Netherlands.
4. The sun—. .—is the
only source of light and the main source of heat in the solar system.
5. Antarctica,,
surrounds and covers the South Pole. Central Park in New York City

6. The lower slopes of the Alps—.

.—are covered with forests.

DESCRIBING THINGS

7. Honey, was once used

as a kind of money.
8. Computers work with a number of different 1/O (.
) devices to exchange information.
9. Unlike a fad—. .—trends
may become popular slowly and may have long-term effects.
10. Toothpaste, was
Honey was once used
originally made with vinegar and ground stone. as a kind of money.
11. About half of the world's population speaks a language that originally
comes from Proto-Indo-European,
12. As far back as 3600 BCE, the Sumerian people used simple wheels
()■

Think about It Which of the appositives above give another name for the noun phrase? Which describe
the noun phrase?
In #1, "New York City's largest open space" describes the noun phrase.

302
a

191 Adding Information with Appositives Rewrite each sentence below, adding an appositive from
the box. Remember to include commas, dashes, or parentheses. 9.5 A-B

a city in Bolivia one of the most beautiful cities in Italy

a city in Brazil the capital of South Korea

a mausoleum in India the largest city in California

a popular tourist attraction in Australia the largest of the seven continents

Bolivia and Colombia the second largest desert in the world

PLACES AROUND THE WORLD

1. Seoul is located on the Han River. Seoul, the capital of South Korea, is located on the Han River.

2. Much of the Sahara is uninhabited7.

3. Asia is home to more than one out of every two people in the world.

4. Two countries in South America were named for famous people.

5. La Paz is at about the same height as the top of Japan's Mount Fuji.

6. Venice is slowly sinking.

7. Curitiba has one of the best public bus systems in the world.

8. The Taj Mahal is one of the most popular tourist attractions in the world.

9. Los Angeles is a major center for shipping, manufacturing, and finance.

10. Ayers Rock is located in the center of the country.

Write about It Choose a city you know well. Make a list of facts about the city. Then write three
sentences to describe the city, using appositives.
Chongqing, my birthplace, is located on the dialing River.

201 Combining Information with Appositives Combine each pair of sentences into one sentence,
using an appositive. ECTM

DESCRIBING FAMOUS PEOPLE

1. Stephen Hawking is a renowned theoretical physicist. He writes about black holes.

Stephen Hawking, a renowned theoretical physicist, writes about black holes.

2. Fred Leverentz is a 72-year-old mountain climber. He has climbed mountains all over the world.
3. Emily Dickinson is a famous American poet. She published only seven poems during her life.
'uninhabited: not lived in by people

NOUN PHRASES 303

 4. Irène Curie was the second woman in history to win a Nobel Prize in science. She was the daughter of
the first woman to win the same prize.
5. The first person to orbit the earth was Yuri Gagarin. He died seven years later in an airplane crash.
6. Aesop was a Greek storyteller in the sixth century BCE. He used animal stories to teach lessons
about life.
7. Amelia Earhart was the first woman to cross the Atlantic Ocean in an airplane. She disappeared while
trying to fly around the world.
8. Mahatma Gandhi is a symbol of the power of peace. He led the nonviolent movement for independence
in India.
9. Alfred Hitchcock is one of the most famous movie directors in history. He made many film classics,
including North by Northwest and The Birds.
10. Agatha Christie was a British crime writer of novels, short stories, and plays. She is the best-selling
novelist of all time.
11. The Rolling Stones are the longest-performing rock band of all time. The band first performed in 1962.
12. Lang Lang has been called the superstar Chinese piano player. He loves opera, jazz, and hip-hop.
13. Andrew Johnson was the seventeenth president of the U.S. He was a tailor before he was president.

Write about It Look for information about three famous people and write a sentence about each one.
Use an appositive in each sentence. Then read your sentences to the class.

9.6 Prepositional Phrases

We can use a prepositional phrase to add more information to a noun phrase, as in 1 - 4.
The prepositional phrase often answers the questions what kind or which one.
1 New Zealand has a population of four million people. (What kind of population?)

2 What are the most important qualities of a good boss? (What kind of qualities?)
A
3 He has written several papers on climate change. (What kind of papers?)

4 Does anyone in the class have a car? (Which person or people?)

For a list of common prepositions, see the Resources, page R-9.

Sometimes we use several prepositional phrases in a noun phrase. Each prepositional phrase
adds information to the noun phrase before it, as in 5 - 7.

______ t I
5 Here you will find news about the Museum of the City of New York.
B
6 We will discuss reasons for the increase in health-care costs.

7 | We will meet at j the embassy | of the People's Republic | of China | in London. |

COMPARE WARNING! A prepositional phrase can function in

8a The box on the table is mine, (which box?) different ways. It can add more information to:
8b Please put the box on the table, (where do i put the box?) • a noun phrase, as in 8a and 9a.
C • a verb or a whole sentence, as in 8b and 9b.
9a Don't be late for the meeting on Friday, (which meeting?)
In this case, it is not part of a noun phrase.
9b Our meeting is on Friday, (when is the meeting?)
(It functions like an adverb.)

(^ONLINE

304
211 Adding Prepositional Phrases Choose a prepositional phrase from the box to complete each bold
noun phrase. ECTl

1. The most important qualities of a good parent are patience

of a good parent
and a sense of humor. of any business
2. Traveling to foreign countries is valuable for a number of reasons
of the twentieth century

3. The primary goal is to make money.

4. Some technological advances had a
negative effect on the earth's atmosphere.

5. You can easily learn about life by looking

in my life
on the Internet. in other countries
6. The land of a city should be a public park. in the center
in their children's lives
7. My teachers have been important figures.
8. Fathers play an important role.

9. Stress is one of the worst things

for children
10. There are many opportunities in a big city, for money
11. There is very little need in today's world. for work and entertainment
for your health
12. There should be a separate section on all
public transportation.

Think about It Circle the main noun in each noun phrase you completed above.

Talk about It Take turns reading the statements above aloud with a partner. See if
your partner agrees or disagrees and why.
A- The most important qualities of a good parent are patience and a sense of humor.
B: I disagree. I think it's more important to be a good listener than to have a sense of humor.

22 I Noticing Prepositional Phrases Underline all the prepositional phrases in each bold noun phrase.
Then say which fact was the most interesting to you. Why? EITI

IN THE NEWS RESEARCH

SAYS...
1. A team of researchers recently found the bones of four different kinds
of dinosaurs at the same site in New Mexico. The most common
2. The first time that sales of computers to homes in the U.S. were greater prepositions used in
than sales of computers to businesses was in 1994. noun phrases are:
3. As a person ages, the thickness of each hair on the head gets smaller. for on
in to
4. Many species of fish in the oceans are now disappearing. of with
5. A meteorite crashed through the roof of a house in New Zealand. CORPUS
6. The placement of an ice pack on an insect bite will relieve the itch.
7. The caffeine in three cups of coffee or tea may help to maintain mental sharpness8 in older women.
8. Researchers at the Erasmus University Medical School in Rotterdam, the Netherlands, found that
boiled coffee significantly increased cholesterol9.

8
mental sharpness: the ability to understand something easily ’cholesterol: a potentially dangerous substance in the blood

NOUN PHRASES 305

 9. The most recent survey of time use in the U.S. suggests that women still do most of the work at home.
10. Everything in the factories of the future will be run by smarter software.
11. A fifth of respondents to a Chinese local-newspaper survey said they had over 5,000 yuan of
digital property10.
12. One researcher found that managers with more money invested in their companies take
fewer vacations.

231 Identifying Prepositional Phrases in Noun Phrases Read this article. If a bold prepositional
phrase adds more information to a noun, underline the noun it describes. (Only some describe noun
phrases. Others function as adverbs.) Em

Ocean Storms
Ocean storms form when the temperature in one area is different
from the temperature in another nearby area. Warm air rises and
cool air falls, creating a difference in atmospheric pressure.
If the pressure changes in a large area, winds start to blow in
a huge circle. High-pressure air is pulled toward a low pressure
center and thick clouds form. As the storm gains speed and moves
over the ocean, very heavy rain begins to fall. And storms can get
even stronger if they are moving over warm waters.
Under certain conditions, an ocean storm can strengthen and become a hurricane. The center of the
storm, known as the eye, is fairly calm. However, the strongest, fastest winds of a hurricane blow in the
area around the eye known as the eyewall, which can be about 16 to 80 kilometers wide.
Wind speeds in the most severe ocean storms have reached more than 250 kilometers per hour. Some
storms have produced more than 150 centimeters of rain. Many ocean storms cause high waves and ocean
surges. An ocean surge is a constant movement of water that can reach as high as 6 meters or more. This can
cause major damage to shore areas.

Think about It What kind of information does each bold prepositional phrase above give?

"In one area" explains which air temperature.

"In atmospheric pressure" explains what kind of difference.

9.7 Using Of to Show Possession

1 I don't know the title of the book, (n o t : the book’s title)
2 He walked to the end of the hallway.
(NOT: the-hallway’s end)
3 Water is needed for the production of electricity.
A (NOT: electricity's production)
4 The success of the plan depends on cooperation.
(= the plan’s success)
5 The appointment of the new sales manager will be
announced soon. (= the new sales manager’s appointment)
Sometimes we use a prepositional phrase with of to
show possession. This is common when we:
• talk about a nonliving thing, as in 1 - 2
• talk about an abstract thing or idea, as in 3 - 4
• use a possessive phrase that is more than two
words long, as in 5
WARNING! In 1 - 3, it would usually be incorrect to use
a noun phrase + -'s. In 4 - 5, it is the speaker’s choice.

CORRECT THE COMMON ERRORS (See page R-13.)

B 6 X Please don't drink from that water's glass. 7 XThe parents of Sylvia are here.

^^ONLINE
10digital property: for example, audio and video clips that can be downloaded online

306
 24 | Pronunciation Note: Of Listen to the note. Then do Activity 25.
i
Before vowel sounds, of is pronounced /ov/. For example:
1 the heat of August sounds like "the heatuv August"
Before consonant sounds, of is reduced to /a/. For example:
2 the problems of the world sounds like "the problemsuh the world"
You don’t have to use the reduced form, but you need to understand it in conversation.

25 I Pronouncing Of Listen and write the missing words in each question. Then listen again and check (/)
the sound you hear. FCT1

of /ov/ of /a/
1. Do we usually have class in the middle of the day ?

2. Are you the owner 7

3. How many years have you had?

4. Who is the author ?

5. What day is it?

6. Do you ever watch the end_____ first?
7. Do you know the rules ?

8. Are you a member ?

9. Have you ever left before the end ?

10. Are you worried about the state ?

11. Are you excited about the future ?

12. What was the result ?

13. What's on the cover 7

14. What's the name 7

15. Is anyone in your family the parent

16. Do you have a good sense 7

17. Is there a museum in your city?

18. What is the definition 7

19. How many hours did you do last week?

20. What is your favorite time ?

Talk about It Ask a partner the questions above. Pay attention to how you RESEARCH
pronounce of SAYS...
A: Do we usually have class in the middle of the day? Using of to show
B: Yes. Our class is at 2:00. possession is much
more common than
using a possessive's,
especially in academic
writing.
C

NOUN PHRASES 307

 Think about It Answer these questions about each prepositional phrase you wrote in Activity 25.
• Is the noun a nonliving thing?
• Is the noun an abstract thing or idea?
• Is the possessive phrase more than two words long?

1. In Hl, a day is an abstract thing. 11.

2. 12.
3. 13.
4. 14.
5. 15.
6. 16.
7. 17.
8. 18.
9. 19.
10. 20.

261 Using Of to Show Possession In this paragraph, the writer has used too many possessive
determiners. Use prepositional phrases with of to rewrite some of them. (More than one answer is
possible). HU

Manatees
Manatees are water animals sometimes called sea cows because of
their large size and gentle nature. Although they do not have many
the actions of people
natural predators, people's actions have interfered11 with manatees
in recent years. Humans' interference with manatees' habitats
is one of the main problems. For example, Florida's manatees no
longer migrate south as they once did, but now stay near warm
waters created by power plants. Another problem is boats. A boat's
paddles can cut a manatee, killing it or leaving terrible scars. This may occur partly because of a boat's
sound. Large boats emit low-frequency sounds that manatees cannot hear. However, manatees will swim
away from a boat with a higher frequency, according to some researchers' findings. Another major problem
for manatees is the red tide. Toxic12 algae's growth causes the red tide, and the toxins damage the manatee's
nervous system.

Talk about It Compare your answers above with a partner. How are your changes different?

11 interfere: to become involved in the activities of someone or something else in an unwanted or harmful way
12 toxic: poisonous

308
a
: 9.8 Recognizing Adjective Clauses
The main goal of this chart is to help you recognize adjective clauses. Adjective clauses are covered in more
detail in Unit 10.

Another way to give more information about a main noun is by adding an adjective clause after it, as in 1 - 4.

NOUN PHRASE

A main noun adjective clause

1 We know a lot of people who can speak two languages.

2 He is looking for an interesting job that pays a lot of money.
3 I have a boss who doesn't like to make decisions.
I 4 I prefer activities that I can do outdoors.

GRAMMAR TERM: A clause is a group of words with a subject and a verb.

5 Do you know everyone that works here? Adjective clauses often begin with a word like that or
who, as in 5 - 6. This word refers back to the noun or
6 I would fire an employee who was dishonest. pronoun before it.

7 Do you want to see the coat I bought? Words like that and who can be the subject of an
(= the coat that I bought) adjective clause, as in 5 - 6. However, when there is
B 8 Many of the people I know are artists. another subject, we can usually leave out that or who,
(= the people who I know) as in 7 - 8.

9 When are the people who are doing the work going to Notice that a noun + an adjective clause can come in
be finished? the middle of a sentence, as in 8 -10.
10 The class I need to graduate was canceled.

COMPARE An adjective clause lets us combine two ideas into

Ila We bought some milk yesterday. Where is it? one sentence, as in 11-13.
11b Where’s the milk (that) we bought yesterday?

C 12a I have a good friend. He helps me all the time.

12b I have a good friend who helps me all the time.

13a A tornado has very strong winds. They blow in a circle.

13b A tornado has very strong winds that blow in a circle.

ONLINE

27 I Noticing Adjective Clauses Underline the adjective clause in each sentence. Name or identify each
person, place, or thing described. Then compare ideas with a partner. OT1

1. Name a type of living thing that you are afraid of. RESEARCH
SAYS...

2. Identify the countries that you have visited. Adjective clauses are
common in all types
of writing. In fiction
3. Identify a food that you can't stand13. and news, they often
identify or describe a
4. Name a place that you enjoyed visiting.
person.
5. Name a person who you admire.
CORPUS

13 can't stand: dislike a lot

NOUN PHRASES 309

 6. Name a person who has helped you in an important way.
7. Name a famous scientist who lived in the twentieth century.
8. Name a job that requires two or more languages.
9. Identify a city that is near some mountains.
10. Name a tool that you can use to open a bottle.
11. Think of a word that means "very good."
12. Name an artist who is alive today.

281 Adding Adjective clauses Match the first part of each sentence on the left with an adjective clause
on the right. EETŒ

INTERESTING AND UNUSUAL JOBS

1. A wind turbine14 mechanic repairs the turbines 3 a. who are traveling by plane.
2. Food stylists arrange the food b. that have been lost in deep water.
3. A wildlife rehabilitator15 helps wild animals c. that is used in magazine advertisements.
4. A sports event coordinator is the person d. who want to lose weight.
5. A sports psychologist helps athletes e. that are buried underground.
6. Salvage divers find things f. that a famous actor isn't allowed to do.
7. Flight attendants assist people g. that are on top of the 140-foot towers.
8. A dietician helps people h. who plans special events for a game.
9. An archeologist studies the past by studying i. who want to improve their performance.
old buildings j. that have been injured.
10. In a movie, a stunt person does the dangerous
things

Write about It Choose one of the sentences above. Do an online search for more information about
the job. Then write a short paragraph with details about the job.

291 Using Adjective Clauses Guess the language of origin and meaning of each word on the left. Write
sentences using words from each column. Then compare ideas with your classmates. OT1

Tycoon is a Japanese word that means "a successful businessperson."

Word Language of origin Meaning

1. tycoon English a large group of people who sing together

2. revenue French the income of a government or company
3. tornado Greek a note that you write to someone at work
4. soprano Chinese a thick sauce that is made with tomatoes
5. pajamas Persian loose pants and a top that you wear to bed
6. catsup Italian a successful businessperson
7. chorus Japanese the highest singing voice
8. memo Spanish a violent storm with strong winds that blow in a circle

14 wind turbine: an engine that gets its power from the wind
15 rehabilitator: someone who brings something back to a normal or healthy condition

310
 301 Noticing Adjective Clauses Underline the adjective clauses in these test prompts and circle the
I noun each clause describes. Em

ESSAY TEST PROMPTS STUDY STRATEGY

1. Are(children)who play sports less likely to get into To identify some adjective clauses, look for
a noun + a word like that or who.
trouble than (children) who don't play sports?
a problem that I had ...
2. What is the most important subject that students should people who know me ...
study in high school?
3. Neighbors are the people who live near us. In your
opinion, what are the qualities of a good neighbor?
4. Do you agree or disagree with the following statement? People should sometimes do things that they do
not enjoy doing.
5. Countries, businesses, and schools are three areas that need good leaders. Choose one of these areas and
describe the most important qualities of a leader in that area.
6. What is one skill that every person needs to learn?
7. In your opinion, what is the most important characteristic (for example, honesty, intelligence, a sense of
humor) that a person can have? Why?
8. Some people choose friends who are different from themselves. Others choose friends who are similar to
themselves. What are the advantages of having friends who are different from you?
9. Do you agree or disagree with the following statement? The decisions that people make quickly are
always wrong.
10. Do you agree or disagree with the following statement? People should read only those books that are
about real events and real people.

Write about It Choose one of the essay test prompts above and answer it in writing.

311 Identifying Adjective Clauses The adjective clauses in these sentences don't use that or who.
Underline the adjective clauses and circle the noun each clause describes. Em

1. The nicest(thing)I own is a piece of jewelry from my mother.

STUDY
2. Good writing is the most important skill I have learned. STRATEGY
3. Global warming is the most serious problem we face today. To identify some
adjective clauses, look for
4. There are many things I like about tennis. a noun + noun/pronoun
5. The first thing I do in the morning is to drink a cup of coffee. + verb.

6. A good friend is someone I trust. the nicest thing I own ...

some people I know...
7. The best advice I ever received was from my father.
8. The most important aspect of a job is the money a person earns.
9. There are many different things you can do to stay healthy.
10. The worst thing an employee can do is to steal from the company.

Write about It Rewrite sentences 1-6 above with your own ideas.
The nicest thing I own is a sweater from my mother.

NOUN PHRASES 311

 32 | Combining Sentences Combine each pair of sentences using an adjective clause. IBRM

1. I have many friends. They email me all the time.

I have many friends who email me all the time
2. There were a lot of people on the street. They were wearing costumes.
There were a lot of people on the street who
3. I read an interesting article. It explains the benefits of crying.
I read an interesting article that
4. When I was in Turkey, I met some of my relatives. They still live in my parents' village.
When I was in Turkey, I met some of my relatives
5. My brother is a doctor. He works with cancer patients.
My brother is a doctor
6. Many people are concerned about their health. They eat a lot of fruit and vegetables.

7. I have a good friend. She is always giving me advice.

8. My brother lives in a building downtown. It was once a factory.

9. An introduction is part of a book or essay. It comes at the beginning.

10. Two students went to the hospital. They were injured.

9.9 Subject-Verb Agreement with Long Noun Phrases

subject verb The verb in a sentence
1 The natural vegetation of the upper Amazon River is tropical rain forest. usually agrees with the main
noun in the subject: We use a
singular verb with a singular
2 Shaun White, a famous snowboarder, designs clothes in his spare time.
main noun and a plural verb
with a plural main noun, as
A 3 The color of the trees changes in the fall. in 1 - 5.

4 Every place that we visited on the islands was cheap.

In a long noun phrase, don’t
be confused by the words
that follow the main noun,
5 Most of the people who live in this city are friendly. as in 3 - 5.

^•Ho n l in e

312
I
331 Subject-Verb Agreement Circle the main noun in each bold noun phrase. Then write the correct form
of the verb in parentheses. EJEEW

B
Facts about Languages and Names
1. The six official(janguages)of the United Nations (U.N.) are Arabie, Chinese, English,
French, Russian, and Spanish, (is/are)
2. The most common name in the world Mohammed, (is/are)
3. In nearly every language, the word for mother with a /m/ sound, (begins/begin)
4. The only language that capitalizes the first-person singular (/)English, (is/are)
I
5. Seoul, the South Korean capital,"the capital" in the Korean language, (means/mean)
6. One of the few people who single-handedly16 invented an alphabet for a living language
Sequoyah, a Cherokee Indian, (was/were)
7. In Chinese, the characters (or symbols) for danger and opportunity the word crisis.
(forms/form)
8. Only four common words in the English language in -dous: hazardous, horrendous,
stupendous, and tremendous, (ends/end)
9. The only common 15-letter word in the English language that can be spelled without repeating a
letter uncopyrightable. (is/are)
10. Children who study another language higher on basic skills such as reading and
math, (scores/score)
11. The most widely spoken forms of the Chinese language Mandarin, Cantonese, Gan,
Hakka, Min, Wu, and Xiang, (is/are)
12. The longest word in the English language with all the letters in alphabetical order
almost, (is/are)
13. A person who speaks several languages. more job opportunities than a person who
speaks just one language, (has/have)
14. The Germanic family of languages Danish, Dutch, English, German, and Swedish,
among others, (includes/include)
15. Most countries in Europe a number of regional or minority languages, some of which
have become official languages, (has/have)

l6single-handedly: done by one person, without help

NOUN PHRASES 313

 9.10 Using Noun Phrases in Speaking and Academic Writing
STRENGTHENING AND SOFTENING IN SPEAKING
1 That's a very interesting question.
2 We had a really clear view of the stage from our seats.
3 The president has some pretty good ideas.
4 I'm having such a bad day. (n o t : a such bad day)
5 Kelly doesn't have a very loud voice.
(NOT: Kelly doesn’t have a pretty loud voice.)
A
STRENGTHENING AND SOFTENING IN ACADEMIC WRITING
6 Japanese is an extremely difficult language to learn.
7 When we did the test again, we got significantly
better results.
8 Based upon our research, we arrived at quite a
different conclusion. (NOT: a quite different conclusion)
COMPARE
9a Gustavo Dudamel is a conductor, and he is 31 years
old. He is from Venezuela. He became the music
director of the Los Angeles Philharmonic in 2009.
B 9b Gustavo Dudamel, the 31-year-old Venezuelan
conductor, became the music director of the Los
Angeles Philharmonic in 2009.
REFERRING BACK WITH NOUN PHRASES
10 During the 1930s, roads, bridges, and schools were
built all over the U.S. Most of these structures are still
in use today.
(structures = roads, bridges, and schools)
C 11 Today the company made the announcement that
400 employees would lose their jobs. This statement
came during an interview with the company's
president.
(statement = announcement)
INTRODUCING DETAILS AND EXAMPLES
12 The author of the article "The Amazing Effects of
Music" explains that music affects the body in many
D positive ways. One of the obvious effects is that it can
put you in a better mood. Another benefit is that it
can lower your blood pressure.
314
We use certain words to strengthen or soften an
adjective in a noun phrase.
In speaking, we often use informal words like very,
really, pretty, and such, as in 1 - 5. Notice:
• We use such before a I an with singular nouns
as in 4.
• We don’t use pretty in negative sentences, as in 5.
In academic writing, we often use more formal words
like very, extremely, significantly, or quite, as in 6 - 8.
Notice that we use quite before a I an with singular
nouns, as in 8.
Packing a lot of information into longer noun phrases is
very common in academic writing.
• In 9a, the writer uses several short sentences to
communicate the information. Using many short
sentences is common for beginning writers.
• In 9b, the writer uses longer noun phrases in a single
sentence. This allows the writer to communicate a lot
of information in fewer words.
In writing, we often start a sentence with a noun
phrase that refers back to an idea in a previous
sentence, as in 10 - 11. Doing this helps connect the
ideas from one sentence to the next.
In both 10 and 11, the writers use this / that / these / those
to make it clear which ideas they are referring back to. For
variety, the writers also use synonyms for words from the
previous sentences.
In writing, we may introduce details and examples of
an earlier idea with words like one, another, or the first,
as in 12.
<J^ONLINE
 341 Strengthening/Softening Adjectives in Speaking Choose one strengthening/softening word
and one adjective from the box to complete the noun phrase in each conversation below. (More than one
answer may be possible.) 9.10 A

s t r e n g t h e n in g /
SOFTENING WORDS ADJECTIVES

I
pretty amazing careful hard smart
really awful expensive important surprising
such bad good nice terrible
very big great serious

1. A: Sarah is graduating next week, but I don't know what to get her. RESEARCH
B: Hmm. How about a watch? S AYS . . .

A: Oh, yeah. That's a really nice idea. In spoken language,

the most common
2. A: $120 for a textbook! Can you believe it? types of noun phrases
B: Why do we need a(n) are a single pronoun
textbook?
or a single noun.
A: I know. It's ridiculous.
Longer noun phrases
3. A: How did you lose your wallet? are more common
in formal written
B: I don't know. Sometimes I'm not a person.
language.
4. A: The snow has been falling all morning.
CORPUS
B: I know-—-it looks like a storm.
5. A: I think I'm going to quit my job and go back to school.
B: Really? I don't think that's a(n) decision.
A: Why not?
6. A: What happened to you? You look exhausted.
B: I had a day, and I didn't get much sleep last night.
7. A: Where's Carlos today?
B: Didn't you hear? He was in a bicycle accident.
A: Oh, no!
8. A: Did you like the pictures I posted online?
B: Absolutely. You're a(n) photographer!
9. A: What did your father want?
B: I'm not sure. He said he had a question to ask me.
10. A: My phone keeps turning itself off. Do you think I should get a new one?
B: That doesn't sound like a problem. Let me see if I can fix it.

Talk about It Work with a partner. Choose two or three of the noun phrases you completed above.
Write new conversations with them. Present your conversations (or a conversation) to the class.
A: Why don't we go to the park this weekend?
B: Sure. That's a really nice idea.

NOUN PHRASES 315

 351 Strengthening/Softening Adjectives in Writing Read this article. Circle each adjective and the
word that strengthens or softens it. Then underline the full noun phrase. 9.10 A

Bicycle Transportation Around the World

In some countries today, a (fairly largejpercentage of the

population uses bicycles for basic transportation. For . i------- j '1

example, in China, Bangladesh, and some parts of the
Netherlands, people use bicycles for more than 40 percent of n’n ibïiu
II I I loi M ;
all trips. Other countries, like the U.S. and Canada, however,
have significantly lower bicycle use—an embarrassingly low

1 percent. How do we explain these differences?

bicycling in Amsterdam
In countries like the Netherlands, people think of bicycles
as transportation. As a result, their cities have been developed with an extremely large number of bicycle
routes. Some streets are marked as "car-free zones," and some traffic lights are timed for bicycles, not cars.
These cities are considerably safer places to ride and have very low numbers of bicycle accidents.
In countries like Canada and the U.S., people have quite a different way of thinking about bicycles.
People usually ride bicycles for exercise or fun—not transportation. Cities are not designed to
accommodate17 bicyclists. These cities tend to be more spread out, and the long distances between places
makes riding a bicycle impractical. Other common problems include a relatively small number of bicycle
parking spaces and unfriendly treatment of bicyclists by car drivers.
In some developing countries, there is a completely different type of problem. In India, a bicycle has a
substantially greater cost. In fact, a bicycle costs twice as much in India as in other developing countries like
China and Brazil. This is unfortunate, since research in Uganda, Tanzania, and Sri Lanka shows that bicycle
ownership can lead to a noticeably higher income—as much as 35 percent.

Think about It How are the strengthening/softening

F Y I
words you circled above different from those used most
Some adverbs can help writers give their opinion
often in conversation? or make a judgment. Compare:

The street had little traffic.

The street had surprisingly little traffic.
(The writer is surprised by this fact.)

17 accommodate: to provide room for someone or something

316
361 Using Longer Noun Phrases Rewrite the information in these sentences using longer noun phrases.
(There may be more than one way to rewrite the information.) 9.10 B

EXERCISE

1. Physical fitness is the result of exercise, Physical fitness, the result of exercise, proper diet, and
proper diet, and nutrition. It can nutrition, can improve mental health and self-esteem.
improve mental health and self-esteem18.
2. Physical exercise can help with weight
loss. It should be frequent and intense.
3. Aerobics is a kind of exercise. It is of
relatively low intensity19. It increases
oxygen available to the body.
4. Bicycling is a kind of low-intensity
exercise. It is a fitness activity for the
whole body. It is also the second most
popular spectator sport in the world.
5. Anaerobic exercise refers to a high-
intensity activity. It is of short duration,
and it promotes strength and speed.
6. Weight training is popular with
professional athletes. It is a kind of
strength exercise.
7. Exercise releases endorphins.
Endorphins are the body's natural
feel-good chemicals. They can even
temporarily relieve pain.
8. There is evidence that exercise usually
improves sleep. The evidence is
convincing20—sleep improves for most
people.

Think about It What grammar structures did you use in the noun phrases you wrote above?

37 I Language Note: Main Nouns Read the note. Then do Activity 38.

Sometimes it is difficult to find the main noun of a noun phrase, especially when there are many
descriptive words before or after the noun. Remember, the information that can come before and after a
main noun includes:
determiner(s) number adjective noun main noun appositive prepositional phrase adjective clause

Today, there are very few students who don't have access to a computer.
Universities in many English-speaking countries offer students the possibility of studying abroad for one
or two semesters.

One common pattern in longer noun phrases is a main noun + prepositional phrase + adjective clause.
a list of expressions that I know a question about grammar that she can't answer

18 self-esteem: a feeling of respect for yourself convincing: causing someone to believe something is true
” intensity: the amount of strength or force something has

NOUN PHRASES 317

 381 Identifying the Main Noun Circle the main noun in each bold noun phrase. 9.10 B

1. After we've finished, we'll have a few minutes to relax and take that much-needed coffee(breal<J
2. The Thinker, one of the most significant works of art in the world, was created by Auguste Rodin in 1902.
3. The effects of music on the human body include both mental and physical benefits.
4. The speakers will discuss reasons for the dramatic increase in health-care costs.
5. A doctorate is the highest degree that a student can earn.
6. The salaries21 of community college graduates are higher than those of people with just a high school
education.
7. Freshly picked raw green leaves are an excellent source of vitamin C.
8. Traditional African clothing depends on the natural resources of different areas and materials that
people can produce cheaply.
9. After many thousands of years, African people began to make new kinds of clothes that were lighter
and cooler.
10. India's Internet population was 112 million in 2011, making it the third largest market in the world after
China and the U.S.

Think about It Did you have trouble finding the main noun in any of the noun phrases? If so, why?

391 Using Noun Phrases to Connect Ideas Use the bold information in the first sentence to complete
the noun phrase in the second sentence. Try to use synonyms or add new information to the noun phrase.
(There are many different ways to complete each sentence.) 9.10 C-D

1. There are many possible ways to solve the problems in our schools. One possible solution OR

popular idea among teachers js to increase funding22 for education.

2. Some hospitals use music as a pain management technique23 for their older patients. This
helps calm patients
3. Enrollment at universities has declined a great deal in the last five years. As a result of this
, tuition has increased.
4. We really need to change parts of our voting system in some major ways. While some of these
might be difficu
5. The government has invested heavily in new energy sources recently. These
have led to several important developments.
6. Many patients think their doctors don't listen carefully to them. This
is more common among elderly patients.
7. Speaking and writing differ significantly in several ways. The most important of these
is that speakers usually know who they are talking to,
but writers do not.
8. Many scientists believe that gases in the air are causing earth temperatures to rise.
is called global warming.
9. Young children begin to learn new words very quickly at about 18 to 24 months of age. Researchers
have called the "vocabulary explosion."
10. Home prices have been increasing rapidly in some parts of the country.
have made it more difficult to get a loan.

21 salaries: money that employees are paid each year '’technique: a way of doing something by using special skill
’’funding: the money provided for something

318
 Think about It Compare ideas with your classmates. How many different ways did you think of to
connect the ideas in the sentences in Activity 39? Can you think of any other ways?

401 Connecting Sentences Write a new sentence to add new information about the previous sentence.
Use a noun phrase to help connect the ideas. (There are many possible sentences.) 9.10 C-D

ADVANTAGES AND DISADVANTAGES OF CELL PHONES

1. There are many advantages to having a cell phone. _ One of the most
F Y I
important benefits is that you can call for help in an emergency. When we use a noun phrase
2. If young children are permitted to use cell phones, they need to have to refer back to an idea, we
can use the noun phrase to
some rules. add new ideas or opinions.
There are thousands of versions
of "Cinderella." One of the most
interesting adaptations of this
3. Unfortunately, scientists have also found a number of problems with well-known story was written by
Mary Stewart.
using cell phones for long periods of time.

HOME SCHOOLING VS. PUBLIC SCHOOLING

4. Recently, more people have begun to educate their children at home. Home schooling can have both
good and bad effects on a child.

5. Attending public schools can provide students with some advantages.

6. However, not all public schools provide good learning environments.

BENEFITS AND DIFFICULTIES OF LIVING IN A FOREIGN COUNTRY

7. There are many benefits to experiencing life in a foreign country when you're young.

8. In their early years, children are influenced by many aspects of the culture around them.

9. At the same time, moving to a new country as a child can also be difficult.

Think about It For each item above, underline the idea introduced in the first sentence. Then circle the
noun phrase in the second sentence that helps connect the ideas.
There are many advantages to having a cell phone.

(One of the most important benefits^ that you can call for help in an emergency.

Think about It In addition to connecting ideas, why do writers repeat information from one sentence to
the next?

NOUN PHRASES 319

 WRAP-UP Demonstrate Your Knowledge

A| REVIEW Choose a restaurant or coffee shop in your area and make a list of noun phrases that describe it.
Then experiment with different ways to use the phrases in a short restaurant review. For example:

• a sandwich shop Peaches Grill

• tasty food and low prices Peaches Grill is a medium-sized sandwich shop near my
• a medium-sized place apartment. For very little money, you can get a delicious
• delicious chicken salad sandwich chicken salad sandwich on homemade bread or a large bowl
• homemade vegetable soup of homemade vegetable soup. The friendly atmosphere at
• friendly atmosphere Peaches Grill, the tasty food, the high-quality service, and
the low prices will make you want to return many times.
• high-quality service

BI VOCABULARY NOTEBOOK Look in an English textbook for examples of noun + noun combinations
(compound nouns). Write a list of these in a vocabulary notebook. Write a sentence with each combination.

business trip During a recent business trip, my plane was delayed.

CI PRESENTATION Choose an interesting photograph of people doing a hobby or playing a game or sport.
Prepare a description of the people and/or the activity. Then present it to the class. For example:

This is a photograph of some of my friends. When I took this photo, they were
playing an Italian game called bocce. In this game, one person throws a small ball
toward the end of the playing area. The same person then throws a larger ball
. a toward the small ball. The goal of the game is to get close to the small ball without
touching it. The other players then try to throw balls even closer to the small ball.
In this photograph, my friend Steven is about to take his turn. None of us could
play very well, but we still had fun.

DI WEB SEARCH Do an online search for "World Heritage List," a list of places the U.N. has chosen for special
importance. Print a brief description of a place and underline the noun phrases. For example:

["Wig®

Great Barrier Reef i

The Great Barrier Reef is a site of remarkable variety and beauty

on the northeast coast of Australia. It contains the world's largest

collection ofcoral reefs, with 400 types of coral, 1,500 species

offish, and 4,000 types of mollusk. It also holds great scientific

interest as the habitat of species such as the dugong ("sea cow")

Re?
and the large green turtle, which are threatened with extinction. 5*1

Write some of the sentences from the description on the board. Ask your classmates to identify the
noun phrases.
I ;
i
9.11 Summary of Noun Phrases
I
Information before a Main Noun Main Noun Information after a Main Noun

ZZIZZ
DETERMINERS APPOSITIVES

Articles Honesty is the best policy. Proverbs, short popular sayings,

(a, an, the, usually state general and practical truths.
some, 0) A house is not a home.

Possessives You can't have your cake and eat it.

PREPOSITIONAL PHRASES
(my, your,
A thing of beauty is a joy forever. |
her, etc.) A fool and his money are soon parted.
The best things in life are free.
Quantifiers Many hands make light work.
(several,
a few, many, Every picture tells a story. ADJECTIVE CLAUSES

etc.) Don't bite the hand that feeds you.

A man who is his own lawyer has a fool for a client.

NUMBERS

Don't put all your eggs in one basket. People who live in glass houses
shouldn't throw stones.
Every stick has two ends.

ADJECTIVES

Honesty is the best policy.

Bad news travels fast.

NOUNS

Don't look a gift horse in the mouth.

Don't throw the baby out with | the bath water.

WE COMBINE INFORMATION BEFORE AND AFTER A MAIN NOUN IN MANY WAYS.

Pictures tell stories.

A picture tells a story.
My picture tells a story.
Every picture in the world tells a story.
My family pictures tell wonderful stories.
Every motion picture that I have ever seen tells a different story,
My favorite family pictures tell wonderful stories.

NOUN PHRASES 321

 Adjective Clauses

A person who won't read

has no advantage over
1 ‘ ~~ LZ3
one who can't read.
—UNKNOWN

__ \
V ;

Talk about It What does the quotation above mean? Do you agree or disagree?

322
 WARM-UP 323
10.1 Overview of Adjective Clauses 324 10.7 Adjective Clauses with Whose 341
10.2 Describing People and Things with 10.8 Adjective Clauses with Prepositions 343
Adjective Clauses 326 10.9 Using Adjective Clauses in Speaking 347
10.3 Subjects and Objects in Adjective Clauses 329 10.10 Using Adjective Clauses in Academic Writing 349
10.4 Adjective Clauses Describing Pronouns 332
10.5 Reduced Adjective Clauses 334 WRAP-UP Demonstrate Your Knowledge 352
10.6 Defining and Non-defining Adjective Clauses 338 10.11 Summary of Adjective Clauses 353
Usage Note: Giving Background Information 339

WARM-UP
AI Complete the sentences below with the words in the box. Then check your answers.

birds brother dark deaf plant snakes toothpaste

Strange Facts
1. Thomas Edison, who invented the light bulb, once said that he was afraid of the.
2. The active ingredient in most is sodium fluoride, which can be lethal1 if swallowed.
3. Ireland, New Zealand, Greenland, and Iceland, which are all islands, have no native land
4. The man who invented the phonograph2 was almost.
5. There are that can fly over 300 miles a day.
6. There is a that was grown in a lab from 2,000-year-old seeds.
7. Vincent Van Gogh's bought one of the only paintings Van Gogh sold during his life.

BI The words in green in each sentence above are adjective clauses. Based on these examples, what can you
say about adjective clauses? Check (/) True or False.

TRUE FALSE
1. Adjective clauses always begin with who, which, or that.
2. Adjective clauses come before the nouns they describe.
3. Adjective clauses can describe both people and things.
4. Adjective clauses are always at the beginning of a sentence.
5. We sometimes use commas before and after an adjective clause.

CI Look back at the quotation on page 322. Identify any adjective clauses.

1 lethal: able to cause a lot of damage or death 2phonograph: record player

ADJECTIVE CLAUSES 323

 10.1 Overview of Adjective Clauses
COMPARE 1A-1B
la I'm scared of using a sharp knife.
lb I'm scared of using a knife that is too sharp.
A noun phrase
2 It's difficult to make a healthy meal that kids will enjoy.
Like adjectives, we can use adjective clauses
to describe or give more information about
nouns, as in la - lb. In a noun phrase, an
adjective clause usually comes directly after
the noun that it describes, as in 2.
For more information on how an adjective clause fits
into a noun phrase, see Unit 9.

USING ADJECTIVE CLAUSES IN SENTENCES We can use an adjective clause with a noun
first part of in a main clause. It may come in the middle
main clause adjective clause rest of main clause of a main clause, as in 3 - 4, or after a main
3 The woman who called yesterday called back today. clause, as in 5 - 7.
4 The bills that haven't been paid are on the desk. Adjective clauses usually begin with the word
B main clause adjective clause
that, who, or which, as in 5 - 7. This word refers
back to the noun before it.
5 This shirt has a stain that will not come out.
6 I'm the kind of person who likes to make lists. GRAMMAR TERM: That, U)ho, which, and other words
that connect adjective clauses are called relative
7 There are several areas which need to be explored. pronouns.

^^ONLINE

11 Noticing Adjective Clauses in Noun Phrases The bold words in this article are adjective clauses.
Underline the complete noun phrase that each one is a part of. 10.1 A

Motion Pictures
It is hard to imagine a time before movies, but

before the 1870s, motion pictures did not exist.

Early photographers who first experimented

with motion and photography, such as Eadweard

Muybridge, used innovative cameras that could

take as many as 24 pictures per second. These

cameras were the first step toward movies, but

there was still no easy way to show these images

to an audience. It was two French brothers who

finally accomplished this in 1895. Auguste and Louis Lumière invented a machine that they called

a Cinématographe. This was a camera that could shoot, develop, and project film. Audiences of all

sizes could gather around a screen and watch the brothers' short films, which showed people sneezing,

boarding a train, or leaving work. Though these movies didn't tell a story, they were the beginning of the

biggest art form of our time.

324
 Think about It For each underlined noun phrase in Activity 1, circle the noun that the adjective clause
describes. Why is it important for the adjective clause to be close to the noun it describes?

2 | Identifying Adjective Clauses Underline the adjective clauses in these sentences. Circle the
main clauses. Then check (/) Agree or Disagree. 10.1 B

Making Generalizations
AGREE DISAGREE

1. people) who have more money (are happierj. □ □

2. A student that cheats should be expelled3 from school. □ □
3. Products that cost more money are usually better. □ □
4. You should never trust a person who has lied to you before. □ □
5. Friends are people who never let you down. □ □
6. Most people want a job which will make them rich and famous. □ □
7. The person that works the hardest has the most success. □ □
8. You should never tell people things that might hurt their feelings. □ □
9. Most people who succeed in life are smart, hard-working, and honest. □ □
10. Any person who commits a crime should be punished. □ □

Think about It Which adjective clauses above come in the middle of the sentence? Which come at
the end?

Think about It Write each noun and its adjective clause from the sentences above under the correct
group in this chart. Then answer the questions below.

Noun + adjective clause with who Noun + adjective clause with that Noun + adjective clause with which
people who have more money

QUESTIONS

1. Which adjective clauses above describe nouns that are people?

2. Which clauses describe nouns that are things?
3. Which relative pronouns (who, that, or which) do we use to describe nouns that are people or things?

Talk about It Choose four generalizations above. Tell a partner why you agree or disagree with them.

Write about It Rewrite three of the generalizations that you don't agree with to make them true for you.
(Don't change the noun phrase with the adjective clause.)

People who have more money are not always happier.

3 expel: to force to leave

ADJECTIVE CLAUSES 325

 10.2 Describing People and Things with Adjective Clauses
USING ADJECTIVE CLAUSES TO DESCRIBE PEOPLE

We usually introduce an adjective clause with who when we refer back to people, as in 1.
We may also use that, especially in conversation, as in 2 - 3.
relative
noun pronoun verb + rest of adjective clause
1 The people who leave before 5:00 a.m. will get there on time.
2 Have you talked to the woman that sent all those messages?
3 You're the only man that can answer this question.

A USING ADJECTIVE CLAUSES TO DESCRIBE THINGS

We usually introduce an adjective clause with that when we refer back to things, as in 4 - 5.
In writing, we may sometimes choose which, as in 6. (Adjective clauses with which are discussed
in Charts 10.6 and 10.8.)
relative
noun pronoun verb + rest of adjective clause
4 They've developed a fabric that stays wrinkle-free.
5 This shirt has stains that aren't going to come out.
6 A study which came out two years ago showed a different result.

VERB FORMS IN SOME ADJECTIVE CLAUSES

Notice: In 7 - 8 and all the examples above, the verb agrees with the noun that the adjective clause describes.
plural noun plural verb
See Chart 10.3 for more information on
7 The bills that haven't been paid are on the desk. verb forms in adjective clauses.
B
________________ singular noun singular verb___________
8 I'm the kind of person who loves making lists.
' y

(J^ONLINE

31 Noticing Adjective Clauses That Describe People and Things Underline the adjective
clauses in these sentences. Circle the noun that each adjective clause describes and the verb in the
adjective clause. 10.2 A

1. The ^nan)who (repaired) my guitar did a great job.

2. What was that dish that tasted like almonds?
I J»»
3. The customers who came in before 5:00 got a discount.
4. My grandmother had a device that helped her breathe at night.
5. Did you ever talk to that woman who worked in the front office?
6. She never wore clothes that were out of style.
7. They served desserts that were just amazing.
8. They had one son that sang really well and another son that danced
really well.
9. The woman who lived in that house was always really friendly.
10. I didn't know the people that lived across the street.

326
 Think about It Which adjective clauses in Activity 3 could use who or that! Why?

41 Using That or Who for People and Things Complete the conversations below with that or who
and the correct form of a verb from the box. Then practice with a partner. 10.2 A-B

fall help meet own sit

have leave open pull start

1. A: David is going to help out today.

B: Is he the one that helped last week?
A: No, that was James.
2. A: How was the restaurant?
B: It was pretty fancy. There was a guy us at the door and took our coats.
3. A: You remember that woman down the stairs?
B: Yeah. That was terrible.
A: Well, I saw her yesterday, and she's doing fine now.
4. A: Where did you buy that T-shirt?
B: At the new store on Cherry Street. You know, the one last month.
A: Yeah. I haven't been there yet.
5. A: The woman her glasses here came back.
B: Oh, I bet she was glad to find them.
6. A: What's the name of that song with a long guitar solo?
B: Hmm. I know the song, but I don't know what it's called.
7. A: I want to live in a city free Wi-Fi everywhere.
B: That would be nice.
8. A: Have you seen the student next to the desk?
B: No. I think she's absent today.
9. A: Do you know the man Java Café?
B: Yeah. That's my favorite coffee place. His name's John.
10. A: Do you have one of those things staples out?
B: Yeah, somewhere. Check the desk drawer.

Talk about It Complete these sentences with an adjective clause and your own ideas. Then ask a partner
your questions.
1. Have you seen the student... ?
2. Do you know the man/woman ... ?
3. Do you have one of those things ... ?

5 I Verb Forms in Adjective Clauses Look back at Activity 3 on page 326. Rewrite each sentence
using present verb forms. Make sure that the verb in each adjective clause agrees with the noun it
describes. 10.2 A-B

7. The man who repairs my guitar does a greatjob.

ADJECTIVE CLAUSES 327

 61 Describing People with Adjective Clauses Write ten meaningful sentences using ideas from
this chart. Add who or that and use a form of the verb in parentheses. 10.2 A-B

PEOPLE PREFERENCES

(be) active.
(be) lazy and unreliable.
a boss (be) relaxed and friendly.
a roommate (correct) my work.
I'd rather have a teacher (explain) everything clearly.
I'd rather not have co-workers (have) a good sense of humor.
friends (let) people leave early.
neighbors (like) to go out and have fun.
(talk) a lot.
(treat) people unfairly.

I'd rather not have a boss who treats people unfairly.

Talk about It Read several of the sentences you wrote above to your classmates. Do they agree
or disagree?

Write about It Write several more sentences using the words from the first and second columns above.
Finish each sentence with your own adjective clause.

7 I Describing Things with Adjective clauses Write ten meaningful sentences using ideas from
this chart. Add that and use a form of the verb in parentheses. 10.2 A-B

THINGS I DO/DON’t LIKE

(be) hard to understand.

(be) quiet at night.
books (be) scary or violent.
cities (have) a lot of nightlife.
I don't like
movies (have) interesting characters.
I like
music (have) large green areas.
I'm interested in
neighborhoods (help) me relax.
new technology (make) me laugh.
(make) my life easier.
(teach) me about the world.

/ like neighborhoods that are quiet at night.

Talk about It Read several of the sentences you wrote above to your classmates. Do they agree
or disagree?

Write about It Write several more sentences using words from the first and second columns above.
Finish each sentence with your own adjective clause.

328
 81 Error Correction Correct any errors in these sentences. (Some sentences may not have any errors.)

1. We read several authors talked about this issue.

2. There were a lot of students missed class yesterday.
3. The employee which works the night shift didn't show up last night.
4. Did you meet the professor who he visited the class last week?
5. I met a really interesting woman that design furniture.
6. There's a photograph shows what he looked like 20 years ago.
7. The toy train was really expensive that looked so realistic.
8. Everybody loves the soccer player who he made the winning goal.
9. Please put this where people who is interested can see it.
10. I have a good friend that go to that school.

10.3 Subjects and Objects in Adjective Clauses

RELATIVE PRONOUN = SUBJECT Different adjective clauses can
verb + rest have different word orders.
noun subject of adjective clause

1 My sister is the only person who has met the neighbors.

In many adjective clauses, the
relative pronoun is the subject,
2 The driver of the car that hit me last week wasn't hurt.
as in 1 - 2, so the verb agrees with
relative pronoun I the noun that the adjective clause
describes. (These are the types of
adjective clauses we have studied
RELATIVE PRONOUN = OBJECT
A so far in this unit.)
verb + rest of
noun object subject adjective clause In some other adjective clauses,
3 My sister is the only person who* they have met. the relative pronoun is the object,
4 The driver of the car that* I hit last week wasn't hurt. as in 3 - 4. In this case, the verb
. . f . agrees with the subject in the
| relative pronoun | adjective clause (not the noun that
the adjective clause describes).
*You may see the relative pronoun whom used in these adjective clauses.
See Charts 10.6 and 10.8.

OMITTING OBJECT RELATIVE PRONOUNS We often omit object relative

subject + verb + rest of pronouns, as in 5 - 8. This is
noun adjective clause
common in speaking, especially
5 He mentioned several names I didn't know. when the subject of the adjective
6 Do you remember the girl we met last week? clause is a pronoun.
(that)
B 7 It was really cold the year we moved here.
8 It's one of those parks no one ever goes to.

9 The birds that sit in that tree are really noisy. WARNING! We do not omit
(NOT: The birds sit in that tree are really noisy.) subject relative pronouns, as in 9.

ADJECTIVE CLAUSES 329

 9 | Adding Adjective Clauses Complete each sentence below with an adjective clause from the box.
10.3 A

that doesn't sleep that is liquid at room temperature that you can see without a telescope
that enters your bloodstream that live in most people's eyelashes that you can stretch out your arms
that had lived for over 400 years that most people can remember easily who go into space
that is a thousand years old that specializes in recognizing faces

STRANGE FACTS
1. The Andromeda Galaxy is the most distant object
that you can see without a telescope . 2.4 million light years away.
2. Mercury is the only metal

3. The longest string of numbers

4. Honey doesn't spoil or go bad. A person could safely eat honey Andromeda Galaxy

5. Your brain uses 20 percent of the oxygen

6. A person
experiences problems more quickly than a person that doesn't eat.
7. There are small, microscopic animals
8. There is a part of your brain ______________________________
9. The width is about the same as your height.
10. In 2007, researchers found a clam
11. People
may get up to 3 percent taller while they are up there.

Think about It Write S (subject relative pronoun)

RESEARCH SAYS...
or 0 (object relative pronoun) next to each
adjective clause above. Adjective clauses with subject relative
pronouns are the most common type of
adjective clause.

101 Noticing Subjects and Verbs in Adjective Clauses Underline the adjective clauses in these
conversations. Circle the subject and verb in each adjective clause. Then practice with a partner. 10.3 A

1. A: Who's Isabel? 3. A: There's one thing that I don't understand

B: She's the girl that (I introduced) you to last week. about this movie.
2. A: Where's the teacher that we had yesterday? B: What's that?
B: She's sick. She's supposed to come back A: Why didn't the hero just call the police
for the next class. for help?

330
 4. A: Do you have the money that 1 left you?
B: Oh, I do! Sorry I forgot to pay you back.
5. A: Did they change the carpet?
B: Yeah. The one that used to be here was
blue and white.
6. A: This is the best soup that I've ever tasted.
B: Thanks. It's my mom's recipe.
7. A: I can't stand people who are always late.
B: I know. It's really annoying.
8. A: What happened to the keys that were on
this table?
B: I don't know. I didn't touch them.
9. A: This guy who I know is starting his own
T-shirt business.
B: Sounds like a hard way to make money.
10. A: What's International Day?
B: It's a big cultural event that we have here
every year. It's fun.

Think about It Write S (subject relative pronoun) or O (object relative pronoun) next to each
adjective clause in Activity 10.

111 Adding Relative Pronouns Complete these sentences with who or that if a relative pronoun is
necessary. Write an X if a relative pronoun can be omitted. 10.3 B

in
WHAT DO EMPLOYERS WANT? WHAT DO EMPLOYEES WANT? fe-

1. Nowadays, it's hard to find a job that 6. The money an employee earns is
doesn't require some technical skill. important, but it's not the only thing that matters.
2. Employers want the people they 7. Most employees want a job gives
hire to have good communication skills. them responsibility.
3. Probably the most important personal quality 8. More and more employees want to work for
companies
employers look for is honesty. offer flexible hours.
4. Employers are looking for workers 9. Many employees want a boss will
get along well with others. give frequent feedback.
5. Other skills employers value are 10. People like to work for companies
leadership, problem solving, and the ability to allow them to be creative.
work independently.

Talk about It Tell a partner what you want in an employer. Use adjective clauses.

"/ want an employer that listens to my ideas."

ADJECTIVE CLAUSES 331

 12 | Using Adjective Clauses Complete each adjective clause. Use the correct form of the verb in
parentheses. Add who or that if a relative pronoun is needed. 10.3 A-B

QUESTIONS TO GET TO KNOW SOMEONE BETTER

1. What do you remember about the first time that you came to this school? (come)
2. What is one thing you really happy? (make)
3. Who is the first person you to every day? (talk)
4. What is one thing you a lot? (annoy)
5. Do you ever buy things you? (not need)
6. How often do you have dreams you in the morning? (remember)
7. Who is a famous person you to meet someday? (want)
8. What is the most fun you ever
ever .? (have)
9. Can you name a movie you? (scare)
10. What is the most beautiful place you ever .? (see)

Talk about It Ask a partner the questions above.

A: What do you remember about the first time that you came to this school?
B: I remember I couldn't find my classroom.

Think about It Write S (subject relative pronoun) or O (object relative pronoun) next to each
adjective clause above.

Talk about It Complete these questions with an adjective clause and your own ideas. Then ask a partner
your questions.
1. What is one thing ... ? 2. Who is one person . .. ? 3. What is one book . .. ?

10.4 Adjective Clauses Describing Pronouns

pronoun relative We often use adjective clauses to describe the
one(s) pronoun verb + rest of adjective clause
pronoun one or ones. One and ones can refer to things
1 Is Sarah the one who lives in Oman? or people, so the adjective clauses may begin with
2 These are the ones that don't have a price tag. who or that, as in 1 - 3. We may also omit object
A relative pronouns, as in 4.
pronoun relative subject + verb + rest
one(s) pronoun of adjective clause
3 I like the one that we usually buy.
4 These are the ones I'm keeping.

5 I can't find anyone who understands this. We also often use adjective clauses with or without
6 I've already asked everyone I know about the assignment. a relative pronoun to describe indefinite pronouns,
as in 5 - 8.
7 He said something that didn't make any sense.
INDEFINITE PRONOUNS FOR PEOPLE
8 Nothing they do is going to make a difference.
B (
someone no one anyone everyone
somebody nobody anybody everybody

INDEFINITE PRONOUNS FOR THINGS

something nothing anything everything

^^ONLINE

332
131 Noticing Adjective clauses with Pronouns Underline each adjective clause and circle the
pronoun it describes. 10.4 A

WORK DUTIES

1. The receptionist is the (one) who answers the office phone.

2. The desk clerk is the one that talks to clients at the counter. ■ ■■ cH V

3. The salespeople are the ones who you ask if you want to place
an order.
4. The secretaries are the ones who keep track of all of the orders.
5. The warehouse foreman is the one who creates the schedule for
the warehouse workers.
6. The warehouse workers are the ones who put the orders together.
7. The truck drivers are the ones who deliver the product to the stores.
8. The accountant is the one who makes out the paychecks.
9. The boss is the one who signs the paychecks.
10. The office manager is the one that employees talk to about any problems.

Think about It In which sentences above is the relative pronoun who or that not necessary? Why?
Cross those pronouns out.

Talk about It Discuss the responsibilities of people at home, at your job, or in your classroom.
Use adjective clauses. Share ideas with your classmates.
"I'm the one who usually takes out the trash."

141 Adding Adjective Clauses Complete each question below with an adjective clause using information
from the box. Add who or that if a relative pronoun is needed. (More than one answer is possible.) 10.4 B

WHAT DO YOU THINK?

you regret buying hurt someone's feelings

asked to copy your homework you miss right now
has a really strange job always interrupts you
you don't know very well you will never eat again
most people don't know about you you would really love to meet

1. How do you help someone _you don't know very well .?

2. What do you say to someone .?
3. Have you ever accidentally said something .?
4. Is there anyone famous .?
5. Have you ever met anyone .?
6. Have you ever eaten anything .?
7. Is there anybody .?
8. What would you say to somebody .?
9. Do you have anything __________________ .?
10. Is there something .?

ADJECTIVE CLAUSES 333

 Write about It Write an answer to each question in Activity 14. Use an adjective clause.
It's not hard to help someone you don't know very well. Just ask the person how you can help.
Talk about It Ask a partner the questions in Activity 14.
10.5 Reduced Adjective Clauses
We can sometimes reduce (or shorten) an adjective clause when the relative pronoun is the subject.
We call this a reduced adjective clause.
COMPARE
la The first word that was spoken on the moon was "OK."
lb The first word spoken on the moon was "OK."
2a The first thing that was mentioned at the meeting
was the new tax law.
2b The first thing mentioned at the meeting was the
A new tax law.
3a There are a lot of movies that are based on books.
3b There are a lot of movies based on books.
COMPARE
4a The boy who was sitting in front saw everything.
4b The boy sitting in front saw everything.
5a I don't know the woman who is talking to Maria.
5b I don't know the woman talking to Maria.
6a The table was set with large vases that contained
yellow flowers.
B 6b The table was set with large vases containing
yellow flowers.
7a There are a number of questions that concern the
company's finances.
7b There are a number of questions concerning the
company's finances.
8 The cake that they're eating looks delicious.
(NOT: The cake eating looks delicious.)
334
We can reduce adjective clauses that have passive
verb forms. We omit the relative pronoun and the
verb be, as in 1 - 3.
Remember: We form the passive with:
a form of be + the past participle of the main verb
Like a full adjective clause, the reduced adjective
clause usually comes directly after the noun it
describes.
Some past participles commonly used in reduced
adjective clauses include:
based on given taken
caused made used
concerned with produced
We can reduce adjective clauses that have present or
past progressive verb forms by omitting the relative
pronoun and the verb be, as in 4 - 5.
We can reduce adjective clauses that have simple
present or past verb forms by:
• omitting the relative pronoun
• replacing the verb with an -ing form, as in 6 - 7
We can use the -ing verb form to reduce adjective clauses
with many verbs that are not normally continuous. The
most common examples are concerning, containing, having,
involving, requiring, resulting in, and using.
WARNING! Because we cannot omit the subject of an
adjective clause, we cannot reduce adjective clauses
with object relative pronouns, as in 8.
I^^ONLINE
!

151 Noticing Reduced Adjective Clauses with Past Participles Underline the reduced adjective
clauses in these news items. Circle the noun that each reduced adjective clause describes. 10.5 A

Bn the News

1. (Research) conducted in the Tule Valley of Mexico has

identified a new method of filtering water—cilantro!
Contaminated4 water causes a number of problems in the
area, but the methods normally used to clean water are
too expensive for local residents. So far, tests show that
cilantro works well to reduce some of the contamination.
2. Most children under age 10 think that the earth is flat. A survey
cilantro
carried out for the U.S. National Science Teachers Association
showed that most children are taught that the earth is round at
about age 10. Before then, they rely on their own perceptions.
3. The use of a drug known to the ancient Egyptians has been suggested
for the treatment of certain cancers. Dr. Richard L. Edelson, in a recent
Scientific American article, describes how cancerous cells removed from
a patient's body are damaged by the drug, known as 8-MOP.
4. Clams collected from rivers can provide information about
contamination in the water. A clam eats by pulling in water and
absorbing5 food from it, so any toxins in the water will build up inside
the clam's body. By testing clams, biologists have discovered chemicals
buried years ago that are now leaking into river water. clams
5. NASA's Cassini spacecraft has discovered a chemical used to make
food containers, car bumpers, and other consumer products on Saturn's
moon Titan. This chemical is usually put together in long chains to
form a plastic called polypropylene. This is the first time the chemical
has been discovered on any moon or planet other than Earth.

Think about It Use a full adjective clause to rewrite each sentence above that contains a reduced
adjective clause. What verb form do you use in each adjective clause?
Research that was conducted in the Tale Valley of Mexico has identified a new
method of filtering water—cilantro! (simple past passive)

161 Reducing Passive Forms Rewrite each sentence. Use a reduced adjective clause. 10.5 A

FAMOUS FIRSTS

1. Dr. Antonia Novello was the first woman who was named surgeon general of the United States.
Dr. Antonia Novello was the first woman named surgeon general of the United States.

2. The first automated banking machines that were connected to computers were made in the 1970s.
4contaminated: dangerous, dirty, or not clean 5 absorb: to take in

ADJECTIVE CLAUSES 335

 3. Golf was one of the first sports that was cut from the modern Olympics.
4. Grover Cleveland was the first president who was married in the White House.
5. The first woman who was pictured on a U.S. stamp was Queen Isabella of Spain.
6. The first U.S. president who was inaugurated6 in Washington, D.C., was Thomas Jefferson.
7. Herbert Hoover was the first U.S. president who was born west of the Mississippi.
8. The first woman who was awarded a Nobel Prize was Marie Curie.
9. The first living thing that was sent into space was a dog.
10. The first computers that were designed as laptops went on sale in 1982.

17 | Identifying Adjective Clause Forms Underline the adjective clauses in these sentences.
Circle the noun each adjective clause describes. Then check (/) Reduced or Not Reduced. 10.5 A-B

I
If
I
REDUCED NOT REDUCED

1. The markets of the world are full of cut(flowers)arown in Colombia. 0 □

2. In 1967, a graduate student named David Cheever wrote a paper □ □
suggesting that Bogota, Colombia, would be a good place to
grow flowers.
3. Cheever pointed out that the soil7, water, and weather that Colombia □ □
has would be perfect for growing carnations.
4. Nowadays, flowers bought by people all over the world are grown and □ □
packaged in Colombia and Ecuador.
5. You may wonder how a delicate flower traveling thousands of miles □ □
can stay fresh.
6. Growers quickly discovered that flowers that are kept cold for the □ □
entire journey can stay fresh for several days.
7. Flowers going from a field in Colombia to the U.S. spend about □ □
48 hours on the journey.
8. In recent years, Colombian flower growers have had to compete with □ □
flower industries expanding in other nations.
9. In addition, growers now have to think about customers who are □ □
concerned about the sustainability8 of the flowers they buy.
10. Particularly in Europe, more customers want to see information □ □
describing how the flowers are grown.

Think about It Is it possible to reduce the full (not reduced) adjective clauses above? Why or why not?
Write the reduced form if possible.

‘inaugurate: to introduce a new official, leader, etc., 8sustainability: the use of natural products and energy in ways
at a special ceremony that do not harm the environment
'soil: earth

336
181 Using Reduced Adjective Clauses Underline the adjective clauses in these sentences. If you can
reduce the clause, rewrite the sentences using a reduced adjective clause. 10.5 B

CHANGING TIMES

1. The number of people who use smartphones has increased dramatically.

The number ofpeople using smartphones has increased dramatically.

2. There are more laws that require companies to explain their privacy policies.
3. These days there are more students who have trouble paying for college.
4. Nowadays, products that contain dangerous substances must carry warning labels.
5. The cars that we buy these days are safer than cars from ten years ago.
6. In recent years, accidents that involve pedestrians9 have been on the rise.
7. People who are looking for environmentally friendly products have a lot more choices now.
8. There are more and more jobs that require advanced training.
9. Many surgeries are now performed by doctors that use advanced technology.
10. There are now universities that award degrees to students who take all of their classes online.
11. Most places have laws that concern cell phones and driving.
12. Nowadays, most of the news that people read is online.
13. There are more companies that are offering flexible time schedules and work-at-home options.

Think about It Answer these questions about the sentences above.

1. Which adjective clauses could not be reduced? Why?
2. Which of the reduced adjective clauses do not have a continuous verb in the full adjective clause? Why?

Talk about It Are you unhappy about any of the changes above? Tell your classmates why.

Write about It Complete these sentences with a reduced adjective clause and your own ideas.
Share your sentences with a partner.

NOWADAYS

1. There are more laws. .. .

2. There are more companies. . . .
3. There are more people. . ..

191 Error Correction Correct any errors in these sentences. (Some sentences may not have any errors.)

1. We saw a large seal was lying on the beach.

2. The doctor use methods that based on his experience in combat.
3. We buy a lot of products are made in China.
4. They asked him a lot of questions concern his time overseas.
5. The woman was friendly working at the front desk.
6. I don't want to live in a house that built before 1950.
7. The guy was talking to last night was really smart.
8. We spoke to several people were given promotions.
9. That book is very interesting written by Michael Pollan.
10. People look for a new place to eat dinner should try Millie's Restaurant.

pedestrians: people who are walking on or near the street

9,

ADJECTIVE CLAUSES 337

 10.6 Defining and Non-defining Adjective Clauses
DEFINING ADJECTIVE CLAUSES
1 The ideas that the artist gave us are going to be
very useful in the future, (the ideas that the artist
A gave us = which ideas)
2 A gardener is a person who takes care of plants.
(a person who takes care of plants = definition of gardener)
So far in this unit, we have studied adjective clauses
that we call defining, as in 1 - 2. They help us identify
the noun we are describing. Without the adjective
clause, the meaning of the sentence would not be
complete.

NON-DEFINING ADJECTIVE CLAUSES Another type of adjective clause gives additional

3 The artist's ideas, which rely more on imagination
than logic, are going to be useful in the future.
4 Let me introduce you to Tom Jordan, who is the
best gardener I know.
B 5 The principal, whom I had met several times before,
sat across the table from me.
6 My parents, who came to this country 30 years ago,
had four children. (NOT: My parents, that came to ... )
7 The cup, which I received from my grandmother as a
child, had a small crack. (NOTTlæ-eup?Treœived-fr&œ ...)
information about the noun we are describing. We call
this type of adjective clause non-defining. We usually
use commas before and after non-defining adjective
clauses.
We introduce most non-defining adjective clauses with:
• which to refer back to things, as in 3
• who to refer back to people, as in 4
We can also use the object relative pronoun whom
(especially in writing) to refer back to people, as in 5.
However, this usually sounds more formal.
WARNING! In non-defining adjective clauses, we do
not usually omit relative pronouns or use the relative
pronoun that, as in 6 - 7.

©^o n l in e

20 I Using Defining Adjective Clauses Complete these sentences with defining adjective clauses and
your own ideas. (Many different answers are possible.) Share your sentences with a partner. 10.6 A

DEFINING PEOPLE AND THINGS

1. A friend is someone who talks to you when you're sad

2. A happy person is a person
3. Your family are the people
4. An interesting book is one
5. A great city is one
6. The best TV shows are the ones
7. It's important to have someone
8. I would like to have a machine
9. I would like to visit a place
10. I like music

Think about It Which of the adjective clauses that you wrote above use subject relative pronouns?
Which use object relative pronouns?

Write about It Complete these sentences with defining adjective clauses and your own ideas.

/ like...
I would like...
It's important to...
A... is someone...

338
211 Noticing Defining and Non-defining Adjective Clauses Underline the adjective clauses
and reduced adjective clauses in this story. Label each adjective clause D (defining) or ND (non-defining).
10.6 A-B

F Y I
Tori Murden McClure Non-defining adjective
clauses can also be
Tori Murden McClure began the adventure of a lifetime when she reduced adjective clauses.
attempted to be the first woman to row across the Atlantic Ocean. McClure, The entire staff, including
ND the managers, had to turn
who had already skied across Antarctica and climbed mountains, was no in their keys.

stranger to adventure. In June 1998, she departed from the east coast of

the U.S. in a 23-foot wooden boat

with no motor and no sail. She

had many problems, including

the loss of her communication

equipment, fatigue10, and

loneliness. But the worst thing she

encountered11 in her three months McClure in her rowboat

at sea was a powerful hurricane that destroyed her boat and almost killed
her. She was rescued and taken back home. She felt like a failure.
After her failed attempt to cross the Atlantic in a rowboat, McClure got

a job with the famous boxer Muhammad Ali, who encouraged her to try
again. Ali told her he didn't get to be "world champ" three times until he'd

gotten knocked down twice. So McClure tried again in 1999. She rowed for
81 days and this time she made it across the Atlantic.

McClure, who is now a college president, describes herself as a "seeker

of truth" more than an adventurer. She says, "I wanted to row across the
ocean because I knew I would learn something that I did not know." She

wrote a book that describes her journey called A Pearl in the Storm: How I

Found My Heart in the Middle of the Ocean. She is an inspiration to many.

221 Usage Note: Giving Background Information Read the note. Then do Activity 23.

We often use a non-defining adjective clause to provide background information about the subject of
a sentence. When we do this, we often must decide what information to emphasize. Compare:
Pelé, who is regarded by many as the world's greatest soccer player, grew up in poverty in Brazil.
Pelé, who grew up in poverty in Brazil, is regarded by many as the world's greatest soccer player.
The first sentence emphasizes that Pele grew up in poverty. The second sentence emphasizes that he
is regarded as the world’s greatest soccer player.

'“fatigue: great tiredness "encounter: to experience something (a danger, difficulty, etc.)

ADJECTIVE CLAUSES 339

 23 | Using Non-defining Adjective Clauses Combine each pair of sentences with a non-defining
adjective clause that adds information about the bold noun or noun phrase. (More than one answer
may be possible.) 10.6B

His t o r ic a l Fa c t s
i. The Great Fire of London of 1666 only killed eight people.
It destroyed about 13,000 houses.
The Great Fire of London of 1666, which destroyed about 13,000 houses,
only killed eight people.
2. The Minoan civilization may have been destroyed by an earthquake.
It suddenly disappeared in 1600 BCE.
’I'.SssSb-ts,/
3. Amelia Earhart disappeared in 1937. She was the first female pilot
to fly solo across the Atlantic Ocean.
4. Christiaan Barnard performed the first human heart transplant
the Great London Fire in 1967. It was a major medical accomplishment at that time.
5. The Taj Mahal is one of the most beautiful buildings in the world.
It was completed in 1648.
6. Alexander Fleming discovered penicillin. It became the first widely
used antibiotic.
7. Antarctica was not discovered until the 1800s. It is almost completely
covered with ice.
8. The Polynesian Islands have been populated for thousands of years.
They are spread over 70.1 million miles of ocean.
9. Oranges were being grown in China as far back as 2500 BCE.
They probably originated in Southeast Asia.
10. Coffee was a popular drink in many countries by 1100. It was
Amelia Earhart discovered in Ethiopia.

Think about It Which adjective clauses above describe the subject of the sentence? Which describe
an object?

Write about It If possible, write a new version of each sentence you wrote above, exchanging the
information in the adjective clause and the main clause. Do you think one version sounds better than
the other? Why? Why is there no alternative version for some of the sentences?

1. The Great Fire of London of 1666, which only killed eight people, destroyed about 13,000 houses.

241 Using Defining and Non-defining Adjective Clauses Combine these sentences with an
adjective clause. Use the information in parentheses to help you decide if the adjective clause should be
defining or non-defining. 10.6 A-B

1. The children stayed out of the water. They couldn't swim. (There were several
children at the swimming pool. None of them knew how to swim.)
The children, who couldn't swim, stayed out of the water.

2. The children stayed out of the water. They couldn't swim. (There were several
children at the swimming pool. Some of them didn't know how to swim.)
The children who couldn't swim stayed out of the water.

340
 3. Mary took a book. It was on the table. (There are a lot of books in the room.)
4. I finally read Coleman's book. It was very interesting. (You know which book I'm talking about.)
5. My sister just learned how to scuba-dive. She has never liked the water. (I have one sister.)
6. Kate's sister lives in Washington. She's getting married. (Kate has three sisters that live in
different places.)
7. Sam's plan is to fix up the house. It is in a lovely neighborhood near downtown. (Sam owns one house.)
8. Carlos needs to sell the house. He inherited it from his grandfather. (Carlos owns two houses.)
9. Emma was walking with a friend. I've met her friend several times. (I saw Emma at the park
with someone I've met before.)
10. Toshi was playing soccer with his friends. They were much better at the game than he was.
(All his friends were much better at the game.)

Think about It What made you decide if each adjective clause in Activity 24 should be defining or
non-defining? Compare with a partner and explain your choices.

10.7 Adjective Clauses with Whose

We sometimes use the relative pronoun whose + a noun to show possession in an adjective clause,
as in 1 and 2. We use whose much more often in writing than in speaking.
whose + noun verb + rest of adjective clause
1 The teacher filled out a survey for each child whose parents agreed to participate.
(whose parents = each child’s parents)

verb + rest of
whose + noun adjective clause
2 I have a friend whose father owns an airplane,
(whose father = my friend’s father)
A
In most adjective clauses with whose, whose + noun is the subject, but it’s possible to use whose + noun as an
object, as in 3.
subject + verb+
whose + noun rest of adjective clause
3 He was talking to a customer whose problem he couldn't solve.
(whose problem = the customer’s problem)

GRAMMAR TERM: Adjective clauses with whose are also called possessive adjective clauses. Whose is the possessive
relative pronoun.

4 I worked for a company whose headquarters were in
another state.
5 We should not spend that much money on a program
B whose purpose is not at all clear.
6 My roommate, whose family lives in Hong Kong, is
coming to my house for the holiday.
Whose usually refers to people, but we also use
it to refer to groups, for example, governments,
corporations, and organizations, as in 4.
In writing, whose sometimes refers to things, as in 5.
Adjective clauses with whose can also be
non-defining, as in 6.

^ONLINE

ADJECTIVE CLAUSES 341

 25 | Combining Sentences with whose Combine each pair of sentences. Use an adjective clause
with whose. 10.7 A

FRIENDS, NEIGHBORS, AND STRANGERS

1. I recently met a woman. Her daughter was a professional violinist.

I recently met a woman whose daughter was a professional violinist.

2. The professor was talking to a student. I don't know his name.

3. Do you know a woman? Her first name begins with Z.
4. They gave the award to Hassan. His work has been excellent this year.
5. How do I contact someone? I don't know her email.
6. The police were talking to a woman. Her purse was stolen in the park.
7. The police are looking for a man. His car was left by the side of the road.
8. Most people want to have talented co-workers. Their skills are at the same level.
9. The sailor is recovering in the hospital. His boat sank last weekend.
10. I have a great friend. His taste in music is exactly the same as mine.

Talk about It Complete these questions with an adjective clause with whose and your own ideas.
Then ask a partner your questions.
1. Do you know anyone ... ?
2. Do you have a friend ... ?
3. Did you ever talk to someone ... ?

26 | Noticing Whose Underline the adjective clauses in these sentences. Rewrite each adjective clause as
a separate sentence using a possessive pronoun. 10.7 A-B

Space Exploration
i. The early astronauts were test pilots. These were men whose lives were full of excitement and danger.
Their lives were full of excitement and danger.
2. Today's space programs select astronauts whose skills include working well with others.
3. The International Space Station, whose first component was sent to space in 1988, has been
continuously occupied since 2000.
4. Sixteen countries take part in the space station program, whose main goal is scientific experimentation.
5. Several tourists have visited the International Space Station. These private citizens, whose flights cost
millions of dollars, have spent as long as two weeks in space.
6. Space station astronauts, whose bones get weak in space without exercise, must work out for at least
two hours every day.
7. It's amazing to see astronauts whose spacesuits
weigh about 280 pounds floating around in space.
8. NASA has six active missions focused on the
planet Mars, whose red color has fascinated
humans for hundreds of years.
9. The first "space tourist" was Charles D. Walker,
whose private flight on the space shuttle
cost $40,000.
10. You would weigh much less on a planet whose
gravitational pull is not as strong as the earth's.
International Space Station

342
 Think about It Which adjective clauses in Activity 26 are non-defining?

Think about It Which adjective clauses in Activity 26 refer to people? To things? Which refers to
an organization?

10.8 Adjective Clauses with Prepositions

COMMON IN SPEAKING If the verb in an adjective clause requires a
1 The woman (that / who) David spoke to said the first preposition, we can include it in two ways:
month would be free. a In conversation, we often use the preposition
(David spoke to the woman.) after the verb even though it is not followed by
2 Someone bought the house (that) I used to live in. an object, as in 1 - 2. We usually omit the relative
(I used to live in the house.) pronoun, but we may also use who or that.
COMMON IN WRITING
• Some people consider it unacceptable to use
a preposition without an object after a verb.
A 3 This was one of the victims for whom he sought justice. In formal writing, we often begin the adjective
(He wanted justice for the victims.) clause with the preposition + which or whom,
as in 3 - 4.
4 Sarah composed a long letter, in which she described These adjective clauses can also be non-defining,
everything she had witnessed. as in 4.
(Sarah described everything she had witnessed in a long letter.)
In adjective clauses with prepositions, the relative pronoun
is the object of the preposition.

5 She asked quite a few questions, most of which we We often use quantity words and expressions with
answered without any problem. of whom and of which in non-defining adjective clauses,
(most of which = most of the questions) as in 5 - 6. Some examples include:
6 The software has been used by hundreds of people,
five of which I whom
all of whom were satisfied.
all of which / whom
B (all of whom = all of the hundreds of people)
many of which / whom
most of which / whom
some of which / whom
each of which / whom
none of which / whom

ONLINE

271 Noticing Adjective Clauses with Prepositions Underline the adjective clauses in
these sentences. Then circle the preposition in each adjective clause. 10.8 A

MY EXPERIENCES

1. He's the best boss I've ever worked for.

2. She's the person I spoke to the most often when I first moved here.
3. The house that I grew up in was knocked down a few years ago.
4. I went shopping yesterday, but the shoes I was looking for weren't on sale anymore.
5. Having a job that I believed in made me happier.
6. My brother is one of those people you can always rely on.
7. I think I saw a man take something he didn't pay for.

ADJECTIVE CLAUSES 343

 8. Last night I went to the same restaurant that I go to every Wednesday.
9. I would never show up at an event I wasn't invited to.
10. My home is one of the many things I am grateful for.

Write about It Choose five of the underlined adjective clauses in Activity 27 and write your own
sentence for each one.
It's the best company I've ever worked for.

Think about It Rewrite five of the sentences in Activity 27 using formal adjective clauses with the
preposition + which or whom.

281 Using Adjective Clauses with That + Preposition Complete these conversations with an
adjective clause from the box. Listen and check your answers. Then practice with a partner. 10.8 A

1. A: Is that the car you came in .?

he's been saving up for
B: Yeah, it is. It's my brother's. I had forgotten about
2. A: We'll be discussing solar energy. I'm interested in
John was shouting at
B: Oh, good. That's something
that I contributed to
3. A: Why is James so happy? that I wasn't prepared for
B: He finally got that computer that we stayed in last time
you came in
4. A: What did you get your brother for his birthday?
you should be worried about
B: Oh, no. I knew there was something you were listening to yesterday

5. A: What's the name of that song .?

B: I'm not sure. It was on the radio.
6. A: You look worried.
B: Yeah. I just took a test.
7. A: Who's that guy?
B: His name is Matt. I don't know why John is so mad at him.
8. A: You seem kind of nervous.
B: Yeah. A project is being graded today.
9. A: I don't think I did very well on that quiz.
B: The quiz isn't important. It's next week's test
10. A: Look! There's the hotel
B: Really? I don't think so.

Think about It Which adjective clauses above don't have a relative pronoun? Which relative pronouns
could you use with them?

344
 291 Using Adjective Clauses with Preposition + Which or whom Read this TV guide.
Then complete the reviews below with preposition + which or whom at the beginning of each
adjective clause. 10.8 A

I TV Show Reviews
Deep Waters Eat It!
Based on the best-selling book, but set in Watch 15 people who will eat anything in
modern New York. order to win big prizes!

Maple Town Dr. Soto

All of the characters you got attached to You've been waiting for this show all
last season are back. In this week's episode, summer. Tonight, learn who the doctor was
Sam is reunited with his brother. speaking to at the end of the last episode.

1. You'll find Deep Waters very different from the book on which it is based. The hero is much like
the character in the book, but the setting he works has been changed to modern-day
New York.
2. Maple Town is a heart-warming show with a number of delightful characters you'll get
very attached by the end of the season. Thursday's episode,Sam is reunited with his
long-lost brother, is particularly moving.
3. This silly show features a competition contestants win big prizes for cooking and eating
strange foods. Fortunately, the producers have done a great job choosing people who are fun to watch.
Last spring they received over a thousand video applications,they chose the funniest
and most creative. As a result, the show is surprisingly entertaining.
4. Monday night we finally see the return of the show we've been waiting all summer.
Dr. Soto is back, curing patients and solving mysteries. Last season ended with the doctor's mysterious
phone call. Monday we learn the identity of the strange woman she was speaking.

301 Using Quantity Words with which and whom Read about these three tourist destinations.
Then complete the adjective clauses with a quantity word or expression with of whom or of which from
the box. 10.8B

TOURIST DESTINATIONS
Yosemite Valley (U.S.)
about 4 million visitors a year—75% from the U.S.
1,504 campsites—16 for large groups
S' V.
10 large waterfalls—6 visible from the valley floor
; SÏA
■/I

1. Yosemite Valley gets about 4 million visitors a year,

most of whom come from the U.S.
a few of which
2. It has 1,504 campsites, are reserved for large groups. most of whom
3. It has 10 large waterfalls, are visible from the valley floor. some of which

ADJECTIVE CLAUSES 345

 Teotihuacan (Mexico)
Many pyramids—one is 210 feet tall
Stone temples—painted bright colors
Avenue of the Dead—originally about 3 miles long;
1.4 miles recognizable now ' ..
.ih<1,111
Home to potters, jewelers, and craftsmen
Mu i5
4. In Teotihuacan, you can visit Mayan pyramids,
all of which
is 210 feet tall. half of which
5. You can see the ruins of ancient stone temples,. were one of which
some of whom
originally painted bright colors.
6. Walk along the Avenue of the Dead, about is
recognizable now.
7. Over 100,000 people lived in the ancient city, were potters,
jewelers, and craftsmen.

The Terracotta Army (China)

Over 8,000 terracotta soldiers and other figures in large pits—
most still underground
Soldiers are life-sized—most carry real weapons
Different ranks—a few officers, many soldiers
20 soldiers and other artifacts have been shown in other countries
Except for a few important visitors, like Queen Elizabeth,
tourists are not permitted to walk through pits

8. There are three enormous pits containing over 8,000 terracotta

a few of which
soldiers and other figures, only have been dug up. most of which
9. The soldiers,carry real weapons, are life-sized. one of whom

10. Special viewings of the soldiers have been granted to a few important visitors,
was Queen Elizabeth.

Write about It Write two sentences about places you like to visit. Use adjective clauses with
quantity expressions.

311 Error Correction Correct any errors in these sentences. (Some sentences may not have any errors.)

1. The student that I talked on the first day of class was very nice.
2. The study included 45 participants, many of had just graduated from high school.
3. All students need to return the equipment to the department which they borrowed it.
4. He tends to get very angry at people with who he disagrees.
5. We were never given a receipt for the item we paid for it.
6. They watched five movies, most which she had seen before.
7. We still have the pen with which the president signed the document.
8. The room in that the children sleep is down the hall to the left.
9. There were several authorities to whom he had to report the incident to.
10. We have 135 residents here, many of them are over 70 years old.

346
 10.9 Using Adjective Clauses in Speaking
1 She said the games are completely sold out, which is ridiculous.
2 Amanda savs well save more money if we buy early, which is a
good point.
3 He's planning on getting into Harvard, which is possible,
but not likely.
4 I run 20 miles a week, which is why I need to wear good shoes.
A
5 A: It says that the movie starts at 8.
B: Which means it will start at 8:15, after the previews.
6 A: No one ever goes to that place anymore.
B: Which is odd, when it was so popular a few months ago.
We sometimes use non-defining adjective
clauses with which to make a comment about
an entire previous clause or idea, as in 1 - 6.
In conversation, we usually use these adjective
clauses to:
• express an evaluation or a feeling,
as in 1 - 2
• express likelihood, as in 3
• give a reason, as in 4
» interpret information, as in 5
We can attach these clauses to our own
sentences, or use them to respond to another
speaker, as in 5 - 6.

ONLINE

h) 32 | Referring to an Earlier Idea Complete these conversations with an adjective clause from
the box. Listen and check your answers. Then practice with a partner. 10.9 A

1. A: Rob just bought a boat, c .

a. which I can't do because
B: I know! He's always saying he doesn't have any money. mine hasn't arrived yet
2. A: They said the gift will arrive tomorrow, . b. which is possible, I guess
B: But you just ordered it! which is pretty surprising
d. which is the best I've done
3. A: I spent the whole day working in the garden, . all semester
B: Ha! That doesn't sound very relaxing to me. e. which is too early for me
4. A: Sam's out sick again, . f. which is why I didn't want
to come in the first place
B: Oh, that's too bad.
9- which isn't very likely
5. A: We're supposed to bring the textbook on the first day of class, . h. which means that her car
probably broke down
B: Really? Mine came two weeks ago.
i. which means that I have
6. A: They want us to be there at 5:00, . to do all of his work
B: That's right. You work 'til 4:30, don't you? j. which was really relaxing

7. A: This trip is becoming very expensive, .

B: I know. But we're here, so we may as well make the best of it.
8. A: I got a 91 on the test, .
B: Congratulations!
9. A: Anna is an hour late, .
B: She really needs to get a new one.
10. A: If they beat the Lions next week, , they can still make it to
the championship.
B: Well, let's hope for the best!

ADJECTIVE CLAUSES 347

 Think about It How are the adjective clauses in Activity 32 being used? Write each clause under the
correct group in this chart. Then share your answers with a partner. (More than one answer may be possible.)

Evaluation or feeling Likelihood Reason Interpreting information

which is pretty surprising

Write about It Complete these sentences with your own ideas. Then share your sentences with a partner.

1. which is surprising.
2. , which is possible.
3. , which I loved.
4. which means
5. which is a bad idea.

(3 331 Noticing Adjective Clauses as Responses Complete these conversations with an adjective clause
from the box. Listen and check your answers. Then practice with a partner. 10.9 A

1. A: She said she'd be here at 6.

a. Which doesn't give us much time.
B: ,. She's always late. b. Which doesn't sound like him at all.
2. A: I heard they promoted Lonnie to manager. Which is hard to believe.
d. Which is the smartest thing they've ever done.
B: . She's great.
e. Which is what I told you would happen if you
3. A: This coffee is terrible. bought the cheap one.
B: f. Which is why I always order tea at this place!
4. A: Jake said that he can't help us with the project. g- Which isn't very likely.
h. Which probably means that he doesn't want to help.
B: i. Which really shouldn't surprise you.
5. A: We have to finish the presentation by Friday.
B: . We need to get to work now.
6. A: Alan never showed up yesterday.
B: . I wonder what's going on.
7. A: Emma left all of her dirty dishes in the sink.
B: . She's kind of a slob12.
8. A: It says here that he only attended school for two years.
B: . He's so brilliant.
9. A: The new printer broke down already.
B:

12 slob: a lazy or messy person (used as an insult)

348
 Talk about It Write a new sentence for the first part of each conversation. Read the sentences you wrote
to a partner out of order. See if your partner gives the response you expected.

1. A: 4. A:
B: Which isn't very likely. B: Which doesn't sound like him/her.
2. A: 5. A:
B: Which is hard to believe. B: Which really shouldn't surprise you.
3. A:
B: Which is the smartest thing you've ever done.

*10.10 Using Adjective Clauses in Academic Writing

In academic writing, we often choose a more formal style of adjective clause.

LESS COMMON IN WRITING MORE COMMON IN WRITING

la It's hard to explain these ideas to someone [ that |
grew up in a different era.
information.
3a A study j that | came out several years ago showed
a completely different result.
4a This was the first group [that] we had complete
data [for].
5a The subjects | [ we spoke [to] had already
completed the trial.
6a They compared newcomers with j people] who had
lived in the country for more than three years.
A 7a The most successful programs are [the ones] that
offer a variety of ways for people to participate.
lb It's hard to explain these ideas to someone [who]
grew up in a different era.
2b The experiments [that [they did provided some
useful information.
3b A study [which | came out several years ago showed
a completely different result.
4b This was the first group | for which | we had
complete data.
5b The subjects |to whom| we spoke had already
completed the trial.
lived in the country for more than three years.
7b The most successful programs are [those] which offer
a variety of ways for people to participate.
8 Systems [ [using the new software were found to
be much more effective.
9 Decisions [ J based on these findings will waste
time and effort.

IN ACADEMIC WRITING

• In subject adjective clauses, we usually use who for people instead of that, as in la - lb.
• We usually use that for things, as in 2a - 2b. We don’t usually omit the relative pronoun.
• We sometimes choose which for things instead of that, as in 3a - 3b.
• We often use preposition + whom or which, as in 4a - 4b and 5a - 5b.
• Instead of using general nouns like people or thing, we often use the pronoun those + who or which to refer to
a person or noun with a defining adjective clause, as in 6a - 6b and 7a - 7b.
• Reduced adjective clauses are very common, as in 8 and 9.

COMPARE In writing, we often use full and reduced adjective

10a The wheat plant was developed thousands of years clauses to include a lot of information in one sentence.
ago. It provided communities with a stable food It is not unusual for a sentence to have more than one
source. It could be grown in large quantities. adjective clause, as in 10b.
B
10b The wheat plant, developed thousands of years ago,
provided communities with a stable food source
which could be grown in large quantities.

ADJECTIVE CLAUSES 349

 34 | Identifying Adjective Clauses Underline the full and reduced adjective clauses in each passage.
Then answer the questions below. 10.10 A

Traditional Foods
1. Tlacoyo, a Mexican treat made with corn flour and stuffed with
beans, potatoes, or mushrooms, is an ancient food. The first
Spaniards who came to Mexico wrote about buying tlacoyos from
vendors selling them on the street. But the tlacoyos sold back
then were healthier than the ones that are popular now because
pre-Hispanic street vendors didn't grill them in oil.
2. Jiaozi is the Chinese name for dumplings, which are eaten
throughout the year but are particularly important for
holidays in northern China. Dumplings, consisting of
dough filled with meat or vegetables, are usually boiled and
can be served hot or cold.
3. Baklava is a dessert from the Middle East. It is prepared by
spreading out layers of pastry dough separated with melted
butter in a large pan and covering them with chopped nuts.
After the pastry is baked, a syrup containing honey or rose water
is poured over the pastry. At one time, baklava was a food that
people ate only on special occasions, but nowadays, it is a
popular dessert eaten year-round.

QUESTIONS

1. Which of the adjective clauses above are reduced?

2. Which sentences contain more than one full or reduced adjective clause?
3. Which are subject adjective clauses? Which are object adjective clauses?
4. Which are defining? Which are non-defining?
5. Which adjective clauses can be expressed in a different way (for example, with a different relative
pronoun or no relative pronoun)? Does changing the adjective clause make it less or more formal?

35 | Using a More Formal Style Rewrite each sentence that contains an adjective clause in a more
formal style. 10.10 A

Cl im b in g Mo u n t Ev e r e s t
1. The first people that tried to climb Mount Everest weren't able to
reach the top.
The first people who tried to climb Mount Everest weren't able to reach the top.
I ■ *’ <
I ■
2. There were strong winds that forced the first climbers back down
the mountain.
3. Later climbers had oxygen they used to survive in the thin air.
4. In May of 1953, Tom Bourdillon and Charles Evans almost made it to
the top. They described the route to the team members that would
Edmund Hillary and come after them the next day, Edmund Hillary and Tenzing Norgay.
Tenzing Norgay

350
 5. Hillary and Norgay, who the information was very useful for, became the first climbers to reach
the top of Everest.
6. Nowadays, reaching the top of Everest is an achievement many mountain climbers aspire to.
7. Falling ice, strong winds, and freezing temperatures are dangers on Mount Everest. But the
biggest danger climbers face is the lack of oxygen.
8. Climbers that get injured are in serious trouble because they usually cannot be rescued.
9. There are many climbers that have set records on Everest, including the oldest and the youngest
to reach the top (80 years old and 13 years old).
10. The Sherpas that climbers pay to carry their equipment up the mountain have a dangerous job.

361 Identifying Adjective Clauses Read these two paragraphs. Underline the full and reduced adjective
clauses in the second paragraph. 10.10 B

San Francisco
A B

San Francisco is a coastal city. It is surrounded
by water on three sides. It is famous for its many
hills. You can see San Francisco Bay and the
Pacific Ocean from the hills. Alcatraz Island sits
in the middle of the bay. It used to be a prison,
but now it's a popular tourist destination. The
famous Golden Gate Bridge spans the bay at its
narrowest point. Everyone has seen pictures of
the bridge. It is easily recognized by its orange
color and elegant structure.
San Francisco is a coastal city surrounded by
water on three sides. It is famous for its many
hills, from which you can see San Francisco Bay
and the Pacific Ocean. Alcatraz Island, sitting
in the middle of the bay, used to be a prison
but is now a popular tourist destination. The
famous Golden Gate Bridge spans the bay at
its narrowest point. Everyone has seen pictures
of the bridge, which is easily recognized by its
orange color and elegant structure.

Think about It Why does the second paragraph above sound better than the first?

37 | Connecting Ideas Rewrite each paragraph. Use full and reduced adjective clauses to connect some
of the ideas. 10.10B

CALIFORNIA CITIES

1. Sebastopol is a small town. It is located in Northern California. The town has two main streets. They are
lined with small shops. Most of them are small and locally owned. The town is a one-hour drive from
San Francisco. It is home to many commuters13. They are willing to drive a long distance for the pleasure
of living in a small town.
Sebastopol is a small town located in Northern California....

2. Visalia is a mid-sized town in Central California. It is rarely visited by tourists. It is a few miles off of
the main highway. The highway leads to Fresno and the mountains of the Sierra Nevada. Visalia is
surrounded by farmland. It is home to many farm laborers. The town is quiet and residential. There is
a pleasant downtown. It has a busy farmers' market on the weekends.

Think about It Compare your version of each paragraph above with a partner's. Discuss the differences.

Write about It Write a paragraph about a city you are familiar with. Use three different kinds of
adjective clauses.

commuters: people who travel by bus, train, car, etc., from home to work every day

ADJECTIVE CLAUSES 351

 WRAP-UP Demonstrate Your Knowledge

A | GUESSING GAME Work with a partner to complete each statement with an adjective clause describing
something or someone that you are both familiar with. Then meet with another pair and read your
sentences. See if they can guess who or what you are describing.

1. This is a famous person who

2. This is a TV show in which
3. This is a date on which
4. This is a place that
5. This is a building that
6. This is a writer who
7. This is an athlete who
8. This is a person to whom
9. This is a person whose
10. This is a food that _

BI SURVEY Work in a small group to complete these survey questions with adjective clauses. Use the
questions to interview a classmate who is not in your group. Report back on your classmate's answers.

Questions Answers

1. Tell me about one time

2. Name one person

3. What is something
.?

4. Have you ever done anything

.?

5. Name one book

6. What is one place

.?

7. Name one animal

8. What is one food

.?

9. What is one way

.?

10. What is one reason

.?

352
CI WEB SEARCH Do an online search for a famous person that you are interested in. Print a short passage
about this person and underline the adjective clauses in it. For example:

mm
Alexander the Great n
Alexander founded 20 cities that bore his name, most notably Alexandria in
Egypt. Alexander's settlement of Greece resulted in a new Hellenistic civilization,
which was still evident in the traditions of the Byzantine Empire in the mid-
fifteenth century. Alexander became legendary as a classical hero, and he features
prominently in the history and myth of Greek and non-Greek cultures. He became
the measure against which military leaders compared themselves, and military
academies throughout the world still teach his tactics14.

10.11 Summary of Adjective Clauses

DEFINING SUBJECT ADJECTIVE CLAUSE

relative pronoun
noun verb + rest of adjective clause
(subject)

The children who spoke two languages at home did well on the test.
Do you have a knife that has a sharper edge?
He said something that sounded very strange,
I talked to a man whose son had climbed Mount Everest.

NON-DEFINING SUBJECT ADJECTIVE CLAUSE

The governor, who brought up this issue in the first place, wasn't at the meeting.
They stayed in Majorca, which is an island off the coast of Spain.

REDUCED ADJECTIVE CLAUSE

Foods containing a lot of salt are not recommended.

We bought rice grown in Japan.

DEFINING OBJECT ADJECTIVE CLAUSE

relative pronoun
noun subject + verb + rest of adjective clause
(subject)

The man (that / whom) we met at the barbecue was friendly.

Do you have the knife (that) I lent you last month?
I talked to a man whose son I had met in China.
The goal which she had worked so hard for was still out of reach.

preposition + relative
subject + verb + rest of adjective clause
pronoun (object)

He talked about the teacher to whom he was most grateful,

The goal for which she had worked so hard was still out of reach.

NON-DEFINING OBJECT ADJECTIVE CLAUSE

Tina, whom we have known all of our lives, is a unique person.

We went to Bolivia, which we have never visited before.

,4tactics: the skillful arrangement and use of military forces in order to win a battle

ADJECTIVE CLAUSES 353

 Gerunds and To- Infinitives

Learning to write may be

part of learning to read.
For all I know, writing
comes out of a superior
devotion1 to reading.
—EUDORA WELTY, AUTHOR

(1909-2001)

Talk about It Do you agree or disagree with the quotation above? Why?

*. " Iff 1
' devotion: great love for something

354
 WARM-UP 355
11.1 Overview of -ing Forms 356
11.2 Gerunds as Subjects; Be + Gerund 358
11.3 Gerunds as Objects of Verbs and Prepositions 362
Usage Note: Common Preposition Combinations 364
11.4 Passive Gerunds 367
11.5 Overview of To-Infinitives 368
11.6 To- Infinitives as Subjects; Linking Verb +
To- Infinitive 370
11.7 To- Infinitives as Objects 373
11.8 Verb + Gerund or To- Infinitive 377
11.9 Bare Infinitives as Objects 381
11.10 Other Uses of To-Infinitives 384
11.11 Progressive, Perfect, and Passive Forms of
To- Infinitives 386
11.12 Using Gerunds and To- Infinitives in Speaking 387
11.13 Using Gerunds and To- Infinitives in Academic
Writing 389
WRAP-UP Demonstrate Your Knowledge 392
11.14 Summary of Gerunds and To- Infinitives 393

WARM-UP
AI Match the beginnings and endings of the quotations. Then choose one quotation and tell a partner if you
agree or disagree with it and why.

j 9 J

Famous Quotations a

1. The point of good writing is d a. in bad company. (George Washington, U.S. president)

2. To teach is b. to learn twice over. (Joseph Joubert, writer)

3. The only thing better than singing is C. what exercise is to the body. (Joseph Addison, writer)

4. It's better to be alone than d. knowing when to stop. (Lucy Montgomery, writer)

5. Reading is to the mind __ e. timing. (Pierre Trudeau, Canadian prime minister)

6. To sing well and to dance well is f. to be well educated. (Plato, philosopher)

7. The essential ingredient in politics is g. more singing. (Ella Fitzgerald, jazz singer)

BI The green phrases in the quotations above are gerunds. The blue phrases are to- infinitives. Based on the
examples, are these statements true or false? Check (/) your answers.

TRUE FALSE

1. Gerunds include an -ing form of a verb.

2. We always use a gerund before a verb.
3. A to- infinitive includes to + the base form of a verb.
4. We can use a gerund or a to- infinitive as the subject of a sentence.
5. We use both gerunds and to- infinitives in different ways in a sentence.

CI Look back at the quotation on page 354. Identify any gerunds or to- infinitives.

GERUNDS AND TO- INFINITIVES 355

 11.1 Overview of -ing Forms
main verb We can use the -ing form of a verb (e.g., sleeping,
1 Within seconds, Ann was sleeping soundly. taking) in different ways in a sentence. For example,
we can use it as:
adjective • a main verb, as in 1
2 They took pictures of the sleeping child. • an adjective, as in 2
A noun phrase • a kind of noun phrase, as in 3 - 4
3 I often say that sleeping is my favorite hobby. Remember: A noun phrase can be a single noun or pronoun
or a group of words that includes a main noun.
noun phrase
For a list of spelling rules for the -ing form of verbs, see the
4 I love taking a nap in the afternoon.
Resources, page R-4.

gerund as subject When we use the -ing form of a verb as a kind of

5 Studying is a full-time job. noun phrase, we call it a gerund. A gerund lets us
talk about an action (a verb) like a thing (a noun
gerund as object phrase). Like a noun phrase, a gerund can appear:
6 We just started studying. • as the subject of a sentence, as in 5
• as a kind of object, as in 6
gerund with possessive
• with a determiner (such as a possessive), as in 7
7 You're interfering with my studying.
• with a prepositional phrase, as in 8
gerund with prepositional phrase

8 Are you worried about working with him?

B gerund with object

9 Finding a good job isn't easy. Gerunds are also a bit like verb phrases. Like verb
phrases, gerunds may include:
gerund with expression of place
• a direct object, as in 9
10 Are you afraid of speaking in public?
• an expression of place or time, as in 10 -11
gerund with not and expression of time • not, as in 11
11 I suggest not quitting before you have another job. • a passive verb form, as in 12
passive gerund

12 She doesn't remember being hit by a car.

Charts 11.2-11.4 give more information about the
different uses of gerunds.

(Jg o n l in e

11 Noticing -ing Forms Underline the -ing forms of verbs in these sentences. Is the -ing form used as a
main verb, as an adjective, or in a noun phrase? Check (/) your answers. 11.1 A

EXERCISE AND SPORTS MAIN VERB ADJECTIVE NOUN PHRASE

1. Swimming is good exercise. □ □ 0

2. Golf is not an especially exhausting sport. □ □ □
3. Setting a specific goal can help you stay with an □ □ □
exercise program.
4. Playing on a sports team can build self-esteem2. □ □ □
5. You burn about 8.5 calories a minute when you □ □ □
are running.
6. Before they compete, most successful athletes try □ □ □
to avoid any distracting3 thoughts.
’self-esteem: a good opinion of yourself ’distracting: taking your attention away from something

356
 MAIN VERB ADJECTIVE NOUN PHRASE

7. You should stretch4 frequently to keep your muscles □ □ □

from getting tight.
8. Stretching before you exercise won't necessarily □ □ □
prevent sore muscles.
9. Walking may be the perfect exercise. It's safe and □ □ □
simple and it doesn't require practice.
10. If you dress properly, you can exercise even in the □ □ □
pouring rain.
11. Many children today start specializing in one sport at □ □ □
an early age. This can lead to injuries.
12. Most athletes regularly do exercises for building □ □ □
strength.

Write about It Think of another gerund to use in sentences 1 to 4 in Activity 1.

Playing soccer is good exercise.

2 | Identifying Gerunds Which underlined gerunds are subjects and which are objects of verbs or
prepositions? Write S over the subjects and 0 over the objects. 11.1 B

F Y I
Honesty in Friendships A gerund may be only
s the -ing form or a longer
In most situations, honesty is very important. Having good relationships
1 phrase including an -ing
with people is impossible when there is no trust. form.

Your friends and colleagues won't trust you if they think you are capable I like working.
I don't like his working late
of lying. However, lying in certain situations may actually be good for on weekends.
2 3
a friendship. For example, a friend may have cooked a nice dinner for The entire phrase is a
gerund.
you, but the food doesn't taste very good. In this case, saying the food is
4
delicious causes less harm than telling the truth does. And if you don't like
5
a friend's new haircut, it's better to avoid telling the truth. That would only
6
hurt your friend's feelings.

In my opinion, telling small lies in order to make other people feel good
7
is OK, but the telling of lies for personal gain is never appropriate.
8

Talk about It Do you agree with the writer of the text above? Why or why not? Tell your classmates.

Think about It Find an example of each of these types of gerunds in the text above. Then compare ideas
with your classmates.
• one-word gerund
• gerund with an object having good relationships with people
• gerund that begins with a determiner
• gerund with an expression of time or place

4 stretch: to extend the body or parts of the body

GERUNDS AND TO- INFINITIVES 357

 11.2 Gerunds as Subjects; Be + Gerund
COMPARE 1A-2B We can use a noun phrase as the subject of a
noun phrase as subject sentence or clause, as in la and 2a.
la My trip to Italy was a lot of fun.

gerund as subject verb

lb Traveling to Italy was a lot of fun. We can also use a gerund as the subject of a
sentence or clause, as in lb and 2b. Notice that
noun phrase as subject we use a singular verb after a gerund.
A 2a Many people say that vacations are now a luxury.

gerund as subject verb

2b Many people say that taking a vacation is now a luxury.

3 Not seeing my family is hard for me. Remember: We use not to make a gerund
negative, as in 3 - 4.
4 I think that not having enough money creates stress.

BE+GERUND Like a noun phrase, a gerund can also be used

subject be gerund after the linking verb be, as in 5 - 6. The gerund
5 The key to success is working hard. renames or describes the subject.

GRAMMAR TERM: When we use a gerund after be, we

subject be gerund call it a subject completer or a subject complement. It
B 6 The biggest challenge was not seeing my family.
completes the meaning of the subject.

COMPARE
WARNING! Don’t confuse be + a main verb
7a This problem is having a big effect on my life, (be + a main verb) (a progressive verb) with be + a gerund, as in
7b My biggest problem is not having enough time, (be + a gerund) 7a-7b.

CORRECT THE COMMON ERRORS (See page R-13.)

8 X Many people realize that take care of their health 10 X Eating lots of vegetables are good for your health.
C is important.
9 X Teach a child a foreign language too early might
cause problems.

((JVONLINE

31 Using Gerunds as Subjects Use ideas from the boxes to complete each opinion with a gerund
subject. (More than one answer may be possible.) 11.2 A

OPINIONS FROM STUDENT ESSAYS

1. Voting is an important responsibility of

do something you love
all citizens. feel a lot of stress
2. is usually one of the most important get a first job
vote
events in a person's life.
3. is the key to success in life.
4. is bad for your health.

358
1 5. has several benefits.
exercise regularly
6. can make a job better. have a good boss
7. requires patience and understanding. live in different countries
a
raise children
8. helps you learn about other cultures.

9. is usually unacceptable behavior.

be a parent
10. is one of the most important jobs a cook for yourself
person has. learn a new language
lie
! 11. is a good way to exercise the brain,
12. doesn't have to be boring.

Write about It Think of a different way to begin each sentence in Activity 3. Use a gerund.
Paying taxes is an important responsibility of all citizens.

41 Using Not + Gerund Complete each sentence below with three gerunds from the box. Then add
another idea to complete each sentence. 11.2 A

exercising not eating a lot of sweets not smoking

going too fast not listening in class students'not participating in class

not coming to class on time not paying attention to the road talking on the phone while driving

1. a. Going too fast can cause a car accident.

b.
c.
d.

2. a. drives some teachers crazy.

b.
c.
d.

3. a. can help you stay healthy.

b.
c.
d.

Talk about It Compare your answers above with a partner.

"I think going too fast while driving can cause a car accident.”

GERUNDS AND TO- INFINITIVES 359

 5 I Be + Gerund or Be + Main Verb? Does each sentence use be + a gerund or be + a main verb?
Circle be + a main verb. Underline be + a gerund. Then check {/) your answers. 11.2 B

BE + GERUND BE + MAIN VERB

1. My computer (was working)when I left home. 0

2. My last job was working with computers. 0
3. I don't know anyone who is working there.
4. Nothing is working.
5. My favorite way to spend time is working on old cars.
6. My dream is having a car of my own.
7. One common symptom5 of the flu is having a fever.
8. Seek help if your child is having trouble with homework assignments.
9. The hard drive on my laptop is having problems.
10. The best part of my day is having dinner with my family.
11. My biggest problem is not having a place to study.
12. My problems are getting worse.
13. One of my goals is getting in shape.
14. I think the problem is getting worse.
15. My job is getting harder by the minute.
16. The next step is getting a job.
17. My hope is finding a good place to study.
18. My teacher is finding a good place for me to study.

61 Using Be + Gerund Use gerunds to complete opinions 1 to 5. Then use topics of your choice and
gerunds to complete opinions 6 to 10. 11.2B

OPINIONS ON MARRIAGE

1. The key to a successful marriage is communicating with your husband or wife

2. One common cause of arguments is
3. The most difficult thing about marriage is
4. The easiest thing about marriage is
5. The most rewarding thing about marriage is

YOUR OPINIONS

6. The key to is
7. One common cause of is
8. The most difficult thing about is
9. The easiest thing about is
10. The most rewarding thing about is

Talk about It Read your opinions above to a partner. See if your partner agrees or disagrees and why.

5 symptom: a sign; something that shows you have an illness

360
7 I Distinguishing Subjects and Subject Completers Underline the gerunds in this paragraph.
Write 5 over the subjects and SC over the subject completers. 11.2 A-B

F Y I
Irritating6 Habits Drive Co-Workers Crazy We sometimes use gerunds in
a series. Notice that we use a
plural verb when we use more
A third of workers would quit than one gerund as a subject or
a job because of the irritating subject completer.
Eating well, exercising
behavior of their co-workers, frequently, and getting enough
sleep lead to good health.
according to a new survey.

Examples of annoying behavior

SC
were listening to voicemails on speakerphone, swearing7 at

computers, and receiving emails from someone who sits nearby.

Of the 2,318 people surveyed, 32 percent said that talking loudly
was the most annoying behavior. Twenty-two percent said that

talking on a speakerphone was the No. 1 pet peeve8. Other irritating

behaviors were not cleaning up after yourself, bringing strong-

smelling food for lunch, and taking things without permission.

Think about It What other -ing forms do you see in the text above? Do they function as adjectives or
main verbs?

Write about It List the eight irritating behaviors above in order from most irritating (1) to least irritating
(8), in your opinion. Then compare ideas with your classmates.

81 Error Correction Correct any errors in these sentences. (Some sentences may not have any errors.)

1. Came to this country was a dream come true.

2. I don't think that get a lot of money is a good goal.
3. Attending a university help people to get a better job.
4. My father was visiting me when I got sick.
5. The worst thing about it was looked for a place to live.
6. I think that study was an important part of the job.
7. Carrying on a conversation in English is really hard for me.
8. My favorite thing is meet my friends after class.
9. Go to school together is good for girls and boys.

6 irritating: annoying 5 pet peeve: something that bothers you

’swearing: cursing; using bad language

GERUNDS AND TO- INFINITIVES 361

 11.3 Gerunds as Objects of Verbs and Prepositions
COMPARE 1A-1B We can use a noun phrase as the object of a verb, as in
verb noun phrase as object la. Like a noun phrase, a gerund can also function as
la I just started that book. the object of certain verbs, as in lb.

verb gerund as object GRAMMAR TERM: A gerund used as an object of a verb is also
called a verb completer or a verb complement.
lb I just started reading that book.

A 2 My boss never stopped talking, (stopped what?) The gerund answers the question what, as in 2 - 4.
3 I miss seeing my family. (Miss what?) Common one-word verbs followed by gerunds include:
4 My generation is probably the last one that remembers begin dislike keep quit start
not having the Internet in high school. (Remembers what?) continue finish miss remember stop

For a list of common verbs followed by gerunds, see the Resources,

page R-8.

COMPARE 5A-5B Like a noun phrase, a gerund can also be used as the
preposition noun phrase object of a preposition, as in 5.
5a I left home without any money.

preposition gerund

5b I left home without eating breakfast.

B
6 I'm angry with her for leaving without saying goodbye. The gerund answers the question what, as in 6 - 9.
7 I decided on not getting a Facebook account.
8 Videoconferencing is a useful way of holding a meeting.
9 The president is responsible for preparing the budget.

(•^ONLINE

91 Using Verbs + Gerunds Complete these sentences with the verbs in parentheses. Use the correct
form of the first verb and the -ing form of the second verb. 11.3 A

DEFINITIONS OF PEOPLE

1. An extrovert is someone who enjoys being around

other people, (enjoy/be)
2. An introvert is someone who too
much time with other people, (dislike/spend)
3. A couch potato is someone who on

the couch all day. (enjoy/sit)

extrovert
4. A workaholic is someone who can't
(stop/work)
5. A homebody is someone who time at home, (prefer/spend)
6. A spendthrift is someone who money, (love/spend)
7. A procrastinator is someone who what he or she needs to do. (postpone/do)
8. A health nut is someone who unhealthy food, (hate/eat)
9. A globetrotter is someone who around the world, (enjoy/travel)

362
 10. A control freak is someone who can't _ in charge, (stand/not be)
11. A slob is someone who doesn't in a messy house, (mind/live)
12. A blabbermouth is someone who can't a secret, (resist/tell)
13. A worrywart is someone who can't . (stop/worry)

Write about It Which words in Activity 9 describe you? Why?

I'm an extrovert because I enjoy being around other people. I'm also a worrywart because...

101 Using Verbs + Gerunds Think about your childhood. Use gerunds after the bold verbs to write
answers to these questions. 11.3 A

TALKING ABOUT YOUR CHILDHOOD

1. What are two things you enjoyed doing as a child?

I enjoyed drawing pictures and eating ice cream.

2. What are two things you disliked doing in school?

3. What are two things you hated doing as a child?
4. What is something you regret doing as a child?
5. What are two things you regret not doing when you were younger?
6. What is something you practiced doing when you were a child?

Talk about It Ask a partner the questions above. Then tell the class two things about your partner.

"Alberto disliked taking tests in school. He also hated cleaning his room."

111 Using Prepositions + Gerunds Complete each sentence with the preposition by, instead of,
without, or upon. 11.3B

i s) J .' ■ - ««if
Fl
Greeting Customs ' '‘A

1. In many countries, people greet each other by ___ shaking hands.

2. In some cultures, people kiss on the cheeks shaking hands.
3. In some countries, people shake hands taking your hand in both of their hands.
4. Americans sometimes greet people at a distance waving.
5. In some cultures, strangers welcome each other embracing and then rubbing each
other's back.
T

6. It's rude to walk past a friend saying hello.

7. In France, people often kiss each other on both cheeks meeting and leaving.
8. People don't usually leave saying goodbye.

Talk about It What other greeting customs are you familiar with? Tell your classmates.

GERUNDS AND TO- INFINITIVES 363

 121 Usage Note: Common Preposition Combinations Read the note. Then do Activities 13 and 14.
Certain verbs and adjectives are used regularly with specific prepositions. The two words function as a single
unit. We can use a gerund after these word combinations.
VERB + PREPOSITION + GERUND ADJECTIVE + PREPOSITION + GERUND

1 I'm depending on your helping me with this. 3 Are you worried about not passing the test?
2 I wouldn't think of lying. 4 I'm tired of doing this.
Nouns such as possibility, chance, idea, and way identify a general category of things. After these nouns,
we sometimes use of + a gerund to give more details.
NOUN + OF + GERUND

5 We would like to discuss the possibility of using a different system.

6 She has a 50 percent chance of getting better.

For a list of common verbs + prepositions, adjectives + prepositions, and nouns + of that can be followed by gerunds, see the
Resources, pages R-7 and R-8.

131 Using a Verb + Preposition + Gerund Read each direct quote. Then use a gerund with a
similar meaning to complete the sentence and explain what happened. (More than one answer may
be possible.) 11.3B

REPORTING INFORMATION

1. "Sorry I'm late," said David.

David apologized for being late
2. "I'm always afraid I won't get to school on time," said Amanda.
Amanda worries about
3. "I still have Tom's book," said James. "I'm sorry. I forgot."
James forgot about
4. "We're going to New York tomorrow. I can't wait," said Anna.
Anna is looking forward to
5. "I don't want to do anything today. Let's just stay home," said Ava.
Ava feels like
6. "I'm just too hot. I can't study," said Kate.
Kate complained about.
7. "I have to go with Nick. I just have to," cried John.
STUDY STRATEGY
John insisted on. Because some verbs +
8. "I was supposed to visit my uncle this weekend, but I had to change prepositions are always used
together, it helps to learn the
the date until later," said Matt. words together. Keep a list of
Matt put off. the verbs with their required
prepositions and a sample
9. "I got the job," said Rob.
sentence.
Rob succeeded in.
apologize for
10. "I might go home, but I'm not sure," explained Carlos. He apologized for eating all of
the ice cream.
Carlos is thinking about
11. "I can't finish the report tonight. It's not worth trying," said Mary.
Mary gave up on

364
 12. "I forgot to check my calendar this morning, so I missed a doctor's appointment," said Toshi.
I
Toshi ended up
13. "I always make the same mistake on tests," said Sam.
Sam keeps on _____________________________________________________________________

Write about It Choose five of the bold verb + preposition combinations in Activity 13, and write your
own sentences. Use a gerund in each sentence. (You can change the form of the bold verb.)
/ never feel like getting up in the morning.

141 Using an Adjective or a Noun + Preposition + Gerund Complete each quotation with an
adjective + preposition or a noun + preposition. (More than one answer may be possible, but only one
matches the original quotation.) 11.3 B

ADJECTIVE + PREPOSITION
afraid of afraid of good at important in interested in responsible for tired of

1. I'm pretty good at remaining calm. (Anne Hathaway, actor)

2. There is nothing more making movies than the screenplay.
(Richard Attenborough, actor)
3. A champion is losing. Everyone else is
winning. (Billie Jean King, athlete)
4. The individual person is living his own life and for "finding himself."
(Thomas Merton, clergyman)
5. I'm more enjoying my life and looking after my family than being hugely
successful. (James D'Arcy, actor)
6. I never get hearing compliments. (John Lithgow, actor)

NOUN + PREPOSITION
chance of idea of possibility of way of

7. Science is a thinking much more than it is a body of knowledge.

(Carl Sagan, scientist)
8. Without the faintest finding a job, I decided to devote myself to literature.
(José Saramago, writer)
9. Children born today have a 50-50 living to 100. (W
10. I toyed with9 the pursuing a career as a lawyer just because I like to
argue. (Lexa Doig, actor)

Write about It Choose two of the adjective + preposition combinations and two of the noun +
of combinations above, and write your own sentences.
My sister is afraid of flying in airplanes.

9 toy with: to think about something, but not seriously

GERUNDS AND TO- INFINITIVES 365

 (J) 15 | Using Gerunds as Objects Use the -ing form of the verbs in the box to complete the article below.
(More than one answer may be possible.) Then listen and check your answers. 11.3 A-B

attend become create develop improve receive study work

Jo na s Sa l k 1914-1995

Jonas Salk is among the most admired medical scientists of the twentieth

century. He initially planned on becoming a lawyer, but he became

,(W 1
interested in biology and chemistry and ended up
2
New York University medical school. There, in 1938, he
3
began with the scientist Thomas Francis, Jr., who was
4
looking for a flu vaccine. Together they developed a flu vaccine for the army
to use during World War II.
In 1947, Salk became the head of the Virus Research Lab at the University
of Pittsburgh. He felt the flu vaccine could be better, so he concentrated

on it. He also began to study the poliovirus with hopes

5
of a vaccine against polio as well. With help from the
6
research of many other scientists, Salk succeeded in a
7
polio vaccine. In 1952, he vaccinated his first volunteers, including himself,
his wife, and their three sons. No one became ill, and in that same year,

thousands of children started the polio vaccine.

8

Talk about It Work with a group of students. Close your books, and list as many facts as you can
remember about Jonas Salk. See which group can remember the most information.

161 Error Correction Correct any errors in these paragraphs.

1. Advertise is everywhere. Wherever we go for news or entertainment, we see

advertisements. These ads make us think we need things that we don't really need.
I used to pay attention to ads, and sometimes I would even consider to buy the product.
Eventually I got tired to see so many ads, and I stopped watch television and listen to
the radio. Now I think there should be a law against show ads in public places.
2. Anger is an appropriate response in certain situations. If treated unfairly, for example,
is a good reason for feel anger. Examine why you are angry and then take appropriate
action is a good way to get a positive result from becoming angry or upset. In fact,
suppress anger can be harmful to your health.
3. Do what you love is the key to success. No matter how hard you working, your success
depends on do what you love. When you love your job, you are totally committed
to do your best. You won't mind work extra hard when something difficult gets in
your way.

366
 11.4 Passive Gerunds
COMPARE 1A-1B Some gerunds can have an active form and a passive
active form of gerund form, as in la - lb.
la I enjoyed driving around town.
(= I drove around town and I enjoyed it.) The most common passive form we use is being + a
passive form of gerund past participle, as in lb. (Remember: The past participle
lb I enjoyed may be an -ed/-en form or an irregular form.)
being driven around town.
A (= I was driven around town and I enjoyed it.)

2 I remember being bitten by a dog when I was 6.
(= I was bitten by a dog and I remember it.)
3 I don't like being told lies.
(= Sometimes I am told lies and I don’t like it.)
4 The meeting kept on being postponed.
(= Somebody kept on postponing the meeting.)
We use a passive form when we want to focus on what
happens rather than the person or thing that performs
the action, as in 2 - 4.
For a list of past participles of irregular verbs, see the Resources,
page R-3.

COMPARE USES OF BEING Remember: We can use the word being in different
5a He isn't being honest. ways in a sentence, as in 5a - 5f. Being can be:
5b She was being silly. • a main verb in a progressive form, as in 5a - 5b
B 5c He is being treated for an infection. • a helping verb in a passive form, as in 5c - 5d
5d I wasn't being told the truth.
5e My brother apologized for being late. • an active form of a gerund, as in 5e
5f I remember being told that story. 0 a passive form of a gerund, as in 5f

(^ONLINE

17 | Using Passive Gerunds Complete each restatement with a passive gerund form (being +
past participle) of the bold verb. 11.4 A

1. People are always telling me what to do. 7. Sometimes people call me too early. I don't
I hate that. appreciate that.
I hate being told what to do. I don't appreciate too early.
2. I don't like it when people laugh at me. 8. My brother always asks to me to drive when we
I don't like at. are going someplace.
3. I love it when people invite me to dinner. I don't appreciate to drive
I love to dinner. all the time.
4. People sometimes ignore me. I don't like that. 9. When I was a child, people told me I was a good
I don't like. athlete. I liked that.
5. My sister is always making me feel guilty. When I was a child, I liked
I'm tired of it. I was a good athlete.
I'm tired of to feel guilty. 10. When I was a teenager, my parents wouldn't
6. I don't like it when people misunderstand me. allow me to go out in the evening. I hated that.
I don't like. When I was a teenager, I hated not
to go out in the evening

Write about It Complete these sentences with passive gerunds and your own ideas.

I like being... I don't like being...

GERUNDS AND TO- INFINITIVES 367

 18 | Passive Gerunds Check (/) the sentences that have a passive gerund and underline the form. 11.4B

1. a. She is being treated like a child. 5. a. I don't like being called ridiculous.
0 b. Most people don't like being treated b. She is being ridiculous.
like a child.
6. a. I apologized for being mean.
2. a. Stop throwing things at me. I don't like b. I don't appreciate being made fun of.
being used as target practice.
7. a. Don't worry. The arrangements are
b. Most people hope that their tax dollars are
being made.
being used wisely.
b. I'm not happy about being made to do
3. a. He's afraid of being hurt again. all the work.
b. Why did they stop the game? Nobody
8. a. Their son won't do anything without
was being hurt.
being told.
4. a. Am I being punished for something? b. We were just being told the news when
b. My being punished for this isn't fair. he called us.

Think about It How is being used in the sentences that you did NOT check above?
• as a main verb in a progressive form • as part of an active form of a gerund
• as a helping verb in a passive form

11.5 Overview of To- Infinitives

to- infinitive A to- infinitive is to + the base form of a verb, as in 1 - 2.
1 We need to talk.

to- infinitive

2 We need to talk about the new marketing plan.

to- infinitive as subject We can use a to- infinitive in different ways in a

A sentence. For example, we often use a to- infinitive
3 To always be on time isn't easy.
as a kind of noun phrase, as in 3 - 5.
to- infinitive as object of verb
Like a noun phrase, a to- infinitive can appear:
4 I want to go home early tonight.
• as the subject of a sentence, as in 3
to- infinitive after linking verb • as a kind of object, as in 4
5 My job is to enforce the rules. • after a linking verb like be, as in 5

to- infinitive with object To- infinitives are also a bit like verb phrases. For
6 Professional athletes need to practice their sport. example, to- infinitives may include:
• a direct object, as in 6
to- infinitive with adverb
• an adverb, as in 7
7 We need to walk quickly.
• a prepositional phrase, as in 8
to- infinitive with prepositional phrase • not, as in 9
B 8 She encouraged us to talk to her. • a different verb form, such as the passive, as in 10
to- infinitive with not

9 He didn't tell me not to go.

passive to- infinitive

Charts 11.6-11.11 give more information about the
10 What needs to be done? different uses of to- infinitives.

Çg^ONLINE

368
19 | Noticing To- Infinitives Which underlined to- infinitives are subjects and which are objects of verbs?
Write S over the subjects and 0 over the objects. 11.5A-B

I
________ - F Y I
When we use a series
If You Could Visit Any Country in the of to- infinitives in a
sentence, we don’t always
World for Two Weeks, Where Would repeat the word to.

You Want to Go? He wanted to stay at home

and read.
(= He wanted to stay at home
1. If I could visit any country in the world, and to read.)
0
I would choose to visit Poland. I want
j ss 3

to visit Poland because my grandparents

grew up there. I would like to see their

home and meet my relatives there. I also

want to learn more about the culture

and history of Poland.

2. If I could go anywhere in the world for two weeks, I would choose to go

to Iran. My family is from Iran and I have always wanted to go there.

To stay in Iran for two weeks would be a dream come true for me.
—
3. I have always wanted to go to Japan. To me, everything about Japan is

interesting—the music, the food, the customs. I really want to learn the

language, too. I would actually prefer not to travel with a friend or family

member. By traveling alone, I think I would meet people more easily.

Think about It Based on the sentences above, is it more common to use a to- infinitive as a subject
or object?

Think about It Find all these types of to- infinitives in the text above, and write them in this chart.
Then compare ideas with your classmates.

To- infinitive To- infinitive with a To- infinitive

7b- infinitive with not
with an object prepositional phrase with an adverb
to visit Poland

Write about It If you could go anywhere in the world for two weeks, where would you choose to go?
Why? Write several sentences.

GERUNDS AND TO- INFINITIVES 369

 11.6 To- Infinitives as Subjects; Linking Verb + To- Infinitive
TO- INFINITIVE AS SUBJECT It is possible to use a to- infinitive as the subject of a
1 To err is human. sentence or clause, as in 1 - 3, but it is not very common.
A 2 To teach is to learn twice over.
3 She said that to leave now would be stupid.

IT + BE + ADJECTIVE + TO- INFINITIVE Sometimes we use a to- infinitive after an adjective in a

sentence with it, as in 4 - 6. Common adjectives followed
4 She said that it would be stupid to leave now. by a to- infinitive include:
(= She said that to leave now would be stupid.)
bad easy good important necessary
B 5 It is impossible to predict the future. difficult essential hard impossible possible
(= To predict the future is impossible.)

6 It was difficult for them to get here. We can add for + a noun phrase / object pronoun to show
(= For them to get here was difficult.) who or what performs the to- infinitive, as in 6.

UNKING VERB + TO- INFINITIVE We sometimes use a linking verb + a to- infinitive, as in
subject linking verb to- infinitive 7 -10. The to- infinitive defines or describes the subject
7 He. seems to be better now. of a sentence. Common linking verbs followed by a
to- infinitive are:

8 She grew to love her work. appear be get grow look prove seem
C 9 Our plan was to negotiate a new agreement.
GRAMMAR TERM: We call to- infinitives after linking verbs subject
10 The company's first idea was to offer the completers or subject complements.
employees more money.
11 The final agreement was for both sides to share We can also add/or + a noun phrase / object pronoun
the costs equally. between a linking verb and a to- infinitive, as in 11.

CORRECT THE COMMON ERRORS (See page R-14.)

D 12 X It's hard to understand for us. 14 X It's necessary when you are writing an essay, you include
13 X My goal was get a good job near my home. an introduction.

■C^o n l in e

201 Choosing To- Infinitive Subjects Match the sentence beginnings with the sentence endings.
(More than one answer may be possible but only one is correct.) Then compare with a partner. 11.6 A

PROVERBS

1. To be rich a. is to shoot without aiming. (English proverb)

2. To deny everything b. is to buy a quarrel10. (Indian proverb)
3. To lend [money] c. isn't everything, but it certainly helps, (anonymous)
4. To talk without thinking d. is easy. (Aesop)
5. To be brave from a distance e. is a better thing than to arrive. (Robert Louis Stevenson, writer)
6. To teach f. is to confess everything. (Spanish proverb)
7. To travel hopefully g. is to learn. (Japanese proverb)

Write about It Think of a different way to complete each proverb above.

To be rich doesn't mean you are happy.

10 quarrel: argument; disagreement

370
211 Using It + Be + Adjective + To- Infinitive Choose the best adjective in parentheses to complete
each sentence. Then compare with your classmates. 11.6B

OPINIONS FROM STUDENT ESSAYS F Y I

1. It's to be rich. In these situations, it
(important / not important) is a placeholder for the
2. It's to listen to other people. subject. This allows us
(important/not important)
to put new information
3. It's to know about the past. at the end of a sentence
(helpful/unhelpful)
4. When something makes you angry, it's to stay calm. where it is easier to
(useful / useless) notice.
5. It is to have a brother or sister than to be an only child.
(better/worse)
6. Today it's for young people to study in other countries.
(common / uncommon)
7. It used to be to work for the same company your whole life.
(common / uncommon)
8. Five hundred years ago, it was very to cross the ocean in a boat.
(dangerous/safe)
9. With a cell phone, it's for me to stay in touch with my friends.
(easy/ difficult)
10. It's to cook something from scratch11 than heat up a frozen pizza.
(easier/ more difficult)
11. It is to have a good relationship with someone when there is no trust.
(impossible/possible)
12. It's for high school students to start planning for their future before they graduate.
(bad / good)

Write about It Write six opinions using these adjectives and to- infinitives. (Many different sentences
are possible.) Read your sentences to a partner. See if your partner agrees or disagrees.

to be :
dangerous
to have
difficult
to know
good
I think it's to make
important
to take
impossible
to understand
useful
to use

/ think it's important to have a job you enjoy.

22 | Noticing Linking Verbs + To- Infinitives Circle the linking verbs in these sentences. Underline
the to- infinitives. 11.6C
1. Running my own business (was) difficult at first, but it soon(p:iroved)
F Y I
to be a lot of fun. Some linking verbs describe
2. I didn't make any noise because he seemed to be asleep. or rename the subject: appear,
be, seem.
3. I thought she would be nervous but she seemed to be very calm.
Some other linking verbs
4. It's not an idea that proved to be correct.
identify the result of a change:
5. Something appears to be wrong. become, get, grow, prove.
6. Over the years, they grew to be close friends.
7. We grew to love our new home.

"from scratch: making something yourself from the beginning

GERUNDS AND TO- INFINITIVES 371

 8. All I need is for you to do the dishes.
9. Their household grew to include four generations.
10. The best advice I ever received was to always tell the truth.
11. My childhood dream was to become a famous photographer.
12. One of my goals is to learn several languages.

Think about It Based on the examples in Activity 22, what other types of words can follow a linking verb?

Write about It Complete these sentences with your own ideas.

When I was a child, my dream was to... One of my goals is to...
Over time I grew to... The best advice I ever received was to...
All I really need is to... My first year in school proved to...

231 Using Linking Verbs + To- Infinitives Complete these restatements. Use was + a to- infinitive.
11.6 C

BUSINESS ISSUES

1. The company hoped to make a profit, but it didn't.

The company's hope was t0 make a profit but it didn't
2. The owner advised the managers to come up with a plan.
The owner's advice for the managers

3. The managers planned to lay off12 20 percent of the employees.

The managers' plan
4. The employees decided to go on strike13.
The employees' decision
5. The owner threatened to close the company.
The owner's threat
6. The lawyer advised the employees to talk to the owner.
The lawyer's advice for the employees

7. It was agreed to sit down and discuss the problem.

The agreement
8. Everyone hoped to come up with a better solution.
Everyone's hope

Write about It Complete these sentences with information about yourself. Use to- infinitives.
My last big decision was... One of my worst decisions was...

24 | Error Correction Correct any errors in these sentences. (Some sentences may not have any errors.)

1.. Everything I tried seemed making things worse.

2.. It is difficult to live on one income for many families. In many households, both the husband and
the wife need to work. Under these circumstances, it can be difficult for to take care of the children.
3.. My plan for saving money was stop eating out in restaurants.
12 lay off: to stop giving work to someone because there is not 13 go on strike: to stop working because you want something
enough to do from your employer

372
 4. It is better to have brothers and sisters than be an only child. I say this because I am an only child,
and I didn't like not having a sibling.
5. It normal to feel afraid when your life is in danger. If you don't want to get hurt, you should pay
attention to your feelings.
6. It is impossible have a good relationship with someone you don't trust. It's necessary in a relationship,
you be honest with each other.

11.7 To- Infinitives as Objects

1 I need to speak to you. We can use a to- infinitive as the object after certain
2 They forgot to go. verbs, as in 1 - 3. Remember: We use not to make a
3 Please close the door. We're trying to study. to- infinitive negative, as in 4 - 5.

A 4 Do you promise not to tell?

For a list of common verbs followed by to- infinitives, see the
5 We decided not to go. Resources, page R-8.

GRAMMAR TERM: An infinitive used as an object of a verb is also

called a verb completer or a verb complement.

COMPARE With some verbs, we can (but don’t have to) use a noun
6a They expect to visit. (They are going to visit.) phrase / object pronoun before the to- infinitive, as in
6b They expect US to visit. (We are going to visit.) 6b and 7b. For example:
7a The story proved to be untrue. ask expect need promise want
7b They proved his story to be untrue.

8 My parents encouraged me to become a doctor. A few verbs must use a noun phrase or pronoun before
9 I warned my brother not to go in the water.
the to- infinitive, as in 8 - 9. For example:
B
advise help persuade teach urge
encourage order remind tell warn

10 The school arranged for a bus to pick us up. A few verbs can be followed by for + a noun phrase I
11 I can't wait for the concert to start.
object pronoun + to- infinitive, as in 10 -11. For example:

arrange ask love pay wait wish

WH- WORD + TO- INFINITIVE After certain verbs, we sometimes use a wh- word + a
12 I didn't know what to do. to- infinitive, as in 12 -14. This is a shorter and more
(= I didn’t know the thing that I should do.) informal way to express phrases like the thing that, the way
13 He explained howto get there. that, or the place where. Common verbs include:
(= He explained the way that we could get there.)
C 14 Do you know where to go? ask explain know remember wonder
decide forget learn understand
(= Do you know the place where we should go?)

15 Can you show me how to use this? We can also use a noun phrase / object pronoun + a
16 Did she tell the driver when to be there? wh- word + a to-infinitive after certain verbs such as
ask, advise, show, teach, and tell, as in 15 -16.

CORRECT THE COMMON ERRORS (See page R-14.)

19 XI will teach you know how to play the piano.

D 17 X She wants finish her work and watch TV.
18 X He wanted the children worked harder. 20 X My parents encouraged me about coming here.

(^ONLINE

GERUNDS AND TO- INFINITIVES 373

 251 Using Verbs + To- Infinitives Complete these conversations with the correct form of a verb from
the box. (More than one answer may be possible.) Then practice with a partner. 11.7 A

1. A: Do you to be home by 9?
learn
B: Yes, yes. I'll be back by then. manage
2. A: This is heavy! How did you to get it here by yourself? offer

B: I didn't. Hassan helped me. promise

seem
3. A: Where did you to do that?
B: What?
A: Erase everything like that.
B: Pretty neat, huh? I taught myself.
4. A: Did you to help Sarah?
B: No, she asked me for help.
5. A: How's David?
B: He to be better.

6. A: How long do you to be here?

bother
B: Oh, until about 3.
care
7. A: Where's my magazine? mean
plan
B: I gave it to Isabel.
refuse
A: To Isabel? Why? She won't to read it.
B: Probably not. But maybe she'll look at the cartoons.
8. A: I hear Khalid is in trouble at work. What's going on?
B: Well, now that he's married, he to travel. His boss isn't very happy about it.
9. A: How long have you worked here?
B: More years than I to remember.
10. A: Ouch! You just stepped on my foot.
B: Sorry, I didn't to do it.

26 | Using Verbs + To- Infinitives Choose a to- infinitive from the box to complete each sentence below.
(More than one answer may be possible.) 11.7 A

to be to learn to lose to read to stop

to get to live to make to ride to take

NEW YEAR’S RESOLUTIONS

1. This year I plan organized. I can never find anything and I don't want
this way.
2. I haven't been reading enough books, so I decided a book a month. And I really
mean my bike more often and about 20 pounds.
3. I've started a new business, so I want my business successful in the new year.

374
 4. This year I want to play my guitar really well. I hope lessons
and join a band.
5. This year I intend buying shoes online.
6. I've had a lot of resolutions in the past, and mostly I don't follow through on them. So, this year
I've resolved not any resolutions.

Talk about It What plans or resolutions have you made in the past? Tell your classmates.

27 I Using a Verb + Noun Phrase + To- Infinitive Read each conversation. Then complete the
sentence to explain what happened in each conversation. 11.7 B
1. John: It's late. Don't you think you should go to bed?
John's son: Yeah, I guess so.
John advised his son to go to bed
2. Amanda: I don't want you to leave the house today. Do you hear me?
Matt: Yeah, Mom. I won't. I promise.
Matt promised
3. Rob: Do you think you can help me tomorrow?
James: Sure. What do you need me to do?
Rob: I just need someone to move some furniture.
Rob asked __________________________________
4. Mika: Don't forget to put some gas in the car.
Toshi: Right, yeah. Thanks for reminding me.
Mika reminded
5. Sun-Hee: Are you going to drive there?
Sarah: Yeah, why?
Sun-Hee: I wouldn't if I were you. The roads are really icy.
Sun-Hee warned
6. Sam: You should go with me. It'll be fun.
Hassan: Really?
Sam: Yeah. You'll love it.
Sam encouraged
7. Asad: When do you think you'll get back to school?
Khalid: By Friday, I'm sure.
Asad: That's great. I can't wait.
Asad can't wait
8. Isabel: I called Sarah and she's going to meet you for coffee tomorrow.
Carla: Tomorrow? Where?
Isabel: At the coffee shop in the hotel. At 9 o'clock.
Isabel arranged

GERUNDS AND TO- INFINITIVES 375

 281 Choosing Wh- Words Complete these questions with a wh- word (what, where, who, or how).
Then ask a partner the questions. Check (/) your partner's answers. 11.7C

HOW MUCH DO YOU KNOW ABOUT FIRST AID? YES NO

1. Have you ever learned how to take someone's pulse14?

2. Do you know to do for a fever?
3. Do you know to do if someone is choking15?
4. Can you show me to do CPR16?
5. Do you know to buy a first aid kit?
6. Can you explain to do if someone stops breathing?
7. Do you know to stop a nosebleed?
8. Do you know to buy medicine?
9. Can you teach me to give an injection?
10. Do you know to call if you need emergency help?

Write about It Report your partner's answers to the class. How much do your classmates know about
first aid? Write three summary statements.

Very few students know what to do for a fever, but everyone knows how to take someone's pulse.

29 I Using a Wh- Word + To- Infinitive Rewrite these requests for information. Use a wh- word +
a to- infinitive. 11.7C

MAKING REQUESTS

1. How do you turn on the GPS on this phone? Could you show me?
Could you show me how to turn on the GPS on this phone?

2. Where do I put this? I can't remember. 5

3. How did you make this? Can you teach me? It's delicious. As?
4. Where can I buy cheap furniture? Can you tell me?
TM

5. How do I get downtown? Can you show me?

“'■b Z"-

6. How do I fix this? Do you know?

7. How do you do that? Can you explain it to me?
8. How can you save money on airfare? Do you know? GPS

Talk about It Work with a partner. Choose one of the questions above and use it to create a short
conversation. Present your conversation to the class.

30 | Error Correction Correct any errors in these paragraphs.

1. I admire Michelle Kwan, the skater who competed in several Olympic Games but never won a gold
medal. While this was a terrible disappointment for her, she continued to work hard. In fact, no getting
a gold medal seemed making her even more determined. I think Kwan is a role model for young people
because she teaches them know how to keep trying even when things are going badly.

14 pulse: the beat of the heart that you feel in your body ,6CPR: a way of trying to save the life of someone whose heart
15 choking: not able to breathe because something is stopping has stopped beating
the air

376
 2. One person who has had an important effect on my life is my boss. She is the person who advised me
about improving my English. My job requires me to reading business contracts and studying trade
agreements. Many of these contracts and agreements are in English, and I need to understand them
perfectly. My boss also encouraged me to studied American culture. She said that cultural differences
often caused problems in business and that I needed understanding about these differences.

11.8 Verb + Gerund or To- Infinitive

VERB + GERUND VERB + TO- INFINITIVE
VERB + GERUND OR TO- INFINITIVE
Some verbs can only be followed by A small group of verbs can be Some verbs can only be
a gerund. followed by either a gerund or followed by a to- infinitive.
a to- infinitive.
nr"
admit finish postpone agree expect pretend
A appreciate go practice begin hate regret* appear fail promise
avoid imagine quit can't stand like remember* ask get refuse
consider keep (on) recall continue love start bother hope say
deny mention suggest dread mean* stop* choose manage seem
dislike mind think (about/of) forget* need* try* claim offer tend
enjoy miss go on* prefer decide plan want
* with a change in meaning deserve prepare wish

After some verbs, using a gerund versus a to- infinitive changes the meaning of the sentence.
Sometimes this is a significant change and sometimes it is slight, as in 1 - 4.
"T”

After the verbs remember, forget, regret, and stop, we use We use a to- infinitive when we are looking forward in
a gerund when we are looking backward in time, as time, as in lb.
in la.

>
seeing that movie remember remembered to go to the store

B la I remember seeing that movie with you. lb I remembered to go to the store.

(= First I saw that movie with you and now I remember it.) (= First I remembered and then I went to the store.)

remember, forget, regret, stop + gerund remember, forget, regret, stop + to- infinitive

We use try + a gerund to say that something happened
but it didn’t have the expected result, as in 2a.
2a She tried drinking water but it didn't make her feel any
better. (= She drank some water, but the water didn’t do what
she wanted it to do.)
We use try + a to- infinitive to say that something was
possible but it didn’t happen, as in 2b.
2b She tried to drink some water but she couldn't.
(= She made the effort but she wasn’t able to drink any water.)

3a I could go on talking all day. (= continue) 3b After college, she will probably go on to become a
4a Having a sibling means having a lifelong friend. doctor. (= to do something after finishing something else)
(= involves) 4b I meant to call you. (= intended)

^JJ^ONUNE

GERUNDS AND TO- INFINITIVES 377

 311 Gerund or To- Infinitive? Complete these questions with the correct form of the verb in parentheses.
(More than one answer may be possible.) 11.8A

Common Job Interview Questions

1. I saw on your resume that you enjoy _____ playing chess. How did you get interested in that?
(play)
2. Why do you want here?
(work)
3. What kind of people do you like with?
(work)
4. Were you ever asked . a pay cut?
(take)
5. Where do you hope professionally in five years?
(be)
6. What made you choose an engineer?
(become)
7. When you begin with new people, how do you get to understand them?
(work)
8. Describe a situation where you failed a goal.
(reach)

Think about It In which of the questions above could you use either the -ing or the to- infinitive form of
the verb?

Talk about It Choose one of the questions above. Tell your classmates how you would answer it.

32 | Noticing Differences in Meaning Complete these conversations with the -ing or to- infinitive form
of the verb in parentheses. Then practice the conversations. 11.8B

1. A: Why did you leave the door open this morning?

B: I left the door open? I don't remember doing that, (do)
2. A: Where's your computer?
B: Oh, no. I didn't remember it. (bring)
3. A: Did you pick up some milk on your way home?
B: Oh, sorry. I forgot at the store, (stop)
4. A: Did you have a good time at the White House?
B: Absolutely. I'll never forget there, (be)
5. A: Somebody has been smoking in here.
B: Not me. I stopped a year ago. (smoke)
6. A: Why are you so late?
B: I stopped to some friends, (talk)
7. A: Why didn't you move the car this morning?
B: I tried it but it wouldn't start, (move)
8. A: Is David feeling any better?
B: I don't think so. He tried a vacation but he still doesn't feel very good, (take)
9. A: Are you tired?
B: Yeah, really tired. I don't think I can go on this much longer, (do)

378
 10. A: What did your sister do after college?
B: She went on engineering at graduate school, (study)
11. A: Do you enjoy skiing?
B: Not especially. In my opinion, skiing means cold all day. (be)
12. A: What happened to the window?
B: I'm sorry. I didn't mean it. (break)

331 Gerund or To- Infinitive? Complete these paragraphs with the correct form of the verbs in
parentheses. (More than one answer may be possible.) 11.8 A-B

How to Prepare for a Vacation j

Most people go on vacation because they want to relax

(1. relax)
However, if you are not well prepared, your vacation can turn into a disaster.

First, it is important to bring everything you need with you. Before you

pack, check the weather at your destination so you know what kind of

clothes you will need. Don't forget a bathing suit if you

(2. pack)
are going to the beach. Remember your passport if you
(3. take)
are going to another country.

You also have to think about the things you leave behind. Consider someone
(4. ask)
an eye on your house while you are away. Don't forget a house key and
(5. keep) (6. leave)
emergency phone numbers for this person. Ask the post office _your mail. If you get a daily
(7. hold)
newspaper, ask the newspaper office your subscription while you are away.
(8. stop)
Once you leave, stop . about things at home. Relax and enjoy your vacation.
(9. worry)

341 Understanding Differences in Meaning Complete these quotations with the -ing or to- infinitive
form of the verb in parentheses. 11.8 B

1. I totally forget about snowboarding in the summertime, (snowboard) —Shaun White, snowboarder
2. I forgot hands and friendly. It was an important lesson about
leadership, (shake/be) —Lee lacocca, businessman
3. Don't call the world dirty because you forgot your glasses, (clean) —Aaron Hill, poet
4. Don't forget yourself, (love) —■Soren Kierkegaard, philosopher
5. I do remember actually chords to Beatles songs. I thought they were great songwriters.
(learn) —Mick Taylor, musician
6. In adversity, remember an even mind, (keep) —Horace, poet
7. I don't remember to become a writer, (decide) —Mark Haddon, writer

GERUNDS AND TO- INFINITIVES 379

 8. I once tried on my toes to see far out in the distance, but I found that I could see much
farther by climbing to a high place, (stand up) —Xun Zz, philosopher
9. In my early days in Hollywood I tried economical. I designed my own clothes, much
to my mother's distress, (be) —Gene Tierney, actor
10. I tried classical guitar when I was 16 but it got really hard. I could never play a lead to
save my life, (study) —Kip Winger, musician
11. I always tried every disaster into an opportunity, (turn) ■—John D. Rockefeller, Jr.,
industrialist

35 I Gerund or To- Infinitive? Complete these paragraphs with the correct form of the verbs in
parentheses. (More than one answer may be possible.) 11.8 A-B

Product Review: Allay 7-Cup Rice Cooker

RATINGS PROS
Overall: Not too hard to clean.
Ease of Use: CONS
Durability: Instructions are wrong and heat
Ease of Cleaning: timer doesn't always work.
REVIEW

I had problems with this rice cooker from the first time I used it. The instruction booklet says
to use 1 cup of water per 1 cup of rice. When I did this, the rice ended up
(1. use) (2. be)
hard and burned. Next, I tried 1% cups of water per 1 cup of rice. After cooking the rice
(3. use)
for the correct amount of time, I found that the rice at the top was edible, but the rice at the bottom was

burned. Then I decided 2 cups of water per cup of rice, and that worked just about right.
(4. use)
A second serious problem with this rice cooker is that the heat timer doesn't always work. The heat

timer has two positions. You press it down when you want the rice and up when you
(5. cook)
just need the rice warm. To cook the rice, you put the water and rice in the cooker and
(6. keep)
press the heat timer down. After about 15 minutes, the heat timer should pop up to the "keep warm"

position. Instead, the rice keeps on .. Th

(7. cook)
stop the rice.
(8. watch)

Think about It How many other gerunds and to- infinitives can you find in the text above?

Write about It Write a product review of something you have used. Pay special attention to the way you
use gerunds and infinitives.

380
 11.9 Bare Infinitives as Objects
We use a bare infinitive instead of a to- infinitive after certain verbs and other expressions. A bare infinitive looks
like the base or simple form of a verb.

1 She made me cry. (= She caused me to cry.)
2 He had his brother do the shopping.
(= He caused his brother to do the shopping.)
A
3 He wouldn't let anyone come in.
(= He wouldn’t allow anyone to come in.)
We use a noun phrase + bare infinitive after the verbs
make and have when they mean “cause someone to do
something,” as in 1 - 2.
We also use let + a noun phrase + bare infinitive when
let means “allow,” as in 3.

4 The IMF helped (us) stabilize the world economy. It is possible to use either a bare infinitive or a to-
infinitive after the verb help (+ a noun phrase), as in 4 - 5.
5 The IMF helped (us) to stabilize the world economy.

COMPARE We use a noun phrase + bare infinitive after the verbs

6a I saw her leave, (completed)
B 6b I saw her leaving though the back door, (in progress)
7a We heard someone yell, (completed)
7b We heard someone yelling, (in progress)
feel, hear, see, and watch when we are describing a
completed action, as in 6a and 7a.
We use a noun phrase + gerund after these verbs when
the action is in progress or unfinished, as in 6b and 7b.

(JJ^ONLINE

361 To- Infinitive or Bare Infinitive? Underline the to- infinitives used as objects. Circle the bare
infinitives used as objects. 11.9 A

F Y I
1/ Don’t confuse a to-
infinitive in a series with
a bare infinitive.
I managed to get up early
and finish my work.
(= I managed to get up early
Medical researchers say most people need to sleep more. When people and to finish my work.)
don't get enough rest, they often have more health problems and

greater difficulty dealing with stress. A recent study suggests that short

naps in the middle of the day can help reduce stress and improve

general health.

Some companies in Europe and Latin America allow workers to nap

in the middle of the day. They have workers go home and rest for a

short time. (Some shops even close for a few hours around midday.)

Most employers say that the naps make people feel more energetic

when they return.

Now some American companies are letting employees nap after

lunch, and the results have been positive. When workers stop to rest,

it helps them to relax and makes them happier.

GERUNDS AND TO- INFINITIVES 381

 Think about It What verbs are used with the to- infinitives and bare infinitives in Activity 36? Write them
in this chart.

Verb (+ noun phrase) + to- infinitive Verb (+ noun phrase) + bare infinitive
need to sleep

Talk about It What do you think about resting/napping at work? Do you think employers should permit
this? Explain your opinion to a partner.

37 | Using Bare Infinitives Write ten questions using the information in this chart and your
own ideas. 11.9 A

parents their children

teachers their students
should help
children their parents
Do you think should let ?
wives their husbands
should make
husbands their wives
employers their employees

Do you think parents should let their children stay home alone?

Talk about It Ask a partner the questions you wrote above. Answer your partner's questions.

A: Do you think parents should let their children stay home alone?
B: It depends on the age of the child.

38 | Bare Infinitive, To- Infinitive, or Gerund? Complete this paragraph with the correct form of the
verbs in parentheses. Use bare infinitives, to- infinitives, or gerunds. 11.9 A-B

Online Learning
A few years ago, you couldn't have made me take a
(1. take)
class online. It seemed to me that the experience of
(2. sit)
in the same room and a professor face-to-face
(3. see)
was necessary for . After
(4. learn) (5. take)
an online course, though, I now realize that being able to watch a
lecture whenever I want has helped me better.
(6. learn)
able to pause and review the lecture over and over
(7. be)

382
 again lets me really about the information. I'm not worrying the whole time about
(8. think)
everything the professor says. And I can still interact with
(9. try) (10. writedown)
the professor and the other students by small group discussion sessions and by
(11. attend)
the professor. I can definitely see myself more online courses in
(12. email) (13. take)
the future.

Write about It What is your opinion of online learning? Write several sentences.

39 | Bare Infinitive or Gerund? Complete these descriptions with the bare infinitive or gerund
form of the verbs in parentheses. Then explain your choices. (In some sentences, either form may
be possible.) 11.9B

DESCRIBING SIGHTS AND SOUNDS

1. The last time I was in New York City, I saw a young woman walking down the street
(walk)
in a wedding dress. It was strange because she was alone.

2. One time my father saw some kids a bag of empty soda cans out of the window of
(throw)
their car. My father actually picked up the bag, ran after them, and threw the bag back into their car.

3. One time I was on an airplane and we hit some turbulence. The plane started shaking and suddenly we

all heard a voice . It was a very deep laugh, and it sounded as if it was coming from
(laugh)
outside the plane. What was it? Later I found out it was one of those birthday cards with sound. The

card was in someone's luggage in the overhead compartment, and the turbulence must have set it off.

4. At my college graduation on a hot May day, I felt the sweat down my face and wanted
(drip)
to take off my gown, but I didn't see anyone else . that. In that heat, how could my
(do)
friend next to me look so cool, even though he was wearing a long-sleeved shirt and dark pants? When

I asked him, he shrugged and opened his gown. He was wearing only a pair of shorts, two sleeves,

cut off at the elbows, and two pant legs, cut off at the knees. The sleeves and pant legs were held up

with rubber bands! With his gown on, you couldn't tell at all!

5. One day I was walking down Lexington Avenue in New York. A handsome man was walking toward

me. When he got close, he looked up and I saw him at me. That's when I almost did
(smile)
a double-take17—it was the actor Sean Connery. Imagine, 007 in New York!

Write about It Write your own description like the ones above.

17 double-take: a quick or surprised second look

GERUNDS AND TO- INFINITIVES 383

 11.10 Other Uses of To- Infinitives
LINKING VERB + ADJECTIVE + TO- INFINITIVE We sometimes use a to- infinitive after a linking verb
adjective to- infinitive + adjective, as in 1 - 3. The to- infinitive gives more
1 She was happy to help us. information about the adjective.
A 2 I was surprised to find that things weren't so A few adjectives are almost always followed by a to-
different here. infmitive. These include able, apt, due, inclined, likely,
3 He's apt to be late. prepared, ready, and willing.

NOUN PHRASE + TO- INFINITIVE We can also use a to- infinitive after a noun phrase, as in
noun phrase to- infinitive 4-6. The to- infinitive gives more information about
4 I don't have any reason to go there. the noun phrase.
B
5 Her ability to manage the office surprised us.
6 There are many sights to see in London.

EXPRESSING A PURPOSE
7 She exercises to stay healthy.
8 He's studying to become a doctor.
C 9 A company needs good management in order
not to fail.
10 To be a good manager, a person must be
very organized.
We can also use a to- infinitive to explain why or for what
purpose, as in 7 - 8. We sometimes include the words in order
before a to- infinitive (especially before negative infinitives
and in more formal writing), as in 9.
Sometimes we use a purpose infinitive at the beginning of
a sentence, as in 10. This focuses attention on the purpose.
We use a comma to separate the purpose infinitive from the
main clause of the sentence.

ONLINE

401 Adjectives + To- Infinitives Choose the best adjective in parentheses to complete each
sentence. 11.10 A

1. I'm sorry to bother you. (happy/sorry)

F Y I
2. I'd be to help you. (happy/sorry) To- infinitives are
3. I'm so to finally have some free time, (excited/sad) especially common after
adjectives that describe
4. I'm to be a citizen of my country, (anxious/proud) feelings.
5. The sun is to rise tomorrow morning, (likely/unlikely)
6. I was to get an invitation to the dinner.
(disappointed / surprised)
7. Teachers are usually to have hard-working students, (pleased
8. A good manager must be to fire a dishonest employee, (unwilling

9. On a nice day, I'm to jump on my bicycle

10. I'm to say I can't come to your house for dinner next week, (sorry/happy)

384
!

411 Noun Phrases + To- Infinitives Put these words and phrases in the correct order. Include a
noun phrase + to- infinitive in your sentence. (More than one sentence may be possible.) 11.10B
1. don't need/I/to do/anything
I don't need anything to do.

2. work/have/I/to do
3. San Francisco/to visit/is/a great city
4. an apartment/looking for/to rent/she's
5. anything/didn't give me/he/to say
6. Mississippi/a hard word/is/to spell
7. a good way/to meet people/joining a club/is
8. lots of things/I/to keep track of/have
9. to relax/playing a game/a great way/is
10. not everyone/to go/the opportunity/has/to college

42 | Adjectives and Nouns + To- Infinitives Match the beginning of each sentence on the left with a
to- infinitive. (More than one answer may be possible.) Then compare with your classmates. 11.10 A-B

1. On a rainy day, I'm not likely g a. to reduce stress.

2. I'm always ready b. to walk.
3. I would never be willing c. to steal someone's money.
4. Babies are apt d. to give homework.
5. Newborn babies aren't able _ e. to sit outside.
6. Teachers are likely f. to help my friends.
7. Many people never have the opportunity g. to start crying at any time.
8. Exercising is a great way h. to travel abroad.

Write about It Write your own ending for the sentences above. Use a to- infinitive. Then share your
ideas with a classmate.

431 Using a To- Infinitive of Purpose Match the beginning of each instruction on the left with a
to- infinitive. (More than one answer may be possible.) 11.10 C

INSTRUCTIONS

1. Put a little water in the pan and cover it e a. to avoid a bitter taste.
2. Stir the water occasionally b. to avoid boredom.
3. Store coffee properly c. to digest your food.
4. Clean your coffeemaker frequently d. to ensure a fresh taste.
5. Allow at least two hours before you exercise e. to keep the moisture in.
6. Stretch after you exercise f. to help you fall asleep.
7. Try drinking hot milk g. to reduce stiffness and soreness.
8. Take up a hobby or join a club h. to separate the pasta.

Write about It Choose three of the sentence beginnings above, and use a to- infinitive to write your own
ending. Share your ideas with a classmate.

GERUNDS AND TO- INFINITIVES 385

 11.11 Progressive, Perfect, and Passive Forms of To- Infinitives
pr o g r e s s iv e f o r m to be + present participle
1 She seems to be doing very well.
(= I think that she is doing very well.)
2 To be living in Italy is a dream come true.
(= The fact that I am living in Italy is a dream come true.)
A to- infinitive can also have a progressive, perfect,
or passive form, as in 1 - 6.
We use the progressive form of a to- infinitive
to emphasize that something is in progress at a
particular time, as in 1 - 2.

pe r f e c t f o r m to have + past participle
3 Jeff looks much better. The treatment seems to have
A been effective. (= I think the treatment has been effective.)
4 They were delighted to have finally met her.
(= They were delighted because they had finally met her.)
We can use the perfect form of a to- infinitive:
• for something that happened in the past but
has a connection to now, as in 3
• to show that one event in the past took place
before another, as in 4

pa s s iv e f o r m to be + past participle We use the passive form of a to- infinitive when the
doer of the action is unknown or less important
5 What needs to be done? (= What does somebody need to do?)
than the action itself, as in 5 - 6.
6 He didn't want to be called Professor.
(= He didn’t want people to call him Professor.)

^HONLINE

441 Noticing Different Forms of To- Infinitives Underline the to- infinitives in these
conversations. Then practice with a partner. 11.11 A
1. A: Where's Mary? She should be here by now.
B: Yeah. She seems to have forgotten about the meeting.
2. A: What's the matter with the refrigerator? .
B: What do you mean?
r i
A: Well, look at the water. It seems to be leaking.
3. A: Did you tell your sister to do her homework?
B: I don't think she needs to be told.
4. A: Are you going to help Sam move?
B: I offered but he doesn't like to be helped.
5. A: Was your new boss at the dinner?
B: Yes, and I'm so happy to have finally met her.
6. A: Do you have any money on you?
B: No, I'm still waiting to be paid.
7. A: How's your new job?
B: I love it. It's so nice to be working for a good company.
8. A: Where's all the food?
B: Somebody seems to have eaten it all.
9. A: Why is Anne in such a good mood?
B: I think she's just relieved to have finally finished her project!
10. A: Do you want to be picked up Friday morning? I think I'm going to the same meeting.
B: Oh, that'd be nice. Then I won't have to drive.
11. A: The snow finally seems to be stopping. Do you want to go out?
B: Sure.
12. A: So which letters are ready to be mailed?
B: Well, the ones I put by the front door. The rest can wait.

386
 Think about It Group the infinitives in Activity 44 in this chart.

Progressive form Perfect form

(to be + present participle) (to have + past participle)
to have forgotten

Active form Passive form

(to + base form) (to be + past participle)

Write about It Choose three of the sentences in Activity 44 with a to- infinitive. Restate the information
in each sentence without using a to- infinitive.

1. I think she has forgotten about the meeting.

11.12 Using Gerunds and To- Infinitives in Speaking

USING A TO- INFINITIVE BY ITSELF In conversation, we often answer a question about the
1 A: Why did you call her? purpose of something with a to- infinitive by itself, as
B: To ask if I could stay longer. in 1-2.
A
2 A: What's this for?
B: To remove staples.

USING TO ALONE In conversation, we can use to alone when answering

3 A: Can you help me with this? a yes/no question because the meaning is understood
B: Sure. I'd be happy to. (= I’d be happy to help you.) from the question itself, as in 3 - 5.

B 4 A: Did you go out last night?

B: No, we decided not to. (= We decided not to go out.)
5 A: Did you send that email?
B: Oh, sorry. I forgot to. (= I forgot to send that email.)

USING A GERUND BY ITSELF In conversation, we often use a gerund by itself to talk

6 A: Why do you keep doing that? about an action in a short way, as in 6.
B: Doing what?
C A: Talking to yourself. Using a gerund lets us “package” an action as a kind of noun
phrase. Then we can use the gerund to talk about the action
B: Sorry. I didn't know I was bothering you. in different ways.

^ONLINE

GERUNDS AND TO- INFINITIVES 387

 (Ji) 451 Answering Questions with a To- Infinitive Listen and write the missing to- infinitives in these
conversations. Then practice with a partner. 11.12 A

1. A: Why are you calling Matt again? 7. A: Do you need some help?
B: To ask him a question. B:what?
2. A: Why are you going out so early? A: the kitchen.
B:some exercise. B: Sure. I'd love some help.
3. A: Why did you turn the TV back on? 8. A: Can I use the car today?
B:the weather report. B: What for?
4. A: Why did you want to see me? A: Just to the store.
B: Just. 9. A: What do you need to go to the store for?
5. A: Where'd Sam go? B: some eggs.
B:something for dinner. 10. A: What do you need eggs for?
6. A: What are you going to use all these rocks for? B:a cake.
B:a wall.

461 Noticing To- Infinitives in Conversation Listen and write the missing responses. Then practice
with a partner. 11.128

1. A: Do you want to do something tonight? 5. A: Did you play tennis?

B: Sure, I'd love to. B:
2. A: Did you go for a swim? 6. A: Do you want to join us for lunch?
B: B:
3. A: Can you help me with this? 7. A: We're going for coffee. Want to come?
B: B:
4. A: Did you stop at the grocery store? 8. A: Did you get a hold of Anna?
B: B:

Think about It What words did the speakers leave out in the conversations above? Share ideas with
your classmates.

sj) 47 I Using Gerunds in Conversation Listen and write the missing gerunds. Then practice with a
partner. 11.12C

1. A: Would you mind helping me with this? RESEARCH

B:you with what? SAYS...

A: this table. Gerunds are more

common in writing
B: Oh, sure. than in speaking.
2. A: Did you postpone again?
CORPL
B:where?
A: To register the car.
B: Oh, no. I forgot.

388
 3. A: Don't you love this?
B: what?
A: The ice skating.
B: Oh, is there ice skating on TV?
4. A: I wish you would stop that.
B:what?
A: the channel every ten seconds.
5. A: I hate about this.
B: about what?
A: The economy. I'm sick of it.
6. A: When are you going to start .?
B:what?
A: You know. The garage.
7. A: I really don't enjoy this.
B:what? You mean the windows?
A: Right.
8. A: Did you finish everything?
B: What do you mean?
A: You know. the dishes and putting away the food.
B: Yeah, everything's done.

11.13 Using Gerunds and To- Infinitives in Academic Writing

INTRODUCING A TOPIC WITH A GERUND SUBJECT In academic writing, we sometimes use a gerund to
1 Being a responsible member of one's community is introduce the topic of a paragraph or essay, as in 1 - 2.
A important to the success of representative democracy.
2 Traveling to foreign countries and experiencing
different cultures is a great opportunity.

INTRODUCING AN IDEA WITH NOUN + BE + TO- INFINITIVE We often use a noun phrase + be + a to- infinitive in
3 The first rule of letter writing is to make your purpose writing to introduce an important point or idea, as
clear to your audience. in 3 - 4. Common nouns used to introduce an
B important point include:
4 Our primary challenge is to provide good feedback.
A secondary challenge is to help... aim goal method rule step
challenge idea plan solution way

GERUNDS AND TO- INFINITIVES IN A SERIES
5 The best things about my trip were meeting new
people, staying on a farm, and eating great food.
6 In conclusion, being a good boss depends on being
C organized, giving your employees good feedback, and
understanding that they are only human.
7 Someday I hope to see where my grandparents grew
up and learn about their culture.
In writing, we sometimes use a series of gerund
phrases or to- infinitives in a sentence, as in 5 - 7.
Remember: When we use a series of to- infinitives, it’s
not always necessary to repeat the word to, as in 7.
Ideas in a series should have the same grammatical
form. We call this parallelism.

>To n l in e

GERUNDS AND TO- INFINITIVES 389

 48 | Writing Topic Sentences Use a gerund to complete these topic sentences. (Many different answers
are possible.) 11.13 A

TOPIC SENTENCES

1. Living in many different places _______________ has had a major impact on my life.
2. has many benefits.
3. is never appropriate,
4. should be one of this country's most important goals.
5. has several disadvantages.
6. is one of the most important duties of a citizen.
7. should be a requirement for every college student.

Write about It Write three more topic sentences beginning with gerunds.

491 Noticing To- Infinitives Underline the to- infinitives in these paragraphs. Which of your underlined
to- infinitives introduce an important point? Underline them twice. 11.13 B

F Y I
Writing Work Emails Writers often use a
AU work emails need a clear purpose. The first rule of email writing is noun phrase + be + a
to make your purpose clear to the reader. What are you telling your to- infinitive to introduce
manager or coworkers? Write the subject on the subject line. Then tell a goal, purpose, plan,
your reader the point of your message at the beginning of your email. or idea.
The second rule is to include all the information that your reader needs The first rule of email writing
in as few words as possible. Try to keep a clear focus in your message. is to make your purpose
clear to your reader.
It's also important to keep your words simple and direct. Use short
words and sentences and avoid using jargon18 and slang19. When you have
finished writing, don't forget to go back and cut any unnecessary words.
Editing always improves an email.

501 Introducing an Important Point Match the beginning of each sentence on the left with a
to- infinitive. 11.13B

1. The first rule of advertising is h a. to surround yourself with good people.

2. The first rule of being a good businessperson is
3. The first rule of friendship is
4. A goal of science is
5. The goal of a business is
6. One good way to learn a language is
7. The first step in any research project is
8. The best method for storing tea is
b. to read a lot of books.
c. to make money.
d. to put it in an airtight container.
e. to acquire knowledge of the world.
f. to define the problem.
g. to forgive your friends no matter what they do.
_ h. to have a good product to advertise.

Talk about It Do you agree or disagree with the sentences above? Tell a partner.

’‘jargon: special words used by a particular group of people ’’slang: informal language

390
511 Introducing an Important Point Complete these sentences with your own ideas. Use a
to- infinitive in each sentence. 11.13 B

1. One way to meet new people is

Another way is
2. One of my reasons for taking this course is
Another reason is
3. The first step in buying an airline ticket is
The next step is
4. One way to discipline a child is
An alternative way is
5. One challenge for travelers in foreign countries is
Another challenge is
6. One method for learning new words is
Another method is
7. One of my goals is
Another goal is

52 | Writing a Series of Ideas Complete these sentences with your own ideas. Use gerunds or
to- infinitives. 11.13 C

THREE IMPORTANT THINGS

1. You can improve your grades by

and
2. Three of my personal goals are
and

3. For me, the three worst household chores are

and
4. For many people, "fun" involves
and
5. A healthy lifestyle requires
and
6. The three most difficult things for a parent are
, and
7. Parents can promote good reading habits in their children by
, and
8. Three important human rights are
and

GERUNDS AND TO- INFINITIVES 391

 WRAP-UP Demonstrate Your Knowledge

■ ;
AI SURVEY Choose one of these statements, and ask ten classmates if they agree or disagree and why.
Then report your findings to the class.
• It is important never to contradict your boss at work.
litasf • It is critical for children to have physical education classes in school.
• Adolescents should be allowed to make their own decisions.
• Setting up a bank account for every young child is a good idea.
• It is impossible to have a good life unless you have a certain amount of money.
• You can't learn without making mistakes.
A: Do you agree or disagree with this statemen t? It is important never to contradict vour boss at work.
B: I disagree because nobody is perfect and even your boss can make a mistake. Ifyou think your boss is really
saying something wrong, you need to speak up. At the same time, I think you need to be very polite so your
boss doesn't get angry.

BI DISCUSSION In a small group, choose one of these scenarios, and give advice and suggestions about
what the person should do.

Scenario 1: Carlos was traveling by train on his vacation in a foreign country. Suddenly he realized that his
wallet was missing. He checked his pockets and looked all around, but he couldn't find it. Then he noticed
that his suitcase was missing, too. Here he was in a foreign country, he didn't speak the local language, and
he had no money and none of his belongings. What could he do?

Scenario 2: Irene is taking an important university entrance exam when she notices that several of the
students are cheating. She knows that only the top scorers on the exam will get accepted into the university,
and she wants to be one of them. What should she do?

Scenario 3: Paul loves his job in the computer industry, but one of his co-workers is driving him crazy.
This person spends much of the day on his phone talking to friends and playing games on his computer.
As a consequence, Paul ends up doing a lot of his co-worker's work so they can finish their projects on
time. What should he do?

"I would advise a person in this situation to..

"I recommend doing..
"I think this person should consider going..."
"I would ask, 'Have you ever considered doing...?' "
"I would suggest that he/she not forget to..."
"I think it is important for this person to..

CI WEB SEARCH Look online to find a short video that explains the process of doing something (e.g., how
to draw a rose, how to tie a necktie, how to make sushi, or how to). Without
turning on the sound, write your own instructions explaining how to accomplish the process.

In order to , you will need to get the following materials/ingredients: , , etc.

You start by .
Next, be sure to .
Continue or
Don't forget to check .
Finally, remember to .

392
 DI WRITHING Choose one of your topic sentences from Activity 48 and write a paragraph.

Owning a car has several disadvantages. Perhaps the biggest disadvantage is that having a car is very expensive.
When you own a car, it costs money to keep it in good shape. You also need to pay for car insurance and gasoline,
and this can get very expensive. Another disadvantage is that you need to have a safe place to park your car at night,
I and this can be difficult ifyou live in a big city. While many people think that they can't live without a car, there are
actually some good reasons to live without a car....

J11.14 Summary of Gerunds and To- Infinitives

Gerund as Subject
Gerund as Subject Completer
Gerund as Object of a Verb
Gerund as Object of a Preposition
Passive Form of a Gerund
Reading is to the mind what exercise is to the body. (Joseph Addison)
The ony thing better than singing is more singing. (Ella Fitzgerald)
If we stop loving animals, aren't we bound to stop loving humans too?
(Aleksandr Solzhenitsyn)
Let no one come to you without leaving better and happier.
(Mother Teresa)
He who fears being conquered is sure of defeat.
(Napoleon Bonaparte)

To- Infinitive as Subject To teach is to learn twice over. (Joseph Joubert)

(It + Be + Adjective + To- Infinitive)
To- Infinitive as Subject Completer
To- Infinitive as Object of a Verb
I/1//7- Word + To- Infinitive
Bare Infinitive
Linking Verb + Adjective + To- Infinitive
Noun + 7b- Infinitive
To- Infinitive of Purpose
Progressive Form of a 7b- Infinitive
Perfect Form of a To- Infinitive
Passive Form of a 7b- Infinitive
It's better to be alone than in bad company. (George Washington)
The only way to have a friend is to be one. (Ralph Waldo Emerson)
Everyone wants to share in a man's success, but no one wants
to share in his misfortunes.
Expect the most wonderful things to happen, not in the future but right
now. (Eileen Caddy)
Never tell people howto do things. Tell them what to do and they will
surprise you with their ingenuity. (George Patton)
No one can make you feel inferior without your consent.
(Eleanor Roosevelt)
Create the kind of self that you will be happy to live with all your life.
(Golda Meir)
For every good reason there is to lie, there is a better reason to tell
the truth. (Bo Bennett)
In order to excel, you must be completely dedicated to your chosen sport.
(Willie Mays)
To be doing good deeds is man's most glorious task. (Sophocles)
In my view you cannot claim to have seen something until you have
photographed it. (Emile Zola)
I would like to be called an inspiration to people, not a role model—
because I make mistakes like everybody else. (Britney Spears)

GERUNDS AND TO- INFINITIVES 393

 a

Noun Clauses and

Related Forms

IF
?"

Talk about It What does the quotation above mean? Do you agree or disagree?

394
 WARM-UP 395
12.1 Overview of Noun Clauses 396
Usage Note: That 398
12.2 That Clauses as Subjects 398
12.3 That Clauses as Complements 401
12.4 That Clauses as Objects (Verb + That Clause) 404
12.5 Using the Base Form of a Verb in That Clauses 407
12.6 Wh- Noun Clauses 408
12.7 Noun Clauses with If or Whether 411
Usage Note: Clauses with If 412
12.8 Noun Clauses in Indirect Speech 415
Usage Note: Changing Other Forms in
Indirect Speech 417
12.9 Using Say, Tell, and Other Reporting Verbs 420
12.10 Using Noun Clauses in Speaking 422
12.11 Using Noun Clauses in Academic Writing 425
WRAP-UP Demonstrate Your Knowledge 427
12.12 Summary of Noun Clauses 429

WARM-UP
AI Read these statements and check (/) Agree or Disagree. Then compare your answers with your classmates.
What was the most common answer for each question?

' J J

Personal Statements
AGREE DISAGREE

1. What I'm doing these days is interesting. □ □

2. I love where I live. □ □
3. I believe friends are very important to happiness. □ □
4. I am very concerned about how other people feel. □ □
5. I feel strongly that I can make the world a better place. □ □
6. I have always thought that language learning is fun. □ □
7. I know exactly what I want to do in the future. □ □
8. I'm certain that I'll be successful in life. □ □
9. I don't know if I'll live in the same country all my life. □ □
10. What people think of me is very important. □ □

BI The words in green above are noun clauses. Based on these examples, what can you say about noun
clauses? Check (/) True or False.

TRUE FALSE

1. A noun clause always comes at the end of a sentence. □ □

2. Noun clauses usually answer the question what. □ □
3. Noun clauses always begin with the word that. □ □
4. A noun clause has a subject and a verb. □ □
5. We often use noun clauses in sentences about opinions or feelings. □ □
CI Look back at the quotation on page 394. Identify any noun clauses.

NOUN CLAUSES AND RELATED FORMS 395

 12.1 Overview of Noun Clauses
COMPARE 1A-1B Noun clauses function like noun phrases but we can
noun phrase use them:
la My biggest problem is money. • to provide more detailed or more complex
information, as in lb
noun clause
• when we want to express an attitude, stance, or
lb My biggest problem is that I never have any money. degree of certainty about something, as in 2 - 3
2 It's too bad that our friends can't be with us. • when we report someone’s words, ideas, or
opinions, as in 4-5
A 3 I doubt that he'll be there.
4 I asked him [if he had ever been there. A noun clause usually begins with that, if, whether, or
5 She said [that we shouldn't wait for her.
a wh- question word (what, why, how, etc.), as in 4 - 6.
We can sometimes omit the word that, as in 7.
6 I don't care [why] you did it.
7 I guess [(that)] I could do that.
subject verb
8 I don't know what I should do. A noun clause always has a subject and a verb, as in 8.

subject Like noun phrases, noun clauses have many different

9 What he said last night surprised me. functions in a sentence, as in 9 - 11.

object of a verb
B 10 I know where she lives.

subject complement
Charts 12.2-12.9 give more detailed information on the uses of
11 The truth is that she lost her job. noun clauses.

(^ONLINE

11 Identifying Subjects and Verbs in Noun Clauses Underline the subject and circle the verb in
each bold noun clause. What do the quotations mean to you? 12.1 A

QUOTATIONS FROM FAMOUS PEOPLE

1. I'm not interested in how people (move), but what(movesj them. (Pina Bausch, dancer and dance teacher)
2. I don't care what people say about me. (Roger Daltrey, musician)
3. Keep trying and see what fate1 brings. (Vietnamese proverb)
4. Don't ask whether it is going to be easy. Ask whether it is worth it.
(Michael Josephson, law professor and attorney)
5. Sometimes it is more important to discover what one cannot do than what one can do.
(Lin Yutang, writer and inventor)
6. Practice what you preach. (Plautus, playwright)
7. I often think that the night is more alive and more richly colored than the day. (Vincent van Gogh, artist)
8. My doctor told me I would never walk again. My mother told me I would. I believed my mother.
(Wilma Rudolph, athlete)
9. It took me a hundred years to figure out I can't change the world. I can only change Bessie.
(Bessie Delany, civil rights pioneer)

'fate: things that happen to us

396
 10. I can't understand why people are frightened of new ideas. I'm frightened of the old ones.
(John Cage, composer)
11. I don't know if a song is going to be a hit or ... a flop2.1 never know. (T-Pain, musician)
12. My opinion is that you never find happiness until you stop looking for it. (Zhaungzi, philosopher)
13. The more I live, the more I think that humor is the saving sense3. (Jacob August Riis, journalist)
14. I worry that life is getting faster and faster. (John Lasseter, movie director)

Think about It What is the first word of each noun clause in Activity 1?

Think about It Can you find an adverb clause in one of the quotations in Activity 1?
Is it inside the noun clause?

Think about It In which of the quotations in Activity 1 does the speaker report someone's words or
ideas? In which of the quotations does the speaker express a degree of certainty or an attitude?

2 | Identifying Noun Clauses Underline the noun clauses in these sentences. 12.1 B

Vin c e n t Va n Go g h
1. Some experts believe that Van Gogh was the greatest artist of all time.
2. It's hard to believe that Van Gogh was once almost unknown.
3. Most people know that Van Gogh painted Starry Night.
4. Many people don't realize that he also painted a large number of
pictures of himself.
I
5. One of Van Gogh's problems was that few people appreciated his art.
6. That he sold very few paintings during his lifetime is surprising.
7. Van Gogh was killed by a gun. Whether or not he killed himself
is uncertain.
8. There have been several documentaries focusing on how he died.
9. The truth is that Van Gogh suffered from mental illness all his life.
10. If he shot himself, his illness may explain why he did it.
11. What Van Gogh accomplished in his lifetime is amazing.
12. Today most people agree that he made a huge contribution4 to the
art world.

Think about It How is each noun clause used in the sentences above? Write S (subject), 0 (object of
a verb), or SC (subject complement) above each noun clause.

■flop: something that is not a success ’contribution: something that a person gives
’sense: the ability to understand or appreciate something

NOUN CLAUSES AND RELATED FORMS 397

 3 I Usage Note: That Read the note. Then do Activity 4.

We use the word that in many different ways:

As a demonstrative pronoun That's my favorite store.

As a demonstrative determiner I like that store.
To introduce an adjective clause I went to the store that you like.
To introduce a noun clause I forgot that the store is closed on Mondays.

4 | Identifying Uses of That Find the word that in the sentences below. If it's part of a longer phrase
or clause, underline the entire phrase or clause. Then identify how it is used. Choose an answer from
the box. 12.1 B

USES OF THAT
a. It's a pronoun. c. It introduces an adjective clause.
b. It's a determiner. d. It introduces a noun clause.

1. This is the house that Bill Gates lived in.
2. We all know that she's intelligent.
3. I like that painting in our classroom.
4. She thinks that I'm wrong.
5. I decided that I should leave.
6. That cannot be true!
7. Is this the restaurant that you want to go to?
c 8. Let's rent that new action movie.
9. That's not what I said.
10. The problem is that I have to work
on Saturday.
11. He moved! I didn't know that.
12. Did you hear that loud noise?

12.2 That Clauses as Subjects

COMPARE 1A-1B It is possible to use a that clause as the subject of a
that clause as subject sentence, as in la, but it is not very common. Instead,
la That he wasn't coming soon became clear. we use it as an empty subject and move the that
clause to the end of the sentence where it is easier
it that clause to notice, as in lb.
lb It soon became clear that he wasn't coming.

A IT + BE + ADJECTIVE + THATCLAUSE

2 It is likely that a new business will go through a We can use it as an empty subject followed by be +
difficult period before it is established. adjective + that clause, as in 2 - 3. This is one way
3 It is clear from the statistics that today's families are we express an attitude or degree of certainty about
spending more time at home. something, especially in academic and news writing.
the fact + that clause We may also use the fact + that clause, as in 4.
4 The fact that she loves to sing doesn't surprise me. This sounds better than starting a sentence with
a that clause alone.

^HQNLINE

398
 5 I Noticing That Clauses Read these personal opinions about travel. Which sentences
j contain that clauses? Underline them. (Not all the sentences have a that clause.) 12.2 A

P® ■©
— Igg

Travel
1. It's obvious that you learn a lot when vou travel.
2. It surprises me that people travel to other countries. I like staying at home.
3. Traveling allows you to understand the similarities and differences between
different people and places.
4. The fact that travel can be expensive doesn't bother me. I love it!
5. I enjoy traveling because it gives me the chance to see beautiful new places.
6. The fact that you can meet new people and experience different cultures is
the best thing about visiting a new country.
7. It's very clear that travel can change your view of the world.
8. I think it's possible that traveling makes you more confident in life.
9. I love to simply get on a plane, train, or bus and go somewhere new!
10. For me, it's disappointing that I can't travel all the time.

Think about It Which that clauses above are in sentences beginning with it?
Which are in sentences beginning with the fact?

Think about It None of the sentences above begins with a that clause.
Why do you think this is?

Talk about It Which of the opinions above do you agree with? Why? Share ideas
with your classmates.

61 Giving Opinions with That Clauses Use the word(s) in parentheses to write a new
sentence with it and a that clause. 12.2 A

VISITING PARIS

1. Paris is popular, (obvious)

It's obvious that Paris is popular.

2. There are long lines for the Eiffel Tower, (annoying)

3. The food is generally very good, (not surprising)

Brill
1 -Bl
4. Paris is called "the City of Light." (appropriate5)

5. They light up the Eiffel Tower at night, (wonderful)

6. The shopping in Paris is the best in the world, (possible)

5 appropriate: right or correct for the situation

NOUN CLAUSES AND RELATED FORMS 399

 7. Many people visit the Louvre Museum just to see the Mona Lisa, (too bad)

8. You can go on a boat ride on the Seine River and canals, (great)

9. So many famous people are buried6 in the Père-LaChaise cemetery7, (interesting)

10. The Sorbonne is one of Europe's oldest universities, (well known)

Think about It How is the meaning of each sentence you wrote in Activity 6 different from the meaning
of the original one?

7 I Using That clauses Complete these sentences. Use that clauses and your own ideas. 12.2 A

GIVING PERSONAL OPINIONS

1. It's surprising
It’s surprising that some people don't like to study grammar.

2. The fact worries me

3. It annoys me
4. The fact doesn't surprise me
5. It's strange
6. It bothers me
7. The fact makes me happy
8. It's too bad
9. It's obvious
10. The fact pleases me

Talk about It Take turns reading the sentences you wrote above to a partner. See if your partner agrees
or disagrees and why.

Talk about It Talk with a partner. What things are possible, likely, or certain to happen to you next week?
Finish these sentences with a that clause and your own ideas.
1. It's possible . . .
A: It's possible that I won't be in class next week.
B: Why not?
A: I need to go visit my parents.

2. It's likely . . .
3. It's certain . . .

“bury: to put a dead body in the ground 'cemetery: a place where people are buried

400
 12.3 That Clauses as Complements
BE +THAT CLAUSE We sometimes use a noun phrase after the verb be to identify or
COMPARE 1A-1B complete the meaning of the subject, as in la. In a similar way,
subject be noun phrase we can use a that clause after the verb be, as in lb - 3.
la The only problem is the weather. Common subjects followed by be + that clause include:
subject be that clause
subject be that clause
The problem The advantage
A lb The only problem is (that) it's raining. The reason The truth
is that.. .
One result My concern
2 My biggest concern is (that) he's not The fact
feeling well.
GRAMMAR TERMS: When we use a noun phrase, a noun clause, or a gerund
3 The only advantage is (that) no one will after the verb be, we call it a subject completer or subject complement.
be there.

LINKING VERB + ADJECTIVE + THAT CLAUSE
4 I'm not confident (that) he'll come.
5 She's sorry (that) she didn't tell you.
6 He seemed amazed (that) he rode his
bike so far.
7 Don't you feel proud that you've done
B such a good job?
We sometimes use a linking verb + adjective + that clause, as in
4-7. This is another common way to express an attitude or
degree of certainty about something.
Common adjectives used in this way include:
Attitudes / Feelings: afraid, amazed, angry, annoyed,
(un)aware, concerned, disappointed, encouraged, glad,
grateful, (un)happy, hopeful, irritated, pleased, proud,
relieved, sorry, surprised, thankful, worried
Certainty: certain, confident, convinced, positive, sure

Notice that these adjectives describe the subject of the sentence,

not the noun clause.

GRAMMAR TERMS: When we use a noun clause (or some other form) after
an adjective, we call it an adjective completer or adjective complement.

((^ONLINE

81 Identifying That Clauses as Subject Complements Read this text, which of the bold that
clauses are subject complements? Write SC over them. Compare your answers with a partner. 12.3 A

Identity Theft

Social media provide great ways to share news and connect with people. But what about the disadvantages of

social media? One of the biggest problems with any activity on the Internet is that you risk your privacy. To use

a social media site, you have to provide personal information. The problem is that other people can find and use

this information—people you don't know at all. This is called identity theft. Criminals use this information to get

credit cards or make purchases in your name. They know that police rarely investigate online crime. The fact is

that this can happen to anyone. So, always be cautious online. Remember that someone may be watching!

Think about It What subject does each that clause identify or complete? Underline it.

NOUN CLAUSES AND RELATED FORMS 401

 91 Using That Clauses as Subject Complements Read the first sentence in each pair below.
Then complete the new sentence using a that clause from the box with a similar meaning. 12.3 A

that countries all over the world owe money
that employees are unhappy
that farmers cannot grow enough food
that it's very hot and dry
that managers have made poor decisions
that people can work from home
that people have no money and no jobs
that public transportation isn't good
that there are too many cars
that you don't see other people regularly

1. a. One problem in some areas is the hot climate.

One problem in some areas is that it's very hot and dry
b. One result is crop failure.
One result is
2. a. One advantage of computers is the ability to work from home.
One advantage is
b. A disadvantage is the lack of human interaction.
A disadvantage is
3. a. A big concern is worldwide debt.
A big concern is
b. The result is poverty and unemployment.
The result is
4. a. The main problem at the office is staff dissatisfaction.
The main problem is
b. The reason is bad management.
The reason is
5. a. The biggest problem in the city is the amount of traffic.
The biggest problem is
b. One cause is the lack of public transportation.
One cause is

Think about It Work with a partner. Read the original sentences and the new sentences above aloud.
Which sentences sound more academic or formal? Why?

101 Using That Clauses after Adjectives Read these sentences and circle the correct adjective.
Then combine the pairs of sentences using a that clause. (More than one answer may be possible.) 12.3 B

SENTENCES ABOUT PROFESSIONALS

1. Their presentation was inaccurate. The sales team was (happy / ^vorrie<j|).
The sales team was worried that their presentation was inaccurate.

2. The number of hurricanes is increasing. Climate scientists are (concerned / glad).

402
 3. The archaeologists were able to excavate the site. They were
(frustrated / grateful).

4. They would get an interview with the celebrity. The journalists were
(sure / sorry). A ■ JR
pi
5. She would win the election. The candidate was (confident / annoyed). FT

6. During the investigation, the detective would solve the case. He was
(irritated / convinced).

7. Scientists will find a cure for the disease. They are (certain / sorry).

8. Three students failed the exam. The professor is (disappointed / proud).

9. The patient needs surgery. The doctors are (annoyed / positive).

10. The rescue workers arrived in time to help. They were (sorry / relieved).

11. Her paintings are selling so well. The artist is (angry / amazed).

12. He needed to decrease the workers' wages. The manager was (sorry / encouraged).

111 Writing That Clauses Think about your life and your future. Write sentences that are true for you
using the adjectives in parentheses. 12.3 B

MY LIFE AND FUTURE

1. (positive)
I'm positive that i'll continue to study English.

2- (glad)
3. (confident)
4. (sorry)
5. (concerned)
6. (grateful)
7. (amazed)
8. (encouraged)
9. (sure)
10. (happy)

Talk about It Take turns reading the sentences you wrote above to a partner. See if your partner feels
the same way.

NOUN CLAUSES AND RELATED FORMS 403

 12.4 That Clauses as Objects (Verb + That Clause)
VERB + THAT CLAUSE We often use a that clause as the object of a verb,
verb that clause as in 1 - 3. In these sentences, the verb in the main
1 I can see (that) we're going to be late. clause often expresses thoughts, beliefs, attitudes,
or feelings about the information in the that clause.
2 I couldn't believe (that) I said it. Some common verbs we use in this way are:
3 I guess (that) no one is at home. believe find imagine suppose
A feel guess know think

4 I told her (that) I had to work late. We also use that clauses to report what someone said,
wrote, or asked, as in 4. For more information on this
use of that clauses, see Chart 12.8.

GRAMMAR TERMS: That clauses used as the object of a verb are

called verb complements or verb completers.

THATCLAUSES IN SPEAKING AND WRITING
5 A: Somebody needs to clean this room.
B: I guess I could do it.
6 A: Hi, Jim. Come on in.
B: I hope I'm not bothering you.
7 A: You can't go in there.
B B: I know I can't. (= I know that I can’t go in there.)
8 Scientists believe that the animal is extinct.
9 He explained that the answers were not in the book.
10 She argued that she couldn't afford to pay the fine.
In speaking, we often omit the word that at the
beginning of a noun clause, as in 5 - 6.
Sometimes in a short answer, we do not include the
full form of the verb in a that clause, as in 7.
In writing, we often use the word that because it can
make the writing easier to understand, as in 8.
WARNING! In both conversation and writing, it
is usually necessary to include that after the verbs
answer, argue, explain, reply, and understand, as in 9 -10.

(c^ONLINE

12 | Using That Clauses as Objects Rewrite each sentence below using a that clause and the
appropriate positive or negative form of a verb from the box. Try to use a different verb in each
sentence. (Many different answers are possible.) 12.4 A

assume feel imagine see think

believe guess know suppose understand

ENDANGERED BIRDS

1. There are many types of endangered birds.

/ know that there are many types of endangered birds.

2. Many different species of penguins are endangered.

3. Human activity is a threat to birds.
4. One of the biggest threats to birds is agriculture8.
5. The changing climate is another reason birds are in danger.
6. Some types of birds probably can't be saved.
7. They should be protected.
8. Some governments are protecting areas for birds to live in.

sagriculture: the farming industry

404
 9. Some charities9 give money to protect birds.
10. People should take an interest in wildlife.

Think about It How is the meaning of each sentence you wrote in Activity 12 different from the
meaning of the original one?

Talk about It Look online to find more information about endangered birds, and share three facts with
your classmates.
"I learned that there are over 190 kinds of birds in immediate danger."

131 Reporting Your Thoughts and Beliefs Write ten sentences with a that clause using the
information in this chart and your own ideas. (More than one answer may be possible.) 12.4 A

TALKING ABOUT SPACE

I assume I can't travel into space.

I believe/don't believe I'll go to the moon.
I doubt people will take vacations in space someday,
I guess scientists are searching for signs of life on Mars,
I hope space exploration is extremely expensive.
I know space exploration is important.
I regret space is endless.
I suppose space travel is becoming cheaper.
I think/don't think the moon goes around the earth.
I understand we will discover life on other planets.

I know that the moon goes around the earth.

Talk about It Compare the sentences you wrote above with a partner. Which statements do you agree or
disagree on? Why?

141 Using That Clauses as Objects Think of someone you know well. What do you know about him or
her? Rewrite each sentence, adding more detailed information with a that clause. (You can give specific
information or a more general answer.) 12.4 A

DESCRIBING SOMEONE I KNOW WELL

1. I know his/her occupation.

I know that he's an accountant. OR
/ know that he works in an office downtown.

2. I know his/her favorite pastime.

3. I know the kind of food he/she likes.
4. I know his/her address.
5. I know his/her family members.
6. I know his/her hopes for the future.
7. I know some abilities he/she has. ajggai
8. I know the kind of movies he/she likes.
9. I know the country he/she was born in.
10. I know the things he/she is afraid of.

’charities: organizations that help those in need

NOUN CLAUSES AND RELATED FORMS 405

 Talk about It Choose a person that everyone in your class knows. Share what you know, think, or
believe about this person.
/ know that Mahatma Gandhi was from India and that he...

15 I Using That Clauses in Conversation Listen and complete the response in these conversations.
Then practice with a partner. 12.4 B

1. A: You can leave now. 6. A: Is there a bank near here?

B: I know B: I believe
I just need to finish one thing. 7. A: Where's Amy?
2. A: It's late. We should go. B: I suppose
B: I suppose 8. A: I love my job.
3. A: Is this too expensive? B: I imagine
B: I think 9. A: I'm hungry!
4. A: Shall I call Nick? B: I guess
B: No, I think 10. A: Joe's getting married.
5. A: It's already noon. Where's the train? B: I know
B: I hope I heard.

Think about It Which responses above use short answers in the noun clause?

Think about It Can you add that to the noun clauses in the responses above? How do the sentences
sound different? Does the meaning of the statements change?

@ 161 Omitting That in Conversation Listen to these conversations. Cross out that if you don't hear it.
Listen again and check your answers. Then practice with a partner. 12.4 B

1. A: What did Professor Cook just say?
B: He explained that we need to summarize
the text.
2. A: You don't look good. Are you tired?
B: Yes, I suppose that I am.
3. A: Why are you keeping that old watch?
B: I guess that I just like it.
4. A: Mary seems really mad at you.
B: I know. I understand that she's upset,
but I was trying to help.
5. A: This coffee tastes awful!
B: I guess that it's gotten cold.
6. A: Is there a pool at the hotel?
B: I really hope that there is.
7. A: What did the driver say?
B: He argued that it wasn't his fault.
It was an accident.
8. A: Did you hear Joey's news?
B: Yes, I heard that he'd been promoted.
9. A: What did you do when she asked you
to help her?
B: I just replied that I was too busy.
10. A: I think that we should call the police.
B: Hmm. I guess so.

Think about It In which conversations above does the speaker have to use the word that at the
beginning of a noun clause? Why? Discuss with your classmates.

406
 12.5 Using the Base Form of a Verb in That Clauses
VERB + THAT CLAUSE WITH BASE FORM VERB
1 She demanded that her employees [be] on time
for work.
2 I insist that he [see] a doctor.
(NOT: I insist that he sees a doctor.)
3 We recommend that you [not go out] after dark.
After verbs that express urgency or a requirement, we
usually use the base form of the verb in a that clause,
even with third-person singular verbs, as in 1 - 2. We
form the negative with not + the base form of the verb,
as in 3.
Common verbs we use this way include advise, ask,
demand, insist, propose, recommend, request, and suggest.

A IT + BE+ ADJECTIVE + THATCLAUSE WITH BASE FORM VERB
4 It is essential that she | start | the work this week.
5 It is important that my brother | not hear| about
this from you.
Sometimes we also need to use the base form of
a verb in a that clause after it + be + adjective to
express urgency or requirement, as in 4 - 5. Common
adjectives we use this way include critical, crucial,
essential, imperative, important, and vital.

GRAMMAR TERM: When we use the base form of the verb with
verbs and adjectives of requirement or importance, we call it a
subjunctive form of the verb.

<<ONLINE

171 Using the Base Form Verb in a That Clause Read the first sentence. Then complete the second
sentence with a positive or negative base form verb. 12.5 A

1. Don't be late for the lecture! I recommend that you be on time for the lecture.
2. He absolutely has to go to a doctor. It is critical that he to a doctor.
3. Pay your rent! I insist that you your rent.
4. It's a good idea to keep notes. She suggests that we notes.
5. I must see your passports. He demands that he our passports.
6. Get to the exam room on time. It's important that we to the exam room
on time.
7. Why doesn't she go back home early? He proposes that she back home early,
8. Please don't make too much noise. She asks that we too much noise.
9. If I were you, I'd leave right now. She advises that he immediately.
10. Everyone has to be careful on board It's essential that everyone careful on board
the ship. the ship.
11. Please be quiet in the theater. She asks that we quiet in the theater.
12. Please don't park there. He requests that we there.

Think about It In what situations or places do people give orders or make strong recommendations like
the ones above? Share ideas with your classmates.

181 Using That + the Base Form of the Verb Imagine that you're advising some friends who are
preparing for job interviews. Complete these sentences with your own ideas to help them succeed at
the interviews. 12.5 A

TEN TIPS FOR SUCCEEDING AT A JOB INTERVIEW

1. I always recommend that everyone

2. It's essential that women

NOUN CLAUSES AND RELATED FORMS 407

 3. I would advise that men
4. I feel it's critical that you (not)
5. It's always very important that we
6. It's vital that an interviewee (not)
7. Many people insist that you
8. I suggest that you (not)
9. Most employers ask that a job candidate
10. Finally, it is important that every interviewee

Talk about It Compare your ideas in Activity 18 with your classmates. Make a list of ideas on the board
and decide on the best advice.

12.6 Wh-Noun Clauses

subject We can introduce noun clauses with a wh- word (who, what,
1 Why he got mad isn't important. where, how, etc.). Like that clauses, wh- noun clauses can
have many different functions in a sentence, as in 1 - 5.
object of a verb
WARNING! Wh- clauses do not follow the word order of
2 I don't know how old she is. wh- questions. The correct word order for a wh- clause is:
subject complement
wh-word (subject) verb
A 3 The question is who knows the most.
Notice: A wh- clause can also be the object of a preposition,
adjective complement
as in 5. This makes wh- clauses different from most that clauses.
4 I'm not sure what you mean.
GRAMMAR TERMS: We sometimes call these u)h- clauses indirect or
object of a preposition embedded questions.
5 She was upset about what he said.

CORRECT THE COMMON ERRORS (See page R-14.)

B 6 XI wonder where is he. 8 XThe problem is who is she marrying.

7 XWhat is he saying bothers me. 9 XThey're not happy about that what you said.

'(^VONLINE

19 | Identifying Wh- Noun Clauses Read this text and underline the wh- noun clauses. 12.6 A

Beauty
A new documentary10 on TV this spring examines what happens when we
see something, or someone, beautiful. It's a program about things that have
symmetry, that is, things that are mirror images of one another. The documentary
focuses on how symmetry affects us. What's interesting about this is that
every human being reacts to symmetry. As far as humans are concerned,
symmetry is almost equivalent to11 beauty. And there's no doubt at all that mirror image

’“documentary: a program or movie that gives facts or information 11 equivalent to: the same as
about a topic

408
 symmetry is important. Think about it: almost everything around us is symmetrical. What you're sitting

on is symmetrical. Butterflies have symmetry—each half of a butterfly is identical. A glass or a plate has

symmetry. In fact, it's pretty hard to think of anything that isn't symmetrical in some way.
The most interesting question is why we find symmetry attractive. It seems that symmetry appeals to us

because we like things that match. We are naturally attracted to people whose faces are symmetrical. Take a

look at your friends! Essentially, the presenter suggests that we can't help falling in love with symmetry.

Think about It How is each wh- clause used in Activity 19? Write S (subject), O (object of a verb), OP
(object of a preposition), SC (subject complement), or AC (adjective complement) above each clause.

201 Using Wh- Clauses Match each bold noun phrase with a wh- clause that is similar in meaning. 12.6 A

1. I know her age. d a. what the word fortunate means

2. I know his favorite food. b. where he goes to school
3. I can't repeat her words. c. what you're wearing
4. I don't know the school he attends. d. how old she is
5. I don't understand this word. e. why she acts that way
6. I love your clothes! f. what he likes most
7. I don't know the problem. g. where you live
8. I remember your address. h. what's wrong
9. I don't understand her behavior. i. what it's about
10. I know the subject of the presentation. j. why you're doing that
11. I don't know him. k. who he is
12. I don't understand your actions. 1. what she said

Write about It Work with a partner. Can you think of another wh- clause with a similar meaning for each
sentence above? Write your ideas and then compare with your classmates.
1. I don't know what her age is.

21 | Word Order in Wh- Clauses Read the question on the left. Then complete the question on the right
with a wh- clause. (Make sure to use the correct verb form.) 12.6 A

1. How did you get to school today? Can you tell me how you got to school today ?

2. When is the last day of class? Do you remember

3. What time is it? Can you tell me ?

4. When do we have our next holiday break? Do you know ?

5. Why did you move to this city? Can you explain ?

6. How old are your parents? Do you know ?

7. When were your grandparents born? Can you tell me ?

8. Where did your grandparents grow up? Do you remember

NOUN CLAUSES AND RELATED FORMS 409

 9. Why do you study English? Can you explain .2
10. What did we learn in class today? Do you understand

Talk about It Work with a partner. Take turns asking and answering the questions you wrote in Activity 21.
Which of you knows the most answers?

A: Can you tell me how you got to school today?

B: Sure. I usually walk, but today I got a ride.

Write about It Write five new questions like the ones in Activity 21 about these topics. Then ask
different classmates each question.

1. (favorite music) Can you tell me what your favorite music is .2

2. (spare time) Can you tell me
3. (favorite food) Can you tell me
4. (address) Can you tell me
5. (your best friend) Can you tell me

22 | Wh- Clauses with Prepositions Work with a partner. Read each pair of sentences. Then write a new
sentence with a similar meaning. Use the wh- word and the preposition in parentheses. 12.6 A

1. I saw something. I can't talk about it.

(about what) 1 can't talk about what I saw.

2. My friends were upset. You said something.

(about what)
3. He knows nothing. I told him something.
(except what)
4. I'm confused. My father went somewhere.
(about where)
5. She is laughing. No one is interested.
(in why)
6. You seem nervous. He might say something.
(about what)
7. I was fascinated. He was saying something.
(by what)
8. The readers were happy. The story ended.
(with how)
9. There was a lot of discussion. Some people should attend the meeting; others shouldn't.
(about why)

10. We're thrilled. You've done something.

(with what)

Write about It Choose three verbs + prepositions or adjectives + prepositions above and write sentences
that are true for you. Use wh- clauses.

/ like to talk about what's happening in the news with my friends.

410
231 Error Correction Correct any errors in these sentences. (Some sentences may not have any errors.)

1. I have often wondered where do birds go at night. 6. What did you tell me isn't correct.
2. What I think isn't important. You should ask It's not the right answer.
a zoologist. 7. No, I have no idea where does she live.
3. I like what are we listening to. Is it jazz? 8. Tell me about what you liked doing when
4. Please tell me where is the station. you were a child.
5. What's important is the scene of the crime. 9. I'm annoyed about that what he did.
10. I don't understand what is the problem.

12.7 Noun Clauses with If or Whether

object of a verb We use noun clauses with if or whether to
1 We don't know if she's right or wrong. show a choice between two options, as in
(= Maybe she’s right; maybe she’s wrong.) 1-2. The second option is often negative or
adjective complement contrasting.
2 I'm not sure whether I can join you tonight or not. Clauses with whether can have many
(= Maybe I can join you tonight; maybe I can’t.)
different functions in a sentence, as in 1 - 5.
subject
If- clauses are not used in as many different
A 3 Whether or not he will come isn't certain.
places as other kinds of noun clauses.
(NOT COMMON: If he will come isn’t certain.)
We often use them as objects of verbs or
subject complement
adjective complements, as in 1 - 2. However,
4 The question is whether I should stay or go.
they are not common in other places in a
(NOT COMMON: The question is if I should stay or go.)
sentence, as in 3 - 5.
object of a preposition
5 We talked about whether animals can truly communicate or not.
(NOT COMMON: We talked about if animals can truly communicate or not.)

6 I can't decide if/whether I should move. Sometimes only one option is mentioned
(= Maybe I should; maybe I shouldn’t.) in an if/ whether clause, as in 6. In these
7 Your doctor can tell you whether or not you should take sentences, the second option (or not) is
B your medication. implied.
(NOT: Your doctor can tell you if or not you should take your medication.) Note that or not can directly follow whether,
but not if, as in 7.

ONLINE

241 Recognizing the Functions of If/Whether Clauses Read each sentence. Underline the
if/whether clause. Say how it is used in the sentence. Check (/) the correct answer. Then compare
with a partner. 12.7 A

WORLD ISSUES

Object of a Adjective Subject Object of a

Subject
verb complement complement preposition

1. Everyone is talking about

whether or not the economy /
will improve soon.
2. No one is sure if scientists
will ever cure cancer.
3. Everyone wonders if we'll
ever have world peace.

NOUN CLAUSES AND RELATED FORMS 411

 Object of a Adjective Subject Object of a
Subject
verb complement complement preposition

4. Whether or not global

warming will ever slow
down is a big question.
5. One question is whether or
not we can save our forests.
6. I don't know if it's a good
idea for people to get married
when they are young.
7. Leaders need to make a
decision about whether or
not they will cooperate12.
8. Does anyone know if there's
life on other planets?
9. It's not clear whether or not
technology has improved
our lives.

Talk about It Take turns reading the sentences in Activity 24 aloud with a partner. Find out what your
partner thinks about each issue.

A: Everyone is talking about whether or not the economy will improve soon.
B: I think it will. A lot more people are getting newjobs.

Talk about It Choose one of the issues in Activity 24 and discuss it with your classmates. What do
you think?

251 Usage Note: Clauses with If Read the note. Then do Activity 26.
We can use if to begin a noun clause or an adverb clause of condition, but the meaning is very different.
Notice that an adverb clause can come before or after the main clause. A noun clause cannot be reversed
with the main clause.

/FIN NOUN CLAUSES IF IN ADVERB CLAUSES OF CONDITION

object of verb adverb clause

1 I don't know if she needs help (or not). 3 If you need me, I can help you.
adjective complement adverb clause
2 I'm not certain if I should leave yet. 4 I'll call you if I'm going to be late.

261 Distinguishing Noun Clauses and Adverb Clauses Is the if- clause in each sentence a noun
clause or an adverb clause of condition? Check (/) your answers. 12.7 A
TALKING ABOUT ACADEMIC PROBLEMS AND DOUBTS NOUN CLAUSE ADVERB CLAUSE

1. My teacher would be able to help me if she were here. □ 0

2. You may feel discouraged if you get a poor grade. □ □
3. Sometimes I'm not sure if I've understood the lectures. □ □
’^cooperate: to work together

412
 NOUN CLAUSE ADVERB CLAUSE

4. I don't know if I want to drop this class or not. □ □

5. You won't do well if you wait until the last minute to do □ □
the assignment.
6. I'm not certain if I can finish this essay in time. □ □
7. You won't understand everything if you don't do the □ □
reading before class.
8. I can't decide if I want to transfer to a different school. □ □
9. I wonder if the academic advisor can help me. □ □
10. You can consider repeating a course if you finish it □ □
with a low grade.
11. Ask your classmates for help if you need more ideas. □ □
12. I can't tell if I'm doing well or not. □ □
Write about It Write two more sentences about your academic problems or doubts. Use an adverb
clause with /Tin one and a noun clause with /fin the other.

Think about It Two of the if- clauses in Activity 26 are adjective complements. (They come after
adjectives.) Which ones are they? Work with a partner to find these two clauses.

27 | Using or Not Read each sentence and insert or not if possible. (You may be able to put or not in more
than one place.) 12.7 B

1. I'm not sure if I'll go to Tibet or Switzerland. RESEARCH

2. My professor and I talked about whether Latin and Greek were important. SAYS...

3. The question is whether we should move or stay where we are. Noun clauses with
if are much more
4. I just can't decide if I should call the company and complain. common than those
5. A doctor can tell you whether you have a real problem. with whether. Whether
is more common
6. Whether you join us or stay at home is really your decision.
in writing than in
7. Well, I have no idea whether you need to be worried! speaking.
8. I just don't know if I was awake at the time. CORPUS

9. I wonder if it's a good idea to take so many risks.

10. The real question here is whether to sell the house.

281 Using Noun Clauses with If and Whether Use the phrases in parentheses to complete each
sentence with an if/whether clause. (More than one answer is possible.) Are you wondering about
these things? Check (/) Yes or No. 12.7 A-B

DO YOU WONDER ABOUT ANY OF THESE THINGS? YES NO

1. (go to class tomorrow) □ □

I don't know if I'm going to class tomorrow

2. (rain tonight) □ □
I'm not sure
3. (take English next semester) □ □
I can't decide

NOUN CLAUSES AND RELATED FORMS 413

 YES NO

4. (our class/finish on time)

I don't know
5. (buy a new computer this year)
I'm not sure
6. (the next assignment/be difficult)
I don't know _________________
7. (information on the Internet/be always true)
I'm not sure
8. (eat in or eat out tonight)
I can't decide
9. (ask friends over this weekend)
I'm not certain
10. (my favorite TV show/be on tonight)
I don't know

Write about It Write three sentences about things you are wondering about. Use if/whether clauses.
Then read your sentences to a partner. Find out if your sentences are true for your partner as well.
"I don't know if I'll travel much next year. How about you?"

291 Noun Clause Review Read this text. Underline the noun clauses. Then answer the questions on
page 415. Look back at Charts 12.1-12.7 if necessary.

THE ANCIENT ART OF FENG SHUI

Have you ever wondered if you can make your life better? Maybe in
the past you've taken up a new sport, started eating more healthily, or
changed your lifestyle in some way. But have you considered changing • . , Vi
the place you live in? The art of feng shui is well known nowadays U uKl 4
because people have been practicing it for years. Whether or not it works
is uncertain, but many people arrange their bedrooms, offices, and
apartments according to the principles13 of feng shui. They firmly believe
that a few simple actions will have a positive influence on their lives. In
2005, Disneyland Hong Kong even moved its main entrance after talking
to a feng shui expert!
di 2
But what exactly is feng shui? Feng shui originally came from China. In English, these two words
mean "wind and water." It's a belief that we can balance human life with our environment. The main
concept behind feng shui is something called chi—the Chinese word for energy flow14. And the question is
whether or not we can encourage this force to move in more positive ways around the spaces we live in.
At its simplest, feng shui is the examination15 of how the placement of objects around you can affect the
movement of energy.
Feng shui specialists say that the way you design the space you live in can benefit your life. For example,
make sure that your home is tidy and that you have good-quality light and air. It's not certain if you'll see
immediate results, of course, but learning a little about this ancient art may make life more pleasant.

13principles: rules examination: the act of looking at something carefully

'"flow: slow, steady movement

414
 1. What is the function of each noun clause? Write S (subject), O (object of a verb), OP (object of
a preposition), SC (subject complement), or AC (adjective complement) next to each clause.
2. Would you arrange your home according to feng shui principles? Why or why not?

12.8 Noun Clauses in Indirect Speech

We often want to report what someone else has said. We can do this by repeating the person’s exact words, as in
la - 2a. We call this direct speech. We can also report someone’s words using a that clause, as in lb - 2b. We call
this indirect speech (or reported speech).

DIRECT SPEECH INDIRECT SPEECH (MAIN CLAUSE + NOUN CLAUSE)

la "I'm leaving in a few minutes," she said. lb She said (that) she was leaving in a few minutes.
2a He said, "I don't know." 2b He said (that) he didn't know.

When we change direct speech to indirect speech, we often use a past verb form in the main clause, as in 3b - 11b.
Usually, we also “move” the verb form in the noun clause back further into the past. We call this “backshifting.”

DIRECT SPEECH
A 3a "I'm tired."________________
4a "It isn't working?__________
5a "He hasn't left yet."
6a "I didn't see them."
7a "We weren't living there then."
8a 'Til be there."
9a "I can't go."
10a "He may not call."
Ila "He must quit."
CHANGES TO THE VERB IN THE NOUN CLAUSE INDIRECT SPEECH
simple present —► simple past 3b He said he was tired.
present continuous past continuous 4b She said it wasn't working.
present perfect past perfect 5b She said he hadn't left yet.
simple past —► past perfect 6b He said he hadn't seen them.
7b She said they hadn't been living
past continuous past perfect continuous
there then.
will -► would 8b He said he would be there.
can —► could 9b He said he couldn't go.
may —► might 10b She said he might not call.
must -> had to lib She said he had to quit.

CHOOSING NOT TO BACKSHIFT Sometimes we decide not to backshift the verb in the
12 A: What time is the movie? noun clause. We may do this because:
B: Joe said that it starts at 7:15. • the state or event is still true, as in 12
13 A: Where's Ann? • we are reporting something that someone just
B: She just called. She said she is still at work. said, as in 13

B USING PRESENT REPORTING VERBS
14 He says the school is on Highland Road.
15 John says he doesn't care if we help him or not.
16 They say the building is on fire and everyone's
being evacuated.
We can also use a present verb in the main clause.
We do this:
• when the information in the noun clause is still
true or relevant, as in 14 - 15
» to make our reporting more vivid, as in 16
Notice: When we use a present verb form in the main
clause, we don’t backshift the verb in the noun clause.

REPORTED YESINO QUESTIONS We often use asked to report questions, as in 17 - 20.

17 She asked if she was late. When we report questions with asked, we use
if/ whether and wh- clauses.
18 They asked whether or not we could join them for
dinner tonight. TYPE OF QUESTION BEGIN NOUN CLAUSE WITH:
C
REPORTED WH- QUESTIONS YESINO if/ whether (or not}
19 They asked when we were coming. WH- wh- word (who, when, why, where... )
20 He asked why I wasn't interested in reading his book.

(^ONLINE

NOUN CLAUSES AND RELATED FORMS 415

 30 | Using Indirect Speech Rewrite these sentences using indirect speech. Remember to change the verb
form used in the original sentence. (More than one answer may be possible.) 12.8 A

U.S. POLITICS AND PRESIDENTS

1. "The next election will take place in four years."

She said (that) the next election would take place in four years

2. "The candidates in the election have been chosen."

He said
3. "George W. Bush has a collection of signed baseballs."
She said
4. "Thomas Jefferson spoke six different languages."
He said
5. "The next election will be exciting."
Theodore Roosevelt
She said
6. "Theodore Roosevelt was the first president to travel outside the United States."
He said
7. "Theodore Roosevelt was the first president to be known by his initials: T. R."
She said
8. "Lyndon B. Johnson was an auto mechanic and teacher."
He said
9. "The capital of Liberia is named after James Monroe."
She said
10. "Herbert Hoover's son had two pet alligators!"
He said

311 Using Indirect Speech Report what these people said. (More than one answer may be possible.)
12.8 A

QUOTATIONS FROM FAMOUS PEOPLE

1. Hope is a good breakfast [but] a bad supper. {Francis Bacon, philosopher)

He said (that) hope was a good breakfast but a bad supper

2. All children have creative power. {Brenda Ueland, journalist)

She said
3. A quick temper16 will make a fool17 of you soon enough. {Bruce Lee, martial artist)
He said
4. It's better to be alone than in bad company. {George Washington, U.S. president)
He said
5. Money is only useful when you get rid of it. {Evelyn Waugh, writer)
He said
6. The only thing better than singing is more singing. {Ella Fitzgerald, jazz singer)
She said

,6temper: the act of becoming angry ,7fool: a person who is silly or does something silly

416
 7. It's going to be a season with lots of accidents. (Ayrton Senna, race car driver)
He said
8. We don't know a millionth of one percent about anything. (Thomas A. Edison, inventor)
He said
9. You can only lead .. . from behind. (Nelson Mandela, president of South Africa)
He said
10. You cannot find peace by avoiding life. (Virginia Woolf author)
She said
11. A man may be a fool and not know it. (H. L. Mencken, journalist)
He said
12. Everybody is talking . . . about the economy. (Joschka Fischer, politician)
He said

321 Usage Note: Changing Other Forms in Indirect Speech Read the note. Then do Activity 33.
When we use indirect speech, we may need to change certain pronouns and possessive forms in the noun
clause. We may also change time and place expressions, but this depends on when and where we report
the statement.
DIRECT SPEECH INDIRECT SPEECH

la He said,"You shouldn't go." lb He said I shouldn't go.

2b She said,"I'll be leaving tomorrow." 2b She said she would be leaving the next day/today.
3c He said, "My brother doesn't want to be here." 3b He said his brother didn't want to be there / here.

Sometimes we omit time words if they aren’t necessary or to make the sentence more concise (shorter, simpler).
DIRECT SPEECH INDIRECT SPEECH

4a Bob said, "We just saw him yesterday." 4b Bob said they'd just seen him.
5a Sarah said, "I really need to talk to you later." 5b Sarah said she wanted to talk to me.

331 Using Indirect Speech Rewrite each example of direct speech as indirect speech. Make changes to
verb forms, pronouns, and time and place expressions. (More than one answer may be possible.) 12.8 A

DIRECT SPEECH INDIRECT SPEECH

1. She said, "I really don't want to go today." She said she didn't want to go.

2. He said, "I saw my brother yesterday."

3. He said, "I'm going on vacation next week."
4. She said, "I left my book here."
5. He said, "We're going to the library today."
6. She said, "We must sell the house."
7. He said, "We enjoyed the match yesterday."
8. She said, "Max is working here with me."
9. He said, "I'm very happy in London."
10. He said, "I'll meet you here at two tomorrow."
11. She said, "I'll call you. I promise."
12. She said, "You can help me with my assignment."

NOUN CLAUSES AND RELATED FORMS 417

 DIRECT SPEECH INDIRECT SPEECH

13. He said, "I've been working."

14. She said, "We're having a meeting."
15. She said, "She's not here."

Talk about It Work with a partner. Choose three of the sentences you wrote in Activity 33 and use them
to create short conversations. Present one of your conversations to the class.

A: Why didn't Sarah come to dinner last night?

B: She said she didn't want to go. I'm not sure why.
A: Well, we missed her!

Write about It Look online to find quotations from people who are interesting to you. Write down what
the people said using reported speech. Share some of your sentences with your classmates and explain
what they mean.

341 Reporting Information about Your Classmates Work in groups of three. Ask each other
questions and share information using topics from this box. Then write sentences to report what your
partners said. 12.8 A

TOPICS
a fact about your family something you are thinking about doing
a plan for this week or this year something you are worried about
something special that you can do something you did last week

A: Hassan, what are your plans this week?

B: I think I'm going to buy a new laptop. Mine's too slow. How about you?
A: Uh, nothing special, I guess.

Hassan said he was going to buy a new laptop.

35 | Reporting Facts Rewrite each example of direct speech with indirect speech. Only make changes to
verb forms, pronouns, and time and place expressions if necessary. 12.8B

INTERESTING FACTS YOU MAY NOT KNOW

1. Professor: "The total number of people who have ever lived is about 108 billion."
The professor said t/iat the total number of people who have ever lived is about 108 billion

2. Report: "Three percent of the world's energy comes from wind power."
The report says
3. Artist: "Mickey Mouse's ears are perfect circles."
The artist told us
4. Coach: "Basketball has been part of the Summer Olympics since 1936."
Our coach said
5. Tour guide: "Kangaroos can't walk backward."
The tour guide said
6. Dictionary: "The word orchestra means 'dancing place' in Greek."
The dictionary says

418
J

7. Farmer: "The average chicken lays 250-270 eggs a year."

The farmer told us
8. Professor: "Shakespeare never used the word October in his plays."
Our professor said

Think about It Look back at the sentences you completed in Activity 35. Was it necessary to change the
verbs in the noun clauses you wrote? Why or why not?

Talk about It What other interesting facts do you know? Share ideas with a partner. Then report one of
your partner's facts to the class.

361 Reporting Questions Write questions about activities. Use your own ideas. 12.8 B-C

Activity Survey
1. What are you doing tomorrow?
2. What yesterday?
3. Have you ever 7

4. Are you going to next week?

5. Did you last week?
6. Where does ?

7. Where is ?

8. How often ?

9. Are you ?

10. Where do you 7

11. Were you ?

12. Does ?

Talk about It Ask and answer the questions above with a partner.

A: What are you doing tomorrow?

B: Well, I have class and then I have to work.

Talk about It Join another pair. Report your questions and answers to another pair of students.

"I asked Sarah what she was doing tomorrow. She said she has class and then she has to work."

NOUN CLAUSES AND RELATED FORMS 419

 12.9 Using Say, Tell, and Other Reporting Verbs
In reported speech, two of the most common reporting verbs are say and tell. They are similar in meaning,
but we use them in different ways. Compare:
USING SAY

1 I said (that) I'd meet my roommate at seven.

2 I said (that) I was sorry. (NOT: I said Mary I was sorry.) • We don’t usually include an indirect object
3 Someone said he wasn't coming. (NOT: Someone said me ... ) with say, as in 1 - 3.
A
USING TELL

4 I told my roommate (that) I'd meet her at seven.

5 I told Mary (that) I was sorry. • With tell, we usually include an indirect object
(the hearer), as in 4 - 6.
Someone told me (that) Joey wasn't coming.
6
(NOT: Someone told that Joey wasn-’-t-eomingJ

7 In a 2012 study, Smith argued that long-term We can also use other reporting verbs, as in 7 - 9.
treatment was ineffective. These verbs can add important information about our
8 He's always complaining that it's too hot.
attitude or feelings.

9 My friend pointed out that I had forgotten to admit claim hint recall respond
turn on the electricity. agree complain joke repeat shout
B announce confess point out reply state
answer demand propose report whisper
argue explain

10 The officials wondered if they'd made a mistake. We may also use wonder or want to know to report a question,
11 They wanted to know what happened. as in 10 -11.

(^ONLINE

37 | Using Say and Tell Complete these sentences with a correct form of tell or say. 12.9 A

1. Why didn't you tell me that you couldn't go?

F Y I
2. I never that you couldn't go. Notice: When you use the
3. She didn't me we had to leave. reporting verb tell and
omit the word that in
4. How do you feel now that they you that you've won the prize?
the noun clause, you may
5. He that our presentation will be a great success. use two pronouns in
a row.
6. anyone the students how to find the lecture hall?
I told her I couldn't
7. She it was going to rain tomorrow. meet her.
8. I wish you had me you were coming! She didn't tell me you
couldn't come.
9. The doctor I'm very healthy.

10. Why didn't he me that I should book the flight?

Talk about It Work with a partner. Choose three of the sentences you completed above and use them to
create short conversations. Present one of your conversations to the class.

A: Are you ready to go?

B: Go where?
A: The movie. I asked you last night.
B: Oh, I can't. I've got homework.
A: Well, why didn't you tell me that you couldn't go?

420
381 Using Tell Report what the first person said to the second one. Use tell. 12.9 A

MAKING STATEMENTS

1. Jim to Tom: "I don't believe you."

Jim told Tom that he didn't believe him.

2. Maria to Susan: "My book won a prize."

3. Ann to June: "It's raining."

4. Martin to Nick: "I'm selling my apartment."

5. Louise to Bill: "The meeting is tomorrow."

6. Andrew to James: "I quit my job last month."

7. Sally to Jo: "My daughter is studying music."

FY I
8. David to Stephen: "I've already been to Rome."
We can use to + an
indirect object after say;
however, this is less
9. James to Nicky: "It's too late to leave."
common.
Jim said to Tom that he
10. Sam to Ben: "I did the research." didn't believe him.

39 | Using Different Reporting Verbs Use the correct form of the verb in parentheses that best
completes each sentence. (More than one answer may be possible.) 12.9B

1. My brother finally that he took my phone, (admit/demand)

2. The customer that the computer is too expensive, (want to know/complain)
3. I if the meeting has started because I can't find my colleagues, (wonder/recall)
4. The terrified child that he was in danger, (announce/shout)
5. Several journalists that the situation was calm, (report/propose)
6. At today's conference, the president that the economy is improving.
(complain/announce)
7. In the meeting this morning, a co-worker that I was right, (agree/wonder)
8. My old friend whether we met in 2007 or 2008. (want to know/recall)
9. The team leader that we try a different plan, (propose/respond)
10. Two people that they had seen the suspect, (demand/report)
11. The little girl that she'd seen a dinosaur, (claim/confess)
12. We both whether there is a better solution to the problem, (whisper/wonder)

Think about It Which of the sentences above are reported questions? How do you know? Compare your
answers with a partner.

NOUN CLAUSES AND RELATED FORMS 421

 12.10 Using Noun Clauses in Speaking
main clause noun clause Speakers often want to express an opinion or lack of
I think it's delicious. certainty about something. One way they do this is
I guess she left early. with a main clause containing a mental verb (such as
I don't think I'll get there in time. think, know, guess, etc.) + noun clause, as in 1.
1
I don't know if he's right.
I don't care if you stay there.
I wonder if anyone will come.
A
COMPARE

2a You should call him. Speakers often use I think /1 guess + noun clause
2b I think you should call him. to soften a suggestion, as in 2b and 3b.
3a You should go to the lecture. They can also add other “softening” words, such as
3b I guess you really should go to the lecture. maybe, perhaps, probably, and really, as in 3b.

4 A: So you're leaving early tomorrow?
B: No, that's not what I said.
B 5 A: I hear you're going to LA to see the Rose Bowl.
B: Yes, but that's not why we're going.
We sometimes want to contradict someone (say the
opposite). To do this, we often use a demonstrative
pronoun (usually that) + be + not + wh- clause,
as in 4-5.

Sometimes we want to put extra focus on one part of a sentence. We can use a special type of wh- clause
to do this, as in 6b. The wh- clause signals that important information is coming next, as in 6 -10. This use
of wh- clauses is common in academic lectures.
COMPARE

6a I'd like to welcome you to this course, Introduction to Anthropology. My name is Dr. Hale and I'm the professor.
This is going to be a general introduction to the study of anthropology.
6b I'd like to welcome you to this course, Introduction to Anthropology. My name is Dr. Hale and I'm the professor.
What this course is going to be is a general introduction to the study of anthropology.
C
These wh- clauses usually have this form: wh- clause + be + one of the following: noun, gerund, to- infinitive,
or noun clause, as in 7 -10.
noun to- infinitive
7 What I love the most is chocolate. 9 What I want is to understand the problem better.
gerund noun clause
8 What I love is spending time with my family. 10 What this means is that you need to take good notes.

GRAMMAR TERM: These urh- clauses are called wh- clefts.

^^ONLINE

401 Expressing an Opinion or Uncertainty Write eight meaningful sentences using these
main clauses and noun clauses. (Different sentences are possible.) 12.10 A

anyone called me.

I don't care I'll work tonight,
T don't know if he's home, I think you're right.
I don't think if it'll rain,
I guess it's fun to travel,
I think it's wrong.
I wonder whether I like this dish,
you're right.

422
 Talk about It Work with a partner. Choose three of the sentences you wrote in Activity 40 and use them
to create short conversations. Present one of your conversations to the class.

41 | Using Noun Clauses in Speaking Soften each of these suggestions. Use noun clauses and words
like maybe, probably, or really. (Different answers are possible.) 12.10A

1. You should see a doctor! 5. The question is whether you want to

I think you should probably see a doctor.
2. You ought to study.
3. What you must do is apologize.
4. It's time you went home.
switch colleges.
6. You should leave as soon as possible. It's late.
7. You need to decide whether to go or not.
8. The problem is that you're making too much noise.

Talk about It Work with a partner. Take turns talking about a problem. Use noun clauses to soften
the advice.

A: I'm falling behind with my assignments.

B: I guess maybe you should study more.

42 I Contradicting Someone Complete each conversation below. Use that + be + not + a wh- clause and
the correct form of a verb from the box. Then practice with a partner. 12.10 B

attach be do leave move say speak use

1. A: So you said you're buying an apartment?

B: No,that's not what I said. I Said I was moving to a new apartment!
I can't afford to buy one!
2. A: Pam tells me you're moving to Paris! You have family there, don't you?
B: Yes, but. I'm moving because I got a great new job.
3. A: Hey, look, here's your computer. Right here on the table.
B: Oh. That's weird.. I thought I put it over there.
4. A: Thanks for your email. I love the picture of your dog. It's so funny!
B: What dog? I sent you a document. Let me see that.
How did that get there?
5. A: The pasta you made was delicious. You used olive oil in the sauce, didn't you?
B: Nope.. It has cream in it.
6. A: I saw you in the supermarket this morning.
B: That's impossible. .. I was at work.
7. A: So this morning I called your company and spoke to your manager.
B:. You spoke to my assistant!
8. A: OK, I've figured it out. To turn the phone's volume down, you press this button.
B: No,. You just press and hold this button for two seconds.

NOUN CLAUSES AND RELATED FORMS 423

 431 Using Wh- Clefts Rewrite the professor's statements. Use a wh- cleft to replace the bold words. 12.10 C

The First Day of Class

1. This class is going to be a thorough examination of all aspects
of sociology.
I47?af this class is going to be is a thorough examination of all aspects
1
of sociology.
2. First of all, I want you to think about what you already know
about sociology. And I want your ideas as well as mine for each la
class discussion.
3. My goal is to provide a framework for you. I want to explain to
you exactly what the study of sociology is.
4. You'll need to do some research during the semester. And this
means you'll need to spend time online and in the library.
5. I'm here to help you, of course. And I suggest a weekly appointment
with me in my office to discuss the topics we cover.
6. It will help you to work with your classmates. So, I also recommend
that you form study groups and meet regularly in the library.

44 | Focusing on Information Rewrite each sentence using a wh- cleft to put extra focus on important
information. (More than one answer may be possible.) 12.10C

FACTS ABOUT THE FAMOUS

1. John Travolta likes flying airplanes the most.

What John Travolta likes the most is flying airplanes.

2. Barack Obama wanted cooperation between political parties.

What Barack Obama

3. His unique style made Michael Jackson famous.

What made

4. Mahatma Gandhi wanted independence for India.

What

5. Surprisingly, Albert Einstein loved music more than anything else.

6. Nelson Mandela worked for peace in his country.

7. Julius Caesar didn't want anyone to know that he was bald.

8. Dr. Seuss's ability to write a book with just 50 words was amazing.

Talk about It Choose three of the people from the sentences above. Look online to find more
information about them. Look for sentences that use noun clauses and share some examples with
your classmates.

424
 12.11 Using Noun Clauses in Academic Writing
1 Researchers have found that people with musical Academic writers often need to report other people’s
training have an easier time learning Chinese. ideas or research findings. To do this, they can use a
2 Prior research has shown that people quite naturally reporting verb followed by a noun clause, as in 1 - 4.
begin to feel sleepy in the early afternoon. Common reporting verbs in academic writing include:
3 Hale notes that people may think they are avoiding argue explain report state
problems by staying in touch. claim find say suggest
4 One survey showed that Canadians enjoyed, on conclude note show think
average, 5.5 hours of leisure time daily. demonstrate propose
A Writers often use present verb forms when they
report on the research of others, as in 1 - 3.
They may do this to:
• emphasize that the research is still true
or relevant
• show that they agree with the research

Notice that, in writing, we don’t usually omit the word

that at the beginning of a noun clause.

5 There are many qualities that a boss must have in
order to be a good supervisor. I think (that) it is most
important for a boss to be sensible, approachable,
and fair.
B 6 It is true that some adults will be unemployed.
7 It is clear that different people have different priorities.
In academic writing, writers often want to sound
objective. However, sometimes they need to express
an opinion or attitude about a topic or idea. They
often use a main clause with the verb think or believe +
noun clause, as in 5. They also use it + be + adjective +
that clause, as in 6 - 7.
For more information on it + be + adjective + that clause,
see Chart 12.2.

ONLINE

451 Identifying Reported Ideas in Academic Writing Underline the noun clauses in this article.
Then answer the questions on page 426. 12.11 A

Spending Time in Nature Makes People Feel More Alive

Staring out the window at the trees and plants outside isn't necessarily a sign that you are daydreaming.

You might actually be recharging your batteries18. Recent studies published in the Journal of Environmental

Psychology and reprinted on the website Science Daily (www.sciencedaily.com) demonstrate that being around

nature can give you more energy and make you feel more alive. A lot of people think that they can wake

themselves up with a cup of coffee or an energy drink, but Richard Ryan, author and professor of psychology at

the University of Rochester, says that connecting with nature works better.

A number of studies have shown that hiking or walking in the woods gives people energy, but scientists

weren't sure if the physical activity or simply being around other people during these activities explained the

increase in energy. The new studies went further. The researchers tested college students in natural settings and

inside buildings. They found that spending time in nature or even imagining a natural environment increased

,srecharge your batteries (idiom): to get back your strength and energy

NOUN CLAUSES AND RELATED FORMS 425

 the students'vitality19. Physical activity was not the key factor. They had more energy simply because of the

presence of nature.

The good news is that just 20 minutes a day in nature is enough to create the beneficial effects of greater

energy. According to Ryan, "Nature is something within which we flourish20, so having it be more a part of our

lives is critical21, especially when we live and work in built environments22." We all know that we feel tired when

we're indoors all day. Now we know how we can make things better.

QUESTIONS

1. Which noun clauses are used to report other people's research or ideas?
2. What reporting verbs are used with these noun clauses? Circle them.

Write about It Complete the short summary, begun for you below, of the article in Activity 45.
Use some of the reporting verbs from this box and sentences with noun clauses.

argue conclude explain note report show suggest

claim demonstrate find propose say state think

The article "Spending Time in Nature Makes People Feel More Alive" from Science Daily states
that nature can help people have more energy. The author argues that...

461 Expressing Opinions Write your own thoughts about the qualities that are needed for each
occupation. Then discuss your opinions with a partner. 12.11 B

PROFESSIONAL REQUIREMENTS

1. actor
I think that an actor needs to have an excellent memory

2. doctor
It's clear
3. teacher
It's important
4. architect
I believe
5. writer
I think
6. attorney
It's important
7. psychiatrist
I think
8. business executive
I believe

19 vitality: great energy 21 critical: very important

“flourish: to do very well 22 built environments: buildings and other structures

426
 Talk about It If you could have any occupation you wanted, what would it be? What are the qualities
that are needed for this occupation? Discuss as a class.

A: If I could, I would be a doctor. I think it's important that a doctor be a good listener.
B: Yes, I agree with you. But it's also clear that doctors need good training.

WRAP-UP Demonstrate Your Knowledge

AI WRITING Study these pictures from movies. Choose one picture, and write a paragraph to explain
what you think is obvious, probable, or possible about the situation in the picture. Talk about what is
happening, might have happened, or will happen. Use noun clauses.

&*■

C. jhill
.MM .
i iiiiâsniiiiti)

if
ill,

Example (picture 1)
I'm not sure who they are. It's possible that they're a husband and wife and they're on vacation....

BI DISCUSSION Choose one of these statements or think of your own. Make some notes to support
your opinion about the statement. Then explain to your classmates why you agree or disagree with
the statement.

STATEMENTS

1. If you choose a job you love, you will never have to work a day in your life.
2. One loyal friend is worth 10,000 relatives.
3. Time is money.
4. Anyone who keeps learning stays young.
5. Everything has beauty, but not everyone sees it.
6. There is only one happiness in life: to love and be loved.

I don't completely agree with the first statement. I love the job I have, but I didn't really choose it.
What makes it fun is the energy I put into it. I don't know whether I'll do the same kind of work all
my life, but for now, it's fine. What people don't realize is that you can make your work satisfying
ifyou try hard enough. The problem is that people often don't see that.
U

NOUN CLAUSES AND RELATED FORMS 427

 CI TIC-TAC-TOE Follow these instructions.

1. Work with a partner. Student A is X. Student B is O.

2. Student A: Choose a square. On another piece of paper, complete the sentence with
a noun clause.
3. Students A and B: Check the sentence together. If the sentence has no errors, write
an X in the square. If the sentence is not correct, do not write an X in the square.
4. Student B: Take your turn. Choose a square and complete the sentence.
5. Students A and B: Check the sentence together. If the sentence has no errors,
write an O in the square. If the sentence is not correct, do not write an O in the square.
6. Continue to take turns. The first person to get three Xs or three Os in a line is the winner.

I feel strongly that... I know I'll... She said ...

I'm not sure whether... I'm upset about the fact... The problem ...

I insist that... He told me ... Let's talk about...

DI RESEARCH Look at several news websites or newspapers. Find examples of the different types of noun
clauses from this unit and share them with your classmates.

"/ was reading a health and fitness website and this is what I found. It's an example of a wh- noun clause
as object. 'People should buyjust what they need, serve smaller portions, and understand the difference."'

"I found this on the BBC News website: 'Martha Lane Fox, co-founder of the travel website Lastminute.com,
told the BBC she was confident Twitter could make money."’

428
/
12.12 Summary of Noun Clauses

That they are going is likely.

AS SUBJECT
It's likely that they are going.

AS SUBJECT
COMPLEMENT The problem is (that) I can't go.
WITH THAT

AS ADJECTIVE
COMPLEMENT She's sorry (that) she can't go.

AS OBJECT
OF VERB I know (that) you want to go.

NOUN CLAUSES

What she said is true.

AS SUBJECT
It's true j what she said.

AS SUBJECT
COMPLEMENT It is what it is.

WITH WH- WORDS

AS ADJECTIVE
COMPLEMENT I'm not certain what I should do.

AS OBJECT
OF VERB I don't know where she is.

AS OBJECT OF
PREPOSITION I am disappointed by what he said.

Whether he was there or not there isn't clear.

AS SUBJECT
It isn't clear if/whether he was there or not.

AS SUBJECT
COMPLEMENT The question is whether to stay or go.

WITH /FOR WHETHER

AS ADJECTIVE
COMPLEMENT I'm not sure if/whether he's going.

AS OBJECT
OF VERB I don't know if/whether he's there or not.

AS OBJECT OF
PREPOSITION We talked about whether or not he was there.

NOUN CLAUSES AND RELATED FORMS 429

 Resources
I Non-Action Verbs R-2 XI Common Adjectives + Prepositions Followed
II Linking Verbs R-2 by Gerunds R-7
III Irregular Verbs R-3 XII Common Nouns + Of That Can Be Followed
by Gerunds R-8
IV Spelling Rules for the -s/es Form of Verbs R-4
XIII Common Verbs Followed by To- Infinitives R-8
V Spelling Rules for the -ing Form of Verbs R-4
XIV Common Noncount Nouns R-9
VI Spelling Rules for the -ed Form of Verbs R-5
XV Common Prepositions R-9
VII Common Transitive Verbs R-5
VIII Common Intransitive Verbs R-6
COMMON ERRORS CORRECTIONS R-10
IX Common Verbs Followed by Gerunds R-6
X Common Verbs + Prepositions Followed by Gerunds R-7

I. Non-Action Verbs
agree consist of fear include mind recognize think
appear contain feel involve need remember understand
appreciate cost fit know owe see want
be dislike hate like own seem weigh
believe doubt have look possess smell wish
belong envy hear love prefer suppose
conclude equal imagine mean realize taste

Remember:
• A non-action verb describes a state (an unchanging condition).
• Non-action verbs are also called stative verbs.
• Some verbs have more than one meaning. They can function as a non-action verb in one context
and an action verb in another.

II. Linking Verbs

appear become get* look seem sound turn*
be feel grow* remain smell taste

* with a meaning of become

Remember: A linking verb can have an adjective as a complement.

R-2
HI. Irregular Verbs
PAST PAST
BASE FORM SIMPLE PAST PARTICIPLE BASE FORM SIMPLE PAST PARTICIPLE

arise arose arisen pay paid paid

beat beat beaten put put put
become became become quit quit quit
begin began begun read read read
bend bent bent ride rode ridden
bet bet bet ring rang rung
bite bit bitten rise rose risen
bleed bled bled run ran run
break broke broken say said said
bring brought brought see saw seen
build built built seek sought sought
burn burned burned sell sold sold
buy bought bought send sent sent
catch caught caught set set set
choose chose chosen sew sewed sewn
come came come shake shook shaken
cost cost cost shoot shot shot
cut cut cut show showed shown
deal dealt dealt shrink shrank shrunk
dig dug dug shut shut shut
draw drew drawn sing sang sung
dream dreamed dreamed sink sank sunk
drink drank drunk sit sat sat
drive drove driven sleep slept slept
eat ate eaten slide slid slid
fall fell fallen speak spoke spoken
feed fed fed speed sped sped
feel felt felt spend spent spent
fight fought fought spill spilt/spil led spilt/spilled
find found found spin spun spun
fly flew flown spread spread spread
forbid forbade forbidden spring sprang sprung
forget forgot forgotten stand stood stood
forgive forgave forgiven steal stole stolen
freeze froze frozen sting stung stung
get got gotten stink stank stunk
give gave given strike struck struck
go went gone strive strove striven
grow grew grown swear swore sworn
hear heard heard sweep swept swept
hide hid hidden swim swam swum
hit hit hit swing swung swung
hold held held take took taken
hurt hurt hurt teach taught taught
keep kept kept tear tore torn
know knew known tell told told
lay laid laid think thought thought
lead led led throw threw thrown
leave left left understand understood understood
lend lent lent wake woke woken
let let let wear wore worn
light lit/lighted lit/lighted weep wept wept
lose lost lost win won won
make made made wind wound wound
mean meant meant write wrote written
meet met met

RESOURCES R-3
 IV. Spelling Rules for the -s/-es Form of Verbs
To form the third-person singular (he/she/it) for the simple present:

1 Add -es to verbs that end in -sh, -ch, -ss, -s, -x, or -z.
finish finishes touch touches pass passes relax relaxes

2 For verbs ending in a consonant + -y, change the -y to -i and add -es.
study studies worry worries deny denies fly flies

3 Three verbs have a special spelling:

go goes do does have has

4 For all other verbs, add -s.

like likes buy buys see sees speak speaks

V. Spelling Rules for the -ing Form of Verbs

1 The base form of the verb ends in Drop the -e and add -ing.
a vowel + consonant sound + -e: live-living cause-causing become-becoming take-taking
2 The base form is one syllable, Double the final consonant and add -ing.
and it ends in one vowel + one
consonant (except -w, -x, or -y): put-putting win-winning drop-dropping

3 The base form has more than one

syllable, it ends in one vowel + one Double the final consonant and add -ing.
consonant (except -w, -x, or -y), for>get-forgetting be-gin-beginning com’mit-committing
and the last syllable is stressed:
Change the -ie to -y and add -ing.
4 The base form ends in -ie:
die-dying tie-tying lie-lying
Add -ing.
5 For other verbs:
play-playing show-showing help-helping

R-4
VL Spelling Rules for the -ed Form of Verbs
SPELLING RULES base form simple past
close closed
When the base form of a regular verb ends in -e, add -d.
refuse refused
study studied
When the base form ends in a consonant + -y, change the -y to -i and add -ed. worry worried
identify identified
When the base form has one syllable and ends in a consonant + vowel + plan planned
consonant (CVC), double the final consonant and add -ed. jog jogged
(Warning! Do not double a final w, x, or y: play I played, wax I waxed, row I rowed). drop dropped
When the base form of a two-syllable verb ends in a consonant + vowel +
re*fer referred
consonant (CVC) and the last syllable is stressed, double the final consonant
re«gret regretted
and add -ed.
open opened
For all other regular verbs, add -ed.
destroy destroyed

VIL Common Transitive Verbs

VERB + DIRECT OBJECT

Examples: develop a theory; include your name and address; consider several possibilities

allow complete enjoy introduce meet* refuse take

ask* consider expect invent move* remember* teach
attempt create feel* involve need save tell
begin* cut* find keep* pass* say think*
believe* describe follow* know* pay* see* throw
bring design forgive leave* produce send use
build destroy hear* lend provide serve visit*
buy develop* help* like put show want
call* discover hold* lose* raise speak* wash*
carry divide* identify love read* start* watch*
cause do include make receive study* win*
close* end* intend mean recognize surround write*

* verbs that we can also use intransitively (without a direct object)

Remember: Transitive verbs need an object (a noun phrase or pronoun) to complete their meaning.

VERB + INDIRECT OBJECT + DIRECT OBJECT

Examples: ask your professor a question; show her the answer

ask forgive lend* pay save teach*

bring give* make promise* send* tell*
buy hand* offer* read* serve* throw*
find leave* owe* refuse show* wish*

* The indirect object can come before or after the direct object.

RESOURCES R-5
 VIII. Common Intransitive Verbs
Examples: The movie begins at 8. She doesn't hear very well.

agree come follow* leave* rain sneeze wait

appear cough freeze* lie read* snow walk*
arrive cut* go live remember* speak* wash*
begin* decrease* happen look ring* stare watch*
belong die hear* lose* rise start* win*
bleed disappear help* matter see* stop* work
break* dream* hide* meet* shake* study* write*
burn* drown hurt* move* sit swim
call* end* increase* occur sleep think*
close* fail laugh pass* smile visit*

* verbs that we can also use transitively (with a direct object)

Remember: Intransitive verbs make sense without an object.

IX. Common Verbs Followed by Gerunds

VERB + GERUND

Examples: appreciate having; avoid getting; denied knowing

admit continue* enjoy love* prefer* risk

advise defend finish mean** quit start*
appreciate delay forget** mention recall stop**
avoid deny hate* mind recommend suggest
begin* detest imagine miss regret** tolerate
can't help discuss involve need** remember** try**
can't stand* dislike keep postpone resist
consider dread* like* practice resume

* can also be followed by a to- infinitive ** can be followed by a to- infinitive but with a change in meaning

VERB + OBJECT + GERUND

Examples: hear him talking; saw my friends leaving; found them sitting

discover feel find hear notice see watch

R-6
Xo Common Verbs + Prepositions Followed by Gerunds
Examples: argue about going; apologize for being; cope with losing; dream of becoming

VERB + ABOUT VERB + AT VERB + FOR VERB + //V VERB + INTO

argue about aim at apologize for believe in look into

care about work at blame for result in
complain about care for specialize in
forget about forgive for succeed in
talk about thank for
think about use for
worry about

VERB + LIKE VERB + OF VERB + ON VERB + TO VERB + WITH

feel like accuse of concentrate on admit to cope with

approve of depend on confess to deal with
dream of go on object to
hear of insist on
think of keep on
plan on
work on

XL Common Adjectives + Prepositions Followed by Gerunds

Examples: afraid of being; bad at making; excited about going

ADJECTIVE + OF + GERUND ADJECTIVE + AT + GERUND ADJECTIVE + ABOUT + GERUND

afraid of bad at bad about

aware of better at concerned about
capable of effective at enthusiastic about
fond of good at excited about
incapable of great at happy about
proud of successful at nervous about
tired of upset at serious about
sorry about
worried about

ADJECTIVE + FROM + GERUND ADJECTIVE + IN + GERUND ADJECTIVE + FOR + GERUND

different from crucial in available for

evident from effective in crucial for
exempt from important in famous for
free from interested in important for
obvious from involved in necessary for
safe from useful in responsible for
tired from sorry for
suitable for
useful for

RESOURCES R-7
 XII. Common Nouns + Of That Can Be Followed by Gerunds
Examples: chance of getting; possibility of using

advantage of* effect of* idea of* point of prospect of task of*
chance of* experience of* importance of possibility of* purpose of* thought of
charge of form of* intention of practice of* result of* way of*
cost of* habit of means of* problem of* risk of*
danger of hope of method of* process of* system of*

* common in academic writing

XIII. Common Verbs Followed by To- Infinitives

VERB+ 70-INFINITIVE

Examples: agree to go; asked to leave; decide to stay

afford can't stand* desire hope plan remember** threaten

agree claim dread* intend prefer* request try**
aim consent fall learn prepare say volunteer
appear continue* forbid like* pretend seek vow
ask dare forget** love* proceed seem wait
attempt decide get manage promise start* want
beg decline hate* mean** prove stop** wish
begin* demand help need** refuse struggle
bother deserve hesitate offer regret** tend

* can also be followed by a gerund ** can be followed by a gerund but with a change in meaning

VERB + OBJECT + TO- INFINITIVE

Examples: advised me to go; reminded me to call; helped them to move

advise** beg* encourage** hate* know** permit** teach**

allow** believe** expect* help* like* persuade** tell**
appoint** challenge** forbid** imagine** love* prefer* urge**
assume** choose* force** instruct** need* promise* want*
ask* consider** get* judge** order** remind** warn**

* object is optional ** object is required

R-8
X8Vo Common Noncount Nouns

advice cooperation food* glass* news rain traffic

air courage fruit* heat noise* research transportation
baggage creativity fun jewelry organization* respect truth*
beauty economics furniture knowledge oxygen rice violence
behavior* education* gasoline literature paint* safety water
blood electricity grammar luck participation salt weather
bread entertainment hair* luggage patience sand work*
cash equipment happiness mathematics peace smoke
chemistry evidence health medicine* physics snow
clothing excitement help milk pollution soap
coffee* experience* homework money privacy spaghetti
confidence flour information music progress sugar

• often has a count meaning or a noncount meaning

XU Common Prepositions
ONE-WORD PREPOSITIONS

about at beyond in on than unlike

above before by including onto through until
across behind despite inside opposite throughout up
after below down into outside to upon
against beneath during like over toward with
among beside except near past towards within
around besides for of per under without
as between from off since underneath

GROUPS OF WORDS THAT FUNCTION LIKE ONE-WORD PREPOSITIONS

according to because of in exchange for instead of owing to

ahead of but for in front of near to prior to
apart from by means of in place of on account of rather than
as for due to in spite of on top of such as
as of except for in terms of out of thanks to
as well as in addition to inside of outside of up to
away from

RESOURCES R-9
 COMMON ERRORS CORRECTIONS

1.2 The Simple Present (page 6)

CORRECTION EXPLANATION

13 X Everyone have the duty to vote. We use a singular verb (has) with an indefinite
/Everyone has the duty to vote. pronoun.

14 X My brother always get what he wants. I/you/we/they get...

/My brother always gets what he wants. he / she / it gets...
C
15 XI very proud to be a part of this group. Every sentence needs a verb. We can use the verb
/I am very proud to be a part of this group.
be before an adjective (am proud).

16 X People in a big city has more trouble sleeping at night. The noun subject of this sentence is people
/People in a big city have more trouble sleeping at night.
(not city). People is a plural noun so we use
a plural verb (have).

1.5 The Simple Past (page 16)

CORRECTION EXPLANATION

12 X Later I remember that I was not well prepared to Pay attention to all of the verb forms in a sentence.
take the test. It’s important to use similar verb forms when they
/Later I remembered that I was not well prepared to refer to the same time frame.
take the test. remembered-was
13 XWe didn't want to leave home because we want to didn’t want-wanted
take care of our grandparents.
don’t want-want
/We didn't want to leave home because we wanted to
take care of our grandparents. looked-wore-didn’t feel
C /We don't want to leave home because we want to got-sat-thought
take care of our grandparents.

14 X Although she looked nice when she wear that suit,

she didn’t feel comfortable in it.
/Although she looked nice when she wore that suit,
she didn't feel comfortable in it.

15 XWhen I got there, I sat and thinkfor a while.

/When I got there, I sat and thought for a while.

R-10
 2.2 The Simple Past vs. the Present Perfect (page 45)
CORRECTION
10 XI have seen many things when I was a child.
Zl saw many things when I was a child.
11 XI have been here since three weeks.
ZI have been here for three weeks.
C
12 XI lived in Toronto for three years. I really love it here.
ZI have lived in Toronto for three years. I really love
it here.
13 X He is the most optimistic person I ever know.
ZHe is the most optimistic person I have ever known.
4.3 Transitive and Intransitive Verbs (page 117)
CORRECTION
13 X They thought she was died.
ZThey thought she was dead.
ZThey thought she had died.
14 XThese things were happened on Friday evening.
ZThese things happened on Friday evening.
D
15 XThe paintings appeared several people.
ZThe paintings showed several people.
ZSeveral people appeared in the paintings.
16 XThree people injured in the accident.
ZThree people were injured in the accident.
EXPLANATION
The time expression when I was a child indicates a
finished time period. We use the simple past (not the
present perfect) with these time expressions.
since + a specific time (January 2014)
for + an amount of time (for three weeks /for a year)
We usually use the present perfect (not the simple past)
when we are talking about something that started in the
past and is connected to now.
We usually use the present perfect with the time
expression ever. We form the present perfect with
have / has + the past participle of the main verb (known).
EXPLANATION
The verbs die and happen are intransitive. Intransitive
verbs don’t have a passive form.
Appear is an intransitive verb. We don’t use an object
(several people) with an intransitive verb.
When the subject (three people) is the receiver of the
action, we use a passive verb (were injured).
RESOURCES R-11
 7.1 Overview of Nouns (page 214)
CORRECTION
10 X She gave me some good advices.
ZShe gave me some good advice.
11 XI didn't have time to do my homeworks.
Zl didn't have time to do my homework.
12 X When I have a stress, I can't study hard.
D ZWhen I have stress, I can't study hard.
ZWhen I am under a lot of stress, I can't study hard.
ZWhen I feel stressed, I can't study hard.
ZWhen I am stressed, I can't study hard.
13 X Recycled papers are used to produce newspapers.
ZRecycled paper is used to produce newspapers.
8.5 Possessives (page 270)
CORRECTION
11 XWhat do you think of today young people?
ZWhat do you think of today's young people?
ZWhat do you think of young people today?
12 X A lot of the cities restaurants have closed.
ZA lot of the city's restaurants have closed.
C an adverbial after the noun (young people today).
13 X One researchers' findings were completely different.
ZOne researcher's findings were completely different.
14 X Can you give me your the number?
ZCan you give me your number?
R-12
EXPLANATION
The words advice, homework, and stress are noncount
nouns. Noncount nouns do not have plural forms
and we don’t use them with a or an.
Notice that in 12, we can also use a linking verb
+ the adjective stressed.
The word paper has a noncount meaning and a count
meaning. In this sentence, paper refers to a kind of
material and has a noncount meaning.
EXPLANATION
We can use certain time expressions and nouns as
possessives before a main noun (today’s young people,
the city’s restaurants).
today’s young people = the young people of today
the city’s restaurants = the restaurants of the city
Notice that we can also use a time expression as
We add’s after a singular noun to show possession
(one researcher’s findings). We add ’ after a plural noun
(two researchers’ findings').
We don’t use an article (the, a, etc.) together with
a possessive determiner (my, your, etc.).
 8.6 Quantifiers (page 272)
CORRECTION
12 X He has to worry about another things.
/He has to worry about other things.
/He has to worry about another thing.
13 XYou can get many informations on the Internet.
/You can get much information on the Internet.
D 14 X A lot people ride bicycles there.
/A lot of people ride bicycles there.
15 X Few months after I moved home, I quit school.
/A few months after I moved home, I quit school.
9.7 Using Of to Show Possession (page 306)
CORRECTION
6 X Please don't drink from that water's glass.
/Please don't drink from that glass of water.
B
7 X The parents of Sylvia are here.
/Sylvia's parents are here.
11.2 Gerunds as Subjects; Be + Gerund (page 358)
CORRECTION
8 X Many people realize that take care of their health
is important.
/Many people realize that taking care of their
health is important.
9 XTeach a child a foreign language too early might
C cause problems.
/Teaching a child a foreign language too early
might cause problems.
10 X Eating lots of vegetables are good for your health.
/Eating lots of vegetables is good for your health.
EXPLANATION
We use:
another singular noun
other + plural count noun / noncount noun
information = a noncount noun. We use:
much + noncount noun
many + plural count noun
We use:
a lot of + plural count noun / noncount noun
We use:
a few | + plural count noun
We can also use (very) + few + a plural noun, but the
meaning is different.
a few months = a small number of months
very few months = almost no months
EXPLANATION
For nonliving and abstract things, we don’t usually use’s
to show possession. We use a prepositional phrase with
of instead.
For living things, we don’t usually use a prepositional
phrase with of to show possession. We use's instead.
EXPLANATION
We can use a gerund (taking, teaching) as the subject
of a sentence or clause. We can’t use the base form of
a verb (take, teach) in this way.
In this sentence, the subject is eating (not vegetables).
We use a singular verb (is) with a gerund subject.
RESOURCES R-13
 11.6 To- Infinitives as Subjects; Linking Verb + To- Infinitive (page 370)
CORRECTION EXPLANATION

12 X It's hard to understand for us. The correct order is:

/It's hard for us to understand.
adjective + for + object pronoun to- infinitive

13 X My goal was get a good job near my home. We can use a to- infinitive (to get) after a linking verb,
D /My goal was to get a good job near my home. not the base form of a verb (get).

14 X It's necessary when you are writing an essay, We use:

you include an introduction.
It be adjective + I to- infinitive
/It's necessary to include an introduction when
you are writing an essay.

11.7 To- Infinitives as Objects (page 373)

CORRECTION EXPLANATION

17 X She wants finish her work and watch TV. We can use a to- infinitive (not a base form or simple past
/She wants to finish her work and watch TV. form) as the object of the verb want.

18 X He wanted the children worked harder.

/He wanted the children to work harder.

D
19 XI will teach you know how to play the piano. We use:
/I will teach you how to play the piano.
teach + object pronoun wh- word + to- infinitive

20 X My parents encouraged me about coming here. We can use a to- infinitive (not a preposition + gerund)
/My parents encouraged me to come here. as the object of the verb encourage.

/
j sb 12.6 Wh- Noun Clauses (page 408)
CORRECTION EXPLANATION

6 XI wonder where is he. The correct word order for a wh- noun clause is:
/1 wonder where he is.
wh- word subject verb
7 X What is he saying bothers me.
/What he is saying bothers me.
B
8 X The problem is who is she marrying.
/The problem is who she is marrying.

9 X They're not happy about that what you said. We can use a wh- clause as the object of a preposition
/They're not happy about what you said. (not a that clause).

R-14
Index
A of contrast, 183,185,186, 211
AJan reduced, 192
choosing between, 259 of manner, 188, 211
in generic statements, 267 of purpose, 190, 211
as most common determiners, 266 of reason, 176,180,203,211
in noun phrases, 321 of result, 190, 211
uses of, 258, 267 in speaking, 202, 203
Abstract nouns, 215 still in, 185
Abstracts, 33 subject and verb in, 174
simple present in, 33 subordinators beginning (e.g., when, if), 174, 205
Academic writing. See Writing (See also Subordinators)
Action vs. non-action verbs, 13 summary of, 211
Active sentences of time, 176, 180, 186, 211 (See also Time clauses)
defined, 108 reduced, 192,193
direct objects in, 108 with simple past (e.g., when), 16, 20
vs. passive sentences, 108 uses of, 140,174
that clauses in, 125 in writing, 205
Adjectival, 140 Adverbials, 140-171
Adjective clauses, 309-311, 324-353 defined, 140
defined, 309, 324 of degree, 149,150,152,171
defining and non-defining, 338, 341,353 focusing, 149,152,171
commas with, 338 linking (e.g., then, however, similarly), 156-171
after indefinite pronouns (e.g., anyone who ... ), 332 defined, 156
after the one/ones (e.g., the one that. ..), 332 in writing, 157, 166, 168, 169
with prepositions (e.g., with which, for whom), 343, 353 of manner (e.g., quickly, by car), 143,171
recognizing, 309, 311 with multiple meanings, 152
reduced, 334, 339, 353 overview of, 140
in speaking, 343, 347 of place (e.g., here, in my office), 143,171
subjects and objects in, 329, 353 prepositional phrases as, 140
summary of, 353 of purpose (e.g., to have some free time), 143,171
with that, who, and which, 324, 326,329, 338, 339,353 of reason (e.g., because of the weather), 143
with whom, 328, 353 in speaking, 157,166,168
with whose, 341,353 of stance (e.g., unfortunately, maybe), 153,171
in writing, 343, 349 summary of, 171
Adjectives of time (e.g., now, this morning), 143,171
defined, 295 uses of, 140,143
ending in -ed (e.g., tired, required), 295,296, R-5 in writing, 166
ending in -ing (e.g., interesting), 295 Adverbs, 140
forming nouns from (e.g., just/justice), 238 always, constantly, forever with present progressive
after get (e.g., get married), 130 (e.g., he is always talking), 9
multi-word (e.g., full-time), 295 collocations with, 150
vs. passive verbs, 127 degrees of certainty with, 98,105
placement of, 271, 295 maybe, 82,153,171,422
possessive (e.g., my, his) (See Possessive determiners) overview of, 140
+ prepositions, 127, R-7 with passive verb forms (e.g., it was completely destroyed),
+ gerunds, R-7 111
+ that clauses (e.g., he seemed amazed that.. .), 401 with present perfect, 40
+ to- infinitives (e.g., she was happy to help us), 384, 393 Advisability, modals of (e.g., should, ought to, had better),
uses of, 295 86, 95
Adverb clauses, 174-211 After
defined, 174 in adverb clauses of time, 176
because in, 148 with past verb forms, 16, 55,176
commas after, 174 Agreement. See Noun-pronoun agreement; Subject-verb
of condition, 194,196,197, 203 agreement

INDEX 1-1
 Although, 183 Being, uses of, 367
Annoyance, present perfect progressive to indicate, 53 as main verb in progressive forms
Another, 272 (e.g., you are being silly), 15
Antecedents of pronouns, 219 in passive gerunds, 367
Anybody, anyone, anything. See Indefinite pronouns in passive sentences, 108,137
Appositives, 301 Be required to, 92
Articles Be supposed to, 92
definite (the), 258, 260, 263, 266, 287 By
in generic statements, 267 with future perfect, 60
indefinite (a, an), 258, 267, 287 in passive sentences, 108
no article (0), 263, 264, 266, 287 + the time, 60,176
in noun phrases, 321
some, 263, 266, 287
As if, 188, 201, 211
c
Can and cannot/can't, 79-84, 93-105
As in adverb clauses certainty with can't, 81, 84,105
of manner, 188, 211 in passive sentences, 125
of reason, 176,180, 211 + phrasal modal (e.g., can be allowed to), 93
of time, 176, 211 possibility with, 79
As soon as, 176 with progressive verb forms, 95
As though, 55, 188, 201, 211 in speaking, 100
Auxiliary verbs. See Helping verbs summary of, 105
in writing, 79
B Certainty/uncertainty, expressing
Background information with adverbs (e.g., probably, certainty), 98
adjective clauses for, 339 with modals (e.g., they might visit), 81,90,95, 105
past perfect in, 64 for past time (e.g., they must have left), 83,84,90, 105
Bare infinitives, 381, 393 with prepositional phrases (e.g., in a way), 98,105
Be with stance adverbials (e.g., definitely, without a doubt),
+ adjective + preposition, 127, R-7 153
+ gerund, R-7 Clauses. See also Adjective clauses; Adverb clauses;
being, uses of, 367 (See also Being) Main clauses; Noun clauses
dropping in reduced adverb clauses defined, 4, 309
(e.g., while in school), 192 subject and verb in, 4
+ gerund, 358 with that, in active and passive sentences (e.g., people
as a helping verb believed that/it is believed that...), 125
in passive gerunds, 367 Cohesiveness in writing, 132, 247
in passive sentences, 108-137, 367 Collocations
defined, 108 defined, 216
vs. be + adjective, 127 with degree adverbials (e.g., pretty clean), 150
in past progressive, 20 with noncount nouns, 216
in present progressive, 9 Commas
as a main verb in progressive forms before and after appositives, 301
(e.g., you are being silly), 15, 367 after introductory adverb clauses, 174
Be able to, 72, 74,105 before and after non-defining adjective clauses, 338
+ modals (e.g., might/could be able to), 93 before and after stance adverbials, 153
+ will (e.g., you will be able to . . . ), 26,93 Complaints with present perfect progressive, 53
Be allowed to, 72, 74, 92 Complements (completers)
Because adjective complements
in adverb clauses of reason, 176 noun clauses as, 396, 408, 411, 412, 429
vs. because of, 148 subject complements
with past perfect, 55 gerunds as, 358, 393
Before, in adverb clauses of time, 176 after linking verbs, 119
with simple past, 55 noun clauses as, 396, 401, 408, 411, 429
Be going to noun phrases as, 290
future with, 23, 24, 37 that clauses as, 401
vs. modals, for degrees of certainty, 81 to- infinitives as, 370, 393
vs. present progressive, 27
vs. will, 24

1-2
 verb complements articles as (a, an, the, some, 0), 258-267,287
gerunds as, 362 (See also Articles)
to- infinitives as, 373 demonstrative (this, that, these, those + noun), 277, 287
Compound nouns, 235, 298, 300 in noun phrases, 256, 292, 295, 317, 321
hyphens in, 235 possessive, 270
plural form of, 235 possessive determiners (e.g., my, your), 219, 270
Conditionals (conditional adverb clauses) possessive nouns (e.g., Mike's, my parents'), 270
defined, 194 quantifiers as, 272-283 (See also Quantifiers)
real (present, past, future), 194,211 in speaking, 282
with unless, 196 summary of, 287
vs. unreal, 199 in writing, 282
in speaking, 202 Dictionaries, 152, 218, 247, 256
unreal Direct objects
defined, 197 in active sentences, 108
with as if and as though, 201 in gerunds, 356
future, 197,199 in passive sentences, 117,121
past, 197, 201, 211 that clauses as, 125, 404
present, 197,199, 201, 211 in to- infinitives, 368
vs. real, 199 with transitive verbs, 117
in writing, 205 Direct vs. indirect speech, 415
Conjunctive adverbs, 156. See also Linking adverbials Ditransitive verbs, 117
Connecting words, 156. See also Linking adverbials Doubt, stance adverbials for (e.g., maybe, perhaps), 153
Contractions, 23, 27, 30, 51, 75, 90 Due to, 148
'll, 23, 75
Contrast E
adverb clauses of, 183, 185,186, 192, 211 Each/each of, 272, 277, 280, 287
linking adverbials that signal, 158 -ed form of verbs, 18
Conversation. See Speaking as adjectives, 295, 296, R-5
Could and could not/couldn't, 79-84, 92-105,125 vs. passive forms, 127
certainty with, 81, 83, 84 spelling of, R-5
past (e.g., you couldn't have known), 83, 84 Embedded questions, 408
in passive sentences, 125 Empty subjects (it), 232
+ phrasal modal (e.g., could be able to), 93 Evaluation, stance adverbials for (e.g., luckily), 153
possibility with, 79, 84,125 Even though, 183,187
past, counterfactual (e.g., you could have visited), 84 Expectations, future forms for talking about, 23
with progressive verb forms (e.g., she could be sleeping), 95
in speaking, 100
uses of, 84,105
r
First conditionals, 194
in writing, 101 Focusing adverbials, 149,152,171
Could have, 83, 84, 89 Future forms, 23-27, 37
Count nouns, 214, 253 be going to, 23, 24,37
defined, 214 future perfect and future perfect progressive, 60, 69
articles with, 258, 263 future real conditionals, 194
compound nouns as, 235 present forms to talk about the future, 27
identifying, 218 summary of, 37
will, 23, 24, 37
D would for counterfactual statements, 75
Defining vs. non-defining adjective clauses, 338 Future perfect and future perfect progressive, 60, 69
Definite articles (the), 258, 263, 266, 287 Future-possible conditionals, 194
in noun phrases, 321 Future time, 23-27, 37, 60. See also Future forms
Degree adverbials (e.g., almost, absolutely), 149,150, future real conditionals, 194
152,171 future time clauses, 176
collocations with, 150
Demonstratives (this, that, these, those) G
as determiners, 277, 287 General statements
as pronouns, 241, 253, 422 one, you, and they for, 232
Determiners, 256-287 present perfect for, 64
defined, 256

INDEX 1-3
 present real conditionals for, 194 Imperative sentences, you as subject of, 193, 229
simple present for, 6, 9, 33, 62 Indefinite articles (a/an, some), 258, 287
Generic nouns, 267 Indefinite pronouns (e.g., everybody, somebody, no one),
Generic pronouns, 232 224, 253
Generic statements defined, 224
defined, 267 ending in -body vs. -one, 226
articles in, 267 followed by adjective clauses (e.g., anyone who . . .), 332
with simple verb forms, 270 noun-pronoun agreement and, 229
Gerunds, 356-367, 377-381, 393 Indirect objects
defined, 356 in passive sentences, 117,121
negative (e.g., not working), 358 after say and tell, 420, 421
as objects of prepositions, 362, 364, 393 with transitive verbs, 117
common adjectives + prepositions + (e.g., tired of doing), Indirect questions, 408
364, R-7 Indirect speech, 415, 417
common nouns + of+ (e.g., possibility of using), 364, R-8 Infinitives
common verbs + prepositions + (e.g., thinking of bare, 381, 393
helping), 364, R-7 to-, 370-393 (See also To- infinitives)
as objects of verbs, 362, 377, 393 -ing form of verbs
common verbs + (e.g., begin working), 362, 377, R-6 as adjectives (e.g., interesting, surprising), 295, 296, R-4
in passive sentences, 367, 393 as gerunds, 356 (See also Gerunds)
in a series, 361, 389 overview of, 356
in speaking, 387 in reduced adjective clauses, 334
as subject complements (completers), 358, 393 spelling of, R-4
as subjects, 358, 393 uses of, 356
summary of, 393 Intentions
vs. to- infinitives, 377, 381 with be going to, 23
uses of, 356, 377 with will, 23, 75
in writing, 388, 389 Intransitive verbs, 117
Get common, R-6
+ adjective, 130 Introductory statements, present perfect in, 64
in passive sentences, 130,131 Irregular verbs, R-3
with past progressive, 22 It
with present progressive, 9 + be + adjective + that clause (e.g., it's possible that. . .),
398
H + be + adjective + to- infinitive (e.g., it's nice to meet you),
Had better (not), 86, 88 370, 371
Have got to, 90 vs. one, 232
Have to, 90 + passive form + that clause (e.g., it has been reported that),
had to, 90 125
Hedging statements, 101 as placeholder for the subject (e.g., it's impossible to do
Helping verbs this quickly), 232, 370, 371
defined, 4
adverbs, placement after, 111
vs. main verbs, 4
I
Just, 152
omission of
in adverb clauses, 192 L
in speaking, 62 Lexical verbs, 4
with two main verbs, 55 Linking adverbials (e.g., then, however, similarly), 156-171
in phrasal modals, 72 defined, 156
Hypercorrection, 246 in writing, 157, 166,168, 169
Hyphens Linking verbs (e.g., be, seem, become), 119, R-2
in compound nouns, 235 defined, 119
in multi-word adjectives, 295 + adjectives + that clauses (e.g., he seemed amazed
that...), 401
I + adjectives + to- infinitives (e.g., she was happy to help),
If 384, 393
in conditional adverb clauses, 194,197, 412 complements with, 119, 358
noun clauses with, 411, 412, 413, 429 list of, R-2

1-4
 + to- infinitives (e.g., he seems to be . . . ), 370 in passive sentences, 137
uses of, 371 vs. simple, 72, 74, 93,105
Lists, linking adverbials for, 163,171 for possibility (e.g., can, could), 79
with progressive verb forms (e.g., might be going), 95
M for requests {could, can, would), 72,100,105
Main clauses in speaking, 100
defined, 174 summary of, 105
with adjective clauses, 324 {See also Adjective clauses) in writing, 101
with adverb clauses, 174 {See also Adverb clauses) Multi-word adjectives {e.g., full-time), 295, 296
with noun clauses, 404,415 {See also Noun clauses) Multi-word prepositions (e.g., because of, due to), 148
Main nouns, 292, 293, 309, 312, 317 Must and must not
defined, 290 certainty with, 81, 83
Main verbs, 4 past {must have), 83
Manner obligation and prohibition with, 90
adverb clauses of, 188, 211 + phrasal modal (e.g., must be able to), 93
adverbials of, 143,171 with progressive verb forms (e.g., must be sleeping), 95
May and may not, 79-84,93-105 in speaking, 100
certainty with, 81, 83 uses of, 84,105
past {may have), 83 in writing, 101
vs. maybe, 82
permission with, 100 N
+ phrasal modal (e.g., may be able to), 93 Negative gerunds, 358
with progressive verb forms (e.g., may be sleeping), 95 Negative questions (e.g., can't you call her?), 100
in speaking, 100 Neither of, 280
uses of, 105 News reporting, passive forms in, 109
vs. will in questions, 95 No article (0), 263, 264, 266, 287
in writing, 101 Nobody, no one, nothing. See Indefinite pronouns
Maybe, 82,100, 422 Non-action verbs, 13
May have, 83 defined, 13
Measure words, 282, 283 list of, R-2
Might and might not, 79-84, 93-105 in passive sentences, 131
certainty with, 81, 83 in speaking, 30
past {might have), 83 Noncount nouns, 214, 253
+ phrasal modal (e.g., might be able to), 93 defined, 214
with progressive verb forms (e.g., might be sleeping), 95 articles with, 263
in speaking, 100 collocations with, 216
uses of, 84,105 common, R-9
vs. will in questions, 95 compound nouns as, 235
in writing, 101 ending in -s, 214
Modals, 70-105 identifying, 218
for advisability {should, ought to, had better), 86, 89, 95 None of, 280
for counterfactual statements {would/would have, Not + gerund, 358
could have), 75, 84 Noun clauses, 396-429
for degrees of certainty {could, may, must, might, defined, 396
should, will), 81, 83, 95 with if or whether, 396, 411, 412, 413, 415, 429
vs. obligation/prohibition {must, have to, have got to), 90 in indirect speech, 415
past (e.g., must have, might have), 83 in speaking, 422
for expectation {should), 89 subjects in, 396
+ have (e.g., could have, should have), 79, 83, 84, 89 summary of, 429
for obligation and prohibition (e.g., have to, must, that clauses as, 396-407
be required to), 90, 92 as complements, 401
for offers, willingness, and intent {will/'ll), 75 as objects, 404
overview of, 72 omitting that, 396
in passive sentences, 122,137 as subjects, 398
for permission {can, may, allowed to), 72,100,105 using base form of verb in (e.g., it’s important that
phrasal (e.g., have to, be able to) he see ... ), 407
defined, 72 wh-, 396, 408,429
combining with simple (e.g., might be able to), 93 in writing, 425

INDEX 1-5
 Noun + noun combinations, 298, 300 to- infinitives as, 373, 377, 393
Noun phrases, 290-321 wh- clauses as, 408
defined, 290 Obligation, modals for, 90, 92, 105
adjective clauses in (e.g., a healthy meal that kids Of
will enjoy), 309, 324 noun + of + gerund (e.g., the possibility of coming), 364, R-8
adjectives in, 295 quantifiers with (e.g., many of, a few of), 277, 278, 287
appositives as, 301 in showing possession, 306, 307
articles in, 321 + which or whom in adjective clauses, 343
+ bare infinitives (e.g., he let his brother come), 381 Once in adverb clauses of time, 176
determiners in, 256, 292, 295, 317, 321 One/ones, 232,332
+ gerunds (e.g., we heard the baby crying), 381 Opinion, giving
gerunds functioning as, 356 adverbs for, 316
main noun in, 290, 292, 293, 309, 312, 317 noun clauses for, 425
defined, 290 noun phrases for, 319
identifying, 317 stance adverbials for, 153
noun + noun in, 298, 300 Other, 272
possessives in, 321 Ought to, 86
prepositional phrases in, 304, 306, 307
quantifiers in, 321 P
in speaking, 314, 315 Parallelism/parallel structure, 132, 389
subject-verb agreement with, 312 Passive sentences, 108-137
summary of, 321 defined, 108
+ to- infinitives, 368, 384 vs. active sentences, 108
word order in, 292, 293 vs. be + adjective, 127
in writing, 314, 315, 319 by in, 108,127
Noun-pronoun agreement, 229 direct objects in, 117,121
Nouns, 214-218, 235-240, 244-253 gerunds, passive form of, 367, 393
defined, 214 get vs. be in, 130
abstract, 215 indirect objects in, 117,121
collocations with, 216 modals in, 122,125, 137
common + of + gerunds, R-7 reduced adjective clauses in (e.g., the first thing mentioned
compound, 235, 253, 298 at the meeting ...), 334
count, 214, 218, 235, 253, 258, 263 in speaking, 130
generic, 267 summary of, 137
noncount, 214, 216, 218, 235, 253, 263 that clauses in, 125
common, R-9 to- infinitives in, 125, 386, 393
in noun phrases, 289-381 (See also Noun phrases) transitive verbs in, 117
possessive, 270, 287 uses of, 114,137
in speaking, 235, 244 verb forms in, 108,137
summary of, 253 in writing, 109,132
+ to- infinitives, 393 Past participles, 295
uses of, 214 as adjectives, 127, 295, 296
in writing, 247 in forming future perfect, 60
Noun suffixes (e.g., -ness, -tion), 238, 240,253 in forming passive sentences, 108
Now that, 176 in forming present perfect, 40
in reduced adjective clauses, 334
o Past perfect, 55-56, 64, 69
Object pronouns (e.g., me, him), 219, 246, 373 defined, 55
Objects in passive sentences, 108,137
in adjective clauses, 329 in writing, 64
bare infinitives as, 381 Past perfect progressive, 55, 69
direct, 108,117,121, 125 (See also Direct objects) Past progressive, 20, 22, 37
gerunds as, 362, 364, 377, 393, R-7 (See also under defined, 20
Gerunds) in passive sentences, 108,137
indirect, 117,121, 420, 421 (See also Indirect objects) vs. present progressive, 20
subject pronouns as, 246 reduced adjective clauses in, 334
that clauses as, 125, 404 vs. simple past, 20

1-6
 summary of, 37 common adjectives + prepositions + gerunds, R-7
uses of, 20, 22, 37 common verbs + prepositions + gerunds, 364, R-7
Past time, 16-22, 33, 37. See also Past perfect; Past perfect gerunds as objects of, 362
progressive; Past progressive; Present perfect; multi-word (e.g., because of, due to), 148, R-9
Simple past of (See Of)
adverbs clauses of time with, 174 + relative pronoun in adjective clauses, 343
modals for, 79, 83, 84, 89 Present participles, 295, 334, 356, R-4. See also -ing form
in writing, 33 of verbs
Perfect forms, 40-69 Present perfect, 40-51, 62-69
future perfect and future perfect progressive, 60 defined, 40
passive forms of, 108,137 adverbs with, 40
past perfect and past perfect progressive, 55 common verbs used with, 43
present perfect, 40-51 (See also Present perfect) in passive sentences, 108,137
present perfect progressive, 51 vs. present perfect progressive, 51
in speaking, 62 vs. simple past, 45, 46
summary of, 69 in speaking, 46, 62
of to- infinitives, 386, 393 summary of, 69
in writing, 64 time expressions with (e.g., lately, recently, so far), 40,
Perhaps, 422 44,45
Permission, modals for, 72, 100,105 uses of, 40, 45, 69
Personal pronouns, 219, 253 in writing, 64
Phrasal modals (e.g., have to, be able to) Present perfect progressive, 51, 69
defined, 72 common verbs used with, 52
combining with simple modals (e.g., might be able to), 93 to express annoyance, 53
in passive sentences, 137 vs. present perfect, 51
vs. simple modals, 72, 74, 93,105 summary of, 69
Phrases uses of, 51, 53, 69
adverb phrases, 140,143 Present progressive, 9, 37
noun phrases (See Noun phrases) action vs. non-action verbs with, 13
prepositional phrases (See Prepositional phrases) be as main verb in (e.g., you are being silly), 15, 367
Place adverbials, 143,171 become and get in, 9
Plans, future forms for talking about, 23, 37 common verbs used in, 12
Politeness for future meaning, 27
adverbials for, 166 in passive sentences, 108,137
if- clauses for, 202 vs. past progressive, 20
modals for, 100 vs. simple present, 9,10, 27
past progressive for, 20 in speaking, 10
simple past for, 16 summary of, 37
Possession, using of to show, 306, 307 uses of, 9, 27, 30, 37
Possessive adjective clauses (e.g., my friend whose father), in writing, 10
341 Present time, 6-15, 37. See also Present perfect;
Possessive adjectives (e.g., my, your, his), 219 Present perfect progressive; Present progressive;
Possessive determiners (e.g., my, your, his), 219,224, 270 Simple present
noun-pronoun agreement and, 229 adverbs clauses of time with, 174
Possessive nouns (e.g., Marie's, the dog's), 270, 287 modals for, 72, 75, 79, 81, 84, 86, 90, 95
Possessive pronouns (e.g., mine, yours), 222, 224, 253, 287 Probability, modals for, 95
in norm phrases, 321 Probably, 422
Possibility, modals for, 79, 84, 105 Progressive forms of to- infinitives, 386, 393
Predictions, future forms for talking about, 23, 37 Progressive verb forms
Prepositional phrases, 304 action vs. non-action verbs with, 13
as adverbials, 140 being in, 15, 367
after indefinite pronouns (e.g., everyone in our class), 224 modals with, 95
with of (See Of) in passive sentences, 108,137
showing uncertainty with (e.g., in a sense), 98,105 past progressive, 20, 22, 37 (See also Past progressive)
uses of, 304 present perfect progressive, 51-53, 69 (See also Present
Prepositions. See also Prepositional phrases perfect progressive)
common, R-9 present progressive, 9, 37 (See also Present progressive)
in noun phrases, 305 Prohibition, modals for, 90, 92, 105

INDEX 1-7
 Pronouns, 219-253 R
agreement with nouns, 229 Real conditionals, 194,199, 202, 211
antecedents of, 219 defined, 194
demonstrative (this/that/these/those), 241, 253,422 vs. unreal conditionals, 199
generic (e.g., one, you, they), 232 Really, 86, 140,422
indefinite (e.g., someone, everybody, nothing), 224,226,253 Reason, adverb clauses of (e.g., because it was a gift), 176,
adjective clauses describing (e.g., everyone I know . . .), 180, 203, 211
332 Reason adverbials (e.g., on account of, due to, because), 143
in noun phrases, 290, 292 Reduced adjective clauses, 334, 339, 353
object, 219, 246, 373 Reduced adverb clauses, 192,193
one/ones, 232 Referents of pronouns, 219
adjective clauses describing (e.g., the ones who ...), 332 Relative pronouns (who, that, which), 324-353. See also
personal, 219, 253 Adjective clauses
possessive (e.g., mine, yours), 222, 224, 253 Reported speech, 415
quantifiers as, 272 Reporting verbs (e.g., say, tell, respond), 420, 425
referents of, 219 Research, writing about, 33. See also Writing
relative (who, that, which), 324-353 Result
(See also Adjective clauses) adverb clauses of (e.g., so/such . . . that), 190, 211
in speaking, 219, 222, 224, 244 linking adverbials for (e.g., as a result, therefore), 158
subject, 219, 220
summary of, 253
in writing, 241, 247
s
Sentence patterns
Pronunciation active vs. passive, 108,117,125
of, 307 with linking adverbials, 156,157
compound nouns, 235 with simple modals vs. phrasal modals, 74
modal + have, 89 Sentence rhythm, 113
possessive pronouns, 222 Sentences
reduced words, 221 active vs. passive, 108,117,125
sentence rhythm, 113 linking adverbials to connect, 140,156,157
simple past vs. present perfect, 46 placement of adjectives in, 271
some, 263 Series
stress for contrasting information, 186 gerunds in, 361, 389
Purpose fo- infinitives in, 369, 381, 389
adverb clauses of (e.g., so, so that), 190, 211 -s/es form of verbs, spelling of, R-4
adverbials of, 143,171 Should and should not/shouldn't
to- infinitives of, 393 advisability with, 86
vs. other uses, 89
Q past, counterfactual (e.g., we should have left earlier), 89
Quantifiers, 272, 287 with progressive verb forms (e.g., you should be working
in noun phrases, 321 harder), 95
with of, 277, 278, 280, 287 certainty with (e.g., she should be here), 81
as pronouns, 272 vs. other modals, 81,105
in speaking, 282, 283 + have, 89
in writing, 282 negative questions with (e.g., shouldn't you call him?),
Questions 95,100
answering with to- infinitive, 387 + phrasal modal (e.g., should be able to), 93
contractions in, 30 really + (e.g., you really should come), 86
helping verbs in, 4 in speaking, 100
indirect (embedded), 408 uses of, 89,105
with modals, 74, 90, 95,105 in writing, 101
negative (e.g., can't you call her?), 100 Should have, 89
in passive sentences with get, 130 Simple modals. See also Modals
reporting, in noun clauses (e.g., she asked if... I defined, 72
they asked why . . .), 415 combining with phrasal modals (e.g., might be able to), 93
tag, 244 in passive sentences, 137
with what if, 202 vs. phrasal modals, 72, 74, 93,105
with wonder + if (I was wondering if.. . ), 20 Simple past, 16-20, 33-37
defined, 16

1-8
 in adverb clauses of time, 174 Speech, direct and indirect, 415, 417, 420
-ed ending for (regular verbs), 18, R-5 Spelling
in indirect speech, 415 -ed form of verbs, R-5
irregular verbs, 18, R-3 -ing form of verbs, R-4
in passive sentences, 108,137 irregular verbs, R-3
vs. past perfect, 55 -s/es form of verbs, 7, R-4
vs. past progressive, 20 Stance adverbials, 153,171
vs. present perfect, 45, 46 Stative verbs, R-2. See also Non-action verbs
vs. simple present, 16 Still, 185
in speaking, 46 Subject adjective clauses, 326
summary of, 37 Subject complements (completers)
time expressions in, 16, 45 after linking verbs, 119
uses of, 16, 33 gerunds as, 358, 393
in writing, 33, 57, 64 noun clauses as, 396, 401, 408, 411, 429
Simple present, 6-15, 33-37 noun phrases as, 290
defined, 6 that clauses as, 401
for future meaning, 27 to- infinitives as, 370, 393
non-action verbs in, 13,15 Subjunctive form, 407
in passive sentences, 108,137 Subject pronouns, 219, 220
vs. present progressive, 9, 27 hypercorrected as objects (e.g., he gave the book to
vs. simple past, 16 you and I), 246
in speaking, 8, 30 Subjects
spelling -s/es endings, 7, R-2 in adjective clauses, 329
subject-verb agreement in, 6 in adverb clauses, 174
summary of, 37 empty (e.g., it's impossible to ... ), 232
uses of, 6, 7, 9, 37 gerunds as, 358, 393
in writing, 8, 33, 64 it as placeholder for, 371
Since in noun clauses, 396
in adverb clauses of reason, 176,211 omission of, in perfect forms (e.g., you seen my purse?), 62
vs. as, 180 in passive sentences, 117
in adverb clauses of time, 176, 211 that clauses as, 398
reduced (e.g., since graduating 192 to- infinitives as, 370, 393
with present perfect, 40 you in imperative statements, 193, 229
Singular and plural, 214, 253, 256 Subject-verb agreement
So ... that (e.g., it was so cold that. .. ), 190 with indefinite pronouns, 224
Some, 263, 266, 287 with long noun phrases, 312
in noun phrases, 321 with quantifiers + of, 277
Speaking in simple present, 6
adjective clauses in, 326, 329, 341, 343, 347 Subordinators
adverb clauses in, 202, 203 after, 176,192
adverbials in, 166 although, 183, 187, 192
common verbs in, 6 as, 176,180, 188
determiners in, 282 as if, 188, 201
measure words + of in (e.g., a whole bunch of), 282, 283 as soon as, 176
gerunds in, 387 as though, 188, 201
modals in, 86, 89, 100 before, 176,192
non-action verbs in, 30 by the time, 176
noun clauses in, 413, 422 even though, 183
noun phrases in, 307, 314, 315 if 194
nouns in, 235, 244 now that, 176
passive forms in, 113,130 once, 176
perfect forms in, 46, 62 since, 176, 180, 192
present forms in, 30 so, 190
pronouns in, 221, 222, 244, 246 so many/few, 190
this and that in, 241 so much/little, 190
simple past or present perfect in, 46 still, 185
that clauses in, 404 such, 190
to- infinitives in, 387 though, 183,192

INDEX 1-9
 though/even though, 187 To- infinitives, 368-393
unless, 196 defined, 368
until, 176 linking verb + adjective + (e.g., she was happy to help us),
when, 176,192,194 384, 393
whenever, 194 not + (e.g., he told us not to go), 368
while, 183,186,192 noun phrase + (e.g., many sights to see), 384, 393
Suffixes, noun, 238, 240, 253 as objects of verbs, 373, 377, 393, R-8
Summaries vs. bare infinitives, 381
linking adverbials for, 163 common verbs +, R-8
simple present in, 33 vs. gerunds, 377
with noun phrases or object pronouns (e.g., they expect
T ms to visit), 373
That, 398. See also That clauses with wh- words (e.g., I don't know what to do), 373, 393
as demonstrative determiner (e.g., that woman), 2S7 in passive sentences, 125, 386, 393
as demonstrative pronoun (e.g., that's good), 241, 253, 422 perfect form of (e.g., we're happy to have met her), 386, 393
as object of adjective clauses, 329 progressive form of (e.g., she seems to be doing well),
as subject of adjective clauses, 309, 324, 326, 329 386, 393
vs. which to describe people, 326 of purpose (e.g., I exercise to stay healthy), 384, 393
uses of, 398 in a series, 369, 381, 389
That clauses, 429 in speaking, 387
as adjective clauses, 309, 324, 326, 329 as subjects, 370, 393
as noun clauses, 396-407 summary of, 393
as objects, 404 uses of, 368, 384, 393
as subject complements, 401 in writing, 389
as subjects, 398 To whom, 353
using base form of verb in (e.g., it's important that Transition words, 156. See also Linking adverbials
he see . .. ), 407 Transitive verbs
in passive and active sentences (e.g., people believed that/it common, R-5
is believed that. .. ), 125 in passive sentences, 117
in speaking, 404
in writing, 404, 425 u
The Unless, 196
defined, as definite article, 258 Unreal conditionals, 197, 211
in generic statements, 267 defined, 197
as most common determiner, 266 with as if and as though, 201
in noun phrases, 321 future, 197,199
uses of, 258, 260, 263, 266, 267, 287 past, 197, 201, 211
The fact that, 398 present, 197, 199, 201, 211
Therefore, 157 vs. real conditionals, 199
Things as non-specific noun, 244 Until, 176
Third conditional, 197 Until now, 45
This
as demonstrative determiner (e.g., this book), 287 v
as demonstrative pronoun (e.g., this is great), 241, 253 Verb complements (completers), 362, 373
Though, 183 Verb forms
Time adverbials, 143,152,171 future forms, 23-27, 37 (See also Future forms)
Time clauses. See also under Adverb clauses of time future perfect, 60, 69
with future perfect and future perfect progressive, 60 future perfect progressive, 60, 69
with past perfect and past perfect progressive, 55 modals, 72-105 (See also Modals)
with past progressive (e.g., when, while), 20 passive forms of, 108,137
Time expressions past perfect, 55-56, 64, 69
adverbials as, 143 past perfect progressive, 55, 69
with future perfect and future perfect progressive, 60 past progressive, 20, 22, 37, 334
with past perfect and past perfect progressive, 55 present perfect, 40-51, 62-69 (See also Present perfect)
as possessives (e.g., today's date), 270 present perfect progressive, 51-53, 69
with present forms to talk about the future, 27 present progressive, 20, 37,108,137, 252, 334, 367
with present perfect, 40, 44, 45 simple past, 16-20, 33-37, R-2 (See also Simple past)
with simple past, 16, 45 simple present, 6-15, 33-37 (See also Simple present)

1-10
Verbs, 4. See also Verb forms intent and willingness with, 75,105
action vs. non-action, 13 offers with, 75,105
adding suffixes to form nouns, 238 + phrasal modals (e.g., will be able to), 26, 93
in adjective clauses, 326, 329 (See also Adjective clauses) Wonder if + past progressive, 20
in adverb clauses, 174 (See also Adverb clauses) Would and would not/wouldn't
common counterfactual statements with, 75,105
followed by gerunds, R-6 past (e.g., I would have helped you, but...), 75, 89
followed by to- infinitives, R-8 present (e.g., I would help you, but. . . ), 75
+ prepositions, followed by gerunds, R-7 to hedge statements in writing (e.g., I would argue . . .),
ditransitive, 117 101
+ gerund or to- infinitive, 377 + phrasal modals, 93
helping vs. main, 4 requests with, 100
intransitive, 117, R-6 Writing
irregular, R-3 about research, 33
linking, 119, R-2 abstracts, 33
main, 4 adding details to general statements in, 33
non-action, 13, 30,131, R-2 adjective clauses in, 309, 326, 338,341, 343, 349
in noun clauses, 396 (See also Noun clauses) adjectives in, 296
in passive sentences, 108-137 (See also Passive sentences) adverb clauses in, 205
spelling rules adverbials in, 166
-ed form of, R-5 linking, 157,168, 169
-ing form of, R-4 appositives in, 301
-s/es form of, R-4 background information in, 64
subjunctive form of, 409 can in, 79
transitive, 117, R-5 cohesiveness in, 132, 247
common noun suffixes in, 240
w common verbs in, 6
What. See Wh- words determiners in, 282
What if questions, 202 gerunds in, 388, 389
Wh- clefts (e.g., what I love the most is .. . ), 422 introductory statements in, 64
When. See also Wh- words it + passive form + that clause in, 125
in adverb clauses of time, 174,176, 211 linking adverbials in, 168,169
with past progressive (time clauses), 20 making general statements in, 282
with simple past (time clauses), 16, 20, 45 modals in, 101
Whenever in adverb clauses, 176,194,211 noun clauses in, 425
Where. See Wh- words noun phrases in, 314
Whether, noun clauses with, 411,429 nouns in, 247
Which in adjective clauses, 324 noun suffixes in, 240
While parallel structure in, 132
in adverb clauses of contrast, 183,186 passive forms in, 132
in adverb clauses of time, 176,186 past forms in, 33
with past progressive (time clauses), 20 perfect forms in, 64
Wh- noun clauses, 408 possessives in, 307
Who. See also Wh- words present forms in, 33
in adjective clauses, 309, 311, 324, 329, 353 pronouns in, 226, 247
non-defining, 338, 339, 353 simple present in, 8
Whom, 324, 329, 338, 353 summaries, 33
Whose, adjective clauses with, 341, 353 that clauses in, 404
Wh- questions. See Questions this and that in, 241
Wh- words to- infinitives in, 388, 389, 390
noun clauses with, 396, 408, 429
wh- clefts as (e.g., what 1 love the most is .. . ), 422 Y
+ to- infinitives (e.g., I don't know what to do), 373, 393 Yes/no questions. See Questions
Why. See Wh- words You as subject of imperative statements, 193, 229
Will and will not/won't, 75
certainty with vs. may or might, 95,105 z
as future form, 23-26, 37 Zero article, 263, 264, 266, 287
vs. be going to, 23, 24, 37 Zero conditionals, 194
uses of, 23, 37
INDEX 1-11
 Class Audio Track List
ii^^ONLINE For these audio tracks and the audio scripts, go to the Online Practice.

Unit Activity Track File Name

Unit 1 Activity 33, p. 27 ELM3_U01_Track01_Activity33.mp3
Activity 34, p. 28 ELM3_U01_Track02_Activity34.mp3
Chart 1.9, p. 30 ELM3_U01_Track03_Chart1,9.mp3
Activity 38, p.31 ELM3_U01_Track04_Activity38.mp3

Unit 2 Activity 6, p. 46 ELM3_U02_Track01_Activity06.mp3

Activity 7, p. 46 ELM3_U02_Track02_Activity07.mp3
Chart 2.6, p. 62 ELM3_U02_Track03_Chart2.6.mp3
Activity 27, p. 63 ELM3_U02_Track04_Activity27.mp3
Activity 28, p. 63 ELM3_U02_Track05_Activity28.mp3

Unit 3 Activity 33, p. 89 ELM3_U03_Track01_Activity33.mp3

Activity 34, p. 89 ELM3_U03_Track02_Activity34.mp3
Chart 3.11, p. 100 ELM3„U03_Track03_Chart3.11 .mp3

Unit4 Activity 6, p. 113 ELM3_U04_Track01_Activity06.mp3

Activity 7, p. 113 ELM3_U04_Track02_Activity07.mp3
Activity 25, p. 128 ELM3_U04_Track03_Activity25.mp3
Chart 4.7, p. 130 ELM3_U04_Track04_Chart4.7.mp3
Activity 27, p. 130 ELM3_U04_Track05_Activity27.mp3

Unit 6 Activity 17, p. 186 ELM3_U06_Track01 _Acti vity 17,mp3

Activity 18, p. 187 ELM3_UO6_TrackO2_Activity18,mp3
Chart 6.9, p. 202 ELM3_U06_Track03_Chart6.9.mp3
Activity 42, p. 202 ELM3_U06_Track04_Activity42.mp3
Activity 44, p. 204 ELM3_U06_Track05_Activity44.mp3
Activity 45, p. 204 ELM3_U06_Track06_Activity45.mp3

Unit 7 Activity 11, p. 221 ELM3_U07_Track01_Activity11.mp3

Activity 12, p. 221 ELM3_U07_Track02_Activity12.mp3
Activity 13, p. 221 ELM3_U07_Track03_Activity13.mp3
Activity 15, p. 222 ELM3_U07_Track04_Activity15.mp3
Activity 16, p. 222 ELM3_U07_Track05_Activity16.mp3
Activity 36, p. 235 ELM3_U07_Track06_Activity36.mp3
Activity 37, p. 236 ELM3_U07_Track07_Activity37.mp3
Activity 38, p. 236 ELM3_U07_Track08_Activity38.mp3
Activity 45, p. 242 ELM3_U07_Track09_Activity45.mp3
Chart 7.9, p. 244 ELM3_U07_Track10_Chart7.9.mp3
Activity 49, p. 245 ELM3_U07_Track11_Activity49.mp3
Activity 50, p. 246 ELM3_U07_Track12_Activity50.mp3

Unit 8 Activity 40, p. 283 ELM3_U08_Track01_Activity40.mp3

Unit 9 Activity 24, p. 307 ELM3.U09_Track01_Activity24.mp3

Activity 25, p. 307 ELM3_U09_Track02_Activity25.mp3

Unit 10 Activity 28, p. 344 ELM3JJ10_Track01 _Activity28.mp3

Chart 10.9, p. 347 ELM3-U10_Track02_ Chartl 0.9.mp3
Activity 32, p. 347 ELM3_U10_Track03_Activity32.mp3
Activity 33, p. 348 ELM3_U10_Track04_Activity33.mp3

Unit 11 Activity 15, p. 366 ELM3JJ11 _Track01 _Activity15.mp3

Chart 11.12, p. 387 ELM3JJ11_Track02_Chart11.12.mp3
Activity 45, p. 388 ELM3JJ11_TrackO3_Activity45.mp3
Activity 46, p. 388 ELM3JJ11_TrackO4_Activity46.mp3
Activity 47, p. 388 ELM3-U11_TrackO5_Activity47.mp3

Unit 12 Activity 15, p. 406 ELM3_U12_TrackO1 _Activity15.mp3

Activity 16, p. 406 ELM3_U12_TrackO2_Activity16.mp3
Chart 12.10, p. 422 ELM3JJ12_TrackO3_Chart12.10.mp3

T-2
OXTORD
UNIVERSITY PRESS
198 Madison Avenue
New York, NY 10016 USA
Great Clarendon Street, Oxford, 0x2 6d p , United Kingdom
Oxford University Press is a department of the University of Oxford.
It furthers the University’s objective of excellence in research, scholarship,
and education by publishing worldwide. Oxford is a registered trade
mark of Oxford University Press in the UK and in certain other countries.
© Oxford University Press 2014
The moral rights of the author have been asserted.
First published in 2014
2018 2017 2016 2015 2014
10 987654321
No unauthorized photocopying
All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored
in a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form or by any means, without
the prior permission in writing of Oxford University Press, or as expressly
permitted by law, by licence or under terms agreed with the appropriate
reprographics rights organization. Enquiries concerning reproduction outside
the scope of the above should be sent to the ELT Rights Department, Oxford
University Press, at the address above.
You must not circulate this work in any other form and you must impose
this same condition on any acquirer.
Links to third party websites are provided by Oxford in good faith and for
information only. Oxford disclaims any responsibility for the materials
contained in any third party website referenced in this work.
Director, ELT New York: Laura Pearson
Head of Adult, ELT New York: Stephanie Karras
Publisher: Sharon Sargent
Senior Development Editor: Andrew Gitzy
Senior Development Editor: Rebecca Mostov
Development Editor: Eric Zuarino
Executive Art and Design Manager: Maj-Britt Hagsted
Content Production Manager: Julie Armstrong
Image Manager: Trisha Masterson
Image Editor: Liaht Pashayan
Production Artists: Elissa Santos, Julie Sussman-Perez
Production Coordinator: Brad Tucker
ISBN: 978 o 19 402826 4 Student Book 3 with Online Practice Pack
ISBN: 978 o 19 402845 5 Student Book 3 as pack component
ISBN: 978 0 19 402879 0 Online Practice website
Printed in China
This book is printed on paper from certified and well-managed sources.
ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS
Although every effort has been made to trace and contact copyright holders before publication,
this has not been possible in some cases. We apologize for any apparent infringement of
copyright and ifnotified, the publisher will be pleased to rectify any errors or omissions at the
earliest opportunity.
The authors and publisher are grateful to those who have given permission to reproduce the
following extracts and adaptations ofcopyright material: p. 17 from “Leonardo da Vinci” in
The World and Its People, Western Hemisphere, Europe, and Russia, Student Edition. Copyright
© 2005. Reprinted by permission ofThe McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc.; p. 20 “What
Were You Doing When...?” by Thomas Thurman, www.mamanel.org/. Reprinted by
permission of Thomas Thurman; p. 25 from “FAQ: All About Coal - A Necessary Evil”
by Michael Kanellos, December 3,2007, http://news.cnet.com. Used with permission
of CBS Interactive, News.com. Copyright © 2013. All rights reserved; p.33 from
the abstract of “Real Men Don’t Need Work Life Balance,” by Tanvi Gautam,
Forbeswoman, May 23,2012, www.apaexcellence.org. Used with permission
from the American Psychological Association; p. 67 from “Humans Have Been
Making Ait for a Lot Longer Than We Thought” by Sophie Bushwick, June 21,2012,
http://blogs.discovermagazine.com . Reprinted by permission of Sophie Bushwick;
p. 67 from “Scientists able to study atmosphere of planet outside our solar system
using infra-red” by Eddie Wrenn, Daily Mail (UK), June 27, 2012, retrieved from
http://www.dailymail.co.uk. Reprinted by permission of the Daily Mail; p. 134 from
“Lord Marmaduke Hussey; led BBC, Tinies Newspapers” by Mark Herlihy and Chris
Peterson, Bloomberg News, December 28,2006. Used with permission of Bloomberg
L.P. Copyright © 2013. All rights reserved; p. 152 “just” reproduced by permission of
Oxford University Press from Oxford American English Dictionaryfor Learners ofEnglish
© Oxford University Press 2011; p. 164 from Literacyfor Life: Education for All Global
Monitoring Report 2006, http://www.unesco.org. © UNESCO 2005. Used by permission
of UNESCO; p. 207 from “Sun Screen” by Emily Sohn, Science Newsfor Kids, June 26,
2006, http://www.sciencenewsforldds.org. Reprinted with Permission of Science
News for Students; p. 208 from "The Lemon Story” by Alberto Alvaro Rios as appeared
in Wachalel: Poetry and Prose on Growing Up Latino in America, edited by Ilan Stavans.
Reprinted by permission of the author; p. 218 “beauty,” “food,” and “television”
reproduced by permission of Oxford University Press from Oxford American English
Dictionaryfor Learners ofEnglish © Oxford University Press 2011; p. 222 “Carl Sagan:
1934-1996.” Reprinted by permission of Carus Publishing Company, 30 Grove Street,
Suite C, Peterborough, NH 03458 from MUSE magazine, December 1997, Vol. 1, No. 6,
text © 1997 by Carus Publishing Company. All rights reserved, www.cricketmag.com;
p. 264 from “Stonehenge” in The World and Its People, Western Hemisphere, Europe, and
Russia, Student Edition. Copyright © 2005. Reprinted by permission ofThe McGraw-Hill
Companies, Inc.; p. 320 “Great Barrier Reef” (brief description), http://whc.unesco.
org/en/list/154, © UNESCO 1992-2013. Used by permission of UNESCO; p. 353 from
“Alexander the Great,” http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Alexander_the_great . Permission
granted under Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 3.0 Unported (cc by-sa 3.0),
http://creativecommons.0rg/licenses/by-sa/3.O/ .
Illustrations by: 5W Infographics: p. 39, 60, 91,264, 269, 286, 377. John Kaufmann:
p. 141. Jerome Mireault: p. 32. Tablet Infographics: p. 19,237. Joe Taylor: p. 104.
We would also like to thank thefollowingforpermission to reproduce the following photographs:
Cover: blinkblink/shutterstock; back cover: Ivcandy/Getty Images; global: Rodin
Anton/shutterstock; p. 2 Alistair Berg/Getty Images; p. 17 AP Photo/Idaho Press-
Tribune, Charlie Litchfield, DeAgostini/Getty Images; p. 21 Steve Smith/SuperStock,
LOOK Die Bildagentur der Fotografen GmbH/Alamy, Mario Tama/Getty Images, Yellow
Dog Productions/Getty Images, Bany Lewis/In Pictures/Corbis, Tetra Images/Getty
Images, Oote Boe 3/Alamy, Rubberball/Mike Kemp/Getty Images; p. 25 Dmitriy Sechin/
istockphoto; p. 38 KidStock/Blend Images/Corbis; p. 43 Caro/Alamy; p. 44 Jacques
Alexandre/age fotostock; p. 48 Studio Ghibli/The Kobal Collection; p. 49 Beowulf
Sheehan/Writer Pictures; p. 50 Jupiterimages/Getty Images; p. 52 imagebroker/
Alamy; p. 55 Yasuyoshi Chiba/AFP/Getty Images; p. 57 GAB Archive/Redfems/Getty
Images; p. 61 2xSamara.com/shutterstock; p. 70 Yannick lyile/Corbis; p. 72 Jorge
Salcedo/shutterstock; p. 75 Huntstock/Getty Images; p. 78 Pawel Libera/Loop Images/
SuperStock; p. 79 robynmac/istockphoto; p. 85 Rubberball/Mike Kemp/Getty Images;
p. 87 Creative Travel Projects/shutterstock; p. 88 jackscoldsweat/istockphoto;
p. 93 Troy House/Corbis; p. 94 Maksud/shutterstock; p. 98 Fl ONLINE/SuperStock,
stockstudioX/Getty Images; p. 99 Eric Audras/Onoky/Corbis; p. 101 OJOJmages/
istockphoto, Monalyn Gracia/Corbis, keith morris/Alamy, John Fedele/Blend Images/
Corbis; p. 102 Johner Images/Alamy; p. 106 andresrimaging/istockphoto; p. 107
ClassicStock/Alamy, Libraiy of Congress - digital ve/Science Faction/Corbis, akg-
images/Newscom, Bettmann/Corbis, Hulton-Deutsch Collection/Corbis, AP Photo/
Wally Fong; p. 108 Stocksnapper/shutterstock; p. 110 All Canada Photos/Alamy; p. Ill
Glow Images, Inc./Getty Images, James Steidl/shutterstock; p. 112 Dudarev Mikhail/
shutterstock, majeczka/shutterstock; p. 118 HANDOUT/KRT/Newscom, Peggy Peattie/
San Diego Union-Tribune/ZUMA Press, copyright San Diego Union-Tribune Publishing
Co./Alamy; p. 119 Corbis, Ralph Gatti/AFP/Getty Images; p. 127 Lebrecht Music &
Arts/Corbis; p. 136 Courtesy of Barb Schwarz atwww.Stagedhomes.com; p. 138
Mamie Burkhart/Masterfile; p. 140 OUP/Photodisc; p. 144 Doug Lemke/shutterstock;
p. 146 Scanpix Creative/Masterfile; p. 147 Nagel Photography/shutterstock; p. 148
Culture RM/Alamy; p.149,150 OUP/Photodisc; p. 154 Brian Snyder/Reuters/Corbis,
Rungroj Yongrit/epa/Corbis; p. 157 Erickson Photography/istockphoto; p. 158
FengYu/shutterstock; p. 159 OUP/Photodisc, Eric Audras/PhotoAlto/Corbis; p. 162
Wilfred Y. Wong/Getty Images; p. 167 OUP/Frank Krahmer, prudkov/shutterstock,
VeronikaMaskova/shutterstock; p. 168 ONOKY - Fabrice LEROUGE/Getty Images;
p. 169 OUP/Image Source; p. 172 Raimund Linke/Getty Images; p. 175 ITAR-TASS
Photo Agency/Alamy; p. 179 Dave & Les Jacobs/Getty Images, Giorgio Fochesato/Getty
Images; p. 181 Sean De Burca/Corbis; p. 184 Corbis, PoodlesRock/PoodlesRock/Corbis,
Ken Welsh/Design Pics/Corbis; p. 185 monkeybusinessimages/istockphoto; p. 187
BIHAIB/istockphoto; p. 189 Barry Rosenthal/Getty Images, OJO Images/Getty Images,
Radius Images/Alamy, Southern Stock/Blend Images/Corbis, Asia Images/Getty Images,
Glovatskiy/shutterstock, Vadim Ratnikov/shutterstock, Graham Oliver/Juice Images/
Corbis; p. 192 Ocean/Corbis, D. Hurst/Alamy; p. 195 Brigitte MERLE/Getty Images;
p. 205 JGI/Jamie Grill/Blend Images/Corbis; p. 206 Hero Images/Corbis, Ocean/Corbis;
p. 210 Universal/The Kobal Collection/Jasin Boland, Universal/DNA/WorkingTitle/The
Kobal Collection/Peter Mountain, FOX 2000 Pictures/Dune Entertainment/Ingenious
Media/Haishang Films/The Kobal Collection; p. 212 Taxi/Court Mast/Getty Images;
p. 214 Bettmann/Corbis; p. 217 Stuart Jenner/istockphoto; p. 222 Tony Korody/Sygma/
Corbis; p. 225 Edward KorenfThe New Yorker Collection/www.cartoonbank.com , Leo
Cullum/The New Yorker Collection/www.cartoonbank.com , Mike Twohy/The New
Yorker Collection/www.cartoonbank.com, Jack Ziegler/The New Yorker Collection/
www.cartoonbank.com; p. 228 Robert Fried/Alamy; p. 236 Gerry Pearce/Alamy; p. 237
NASA/JPL-Caltech/Harvard-Smithsonian CfA; p. 245 Hill Street Studios/Getty Images;
p. 249 OUP/Mike Stone; p. 254 noblelMAGES/Alamy; p. 257 Stanley Brown/Getty
Images; p. 260 Jtafalla/istockphoto; p. 261 Sylvain Sonnet/Corbis; p. 266 WWD/Condé
Nast/Corbis; p. 268 Michelle D. Milliman/shutterstock; p. 278 North Wind Picture
Archives/Alamy; p. 281 a witch/Getty Images; p. 288 Ariel Skelley/Blend Images/Corbis;
p. 293 Arcaid Images/Alamy; p. 299 ecostecera2/Alamy; p. 301 SigiTischler/epa/Corbis;
p. 302 Songquan Deng/shutterstock, Africa Studio/shutterstock; p. 306 Seth Resnick/
Getty Images; p. 308 Visuals Unlimited/Masterfile; p. 316 Atlantide Phototravel/Corbis;
p. 320 Jupiterimages/Getty Images, Handout/Reuters/Corbis; p. 322 MijangKa/Getty
Images; p. 324 Eadweard Muybridge/Time Life Pictures/Getty Images; p. 326 Jose
Jacome/epa/Corbis; p. 330 Novastock/Getty Images; p. 331 Odua Images/shutterstock,
Creativa/shutterstock; p. 333 Hero Images/Corbis; p. 335 Scisetti Alfio/shutterstock,
Dani Vincek/shutterstock; p. 336 Inomoto/shutterstock; p. 339 AP Photo/Patti
Longmire; p. 340 GL Archive/Alamy, Time Life Pictures/Getty Images; p. 342 Stocktrek
Images/Getty Images; p. 345 Roy Bartels/shutterstock; p. 346 Ritterbach/age fotostock,
alantobey/istockphoto; p. 350 Irafael/shutterstock, Chikei Yung/Getty Images, Africa
Studio/shutterstock, Hulton-Deutsch Collection/Corbis; p. 353 Hoberman Collection/
Corbis; p. 354 Rick Friedman/Corbis; p. 359 OUP/Chris Ryan; p. 361 ColorBlind
Images/Corbis; p. 362 Ariel Skelley/Corbis; p. 363 Sergio Pitamitz/Masterfile; p. 364
Jade/Blend Images/Corbis; p. 366 Karen Kasmauski/Science Faction/Corbis; p. 369
UpperCut Images/Masterfile; p. 371 Hero Images/Corbis; p. 376 Oleksiy Maksymenko
Photography/Alamy; p. 379 Africa Studio/shutterstock; p. 380 photosync/shutterstock;
p. 381 Djomas/shutterstock; p. 382 Roy Morsch/age fotostock/SuperStock; p. 386
StockLite/shutterstock; p. 394 LluÂs Real/Getty Images; p. 397 Corbis; p. 399 David
Nunuk/Getty Images, Luciano Mortula/Shutterstock.com; p. 401 Petegar/istockphoto;
p. 403 Keren Su/Corbis; p. 404 Don Kates/Alamy; p. 405 Kritchanut/shutterstock; p. 408
Robert Trevis-Smith/Getty Images; p. 414 Andreas von Einsiedel/Corbis; p. 416 Corbis;
p. 421 4x6/Getty Images; p. 424 Radius Images/Corbis; p. 427 Weinstein Company/
courtesy Everett Collection, Daniel Smith/Warner Bros./courtesy Everett Collection,
Warner Bros/The Kobal Collection.
ELEMENTS of SUCCESS
Online Practice

7
How to Register for Elements of Success Online Practice I
Follow these steps to register for Elements of Success Online Practice:

1. Go to www.elementsofsuccessonline.com and click

2. Read and agree to the terms of use. F I Æg rëë. J

3. Enter the Access Code that came with your Student Book. Your code is written on
the inside back cover of your book.

(Çÿggjjjjjr ■ j)

4. Enter your personal information (first and last name, email address, and password).

5. Click the Student Book that you are using for your class.
GRAMMAR FOR LANGUAGE If ARHIHO

ELEMENTS
of SUCCESS It is very important to select your book.
/' onllnv>r«ctk(*
You are using Elements of Success 3.
Please click the BLUE Elements of Success 3 cover.

OXIORO
H
If you don't know which book to select, STOP. Continue when you know your book.

6. Enter your class ID to join your class, and click NEXT. Your class ID is on the
line below, or your teacher will give it to you on a different piece of paper.

You don't need a class ID code. If you do not have a class ID code, click Skip.
To enter this code later, choose Join a Class from your Home page.

7. Once you're done, click Enter Online Practice to begin using Elements of Success
Online Practice.

Next time you want to use Elements of Success Online Practice, just go to
www.elementsofsuccessonline.com and log in with your email address and password.
 ELEMENTS of SUCCESS • Student Book 3

Unit 1
Warm-Up Because I am a classical musician, I wanted to visit the
homes of some great composers. I went to Finland and saw
A the small house where Jean Sibelius had composed most of
his symphonies. In St. Petersburg, I took a tour of the home of
Fact Opinion Nikolai Rimsky-Korsakov. He was a composer and teacher. His
most famous student was Igor Stravinsky—I actually played on
1. TV programs were much better ten
✓ Stravinsky’s piano. For a pianist like me, it was a great thrill.
years ago.
After three fantastic weeks in Finland and Russia, it was time
2. Most young children spend too much to go home. My friend was right—the trip wasn’t cheap. But I’m
✓
time in front of a television glad that I ignored her advice and went on the trip. Now I have
3. When Neil Armstrong stepped onto memories that will stay with me for the rest of my life.
the surface of the moon in 1969, about Activity 2: Be, Do, and Have: Main Verb or Helping Verb?
✓
500 million people were watching him
on TV. Main Helping
4. Fewer young people are watching Verb Verb
television, according to a report by ✓ 1. There are about 7 billion people in
✓
media analysts at Ofcom. the world today.
5. Television in the future is going to be 2. The number of people in the world
✓ ✓
totally different. is increasing.
6. Sixty-six percent of Americans 3. Populations have doubled in many
✓
regularly watch television while they ✓ countries over the last 20–30 years.
are eating dinner. 4. The fastest-growing country is
✓
7. The first television sets were huge but Uganda.
✓
they had very small screens. 5. In some countries, the population
✓
8. TV makes children less intelligent. ✓ is decreasing.
9. In the future, you won’t need a screen 6. The U.S. population has grown by
✓ ✓
to watch television. nearly 18 million since 2000.
7. Many countries do a census every
B 5 or 10 years. That’s when the
1. simple present: 2, 6, 8 ✓
government counts the number of
present progressive: 4, 6 people in the country.
simple past: 1, 3, 7
past progressive: 3 8. Today roughly 301 million people
✓
future with will: 9 are living in the U.S.
future with be going to: 5 9. Some experts believe that in 50
2. 2, 8. These statements use the simple present and don’t include years, the world will have 9 billion ✓
words or phrases that tell when they might happen. people.
3. 1, 3, 5, 7, 9. These statements use a past or future tense and 10. New York City’s population has
include words or phrases that tell when the statements would ✓
passed 8.25 million.
be true.
11. “We have an enormous population
✓
C here,” said the mayor of New York.
future: will regret 12. Human population is a key factor
past: didn’t do, did do ✓
in the health of the planet.
Activity 1: Identifying Main Verbs and Helping Verbs 13. Population has always been a
✓
The worst advice I have ever received was from a friend. She controversial topic.
told me not to take an overseas trip I was planning because it 14. Some countries don’t have a
would be too expensive. I ignored her advice and took the trip ✓
population problem.
anyway. I had the most thrilling time of my life. I am a classical
pianist, and I was already planning a trip to St. Petersburg, Russia 15. During the period from 1877 to
to play in a piano competition there. At the time, I was living in 1913, the U.S. population was ✓
Los Angeles, California, so it was quite a long journey to Russia. growing at a staggering rate.
I thought to myself, as long as I would be 6,000 miles away
from home, I might as well stay longer than just the two-day
competition. I would visit some other places near St. Petersburg,
too.

2 UNIT 1 E L E M E N T S of S U C C E S S • S t u de nt B o ok 3

Elements of Success L3 Answer Key.indd 2 8/27/14 2:31 PM

 Activity 3: Identifying Main Verbs
1. Some students pursue master’s degrees, while others study to
receive doctorates.
2. For example, business students get an MBA, which means
“Master of Business Administration.”
3. A doctorate is the highest degree that a student can earn.
4. Most medical doctors train for an MD, which comes from the
Latin medicinae doctor.
5. Someone with a PhD is a doctor of philosophy.
6. Many students earn a PhD, but not many study the field of
philosophy specifically.
7. In 2010, almost 50,000 students received a PhD.
8. Most of the degrees were in science and engineering.
9. Some students complete a master’s program before they start
a PhD program.
10. A PhD usually requires three years of full-time study, and then
students must pass special exams.
11. PhD students also carry out original research.
12. Students present their findings by writing a long research
report or dissertation, which can take years to complete.
13. Doctoral students may experience a lot of stress.
Activity 4: Learning Grammar from a Dictionary
1. saw
2. seen
3. a. Please see if anyone is here yet. 2
b. I’m beginning to see the advantages of living in a city. 6
c. I see us living in the country in 20 years. 3
d. You can see that bus from two miles away. 1
e. You should see a doctor right away. 5
f. You must see the exhibit before it closes! 4
g. My grandfather doesn’t see very well. 7
Write about It
Answers will vary. Possible answers include:
1. See who is at the front door.
2. I’ll see you in class tomorrow.
3. I don’t see my sister as a lawyer.
Activity 5: Exploring Uses of the Simple Present
1. Most people don’t get enough sleep. a
2. Silence is golden. a
3. It snows here a lot in the winter. a
4. I’m a little hungry now. c
5. I have dark brown hair and brown eyes. a
6. I don’t need anything right now. c
7. Some scientists say musical training seems to improve
communication skills. a
8. It takes two or three years to get a master’s degree. a
9. I don’t always have breakfast. b
10. You need a license to practice medicine. a
11. The General Assembly of the United Nations meets for several
months every year. a
Think about It
Sentences 4 and 6 describe what is happening now.
Activity 6: Spelling Analysis
1. If the y comes after a vowel, we just add -s. If the y comes after
a consonant, we change the y to i and add -es.
2. We add -es instead of -s when the word ends in -sh, -ch, -ss, -z,
or -x.
3. a. denies
b. matches
c. suggests
d. relaxes
e. supplies
Elements of Success L3 Answer Key.indd 3
f. misses
g. fries
h. sleeps
i. expresses
j. modifies
k. faxes
l. reaches
m. pushes
n. dresses
o. plays
Activity 7: Subject-Verb Agreement
1. The caffeine in three cups of coffee seems to have a positive
effect on women but not men. According to one study, female
coffee drinkers over the age of 60 are less likely to experience a
decline in verbal skills.
2. Experts say that most people need about 8 hours of sleep a
night. Unfortunately, not everyone gets it. According to the
National Sleep Foundation’s annual survey, the average adult
gets just 6.9 hours of sleep a night. New research suggests that
a decline in sleep time means a decline in your health.
3. Tobacco smoke contains over 4,000 chemicals. Researchers
claim that tobacco smoke has as many as 60 substances that
may cause cancer.
4. Many people today change jobs frequently. As a matter of fact,
some studies say that the average person holds at least 7 jobs
before he or she reaches age 30. What may be more surprising,
though, is that many people have several careers in their
lifetime.
People have many reasons for making career changes. Some
come to the end of their career plan. Others find that their
career plan is no longer right for them. Many people want to
pursue personal interests or run a business of their own.
5. Vitamin C in large doses appears to do little harm. But recent
studies also show that it is largely ineffective.
Think about It
These writers are making general statements.
Activity 8: Error Correction
1. I really admire my father. He is a mechanic, and he knows a
lot about cars, stoves, and other machines. My father is self-
employed, and he travels to people’s houses to fix things.
Whenever I’m home, I go with him on his jobs so that I can
watch him. In my opinion, anybody who knows how to fix
things is a genius. I guess that makes my father a genius.
2. My grandfather takes very good care of himself. He is gets up
early in the morning so he can do tai chi in the park near his
house. He tries to get his wife, my grandmother, to join him,
but she doesn’t like to exercise, so he always goes by himself.
3. My mother is the most hard-working person I know. She doesn’t
have a paying job like my father; she has a job that doesn’t pay.
My mother takes care of our house. She takes care of everyone
and everything in our house. She keeps the house clean, and
she cooks the best food you will ever have. Beyond all this, I
think my mother is the only person who understands me.
4. I am from Costa Rica, but my roommate is from the U.S.
Needless to say, her English is a lot better than mine. The thing
I especially like about her is that she helps me with my English.
Whenever I say something incorrectly, she just says it correctly
for me.
Write about It
Answers will vary. Possible answers include:
My sister works harder than anyone I know. She is a mom, but she
is also a lawyer. She works hard to help other families, and she
works hard taking care of her own family.
E L E M E N T S of S U C C E S S • S t u de nt B o ok 3 UNIT 1 3
8/27/14 2:31 PM
 Activity 9: Simple Present or Present Progressive?
1. A: Nice piano. Who plays it?
B: Nobody anymore.
2. A: That’s my favorite piano piece. Who is playing it?
B: That’s Uchida.
3. A: David tells us you move furniture.
B: That’s right. It’s a family business.
4. A: Why are you moving the furniture?
B: Because I need to clean the floor.
5. A: I don’t know how to say this.
B: Say what?
A: Well, um, I just . . . I just . . .
B: What are you trying to say, James?
A: I, um, I lost my job.
6. A: I can’t move this thing.
B: Yes, you can. You just aren’t trying hard enough.
7. A: What are you listening to?
B: It’s a group called the Bald Eagles. Do you like it?
A: Not especially. Could you turn it down?
8. A: Do you want to choose some music for the trip?
B: Sure. What kind of music do you listen to?
A: Usually jazz, but anything’s OK.
9. A: What are you doing up so late?
B: I have jet lag.
10. A: That’s a steep driveway. What do you do when it snows?
B: I stay home.
11. A: Why are you wearing a coat?
B: Because it’s cold in here.
12. A: Do you wear a school uniform?
B: Yes, it’s brown and white. I’ll show it to you someday.
Think about It
The speakers in conversations 2, 4, 5, 6, 7, 9, and 11 chose the
present progressive because they were talking or asking about
something in progress at that time.
The speakers in conversations 1, 3, 8, 10, and 12 chose the simple
present because they were asking about something habitual.
Activity 10: Habitual or Temporary?
1. Amanda sees John at his computer.
Amanda: Why (do you talk / are you talking ) to the
HT computer?
John: I (try / am trying ) to follow every step correctly
to set up this program!
2. Emma and her husband, Matt, share the
housecleaning. This week it is Matt’s turn to
clean the house.
HT Matt: Emma, can you pick up your clothes? You
( leave / are leaving) them on the floor all the time!
Emma: But I ( pick up / am picking up) my clothes
when I clean the house!
3. Kate sees her husband emptying boxes on the
floor of the living room.
Kate: What (do you do / are you doing )?
HT
Husband: I (look for / am looking for ) my cell phone.
Kate: But you (make / are making ) a big mess of
everything! I just packed those boxes!
4. Mika and Isabel like to do gardening.
Mika: When ( do roses bloom / are roses blooming)
HT in this part of the country?
Isabel: I think they ( bloom / are blooming)
in late June.
4 UNIT 1 E L E M E N T S of S U C C E S S • S t u de nt B o ok 3
Elements of Success L3 Answer Key.indd 4
5. Sarah has decided to change some things in her
life because she wants a healthier lifestyle. Rob
notices the change.
Rob: ( Do you exercise / Are you exercising)
HT
every day now?
Sarah: Yes, and I ( don’t eat / am not eating) meat
anymore either. I ( eat / am eating) more vegetables
and fruits instead.
6. Mary is taking her daughter to school in the
morning. Mary sees her daughter behind her
HT and calls out to her.
Mary: Hurry up! Why (do you walk / are you walking )
so slowly?
Think about It
Answers will vary. Possible answers include:
For statements, we use am / is / are + (not) + the -ing form of a
main verb, For wh- questions, we use a wh- word + am / is / are
and the -ing form of a main verb.
Activity 11: Present Verb Forms in Essay Responses
I think that the traditional role of fathers is changing. The
most obvious way it is changing is in work and career. In the
past, fathers had a career and went to work each day, while
mothers stayed at home to take care of the children. But today
it is common for mothers to work and have a career just like
fathers. Many times when this is the case, the children go
to daycare. But another option is becoming available. Some
fathers are choosing to stay at home and take care of their
children while their wives go to work. It is not yet a common
thing, but more and more fathers are leaving their careers to
take care of their children.
Activity 12: Describing Changes with the Present Progressive
Answers will vary. Possible answers include:
Air travel is getting less comfortable.
Children are getting bigger every day!
Cars are becoming more and more complicated with
new technology.
Computer power is becoming less expensive.
Even with many more programs, television is getting worse.
The world is getting smaller as technology is increasing.
Write about It
Answers will vary. Possible answers include:
Air travel is getting less comfortable. Nowadays, the airlines want
to save money on fuel, so they are crowding more passengers
onto fewer airplanes. To make more money, some airlines are
also charging for each suitcase you check. As a result, many
passengers are carrying extra luggage onto the airplane. This
makes the airplane feel crowded.
Activity 13: Commenting on Habitual Behavior
Answers will vary. Possible answers include:
1. My friend Sam is one of those people. He is always buying
things he doesn’t really need.
2. My friend Julie is a good example. She really enjoys her work,
so she is constantly working.
3. My mother is like that. She is always talking to friends
and family.
4. My roommate does that. She is constantly using my things!
5. My friend Esther enjoys gossip. She always knows what is
happening in others’ lives.
8/27/14 2:31 PM
 Activity 14: Distinguishing Action and Non-Action Verbs Think about It
(A) For the verb have, definitions b, c, and d have an active meaning.
1. Everybody is talking today about the economy. Definition a has a non-active meaning.
(N) For the verb doubt, definitions b has an active meaning. Definition
2. Men and women belong to different species, and
a has a non-active meaning.
(N)
communication between them is still in its infancy. For the verb see, definitions a, b, and d have an active meaning.
(N) Definitions c and e have a non-active meaning.
3. The Internet is becoming the town square for the global For the verb appear, definitions a, c, and d have an active
village of tomorrow. meaning. Definition b has a non-active meaning.
(N) (N) (N) For the verb think, definitions b and c have an active meaning.
4. Whenever people agree with me, I always feel I must be Definition a has a non-active meaning.
wrong.
(N) (N) Write about It
5. A man possesses talent; genius possesses the man. Answers will vary. Possible answers include:
(A) (N) A: Do you have any children?
6. I buy expensive suits. They just look cheap on me.
B: Yes, I have three sons.
(N) (N) (N) (N)
7. I know that I am intelligent because I know that I know A: I’m thinking about changing jobs soon.
nothing. B: Really? Why is that?
(A) (N) Activity 17: Simple Present or Present Progressive?
8. The more I see, the less I know for sure.
1. A: What are you doing in Los Angeles?
(N) (A) (N)
9. I don’t care what anybody says about me as long as it isn’t B: Oh, we are seeing some old friends from college.
true. 2. A: Why are you worrying so much about Matt?
(A) (N) B: Because I don’t see how he’s going to find a job. He’s not
10. We hire people who want to make the best things in the even trying.
world. 3. A: Do you like to travel?
B: Yes, I love to.
Think about It
4. A: How’s your vacation going?
We use both the simple present and the present progressive for
B: We are loving every minute of it.
active and non-active meanings.
5. A: What do you think of your new boss?
Activity 15: Choosing the Correct Meaning B: She is a really nice person.
1. A: We’re having some friends over tonight. Can you come? b 6. A: Are the children behaving themselves?
B: Sure. I’d love to. B: No, they are being unusually naughty today.
2. A: Do you want to go out to dinner? 7. A: Can I use your phone?
B: No, I don’t have any money. a B: Sorry, but I don’t have one.
3. A: Are you having fun? c 8. A: This is my friend Carlos. He is having dinner here, too.
B: Sure. Why do you ask? B: Nice to meet you.
4. A: So what changes when you have a baby? d 9. A: I think we need to talk.
B: What changes? You mean what doesn’t change! B: What about?
5. A: Are you going anywhere during the break? A: I feel that you aren’t doing your share of the work.
B: I doubt it. a B: Why do you think that?
6. A: Are you sure you didn’t see my ring? A: Well, for one thing, you’re never here when I need you.
B: Are you doubting me? b 10. A: I’m really angry about last night.
A: No, of course not. B: I’m sorry you feel that way.
7. A: What are you doing tonight? 11. A: Do you know what you are going to do?
B: I’m meeting Paul for dinner. B: Yeah, I am thinking of taking some time off to relax.
A: When are you seeing him? b 12. A: What do you think of the food here?
B: Right after work. B: It’s not bad.
8. A: Do you see anyone out there? a
Activity 18: Error Correction
B: No, there’s nobody there.
1. A: Is this your car?
9. A: There’s no reason to do this again.
B: No, I don’t own a car. (no errors)
B: I see what you mean. c
2. A: The chess club is meeting tonight. Are you going?
10. Clive Ellington is appearing for the first time at the Everett
B: No, I don’t belong to that club.
Theater on Monday, July 13, at 7:30. c
3. A: Do you prefer to stay home tonight?
11. A new study, which appears in the July issue of the American
B: I don’t care. What do you want to do?
Journal of Public Health, suggests that strong social ties can
4. A: What’s that noise?
delay memory problems. d
B: I don’t hear anything.
12. The president and his wife appear to be excellent parents. b
5. A: Why are you looking at me like that?
13. When I click Save, an error box appears on the screen. a
B: Like what?
14. A: What do you think of the new library? a
A: Angry. You look angry.
B: It’s beautiful.
6. A: What do you think of this TV? Do you like it better than the
15. A: Are you really thinking about cutting your hair? c
other one?
B: Yes, it’s much too long.
B: Well, this one’s bigger, but the other one’s cheaper.
16. A: What are you thinking about? b
B: Nothing special.

E L E M E N T S of S U C C E S S • S t u de nt B o ok 3 UNIT 1 5

Elements of Success L3 Answer Key.indd 5 8/27/14 2:31 PM

 7. A: What are you looking at? Activity 21: Exploring Uses of the Simple Past
B: There’s something on the street over there. Answers will vary. Possible answers include:
A: What is it? 1. Bill Gates formed Microsoft, one of the biggest computer
B: I’m not sure. It looks like a box. (no errors) companies in the world.
8. A: Is this wood or plastic? I can’t tell. 2. There were many natural disasters—floods, earthquakes,
B: It feels like plastic. and storms—in the news last year.
9. A: Are you looking for something? 3. I got my first job last year.
B: Yes, I need something to write with. 4. a. Did you want something?
b. I wanted to ask you a favor.
Activity 19: Distinguishing Regular and Irregular Verbs
c. How did you want to pay for this?
After the American War of Independence, the new government d. What was your name again?
ordered a census—a count of the number of people in each state. e. Did you need to speak with me?
Work on the census started in August 1790, about a year after
George Washington became president. The law required that Think about It
census takers visit every family. These workers walked or rode on Answers will vary.
horseback to gather their data. In all, they counted 3.9 million
Activity 22: Using Time Expressions and Clauses
people.
Answers will vary. Possible answers include:
The first census asked for little more than a person’s name and
1. a. I graduated five years ago.
address. Over the years, the government added more questions
b. I got married a year ago.
to the census. By 1820, there were questions about a person’s job.
2. a. I traveled throughout the ’90s.
Later, questions about crime, education, and wages appeared on
b. I moved into my house in 2010.
the census form.
3. a. During the 2000s, I worked at three different hospitals.
As the country’s population grew and the quantity of data
b. Between 2005 and 2010, I had two children.
increased, new technology helped census workers. In 1890, clerks
4. a. When I was 5 years old, I broke my arm.
began to use a keypunch device to add the numbers. In 1950, the
b. When I was 10 years old, I started learning English.
census used its first computer to process data.
5. a. I learned to drive when I was 15 years old.
Today most people receive a census form in the mail. If they
b. I got a car after I graduated from high school.
don’t fill it out and return it by mail, they still get a visit from a
6. a. I learned to read before I started school.
census taker.
b. I lived with my grandmother when I was a child.
REGULAR VERBS IRREGULAR VERBS Activity 23: Error Correction
Base form Simple past Base form Simple past 1. In the past, a woman’s place was in the home. Women took
form form care of their families and the house. Men earned the money
order ordered become became that supported the family.
start started ride rode 2. In high school, we had a lot of clubs. My best friend and I
require required be were joined the chess club even though we weren’t really interested
walk walked grow grew in chess.
count counted begin began 3. Today I am going to talk about dangerous sports. This topic
ask asked interests me because I play a dangerous sport.
add added 4. When I was 18, I went hiking in the mountains with my friends.
appear appeared The only thing I took with me was my father’s expensive
increase increase camera because I wanted to take some pictures from the top
help helped of the mountain. I carried that camera very carefully all the way
use used to the top of the mountain, but when I got there, the camera
didn’t work.
Activity 20: Using the Simple Past 5. Jaime is one of my best friends now. I met him last year when
Leonardo da Vinci (1452–1519) grew up in a small town near this class began. I think we get along because we like many of
Florence, Italy. As the son of a wealthy man, he received the best the same things.
education that Florence could offer. Leonardo became known for 6. My father’s illness affected me a lot because I thought he was a
his ability to create sculptures and paintings that looked almost young and healthy person. Everything happened so fast.
lifelike. Much of his success in this area came from his interest in Activity 24: Noticing Past Progressive Verbs
nature. He also studied human anatomy and used this knowledge I remember exactly what I was doing when I first heard the news
to make his figures realistic. on September 11, 2001. I’d gone to the kitchen at work to get
As a child, Leonardo was fascinated with machines and began coffee, and I was walking back past co-workers’ desks to the
to draw his own inventions. He drew flying machines, armored other end of the office. As I passed, I caught people’s voices: “ . . . a
tanks, and aircraft landing gear. He even designed a diver’s plane . . . the North tower . . . ,” and I realized something was up. I
suit with tubes and air chambers to allow a swimmer to stay got back to my desk, sat down, and looked up BBC News. I got no
underwater for long periods of time. further work done that day. I was 26.
Much of what we know about Leonardo comes from I remember exactly what I was doing when I heard that Princess
the thousands of pages of notes and sketches he kept in his Diana had died. I woke up to the news on the radio. I was 22.
notebooks. He used mirror, or reverse, writing, starting at the right I remember exactly what I was doing when I heard that
side of the page and moving across to the left. No one is sure why Margaret Thatcher had resigned. I walked, slightly late, into a
Leonardo wrote this way. Some think he wanted to keep people math class. Ben Anderson, a classmate, looked up and said, “She’s
from reading and stealing his ideas. resigned.” I asked, “Who?” I was almost 16.

6 UNIT 1 E L E M E N T S of S U C C E S S • S t u de nt B o ok 3

Elements of Success L3 Answer Key.indd 6 8/27/14 2:31 PM

 I remember what I was doing when my mum told us we were Activity 28: Prediction or Future Plan?
going to have another baby in the family. We were home from
school for lunch. I cried with the shock. I was 10. Prediction/ Future
Expectation Plan
Think about It
1. I am going to produce a movie
The writer uses both tenses in some sentences because ✓
of my own.
he is talking about something that was in progress (past
progressive) when another action (simple past) took place. 2. Choose a job you love, and you
will never have to work a day in ✓
Activity 25: Describing Events in the Past your life.
Answers will vary. Possible answers include:
3. It’s going to be a season with
1. “I live in the south of France, so when it was midnight here, it ✓
lots of accidents.
was only 6:00 in New York. Anyway, at that hour a friend and I
were watching TV. “ 4. I am not young, but I feel young.
2. “At midnight, as the photo indicates, I was out with friends and The day I feel old, I will go to bed ✓
we were listening to music.” and stay there.
3. “I was sitting in a crowded subway car in New York City, 5. Look deep into nature, and then
somewhere near Times Square.” you will understand everything ✓
4. “We were eating pizza, and all of a sudden my friend asked, better.
‘What time is it?’ I looked at the clock, and it was midnight.”
5. “At midnight we were watching the fireworks outside. That 6. I’m not going to change the
went on for about ten minutes!” way I look or the way I feel to ✓
6. “To be honest, I was sleeping at midnight. I had to get up early conform to anything.
the next day, so I couldn’t stay up until midnight.” 7. A quick temper will make a fool
✓
7. “I was traveling on an airplane. The flight attendant announced of you soon enough.
that it was midnight, and everyone started cheering.” 8. Give me six hours to chop down
8. “I had a paper I needed to finish, so I was working in the library a tree, and I will spend the first ✓
until 2:00 a.m. I didn’t even notice when it was midnight.” four sharpening the axe.
Activity 26: Remembering a Frightening Event 9. I am going to spend my time
The scariest experience I remember was an airplane flight I took today just thanking the people ✓
many years ago. I was traveling from Istanbul to Prague and I had that played a role in my career.
two flights. First, I flew to Zurich, and then I changed planes to 10. America is the most grandiose
fly to Prague. The first flight was fine, but by the time I landed in experiment the world has seen,
Zurich, it was snowing heavily. ✓
but, I am afraid, it is not going to
The snowstorm was getting/got worse and worse by the be a success.
minute, but we still took off. As the plane was climbing, the
turbulence started. The plane was shaking back and forth and 11. In the next 50 to 75 years,
up and down. I was squeezing/squeezed the armrest as hard as I people will be living to be 130
✓
could. Some of the other passengers were crying, and one woman or 140. They’ll be working until
screamed when the plane hit a big bump. they’re 100.
When we reached the final altitude, everything suddenly 12. At an Olympic Game, you want
stopped. The passengers clapped for the pilot and most people to enjoy it—especially if you
✓
relaxed. But I kept my seat belt on for the rest of the flight! know it’s going to be your
last one.
Write about It
Answers will vary. Possible answers include: Think about It
The scariest experience I remember was a big storm when I was Answers will vary. Possible answers include:
about 5 years old. It was very dark and there was a lot of loud I think the speaker chose will be living because he’s describing
thunder. My parents were watching the TV, and they told me and what he thinks will happen in the future.
my brother to go into the bathroom and close the door until they
told us it was safe. I was so happy when the storm was over! Activity 29: Expressing Future Plans
Answers will vary. Possible answers include:
Activity 27: Making Polite Requests 1. A: I’m really tired.
1. I was wondering if you could help me. B: Come on, then. I’ll take you home.
2. I was wondering if you needed some help. 2. A: We need to do something about the car.
3. I was wondering if you could send me an application form. B: Don’t worry about it. I’m going to take care of it.
4. I was wondering if I could make an appointment to talk with you. 3. A: Have you heard the news about Lisa and Tim?
5. I was wondering if you were ready to eat. B: No, what news?
6. I was wondering if you could come over and help me for A: They’re going to get married in the fall.
a minute. 4. A: Come on. Hurry up. Let’s do something.
7. I was wondering if you had a few minutes to talk. B: Will you relax, please?
8. I was wondering if you were doing anything tomorrow night. 5. A: Did you talk to Bob about the presentation?
9. I was wondering if you could explain that to me again. B: No, I forgot. Sorry about that. I’ll call him tomorrow.
6. A: Are you ready to order?
B: Yes, I’ll have the fish special and a salad.

E L E M E N T S of S U C C E S S • S t u de nt B o ok 3 UNIT 1 7

Elements of Success L3 Answer Key.indd 7 8/27/14 2:31 PM

 7. A: The food looks delicious. 6. Your friend is cooking fish for dinner, but he bakes it too long,
B: I hope everything is OK. Will you try one of the sandwiches and it burns completely. You say: I guess we are not going to
and tell me if it tastes good? have fish for dinner. h
8. A: Can you help me next week? 7. You expected 50 people to come to the lecture, but already
B: Oh, I didn’t tell you? there are more than 50 people in the room. You say to your
A: Tell me what? assistant: We are going to need more chairs. e
B: We’re going to be in California all next week. 8. You and your friends are planning to drive to the beach. You try
9. A: Can I get you anything else? to start the car, but nothing happens. One of your friends says: I
B: Yes, I think I’ll have another cup of coffee. guess we are not going to go anywhere today. d
Think about It Activity 33: Talking about the Future with Present Forms
Answers will vary. Possible answers include: Students will circle the time expressions in the Think about It activity.
In sentence 1, the speaker is offering help (will). 1. A: When is your flight tomorrow ?
In sentences 2, 3, and 8, the speaker talks about a planned or B: I think it leaves at 6 , but I’m not sure.
scheduled future event (be going to). A: Nonstop flight?
In sentences 4 and 7, the speaker makes a request (will). B: No, I change in London.
In sentence 5, the speaker makes a promise (will). A: Do you have a long layover?
In sentences 6 and 9, the speaker makes a decision at the moment B: No, only two hours .
of speaking (will). A: Oh, that’s not bad.
2. A: Are you going to the meeting next week ?
Activity 30: Analyzing Predictions
B: Yes, I plan to.
The demand for coal is growing steadily. Coal accounted for 26 A: What time does it start?
percent of energy consumed in 2004 worldwide, according to B: At 7 .
the U.S. Energy Information Agency, and will grow to 28 percent 3. A: Are you doing anything special this weekend ?
by 2030. Total energy consumption, however, will be going up a B: Um, I already have plans for Saturday , but I’m free
few percentage points a year, so in the same period of time, coal on Sunday .
consumption will rise 74 percent. A: Great. There’s a concert in the afternoon . Interested?
India and China will account for 72 percent of the increase, B: Sure.
but coal consumption is expected to also rise in Russia, South A: It starts at 3 , so I’ll come by at 2.
Africa, and the U.S. In the U.S., the growth could decline, but coal B: OK.
will still be a big part of the energy profile. 4. A: When’s the last day of school?
“Ninety percent of the fossil fuel reserves in the U.S., India, B: June 15 .
and China are in coal, and China and India are not going to A: Is that a Friday?
move from this fuel in the future,” said Jeremy Carl of Stanford B: No, it’s a Wednesday.
University. “They are not going to turn off the lights.” 5. A: Are you going to the concert tonight ?
Think about It B: Yeah. What time does it begin?
Answers will vary. Possible answers include: A: Let me check.
The writer could use either be going to or will in the last paragraph Activity 34: Present or Future?
because he or she is making a prediction but without clear
physical evidence. The statements are not general beliefs or Now In the future
absolute certainties.
1. ✓
Activity 31: Making Predictions with Will
2. ✓
1. We will be able to control the weather.
2. Most people will work from their homes. 3. ✓
3. There will be one kind of money for the whole world.
4. Everyone will have computers wired to their brains. 4. ✓
5. Space elevators will make space travel cheap. 5. ✓
6. Deserts will become tropical forests.
7. We will have the ability to communicate through 6. ✓
thought transmission. 7. ✓
8. There will be only three languages in the world—
English, Spanish, and Chinese. 8. ✓

Activity 32: Using Be Going To for Predictions 9. ✓

1. The sun is rising, and there are no clouds in the sky. You think 10. ✓
to yourself: It is going to be a nice day. g
2. It’s half an hour after class usually starts, and your teacher still Think about It
hasn’t arrived. One of your classmates says: I guess we are not Students should write at least six of the following:
going to have class today. a at noon
3. You get to the bus stop in the morning just as the bus is leaving. tonight
You say to yourself: Now I am going to be late for work. f yet then
4. A friend sees you using a tool incorrectly. He says to you: tomorrow
Be careful. You are going to get hurt. b after the semester ends
5. You see a family member eating a second big bowl of in the fall
ice cream. You say: You are going to make yourself sick. c

8 UNIT 1 E L E M E N T S of S U C C E S S • S t u de nt B o ok 3

Elements of Success L3 Answer Key.indd 8 8/27/14 2:31 PM

 Activity 35: Simple Present or Present Progressive?
1. A: When does the first train leave tomorrow morning?
B: At seven.
2. A: Where’s the train?
B: You didn’t hear the announcement?
A: No. What did it say?
B: The seven o’clock train is leaving an hour late
this morning.
3. A: Hurry up. We’re going to be late.
B: What time does the movie start?
A: In 15 minutes.
4. A: Do you want to go for lunch tomorrow?
B: Um, I’m not working tomorrow. I have a doctor’s
appointment.
5. A: Who is coming to the meeting tonight?
B: I’m not sure.
6. A: I have some good news.
B: What is it?
A: They’re fixing the elevators tomorrow, so the office isn’t
opening until 11 in the morning.
Think about It
2, 6
Activity 36: Present Progressive or Be Going to?
Because students will not have access to the original
quotations, accept both contractions and spelled-out
versions of helping verbs.
1. I don’t know where I’m going from here, but I promise it
won’t be boring.
2. If you can’t read, it’s going to be hard to realize dreams.
3. I’m going to college. I don’t care if it ruins my career. I’d rather
be smart than a movie star.
4. The desktop market has entered the dark ages, and it’s going to
be in the dark ages for the next ten years.
5. I know this is going to end bad, but I’m going to pretend it’s
going to end good.
6. It’s not going to be easy to change things.
7. Things are going to get a lot worse before they get worse.
8. Sooner or later I’m going to die, but I’m not going to retire.
Think about It
Answers will vary. Possible answers include:
I used be going to for all the sentences except 1 and 3 because
they made predictions or expressed expectations.
Activity 37: Talking about Future Requirements
1. Class begins at 9, and you need to be here on time.
Class begins at 9, and you are to be here on time.
2. The school field trip will be on June 15. Your child should bring
a lunch and something to drink.
The school field trip will be on June 15. Your child is to bring a
lunch and something to drink.
3. The bus is going to leave at 7:15, so everyone should be at the
parking lot by 7.
The bus is going to leave at 7:15, so everyone is to be at the
parking lot by 7.
4. Your appointment with the mayor is at noon. You need to arrive
at the reception desk by 11:45.
Your appointment with the mayor is at noon. You are to arrive
at the reception desk by 11:45.
5. I need to go out for a few minutes, but no one should leave
the room while I am away. Is that clear?
I need to go out for a few minutes, but no one is to leave the
room while I am away. Is that clear?
Elements of Success L3 Answer Key.indd 9
6. You will have 30 minutes to answer the exam question. When I
say stop, you should put down your pencil.
You will have 30 minutes to answer the exam question. When I
say stop, you are to put down your pencil.
7. Your doctor’s appointment is at 10 a.m. Please don’t eat or drink
anything in the morning.
Your doctor’s appointment is at 10 a.m. You are not to eat or
drink anything in the morning.
8. We have important visitors next Monday. Everyone should
dress up a bit.
We have important visitors next Monday. Everyone is to dress
up a bit.
Activity 38: Using Contractions
1. What are you doing? Nothing special. I am just taking
a break. e
2. What is the matter? I think I am going to lose my job. g
3. When is she leaving? Tomorrow. She is taking the noon train
tomorrow. d
4. How far is your house from here? It is just around the corner. j
5. When is the next exam? It is on the fifth. That is a Friday. c
6. Where are my shoes? They are in the closet. i
7. How far is Tokyo from here? I am not sure, but it is closer than
Beijing. h
8. Who are you calling? My brother. He is in Toronto this week. f
9. Why are you always yelling at me? Because you are always
misbehaving. b
10. How long are they going to be there? Not long. I think they
are coming back in a week. a
Activity 39: Common Verbs in the Simple Present
Answers will vary. Possible answers include:
1. Where do you want to go for lunch? I don’t care.
2. Are you coming to class tomorrow? I suppose so.
3. We have a test tomorrow. I know.
4. It’s late. I don’t mind.
5. It’s time to go. I don’t want to.
6. You aren’t being funny. I know.
7. Does this computer work? I don’t think so.
8. Do you know what I mean? I suppose so.
9. What’s the matter with you? It doesn’t matter.
10. Why aren’t you coming to the concert? I don’t want to.
11. Is it cold outside? I think so.
12. Somebody’s using your computer. I don’t mind.
13. I don’t have any money. I don’t care.
14. Is it going to rain tomorrow? I don’t think so.
Activity 40: Telling a Story
Answers will vary. Possible answers include:
While I’m sitting on the subway on my way to work, I notice
that there is a grapefruit on the floor of the subway. I am in New
York, so I am not surprised to see that there is a piece of fruit
abandoned on the floor. I am also not surprised that no one else
has noticed it yet.
Suddenly, the train lurches around a turn, sending the
grapefruit rolling. I see that the man sitting a few seats down
notices the rolling grapefruit now, and I watch as he leans forward
to stop it. Instead of leaving it on the floor as I suspected he
would, he picks up the grapefruit and puts it on the seat next to
him. Although I find it strange, I quickly lose my interest as I think
about the dinner that is waiting for me at home.
I forget all about the grapefruit until a couple of stops later,
when the train is filling up. I notice a young man is staring intently
at the grapefruit, though no one else notices him. At the next
stop, the train fills even more. This is when people become aware
that there is a seat taken by a grapefruit instead of a person and
E L E M E N T S of S U C C E S S • S t u de nt B o ok 3 UNIT 1 9
8/27/14 2:32 PM
 that a young man wants to sit in it. He notices the attention he
has and says, “I’m not giving up a seat for a piece of fruit.” He picks
up the grapefruit and then sits in the seat.
When we reach my stop, I get up to leave, along with the man
who put the grapefruit in the spot in the first place. Both of us
take one more look at the young man holding the grapefruit. He
has the grapefruit on his backpack on his lap, and he’s smiling.
Activity 41: Using the Simple Present in Summaries
1. Title: Real Men Don’t Need Work-Life Balance
Author: Tanvi Gautam
Source: Forbes magazine
Summary: This article focuses on the issue of work-life balance for
men. Many firms assume that men do not need career flexibility
or work-life integration. However, these assumptions are generally
not accurate. The author argues that firms need to consider men
when they design policies to promote flexibility.
2. Title: Margaret C. Anderson’s Little Review
Author: Sophia Estante; Lorrie Moore
Source: The Writing Center at The University of Wisconsin–
Madison
Summary: This research looks at the work of Margaret C.
Anderson, the editor of the Little Review. The research draws upon
mostly primary sources including memoirs, published letters, and
a complete collection of the Little Review. Most prior research on
Anderson focuses on her connection to the famous writers and
personalities that she published and associated with. This focus
undermines her role as the dominant creative force behind one
of the most influential little magazines published in the twentieth
century. This case example shows how little magazine publishing
is arguably a literary art.
3. Title: The Connection between Hypertension and Stress
Authors: Michael Anderson; Karina Gomez; Peizhu Liu
Source: Medical Monthly. 2014; 58: 556–570.
Summary: It has been established that stressful situations cause
temporary spikes in blood pressure, but researchers are unsure of
the relationship between stress and long-term hypertension. The
purpose of this study is to understand this relationship and to find
out if short-term spikes in blood pressure due to stress can add up
and cause high blood pressure in the long term. The data for this
study comes from a series of tests conducted on forty participants
of various backgrounds in the San Francisco Bay Area over a
period of twenty years. The researchers also looked at statistical
data from the California Board of Health over the past twenty
years. Even though the researchers found mixed test results, the
study shows that daily exercise and focused stress management
lowers the risk of hypertension over time. However, medical
researchers must conduct more studies in order to determine
the link between the frequency of short term spikes in stress and
long-term hypertension.
ANSWERS TO QUESTIONS
1. simple past and present perfect
2. The summaries include general information.
3. They leave out specific details.
4. The purpose of an abstract or summary is to provide the
main ideas of the article.
Activity 42: Evaluate
A B
Self-discipline is the most Self-discipline is the most
important ingredient for important ingredient for
success. When you set a goal success. My brother is a good
for yourself, you have to work example of the connection
to reach it. You need to study, between self-discipline and
10 UNIT 1 E L E M E N T S of S U C C E S S • S t u de nt B o ok 3
Elements of Success L3 Answer Key.indd 10
earn money, or do whatever is success. When he was only 15,
necessary for your particular he decided that he wanted to
goal. You need to make a plan be a doctor. From that point,
and follow it, even when you he stopped playing sports
feel discouraged. Without and doing things with his
self-discipline, it is easy to lose friends so that he would have
sight of your goal. There is no time to study. Every summer
value in having a goal if you he gave up his vacation
do not have self-discipline. so that he could work in a
hospital. Because he was self-
disciplined, my brother is now
a successful family doctor in
my hometown.
ANSWERS TO QUESTIONS
1. Paragraph A includes mostly simple present verbs. Paragraph B
includes several different verb tenses.
2. Answers will vary.
3. Paragraph B provides specific details and examples.
Activity 43: Using the Simple Past to Give Specific Examples
Answers will vary. Possible answers include:
1. Agree: Athletic competition is not good for very young
children. When my brother was very young, he played on a
children’s soccer team. His best friend wanted to play on the
team too, but he wasn’t a very good player. The other children
on the team didn’t want my brother’s friend to be on the team
because they wanted to win. Soccer was a competition for
them, not a game, and so at the age of seven, my brother’s
friend quit playing soccer.
2. Disagree: Anger is never beneficial. When I am angry, I often
do things that I regret later. When I was angry at a friend, I said
things to him that later I wished I hadn’t said. That made him
angry at me, too. Fortunately, we talked, he understood, and
we are still friends, but it doesn’t always turn out that way.
3. Agree: People are still superstitious. Many people don’t
trust in science, so they believe things that are not possible.
For example, when my friend got married recently, she still
followed the old superstition that she had to have “something
old, something new, something borrowed, something blue.”
There is nothing that proves that this superstition will help her
marriage, but she still felt that she had to follow it.
4. Disagree: Learning a second language is good for small
children. Friends of mine, who speak English and Spanish in
their home, taught their daughter both languages when she
was small. As a result, she is very good in both languages now.
Small children who learn a second language often grow up to
be very good at learning languages in general.
Activity 44: Exploring Verb Forms in Research Reports
1. In one report on how intelligence develops in young children,
American researchers studied nearly 500 boys and girls born
in New Jersey hospitals between 1984 and 1987. When they
were born, each child weighed less than 2,000 grams, and they
were approximately 16 years old when they participated in
the study. The children took intelligence and motor skill tests
at home. (Motor skills are skills that require living things to
effectively use their muscles.)
The test results were then compared with test results of
other children of the same age. The study reported that the
children with low birth weight often have more problems with
motor skills than the other children. This suggests that babies
with low birth weight may be more likely than other children to
have physical and mental problems as they develop.
8/27/14 2:32 PM
 2. A major study from the University of North Carolina compared
two groups of children. One group of children attended an
all-day childcare center from when they were a few weeks
old until the age of 5. This high-quality program offered some
social, health, and educational programs, and it provided
healthy food for the children. The other group of children did
not go to a childcare center at any time. Both groups attended
public schools after the age of 5.
The two groups of children were similar when they were
babies, but different after the age of about 18 months. As
babies, both groups had similar results in tests for mental and
physical skills. However, the children in the childcare program
scored much higher in tests after the age of 18 months. The
children took tests again at the ages of 12 and 15 years. Again,
the children from the childcare center showed better test
scores.
The study suggests that education during the first months
and years of life are important for development later in life. The
researchers say that with early education, poorer children could
become more successful and do better in school. They believe
their study shows a need for the government to spend money
on public education at an early age. They claim these kinds of
programs create better success overall in American schools.

Wrap-Up
A
Answers will vary. Possible answers include:

Ten years ago Now Ten years from now

I was living in I am living here with I will probably
Mexico with my my wife. We have be living here.
parents. It was a two small children, Hopefully I will have
happy time for my a boy and a girl. We a good job and my
family because are renting a nice wife will, too. Our
everyone was apartment near two children will be
healthy. the park. My wife is in high school. We
working as a dental will have our own
assistant, and I am house and car. We
going to school and will take vacations
driving a taxi. in Mexico to visit
our family.

B
Answers will vary. Possible answers include:
Topic: Study Habits
How many hours per week do you usually study outside of class?
Did you usually do your homework in high school?
Do you study alone or with other people?
Do you go to the library to study?
How much time do you usually study for each subject?

C
Answers will vary.

D
Answers will vary. Possible answers include:
On May 15, many interesting things happened.
1. L. Frank Baum was born. He wrote The Wonderful Wizard of Oz.
2. Las Vegas, Nevada, was founded.
3. The Moscow subway system was first opened to the public.
4. Andy Murray, the tennis player, was born.
5. Henry’s VIII’s second wife, Anne Boleyn, was sentenced
to death.

E L E M E N T S of S U C C E S S • S t u de nt B o ok 3 UNIT 1 11

Elements of Success L3 Answer Key.indd 11 8/27/14 2:32 PM

 Unit 2
Warm-Up It’s true. People are living longer now. Today it is not
uncommon for men and women to live into their eighties or
A even their nineties. The average life expectancy has increased
1. true greatly since 1900 . At that time, the average life expectancy in
2. false this country was 47 years. Today the average life expectancy
3. true is 78 years. A few specific things have helped to increase life
4. true expectancy. These include vaccinations, a decrease in smoking,
5. true and workplace safety rules.
The use of vaccinations has contributed greatly to the
B increase in life expectancy. The law says that schoolchildren must
1. There are four different forms of perfect verbs (present perfect, be vaccinated against certain deadly diseases. And they must
present perfect progressive, past perfect, future perfect). receive these vaccinations before they can start school. This has
2. since 1750; over the past 50 years, by 1900; since 1950; by 2050 eliminated a number of deadly diseases. In addition, the reduction
3. We use the perfect forms of verbs when we want to connect in the number of people smoking cigarettes has prevented
events in the past with events in the present. millions of smoking-related deaths. This change has raised the life
expectancy of both former smokers and the people who had to
C breathe secondhand smoke.
have never been, have never failed Another reason for the increase in life expectancy is that
Activity 1: Connecting Past Actions to Now workplaces have become safer. In the past , it was not uncommon
1. c to be injured or even killed on the job. However, in the middle of
2. a the twentieth century , the government passed workplace safety
3. a laws. As a result, there was a 40 percent decrease in on-the-job
4. b deaths in places such as factories and construction sites.
5. c These are three important reasons why people are living
6. c longer today . All of these behaviors and others will continue to
7. c allow people to live longer and healthier lives.
8. a Think about It
Think about It The writer uses the present perfect in sentences 1, 2, 4, and 7
The speakers also use the simple present. We use the present to describe something that started in the past and continues to
perfect when we’re connecting things that happen in the past the present.
with things that are happening now. The writer uses the present perfect in sentence 3 to describe
something that happened repeatedly in the past and has
Think about It an effect on something in the present.
Answers will vary. Possible answers include: The writer uses the present perfect in sentences 5 and 6 to
Present perfect action, event, Connection to now describe something that started and ended in the past but
or state (the present) has an effect on something in the present.

1. I’ve twisted my ankle. My ankle hurts. Think about It

2. I haven’t had many
meetings with Ms. James.
3. I’ve known Isabel Martinez
for years.
4. I’ve been to Los Angeles
several times.
5. My brother has moved to
El Paso.
6. I’ve made other plans for
tonight.
7. I have seen your wallet.
8. You’ve been different since
the summer.
Activity 2: Using the Present Perfect
Students will circle the time expressions in the Think about It activity.
I don’t know Ms. James
very well.
I can tell you a lot about
Isabel Martinez.
I know that public
transportation there is bad.
He still has friends in Santa Fe.
I can’t go to the game.
I know that it’s on the bureau.
You are distracted.
There are many uses of time expressions in the essay. We use time
expressions often with the present perfect.
Activity 3: Using the Present Perfect
Students will underline the time expressions in the Think about It
activity.
1. The United Nations Children’s Fund (UNICEF) has been very
active in vaccinating children around the world.
2. I’m still feeling a pain in my right leg, so I haven’t gone to the
gym this week.
3. I’ve been discouraged before— just like everyone else.
4. I haven’t taken a vacation in years, so I’m really looking
forward to this trip.
5. My sister has done more in five years than most people do
in a lifetime.
6. It is my hard work that has made me a success.
7. Thank you for the interest you’ve shown in my work.
8. My boss is very serious about the project. She’s talked about it
a lot.
9. I walk everywhere and I play basketball. I do that three times a
week, and I’ve lost thirty pounds so far. I feel so much better.

12 UNIT 2 E L E M E N T S of S U C C E S S • S t u de nt B o ok 3

Elements of Success L3 Answer Key.indd 12 8/27/14 2:32 PM

 10. It hasn’t snowed much for the past few years, and a number of Activity 5: Error Correction
ski resorts are closing. 1. My parents have been here for only three years, but they like
11. Improvements in technology have allowed us to determine it very much.
that Pluto is not a planet. 2. I have only been here for a month, so I still get lost a lot.
12. Scientists are just now discovering some of the strange living 3. My sister doesn’t live with me anymore. She has gone to live
things that have adapted to life in the deep ocean. in another state.
13. The basic design of a bicycle has remained pretty much the 4. My mother is very smart even though she has never been
same since the 1800s. Most bikes still use a foot-powered to college.
system that powers the back wheel. 5. I’ve tried to make a lot of new friends here, but it isn’t easy.
14. Modern technology has made it easier for businesspeople to 6. My father has always given me help when I needed it.
succeed. However, they still have problems getting money to 7. I admire my professor because she has taught me to express
start businesses. my ideas better.
15. China has become the world’s dominant producer of solar 8. My parents have always given me good advice. I know I can
panels in the last two years. It was responsible for half the go to them when I have a problem.
world’s production last year. 9. I want to go someplace I have never been to before.
10. I miss my brother a lot. I haven’t seen him for more than a year
Think about It
because he has been in Asia.
Time Time Time Time 11. My brother doesn’t know I have a new job because I have not
expressions expressions expressions expressions told him.
with the with the with the with the 12. Computers have changed our lives in many different ways. For
simple present present perfect simple past example, in the past, it took days or weeks to communicate
present progressive with someone on the other side of the world.
in a lifetime still this week last year Activity 7: Simple Past or Present Perfect?
three times just now before 1. He’s lost a lot of weight.
a week in years 2. They’ve decided to go.
still so far 3. We talked about it.
in five years 4. I liked that house.
for the past 5. The game’s started.
few years 6. I’ve watched several movies.
since the 1800s 7. We decided not to go.
in the last 8. He’s made a lot of new friends there.
two years 9. She’s changed her phone number.
10. We’ve waited an hour for them.
Think about It 11. I’ve wanted to go there.
Still can be used with more than one verb form. 12. She’s called him.
Activity 4: Using Time Expressions with the Present Perfect 13. He’s saved a lot of money.
Answers will vary. Possible answers include: 14. They sold their house.
1. Thousands of people visited the King Tutankhamun exhibit Activity 8: Finished Time or Time Up Until Now?
when it was in Chicago. Since then, the exhibit has moved to
Philadelphia, and it is going to move to London in November. Time
Finished
2. Children learn new words at a very fast rate. Scientists have period up
time period
wondered for a long time how this is possible. until now
3. According to the World Book Encyclopedia, scientists have 1. Washington, D.C., has been the
named more than 1½ million animals already. Over half of ✓
U.S. capital since 1800.
these are types of insects.
2. From 1790 to 1800,
4. Someone with a PhD is a doctor of philosophy. Many people
Philadelphia, Pennsylvania, was ✓
earn PhDs, but they aren’t all philosophers. The name has
the capital.
survived since the Middle Ages when many areas of study
were called philosophy. 3. The U.S. Constitution was written
5. So far scientists have not found a way to determine the exact in 1789, but it has changed over ✓
age of the Earth. the years.
6. Antarctica may help us solve some of the most difficult 4. From 1800 to 1900, the U.S.
problems of the past and future of our planet. For example, experienced tremendous ✓
scientists have already found that Antarctica is the largest growth.
storehouse of fresh water on the planet.
5. The U.S. has had one civil war
7. Since ancient times, people have used parts of the willow tree ✓
since it became a nation.
to reduce pain.
8. Researchers have already found cures for many deadly 6. The U.S. Civil War took place in
✓
diseases, but they haven’t found a cure for skin cancer yet. the mid-1800s.
9. Researchers haven’t yet discovered how to cure the illness, 7. Ever since the Civil War began
but there are ways to treat the symptoms. in 1861, people have argued ✓
10. Scientists have discovered other stars with orbiting planets, over what caused the war.
but so far they have only discovered one place that supports
complex life forms: Earth.

E L E M E N T S of S U C C E S S • S t u de nt B o ok 3 UNIT 2 13

Elements of Success L3 Answer Key.indd 13 8/27/14 2:32 PM

 8. In the past 200 years, Supreme
Court decisions and laws have
✓ 2. The author is connecting the ideas of the past to how things
increased the duties of the
U.S. president.
9. In the past few years,
the government has used
the Supreme Court for
✓
new purposes, such as
determining the outcome
of an election.
10. In 2005, the president appointed
a new Chief Justice of the ✓ once
Supreme Court, John Roberts.
Activity 9: Simple Past or Present Perfect?
True/false answers will vary.
1. I have lived here for the past five years.
2. I haven’t gone to Egypt yet, but I hope to go someday.
3. I was in junior high school from 2009 to 2012.
4. When I was a child, I sometimes got into trouble.
5. I’ve learned a lot of new words since I started school here.
6. I began to study English when I was 15 years old.
7. So far I’ve been to 8 different countries.
8. Last year was a great year for me.
9. I haven’t eaten anything since I had dinner last night.
10. I didn’t use my phone at all yesterday.
11. I haven’t traveled very much over the past three years.
12. I haven’t done any homework since we took the test
a week ago.
Write about It
Answers will vary. Possible answers include:
I flew to France a year ago.
I finished college in 2010.
I’ve been learning English over the past few years.
I’ve been driving a car since I was a child.
Activity 10: Simple Past and the Present Perfect in Context
The development of new and more advanced technology
increased rapidly in the twentieth century. In the beginning of the
1900s, people relied on horses to get around. Letters took days
or weeks to arrive, and traveling to other countries wasn’t easy.
However, by the end of the century, people had cars, subways,
and buses to get where they wanted to go. They communicated
instantly by email. Travel from one country to another took hours,
not months. Because of these things, I think that the growth
in technology was one of the most important changes in the
twentieth century.
Advances in technology have done more than make travel
and communication quicker and more convenient; they have
saved lives. People live much longer now than they did just
100 years ago. Some diseases that were once deadly have
now been cured or can at least be treated with medications.
Doctors have learned to keep individuals alive longer using new
technologies.
Although technology has been very positive for the health of
people, in some ways it has had a negative effect on the planet.
The technological advances of the nineteenth and twentieth
centuries have caused great damage to the earth’s atmosphere.
There is also a shortage of natural resources caused by the rapid
growth of the human population. Today scientists are working on
ways to solve these problems. Hopefully, the twenty-first century
will see the development of new technologies that can solve the
problems created by the old.
14 UNIT 2 E L E M E N T S of S U C C E S S • S t u de nt B o ok 3
Elements of Success L3 Answer Key.indd 14
QUESTIONS
1. Because the author is describing the way life was in the past.
are in the present.
3.
Time expressions with the Time expressions with the
simple past present perfect
in the twentieth century now
in the beginning of the 1900s of the nineteenth and
by the end of the century twentieth centuries
just 100 years ago
4. No, it’s not necessary. The present perfect connects ideas to the
present, so a time expression is not always needed.
5. According to the writer, travel and communication have
become much quicker so we can see more and know more
about the world than in the past. We also live longer.
Activity 11: Simple Past or Present Perfect?
1. Hayao Miyazaki began his career as an animator in 1963. He
directed his first feature anime film 16 years later. Then he
started a movie company of his own in 1985. In 2001, his movie
Spirited Away won Best Film at the Japanese Academy Awards.
2. I started collecting comic books when I was young. My
grandfather often took me to comic book stores, and I have
been a fan ever since. I know it’s not the deepest reading in the
world, but that’s why comic books are a great stress reliever.
3. History tells us a lot about ourselves. We can see how people did
things a hundred years ago and figure out what we want to keep
and what we want to change. Look at how different everything is
today from what it was a hundred years ago. We have kept some
things like schools and family but changed many other things.
4. My grandparents were born in Poland and later immigrated to
the U.S. They left their families behind to start a new family here.
I have many cousins in Poland but I have never met them. I think
it would be fun to meet them and see how they live. I would
also like to see where my grandparents lived in Poland and learn
about what life was like for them when they were growing up.
5. Bicycles have always been a great form of transportation.
They’re safe, fun, and economical. Today they’re also more
convenient than ever. Bicycle designers have come up with a
way to fold them so that now you can ride your bike to work,
fold it up, and take it in with you.
6. Water shortages are a serious problem. Many areas have
experienced droughts because of climate change. Other places
have access to water, but the water is polluted.
Activity 12: Asking Questions
Answers will vary. Possible answers include:
1. How many books have you written?
2. What subjects have you taught?
3. When did you move to the U.S.?
4. What short stories have you written?
5. Why did you stay in Haiti after your parents moved to the U.S.?
6. What did you study for your master’s degree?
Activity 13: Using Different Verb Forms
1. What goals have you set for your career?
2. What did you like best about your previous job?
3. What are your major strengths? Your major weaknesses?
4. How did you get your last job?
5. What do you do with your free time?
6. What has been your biggest professional achievement?
7. Describe the best boss you have had in your professional career.
8/27/14 2:32 PM
 8. Have you ever worked for a difficult person? 8. A: Have you found a new apartment yet?
9. How will the academic program and course work you have B: No, but we’ve only been looking for a few days.
taken benefit your career? 9. A: How’s your back?
10. Where do you hope to be professionally in five years? B: It’s been getting better but it’s still bothering me.
10. A: Do your parents know where they are going on vacation?
QUESTIONS
B: They’ve been talking about going to visit my brother, but
a. The verb form is most likely the same verb form as used in
they haven’t decided yet.
the question.
b. Because many of the questions are about the person’s career, Activity 16: Using the Present Perfect or Present Perfect
and her career is still happening in the present. Progressive
1. A: Where have you been?
Activity 14: Error Correction
B: What do you mean?
1. I arrived in the U.S. in 2002. Since I came here, I’ve had
A: I’ve been looking all over the place for you.
trouble communicating with people because I don’t speak
B: Sorry. I just went out for a minute.
English very well.
2. A: Where have you been?
2. One of my favorite movies is the film Australia. I can’t tell you
B: At the gym. Why?
how many times I have seen the movie, but every time I see it,
A: I’ve been trying to reach you for the last 20 minutes.
I like it better.
B: Sorry, I turned my phone off.
3. While computers have made life easier, they have also made it
3. A: Who’s Amanda talking to?
more stressful.
B: Her friend in Japan.
4. My mother has always encouraged me to do big things. I
A: Japan! That’s going to be expensive.
wanted to get a job when I finished high school, but my
B: Yeah, I know. And she’s been talking to him for an hour.
mother told me to continue my education. She said I could
4. A: Is the soup ready to eat?
do more with my life with a university education. She also
B: Almost. It’s been cooking for about thirty minutes.
encouraged me to get a scholarship to pay for my education.
5. A: Do you know Sam Bradford?
5. Since I came here, I have made a lot of friends, but one person
B: Of course. I’ve known him for years. How do you know him?
in particular has helped me a lot. I have met Jennifer at the
A: I met him last week at a conference.
Learning Center at the beginning of the semester. She was
6. A: Have you seen the remote? I can’t find it anywhere.
looking for a Spanish tutor, and I needed help with my English.
B: I think it’s on the floor next to the couch.
Since then, we have gotten together several times a week just
7. A: Are you having a good time?
to talk.
B: Absolutely. I haven’t had so much fun in years.
6. One person who has had a great effect on my life is my father.
8. A: Are you going out with us this weekend?
He owns a clothing store, and I have worked with him at his
B: Of course. I ‘ve been looking forward to it all week.
store every time I have a holiday. From this experience I have
9. A: What do you think of this music?
learned a lot about the business world.
B: I don’t know. It’s OK, I guess. I’ve just never liked jazz.
7. My parents have always encouraged me to do what I want to
10. A: Aren’t you finished yet?
do. When I need help, they support me. When I have decided to
B: Be patient. I’ve only been working on it for an hour.
become an engineer, they helped pay for my education.
11. A: Did you know that your doorbell isn’t working?
8. The internet has made communication faster and cheaper.
B: Oh, right. I ‘ve been meaning to fix it.
Today you can use programs such as email or Skype to get
12. A: How long have you been studying here?
an immediate response from someone, and they are much
B: Not long. My class just started a week ago. What about you?
cheaper than a telephone call.
A: My class hasn’t started yet.
Activity 15: Forming the Present Perfect Progressive 13. A: I hear you won your last three races.
Students will underline the time expressions in the Think about B: Yeah, I’ve been on a lucky streak lately.
It activity. 14. A: Have you decided what you are going to do next year?
1. A: When do you want dinner? B: Yeah. My parents have finally agreed to let me study overseas.
B: Not for a while. I’ve been eating all day.
Think about It
2. A: What have you been doing all day?
Have been, have known, have had, and have liked don’t use the
B: Not much. What about you?
progressive form because they are non-action verbs.
3. A: Somebody’s been using my computer.
Have seen, have started, and have agreed don’t use the progressive
B: How do you know?
form because they are describing action that took place a single
A: It was off when I left this morning but now it’s on.
time or that is not ongoing.
4. A: Want something to drink?
B: I’d love a cup of coffee. Think about It
A: I thought you didn’t drink coffee. The speaker is complaining or annoyed in conversations 1, 2, 3, 6,
B: Oh, come on. I’ve been drinking coffee for years. 9, 10, and 11.
5. A: Have you ever heard of the movie director Sam Giorgio?
Activity 17: Present Perfect or Present Perfect Progressive?
B: Sure. He’s been making films for years.
1. a. I’ve drunk four cups of coffee since I got up this morning,
6. A: I’m worried about David.
so I shouldn’t drink any more.
B: Why?
b. I’ve been drinking coffee since I got up this morning.
A: Well, I’ve been trying to reach him for three days, and he
Maybe that’s why I can’t sit still.
hasn’t called me back.
2. a. I’ve been reading Call of the Wild for a few days. I just can’t
B: Hmm. That’s strange.
put it down.
7. A: How long have the children been watching television?
b. I’ve read Call of the Wild twice. I highly recommend it.
B: Only for half an hour.

E L E M E N T S of S U C C E S S • S t u de nt B o ok 3 UNIT 2 15

Elements of Success L3 Answer Key.indd 15 8/27/14 2:32 PM

 3. a. We’ve gone to the gym several times this week, so we’re
going to take tomorrow off.
b. We’ve been going to the gym since January, and we
already feel a lot better.
4. a. She’s already yelled at them twice today for making too
much noise. I hope they behave now.
b. She’s been yelling at them all day. It’s really irritating.
5. a. I’ve talked to Toshi several times this week, but he still
doesn’t want to come.
b. I’ve been talking to friends about taking a trip to Istanbul
this summer.
6. a. I hope Hassan’s OK. He’s gotten sick several times
this winter.
b. I can tell winter is coming. The nights have been getting
colder and colder.
7. a. My brother thinks that I’ve been using his phone all week,
but it’s not true.
b. If you need help with your new phone, I think Carlos has
used one a few times.
8. a. I’ve asked you to clean your room three times this week. I’m
not going to ask you again.
b. I’ve been asking you to clean your room all week. Could
you please just do it?
9. a. You don’t need to cook anything. I’ve made dinner already.
b. I’ve been making phone calls all day, so now I have a bad
headache.
10. a. I’ve tried several times to fix this computer, but it still
won’t work.
b. Why didn’t you answer your phone. I’ve been trying to call
you all morning.
Activity 18: Using the Past Perfect
(1)
1. We were a family who had come from nothing, and now we
had respect from French people of all sorts.
(1)
2. My grandmother had wanted to be a music teacher herself,
and so she steered my mother into that profession.
(1)
3. My mother had meant to be an opera star or even a movie
star…but the [birth] of a baby put an end to that.
(1)
4. By the time I was 15, my mother had turned me into a real
clotheshorse.
(1)
5. My mother had been a country and western singer, but when
she moved out to Hollywood she found it very difficult to get
work, so when I was born they put me into dance classes and
singing classes as soon as I could walk, actually.
(1)
6. My mother had always taught me to write about my feelings
instead of sharing really personal things with others, so I
spent many evenings writing in my diary, eating everything in
the kitchen and waiting for Mr. Wrong to call.
(1)
7. I had traveled 10 states and played over 50 cities by the time
I was 4.
8. Interestingly enough, I met and had classes from several
(1)
professors that my father had had many years before.
(1)
9. My mother was a very literate person who had educated
herself.
10. Music was around in my family in two ways. My mother would
occasionally sing to me, but I was mostly stimulated by the
(1)
classical music my father had left behind.
16 UNIT 2 E L E M E N T S of S U C C E S S • S t u de nt B o ok 3
Elements of Success L3 Answer Key.indd 16
Think about It
The underlined verbs are all in the past perfect.
Write about It
Answers will vary. Possible answers include:
1. By the time I was 15, I had visited every state on the West Coast.
2. I had learned to sing by the time I was 4.
Activity 19: Using the Past Perfect with Because and As Though
1. His clothes were wet because he had fallen in the river. h
2. She quit her job because her boss had criticized her. d
3. He didn’t call me because he had lost my phone number. j
4. I felt sick last night because I had eaten too much at dinner. f
5. He was ashamed because he had been rude to his parents. g
6. He was angry because she had insulted him. e
7. His back hurt so much he felt as though a car had run
over him. b
8. The house looked as though it had been empty for years. c
9. She was breathless as though she had run there. a
10. The child cried out as though she had hurt herself. i
Activity 20: Sentences with When
(1)
1. She called me after I left the house.
When she called me, I had already left the house.
(1)
2. After 20 minutes went by, we finally got a table at the
restaurant.
When we finally got a table at the restaurant, 20 minutes had
gone by.
(1)
3. The sun came up before we did all our work.
The sun had come up when we did all our work.
(1)
4. I still have the watch my father gave me before I left home.
I still have the watch my father had given me when I left home.
(1)
5. After the smoke cleared, we saw the house in the distance.
When the smoke had cleared, we saw the house in the distance.
(1)
6. After my cousin got her PhD, she got a job in the high-tech
industry.
When my cousin had gotten her PhD, she got a job in the
high-tech industry.
(1)
7. Everyone got out of the bus before it burst into flames.
Everyone had gotten out of the bus when it burst into flames.
(1)
8. After the last person left, we went inside and had lunch.
When the last person had left, we went inside and had lunch.
(1)
9. After the plane landed, the person next to me suddenly
started laughing.
When the plane had landed, the person next to me suddenly
started laughing.
Activity 21: Simple Past or Past Perfect?
Patsy Cline, born Virginia Patterson Hensley, recorded her first big
hit in 1957. It was called “Walkin’ After Midnight” and it became
No. 2 on the list of country music hit recordings and No. 16 on the
list of most popular music.
Patsy had worked for many years to make that first successful
record. She began singing when she was a young girl in her
hometown of Winchester, Virginia. Patsy sang anywhere she could.
If there was a stage, she tried to sing there. She sang at weddings,
dances, restaurants, and other public places. She earned $8 a
night. Her friends and family said she worked hard to improve her
singing and make a successful record.
8/27/14 2:32 PM
 In 1947, she was asked if she could perform on a local radio 4. I had been feeling a little ill, but
show. People loved her performance, and the radio station soon I didn’t think it was anything ✓
invited her back to perform again. Patsy continued to perform serious.
and in 1954 she won a country music competition near her home.
She was 22 years old. She was then invited to sing on a country 5. I had been thinking for a while
✓
music TV show in Washington, D.C. She also performed on radio how much I missed my family.
shows in Virginia and recorded some records. 6. When she joined the band, the
Patsy Cline appeared on a national television show in New York other members had been playing ✓
City. It was on this show in 1957 that millions of people first heard together for years.
her sing. She sang a song she had recently recorded called “Walkin’
7. When I got home in the morning,
After Midnight.” This performance helped make her career a major
I discovered that my parents had ✓
success. Patsy continued to record more songs, and soon made
been waiting up all night.
another major hit called “I Fall to Pieces.” By this time, her voice had
already become something special. Patsy had learned to control 8. The car that hit the tree had been
✓
not only the sound of her voice, but also the feelings expressed in going too fast.
her songs. People especially loved her slow, sad love songs like “I 9. We had been going there every
✓
Fall to Pieces.” “I Fall to Pieces” became Patsy’s first No. 1 hit, and she Saturday for the past 6 months.
was now a major star. She also began performing at the Grand Ole
10. According to the police, the
Opry, a famous country music theater in Nashville, Tennessee.
driver had been texting just ✓
The people who knew her after she became a star say
before he went off the road.
Patsy Cline was a great friend. Many young musicians became
important stars with her help. At the age of 30, Patsy Cline was Think about It
killed in a plane crash on March 5, 1963. Earlier, she had taken Had shows the “perfect” meaning. The –ing form shows the
part in a special show in Kansas City to raise money for the family “progressive” meaning.
of a country music performer who recently had died, and she was
flying home to Nashville. Thousands of people came to her funeral Activity 23: Error Correction
near her hometown. Ten years after her death, she became the 1. My father grew up in the U.S., but his mother had always
first female musician elected to the Country Music Hall of Fame. spoken to him in Spanish when he was a baby.
2. In the story, the main character had lost a lot of money.
Think about It 3. My parents had never gone abroad, but they wanted their
1. a. She recorded her first big hit. children to see the world.
She worked hard for many years to make a 4. By the 1900s, traveling had become easier because there were
✓
successful record. better roads.
b. She appeared on a national television show. 5. I had been studying English for many years before I came here.
✓ She recorded the song “Walkin’ After Midnight.” 6. I liked to sing when we got together. (no errors)
c. She recorded the song “I Fall to Pieces.” 7. By the time I was born, my parents had been married for
She learned to control the sound and feelings in three years.
✓ 8. I didn’t pass my first exams even though I had studied every
her songs.
2. She had accomplished her whole career by the time she was night for weeks.
30 years old. 9. My cousin had been living in this country for five years when
his father died.
Write about It 10. I was very lonely when I arrived here because I had left all
Answers will vary. Possible answers include: my friends.
1. By 1957, Patsy Cline had won a country music competition.
2. In 1957, she appeared on national television. Activity 24: Noticing Future Perfect Forms
3. By 1963, she had helped many young musicians become Answers to predictions will vary.
important stars. 1. the population of the world will have reached 10 billion.
4. In 1963, she was elected to the Country Music Hall of Fame. 2. the world will have become paperless.
3. we will have found a cure for all cancers.
Activity 22: Using the Past Perfect Progressive 4. we will have stopped using coal, oil, and gas for energy.
5. we will have had another world war.
Ongoing Repeated
6. the number of fish in the oceans will have decreased by
1. After I had been working at the a large amount.
bank for a few years, I decided I ✓ 7. people will have lived on Mars for several years.
wanted a more interesting job. 8. the world will have become a better place.
2. Before I moved to Australia, I had
✓ Think about It
been teaching myself English.
Answers will vary.
3. I had been drawing pictures the
whole time I was in Italy, so when Activity 25: Using Future Perfect Forms
✓
I returned home, my parents were 1. By 18 months, most children will have learned 5 to 20
very pleased. words—mostly nouns. By 24 months, the vocabulary of most
children will have expanded to between 150 and 300 words.

E L E M E N T S of S U C C E S S • S t u de nt B o ok 3 UNIT 2 17

Elements of Success L3 Answer Key.indd 17 8/27/14 2:32 PM

 2. In a 65-year lifespan, the average person will have spent 10. A: Anyone spoken to James recently? (Has anyone spoken to
9 years watching television. James recently?)
3. By the age of 20, most people will have played video games B: No, why?
for 10,000 hours. A: I think he has a surprise for all of you.
4. The average person will have listened to 10,500 hours of
Activity 28: Dictation
music during his or her teen years.
5. The average person will have worked for 91,250 hours by Present
the end of his or her life. Necessity Possession
perfect of get
6. By the time you stop working, you will have had ten
1. She’s gotten sick
different jobs. ✓
again.
7. By the time you retire, you will have changed careers three to
five times. 2. She’s got a
✓
8. By the age of 65, the average person will have seen 2 million new car.
television commercials. 3. I’ve gotten
9. By age 70, the average person will have walked a distance ✓
better at this.
equal to four times around the world.
4. I’ve got a
10. By the end of his or her life, the average person will have ✓
better one.
taken 7,163 baths.
5. He’s gotten
Write about It ✓
good at it.
Answers will vary. Possible answers include:
1. The average person will probably have eaten a lot of junk food 6. He’s gotten into
✓
by age 65. trouble again.
2. The average person probably won’t have traveled into space. 7. They’ve got
✓
3. The average person will probably have seen a lot of movies. another house.
4. The average person will probably have spent a lot of time
8. We’ve got to go. ✓
reading and writing.
5. The average person probably won’t have visited all the
Activity 29: Supporting General Statements
continents.
Answers will vary. Possible answers include:
Activity 26: Starting a Conversation 1. GENERAL STATEMENT: Computers have made life easier.
1. Have you been keeping busy? EXAMPLE 1: You can go shopping without ever leaving
2. Have you seen any good movies recently? your home.
3. How long have you lived here? Detail 1: I now buy most of my books online instead of at
4. Have you read any good books lately? a bookstore.
5. Have you heard any good music recently? Detail 2: Last year I bought most of my holiday gifts online.
6. Have you eaten at any good restaurants recently? Detail 3: Some people buy their groceries online. I haven’t tried
7. Have you taken any trips this year? this yet, but it would save me a lot of time.
EXAMPLE 2: You can communicate with your friends
Activity 27: Omitting Have and Has in Conversation more easily.
1. A: You always lived here? (Have you always lived here?) Detail 1: I can send email to communicate with my
B: No, I lived in California before this. friends abroad.
2. A: How long you been here? (How long have you been here?) Detail 2: People can also use Skype instead of the phone.
B: Not long. Just a few minutes. Detail 3: Social networks like Facebook have made
3. A: You been OK? (Have you been OK?) communication easier as well.
B: Yeah, not bad. 2. GENERAL STATEMENT: The automobile has created
4. A: How are you? serious problems.
B: Never been better. (I’ve never been better.) EXAMPLE 1: Automobiles pollute the environment.
5. A: You been here before? (Have you been here before?) Detail 1: Carbon dioxide is one of the causes of climate change.
B: No. Have you? Detail 2: Cars are dependent on gasoline and oil, and these can
6. A: Where you been? (Where have you been?) pollute the environment.
B: At the library. Detail 3: Many parts of automobiles cannot be recycled.
7. A: You been outside yet? (Have you been outside yet?) EXAMPLE 2: The ways that people drive can also be dangerous.
B: No, why? Detail 1: Speeding is a major cause of accidents.
A: It snowed last night. Detail 2: Texting while driving can cause problems.
8. A: Seen any good movies lately? (Have you seen any good Detail 3: “Road rage” (when people get angry while driving) is
movies lately?) a big problem in cities where there is a lot of traffic.
B: No, I haven’t. What about you? 3. GENERAL STATEMENT: Telephones and email have made
A: No, I haven’t either. communication between people less personal.
9. A: You heard about Amanda? (Have you heard about EXAMPLE 1: Telephones allow people to communicate without
Amanda?) seeing each other.
B: No, what? Detail 1: They can communicate over long distances, so they
A: She’s going to marry some guy named Joe. don’t have to be close to each other.
B: She known him long? (Has she known him long?) Detail 2: When people are busy, it can be hard to find time to
A: Oh, I don’t know. A year or so. have a phone conversation.

18 UNIT 2 E L E M E N T S of S U C C E S S • S t u de nt B o ok 3

Elements of Success L3 Answer Key.indd 18 8/27/14 2:32 PM

 Detail 3: Even people who live close to each other don’t Activity 31: Analyzing Verb Choices
see each other as often when they can communicate by
telephone. 1 2
EXAMPLE 2: Email also allows people to communicate Does Vitamin C Help Fight Lecture or Interactive
without seeing each other. the Common Cold? Teaching? New Study of an
Detail 1: Emotions are hard to convey over email. A large review of medical Old Issue
Detail 2: Email does not contain information about trials has concluded that Professors have lectured
voice tone. Vitamin C is largely ineffective for centuries. But how effective
Detail 3: Email language, especially between co-workers in the prevention and is lecturing to students
or people who don’t know each other well, can be treatment of the common cold. compared to working with
very formal. In 30 trials with 11,350 them?
participants who took at least A new study compared
Write about It 200 milligrams of vitamin C two classes of a beginning
The automobile has created serious problems. For example, a day, researchers found that physics course at the
automobiles pollute the environment. They produce carbon vitamin C did not reduce the University of British Columbia
dioxide, which is one of the causes of climate change. Also, occurrence of the common in Canada. There were more
cars are dependent on gasoline and oil, and these can pollute cold. Vitamin C did slightly than 260 students in each
the environment. And many parts of automobiles cannot be reduce the duration and section. Both were taught
recycled. severity of cold symptoms, but by popular and experienced
The ways that people drive can also be dangerous. Speeding the effect was very small. professors.
is a major cause of accidents. Texting while driving can cause
3 4
problems because people aren’t paying attention to the road.
Humans Have Been Making Scientists Able to Study
Also, “road rage” (when people get angry while driving) is a big
Art for a Lot Longer Than We Atmosphere of Planet
problem in cities where there is a lot of traffic.
Thought Outside Our Solar System
Activity 30: Answering Essay Questions A new study has revealed Scientists have detailed the
Answers will vary. Possible answers include: that Spain’s El Castillo Cave atmosphere of a planet outside
1. My attitudes have changed significantly in the last few years. contains the oldest known our solar system. The team,
OR Over the past five years, I have lived in three different cave paintings in Europe, based in Chile, was able to
countries. This experience has changed the way I think about with a handprint dating back measure the amount of carbon
my own country. 37,300 years. monoxide on Tau Bootis b—
2. The automobile has been harmful to our society in many ways. Instead of testing the one of the first “exoplanets”
OR There are many ways in which the automobile has been paint’s age, a team of British discovered back in 1996. They
detrimental to our society. and Spanish researchers were able to measure the
3. I believe that television has made our society a nation of measured the age of the stone atmosphere without relying
people who would rather watch than do. OR I disagree that our that had formed around the on a “transit” of the planet—
society is a nation of people who would rather watch television drawings. where it passes in front of
than do things in the real world. its star. That is important as,
4. I believe that the book has been the most important invention up to now, astronomers and
in our civilization. OR There are many inventions that have had scientists have had to rely
a significant effect on civilization, but I think the book has been on transits to measure the
the most important. atmosphere.
5. I believe that computers have made our lives easier in some
ways but more complicated in others. OR Computers have Activity 32: Providing Background Information
made our lives easier, but they have also made our lives Answers will vary. Possible answers include:
more complicated. 1. Her grandfather was a great businessman. He had started his
6. Advertising has had a significant influence on the way my own business at age 24, and he had helped his brothers start
friends and I make decisions about products we buy. OR I don’t their own businesses.
think my friends and I have been significantly influenced by 2. The athletes were in great shape when they got to the
advertising. competition. They had spent years preparing and practicing for
7. Information technology has changed our working lives for the the physical demands they would be facing.
better over the last 10 years. OR There are many ways—both 3. He was nervous when he moved here by himself. He hadn’t
good and bad—that information technology has changed been able to travel here before he moved, so he didn’t know
people’s working lives over the last 10 years. anyone.
4. When he was a young man, he witnessed something that
QUESTIONS changed his life. He had gone to see a movie that he really
Answers will vary. Possible answers include: enjoyed, so he decided to go into the film industry.
a. It’s a good idea to begin the essay response using the same 5. She was tired, but her first days in this new country were very
form of the verb because often the question wants us to exciting. She had never been outside of her village, so she was
connect something that happened in the past to present excited to see a big city.
events or to show how something has changed. 6. It was a real accomplishment when her mother finally
b. No, you don’t always need to do this. For example, it’s possible graduated from college. She and her mother had worked
to use the simple present in a response to a question that uses very hard to make this dream possible.
the present perfect.

E L E M E N T S of S U C C E S S • S t u de nt B o ok 3 UNIT 2 19

Elements of Success L3 Answer Key.indd 19 8/27/14 2:32 PM

 7. When she was a child, her father didn’t know how to act
around her. He was an only child, so he had spent most of
his time alone when he was growing up.
8. When he came to this country, he couldn’t get a job.
He had never studied English, so he couldn’t fill out the
job applications.

Wrap-Up
A
Answers will vary.

B
Answers will vary. Possible answers include:
Opinion: My sister Elena is very smart.
Examples:
1. She has several academic degrees.
2. She has been a teacher for ten years.
3. She graduated from college at the top of her class.

C
Answers will vary. Possible answers include:
Over the past five years I have lived in three different
countries. This experience has changed the way I think about
my own country. For example, I think we need better public
transportation. I had never ridden a subway or a bus in my
country. Instead, we walked or rode our bikes when we needed to
go somewhere.
The health care in my country is pretty good. I’ve always been
healthy, but the few times I was sick I got a doctor’s appointment
very quickly. Since I’ve lived in this country, I’ve had to wait to see
a doctor.
I miss the food in my country. I’ve been eating too much fast
food lately. When I was growing up, we never ate fast food. My
mother spent most of the day cooking our main meal. She’s a very
good cook!

D
Answers will vary. Possible answers include:
Job: a cook on a sailboat
Skills/Experience: has experience on sailboats, likes to cook,
has cooked for large groups of people
Interview Questions: Have you ever been on a sailboat? Do you
like to cook? Have you ever cooked in a very small kitchen? Have
you ever cooked for a large group of people?

20 UNIT 2 E L E M E N T S of S U C C E S S • S t u de nt B o ok 3

Elements of Success L3 Answer Key.indd 20 8/27/14 2:32 PM

 Unit 3
Warm-Up Activity 3: Identifying Time References

Present/
A Future
General time
1. A man should look for what is, and not for what he thinks
should be. f 1. A: Are you calling the store?
2. You must be the change you wish to see in the world. a B: Yes, but they’re not answering. ✓
3. If you want to understand today, you have to search They must be closed.
yesterday. g 2. A: Where are you going on
4. An inch of time is an inch of gold, but you cannot buy that inch vacation? ✓
of time with an inch of gold. e B: We might go to Hawaii.
5. No one would have crossed the ocean if he could have gotten 3. A: Seems as if Alex always eats
off the ship in a storm. b pizza for lunch. ✓
6. While we may not be able to control all that happens to us, we B: He must really like it.
can control what happens inside us. d
7. The less one has to do, the less time one finds to do it in. c 4. A: I can’t decide which one to
buy. ✓
B B: You should get the blue one.

True False 5. A: We won’t be able to get

reservations this late. ✓
1. Simple modals are followed by the B: Let’s go tomorrow, then.
✓
base form of the verb.
6. A: People shouldn’t be so quick
2. A simple modal changes form after to judge each other. ✓
✓
different subjects. B: That’s true.
3. A phrasal modal changes form after 7. A: Is he here? I don’t hear any
✓
different subjects. noise from his room. ✓
4. We can place a simple modal next to a B: He might be sleeping.
✓
phrasal modal in a sentence. 8. A: The company may have to
5. Some simple modals and phrasal change its hiring policies.
✓ ✓
modals have similar meanings. B: I hope so. We ’ll see what
happens.
C 9. A: What does the handbook say?
modal: should not B: It says, “Employees
✓
Activity 1: Identifying Simple Modals in a Passage must report any problems to
At many universities, students can choose from dozens of majors the proper authorities.”
and minors. Nowadays, when they are making that important 10. A: You can come over after
decision, students often focus on the subjects that can provide lunch if you want to. ✓
the best careers because they want to be sure they have jobs B: Great! I’ll see you then.
after they graduate. But some experts say that students should
11. A: Did you hear that Sheila quit
think about doing something they love instead. Research has
yesterday?
shown that students may not do well at studies they don’t care ✓
B: Wow, I can’t believe that. I
about. Before you choose a major, ask yourself: Would you really
thought she liked it here.
enjoy doing this as a career? If you don’t have a strong interest
in the topic, you might want to consider a different choice. 12. A: How does your brother feel?
For the moment, it may not be clear where your interest will Any better?
lead you, but passion inspires hard work, which often leads to B: Yeah, actually, I think he ✓
success. may be feeling pretty good.
He went to work today.
Activity 2: Identifying Speakers’ Attitudes
1. “They’ll bring the potato salad.” e Activity 5: Error Correction
2. “He might not remember how to get here.” b 1. You must to think about that a little more carefully.
3. “I have to call my sister tonight.” d 2. Sal should call the office in the morning.
4. “You can stay out until 11 p.m.” h 3. When do I should I place the order?
5. “You might want to try a different approach.” f 4. They can to see both sides of the argument.
6. “You shouldn’t eat so much sugar.” a 5. I think the corporations should try a little harder to solve this
7. “She can do advanced mathematics.” g problem.
8. “Could you please send me a copy of that?” c 6. Passengers don’t must not stand near the doors when they
are opening and closing.

E L E M E N T S of S U C C E S S • S t u de nt B o ok 3 UNIT 3 21

Elements of Success L3 Answer Key.indd 21 8/27/14 2:32 PM

 7. Are students supposed to eat and drink in the library? 5. A: Where is Alexander?
8. That color might not be the best choice for you. B: He’ll be here any minute.
9. When can we take another break? 6. A: I have no interest in that movie.
10. If they practice, they might to do a little better next time. B: Really? I’d love to see it.
7. A: Where are the extra blankets?
Activity 6: Forming Negatives and Questions
B: Hmm. Ask Rafa. He’ll know.
Answers will vary. Possible answers include:
8. A: I’m sorry we’re out of time.
1. I can’t come over tonight.
B: Me too. I’d stay longer if I could.
2. Could we wait here?
3. Will I be able to finish later? Think about It
4. The plan won’t work. Would is a better choice for conversations 2, 3, and 8, which are
5. I may not be ready for the test. counterfactual.
6. Can you eat more and lose weight?
Activity 10: Using Would to Describe Possible Results
7. We shouldn’t go out tonight.
Answers will vary. Possible answers include:
8. Could we talk now?
Activity 7: Making Statements with Will Proposals for new In favor Against
Answers will vary. Possible answers include: laws
Students will write O, P, or G for each conversation in the 1. Make cigarettes Stores would not Some people would
Think about It activity. illegal. sell cigarettes, smoke anyway.
1. A: Can you bring something for the potluck dinner? so people would
B: Sure. I’ll make a salad. (G) smoke less.
2. A: Amal is late for dinner. I wonder where he is. 2. Require all Government It would be difficult
B: I don’t know. I’ll give him a call. (O) citizens to vote. would represent all to force people to
3. A: How will I know what time to show up? citizens. vote if they don’t
B: Don’t worry. I’ll tell you. (P) want to.
4. A: Bye! It was nice seeing you again.
B: You too! I’ll see you later! (G) 3. Don’t allow cars Walking downtown We would need to
5. A: Please don’t tell anyone I said this. in downtown would be better for make exceptions for
B: I promise. I’ll keep your secret. (P) areas. people’s health. people who can’t
6. A: How are you going to find a job? walk.
B: Well, I’ll look online, and then I’ll make some calls. (G) 4. Allow Schools would Companies would
7. A: I don’t think Sara can do this alone. advertising make money to want to control how
B: That’s OK. I’ll help her. (G) on school spend on their that money is spent.
8. A: I don’t have time to make all those copies. websites. students.
B: I have time. I’ll do them for you. (O) 5. Increase taxes People would not Gas would be very
9. A: Are you sure you can go? You look tired. on gasoline. buy as much gas, expensive.
B: I’ll be fine. I promise. (P) which is better for
Activity 8: Using Will to State Intentions the environment.
Answers will vary. Possible answers include: 6. Stop the sale Children would not Parents would still
1. I will describe how the virus spreads in the following of candy at eat as much sugar, allow their children
section. (biology) children’s which is better for to bring candy to
2. I will explore the effects of an unhealthy diet schools. their health. school.
in depth. (nutrition)
7. Spend public It would make It would cost a lot
3. I will address the government’s policies below.
money on a traveling between of the government’s
(political science)
high-speed two cities easier. money.
4. I will discuss the important points of the novel throughout this
railway.
essay. (English literature)
5. I will explore the process of cell division in this paper. (biology) 8. Raise the People would be The cost of things like
6. I will refer to the relationship between the two countries minimum able to live better food and clothing
throughout this essay. (political science) wage. on higher wages. would go up.
7. I will outline the research on carbohydrates in the following
section. (nutrition) Activity 11: Using Counterfactual Would Have
8. I will focus on two of Shakespeare’s sonnets in depth. 1. A: You know, I was in Toronto last weekend.
(English literature) B: I didn’t know you were in town! I would have invited you
over for dinner.
Activity 9: Distinguishing Will from Would 2. A: We missed you at the concert last night.
1. A: Your essay was due today. B: I would have gone, but I had a lot of homework.
B: I know. I’ll do it tomorrow, when I have time. 3. A: I didn’t see you in class yesterday.
2. A: You need to work on your essay. B: I know. I would have come, but I didn’t hear my alarm go off.
B: I know. I’d do it today, but I don’t have time. 4. A: Selena was here yesterday.
3. A: Tomas couldn’t make it? B: Oh, I didn’t know that. I would have called her.
B: No, I’m sorry. He’d be here if he could. 5. A: How’d you do on the test?
4. A: I can’t decide what to order. B: Not too well. I would have studied more, but I left my book
B: I’ll/I’d have the chicken. That looks delicious. in the library.

22 UNIT 3 E L E M E N T S of S U C C E S S • S t u de nt B o ok 3

Elements of Success L3 Answer Key.indd 22 8/27/14 2:32 PM

 6. A: I walked all the way over here. 3. I don’t know where my parents are, but they couldn’t have
B: Why didn’t you call me? I would have picked you up! gone very far.
7. A: We’re out of apples. 4. I couldn’t have helped you last weekend. I wasn’t in town.
B: Oh, I didn’t know. I would have bought some when I was at 5. I could have gone to the office, but I decided to stay home.
the store. I just wasn’t feeling well.
8. A: Whew! That was hard! 6. We couldn’t have played soccer today. We just didn’t have
B: Why didn’t you tell me? I would have helped you. time.
7. I didn’t know the restaurant was going to be crowded.
Activity 12: Using Will, Would, or Would Have
We could have eaten at home instead.
Answers will vary. Possible answers include:
8. The concert was fantastic. I could have listened to them
1. A: Sorry I’m late. I would have called you, but my phone
for another hour.
is dead.
9. I could have called Jon, but I didn’t think he’d want to
B: That’s OK.
come with us.
2. A: So what are you getting?
10. Thank you for all your help. I couldn’t have done this
B: I think I’ll have the garden salad.
without you.
3. A: This place is kind of expensive.
B: Don’t worry. I’ll pay for this. Write about it
4. A: Are you leaving already? Answers will vary. Possible answers include:
B: I’d stay, but I have a class in 15 minutes. I could have gone to the bookstore, but I didn’t have any money.
5. A: This place is fantastic. I could have gone to the party, but I didn’t have a ride.
B: Yeah, I didn’t know about it or I would have eaten
Activity 15: Present Possibility vs. Past Possibility
here before.
6. A: Could you excuse me for a moment? I’ll be right back. Present/future Past
B: Of course. possibility counterfactual
7. A: So what did you think of this place?
1. A fall from that height
B: It was great. I will absolutely come back again.
could result in a broken ✓
8. A: I think I’ll get dessert.
arm.
B: I’d like some pie, but I don’t have time.
2. He could have hurt
Think about it ✓
himself.
Would have was the best choice for conversations 1 and 5, which
are all past counterfactual. Would is the best choice for sentences 3. We could get a raise
✓
4 and 8, which are both present counterfactual. Sentences 2, 3, 6, this year.
and 7 all express intent, so will is the best choice. 4. The new policies could
have a good effect on our ✓
Activity 13: Using Can for Possibility
neighborhood.
Answers will vary in paragraph 2.
We all want to be healthy and to look good, and we all know that 5. They say it could rain. ✓
exercise and a healthy diet are essential. But specific advice about 6. He could have been a very
food and nutrition can be overwhelming at times. Research shows ✓
important man.
that high-fat foods like red meat can raise cholesterol, which leads
to heart disease. And refined carbohydrates, like white flour and 7. You really could have told
✓
white rice, can raise blood sugar levels. Many foods, like milk, nuts, me about this before.
eggs, and fish, can cause serious allergies. 8. She could take the day off
✓
In addition to these more serious problems, some people to relax.
think that foods like onions, garlic, and cabbage can give you bad
breath. Others believe that eating meat and refined carbohydrates Think about It
can lead to bad body odor. Tomatoes, citrus fruits, and chocolate 2. He didn’t hurt himself.
can make your stomach hurt. Coffee can keep you awake, but 6. He didn’t become a very important man.
dairy products and bananas can make you sleepy. If you drink 7. You didn’t tell me about this before.
soda and eat candy, you can damage your teeth. Write about It The meaning changes to indicate that these
Write about It things didn’t actually happen.
Answers will vary. Possible answers include: 1. A fall from that height could have resulted in a broken arm.
Drinking plenty of water can help relieve headaches. 3. We could have gotten a raise this year.
Drinking plenty of water can help prevent dehydration. 4. The new policies could have had a good effect on our
Eating a lot of vegetables can help your digestive system. neighborhood.
Eating a lot of vegetables can keep you healthy. 5. They say it could have rained.
Exercising every day can increase your energy level. 8. She could have taken the day off to relax.
Exercising every day can help you maintain a healthy weight. Activity 16: Error Correction
Activity 14: Using Counterfactual Could Have 1. I’m so tired that I could fall asleep right now.
1. We could have seen the movie last night, but we weren’t 2. It’s too bad he didn’t try a little harder yesterday. He could have
in the mood. won that race.
2. It was a beautiful day, so we could have taken a walk 3. My brother could have gotten a job anywhere after he
on the beach. graduated.

E L E M E N T S of S U C C E S S • S t u de nt B o ok 3 UNIT 3 23

Elements of Success L3 Answer Key.indd 23 8/27/14 2:32 PM

 4. I would buy tickets, but I just can’t afford them. OR I would have Write about It
bought tickets, but I just couldn’t afford them. All of them could be rewritten using maybe.
5. There is a lot left to do. This job could take seven or eight
Activity 19: Writing about Degrees of Certainty
more days.
Answers will vary. Possible answers include:
6. The team could have gone to the finals this year, but Rodriguez
My school might raise tuition rates next year. They are building a
broke his leg.
new library, so they must need money.
7. The neighbors could move out later this year. (no errors)
The weather will be good tomorrow. That’s what the
8. In many areas around the world, earthquakes can cause
meteorologists are predicting.
major damage.
Technology will get better over the next few years. I’m looking
Activity 17: Identifying Degrees of Certainty forward to seeing the new cell phones!
1. A: Why haven’t they gotten here yet? My country should apply to host the Olympics. I think it would be
B: They may not know about the time change. nice to have the Games there.
B: They must not know about the time change. The situation with the environment should improve soon if
2. A: I wonder if he’s coming to the lecture. businesses follow the laws.
B: He’ll come.
Activity 20: Identifying Time Frames
B: He might come.
3. A: Do you think we’ll get a raise next year? Past Present Future
B: We could.
B: Oh, we’re going to get a raise. 1. We might see more extreme
✓
4. A: Does he have enough money? weather in the coming years.
B: He may. 2. The earth’s temperature
B: He should. may have risen too much to stop ✓
5. A: I don’t think I know her. the effects of climate change.
B: You must know her! You took a class together. 3. Past human activity
B: You might. You took a class together. must have helped change ✓
6. A: I think we should get Diana the chocolate cake. the climate.
B: She won’t like chocolate. Let’s get vanilla.
B: She might not like chocolate. Let’s get vanilla. 4. Natural weather cycles could also
✓
7. A: That’s Koji’s car. have contributed .
B: It couldn’t be Koji’s. His car is in the shop. 5. The Arctic ice should continue to
✓
B: It could be Koji’s. It looks just like it. melt at the same speed.
8. A: Why is he so tired? 6. New energy policies could affect
B: He shouldn’t be. He slept for ten hours. ✓
the speed of global warming.
B: He might not sleep well.
7. Although the earth is warmer,
Think about It the weather can be colder in ✓
1. present particular areas.
2. future
8. Climate may be difficult to predict,
3. future
so scientists have developed
4. present ✓
complicated models to help them
5. present
with predictions.
6. future
7. present Think about It
8. present Modals with have are likely to have a past time frame. Time
Activity 18: Expressing Degrees of Certainty expression such as in the coming years can identify future
Answers will vary. Possible answers include: time frames.
1. A: Why is the classroom empty? Activity 21: Degrees of Certainty with Modals
B: It’s almost 4. The class must be over already. 1. I can’t find my phone.
2. A: Why is everyone outside? It should be in your bag. I saw you put it there. h
B: There might have been a fire drill earlier. 2. My phone keeps freezing.
3. A: Why is the store closed? You might need to update the software. f
B: The owner may be sick. 3. Whose phone is this?
4. A: Why does Tara look so confused? It must be Tina’s. b
B: She could be working on her math homework. I hear 4. She never answered my text message.
it’s hard. She may not have gotten it. e
5. A: Why does the soup taste funny? 5. He’s not answering.
B: It could be you. I don’t taste anything funny. He might have turned off his ringer. a
6. A: Why isn’t there anything good on TV? 6. I forgot to call you!
B: The networks must be showing repeats. It’s OK. You couldn’t have anyway. I left my phone at home. d
7. A: Why is Arif reading so much? 7. My battery is almost dead.
B: He might be behind with his homework. You must have forgotten to charge it. c
8. A: Why is Sarah so pale? 8. I must have left her five messages!
B: She could be sick. She was coughing earlier, too. She may not check her voicemail. g

24 UNIT 3 E L E M E N T S of S U C C E S S • S t u de nt B o ok 3

Elements of Success L3 Answer Key.indd 24 8/27/14 2:32 PM

 Think about It
Modal refers to past time: a, c, d, and e
Modal refers to present time: b, f, g, and h
Activity 23: Identifying Meanings of Could
1. I guess I didn’t study enough. I could have passed
that test easily. E
2. They say it could snow tomorrow. A
3. I don’t see the dictionary. Malai could have taken it
to school. F
4. He could lift a hundred pounds easily when he
was younger. D
5. I’m not sure who ate the cookies. It could have been
my brother. F
6. Don’t eat that. It could be spoiled. A
7. I could start working tomorrow. A
8. She could have a lot of money in the bank, but I
doubt it. B
9. In those days, you could travel many miles without seeing
a city. D
10. She’s exhausted. She couldn’t have worked any harder
last night. G
11. She couldn’t have written that. That’s not even her
handwriting. G
12. That looks like my sister, but it couldn’t be her. She doesn’t
even live in this town. C
13. We really got lucky. That accident could have a caused a lot of
problems. E
14. He couldn’t have any money left now. He spent a fortune
last night! C
Activity 24: Using Could/Could Have
Answers will vary. Possible answers include:
1. A: I wonder why Marcos is so happy today.
B: He could have gotten some good news.
2. A: What should we do tomorrow?
B: We could go to the new museum.
3. A: Who is that man?
B: He could be Maggie’s brother.
4. A: Did you go home last weekend?
B: I could have gone home, but I didn’t.
5. A: What were you good at when you were a kid?
B: I could play soccer really well.
6. A: Is that woman a doctor?
B: She could be. I don’t know.
7. A: What happened to the computer?
B: It could be broken.
8. A: What was that noise?
B: It could have been my cats.
Activity 25: Error Correction
1. They might have gone to the celebration last night, but I didn’t
see them there.
2. He could go to work tomorrow. OR He could have gone to
work today. He’s not very sick at all.
3. I don’t know where your keys are. They might be in
the kitchen.
4. It’s a good thing she raised so much money. Otherwise, she
could have lost the election.
5. It’s 9 a.m. The store could be open, but I’m not sure.
6. This book is torn. The baby could have done it. He was looking
at it this morning.
7. We saw someone who looked like you on Friday, but we knew
it couldn’t be you.
8. They may not have had enough time to finish yesterday.
Elements of Success L3 Answer Key.indd 25
Activity 26: Giving and Requesting Advice
1. Advisor: You need to take Writing for Business and
Economics 101.
Student: Which one should I take first?
2. Student: When should I apply for an internship?
Advisor: You really should do that in your junior year.
3. Clerk: You should look at our accessories table.
Everything is on sale.
Customer: That’s OK. I’ll just take this.
4. Customer: Where should I go to return an item?
Clerk: You can do that at the register.
5. Customer: Where should I return this item?
CSA: I can help you with that.
6. Customer: What number should I call for technical service?
CSA: I’ll transfer you.
7. Customer: What documents should I bring?
Teller: You just need your ID and your account number.
8. Teller: We’ll stop the check, but you should contact
the merchant.
Customer: OK. I’ll do that.
9. Customer: How often should I change the oil?
Repairperson: Every three months.
10. Repairperson: You shouldn’t put too much laundry
in the dryer.
Customer: I’ll keep that in mind.
Write about It
Answers will vary. Possible answers include:
1. How many classes should I take this summer?
2. Where should I look for men’s shoes?
3. Who should I ask about changing my account options?
4. What should I put in a deposit box?
5. How long should the rinse cycle take?
Activity 27: Expressing Opinions with Should or Ought To
Answers will vary. Possible answers include:
1. Colleges ought to provide students with a general education
and teach them a variety of skills. They shouldn’t just focus on
career preparation.
2. Parents shouldn’t spoil their children. They ought to teach
their children responsibility.
3. The restaurant should make sure that its customer service is
very good. It shouldn’t serve bad food.
4. Teachers ought to vary the activities in class. They shouldn’t
give too much homework.
5. People ought to do interesting things to meet new friends.
They shouldn’t expect new friends to just appear.
6. People should sign up for social media sites to keep in touch
with old friends. They shouldn’t forget to say hello every once
in a while.
7. Cities should make sure that they are clean and crime-free.
They shouldn’t expect tourists to just show up.
8. Airlines should put more space between the seats. They
shouldn’t try to fit as many people as possible inside
the plane.
9. People should do the things they enjoy. They shouldn’t
seek out people who are mean to them.
10. People in their twenties should travel and learn about
the world. They shouldn’t be in a rush to settle down.
Activity 28: Using Had Better
Answers will vary. Possible answers include:
1. A: It looks like it’s going to rain.
B: We’d better get inside.
E L E M E N T S of S U C C E S S • S t u de nt B o ok 3 UNIT 3 25
8/27/14 2:32 PM
 2. A: What did your father say?
B: He said I’d better get a job soon.
3. A: Tom’s boss is pretty mad at him right now.
B: Tom had better get his work done!
4. A: Marta got sick at that restaurant.
B: We’d better not go there, then!
5. A: It looks like the store is going to close soon.
B: We’d better finish our shopping quickly.
6. A: That might be my boss calling.
B: You’d better answer the phone.
7. A: The president of my bank was just caught in a big scandal.
B: You’d better change banks, then.
8. A: Uh-oh. I forgot about my sister’s birthday tomorrow.
B: You’d better go shopping before the stores close!
Activity 29: Expressing Regret with Should(n’t) Have
1. He shouldn’t have stayed up so late. He should have turned off
the TV earlier.
2. She should have read the directions. She shouldn’t have turned
in the test without checking it first.
3. She should have worked on her application earlier. She
shouldn’t have planned to do the application so late.
4. She should have made an effort to stay in touch. She shouldn’t
have lost track of where her friend was.
5. He should have accepted the job offer. He shouldn’t have
assumed that the company would do badly.
6. She should have written down the address. She shouldn’t have
assumed that she would remember it.
7. She should have waited to buy her TV. She shouldn’t have been
impatient.
8. He shouldn’t have left his laptop on the table. He should have
checked his bag before he left.
Activity 30: Using Past and Present Advisability with Should
1. A: You forgot to buy bananas.
B: Darn! I should have made a list before I went to the store.
2. A: Are you going shopping?
B: Yeah, in a few minutes. I should make a list first, though.
3. A: I’m so glad we finally talked.
B: Me too. We should have done this earlier.
4. A: Ken didn’t look very happy this morning.
B: I know. Maybe I shouldn’t have told him about the layoffs.
5. A: You don’t look very well.
B: I’m not. I shouldn’t have eaten that fish.
6. A: My interview is tomorrow. I’m so nervous!
B: You shouldn’t worry so much. You’ll do fine.
7. A: Sounds as if you guys had a lot of fun.
B: We did. You really should have come with us.
8. A: We’re not going to get there on time.
B: I know, I know. We should have left earlier.
Activity 32: Identifying Uses of Should and Should Have
1. You’re under a lot of stress. You should relax and take some
time for yourself. A
2. I’m sorry we missed the beginning of the show. We should have
come earlier. D
3. What have you been doing all day? You should be finished with
your work by now! B
4. Try SuperMart. They should have the brand you’re looking for.
They have a huge selection. C
5. I’ve been saving all year. I should have more money
than this! B
6. You should have seen the moon last night. It was beautiful. D
7. She should call her father. I think he’s lonely. A
8. Just wait here, please. He should be available in a couple of
minutes. C
26 UNIT 3 E L E M E N T S of S U C C E S S • S t u de nt B o ok 3
Elements of Success L3 Answer Key.indd 26
Activity 34: Using Could Have, Would Have, and Should Have
1. Marcia should have come to dinner with us.
2. She couldn’t have saved enough money.
3. I would have gone with you.
4. You could have gone out for the team.
5. They wouldn’t have been ready.
6. He shouldn’t have said that.
7. She would have liked that.
8. You couldn’t have been surprised.
9. He should have asked me.
10. She wouldn’t have done that.
11. You could have texted me.
12. Carlos would have done it.
Write about It
Answers will vary.
Activity 35: Using Must for Obligation in Writing
1. For this reaction to occur, temperatures must reach
80 degrees. e
2. The potatoes must be dry before you put them in the oil. a
3. The government must not cut the sales tax on luxury items.
We need the revenue, and the tax only affects people who
can afford it. b
4. Hundreds of students must retake the test this year. c
5. Students must not use university computers in
unlawful ways. d
6. The human body must have a good supply of oxygen. e
7. The administration must reconsider the campus parking rules. c
8. The mayor is terrible and must resign immediately. b
9. The cream sauce must not boil or it will be ruined. a
10. Undergraduates must pay their full tuition by October 15. d
Activity 36: Using Have To
Answers will vary. Possible answers include:
1. A: Did you have to work late last night?
B: Yeah, I did. Jason never showed up for his shift.
2. A: Where’s Sun-Hee?
B: She left about an hour ago. She had to go to class.
3. A: What is Carlos so happy about?
B: He doesn’t have to take the final exam tomorrow because
he has an A in the class.
4. A: Does the manager have to work tonight?
B: Yeah, he does. And he’s not happy about it!
5. A: Thank you. That’s so nice! You didn’t have to get me
a present.
B: I know, but I wanted to.
6. A: I have to open the window. It’s so hot in here.
B: I wish you wouldn’t. It’s really cold outside.
7. A: I’m so glad I don’t have to take that medicine anymore.
B: Oh, that’s good. It was making you sick, wasn’t it?
8. A: Emma has been going to the gym a lot lately.
B: She has to get in shape for the big game.
Think about It
has got to: 6 and 8
Activity 38: Using Be Required To and Be Not Allowed To
Answers will vary. Possible answers include:
1. Teachers are not allowed to accept gifts from students.
2. Teachers are required to call a substitute for absences.
3. Chemists are not allowed to eat or drink in the work area.
4. Public service workers are not allowed to shred many documents.
5. Government employees are not allowed to talk about work to
people outside the company.
6. Restaurant servers are required to wash their hands before
returning to work.
8/27/14 2:32 PM
 7. Machine operators are not allowed to wear jewelry or
loose clothing.
8. Factory workers are required to wear protective clothing.
Activity 39: Using Be Supposed To
Answers will vary. Possible answers include:
1. When I was younger, I was supposed to clean my room, but
sometimes I didn’t.
2. Recently, I was supposed to go to a meeting, but I didn’t
because I was sick.
3. I am supposed to shower every day, but sometimes I don’t.
4. Tomorrow I am supposed to go to work.
5. My brother was supposed to help me move, but he had
to work at the last minute.
6. My teacher is supposed to send me the homework, but
I haven’t seen it yet.
7. My roommates were supposed to do the dishes, but they’re still
in the sink.
8. The weather was supposed to be sunny, but it’s raining.
Activity 40: Expressing Prohibition and Obligation
Answers will vary. Possible answers include:
1. You must try your best to succeed.
2. Students are required to bring all materials to every class.
3. You must not get discouraged if you fall behind.
4. You are not allowed to copy writing from the Internet.
5. You have to be considerate and polite to classmates.
6. You are supposed to make wise decisions about
how to spend your time.
7. You must believe in yourself.
8. You are required to attend class regularly.
Activity 41: Identifying Meanings of Must (Not), Have To, and
Have Got To
Strong
Obligation
certainty
1. “Do you hear those people
✓
screaming? That ride must be scary!”
2. “You must be over four feet tall to
go on this ride.”
3. “You ’ve got to try this roller coaster.
✓
It’s really fun.”
4. “They must employ thousands of
✓ 2. A: The meeting is going long.
people here. This place is huge.”
5. “You look exhausted. You
✓
must have been here all day.”
6. “I’m not surprised they charge so
much. It has to cost a lot to maintain ✓ B: He must come here a lot.
this place.”
7. “We ’ll have to stand in that
long line if we want to go on
the new ride.”
8. “This has got to be the most exciting
✓
place in the world for little kids.”
Activity 42: Using Combinations of Modals
Answers will vary. Possible answers include:
1. In the near future, citizens may be required to pay fines if they
use too much water.
2. Homeowners will not be allowed to water their lawns or wash
their cars.
3. Each member of the household will be permitted to take one
shower every day.
Elements of Success L3 Answer Key.indd 27
4. Every one of us should be willing to make these changes for
the good of the community.
5. City officials must be able to enforce these rules.
6. In some instances, individuals might be allowed to apply for
an exemption from the water limitations.
7. People who are growing fruits and vegetables could be
permitted to use more water.
8. If you have an exemption, you should not be required to
pay over-use fines.
Think about It
Answers will vary.
Write about It
Answers will vary. Possible answers include:
There will be a lot of road construction in the area this summer.
Cars will be permitted to use the roads only during the day.
Trucks will not be allowed to use the roads at all.
Everyone must be willing to use different roads if possible.
Construction workers will be able to work on the roads all night long.
Activity 43: Using Combinations of Modals
Answers will vary. Possible answers include:
1. Our teacher may not be able to take a vacation soon.
2. Students should be able to finish their homework on time.
3. I would be willing to take your shift at work.
4. I would never be willing to compromise on my morals.
5. Teenagers should sometimes be permitted to make important
decisions on their own.
6. University students must be allowed to choose their
own classes.
7. Any good friend would be willing to help a friend out.
8. Pretty soon, people in this country will have to vote for
a new president.
9. All companies should have to pay taxes.
10. Children shouldn’t be permitted to scream in restaurants.
11. The government might have to compromise on some
important issues.
12. Someday, people won’t be able to remember life before
the telephone.
✓
Activity 44: Using Modals for Certainty in the Present
1. A: He’s been on the computer for quite a while.
B: He might be writing an essay.
B: He might write an essay.
B: They must be arguing about the budget.
B: They must argue about the budget.
3. A: That guy seems to really know what he’s doing.
B: He must be coming here a lot.
4. A: Mark looks really frustrated.
B: He must be having trouble with his assignment.
B: He must have trouble with his assignment.
✓
5. A: Someone said they’re going to close the store.
B: They might have been talking about the one on Hill Street.
B: They might have talked about the one on Hill Street.
6. A: Mina never wants to go to the games.
B: She may think sports are boring.
B: She may be thinking sports are boring.
7. A: What was she doing at the park?
B: I’m not sure. She might have been playing soccer.
B: I’m not sure. She might have played soccer.
8. A: How did she finish the game so quickly?
B: She must be playing a lot.
B: She must play a lot.
E L E M E N T S of S U C C E S S • S t u de nt B o ok 3 UNIT 3 27
8/27/14 2:32 PM
 Write about It
Answers will vary. Possible answers include:
1. A: He’s been on the computer for quite a while.
B: He might be playing a game.
2. A: The meeting is going long.
B: They must be discussing the budget.
3. A: That guy seems to really know what he’s doing.
B: He must practice a lot.
4. A: Mark looks really frustrated.
B: He must be working on a difficult project.
5. A: Someone said they’re going to close the store.
B: They might be closing it next week.
6. A: Mina never wants to go to the games.
B: She may not like to watch sports.
7. A: What was she doing at the park?
B: I’m not sure. She might have been playing with her children.
8. A: How did she finish the game so quickly?
B: She must be a good player.
Activity 45: Using Modals for Certainty in the Past
Answers will vary. Possible answers include:
1. A: I lost my keys.
B: You must have left them in the car.
2. A: Sara’s eyes are all puffy and red.
B: Yeah, I noticed. She must have been crying before class.
3. A: All the lights are off.
B: They might have closed early.
4. A: I saw Tony at the lake on Saturday.
B: He might have been fishing.
5. A: Do you think this chicken is still good?
B: I wouldn’t eat it. It must have been sitting there for hours.
6. A: Why did she buy that ugly sweater?
B: I don’t know. She must have gotten it as a gift.
7. A: Why didn’t they hear me knocking?
B: They might have been listening to music.
8. A: Why isn’t there any cereal in the cabinet?
B: David must have eaten it.
Activity 46: Expressing Opinions with Should
Answers will vary.
1. Our government officials should be hiring people to build
roads and bridges.
2. They should be lowering taxes so people have more money
to spend.
3. They should be spending money on education so that
young people can find better jobs.
4. They should be cutting unemployment benefits so people
are motivated to work.
5. They should be offering tax incentives to companies to
encourage growth.
6. They should be providing low-interest loans to people with
good business ideas.
7. They should be eliminating many government programs
to save money.
8. They should be asking people to spend instead of save.
Write about It
Answers will vary.
Activity 47: Using Should to Express Opinions about the Past
Answers will vary. Possible answers include:
1. A: Mark lost some money yesterday. It fell out of his pocket.
B: Well, he should have put it in his wallet.
2. A: Sue spent all morning ordering stuff online instead of
working. Ed caught her and now he’s furious.
B: What does she expect? She should have been working.
28 UNIT 3 E L E M E N T S of S U C C E S S • S t u de nt B o ok 3
Elements of Success L3 Answer Key.indd 28
3. A: Poor Julia worked nine hours last night and now she’s
even sicker.
B: I’m not surprised. She shouldn’t have been working.
4. A: Paul caught Misha reading his email last night.
B: That’s terrible! He shouldn’t have read someone else’s email.
5. A: Ana started looking for a summer job last week. She hasn’t
found anything yet.
B: Why did she start so late? She should have been looking for
the last month.
6. A: Yuri got rear-ended yesterday. He was texting and didn’t
notice the light had changed.
B: Well, he shouldn’t have been texting in the car.
A: True, but the other driver should have been paying attention.
7. A: Hassan called at the last minute to cancel.
B: I know. He should have called us yesterday.
8. A: Mary threw the book to me and knocked over my cup of coffee.
B: She shouldn’t have thrown the book.
Activity 48: Using Adverbs of Certainty
1. This is possibly the best fish stew I’ve ever had.
2. The chef obviously trained in France.
3. These strawberries have clearly just been picked.
4. This is definitely one of the best restaurants in town.
5. They are evidently offering some new dishes this week.
6. Soon they will possibly start serving lunch as well as dinner.
7. This place probably gets excellent reviews from everyone.
8. I will most likely come back very soon.
Activity 49: Placing Adverbs of Certainty in a Sentence
Answers will vary. Possible answers include:
1. Some people clearly spend too much time online, but most
people don’t.
2. Social media definitely do more good than harm, but everyone
should be careful.
3. Television is clearly better today than it was in the past.
4. There are evidently skills we can learn from video games, but I
don’t play them, so I don’t know what they are.
5. In the future, it will probably be important for everyone to have
a smartphone, but not now.
6. Thirteen years old is probably about the right time to get
a child a smartphone.
7. People should obviously have to pay for online newspaper
subscriptions.
8. It’s evidently not a good thing to get new technology the
same day it comes out.
Activity 50: Using Adverbs and Prepositional Phrases of Certainty
Answers will vary. Possible answers include:
1. In a way, the past year has certainly been an interesting one,
with a new job and a new home.
2. The people in my classes are clearly excited to learn.
3. The world will obviously change very soon.
4. The new year should definitely be exciting.
5. In some respects, teaching and learning are very similar.
6. In a sense, my friends are all very different from each other.
7. Tomorrow, I probably should sleep in.
8. Next week, I’m most likely to spend a lot of time on homework.
9. In a way, I really like reality television.
10. In some respects, 2012 was the best year for music since the
start of the new century.
Activity 51: Using Softening Strategies to Make Suggestions
Answers will vary. Possible answers include:
1. “I don’t have time to exercise.”
Maybe you could start walking to school.
8/27/14 2:32 PM
 2. “I can’t stop eating chocolate.”
Maybe you shouldn’t keep chocolate in your house.
3. “I always oversleep in the morning.”
You could put your alarm clock on the other side of the room.
4. “I’m really shy.”
You might want to practice conversations alone first.
5. “I have trouble getting organized.”
You could ask a friend to help you.
6. “I’m always late to class.”
You may want to set an alarm so that you are on time.
7. “I can’t decide what to major in.”
Maybe you should try many different courses to see what
you like.
8. “I can’t find a job.”
You could always look on the Internet.
9. “I have a friend who is constantly calling and texting me.”
You might as well turn your phone off when you’re really busy.
10. “I want to ask for a raise, but I’m nervous.”
You may want to practice with a friend before you approach
your boss.
11. “This class is really hard for me.”
Maybe you should ask the teacher to help you.
12. “I can barely afford to pay my rent these days.”
You could always get a second job.
Activity 52: Using Negative Questions to Make Suggestions
Answers will vary. Possible answers include:
1. “I don’t have time to exercise.”
Couldn’t you walk to school in the morning?
2. “I can’t stop eating chocolate.”
Shouldn’t you stop buying chocolate?
3. “I always oversleep in the morning.”
Can’t you put your alarm clock on the other side of the room?
4. “I’m really shy.”
Couldn’t you meet people in small groups instead
of large ones?
5. “I have trouble getting organized.”
Can’t you ask a friend to help you get organized?
6. “I’m always late to class.”
Couldn’t you set an alarm to get you to class on time?
7. “I can’t decide what to major in.”
Couldn’t you take several different classes to see what
interests you the most?
8. “I can’t find a job.”
Couldn’t you look on the Internet?
9. “I have a friend who is constantly calling and texting me.”
Can’t you ask your friend to stop?
10. “I want to ask for a raise, but I’m nervous.”
Couldn’t you practice with a friend before you talk to your boss?
11. “This class is really hard for me.”
Shouldn’t you get a tutor?
12. “I can barely afford to pay my rent these days.”
Couldn’t you get a second job?
Activity 53: Using Modals for Requests, Offers, and Permission
Answers will vary. Possible answers include:
1. A: Could I get fresh fruit instead of potatoes?
B: Yes, of course.
2. A: Could I have a new table? This one is too close to
the air conditioning.
B: Of course. Come with me.
3. A: Could I clean up that spill for you?
B: Yes, thank you.
4. A: Would you mind if I took the day off tomorrow?
B: No problem. Just make sure you fill out the paperwork.
Elements of Success L3 Answer Key.indd 29
5. A: Can I help you with that project? It looks like a big one.
B: Sure. I would love the help!
6. A: Would you mind taking on this additional project?
B: Not at all.
7. A: Could I see this in a bigger size?
B: Of course. What size are you looking for?
8. A: Could I try this on?
B: Of course. The fitting room is right this way.
9. A: Would you like to pay for this with a credit card?
B: Yes, please.
10. A: Would you like to see a different style?
B: Please. Do you have something with a different color?
11. A: Would you mind if I looked at the garden?
B: Not at all. It’s out that door.
12. A: Can I help you with anything in the kitchen?
B: No, but thank you for offering.
13. A: Would you mind putting your coat in the bedroom?
B: Not at all. Where is it?
Activity 54: Identifying Hedges with Could and Might
1. The two birds look extremely similar. We could conclude that
they are closely related. h
2. This is the author’s most well-known novel. One could say that
it’s also his most important work. a
3. She rarely left the house and avoided all contact with strangers.
One might assume that she was deeply depressed during
this period. b
4. The mice began to solve the maze more quickly. We might
assume that the new diet was increasing their intelligence. c
5. Six months after the shopping center was built, stores along
Main Street began to close. This might suggest that customers
feel little loyalty to local business owners. g
6. The company’s closure affected the lives of hundreds of people.
One could say it is the worst disaster this city has ever faced. d
7. Every year, more students are passing the entrance
examination. We might conclude that secondary schools are
doing a better job of preparing them. f
8. The two documents have a similar writing style and use much
of the same vocabulary. This might suggest that they were
written by the same person. e
Write about It
Answers will vary. Possible answers include:
Gas prices have risen in the last two years. We could conclude that
it has become more expensive to convert oil into gas.
More and more businesses have moved into this area recently.
One might assume that the changes in the tax laws have helped
the local economy.
The number of students applying to the university goes up every
year. This might suggest that there are higher populations of
university students each year.
Activity 55: Hedging with May
1. They may have difficulty sleeping at night.
2. They may gain weight and become unhealthy.
3. They may improve their grace and posture.
4. They may have difficulty meeting new people.
5. They may not be able to find a new one.
6. They may get healthier and more fit.
7. They may not be able to keep former friendships.
8. They may have trouble being away from home.
Activity 56: Hedging with Would
Answers will vary. Possible answers include:
1. I would suggest that we need to put cameras in the classrooms.
2. I would argue that the college should build a new dormitory.
E L E M E N T S of S U C C E S S • S t u de nt B o ok 3 UNIT 3 29
8/27/14 2:32 PM
 3. I would suggest that students come up with a list of foods they
want to see in the dining hall.
4. I would assume that many students will begin to order their
books online.
5. I would say that the college can make an effort to make
registration less confusing.
6. I would argue that students need to come up with suggestions
for activities.
7. I would assume that the college will upgrade the classrooms
when it can.
8. I would say that this is very frustrating for students who have to
register late.
Write about It
Answers will vary.
Activity 57: Hedging with Should
1. The patient’s quick recovery should demonstrate the usefulness
of the procedure.
2. Our research should show the negative effect of the oil spill
on wildlife.
3. This treatment should make the patient much more
comfortable.
4. The new software should solve most of the problems we have
been experiencing.
5. The presentation should help students understand the
material.
6. The team should finish the first research by early next year.
7. The new fertilizer should add nutrients to the soil.
8. Our profits should increase over the next year.
Write about It
Answers will vary. Possible answers include:
1. Our research should show that businesses should follow
environmental laws.
2. Internet television should make televisions obsolete.
3. My friend should finish the marathon in about four hours.

Wrap-Up
A
Answers will vary. Possible answers include:
A: I’m going on vacation. I’ll be gone for two weeks, and I’ll be
staying at three different hotels. How should I get from one
hotel to another?
B: What time of year are you going?
A: I’ll be going this summer.
C: You should take public transportation. The subway is easy to
use, and it’s faster than a taxi.
A: But is it crowded?
B: Not if you avoid rush hour.

B
Answers will vary. Possible answers include:
Her child must have left the toy on the floor. He shouldn’t have
left it where she could step on it. She should put ice on her ankle.
She might tell her child to put the toy away.

C
Answers will vary.

30 UNIT 3 E L E M E N T S of S U C C E S S • S t u de nt B o ok 3

Elements of Success L3 Answer Key.indd 30 8/27/14 2:32 PM

 Unit 4
Warm-Up Think about It
The sentences in 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, and 11 are passive because the
A subjects are the receivers of the action.
1. The first open-heart surgery was attempted in 1952. Activity 2: Noticing Passive Forms
2. The first airplane was flown by the Wright brothers in 1903. 1. Paper is still being wasted. Print jobs are piled at the printer for
3. The camera was invented in 1839. days and weeks. If you don’t need it, don’t print it!
4. Penicillin, the first antibiotic, was discovered by accident 2. The conference rooms are often left in a mess. Please put used
in 1928. paper in the recycling bin.
5. The first nuclear power plant was built in 1954. 3. Last week some confidential materials were found in the copier
6. The first motion pictures were shown to a paying audience room. Please keep all confidential materials with you.
in 1895. 4. Paper towels are being thrown on the floor in restrooms. Please
7. Lasers had been developed by about 1960. throw them in the garbage.
8. A cure for cancer will probably be found in the future. 5. Lengthy conversations are being held in office cubicles, to the
dismay of nearby people. Move to a conference room.
B
6. Some strange things have been found in the recycling bins.
True False Please remember that the remains of your lunch are not
recyclable.
1. A passive verb form has a form of the
✓ 7. The same dirty dishes have been left in the kitchen sink for the
verb be.
past four days. Will the owner please wash them?
2. In a sentence with a passive verb form, 8. Lights aren’t being turned off in empty offices. Please turn off
✓
the subject causes the action. all lights when you leave a room.
3. A sentence with a passive verb form
✓ Simple Simple past Present Present
always has by + a noun phrase.
present passive progressive perfect
C passive passive passive
was achieved am / is / are + was / were + am / is / are + have / has +
past participle past participle being + past been + past
Activity 1: Performer or Receiver of the Action?
of verb of verb participle of participle of
(P) verb verb
1. Many people think that William Shakespeare was the greatest
writer in the English language. are piled were found is being have been
(P) are left wasted found
2. Nobody knows Shakespeare’s actual birthday, but scholars are being have been left
think he was born on April 23, 1564. thrown
(P) are being
3. As far as we know, Shakespeare never went beyond grammar held
school. aren’t being
(P) turned off
4. Shakespeare and his wife had three children: Susanna and
twins Judith and Hamnet. Think about It
(P) The writer used the passive to focus on the problems and not the
5. Although Shakespeare’s son Hamnet died at age 11, agents, and to avoid placing blame on anybody.
(P)
his name lives on. Activity 3: Forming Simple Present Passive Sentences
(R) 1. Every year, about 70 million tons of fish and other sea animals
6. The name Hamnet was sometimes written as Hamlet, the are caught in the oceans.
title of one of Shakespeare’s greatest plays. 2. Nuclear energy is produced when atoms of a nuclear fuel,
(R) such as uranium, are split apart.
7. “Shakespeare” was spelled 80 different ways, including
3. There is enough food in the world for everybody. The problem
“Shaxpere” and “Shaxberd.”
is getting it where it is needed.
(R) 4. More than half of the world’s languages are spoken by less
8. Shakespeare’s work has been translated into many languages.
than 1 percent of the population.
(R) 5. When land is surrounded by water on three sides, it is called
9. His plays are read in at least 80 languages.
a peninsula.
(R)
10. Shakespeare is thought to be the author of 39 plays. 6. Modern bridges are built with materials that can expand and
(R) contract as the temperature changes.
About half of them were printed before his death. 7. When air is heated, it expands and takes up more space.
(R) 8. One large body of water covers about 71 percent of the earth.
11. Some of Shakespeare’s most famous works were not It is divided by scientists into four oceans: the Pacific,
published until after his death. the Atlantic, the Indian, and the Arctic.

E L E M E N T S of S U C C E S S • S t u de nt B o ok 3 UNIT 4 31

Elements of Success L3 Answer Key.indd 31 8/27/14 2:32 PM

 9. A tide is the movement of water toward and away from land. 6. It was designed as a tomb to protect
Ocean tides are caused mostly by the pull of the moon’s ✓
a king’s body.
gravity on the earth’s water.
10. Reykjavik, Iceland, is located in a cold northern climate. 7. In 1909, it was almost torn down. ✓
Buildings in this city are heated by the hot-water springs 8. It was covered with limestone. ✓
in the ground below.
11. Ice covers about 10 percent of the earth’s land surface. 9. It is repainted every seven years. ✓
Nearly all of it is found in Greenland and Antarctica. 10. It has been identified as a World
12. About 80 percent of microwaves from mobile phones ✓
Heritage Site.
are absorbed by your head.
13. Trees aren’t needed just for wood. They do many other 11. In ancient times, it was considered
important things such as releasing oxygen for us to breathe. one of the Seven Wonders of the ✓
14. A battery uses special chemicals to make electricity. When the World.
chemicals are used up, the battery stops working. 12. The first floor is being completely
✓
15. Three of Switzerland’s official languages are German, redesigned.
French, and Italian. All national laws are published in these
three languages. Think about It
The same verb form as the original sentence, only in the passive,
Activity 4: Using Simple Past Passive Verb Forms was used in the new sentence.
1. The first pulley was probably invented in ancient Greece.
Pulleys were first employed to help construct buildings. Activity 7: Pronouncing Passive Sentences
2. Toothbrushes were probably first used in Egypt and Babylonia
Number of Number
about 3500 BCE.
syllables in of stressed
3. The first books were printed in China and Korea about 700 CE.
the sentence syllables
4. The first English newspaper was published in 1621, but it wasn’t
until 1643 that the first newspaper with pictures was printed. 1. a. John finished it. 4 2
5. The first photograph of land from above was taken from a b. It was finished by John. 6 2
balloon over a village in France in 1858. 2. a. A switch turns on the light. 6 3
6. The first record player was called a phonograph, and it played b. The lights are turned on by 8 3
cylinders instead of discs. a switch.
7. The first gasoline was produced about 1864, but it wasn’t until
3. a. Toni Morrison wrote the 11 5
the automobile was invented in 1885 that gasoline became
novel Sula.
really useful.
b. The novel Sula was written 14 5
8. Wristwatches were introduced about 1890, but for many years
by Toni Morrison.
they were only worn by women.
9. The first contact lenses were developed by a Swiss doctor. 4. a. The workers are cleaning the 10 4
They were thick and not very comfortable. streets today.
10. The first plastic was called “Parkesine” because it was invented b. The streets are being cleaned 12 4
by a scientist named Alexander Parkes. by the workers today.
11. The first World Cup was held in 1930, and Uruguay was 5. a. The storm destroyed 6 3
chosen to host it. the house.
12. In 1797, André-Jacques Garnerin made the first parachute b. The house was destroyed 8 3
jump ever. He was dropped from a balloon at about 6,500 feet by the storm.
above Paris.
6. a. A friend introduced them. 6 2
13. The world’s first skyscraper was completed in Chicago in 1885.
b. They were introduced by 8 2
This ten-story building was supported inside and outside by
a friend.
a metal frame.
14. The first photograph was taken in 1826 by a French scientist. 7. a. Their employer is organizing 12 3
It’s a picture of the view from an upstairs window of his house. a conference.
b. A conference is being 14 3
Activity 5: Using Different Forms of the Passive organized by their employer.
Pyramid Eiffel 8. a. The committee has recently 13 4
of Giza Tower honored Dr. Bell.
1. Today, it is recognized as a symbol b. Dr. Bell has recently been 15 4
✓ honored by the committee.
of France.
2. More than 2.3 million stone blocks 9. a. One of his students made 10 3
✓ the furniture.
were used to build it.
b. The furniture was made by 12 3
3. It was completed more than 4,500 one of his students.
✓
years ago.
10. a. Scientists have discovered 13 4
4. It was built for a world’s fair. ✓ other stars with planets.
5. It was opened in 1889. ✓ b. Other stars with planets 15 4
have been discovered by
scientists.

32 UNIT 4 E L E M E N T S of S U C C E S S • S t u de nt B o ok 3

Elements of Success L3 Answer Key.indd 32 8/27/14 2:32 PM

 Think about It
Speakers say the extra words—helping verbs and by—quickly and
don’t put any stress on them.
Activity 8: Error Correction
1. This picture was painted about 100 years ago, but it still looks
very modern.
2. My father was left the country after the war ended, and he
didn’t go back until he was in his 60s.
3. All of the work was finished before noon, but we were told to
stay anyway.
4. This photo was taken by my parents in 1990. You can see my
sister next to the car and my brother with a soccer ball.
5. My grandfather was very important to me when I was a child.
He was the only person who were helped me.
6. When my father was a young man, he was asked to set up
a school in my city. This school has become one of the best
schools in the area.
7. My sister is admired by many of her friends because she has
appeared on national TV several times.
8. After the storm, our house was surrounded by water. We
weren’t able to get into town for over a week, and even then
we had to walk.
9. My parents were always willing to give me advice, but they are
encouraged me to make my own decisions.
Activity 9: Using the Passive
1. The Aztec emperor Montezuma drank hot chocolate
every day. The hot chocolate was made with chili peppers
and dyed red. a, b
2. Hot chocolate was valued very highly by the Aztecs; in fact,
cocoa beans were used in place of money. c
3. In some Central American villages back then, no one under the
age of 60 was allowed to drink hot chocolate. a, b
4. Over the years, tea has been served as part of different
ceremonies. a, b, c
5. When tea was introduced in the American colonies, many
people served the tea leaves with sugar and threw away
the water. a, b
6. Tea was so expensive in seventeenth-century Europe that it
was kept in locked boxes. a, b, c
7. The beans of one entire coffee tree are required for a single
pound of ground coffee. a, b
8. The amount of coffee you can safely drink has not been
determined yet. a, b
9. Today, coffee is grown commercially in more than
50 countries. a, b
Think about It
Simple present Simple past Present perfect
passive passive passive
are required was made has been served
is grown were used has not been
was allowed determined
was introduced
was kept
The simple present passive is used when making a general
statement. The simple past passive is used when talking about
completed actions in the past. The present perfect passive is used
when talking about something that happened in the past but is
still true now.
Activity 10: Using the Passive
Answers will vary. Possible answers include:
1. I think the window was broken on purpose.
Elements of Success L3 Answer Key.indd 33
2. My arm was broken during a soccer game.
3. I can’t believe the children were left at home alone.
4. The keys haven’t been returned.
5. The car seat is all wet because the window was left open.
6. The door was left open and the dog got out.
7. The front door wasn’t locked this morning.
8. All the files were accidentally deleted.
9. The bill wasn’t paid on time.
10. The room wasn’t cleaned up after the meeting.
Think about It
Blaming someone: 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 8, 9
Avoiding responsibility: 7, 10
Activity 11: Identifying the Agent
1. Much of the city was destroyed by a fire. c
2. A swimmer was hurt by a shark. d
3. In the 1800s, the city was surrounded by a park. a
4. The movie has been ignored by the critics. e
5. The house is heated by the sun. h
6. The winning team was met by a crowd of cheering fans. b
7. The music was written by a ten-year-old girl. g
8. The man in the park was attacked by a dog. f
Think about It
The agent is new, unique, or unexpected: 3, 4, 5, 6, 7
The agent is nonhuman: 1, 2, 8
Activity 12: Transitive or Intransitive Verb?
1. Naomi Shihab Nye grew up in St. Louis, Missouri, and
Jerusalem and now lives in San Antonio, Texas. A graduate of
Trinity University, Nye has published nearly two dozen books
including Come with Me: Poems for a Journey, Fuel, and Habibi.
Daughter of a Palestinian father and an American mother, she
has edited six prize-winning collections of poetry for young
readers. She has worked as a visiting writer in schools for
37 years.
2. Julia Alvarez was born in New York City but spent part of
her childhood in the Dominican Republic before returning
to the United States, and her Spanish-speaking heritage
has influenced her literary work in English. She has published
novels, poetry, and books for young readers. Alvarez received
a BA degree from Middlebury College in Vermont and master’s
degrees from Syracuse University and the University of Illinois.
She has held teaching positions at the University of Vermont
and George Washington University. She currently has a position
as writer-in-residence at Middlebury College.
Transitive verb (needs/has Intransitive verb (doesn’t
an object) need/have an object)
has published grew up
has edited lives
spent has worked
has influenced was born
has published
received
has held
has
Write about It
Answers will vary.
Activity 14: Identifying Transitive Verbs
(L) (T)
1. When Einstein was 5 years old, his father showed him a simple
(T)
compass. This sparked his interest in science.
E L E M E N T S of S U C C E S S • S t u de nt B o ok 3 UNIT 4 33
8/27/14 2:32 PM
 (T) (L)
2. A physics journal published his articles when he was just
26 years old.
(L)
3. He became a citizen of Switzerland in 1901 and a citizen of
the U.S. in 1940.
(T) (I)
4. Einstein often had a pipe in his mouth. Wherever he went,
(T)
a trail of smoke followed him.
(T)
5. Albert Einstein won the Nobel Prize in 1921.
(T)
6. Einstein spent the last 22 years of his life at Princeton
University in the U.S.
(I)
7. He died in 1955.
(I)
8. The artist Pablo Picasso grew up in Spain.
(T)
9. He completed his first painting at the age of 9.
(T)
10. His father sent him to the Royal Academy of San Fernando in
Madrid to study art.
(L) (L)
11. He was very smart but he wasn’t a very good student.
(L)
12. Picasso’s paintings were unconventional.
(T)
13. His unconventional painting style annoyed his father.
(T)
14. Picasso’s paintings influenced the direction of modern art.
Write about It
1. When Einstein was 5 years old, a simple compass was shown
to him by his father. His interest in science was sparked.
2. His articles were published by a physics journal when he was
just 26 years old.
4. Wherever he went, he was followed by a trail of smoke.
5. The Nobel Prize was won by Einstein in 1921.
6. The last 22 years of his life were spent at Princeton University
in the U.S.
9. His first painting was completed at the age of 9.
10. He was sent to the Royal Academy of San Fernando in Madrid
to study art.
13. His father was annoyed by his unconventional painting style.
14. The direction of modern art was influenced by Picasso’s
paintings.
Activity 15: Distinguishing Transitive and Intransitive Verbs
Transitive verbs: allow, bring, describe, find, include, involve,
mean, pull, say
Sample sentences:
Answers will vary. Possible answers include:
My parents allowed me to drive their car.
The warmer weather has brought us new flowers.
The critic described the movie as boring and too long.
He found his book after several hours looking for it.
My friend included several places in his travel itinerary.
The accident involved three cars.
My family means a lot to me.
The rescuers pulled four people from the water.
People said several nice things about his colleague.
Intransitive verbs: come, die, exist, go, happen, occur, smile,
stare, wait
Sample sentences:
Answers will vary. Possible answers include:
They came late to the game, so they missed his great shot.
The dog died when it was hit by a car.
34 UNIT 4 E L E M E N T S of S U C C E S S • S t u de nt B o ok 3
Elements of Success L3 Answer Key.indd 34
This book didn’t exist two years ago.
We went to the baseball game after dinner last night.
Strong storms happen every summer in Florida.
Earthquakes occur every day, but we rarely feel them.
The baby smiled for the first time last week.
The boy stared at me for a long time.
She waited for him for a long time, but he never came.
Think about It
Answers will vary. Possible answers include:
I was allowed to drive my parents’ car.
New flowers have been brought to us by the warmer weather.
The movie was described as boring and too long by the critic.
His book was found after several hours looking for it.
Several places were included in my friend’s travel itinerary.
Three cars were involved in the accident.
Four people were pulled from the water by the rescuers.
Several nice things were said about his colleague.
Activity 16: Transitive or Intransitive Meaning?
1. The children opened the door. a
2. The door opened in front of us. b
3. She spoke at our annual meeting. b
4. He speaks English and Spanish. a
5. She always speaks clearly. c
6. The movie starts at 9:00. b
7. I started that book a month ago. a
8. I usually walk to work. b
9. I need someone to walk my dog tomorrow. a
10. We leave for Brazil next week. b
11. I think I left the door open. a
12. Did I hurt you? a
13. My neck hurts. b
14. Bananas are selling for a dollar a pound. b
15. The neighbors finally sold their car. a
Think about It
1. The door was opened by the children.
9. I need the dog to be walked tomorrow.
11. I think the door was left open.
12. Were you hurt?
15. The neighbors’ car was finally sold.
Activity 17: Using Verbs with Two Objects
1. The employees aren’t paid a fair salary.
A fair salary isn’t paid to the employees.
2. Health insurance isn’t offered to employees at my company.
Employees aren’t offered health insurance at my company.
3. People aren’t given proper training at this company.
Proper training isn’t given at this company.
4. The workers haven’t always been told the truth.
The truth hasn’t always been told to the workers.
5. Overtime has never been paid to employees.
Employees have never been paid overtime.
6. Employees weren’t given a bonus last year.
A bonus wasn’t given to employees last year.
7. The president was given a huge raise.
A huge raise was given to the president.
8. A lot of things are promised to the employees.
The employees are promised a lot of things.
Activity 18: Error Correction
1. My father is the person who raised me.
2. In this photograph all of my relatives appear at home.
3. It was a very bad accident and two people were died.
4. A strange thing happened to me yesterday.
5. How were you injured?
8/27/14 2:32 PM
 6. What was appeared on the screen when you turned on
your computer?
7. When did the accident occur? Does anyone know?
8. The money was meant to be payment for my work. (no errors)
9. After the war started, my brothers were ran away to
the countryside.
10. All my photographs, school assignments, and telephone
numbers are saved on my computer.
Activity 19: Active or Passive?
(P)
1. This sport can be played indoors or outdoors, but it
(P) (P)
has to be played on a hard surface. Each team is made up of
five players. b. basketball
(A)
2. Players of this sport wear a protective jacket, or hogu. This
(P) (A)
jacket is able to be fitted with sensors that signal hits to the
body. c. tae kwon do
(P)
3. Jumps and turns have to be performed perfectly to win at this
(A) (A)
sport. You definitely aren’t supposed to fall down—you lose
points for that. c. figure skating
(P)
4. In this sport, athletes are supposed to be judged on their
(P)
takeoff, flight, and entry. The score is then multiplied by
a degree of difficulty factor. a. diving
(P)
5. Women were allowed to participate in the Olympics for
(A)
the first time in 1900, but they could only play these two
sports. a. golf and lawn tennis
(P)
6. In this sport, gloves must be worn, and a punch
(P)
must be landed with the white part of the glove. a. boxing
(P)
7. In this sport, a serve must be made from below the waist,
with the racket head below the hand and with both feet
on the ground. a. badminton
(P)
8. This sport has been played at every Olympic Games though
(A)
the rules have changed over the years. Today penalties
(P)
can be awarded for deflecting hits with the hand or refusing
to salute one’s opponent. b. fencing
(P)
9. This sport can be played on a soft or hard surface. Players
(A)
are supposed to hit the ball back and forth over a net without
letting it touch the ground. Any part of the body above the
(P)
waist may be used to hit the ball, but the ball
(P)
isn’t allowed to be held. c. volleyball
10. In this sport, 85 percent of the bat or racket
(P)
is supposed to be made of wood. The other 15 percent
(P)
can be made of other materials. b. table tennis
Write about It
Answers will vary. Possible answers include:
In this sport, routines are performed on various pieces of
equipment by each athlete. Deductions can be made if the
athlete falls off the equipment or stops in the middle of a routine.
The athletes are supposed to show strength and flexibility in their
routines. gymnastics
Elements of Success L3 Answer Key.indd 35
Activity 20: Using the Passive with Modals
1. ENGL 242 English Grammar and Conversation I
This course is intended to help foreign students in acquiring
fluency in spoken English. All four language skills (listening,
speaking, reading, and writing) will be practiced.
2. ENGL 243 English Grammar and Conversation II
This course is a continuation of ENGL 242. It should be taken
prior to ENGL 256. Some students whose assessment scores
qualify them for ENGL 256 may be advised to take this course
as a companion course.
3. ENGL 245 Advanced Conversation
Students discuss current events in English. Pronunciation,
vocabulary development, and group discussion skills are
stressed. This course may be taken concurrently with other
English courses.
4. ENGL 256 Grammar and Composition
This intermediate course in English grammar and composition
is designed to help students acquire a greater facility in written
English. This course is for the student who is pursuing a college
career. It can be taken with ENGL 243 or 245.
Think about It
Passive forms might be common in course descriptions because
these statements are general statements that apply to all
students, so the agent is students in general, and the agent is not
important.
Activity 21: Using the Passive with Can, Can’t, Could, and Couldn’t
Answers will vary. Possible answers include:
1. These questions couldn’t be answered.
2. This place couldn’t be described.
3. Her absence can’t be excused.
4. The problem could be solved.
5. The results could be measured.
6. War can be prevented.
7. Sometimes delays can’t be avoided.
8. The consequences couldn’t be predicted.
9. His goal can be achieved.
10. These walls can be moved.
Write about It
Answers will vary. Possible answers include:
1. The smell couldn’t be described.
2. His tardiness can’t be excused.
3. Some accidents can be prevented.
Activity 22: Using the Passive to Identify Common Beliefs
1. Tobacco was once considered to be a cure for a toothache. a
2. Carrots were once thought to improve your vision. i
3. The planet Venus was once believed to be covered with oil. d
4. Television was once thought to be the death of the movie
industry. c
5. Earth was once believed to be the center of the solar system. f
6. Bathing was once considered to be bad for your health. h
7. Thinking was once understood to take place in the heart. g
8. Centuries ago, a child was said to be a small adult. e
9. Your personality was once thought to be related to your
blood type. b
Think about It
It makes sense because these statements are about general
beliefs, so the agent is people in general, and the agent is not
important.
Write about It
Answers will vary. Possible answers include:
1. Earth was once believed to be flat.
2. Mars was thought to have a network of canals.
E L E M E N T S of S U C C E S S • S t u de nt B o ok 3 UNIT 4 35
8/27/14 2:32 PM
 3. Liquid mercury was once considered a remedy for various
illnesses.
Activity 23: Using It + Passive Form + That Clause
Answers will vary. Possible answers include:
1. It is said that more than 20,000 different plants are used for
health purposes.
2. For a long time, it was believed that the evil “influence” of the
stars caused influenza, or the flu.
3. In sixteenth-century England, it was thought that the color red
helped sick people get well.
4. It has been reported that some dogs are able to smell
skin cancer.
5. It is believed that doctors prescribe antibiotics too frequently.
6. It is estimated that one in two Americans will get cancer.
7. It is thought that cancer is the most frightening disease.
8. It is expected that researchers will find a cure for AIDS.
Think about It
The passive is used because the agent is not important or is
very general.
Activity 24: Passive Verb Form or Be + Adjective?
Be +
Passive
adjective
1. Rudolf Nureyev, the famous dancer,
✓ 2. I am concerned about the state of the world.
was born in a train in 1938.
2. From an early age, Nureyev was
interested in music and ballet.
3. When he was 17, he was accepted at a
✓ 7. I am pleased with my progress at school this year.
famous ballet school in Leningrad.
4. His instructor, Alexander Pushkin, was
renowned in the world of ballet.
5. Pushkin’s students were not scolded
✓
when they made mistakes.
6. In 1958, at the age of 20, Nureyev was
✓ 14. My shoes are made of leather.
asked to join the Kirov Ballet.
7. For the most part, his colleagues at
the Kirov Ballet were unimpressed
with his dancing.
8. Nureyev’s early style was unrefined.
9. In early films of Nureyev, his shoulders
are hunched and his landings are
heavy.
10. Nureyev was dedicated to ballet and
he worked hard to become one of the
best dancers in the world.
Think about It
Answers will vary.
Activity 25: Listening for Past Participles
1. A: What’s the matter? You look bored.
B: I am. There’s nothing to do.
2. A: What happened to this chair? It’s all wet.
B: Yeah, it was left outside in the rain last night.
3. A: Look. You’ve made your sister cry. You should be ashamed!
B: Sorry, Mom.
4. A: I hear your brother didn’t get that job.
B: Yeah. They gave it to someone with more experience.
A: He must have been very disappointed.
B: Yeah, he was.
36 UNIT 4 E L E M E N T S of S U C C E S S • S t u de nt B o ok 3
Elements of Success L3 Answer Key.indd 36
5. A: Why are you so worried about money?
B: Because I don’t have any.
A: That’s a good answer.
6. A: Do you want to go with us to the lecture?
B: Thanks, but no thanks. I’m really not interested.
7. A: It’s getting late. Are you dressed?
B: I’m just putting on my shoes.
A: OK. I’ll wait for you downstairs.
8. A: How did your speech go?
B: It was all right. At least the audience seemed satisfied.
9. A: Did you hear? Carlos and Sarah are getting married.
B: I’m not surprised. They’ve been talking about it for months.
10. A: Are you going to the conference next spring?
B: I hadn’t thought about it. Where is it being held?
A: In London.
11. A: I heard there was an accident last night.
B: Yeah, a car went through a red light and hit another car.
A: Was anyone hurt?
B: Luckily, no.
Think about It
The passive is used in conversations 2, 10, and 11.
Activity 26: Choosing the Correct Preposition
True/false answers will vary.
1. I am very interested in politics.
3. I am engaged to a wonderful person.
4. I have never been involved in a car accident.
✓
5. I am known for my generosity.
6. I am opposed to gun control.
8. I am worried about the environment.
✓ 9. I am dressed in casual clothes today.
10. I am satisfied with the amount of money I have.
11. I have never been annoyed with anyone.
12. My parents were never disappointed with my schoolwork.
13. My bedroom is filled with books.
15. I am bored with the news about climate change.
16. I am excited about my plans for this coming weekend.
✓
Write about It
Answers will vary. Possible answers include:
✓
1. Today I’m dressed in my best clothes.
2. I’m interested in chess.
✓ 3. I’m satisfied with my life so far.
Activity 27: Listening for Get Passives
1. A: Did you hear about the accident?
✓ B: Yeah, it was on the news.
A: Did anyone get hurt?
B: I don’t think so.
2. A: Why don’t you stay home today?
B: Are you kidding? I could get fired.
3. A: Why are you driving so slowly?
B: Because I’ve already gotten stopped by the police
once today.
4. A: Why are you celebrating?
B: Because Toshi just got promoted.
A: Really? That’s great.
5. A: What’s that smell?
B: I think it’s the trash. It didn’t get taken out yesterday.
6. A: What are you looking for?
B: My dark blue shirt.
A: Look in the closet. It just got washed.
8/27/14 2:32 PM
 7. A: Do you know if the lights got turned off?
B: Yeah, I’m pretty sure they did.
8. A: How did you break the window?
B: I didn’t do it. Why do I get blamed for everything?
9. A: I wonder why we haven’t received those books yet.
It’s been three weeks.
B: Maybe they got sent to the wrong address.
10. A: Can I borrow some money?
B: Again? I thought you just got paid.
A: I did but I had some bills to pay.
11. A: Are you going to vote tomorrow?
B: Yes, but I’m not sure why. No one I vote for gets elected.
12. A: Don’t forget to wash the car today.
B: I’m not sure I can do it today. Is tomorrow OK?
A: As long as it gets done this week, I’m happy.
Activity 28: Using Get Passives
1. Did you ever get punished as a child?
2. Did you ever get yelled at by an adult?
3. Did you ever get caught cheating on a test?
4. Did you ever get treated unfairly by someone?
5. Did you ever get hit by someone?
6. Did you ever get elected to something?
7. Did you ever get sent home from school?
8. Did you ever get blamed for something you didn’t do?
Activity 29: Using the Passive to Connect Sentences
1. Several people complained about the new schedule.
✓ a. The first complaint was made by a member of
the school committee.
b. A member of the school committee made
the first complaint.
2. This year’s graduation celebration cost $6,549.
a. The parents of the graduates raised this money.
✓ b. This money was raised entirely by the parents of
the graduates.
3. Frederick Tyler designed the new furniture for the
town library.
a. One of his students made it.
✓ b. It was made by one of his students.
4. Football has a long history in Europe.
a. In fourteenth-century England, authorities banned the
sport for being too violent.
✓ b. In fourteenth-century England, it was banned for being
too violent.
5. A typical grocery store in 1928 stocked about 870 items.
✓ a. Today’s supermarkets carry up to 30,000 items.
b. Today up to 30,000 items are carried.
6. For many years, bicycle racers wore leather helmets. Then, in
the mid-1980s, they started wearing helmets made of strong,
dense materials.
a. Engineers designed them to protect the racers’ heads if
they fell.
✓ b. They were designed to protect the racers’ heads if
they fell.
7. Pollution causes poor air quality.
✓ a. It can be bad for your health.
b. Your health can be affected by it.
8. Antibiotics are important tools in the fight against illness,
but some bacteria change.
a. Therefore, we need new medicines to kill them.
✓ b. Therefore, new medicines are needed to kill them.
9. There are two types of fats: saturated and unsaturated.
Saturated fats, such as butter and coconut oil, are solid at
room temperature. Unsaturated fats, such as olive oil and
corn oil, are liquid at room temperature.
Elements of Success L3 Answer Key.indd 37
a. Doctors consider unsaturated fats better for you.
✓ b. Unsaturated fats are considered better for you.
10. The first U.S. flag had 13 white stars.
✓ a. A new star has been added for every new state.
b. The government has added a new star for every new state.
11. The president is the head of the executive branch of the
government.
✓ a. He or she is elected by the entire country.
b. The entire country elects the president.
12. There are nine justices, or judges, on the U.S. Supreme Court.
a. The president nominates them and the Senate
approves them.
✓ b. They are nominated by the president and approved
by the Senate.
13. In this study, French researchers looked at more than
7,000 men and women.
✓ a. They recorded information on their education, income,
and tobacco use, among other factors.
b. Information on their education, income, and tobacco
use, among other factors, was recorded.
14. Michelle Kwan became famous when she was quite young.
✓ a. She was asked to represent the U.S. as a skater when she
was just 13 years old.
b. The U.S. Olympic team asked her to represent the U.S. as
a skater when she was just 13 years old.
15. In this study, researchers tested students both outdoors in
natural settings and inside buildings.
✓ a. The students were found to have more energy after
spending time in nature.
b. Spending time in nature increased the students’
energy level.
16. Although he worked as an engineer in the U.S. for 20 years,
Gilberto Cetina never forgot the food of his native country.
a. Eleven years ago, a restaurant was opened by Gilberto
and his son.
✓ b. Eleven years ago, he and his son opened a restaurant.
Activity 30: Identifying Reasons for Using the Passive
Marmaduke Hussey, the former chairman of the BBC and
managing director of Times Newspapers, has died at the age of 83.
Hussey, who lost a leg in in World War II, was educated (2)
at Trinity College, Oxford. He was trained (2) as a journalist and
worked as chief executive and managing director of Times
Newspapers, owner of the Times of London, from 1971 to 1980.
“He will be remembered (3) for his great vision, his integrity
and his forthrightness, but also for his great personal kindness,’’
BBC Director General Mark Thompson said in an e-mailed
statement today. “His contribution to public life was immense,”
he said.
Hussey was appointed (2) chairman of the BBC in 1986 thanks
in part to his connections to the then ruling Conservative Party
under the leadership of Margaret Thatcher. During his time as
BBC chairman, he sacked Alasdair Milne as director general in
1987 after a series of rows with the government over the BBC’s
independence.
Hussey was made (2) a life peer in 1996, following his
retirement from the BBC. He was married to Lady Susan
Waldegrave, a lady in waiting to Queen Elizabeth II and
godmother to Prince William, who is next in line to the throne
after Prince Charles.
Activity 31: Analyzing Passive Forms in Academic Writing
It has recently been shown that stereotypes can have negative,
long-lasting effects on the people who experience them. A new
study has found that people who experience negative stereotypes
and insults in one situation may continue to experience the
E L E M E N T S of S U C C E S S • S t u de nt B o ok 3 UNIT 4 37
8/27/14 2:32 PM
 effects of those insults in a later, unrelated situation. “Past Wrap-Up
studies have shown that people perform poorly in situations
where they feel they are being stereotyped,” said lead researcher A
Michael Inzlicht of the University of Toronto in Canada. “What we Answers will vary. Possible answers include:
wanted to do was look at what happens afterwards.” Inzlicht’s
The giant female panda cub at the Smithsonian National Zoo has
study asked if there are any lasting effects of prejudice and if
been given a name—Bao Bao. The name was selected after it
being stereotyped has an impact after the moment when the
received more than 123,000 votes online from the public.
stereotyping occurs.
Panda mother Mei Xiang (may-SHONG) has been caring for
The researchers divided female participants into two groups.
her cub since Bao Bao was born on August 23. Bao Bao will be
The women were asked to take a test that would determine their
shown for short periods of time beginning early next year.
math abilities. One group of women was exposed to negative
The public was asked to vote for one of five names for the
stereotypes about women and their math abilities. After the
new cub. The others were Ling Hua (ling-HWA), Long Yun (long-
test began, the researchers made negative statements about
YOON), Mulan (moo-LAHN), and Zhen Bao (jen-BAO). The names
women in order to make them feel more stress. In contrast,
were submitted by the Chinese ambassador.
another group of women was given the same test, but they were
offered strategies to deal with the stress of taking the exam. The B
researchers were very supportive with this group. After the math Answers will vary. Possible answers include:
test ended, both groups of women were given ice cream samples The first stapler was used in France in the eighteen century. But
and were asked to describe the flavors. Next, they were asked to the first modern stapler, similar to the ones we use today, was not
play a video game that allowed them to shoot other players with invented until around 1870.
a loud noise for as long as they wanted.
The women who were discriminated against performed more C
poorly on the math test. They also ate more ice cream than the Answers will vary. Possible answers include:
women in the supported group, and they showed more hostility Country:
and aggression when they played the video game than the other Cambodia
group. These effects were particularly noticeable for the women
who experienced negative stereotypes during the math test. What language is spoken? Khmer
In the end, the study results show that stereotypes have What percentage of the land is 30.9%
negative effects, even for individuals who leave the environments used for agriculture?
where they experienced the stereotyping. These effects can be What is grown or produced there? rice, rubber, clothing
long-lasting. When people are affected by negative stereotyping,
they are more likely to be aggressive and show a lack of self- What natural resources are oil, gas, timber, fish
control. After they’ve faced prejudice, they have trouble making found there?
good decisions, and they are more likely to make unhealthy
food choices and over-eat. Researchers hope the study will D
make people more aware of these effects of stereotyping. They Answers will vary. Possible answers include:
hope this will help people to better manage their emotions and The clocks were taken out of the room. The room has been
thoughts when they are faced with stereotypes so that they can cleaned up. There’s a different chair in the room.
show more self-control in later situations.
QUESTIONS
1. Ten
2. One
3. Yes. For example: The researchers divided female participants
into two groups. The women were asked to take a test that
would determine their math abilities.
4. happens, occurs, began, were, ended, be, are
Activity 32: Using a Series of Verbs
1. The letter was written and sent before the due date.
2. Stone can be carved, chipped, and smoothed.
3. Penicillin was created and used to fight infection.
4. Ice reduces the swelling around an insect bite and eases
the itching.
5. Their children were raised and educated in London.
6. The house was designed and built in the 1860s.
7. Scientists have already established that good-looking people
are paid better and viewed as smarter and more likeable.
8. The book was written in 1968 and revised in 1982.

38 UNIT 4 E L E M E N T S of S U C C E S S • S t u de nt B o ok 3

Elements of Success L3 Answer Key.indd 38 8/27/14 2:32 PM

 Unit 5
Warm-Up Think about It
Describes a verb: generally, officially, usually, westward,
A gradually, often
1. It’s a medium-sized place near my apartment. For very little Describes an adjective: extremely, fully, almost, very
money, you can get a sandwich and a bowl of soup. f Describes the writer’s attitude about the information in
2. There was nothing I could do to calm my fear. I squeezed the the sentence: remarkably
armrest of my seat until my knuckles were white. I drank some Connects two sentences: however
bottled water to settle my stomach. I tried to read a book and Activity 2: Categorizing Adverbials
listen to music. No luck. Finally, I started talking to an elderly The scariest experience I can remember was an airplane
woman across from me. d (3)
3. He had problems with his GPS, and then he had to stop to flight I took many years ago. I was at my university and
change a flat tire. He traveled very slowly—only 10 miles in (3)
five hours—and along the way his camera got destroyed. e decided to spend the holidays with my father. I was studying
4. It has fairly new tires and only 2,400 miles on the odometer. a (3) (3)
in Los Angeles, and he lived in a small city near Phoenix,
B (3) (1)
Arizona. My trip was divided into two flights. First, I flew
True False (3) (3) (1)
from Los Angeles to Phoenix. Then I had to change planes to
1. Adverbials are always single words. ✓ (5)
fly to the smaller city. The first flight was on a large jet and was
2. A prepositional phrase can be an
✓ (1) (6) (1)
adverbial. very smooth. By the time I landed in Phoenix, however, it was
3. Some adverbials begin with a to- (3)
✓ snowing. I walked to my connecting flight, and imagine my
infinitive.
(1)
4. Adverbials add different kinds of surprise to discover that the plane was small—it probably sat
✓
information to a sentence.
ten people.
5. Adverbials are common in writing. ✓ (3) (3)
We took off in the middle of a snowstorm. From the first
C (3) (2) (2)
adverbials: before work, in the dictionary moment, the plane shook back and forth, up and down. There
(5)
Activity 1: Noticing How Adverbs Add Information was nothing I could do to calm my fear. I squeezed the armrest
(6)
1. Hurricanes are storms with extremely strong winds. of my seat until my knuckles were white. I drank some bottled
(5)
2. In the Indian Ocean, these storms generally are called water to settle my stomach. I tried to read a book and listen
cyclones. (1)
to music. No luck. Finally, I started talking to an elderly woman
(3)
3. A storm officially becomes a hurricane when winds reach across from me. She didn’t seem bothered by the turbulence
above 75 miles an hour. (2) (4) (1)
at all. She revealed that, many years ago, she had also attended
4. Hurricanes usually start in the North Atlantic and (3)
my university. In fact, she had been its first female graduate! I
move westward. (1)
was so absorbed with her story that I calmed down. Thankfully,
5. They move at about 10 miles an hour in the beginning and (6)
the flight was short! When we landed, I was relieved to be on the
gradually gain speed.
ground and I thanked my new friend.
6. A fully mature hurricane is almost circular. Think about It
Show the writer’s feelings: finally, thankfully
7. In the center, or eye, the sky often looks blue. Connect two sentences: first, then, however, in fact
8. Remarkably, the air is very calm in the eye of the hurricane. Activity 3: Adverbial or Adjectival?

Adverbial Adjectival
9. The Atlantic hurricane season starts on June 1 and ends on
1. a. The temperature in there
✓
November 30. However, most hurricanes form between August was unbearable.
b. Don’t go in there until it
✓
15 and October 15 . cools off.

E L E M E N T S of S U C C E S S • S t u de nt B o ok 3 UNIT 5 39

Elements of Success L3 Answer Key.indd 39 8/27/14 2:32 PM

 3. prepositional phrase
2. a. Don’t you feel well? ✓
4. noun phrase
b. I don’t think I did well
✓ 5. prepositional phrase
on the test.
6. prepositional phrase
3. a. Lots of people use their cell 7. adverb
✓
phones at the grocery store. 8. noun phrase
b. People at the grocery store 9. adverb
are always talking on ✓ 10. noun phrase
their cell phones. 11. prepositional phrase
4. a. I hope this test isn’t going to 12. adverb
✓ 13. prepositional phrase
be hard.
b. I was breathing hard after 14. prepositional phrase
✓
running for so long. Write about It
5. a. On Sundays we usually Answers will vary. Possible answers include:
✓
eat early. Hi class,
b. We usually have an early This is a reminder about the Spanish club meeting Tuesday
✓
dinner on Sundays. afternoon. This month, we will be going to a Spanish restaurant
6. a. There isn’t anything on the for tapas. We will be meeting at 5:30 in the main lounge of the
✓ student building, then walking to the bus stop. Our bus leaves
table.
b. The things on the table at 6. Don’t be late!
✓
are yours. Activity 5: Explaining When, How Long, and How Often
7. a. Travelers without a guide can’t Students will identify the form of each adverbial in the
✓
visit this area. Think about It activity.
b. You can’t travel there without 1. How many times a day does the human eye blink? b (NP)
✓
a guide. 2. How long do the Olympic Games last? h (PP)
8. a. There are many opportunities 3. How often does a presidential election take place in the
for work and education in a ✓ United States? g (NP)
large city. 4. How long does it take to drive across the U.S.? a (NP)
b. Apartments in a large city are 5. How long does it take to become a medical doctor? e (NP)
✓ 6. When did the first modern Olympic Games take place? c (PP)
usually quite expensive.
7. How often do strong earthquakes happen worldwide? i (NP)
9. a. On the radio, you can hear 8. How often do small earthquakes occur? j (NP)
many different kinds of ✓ 9. How long does it take the earth to go around
programs. the sun? d (NP)
b. I can’t hear the music on 10. How often does the earth stop moving? f (A)
✓
the radio.
Write about It
Write about It Answers will vary. Possible answers include:
Answers will vary. Possible answers include: 1. How many times a day does the human eye blink? About
Have you been working hard recently? 17,000 times a day.
Is the test going to be hard? 2. How long do the Olympic Games last? Usually between
Is your book on your desk? 12 and 17 days.
Is the phone on your desk working? 3. How often does a presidential election take place in the
What sports do you do well? United States? Once every 4 years.
Do you feel well today? 4. How long does it take to drive across the U.S.? Between four
and five days.
Activity 4: Explaining When, How Often, Where, and How Far
5. How long does it take to become a medical doctor?
1. when
About 11 years.
2. when
6. When did the first modern Olympic Games take place?
3. where
[difficult to answer differently]
4. how often
7. How often do strong earthquakes happen worldwide?
5. where
Generally once a month.
6. when
8. How often do small earthquakes occur? Hundreds of times
7. when
each day.
8. how often
9. How long does it take the earth to go around the sun?
9. when
One year.
10. how far
10. How often does the earth stop moving? [difficult to
11. when
answer differently]
12. how often
13. when Write about It
14. when Answers will vary. Possible answers include:
How often do you eat out?
Think about It
How long does it take to get from your home to school?
1. noun phrase
When are you going to work tomorrow?
2. prepositional phrase

40 UNIT 5 E L E M E N T S of S U C C E S S • S t u de nt B o ok 3

Elements of Success L3 Answer Key.indd 40 8/27/14 2:32 PM

 When did you start studying English? Activity 8: Explaining Why
How long have you lived in your current home? Students will circle the adverbials in the Think about It activity.
1. The earth’s polar regions have begun to change drastically
Activity 6: Explaining How
as a result of global warming.
1. The only planet that rolls on its side like a ball is Uranus.
2. Many schools have banned cell phones from classrooms
2. It can take the body over 50 hours to digest food completely.
because of the distractions they cause.
3. A rabbit can see on both sides of itself without moving
3. The government began an investigation of the car after two
its head.
people died in accidents because of a possible problem with
4. The left side of your body is controlled by the right side of
the brakes.
your brain.
4. Human life expectancy has increased steadily , mainly because
5. Eating well can improve your ability to remember things.
of advances in medicine.
6. The average cough comes out of the mouth at 60 miles
5. Taking a nap after the midday meal used to be a common
(96.5 km) per hour.
practice in many countries . Unfortunately , this practice is
7. It’s almost impossible to sneeze with your eyes open.
now less common due to the demands of the workplace.
8. When you don’t get enough sleep, your brain can’t function
6. Giraffes vary in color from light brown to almost black . The
at full capacity.
difference is due in part to the animal’s diet.
9. A moderately severe sunburn damages the blood vessels
7. As a result of the growth of cities, housing has become
extensively.
more expensive.
10. A candle flame typically burns at about 1000° C.
8. In the future , many ski resorts may be unable to operate
11. In nearly every language, the word for mother begins
due to the lack of snow.
with an m sound.
9. In the U.S. , it’s against the law to discriminate against
12. Women can identify smells more easily than men.
someone on account of age.
Write about It 10. The tennis match was stopped at 7 p.m. on account of
Answers will vary. Possible answers include: darkness.
1. The only planet that rolls on its side like a wheel is Uranus. 11. As a result of the weak economy, businesses are hiring
2. It can take the body over 50 hours to digest food totally. fewer people.
3. A rabbit can see on both sides of itself without turning 12. Because of quickly changing job markets, education is
its head. an ongoing, lifelong process.
4. The left side of your body is controlled with the right side of
Write about It
your brain.
Answers will vary. Possible answers include:
5. Eating properly can improve your ability to remember things.
Because of the demand for tickets to the game, the prices have
6. The average cough comes out of the mouth very quickly.
increased.
7. It’s almost impossible to sneeze without closing your eyes.
On account of the weather today, the race has been canceled.
8. When you don’t get enough sleep, your brain can’t function
As a result of the sickness that has been going around, local
very efficiently.
doctors are asking people to remember to wash their hands
9. A moderately severe sunburn damages the blood vessels
regularly.
greatly.
10. A candle flame typically burns very hot. Activity 9: Identifying To- Infinitives of Purpose
11. [difficult to use a different adverbial] Answers will vary. Possible answers include:
12. Women can identify smells easier than men. 1. Practice your speech several times to hear how it will sound to
the audience. d
Activity 7: Explaining When, Where, and How
2. Just before your speech, do some breathing exercises to help
1. when
yourself relax. f
2. how
3. Use pictures and diagrams to communicate difficult
3. when
information. a
4. when
4. Keep your eyes on your audience to watch for signs of
5. when
confusion or boredom. e
6. when
5. Use facial expressions and gestures to emphasize your
7. how
main points. g
8. where
6. Use your voice like a musical instrument to keep the sounds
Write about It interesting. c
Answers will vary. Possible answers include: 7. Increase and decrease the volume of your voice to help
Dear Sir or Madam: communicate your message. b
I would like to call your attention to a problem I am having. Last 8. Ask questions to involve your audience. j
night, I went with my family to your restaurant. Even though we 9. Start your speech with something interesting to get the
had a reservation, we had to wait for two hours to get a table. audience’s attention. h
We arrived ten minutes before our reservation time, and the staff 10. Include some personal stories to add fun to your speech. i
saw our reservation in the book. I am concerned because I have
Think about It
a reservation at your restaurant for next Wednesday, March 12
Answers will vary. Possible answers include:
at 12:30. We’re having a special lunch for my boss, and we can’t
1. Practice your speech several times to find out how much time
be out of the office for two hours. Please confirm that we have a
it will take.
reservation by Monday, March 10. My phone number is 555-0111.
2. Just before your speech, do some breathing exercises to make
Thank you for your attention to this matter.
sure you are calm.
3. Use pictures and diagrams to explain difficult information.

E L E M E N T S of S U C C E S S • S t u de nt B o ok 3 UNIT 5 41

Elements of Success L3 Answer Key.indd 41 8/27/14 2:32 PM

 4. Keep your eyes on your audience to see if people are losing
interest.
5. Use facial expressions and gestures to make your presentation
more interesting.
6. Use your voice like a musical instrument to sound more
interesting to your audience.
7. Increase and decrease the volume of your voice to make sure
people understand the important information.
8. Ask questions to make sure your audience understands you.
9. Start your speech with something interesting to make your
audience want to hear more.
10. Include some personal stories to make your presentation
interesting.
Write about It
Answers will vary. Possible answers include:
1. When you invite someone over for dinner, plan the menu in
advance.
2. Choose foods you have cooked before to make sure you know
how to make them.
3. Review the recipes to make a list of things you need to buy at
the store.
4. Cook some foods in advance to make sure you have plenty of
time to get ready.
5. Ask your friends about their likes and dislikes to be sure
everyone can eat what you’re serving.
Activity 11: Using Adverbials to Explain Why
Answers will vary. Possible answers include:
1. Classes were canceled because of the terrible weather.
2. Fewer people can travel nowadays because of the high price
of gasoline.
3. A cell phone can last for many hours on account of the
rechargeable battery.
4. A lot of people take naps here in the summer due to the heat.
5. I wasn’t successful in learning Chinese as a result of my lack of
self-discipline.
6. Due to the increased efficiency of farms, people here have
plenty of food.
7. California is the top producer of food in the U.S. because of
its great climate.
8. Some scientists say we are having more storms due to
warmer weather.
9. I would like to visit Poland someday on account of my
ancestors living there.
10. On account of their shared experiences, brothers and sisters
get to know each other well.
11. Due to the small size of these scissors, you can carry them
in your pocket.
Activity 12: Choosing Degree Adverbials
1. From the moon, the earth looks very smooth, like a ball.
2. China covers an area slightly larger than that of the U.S.
3. The Nile River is a little bit longer than the Amazon River.
4. Mount Everest is considerably higher than Mount Fuji.
5. Brazil is much bigger than Venezuela.
6. Annual rainfall varies greatly around the world.
7. An island is completely surrounded by water.
8. It’s extremely cold in Antarctica. In some places the average
temperature is –58 degrees Celsius.
9. The population of Mexico City is significantly larger than
the population of Paris.
10. Although the sun doesn’t rise on parts of Greenland for
three whole months, it is never totally dark there.
42 UNIT 5 E L E M E N T S of S U C C E S S • S t u de nt B o ok 3
Elements of Success L3 Answer Key.indd 42
Think about It
Describe an adjective/adverb: very, slightly, a little bit,
considerably, much, extremely, totally
Describe a verb: greatly, completely
The adverbials describing adjectives and adverbs come before
them. The adverbials describing verbs come after (6) or in the
middle (7) of them.
Activity 14: Using Degree Adverbials
Answers will vary in the second sentences.
1. The public transportation system here is fairly reliable.
The public transportation system here is somewhat reliable.
2. The subway stations are extremely clean.
The subway stations are very clean.
3. The streets are pretty clean.
The streets are quite clean.
4. It gets quite cold here in the winter.
It gets extremely cold here in the winter.
5. The buses here are never on time, but the subways are
extremely reliable.
The buses here are never on time, but the subways are
very reliable.
6. I stayed in a very lively part of town.
I stayed in a rather lively part of town.
7. It’s quite beautiful here in the summertime.
It’s absolutely beautiful here in the summertime.
8. The mountains in the distance are incredibly beautiful.
The mountains in the distance are very beautiful.
9. Although the city is rather quiet during the week, the streets
get pretty crowded on the weekend.
Although the city is fairly quiet during the week, the streets
get quite crowded on the weekend.
10. Because of the bitterly cold weather in winter, people spend
a lot of time indoors.
Because of the extremely cold weather in winter, people
spend a lot of time indoors.
Write about It
Answers will vary. Possible answers include:
1. The flowers in the springtime are very pretty.
2. The restaurants in Dallas are rather good.
3. The public transportation system is rather limited.
Activity 15: Noticing Focusing Adverbials
1. A: Do you ever get homesick?
B: Sure—especially on holidays.
2. A: Where’s Amanda?
B: She’s already gone.
A: You’re kidding! She didn’t even say goodbye.
B: I think she was in a hurry.
3. A: Did you tell James about the meeting?
B: Yeah, but he didn’t seem particularly interested.
4. A: Do you want something for breakfast?
B: No, thanks. I only eat breakfast on weekends.
5. A: Want to go to a movie tonight?
B: Can’t we just stay home?
A: Sure. That’s fine with me.
6. A: Have you heard anything about our new boss?
B: Not a word. I don’t even know her name.
7. A: Wow! That was a big bird.
B: Really? I didn’t even see it.
8. A: Don’t you need a rest?
B: No, why?
A: Because you’re always doing something.
I get tired just watching you.
8/27/14 2:32 PM
 9. A: What did you think of the movie? 4. A: Do you still want to look at my photos?
B: It was pretty good. I particularly liked the ending. B: Oh, yeah. Sure. Of course.
10. A: Want to try some of my macaroni and cheese? 5. A: I’m going to Matt’s house tonight. Maybe you’ll come?
B: Thanks, but no thanks. I’m not especially fond of cheese. B: No, not tonight.
6. A: How well do you know Rob?
Activity 17: Choosing the Correct Meaning
B: Pretty well.
1. Excuse me for interrupting. I just wanted to ask a quick
A: What’s he like?
question. 3
B: Well, he’s usually good-natured and funny. Of course, he
2. This room is just a mess. 4
can be a little moody at times.
3. No one came to the meeting. It was just me and
7. Clearly, it’s both advantageous and enjoyable to have a
20 empty chairs. 3
brother or sister, especially if you are close in age.
4. It was really cold there just like you said it would be. 1
8. Some people prefer vigorous exercise, such as running. Others
5. John is fine. I just talked to him. 2
prefer less strenuous activities, such as walking. Of course,
6. I brought something just for you. 3
more strenuous activities burn more calories.
7. After she was kicked out of school, she just disappeared. 4
9. I am especially concerned about the spread of consumer
8. I’m just not interested in poetry. 4
culture in the twenty-first century. There are certainly
9. He cut his leg just above the ankle. 1
many other important problems in the world today, but
10. Chicago is just north of here. 1
consumerism is one of the least noticed.
11. We did it just for fun. 3
10. Students should be encouraged to learn a second and
12. I’m not really hungry—I just had lunch. 2
possibly even a third foreign language.
Write about It 11. Slang and other informal spoken language obviously has no
Answers will vary. Possible answers include: place in school reports.
1. The building is just on the other side of that hill. 12. Without a doubt, recreation is essential to a healthy life.
2. I just washed the floor. 13. The smartphone has changed the way people communicate,
3. Are you just going to do your math homework, or are you and it will surely see many innovations in the future.
going to do the rest of it, too?
Think about It
4. Just do as I asked you to, please.
Commas appear after stance adverbials when they appear at the
Activity 18: Using Stance Adverbials to Give an Opinion or beginning of a sentence.
Evaluation
Write about It
1. Luckily, in my case, I have managed, by writing, to do the
Answers will vary. Possible answers include:
one thing that I always wanted to do.
7. Undoubtedly, it’s both advantageous and enjoyable to have a
2. Sadly, it’s much easier to create a desert than a forest.
brother or sister, especially if you are close in age.
3. Fortunately, it doesn’t seem to have made a lot of difference
8. Some people prefer vigorous exercise, such as running. Others
to my audience that I’m as bald as a billiard ball!
prefer less strenuous activities, such as walking. Clearly, more
4. To my surprise, my 70s are nicer than my 60s and my 60s than
strenuous activities burn more calories.
my 50s, and I wouldn’t wish my teens and 20s on my enemies.
9. I am especially concerned about the spread of consumer
5. Dad taught me everything I know. Unfortunately, he didn’t
culture in the twenty-first century. There are definitely
teach me everything he knows.
many other important problems in the world today, but
6. Thankfully, I have my mom and a small group of close friends
consumerism is one of the least noticed.
who are there for me 24/7 and whom I can trust and depend on.
10. Students should be encouraged to learn a second and
7. I would’ve loved to have been in a band, but sadly I just
perhaps even a third foreign language.
wasn’t good enough.
11. Slang and other informal spoken language clearly has no
8. I’ve broken my nose, I’ve broken ribs. You name it. In fact, we
place in school reports.
just got back from South America, and I fell over a monitor
12. Of course, recreation is essential to a healthy life.
speaker on the stage and almost ended up in the front row of
13. The smartphone has changed the way people communicate,
the audience. I managed to sprain my wrist on that one but
and it will obviously see many innovations in the future.
luckily nothing was broken.
9. Winning is a habit. Unfortunately, so is losing. Activity 20: Identifying Other Stance Adverbials
10. I think maybe ten years from now, I’m hopefully going to 1. A: I can’t believe you wrote this.
be, in like, Tahiti or something. Kicking back like in my huge B: But I did, really.
mansion, if everything goes right, it’s all up to me. 2. A: Will you still be here in an hour?
11. I love having a big family. I think it’s easier, oddly, in some B: Actually, I won’t. I’m leaving in a few minutes and I won’t be
ways, having three children as opposed to one. back until this evening.
12. A sense of freedom is something that, happily, comes with 3. A: Is that your money over there?
age and life experience. B: I don’t honestly know. It might be.
4. A: Did you like my speech?
Activity 19: Using Stance Adverbials to Show Certainty or Doubt
B: Yeah, it was great. Seriously, I’m kind of jealous. I wish I
1. A: How was your plane trip?
could speak in public like that.
B: Scary. Next time I’ll definitely go by train.
5. A: Hey, Sam. Do you have a few minutes? I have some
2. A: Have you eaten at the new restaurant?
questions.
B: Yeah, and I’d definitely go again.
B: Yeah, I need to talk to you, too. In fact, I’ve been trying to
3. A: Are you going to the meeting tomorrow?
get in touch with you all week.
B: Probably. What about you?
6. A: That was a good movie, don’t you think?
A: I don’t know yet.
B: To tell you the truth, I thought it was really strange.

E L E M E N T S of S U C C E S S • S t u de nt B o ok 3 UNIT 5 43

Elements of Success L3 Answer Key.indd 43 8/27/14 2:32 PM

 7. Technically speaking, your brain has the capacity to store
everything you experience.
8. Your brain processes pain signals but it doesn’t actually
feel pain.
9. It may seem impossible to come up with a single definition of
psychology, but actually we can: psychology is the scientific
study of mental processes and behavior.
10. Many people change careers at some point. In fact, many
people have several careers in their lifetime.
11. Humans are social animals. We aren’t supposed to live alone.
Relationships stimulate our brains—in fact, socializing with
others is a great form of brain exercise.
12. The Romans invented indoor plumbing using lead pipes. In
fact, the word plumbing comes from the Roman word for lead,
plumbum.
Write about It
Answers will vary. Possible answers include:
I really want to go with you to the park tomorrow.
Actually, I’m not sure if I’ll be able to.
I honestly don’t know if my parents will let me go.
Seriously, I will ask them.
In fact, I’ll ask as soon as I get home from school today.
To tell you the truth, I think they’ll ask about my grade on
yesterday’s test.
Technically speaking, I’m not allowed to go out if I get
a bad grade.
Activity 21: Using Stance Adverbials
Answers will vary. Possible answers include:
1. Not surprisingly, your skin is thickest on the bottom of
your feet.
2. Obviously, mothers who work outside the home have
less time to spend with their children.
3. To tell you the truth, I think you are making a big mistake.
4. Honestly, I didn’t break it.
5. Honestly, I don’t know how long I will be here.
6. Luckily, she didn’t break her leg.
7. Undoubtedly, you will do well on the exam.
8. Obviously, you aren’t happy here.
9. Seriously, I don’t want you to go.
10. Thankfully, I didn’t have to go.
11. Maybe they will get here in time.
Activity 22: Connecting Sentences in Different Ways
1. The island of Greenland belongs to Denmark. However, if it
were a separate country, it would be the thirteenth largest
country in the world. 1
The island of Greenland belongs to Denmark; however, if it
were a separate country, it would be the thirteenth largest
country in the world.
2. China covers an area only slightly larger than that of the
U.S; the population of China, however, is nearly five times
greater. 3
China covers an area only slightly larger than that of the U.S.
However, the population of China is nearly five times greater.
3. The gravity of the moon is one-sixth that of Earth; on the
moon, therefore, you would weigh one-sixth of what you
weigh on Earth. 3
The gravity of the moon is one-sixth that of Earth; therefore,
on the moon you would weigh one-sixth of what you weigh
on Earth.
4. We use linking adverbials to connect ideas in writing.
However, it’s important not to overuse them. 1
We use linking adverbials to connect ideas in writing; it’s
important, however, not to overuse them.
44 UNIT 5 E L E M E N T S of S U C C E S S • S t u de nt B o ok 3
Elements of Success L3 Answer Key.indd 44
5. An environmentalist is defined as someone who is interested
in preserving the environment; to me, however, simply being
interested is not enough. 3
An environmentalist is defined as someone who is interested
in preserving the environment. However, to me, simply being
interested is not enough.
6. The tropical deserts are the hottest places on earth; however,
nights can be very cold there. 2
The tropical deserts are the hottest places on earth; nights,
however, can be very cold there.
7. There isn’t much food for animals in Antarctica. Therefore,
most animals live in or near the sea. 1
There isn’t much food for animals in Antarctica; most animals,
therefore, live in or near the sea.
8. The acting in this movie was terrible and the plot was entirely
predictable; I wouldn’t, therefore, recommend this movie to
most people. 3
The acting in this movie was terrible and the plot was entirely
predictable. Therefore, I wouldn’t recommend this movie to
most people.
Activity 23: Using Linking Adverbials to Signal a Result
1. Foldable scissors are very small; consequently, they fit easily
in a purse or pocket.
2. I practiced the piano several hours a day. Therefore, I made
progress quickly.
3. For me, a good job is one where I can help others become
smarter. Thus, I can think of nothing better than being
a teacher.
4. Centuries ago, children were considered to be small adults.
As a result, very little was done to help address the special
emotional needs of young children.
5. Much of the surface of Mars is covered by reddish rocks and
sand. As a result, people often call Mars the red planet.
6. Living in another country gave me the opportunity to meet
new people and to learn about another culture. As a result,
I now love to travel to foreign countries.
7. The number of overweight children is increasing. As a result,
schools are serving less junk food.
8. In psychology, the term behavior refers to almost any activity.
Thus, the blink of an eye is an example of a behavior.
Activity 24: Result or Contrast?
1. The tallest tree in the world today is a redwood tree. In the
nineteenth century, however, much taller eucalyptus trees
existed.
2. Japan is a popular tourist spot for many Koreans. As a result,
bookstores in Korea carry a lot of travel books for Japan.
3. Both humans and giraffes have seven neck vertebrae. For
giraffes, however, each one can be more than 10 inches
(25.4 centimeters) long.
4. I’ve never thought of him as being sad. On the contrary, he
seems happy and full of life.
5. Something always went wrong on our family vacations. One
year, everyone got sick. Another year, it rained the whole time.
Nevertheless, now we look back on these incidents and laugh.
6. My sister got into all the schools she applied to. I, on the other
hand, didn’t get into any of them.
7. Spanish and Italian male colleagues may embrace when they
greet each other. In contrast, the Japanese usually bow.
8. The western calendar is based on the length of the seasonal
year. The lunar calendar, in contrast, is based on the cycle of
the moon.
9. When I first moved to Canada, I was very homesick. However,
once I started school, I made a lot of friends, and I began to
feel more comfortable.
8/27/14 2:32 PM
 10. Divorce has become common in some countries. Still, the 5. Rubber is a common material used in sports equipment.
traditional role of the father as wage-earner and the mother For example, it is the main ingredient in bicycle tires and
as homemaker continues to be viewed as the norm. basketballs. f
11. The universe is so large that we can’t measure it in miles or 6. Because of the Internet, we can find out how people in other
kilometers. Instead, we measure it in light years. countries are dealing with events. For instance, we can hear
12. I am a good judge of character. I can tell if someone is stories from people who have been affected by earthquakes or
trustworthy. However, I am not very organized. typhoons. b
7. Some places have very old laws that don’t make any sense. For
Think about It
instance, in one state in the U.S., it is against the law to carry an
There is a surprising contrast in sentences 1 and 3.
ice-cream cone in your pocket. d
Activity 25: Other Ways to Express a Result or Contrast 8. At times it’s natural to feel angry. For example, being treated
Answers will vary. Possible answers include: unfairly upsets most people. h
1. Running your own business can be difficult; however, it can
Think about It
prove to be extremely rewarding.
Answers will vary. Possible answers include:
2. His mother worked for a university; as a result, they didn’t have
1. Our ears can’t hear every sound. For instance, some sounds are
to pay tuition.
too low-pitched for humans to hear.
3. Modern technology has freed us from many chores;
2. Efforts to use recycled products haven’t always been successful.
consequently, we have more time to enjoy ourselves.
In 2002, for example, New York City stopped recycling glass and
4. Several years ago I was thinking of taking a trip to Russia. At
cans for a few years because it was too expensive.
the time, I was living in California; therefore, it was going to be
3. When you travel to another country, it’s interesting to learn
quite a journey just getting there.
about cultural differences. For example, different cultures
5. She was very young and small; nevertheless, she was able to
celebrate different holidays.
skate beautifully with the eyes of the whole world on her.
4. I think that feeling a little stress can be a good thing. For
6. He worked 20 hours every day to make his business successful;
example, having a deadline can make me work faster.
however, after several years, he finally gave up.
5. Rubber is a common material used in sports equipment. For
7. Most people have more than one skill or talent, but in spite of
example, it is used in tennis balls and soccer balls.
that they stay in the same profession for their whole life.
6. Because of the Internet, we can find out how people in other
8. I most often get sick when I am run down; as a result, I try to
countries are dealing with events. For instance, we can hear
make sure I eat well, exercise daily, and get plenty of sleep.
stories from people who are affected by earthquakes.
9. It’s often a difficult decision to leave children in the care of
7. Some places have very old laws that don’t make any sense. For
others—still, millions of women do it.
instance, in one state in the U.S., it is against the law to drive a
Write about It car with an uncaged bear in it.
Answers will vary. Possible answers include: 8. At times it’s natural to feel angry. For example, long delays can
1. Running your own business can be difficult; as a result, many upset people.
businesses fail during their first year.
Activity 27: Signaling New Related Information
2. His mother worked for a university; therefore, he and his
Students will circle the adverbials in the Think about It activity.
brothers received a discount on their tuition.
1. When you are visiting Hong Kong, Kowloon Peninsula may be a
3. Modern technology has freed us from many chores; as a result,
better place to stay because it is less crowded . Moreover, it has
most people have more leisure time.
great museums and good views of the Hong Kong skyline. c
4. Several years ago I was thinking of taking a trip to Russia. At
2. The bedrooms are comfortable but very dark. The closets are
the time, I was living in California; consequently, I allowed an
tiny, so good luck if you want to hang up any clothes. And
extra day to recover from jet lag.
housekeeping could be better. During our entire stay , the
5. She was very young and small; as a result, she was very nervous
floors were never cleaned. In addition, the furniture in our
when she performed.
room was covered with a thick layer of dust. b
6. He worked 20 hours every day to make his business successful;
3. Coping with stress is very important, and I have a few main
consequently, his business thrived.
methods of helping myself stay relaxed. The first things I
7. Most people have more than one skill or talent, and as a result
always try to do are to slow down my breathing, quiet my
they are able to change careers if they choose.
thoughts, and relax my muscles. I also try to speak more calmly
8. I most often get sick when I am run down; nonetheless, I work
and slowly. Furthermore, I often try to take myself out of the
very long days.
stressful environment. For me, the best thing to do is to take a
9. It’s often a difficult decision to leave children in the care of
quiet walk alone or to exercise. b
others—however, many families have no other choice.
Activity 28: Signaling Additional Information
Activity 26: Adding Examples
1. There are many interesting things to do in Washington, D.C.
1. Our ears can’t hear every sound. For instance, ultrasonic sounds
A visitor can tour the White House, the home of the president,
are too high-pitched for humans to hear. c
visit the many historical museums, or walk around government
2. Efforts to use recycled products haven’t always been successful.
buildings such as the Supreme Court and the Capitol. Besides
In the 1990s, for example, recycled wool came and went,
touring the educational sites in the city, visitors can do fun
mostly because the clothes were very itchy. e
activities such as visiting the zoo.
3. When you travel to another country, it’s interesting to learn
2. In the past, people spent many hours taking care of basic
about cultural differences. For example, the food may be very
chores such as cooking and cleaning.
different from what you are used to. g
3. I would need a very good reason to fire an employee. For
4. I think that feeling a little stress can be a good thing. For
example, I would fire an employee who was stealing from
example, worrying about a test might actually make me
the company.
study harder. a

E L E M E N T S of S U C C E S S • S t u de nt B o ok 3 UNIT 5 45

Elements of Success L3 Answer Key.indd 45 8/27/14 2:32 PM

 4. Many forms of exercise, for example, running, playing sports,
and swimming, are good for the body.
5. Cape Town in South Africa is a great place to visit. In addition
to the spectacular mountains, you will find some beautiful
beaches there.
6. Whatever your profession is, you can find work in a large city.
In addition, there are many different kinds of schools.
7. People in different cultures value different things. For instance,
in some countries people value punctuality—they expect you
to be on time.
8. You should encourage her to avoid bad habits such as smoking
and drinking.
Write about It
Answers will vary. Possible answers include:
1. There are many interesting things to do in Washington, D.C.
A visitor can tour the White House, the home of the president,
visit the many historical museums, or walk around government
buildings such as the Supreme Court and the Capitol. In
addition, visitors can do fun activities such as visiting the zoo.
2. In the past, people spent many hours taking care of basic
chores. For instance, cooking and cleaning took up a lot
of time.
3. I would need a very good reason to fire an employee such as
stealing from the company.
4. Many forms of exercise besides running, playing sports, and
swimming are good for the body.
5. Cape Town in South Africa is a great place to visit. In addition,
I’ve always liked Johannesburg.
6. Whatever your profession is, you can find work in a large city.
In addition to work, there are many different kinds of schools.
7. People in different cultures value different things such as
punctuality—in some countries people expect you to be
on time.
8. You should encourage her to avoid bad habits. For instance,
smoking and drinking are good to avoid.
Activity 29: Noticing Linking Adverbials
1. If I knew that I would die in a few months, I would stop
worrying about long-term goals. I think that knowing I would
die soon could help me to focus on the here and now.
The first thing that I would do is to stop worrying about jobs
and careers; if I am going to die soon, I will have little need for
money. Secondly, I would want to spend a lot more time in
quiet, either alone or with close friends. I hope that this would
make me a wiser and calmer person. Lastly, I would try to share
what wisdom I have gained in life with the people I trust most.
If I did these things , I think it could help others live happier
lives after I’m gone.
2. There is a lot that I would like to accomplish in the next ten
years. I think that this will be a very busy time for me.
The first thing that I will do is complete my education. I will
go to college and study to become a teacher. I have always
wanted to be a teacher; I think this is because I’ve always liked
school and my teachers have been important figures in my life.
Getting my degree will be hard work, but it is very important
to me. Once I’ve received my teaching degree , I will try to find
a job in a public school. I think it will be fun to have my own
students, and I will work hard to be the best possible teacher.
Finally, once I am settled into a teaching career , I will think
about starting my own family. I would like to get married and
have children someday. Hopefully my future spouse will be
easy to find. We will get married, find a home, and settle down.
3. There are two primary purposes of this chapter. First, it
reviews the development of widespread literacy in various
46 UNIT 5 E L E M E N T S of S U C C E S S • S t u de nt B o ok 3
Elements of Success L3 Answer Key.indd 46
countries, examining the influences that have accelerated
this process and, more briefly, those that have hindered it.
Second, it examines the broader social context of literacy: how
it is learned and practiced in particular social settings, how
it serves different individual and group purposes, and how it
is influenced by public policies and family circumstances. In
particular, the chapter focuses on language issues, literacy
practices, and literate environments.
Activity 30: Adding a Summary Statement
1. To run your own business, you must be very organized and
hard-working. If you are involved in the hiring process, you
must also be a good judge of character. I do have some of
these skills. I am one of the most hard-working people I know.
Even if it isn’t necessary, I always try to do a job to perfection.
I am also a good judge of character. I can tell when someone
is trustworthy or when a person is not. Unfortunately, I am
not very organized. I would have a difficult time keeping track
of everything related to the business, like legal documents
and receipts. In addition, I have a hard time making a budget
and keeping to it. This skill is essential for a business owner.
In conclusion, I think that I could run my own business, but I
would need an assistant and a financial advisor. a
2. For me, the choice of whether or not to live in a big city is easy
to make: Why would I want to live where there is such a high
concentration of people? Why would I want to spend so much
money to live in a tiny apartment? And why would I want to be
exposed to noise and air pollution? Obviously, you get less for
your money in the city. Overall, it’s not very pleasant to live in a
big city. b
Activity 31: Hedging a Statement in Speaking
Answers will vary. Possible answers include:
1. Maybe you should come back later.
2. You probably called the wrong number.
3. Are you by any chance driving to the meeting tomorrow?
4. She didn’t like my essay. In fact, she said it was sort of boring.
5. Aren’t you kind of young to own your own business?
6. He has a loud, kind of unpleasant voice.
7. Perhaps you’re mistaken.
8. By any chance, is Dr. Martin at home?
9. Maybe you upset her.
10. Can I borrow ten dollars by any chance?
Think about It
Answers will vary. Possible answers include:
In sentences 1, 2, 3, 7, 8, 9, and 10, kind of and sort of don’t really
fit because they are stance adverbials instead of adverbials that
express certainty.
In sentences 4, 5, and 6, by any chance, maybe, probably, and
perhaps don’t really fit because they express degrees of certainty
instead of being stance adverbials.
Activity 32: Hedging a Statement in Writing
1. Deserts are dry regions, generally receiving less than ten inches
of precipitation a year.
2. Mothers who work outside the home obviously have less
time to spend with their children. According to a recent study,
however, this does not necessarily have a negative effect on
their children.
3. This is arguably the best museum in the whole country.
4. In general, smoking is no longer fashionable in Canada. In
many other parts of the world, however, smoking is still
growing in popularity.
5. Researchers have found these substances almost everywhere
they have looked for them.
8/27/14 2:32 PM
 6. The risk to humans is uncertain in part because few tests
have been done.
7. In most cases, the assumption that wealthy countries have
better education systems than poorer countries is correct.
8. Researchers have long suggested that in “noun-friendly”
languages including English, infants’ attention is focused
mainly on objects, typically marked by nouns.
9. The number of farm workers has decreased steadily over
the years. This is primarily because the use of sophisticated
machines has reduced the need for labor.
Write about It
Answers will vary. Possible answers include:
1. Deserts are dry regions, usually receiving less than ten inches
of precipitation a year.
2. Mothers who work outside the home obviously have less
time to spend with their children. According to a recent study,
however, this does not always have a negative effect on their
children.
3. This is perhaps the best museum in the whole country.
4. For the most part, smoking is no longer fashionable in Canada.
In many other parts of the world, however, smoking is still
growing in popularity.
5. Researchers have found these substances nearly everywhere
they have looked for them.
6. The risk to humans is uncertain partly because few tests have
been done.
7. Most of the time, the assumption that wealthy countries tend
to have better education systems than poorer countries is
correct.
8. Researchers have long suggested that in “noun-friendly”
languages including English, infants’ attention is focused
primarily on objects, typically marked by nouns.
9. The number of farm workers has decreased steadily over the
years. This is mostly because the use of sophisticated machines
has reduced the need for labor.
Activity 33: Using Linking Adverbials in Writing
1. Many people think Japan is one large island; however, it is
actually thousands of islands.
2. Much of Japan is mountainous; as a result, there is little
farmland.
3. Japan has only a small supply of minerals. It is nonetheless one
of the world’s richest nations.
4. Volcanic eruptions take place frequently. In addition,
earthquakes are common occurrences.
5. Japanese trees are often cultivated as miniatures; likewise,
gardens are often designed as smaller versions of the
surrounding landscape.
6. The largest of the main islands, Honshu, is less than 200 miles
wide at its greatest width; consequently, no part of Japan is
more than 100 miles from the sea.
7. Few inlets are found on the east coast north of Tokyo; however,
south of Tokyo are many of the best harbors.
8. Every valley in Japan has a stream; however, there aren’t any
long, navigable rivers in Japan.
9. In the Japanese mountains, there are about 200 volcanoes;
however, only about 60 are still active.
Activity 34: Choosing Linking Adverbials
Answers will vary. Possible answers include:
Parenting Styles
There are three basic styles of parenting: permissive, dictatorial,
and authoritative. Generally , each style has fairly predictable
effects on children.
Elements of Success L3 Answer Key.indd 47
Permissive parents have very few demands of their children.
They don’t make many rules, and when they do, they often fail to
enforce them. These parents generally act more like friends
rather than parents . As a result, their children don’t learn much
about good behavior and the consequences for bad behavior.
Children raised in this way can be impulsive and irresponsible.
Dictatorial parents are inflexible. They make strict rules and
demand obedience. When their children disobey, they are usually
punished very harshly. Dictatorial parents don’t trust their children
to make decisions for themselves , and they often don’t explain
why they make such strict rules. Consequently, their children are
often not very good at making decisions.
Authoritative parents are in the role of authority figures, but
they are not dictators. They expect their children to obey their
rules. However, they are caring, flexible, and often willing to listen
to their children’s opinions.
Emotions
According to psychologists, all humans show distinctive facial
expressions for six basic emotions: disgust, sadness, happiness,
fear, anger, and surprise. Furthermore, these expressions appear
to be universal. This means that people from different cultures
across the world use and recognize the same expressions for
the same emotions. Of course , not every person will have
the same emotional responses to the same things, but we do
seem to have the same way of showing these six emotions
without using language .
In general , when we experience an intense feeling, we don’t
just feel “normal” after that feeling passes . Instead, we often
go beyond that middle ground and experience the opposite
emotion. For example, if you have just given a presentation
to your classmates , one that you have dreaded for weeks , you might
feel wonderful when it’s over instead of feeling just OK. Similarly ,
it is not unusual to feel a little sad or depressed after experiencing
a lot of joy or excitement for a period of time . If your parents live
far away and they visit you only once a year for a short time , you
might feel very happy during their visit . However, once they leave ,
you may experience some sadness or depression in their absence .
QUESTIONS
1. Answers will vary.
2. See circled adverbials above.
3. Some of the words the first writer uses to hedge claims are
generally, fairly, often, and usually. The second writer uses in
general and often.
Wrap-Up
A
Answers will vary.
B
Answers will vary.
C
Answers will vary.
E L E M E N T S of S U C C E S S • S t u de nt B o ok 3 UNIT 5 47
8/27/14 2:32 PM
 Unit 6
Warm-Up Once she made her decision
by the time she was 12
A Although she loved classical music
1. Knowledge is the most valuable treasure because it can’t be Punctuation: comma
stolen or consumed. d 4. Answers will vary. Possible answers include:
2. Don’t count your chickens before they hatch. g Mozart was a child prodigy. He composed and played music
3. When spider webs unite, they can tie up a lion. a well when he was very young.
4. A snake will emit poison even though you feed it on milk. b Activity 2: Identifying Verb Forms
5. The eyes are of little use if the mind is blind. f 1. When I have spent a lot of time exercising, I sleep better at
6. Make hay while the sun shines. c night. (present perfect/simple present)
7. Even though the old man is strong, he will not live forever. e 2. When I was younger, I thought a lot about my future. (simple
past/simple past)
B
3. My parents are important to me because they have always
True False been my best friends. (simple present/present perfect)
4. Once I start something, I don’t stop until I’m done. (simple
1. An adverb clause has a subject and
✓ present/simple present/simple present)
a verb.
5. I try to stay completely focused while I’m studying. (simple
2. Adverb clauses always come at the present/present progressive)
✓
end of a sentence. 6. My hometown has always been special to me because it’s so
3. An adverb clause is connected to beautiful. (present perfect/simple present)
✓ 7. Once I’ve made a decision, I never change my mind. (present
another clause.
perfect/simple present)
4. Adverb clauses always begin with
✓ 8. I didn’t have any friends while I was growing up. (simple past/
when or while.
past progressive)
9. A year after I had finished high school, I started college. (past
C perfect/simple past)
adverb clause: unless you are planning to go that way
10. Shortly after I moved here, I got a job. (simple past/simple past)
Activity 1: Noticing Adverb Clauses 11. Although I worked hard yesterday, I don’t feel like working
Students will circle the subject and verb in Question 1. this morning. (simple past/simple present)
Students will underline subordinators in Question 2. 12. I am applying to this college because my father attended the
Timeline of Vanessa-Mae’s Life same school. (present progressive/simple past)
age 3 had her first piano lesson
Think about It
age 5 started playing the violin Sentences 11 (simple past/simple present) and 12 (present
age 8 won a prize in a piano competition, had to choose progressive/simple past)
between piano and violin, decided to focus on violin
age 12 had made three recordings of classical music, got an Activity 3: Noticing Adverb Clauses of Time
electric violin, started playing rock music Good Bad
today known as a classical violin musician and a great advice advice
rock musician
1. Before you turn in an assignment, check
Like many famous musicians, Vanessa-Mae started playing music ✓
it over carefully.
at a very young age. She was only 3 years old when she had
her first piano lesson, and she started playing the violin when 2. It’s important to review your notes from
✓
she was just 5. Then, at the age of 8, she had to make a difficult class as soon as you get home.
decision. She had to choose between the violin and the piano. 3. Don’t study for a test until your
Although she had just won a prize at an important piano ✓
instructor tells you to.
competition, Vanessa-Mae decided to focus on the violin. Once
4. Take notes while you are reading
she made her decision, she worked hard to improve her playing, ✓
assigned texts.
and by the time she was 12, she had made three recordings of
classical music. Although she loved classical music, she wanted 5. Study with a large group of classmates
✓
to play other kinds of music, too. To many people’s surprise, whenever you can.
she got an electric violin and started playing rock music. Today 6. Ask to meet with your instructor
Vanessa-Mae is known as both a great classical violin musician whenever you are confused about the ✓
and a great rock musician. That’s quite a combination. course material.
QUESTIONS 7. As you read your class assignment,
3. Before the main clause: you should listen to loud music to ✓
Although she had just won a prize at an important help you think.
piano competition

48 UNIT 6 E L E M E N T S of S U C C E S S • S t u de nt B o ok 3

Elements of Success L3 Answer Key.indd 48 8/27/14 2:32 PM

 8. Ask questions in class when you don’t
✓
understand something.
9. Always stay up late while you are
✓ ✓
studying.
10. Once you have read a text, don’t look
at it again until you need to study for ✓ ✓
a test.
Write about it
Answers will vary. Possible answers include:
1. Before you turn in an assignment, be sure to put your name
on it.
2. Make sure you organize your notes as soon as you get
home.
3. Don’t open the exam booklet until your instructor tells you to.
4. Sit in a quiet room while you are reading assigned texts.
5. Review your notes whenever you can.
6. Study with a friend whenever you are confused about
the course material.
7. As you read your class assignment, take notes in
the margins.
8. Write down questions when you don’t understand
something.
9. Turn the music down while you are studying.
10. Once you have read a text, take time to look through
your notes again before the test.
11. Don’t wait until you need to study for a test to read
the material.
Activity 4: Understanding Subordinators
1. As you grow older you will discover that you have two hands:
one for helping yourself, the other for helping others. (simple
present/future)
2. Whenever I crave junk food, I want salty things like peanuts or
potato chips. (simple present/simple present)
3. There’s only one way to have a happy marriage and as
soon as I learn what it is, I’ll get married again. (simple
present/future)
4. Once you are over 30, 35 years old, I think everyone should
get down to the gym and start moving again. (simple
present/simple present)
5. Life is what happens while you are busy making other plans.
(simple present/simple present)
6. I’ve now been in this country . . . since I was 17. So this is my
second home. (present perfect/simple past)
7. I still love making hamburgers on the grill. I guess whenever
I eat them, childhood memories come up for me. (simple
present/simple present)
8. Champions keep playing until they get it right. (simple
present/simple present)
9. When you do the common things in life in an uncommon
way, you will command the attention of the world. (simple
present/future)
10. As soon as I hear music, something in me starts to
vibrate. (simple present/simple present)
11. I could develop a picture by the time I was 12. (simple past/
simple past)
12. A lie gets halfway around the world before the truth has a
chance to get its pants on. (simple present/simple present)
QUESTIONS
1. Sentences 1, 2, 5, 7, and 9
3. Sentences 1, 3 and 9 (because they use a future verb form in
the main clause and a present verb form in the adverb clause)
Elements of Success L3 Answer Key.indd 49
Activity 5: Using Adverb Clauses of Time to Talk about the Future
Prediction Plan
1. When the economy improves, more
people will have jobs.
2. It will be years before the economy
becomes steady again.
3. I won’t get a job unless I am very lucky. ✓
4. Most students will start at low salaries
when they leave college.
✓
5. When I graduate, I will get a job
✓
right away.
6. As soon as I finish school, I will apply
✓
for as many jobs as possible.
7. I won’t look for employment until I
✓
graduate from college.
8. We won’t get good jobs unless we
✓
learn new skills.
9. I will try to get some work experience
✓
while I am in school.
10. I will travel after I pass my final exams. ✓
Write about It
Answers will vary. Possible answers include:
1. When the economy improves, people will start taking
vacations overseas again.
2. Things will need to change a lot before the economy becomes
steady again.
3. I won’t get work experience this year unless I am very lucky.
4. Most students will not have a job when they leave college.
5. When I graduate, I will visit my sister in California.
6. As soon as I finish school, I will try to find a place to live.
7. I won’t have time to look for a job until I graduate from college.
8. We’ll have to take low-paying jobs unless we learn new skills.
9. I am going to study very hard while I am in school.
10. My parents will take me out to celebrate after I pass my
final exams.
Activity 6: Noticing Adverb Clauses of Reason
1. Avoid very cold drinks as they can cause stomach pain.
2. Don’t assume the heat won’t make you sick just because you
never had a problem before.
3. Avoid high-protein foods since they increase body heat.
4. Don’t exercise in very hot, humid weather. Your body will sweat
because it is hot, but the sweat won’t evaporate because of the
high humidity.
5. Since you lose most of your body heat through your head, it’s
important to wear a hat in cold weather.
6. Wearing layers of clothing helps keep you warm because your
body heat gets trapped between the layers.
7. Don’t wear tight shoes or boots as they increase your chances
of getting frostbite.
8. Be especially careful on cold, windy days because the wind can
carry heat away from the body.
Think about It
Sentence 5 has a comma after the adverb clause, because it comes
before the main clause.
Activity 7: Identifying Subordinators
1. Because the cost of living has gone up, many people are
working longer hours.
E L E M E N T S of S U C C E S S • S t u de nt B o ok 3 UNIT 6 49
8/27/14 2:32 PM
 2. More people are working during their vacations now that
they have access to the Internet.
3. Since more people are watching TV, the programs are
getting better.
4. It’s easier to do research now because there is so much
information on the Internet.
5. Now that people can do research on the Internet, they don’t
go to the library as often.
6. People are driving less now that the price of gasoline has
gone up.
7. Because there are so many cars on the road, driving has
become more dangerous.
8. There is no real need to go shopping in stores as one can buy
almost anything online.
9. Since it’s easy to travel almost anywhere in the world, there
are few unspoiled places left.
10. Now that smoking is illegal in many public places, more
people will probably quit smoking.
11. Since fewer people are smoking, deaths from lung cancer
should go down.
12. Because people are living longer, it’s even more important for
them to have health insurance.
Write about It
Answers will vary. Possible answers include:
1. Because the cost of living has gone up, fewer people are
traveling overseas.
2. More people do their shopping online now that they have
access to the Internet.
3. Since more people are watching TV, there are more programs
to choose from.
4. It’s easier for me to do my homework now because there is so
much information on the Internet.
5. Now that people can do research on the Internet, they don’t
buy as many reference books.
6. People are buying cars with better gas mileage now that the
price of gasoline has gone up.
7. Because there are so many cars on the road, it takes longer to
go anywhere.
8. My brother asks why anyone ever leaves the house as one can
buy almost anything online!
9. Since it’s easy to travel almost anywhere in the world, more
people go overseas on vacation.
10. Now that smoking is illegal in many public places, the workers
there are probably healthier.
11. Since fewer people are smoking, more people should live longer.
12. Because people are living longer, they have to work until
they’re older.
Write about It
Answers will vary. Possible answers include:
1. Since I’ve downloaded Skype, I almost never use my telephone.
I just talk to people online.
2. Because computers are so inexpensive, almost everyone I know
has one.
3. Now that I can buy clothes online, I almost never go to
department stores.
Activity 9: Adverb Clause of Time or Reason?
Time
Clause
1. “If you look at the course syllabus, you’ll
notice that I’ve marked three items in
✓
blue. These are the things I’m going to
emphasize as we go through the course.”
50 UNIT 6 E L E M E N T S of S U C C E S S • S t u de nt B o ok 3
Elements of Success L3 Answer Key.indd 50
2. “I’d like to show you some pictures of
the poet T. S. Eliot since I’m going to be ✓
talking about him in today’s lecture.”
3. “As I was reading through your papers,
I noticed that some of you had trouble
✓
understanding a few of the concepts we
discussed last week.”
4. “There are several things you need to
remember as we move forward in our
✓
study of basic chemistry. I’m going to
post these online for you to refer to.”
5. “I’m going to read the poem to you in
class since some of you weren’t able to
✓
get the packet of class materials from
the bookstore.”
6. “As the semester goes on, I’ll go into
more detail about different styles of ✓
architecture.”
7. “There have been several new
developments in the field since we last
✓
met, and I’ll be discussing these over the
next few weeks.”
8. “I can’t tell you exactly when the final
exam will be since the department
✓
hasn’t made the schedule yet. But I’ll let
you know soon.”
9. “Since I published my research paper on
animal extinction, there’s been a lot of ✓
interest in the subject.”
10. “As none of you will be here next
semester, we’ll end this course with a ✓
review of European economics.”
Think about It
Answers will vary. Possible answers include:
1. These are the things I’m going to emphasize when we go
through the course.
2. I’d like to show you some pictures of the poet T. S. Eliot
because I’m going to be talking about him in today’s lecture.
3. While I was reading through your papers, I noticed that some
of you had trouble understanding a few of the concepts we
discussed last week.
4. There are several things you need to remember while we
move forward in our study of basic chemistry.
5. I’m going to read the poem to you in class because some of
you weren’t able to get the packet of class materials from the
bookstore.
6. While the semester goes on, I’ll go into more detail about
different styles of architecture.
8. I can’t tell you exactly when the final exam will be because the
department hasn’t made the schedule yet.
10. Because none of you will be here next semester, we’ll end this
course with a review of European economics.
Activity 10: Exploring Ways to Give Reasons
Answers will vary. Possible answers include:
Reason 1. We couldn’t understand him because he had a strong accent.
Clause 2. My brother missed his flight because his car broke down.
3. I couldn’t get to class since the weather was bad.
4. I didn’t exercise because it was so hot out.
5. I can’t go out this weekend as I don’t have any money.
6. I can’t email my family since I don’t have a computer.
8/27/14 2:32 PM
 7. I couldn’t go away for the weekend because I had to work.
8. We don’t see her very often because she works so much.
9. I couldn’t do my homework because of the problems with
my computer.
10. I had soccer practice, so I couldn’t do my homework.
11. I couldn’t come to class last week. I was out of town.
12. I didn’t finish my homework, so I had to stay home.
Activity 11: Error Correction
1. It’s hard to compare schools in the United States and Mexico
because my country has a different educational system.
2. I did not do very well on the examination because of I did not
read the instructions carefully.
3. Since you weren’t here yesterday, you didn’t get the
assignment.
4. I couldn’t sleep last night because I was worrying about
the test.
5. Now that I have some money, I’m going to take a vacation.
6. When I arrived here, I was happy because my sister was here
and I hadn’t seen her in a long time. At the same time, I was sad
because I left my friends behind and I knew I would miss them.
7. I’m proud of myself because now I can communicate with
people in English, I have a good job, and I’m going to start
college soon.
8. My parents always encouraged me to make my own decisions.
This was very important to me because it made me trust
myself.
9. I thought my parents would come here until the day my
father called me.
10. After I left my country, I moved to Germany. While I was living
there, I studied at a university.
11. I want to go back home for as long as I can.
12. When I will get older, I will look back at this time and laugh.
13. After they finished eating, they went to the bride’s house.
14. At noon all my friends arrived. As soon as they arrived, they
started to decorate my apartment. They finished at 5:00.
15. Because My country, Cambodia, has a very different
educational system.
Activity 12: Noticing Adverb Clauses of Contrast
1. What university did George Washington attend? d
2. How many children did George Washington have? b
3. Did George Washington wear a wig? a
4. Is George Washington buried under the U.S. Capitol? c
a. No, he didn’t. Even though wigs were fashionable,
Washington didn’t wear one. Instead, he powdered his
hair. (simple past/simple past)
b. None. George Washington had no children of his own
although he helped raise two of his wife’s children from her
first marriage. (simple past/simple past)
c. No, he isn’t. Although Congress built a room under the
Capitol Building for this purpose, Washington is not buried
in it. (simple past/simple present passive)
d. He did not attend college. Although Washington believed
strongly in formal education, the death of his father ended
his formal schooling. (simple past/simple past)
1. Did Christopher Columbus discover America? d
2. Where was Columbus trying to go in 1502? c
3. Did Columbus sail in very large ships? b
4. Was Christopher Columbus married? a
a. Yes, he was. Although no one writes about her often,
Columbus had a wife named Filipa Perestrelo, a Portuguese
lady. Their wedding was on the Portuguese island of Porto
Santo in 1479. (simple present/simple past)
Elements of Success L3 Answer Key.indd 51
b. No, he didn’t. Columbus’s biggest ship, the Santa Maria,
sailed across the Atlantic Ocean even though it was only 70
feet long and not designed for exploration. (simple past/
simple past)
c. In 1502, Columbus sailed to America for the fourth time and
explored Central America though he was still hoping to land
in China! (simple past/past progressive)
d. Although people have said Columbus discovered America,
this isn’t in fact true. There were many people living there
already, but of course, Columbus didn’t know that. (present
perfect/simple present)
1. What did Mozart call himself? d
2. Was Mozart very rich? b
3. What sort of music did Mozart compose? c
4. How old was Mozart when he began to compose? a
a. Even though it’s hard to believe, Mozart was only eight
years old when he composed his first symphony. (simple
present/simple past)
b. No, he wasn’t. Although he was very famous, Mozart was
extremely poor when he died in 1791. His grave didn’t even
have a stone on it. (simple past/simple past)
c. Though Mozart is often remembered for writing cheerful
music and funny operas, not all his music was happy. He
also wrote serious music and even funeral music. (simple
present passive/simple past)
d. Mozart’s official name was Joannes Chrysostomus
Wolfgangus Theophilus although he called himself Gottlieb
until 1769. Then he began to call himself Amadeo. (simple
past/simple past)
Activity 13: Using Adverb Clauses of Contrast
Answers will vary. Possible answers include:
1. I got up early this morning even though I didn’t have to.
2. Although I don’t like coffee, I drank several cups of it.
3. Although I like to drive to work, I usually take the bus.
4. Although I got caught in traffic, I still got to work on time.
5. I worked all day even though I finished my work before lunch.
6. I didn’t eat lunch even though I was really hungry.
7. Although I was very tired, I stayed up late watching TV.
8. Though it seemed like a bad idea, I ate the old food in the
refrigerator.
9. I never learned to drive a car even though it would have been
really helpful in college.
10. I finished the assignment late though I had plenty of time.
Activity 14: Using While in Contrast Clauses
Answers will vary. Possible answers include:
1. While the number of programs on TV is increasing, their quality
is not getting better.
2. While many parents don’t want their children to watch a lot of
TV, some parents let their children watch all of the time.
3. Some of the news programs on TV are OK while others aren’t
worth watching.
4. Some people prefer news programs while others watch
reality TV.
5. While many people admit that they watch too much TV,
not many people do anything about it.
6. While TV is still a popular source of news, the Internet is
becoming more popular.
7. While TV can be beneficial for adults, it can also be harmful for
children.
8. While many TV channels show only sports programs, others
show only educational programs.
E L E M E N T S of S U C C E S S • S t u de nt B o ok 3 UNIT 6 51
8/27/14 2:32 PM
 Think about It 3. Although some bacteria are harmful, the vast majority of
Sentences that use while to contrast two aspects of the same bacteria are harmless.
thing: 1, 7 4. While some deserts are hot, dry places, others are cold and
Sentences that use while to make a direct contrast between two ice-covered.
different things: 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 8 5. Even though the earth is slightly flat at the poles, we say it
is round.
Activity 16: Understanding Clauses with While
6. Although the banana plant looks like a tree, it is actually a very
Contrast Time large herb.
clause clause 7. Even though there were distractions, the researchers were able
to focus on their work.
1. While this disease can be deadly in
✓ 8. While ants are extremely small, they are very strong insects.
humans and animals, it is treatable.
2. While people are being treated for the Think about It
✓ Answers will vary. Possible answers include:
disease, they need constant care.
1. Although bamboo looks like a tree, it is actually a grass.
3. While animals can get this disease, 2. Although most people think water always boils at 212 degrees
✓
people cannot. Fahrenheit, this only happens at sea level.
4. While the river is being cleaned up, 3. While some bacteria are harmful, the vast majority of bacteria
✓
swimming will not be allowed. are harmless.
5. While the river is being cleaned up, 4. Although some deserts are hot, dry places, others are cold and
✓ ice-covered.
the surrounding area is not.
5. Despite the earth’s being slightly flat at the poles, we say it
6. While it would be wonderful to clean is round.
✓
up the river, it is unlikely to happen. 6. Even though it looks like a tree, the banana plant is actually
7. We couldn’t see or hear anything while a very large herb.
✓
we were swimming across the river. 7. Despite the distractions, the researchers were able to focus on
8. While it can be challenging to swim their work.
✓ 8. Although ants are extremely small, they are very strong insects.
across the river, it can be done.
9. Several protestors had to be taken Activity 20: Error Correction
from the room while the president ✓ 1. Because she is a good wife, we are a happy family.
was giving her speech. 2. I don’t know much about U.S. history. although I took
several courses.
10. While the president’s speech was
3. Even though they look very different, they have similar
informative, she didn’t address several ✓
personalities.
important issues.
4. Even though I was a good student, but I couldn’t get
11. While it would be nice to think that we a scholarship.
✓
don’t need this law, we do. 5. Although I had heard that word many times, so it sounded
12. The crime rate went down while the strange to me.
✓ 6. Although it wasn’t an old car, it didn’t run very well.
law was in effect.
7. He is very generous even though he doesn’t have much money.
13. While the law was effective, it was very
✓ He gives everything to his friends.
unpopular.
8. My family lives in a small house near Seattle, Washington.
Activity 18: Noticing Contrasting Words Even though the house has only three rooms, we never
1. Even though she’s older, she’s not really any wiser. feel crowded.
2. While it may help to take vitamins, it’s not absolutely Activity 21: Distinguishing Types of Adverb Clauses
necessary.
3. Someday I may want to move although I doubt it. Manner Reason Time
4. Even though I can understand Spanish, I can’t speak it. 1. My mother runs her house as
5. He was kind to me even though I didn’t deserve it. ✓
you would run a hotel.
6. I live a quiet life although I’m really a city person.
7. I respect your decision even though I don’t like it. 2. My sister always gets up just
✓
8. Although I disagree with many of the changes, I’m willing to as the coffee is ready.
try them out. 3. My father has a good pension
9. Even though I dislike politics, I think it’s important to vote. as he worked many years for ✓
10. While solar panels are a good source of energy, they’re the government.
very ugly. 4. He recited the poem perfectly
11. Although I don’t like loud music, I love listening to ✓
as he always does.
modern jazz.
12. I rarely get any exercise even though I know I should. 5. She raised herself on her
elbows as she stared into ✓
Activity 19: Exploring Different Ways to Contrast Ideas the night.
1. Despite looking like a tree, bamboo is actually a grass.
6. As I have said before, I’ll be
2. While most people think water always boils at 212 degrees ✓
leaving early tonight.
Fahrenheit, this only happens at sea level.

52 UNIT 6 E L E M E N T S of S U C C E S S • S t u de nt B o ok 3

Elements of Success L3 Answer Key.indd 52 8/27/14 2:32 PM

 7. She dragged her feet as she
made her way out of the
house.
8. He is in great demand as he is
a good speaker.
9. The event was a failure as
only 20 people came.
10. The hotel was not a
depressing place as I had
imagined it.
11. People stood and applauded
as the parade went by.
12. She looked down as her
mother kissed her goodbye.
13. As the musicians were late,
there was no entertainment
for the first hour.
5. He had gained so much weight that no one recognized him. a
✓ 6. She sounded like such a fascinating person that I wanted to
meet her. g
7. Joe let him go, pushing him back so hard that he almost fell. f
8. He looked at me with such sad eyes that I wanted to cry. b
✓
Think about It
✓ So + adjective + that: so beautiful that, so funny that, so busy that,
so strong that
So + adverb + that: so hard that
✓ So much + noncount noun + that: so much weight that
Such + adjective + plural noun + that: such sad eyes that
Such + a/an + adjective + singular noun + that: such a fascinating
✓ person that
Think about It
✓
1. We can / can’t use so before a singular noun.
2. We can / can’t use such before an adjective or adverb alone.
✓ 3. We can / can’t use such before a/an + an adjective +
a singular noun.

14. He’s taking a nap as he always Write about It

✓ Answers will vary. Possible answers include:
does in the afternoon.
15. That’s a picture of me as I
✓ 2. He was so funny that he won a contest at a comedy club.
used to look.
16. As she opened the door,
✓
she heard a sharp crack.
Activity 22: Using Adverb Clauses of Manner
Answers will vary. Possible answers include:
In picture 1, the woman looks as though she is in a hurry.
In picture 2, the man looks as though he is very relaxed.
In picture 3, the woman looks as if she is very confused
about something.
In picture 4, the woman looks as if she is really surprised.
In picture 5, the man looks as though he is happy to be there.
In picture 6, the woman looks as if she has a lot to do.
In picture 7, the woman looks as if she feels pretty cold.
In picture 8, the family looks as though they are going to have
a good time.
Activity 23: Using Adverb Clauses of Purpose
1. You should always wash a cut so it doesn’t become infected.
2. It’s a good idea to wash your hands frequently so that you
don’t spread germs.
3. Drink plenty of water so you don’t get dehydrated.
4. You should exercise energetically so you raise your heart rate.
5. You should cover your skin when you are in direct sunlight
so you don’t get a sunburn.
6. Quit smoking so that you don’t have health problems later.
7. Brush your teeth twice a day so you don’t get cavities.
8. Get an annual checkup so you catch any health problems
early.
9. Eat more fruit and vegetables so that you lose weight.
10. Do small tasks immediately so you don’t have too much to do
at once.
11. Try yoga or meditation so that you feel less stressed.
12. Aim for seven hours of sleep so you feel rested when you
wake up.
Activity 24: Understanding Adverb Clauses of Result
1. She was so beautiful that he couldn’t find the words to
describe her. d
2. He was so funny that I couldn’t stop laughing. c
3. He’d been so busy that he’d completely forgotten to call her. e
4. The pain was so strong that she nearly fainted. h
1. She was so beautiful that people often stared at her.
3. He’d been so busy that he forgot to eat lunch.
4. The pain was so strong that he couldn’t stand up straight.
5. He had gained so much weight that his clothes didn’t fit.
6. She sounded like such a fascinating person that I bought
her biography.
7. Joe let him go, pushing him back so hard that he stumbled
backward.
8. He looked at me with such sad eyes that I wanted to hug him.
Activity 25: Using Adverb Clauses of Result
1. I’m studying so hard that I’m sure to do well in this course.
2. She has such a strong accent that I can hardly understand her.
3. I have so little money that I can’t afford to buy a car.
4. He was feeling so ill that he went home.
5. She takes such good care of her car that it looks new.
6. He was so grateful that he couldn’t stop thanking me.
7. The flowers in the garden were so pretty that I wanted to
pick them.
8. It happened such a long time ago that she can’t remember
the details.
9. I was so late for class that I took a taxi.
10. It was such a beautiful day that I didn’t want to think about
my problems.
Activity 26: Analyzing Adverb Clauses
When digital audio players (DAPs) first appeared in the 1990s,
they weren’t very popular. In 2000, Apple realized that customers
were not interested in DAPs because the players weren’t designed
well. Apple soon developed a new product: the iPod. It was
attractive and had a fast computer connection so that songs
could quickly transfer from a computer to the player. Since Apple
released the first iPod in 2001, it has released many different
versions. Most iPods now have touch screens to play videos .
Others are so small that they can fit in your hand. Apple has
also developed similar products, such as the iPhone and the
iPad. Because of their excellent design, these products are some
of the most popular devices for mobile communication and
entertainment.
QUESTIONS
1. six
2. one (so small that they can fit in your hand)

E L E M E N T S of S U C C E S S • S t u de nt B o ok 3 UNIT 6 53

Elements of Success L3 Answer Key.indd 53 8/27/14 2:32 PM

 3. one (so that songs could quickly transfer from a computer to 5. (You) Make sure your flight is on time before you leave for
the player) the airport.
4. (see circled text above) Make sure your flight is on time before leaving for the airport.
5. It has a fast computer connection, it’s easy to use, and it’s 6. When you go through airport security, (you) take your
attractive. computer out of your carry-on bag.
When going through airport security, take your computer out
Activity 27: Analyzing Reduced Clauses of Time and Contrast
of your carry-on bag.
✓ 1. Although my sister was tired, she refused to stop working.
7. Most passengers have to take off their shoes when they go
✓ 2. Lots of people listen to the radio while they are driving.
through airport security.
3. They left the room before we announced the good news.
Most passengers have to take off their shoes when going
✓ 4. Brothers and sisters share a lot of experiences while they
through airport security.
are growing up.
8. When people are on an airplane for a long time, they should
✓ 5. I always feel good after I exercise outdoors.
do foot and leg exercises.
✓ 6. Although this method is complicated, it is highly reliable.
When on an airplane for a long time, people should do foot
✓ 7. Although the directions were written simply, they were
and leg exercises.
difficult to follow.
9. You have to have a passport when you travel to
✓ 8. After the committee members discussed the issues, they
a foreign country.
made a final decision.
You have to have a passport when traveling to
9. Although the engine was new, we couldn’t get it started.
a foreign country.
10. Although this issue is important, we aren’t ready to make
10. When you visit a foreign country, (you) follow the customs of
a decision.
that country.
✓ 11. Though the findings are based on only a few studies, they
When visiting a foreign country, follow the customs of
are very promising.
that country.
✓ 12. You should think about your career goals before you apply
11. Hotel rates are often cheaper when you travel with a large
to a college or university.
group of people.
✓ 13. Since Joe and I started to eat more healthily, we’ve both
12. (You) Take a small dictionary with you when you are
felt fitter and better.
traveling to a foreign country.
✓ 14. We aren’t allowed to use our cell phones while we are
Take a small dictionary with you when traveling to
at work.
a foreign country.
✓ 15. When I think about the future, I see myself changing
careers completely. Write about It
When traveling to a foreign country, make sure to pack plug
Write about It
adapters so you can use your computer and other electronic
1. Although tired, my sister refused to stop working.
equipment.
2. Lots of people listen to the radio while driving.
4. Brothers and sisters share a lot of experiences while growing up. Activity 29: Noticing Conditional Clauses
5. I always feel good after exercising outdoors. 1. You skip one credit card bill to pay another.
6. Although complicated, this method is highly reliable. Skipping payment of one credit card bill to pay another is
7. Although written simply, the directions were difficult unwise. If you usually find yourself unable to make your credit
to follow. card payments, you are already in trouble.
8. After discussing the issues, the committee members made 2. You charge more than you pay.
a final decision. Imagine trying to fill a hole while someone digs out more dirt
11. Though based on only a few studies, the findings are very than you put in. The hole would never get filled, would it? It’s
promising. the same with credit card debt. If you’re charging more than
12. You should think about your career goals before applying to you’re paying, your debt will always continue to increase.
a college or university. 3. You don’t have a plan to pay off your credit card debt.
13. Since starting to eat more healthily, Joe and I have both felt “Failing to plan is planning to fail.” If you’re not actively working
fitter and better. to pay off your credit card bill, you could end up paying for
14. We aren’t allowed to use our cell phones while at work. years to come.
15. When thinking about the future, I see myself changing 4. You use credit to “afford” expensive items.
careers completely. Credit cards trick us into thinking we can afford to buy more
than we really can. You are endangering your future income
Activity 28: Using Reduced Clauses
if you’re getting into debt to have a lifestyle you really can’t
1. When you travel with children, you should carry plenty of
afford.
water and snacks.
5. You have reached the limit on your credit cards.
When traveling with children, you should carry plenty of
If your credit cards are maxed out, you’re not headed for
water and snacks.
credit card debt; you’re already in it. What can you do? Make
2. When you pack your suitcase, you should roll your clothes
a decision to pay off your credit card debt and to make wiser
instead of folding them.
choices when you use your credit cards in the future.
When packing your suitcase, you should roll your clothes
instead of folding them.
3. When you carry your own luggage on an airplane, it is less
likely to get lost.
4. Although checked luggage rarely gets lost, you should put
extra clothes in your carry-on luggage.

54 UNIT 6 E L E M E N T S of S U C C E S S • S t u de nt B o ok 3

Elements of Success L3 Answer Key.indd 54 8/27/14 2:32 PM

 Condition Result 9. Your heart rate will decrease if you quit
✓
you usually find yourself you are already in trouble smoking.
unable to make your credit 10. If you breathe deeply, you will feel
✓
card payments calmer.
you’re charging more than your debt will always continue
Activity 33: Unless or If?
you’re paying to increase
1. Generally I can sleep anytime, anywhere, anyplace, unless I’m
you’re not actively working to you could end up paying for anxious about work.
pay off your credit card bill years to come 2. If you dream it, you can do it.
you’re getting into debt to you are endangering your 3. Fishing is boring unless you catch an actual fish, and then
have a lifestyle you really can’t future income (if you do) it is disgusting.
afford 4. If you can’t explain it simply, you don’t understand it
well enough.
your credit cards are maxed you’re not headed for credit
5. You can’t push anyone up the ladder unless he is willing
out card debt; you’re already in it
to climb.
Activity 30: Using Conditionals to Talk about Real Situations 6. Mistakes are always forgivable if one has the courage to
1. Any language is in trouble if it is spoken by only a few admit them.
people. d 7. If you don’t practice, you don’t deserve to win.
2. If you can speak two languages fluently, you are bilingual. f 8. Unless we remember, we cannot understand.
3. If my grandparents came to visit, we spoke with them 9. You may be deceived if you trust too much.
in Italian. g 10. Nothing will work unless you do.
4. It’s difficult to travel in a foreign country if you can’t speak Write about It
the language. a 1. Generally I can sleep anytime, anywhere, anyplace, if I’m not
5. If no one speaks a language anymore, the language has anxious about work.
become extinct. b 3. Fishing is boring if you don’t catch an actual fish, and then
6. You have a better chance of getting a job if you know more (if you do) it is disgusting.
than one language. c 5. You can’t push anyone up the ladder if he is not willing
7. I can understand Chinese if people speak it slowly. h to climb.
8. In the past, children were punished if they didn’t speak the 8. If we don’t remember, we cannot understand.
official language at school. e 10. Nothing will work if you don’t.
9. In Spanish, if you know how a word is spelled, you almost
always know how it is pronounced. j Activity 34: Identifying Uses of Unreal Conditionals
10. If you travel extensively, you probably know some basic words Answers will vary. Possible answers include:
in many languages. i 1. If I had known you were coming, I would have cooked
something special. c/d
Think about It 2. If the ice at both the North and South Poles melted, the seas
Fact or general truth: 1, 2, 4, 5, 6, 7, 9. 10 would rise by over 70 meters. c/e
Event that happened regularly in the past: 3, 8 3. It would help if you wrote the instructions down. b/d
Activity 31: Using If- Clauses in Predictions 4. If something happened to her, her parents would be
devastated. c
Fact Myth 5. If there were no gravity, things would spin off the earth. c/e
6. I’d laugh if I weren’t so tired. c
1. If you cross your eyes, they will stay
✓ 7. If you hadn’t wasted so much time, you’d be finished
that way.
by now. b/d
2. If both parents have poor eyesight, 8. If he had the skills to work, he would be able to find a job. c/d
✓
their children will, too. 9. If you had listened to me, we wouldn’t have gotten lost. c/d
3. If you eat a lot of carrots, you will have 10. If she had known the ice was thin, she wouldn’t have gone
✓ out on the lake. c
good eyesight.
11. If I had told you the truth, you wouldn’t have believed me. d
4. If both parents have blue eyes,
12. You would have been disappointed if I hadn’t come. c
they usually won’t have a child ✓
13. If you got up earlier, you wouldn’t be late. b/c
with brown eyes.
14. I would go to the doctor more often if I had health insurance. a/c
5. You will live longer if you exercise 15. Your essay would be better if it had a more interesting
✓
frequently. introduction. b/d
6. You will catch a cold if you go outside Think about It
✓
in cold weather with a wet head. 1. I didn’t know you were coming.
7. You will get smarter if you eat a lot 2. The ice at the North and South Poles hasn’t melted.
✓
of fish. 3. You didn’t write the instructions down.
8. You will drown if you go swimming 4. Nothing has happened to her.
✓ 5. There is gravity.
after a big meal.
6. I am very tired.
7. You wasted a lot of time.

E L E M E N T S of S U C C E S S • S t u de nt B o ok 3 UNIT 6 55

Elements of Success L3 Answer Key.indd 55 8/27/14 2:32 PM

 8. He doesn’t have the skills to work. 4. a. If she hadn’t spent so much money, she could have
9. You didn’t listen to me. afforded a new car. (past)
10. She didn’t know the ice was thin. b. If she hadn’t spent so much money, she would still have
11. I didn’t tell you the truth. some money in the bank. (present)
12. I did come. 5. a. If the earth didn’t rotate, there would always be daylight
13. You didn’t get up earlier. on one side of it. (present)
14. I don’t have health insurance. b. If the earth didn’t rotate, there would be very
15. It doesn’t have an interesting introduction. little life. (present)
6. a. If I didn’t have to work, I would have gone shopping
Activity 35: Talking about Unreal Situations
this morning. (past)
Answers will vary. Possible answers include:
b. If I didn’t have to work, I’d feel a lot more
1. If I won a lot of money, I would share it with my friends. e
relaxed. (present)
2. If I were the leader of my country, I would change the
7. a. If my brother had become a lawyer, he’d probably be
tax system. i
working at a law firm. (present)
3. If everyone could speak the same language, we
b. If my brother had become a lawyer, he wouldn’t have been
wouldn’t need translators anymore. g
very happy. (past)
4. If there were fewer people in the world, our cities wouldn’t be
8. a. If our city wasn’t so expensive, I’d buy a bigger house
so crowded. f
next year. (future)
5. If I could choose my dream job, I would be the president of
b. If our city wasn’t so expensive, I would have moved into
a company. a
a bigger apartment. (past)
6. If we were at the beach, we could go surfing. c
7. If you didn’t have any water to drink, you probably Write about It
wouldn’t live for more than a few days. b 1. If we hadn’t learned how to use electricity, our world would be
8. If I had more free time, I would learn a new sport. h very different. (present)
9. If I could take tomorrow off, I would go for a long hike. j 2. If I hadn’t lost my job, I wouldn’t be able to go to the park all
10. If I had a good boss, my job would be great. d day tomorrow. (future)
3. If he hadn’t been wearing his seat belt, he could have been
Think about It
hurt very badly. (past)
1. simple past/modal (future)
4. If she hadn’t spent so much money, she wouldn’t be asking me
2. simple past/modal (present)
for a loan. (present)
3. modal/modal (present)
5. If the earth didn’t rotate, the climate would be very
4. simple past/modal (present)
different. (present)
5. modal/modal (future)
6. If I didn’t have to work, I would have gone on a hike this
6. simple past/modal (present)
morning. (past)
7. simple past/modal (future)
7. If my brother had become a lawyer, he would have spent
8. simple past/modal (future)
three more years in school. (past)
9. modal/modal (future)
8. If our city wasn’t so expensive, I wouldn’t have to live with
10. simple past/modal (present)
a roommate. (present)
Write about It
Activity 38: Identifying Real and Unreal Conditionals
1. If I won a lot of money, I’d quit my job.
2. If I were the leader of my country, I would try to end poverty. Real Unreal
3. If everyone could speak the same language, many languages
would probably become extinct. 1. She’ll be worried if you’re late. ✓
4. If there were fewer people in the world, there would probably 2. I’d be happier if I lived near the ocean. ✓
be less hunger.
5. If I could choose my dream job, I’d be a rock star! 3. If you tell me the truth, I won’t get mad. ✓
6. If we were at the beach, we could play in the waves. 4. If my brother remembers my birthday,
7. If you didn’t have any water to drink, you would be very thirsty. ✓
I’ll be very surprised.
8. If I had more free time, I’d learn how to knit.
5. We would finish this work faster if we
9. If I could take tomorrow off, I’d go see a movie. ✓
could talk on the phone.
10. If I had a good boss, I’d probably work harder.
6. This will taste great if you add
Activity 36: Identifying the Time Frame ✓
a little salt.
1. a. If we hadn’t learned how to use electricity, we might still be
using candles at night. (present) 7. If you take a vacation, you’ll feel
✓
b. If we hadn’t learned how to use electricity, computers a lot better.
couldn’t have been invented. (past) 8. If you took the train, you’d save
✓
2. a. If I hadn’t lost my job, I would be able to afford a new some time.
car. (present)
9. I’d love it if you came to dinner. ✓
b. If I hadn’t lost my job, I wouldn’t be able to travel with my
family next week. (future) 10. If you book the hotel, I’ll pay you back. ✓
3. a. If he hadn’t been wearing his seat belt, he wouldn’t have
11. If he fixes my laptop, I’ll be amazed. ✓
survived the crash. (past)
b. If he hadn’t been wearing his seat belt, he wouldn’t be 12. If I’d gone to the meeting, I’d know
✓
alive today. (present) the decision.

56 UNIT 6 E L E M E N T S of S U C C E S S • S t u de nt B o ok 3

Elements of Success L3 Answer Key.indd 56 8/27/14 2:32 PM


13. I’d feel better if I were more organized. ✓
14. When I was young and got sick, I would
always feel better if my mother brought ✓ 8. I remember my graduation day as if it were yesterday. j
me a cup of tea.
15. When we were younger, my sister
✓ 11. He bent down suddenly as if he were going to pick up
would always help me if she could.
16. My sister doesn’t have much money,
but I know she would help me if ✓ Write about It
she could.
17. My mom doesn’t like to criticize anyone.
If I did something wrong, I don’t think ✓
she would say anything.
18. When I was a child, if I did something
wrong, my mom would always say the ✓ 4. She was so thin. She looked as if she needed a good meal.
same thing.
19. If I hadn’t eaten so much last night, I’d
✓
feel much better than I do now.
20. If I hadn’t had bad teeth as a kid, I
wouldn’t have needed to go to the ✓
dentist so often.
Think about It
1. She would be worried if you were late.
2. I’ll be happier if I live near the ocean.
3. If you had told me the truth, I wouldn’t have gotten mad.
4. If my brother remembered my birthday, I’d be very surprised.
5. We’ll finish this work faster if we can talk on the phone.
6. This would have tasted great if you had added
a little salt.
7. If you took a vacation, you’d feel a lot better.
8. If you take the train, you’ll save some time.
9. I’d love it if you would come to dinner.
10 If you would book the hotel, I’d pay you back.
11. If he fixed my laptop, I’d be amazed.
12. If I went to the meeting, I’d know the decision.
13. I’ll feel better if I’m more organized.
14. When I was young and got sick, I always felt better if my
mother brought me a cup of tea.
15. When we were younger, my sister would always have helped
me if she could.
16. My sister doesn’t have much money, but I know she’ll help me
if she can.
17. My mom doesn’t like to criticize anyone. If I did something
wrong, she didn’t say anything.
18. When I was a child, if I had done something wrong, my mom
would always have said the same thing.
19. If I didn’t eat so much last night, I would feel so much better
right now.
20. If I didn’t have bad teeth as a kid, I wouldn’t need to go to the
dentist so often.
Activity 40: Using As If and As Though
Answers will vary. Possible answers include:
1. I asked her to stop, but she went ahead as though she hadn’t
heard me. g
2. There is a photograph on his desk; it looks as if it were taken
in the 1950s. e
3. He looked around and leaned toward me as though he
wanted to tell me a secret. a
4. She was so thin. She looked as though she hadn’t eaten
for weeks. f
5. He was walking as though he’d hurt himself. c
Elements of Success L3 Answer Key.indd 57
6. Her eyes were very wide, and she looked as though she’d had
a terrible scare. k
7. He looked very red, as if he’d been out in the sun for hours. d
9. This isn’t a big problem but she feels as if it were enormous. h
10. They spoke in low voices as if they were in the library. b
something. i
Answers will vary. Possible answers include:
1. I asked her to stop, but she went ahead as if I wasn’t there.
2. There is a photograph on his desk; it looks as though it’s of
his family.
3. He looked around and leaned toward me as if we were
close friends.
5. He was walking as if he had a long way to go.
6. Her eyes were very wide, and she looked as though she
wanted to run away.
7. He looked very red, as if someone had embarrassed him.
8. I remember my graduation day as though it had just happened.
9. This isn’t a big problem but she feels as though it’s her fault.
10. They spoke in low voices as if they didn’t want to be overheard.
11. He bent down suddenly as if he’d dropped something.
a. He beckoned me over as though he wanted to tell me
a secret.
b. They were surrounded by so many books it looked as if
they were in the library.
c. He sat down on the soccer field as though he’d hurt
himself.
d. He looked hot and sweaty, as if he’d been out in the sun
for hours.
e. The clothes they wore in the photo were old, as if it were
taken in the 1950s.
f. She put so much food on her plate it looked as though she
hadn’t eaten for weeks.
g. She walked right by us as though she hadn’t heard me.
h. It wasn’t a big spider but she felt as if it were enormous.
i. He stopped and looked at the ground as if he were going
to pick up something.
j. I remember my first day of school as if it were yesterday.
k. She was breathing heavily, as though she’d had a terrible
scare.
Activity 41: Error Correction
1. As if She had all that she needed.
2. If I knew more about grammar, I wouldn’t make so many
mistakes.
3. If this had happened in my country, he would have gone to jail.
4. If nobody had told me to get glasses, I would not be
successful in my classes.
5. If you ever go to California, you should go to Los Angeles.
(no errors)
6. If you don’t wear a uniform, you can’t go to this school.
7. If you want to buy something, you can probably order it on
the Internet. (no errors)
8. I knew I would have a better life if I studied hard.
9. It is safer if you would travel with another person.
10. If you don’t have self-confidence, you can’t lead other people.
(no errors)
11. If my parents had been here, I wouldn’t have learned the
language so quickly.
12. Her business wouldn’t have been successful if I hadn’t
supported her.
E L E M E N T S of S U C C E S S • S t u de nt B o ok 3 UNIT 6 57
8/27/14 2:32 PM
 Activity 42: Using Real Conditionals in Conversation
1. A: Why do we have to spend so much money?
B: We can talk about it. (pause) If you want.
A: I don’t think there’s anything to talk about. (pause)
Because we can’t really afford it.
2. A: How long have you lived here?
B: Since I was 13.
3. A: How are you doing?
B: Since the last time we talked? (pause) I don’t know.
Could be better.
4. A: How did you know Amanda was lying?
B: Because she wouldn’t look at me.
5. A: Do you think I should drive or take the train?
B: Take the train. Definitely take the train.
A: OK. If you think I should.
B: I do. I really do.
6. A: This is a great place for a vacation.
B: I told you it was.
A: I know but I was hoping I wouldn’t enjoy it. You know why?
B: Because you’re crazy?
7. A: I’m getting bored! When can we go?
B: Whenever you’re ready.
8. A: I have something to tell you about James. (pause)
If you’re interested.
B: Of course I am! What is it?
9. A: Can we have pizza for dinner again tonight?
B: I suppose so. If you insist.
Activity 43: Using Real Conditionals in Conversation
1. A: I just can’t do this math problem.
B: Come on. If you stick with it, you’ll figure it out. d
2. A: That’s not a nice thing to say!
B: If I offended you, I’m sorry. I didn’t mean to. c
3. A: I’ll drive you to Chicago if you pay for the gas.
B: That seems reasonable. You’re on! e
4. A: If you could just listen for a minute, I’ll explain.
B: Sure. I’m sorry. Go ahead. c
5. A: Well, goodbye. It was nice working with you.
B: Yeah. I’m sorry if things didn’t work out so well.
A: Me too. c
6. A: If you want to chat later, I’ll be up till midnight.
B: Thanks a lot. I might do that. b
7. A: If you think I’m smart, then you’re a genius.
B: Oh, come on. You’re a lot smarter than me. a
8. A: Look, if you hate this job, you should quit.
B: I guess you’re right. d
9. A: If that’s art, my two-year-old son is Picasso.
B: I know what you mean. It’s not very good, is it? a
10. A: If I can be honest, I think that tie is terrible.
B: Really? It doesn’t go with the shirt?
A: It doesn’t go with anything. d
11. A: OK, I’ll try a raw oyster if you will.
B: Let’s do it! e
12. A: If you have any questions, just call me.
B: Great. Thanks so much. b
Activity 44: Softening a Request or Statement
1. A: Do you mind if I turn down the music?
B: No, please, go ahead.
2. A: Anna seems really distracted and I don’t know why.
B: If you want, I can talk to her.
3. A: I’m leaving for the bank.
B: OK if I come along?
4. A: I’m going to study here if I’m not in your way.
B: No, please.
58 UNIT 6 E L E M E N T S of S U C C E S S • S t u de nt B o ok 3
Elements of Success L3 Answer Key.indd 58
5. A: If you’ll excuse me, I have to make a phone call.
B: Talk to you later, then.
6. A: I don’t think I want to work tonight.
B: Look, if you’re not up for it, that’s OK.
7. A: This is delicious.
B: Thanks. You could have a little more, if you want.
8. A: If I may have a word, Mr. Jones . . .
B: Please, Tom, come in, come in.
9. A: Hey! Let’s go see a movie.
B: Hmm. If you don’t mind, could we get some food instead?
I haven’t eaten.
10. A: If you have a moment, I’d like to talk to you.
B: Sure. How can I help?
Activity 45: Using What If and Not If
1. A: Are you going to work at home today?
B: Not if I don’t have to.
2. A: I don’t feel like cooking tonight.
B: What if we go out instead?
A: Sounds good to me.
3. A: What happened to your car?
B: A car ran into it.
A: Wow! What if you hadn’t had your seat belt on?
B: Yeah, I know. It would have been bad.
4. A: Is there any cake left?
B: Yeah, one piece—but it’s mine.
A: Not if I get there first.
5. A: Stop! There’s a car coming!
B: Yikes! He’s going fast.
A: That’s crazy. What if I hadn’t seen him?
B: I would have hit him for sure.
6. A: Do I have time for a shower before we leave?
B: Not if you want to get there on time.
7. A: Will you lend me some money?
B: What if I refuse?
A: Then I’ll tell Dad about the scratch on the car.
8. A: What’s the matter?
B: I’m just nervous. I’m afraid I’m going to forget everything.
A: Not if you stay relaxed.
9. A: What time do you want to leave?
B: What if I pick you up at eight?
A: Sounds good to me.
Activity 46: Identifying the Connection between Ideas
1. Turn the television off and step away from the computer at
least one hour before you go to bed because they stimulate
your brain rather than relax it. (time, reason)
2. Before you get in bed, lie flat on the floor and stretch. (time)
3. Although it’s sometimes difficult to find a comfortable position
when falling asleep, it’s a good idea to lie on your back and
relax until you feel comfortable. If that doesn’t work, lie on your
side. (contrast/time/condition)
4. Some people use visualization to relax. You imagine yourself at
a beautiful place such as the beach. If you are successful, you
feel as if you are really there. (condition/manner)
5. Deep breathing can help you sleep better. Slowly breathe
in so that your chest fully expands. Hold your breath for
three seconds. Then breathe out. Repeat five to ten times.
You should feel your body relax as you breathe.
(manner/time)
6. You may want to fall asleep so much that you become too
tense to let it happen. If this is the case, get out of bed and
take a walk. Try stretching again before getting back into bed.
(result/condition/time)
8/27/14 2:32 PM
 Write about It
Answers will vary. Possible answers include:
1. Drink a cup of herbal tea to help you relax before you
go to bed.
2. Try to go to bed at the same time every night so that
your body develops a rhythm.
Activity 47: Combining Ideas
Answers will vary. Possible answers include:
1. I don’t drink coffee in the evening because it interferes with
my sleep.
Because coffee interferes with my sleep, I don’t drink it in
the evening.
2. When Hassan came to the U.S., he began studying automotive
engineering.
Hassan began studying automotive engineering after he
came to the U.S.
3. People are better off now than they used to be because they
don’t have to spend so much time preparing food.
Because people don’t have to spend so much time preparing
food, they are better off now than they used to be.
4. Clara Jbour’s parents sent her to the U.S. to attend college
after she graduated from high school.
When Clara Jbour graduated from high school, her parents
sent her to the U.S. to attend college.
5. Parents may need coaching in parenting skills since they are
not teaching their children correct behavior.
Because parents are not teaching their children correct
behavior, they may need coaching in parenting skills.
6. If you maintain a healthy lifestyle, you are less likely to
get sick.
You are less likely to get sick if you maintain a healthy lifestyle.
7. Since he works as a wildlife photographer, Cody Huelskamp
has traveled to 70 countries.
Cody Huelskamp has traveled to 70 countries because he
works as a wildlife photographer.
8. I missed most of the movie because I was worrying about
my job.
Since I was worrying about my job, I missed most of
the movie.
9. Although I love sweets, I try not to eat candy.
I try not to eat candy even though I love sweets.
10. Since many mothers work outside of the home, fathers must
share the responsibilities of running a house.
Fathers must share the responsibilities of running a house
because many mothers work outside of the home.
11. Since he continued to play football, his knee got worse.
His knee got worse because he continued to play football.
12. Since roughly 36 percent of New Yorkers were born outside of
the U.S., it’s very common to hear people speaking different
languages.
It’s very common to hear people speaking different languages
because roughly 36 percent of New Yorkers were born outside
of the U.S.
Activity 48: Using Subordinators
Students will circle sentences beginning with adverb clauses in
the Think about It activity.
When summer comes, I get sun crazy. I like to eat on the patio
and lie on the beach. I walk and bike everywhere. When I was
younger, I played in the sun without worry. Now that I’m 30, I
realize how important it is to protect myself. That’s because the
ultraviolet (UV) rays from the sun harm the cells in our skin. You
can’t see the damage when you’re young, but its effects often
show up much later. As crowds of young people go to beaches
Elements of Success L3 Answer Key.indd 59
and tanning salons, skin cancer is becoming more common, says
Mandeep Kaur. She’s a dermatologist, or skin doctor, at Wake
Forest University School of Medicine.
Although our skin works hard to protect us, few people work
to protect it. The sun’s UV rays are the biggest threat because they
damage the cells of your skin. The tricky thing is that this process
can take 30 or more years to become evident. “It’s surprising how
long it takes,” says Meenhard Herlyn, a biologist at the Wistar
Institute in Philadelphia. “Even if kids have big, blistering sunburns
every summer, they’re fine while they’re kids.”
Think about It
To set the scene for the following ideas: paragraph 1, sentences 1,
4, 5; paragraph 2, sentence 1
To make a connection back to information in a previous sentence:
paragraph 1, sentence 8
Activity 49: Using Adverb Clauses
When I was about four, or maybe five, my parents bought a new
house in what would later become a small suburb of Nogales,
Arizona, on the border of Mexico, some four miles outside town.
As we kept driving out to watch the house being built, my mother
got to make a number of choices regarding details, among which
was the color of various rooms.
My mother, when asked what color she wanted the kitchen,
said to the workers, who were all Mexican and who spoke very
little English, limón. She said it both because she wanted the
kitchen to be yellow and because she wanted to start learning
Spanish. The workers nodded yes. But when she came back the
next day, the kitchen was painted bright green, like a small jungle.
Mexican limónes, my mother found out, are small and green, that
color exactly, no mistake.
So that’s the color that wall stayed for the next 14 years, until
I left home for college. She said it was a reminder to us all that
there was a great deal to learn in the world. You might laugh at
first, but after 14 years you start to think about it.
QUESTIONS
1. In all of the sentences that contain adverb clauses.
2. In those sentences where they appear at the beginning of
the sentence.
3. Since or because.
4. Answers will vary.
Activity 50: Making Your Writing Cohesive
1. Americans should be required to learn another language.
Because we live in an increasingly multicultural society, this
will benefit them in the future.
2. Many people around the world are learning to speak English
as a second language. If more Americans learned to speak
foreign languages, communication would be even better.
3. Yoga improves your flexibility. Also, if you do classes, it is a
great way to meet people.
4. My favorite pastime is rock climbing. I enjoy it because it is
something I can do inside or outside.
5. In the U.S., children must be vaccinated against certain diseases.
They must receive vaccinations before they can start school.
6. Competition can be very good for children. It is only a
problem when too much emphasis is placed on it.
7. In many families, both parents have full-time jobs. This can
create problems at home. When neither parent can be at
home, children have to spend all day at school or daycare.
8. Brothers and sisters spend a lot of time together. They help
each other and take care of each other. Because they share so
many experiences while growing up, they understand each
other very well.
E L E M E N T S of S U C C E S S • S t u de nt B o ok 3 UNIT 6 59
8/27/14 2:32 PM
 9. People like to read essays that are well organized and wanted to become a famous detective, you’d still have to learn the
interesting. If you organize your essay well, readers will be job. You can’t become famous until you’ve proved you’re good.
able to follow your ideas easily.
10. Having children is very stressful and time-consuming, but the D
job can be easier if parents are patient with their children. Answers will vary. Possible answers include:
11. Every home should have a pair of small, foldable scissors. As soon as you get off the plane in Belgium, you’ll start feeling
Because they fold up and are very small, they fit easily in a hungry! Before you start visiting the main tourist sites, be sure to
purse or pocket. get a good lunch in the town square. If you like mussels, you’re
12. The writer Chinua Achebe was born in Nigeria. He chose to sure to love Brussels!
write in English even though he was African.
13. Plastic bags in the ocean are dangerous for sea turtles.
Because the bags look like jellyfish, the sea turtles try to eat
the bags.
14. A report concluded that 100,000 ocean mammals die each
year by eating or getting caught in plastic. They may drown
or become exhausted and die of starvation when they get
caught up in plastic.
15. In the 1970s, there was just one Pinta tortoise in the
Galapagos Islands. Because it was the last remaining Pinta
tortoise that scientists knew of, the Guinness Book of World
Records called it the “rarest living creature.”
16. In the past, people brought goats to the Galapagos to raise
for food. Unfortunately, the goats liked to eat the same food
that the tortoises ate. As the number of goats on the island
increased, the food supply for tortoises disappeared.
Activity 51: Making Your Writing Cohesive
Answers will vary. Possible answers include:
A
Because I spend a lot of time on the road, I’ve seen a lot of stupid
behavior. Even though I could list at least 15 driving pet peeves,
I’ll limit myself to two. When people forget to turn off their
turn signal, it really bothers me. I hate to drive for miles behind
someone with a flashing turn signal because it’s very distracting.
Second, when people sometimes flash their headlights, it’s really
irritating. I don’t understand why people get so impatient.
B
One of my biggest pet peeves is irritating cell phone users. Many
people talk very loudly on their phone so that you can hear
everything they say. This is very annoying when you are trying to
read or to talk to someone else and you can’t. It also bothers me
when people always answer their phone when you are having a
conversation with them. This is extremely rude.

Wrap-Up
A
Answers will vary. Possible answers include:
I chose the third picture. When the main character goes out into
the ocean, a big storm begins. If the boy can’t reach the shore
before night, he’ll be in a lot of danger. As soon as he realizes that
his life is in danger, he starts to panic.

B
Answers will vary.

C
Answers will vary. Possible answers include:
I completely disagree with the first piece of advice. If you have
crazy dreams, you’re probably not going to achieve them.
Although it may seem like a good idea to have dreams, it can
be hard to make them come true. Instead, you should set
yourself easier goals so that you succeed. Even if you think that’s
unambitious, it’s a good idea to think about it. For example, if you

60 UNIT 6 E L E M E N T S of S U C C E S S • S t u de nt B o ok 3

Elements of Success L3 Answer Key.indd 60 8/27/14 2:32 PM

 Unit 7
Warm-Up Abstract ideas: art, darkness, information, loneliness,
self-confidence
A School subjects: music, physics
1. Everything has its beauty, but not everyone sees it. f Names of categories: clothing, equipment, furniture,
2. Children are our most valuable natural resource. e transportation
3. Criticize a friend in private, but praise him in front of others. a Natural occurrences: fire, snow
4. It is not enough to have a good mind; the main thing is to use Things with tiny parts too small to count: hair, rice, salt
it well. b Illnesses: cancer, diabetes
5. An angry man opens his mouth and shuts his eyes. d Think about It
6. One may smile, and smile, and be a villain. c Answers will vary. Possible answers include:
Sports, physical activities: basketball, cycling
B
Gases, liquids, materials: steel, water
True False Abstract ideas: innocence, knowledge
School subjects: geography, history
1. Nouns always come before verbs. ✓ Names of categories: countries, sports
2. Plural nouns always end in -s. ✓ Natural occurrences: hurricanes, ice
Things with tiny parts too small to count: pepper, sand
3. We use a singular verb after the pronouns Illnesses: arthritis, obesity
✓
everything and everyone.
Activity 3: Using Noncount Nouns
4. Pronouns sometimes take the place of a
✓ 1. Where can you get information about your ancestors?
noun or noun phrase.
2. How often do you have trouble controlling your anger?
5. We can use pronouns to talk about people 3. What was the best advice someone gave you?
✓
or things in general. 4. What was the most interesting thing in the news yesterday?
5. Do you think it’s possible to find happiness?
C 6. Do you always do your homework?
pronouns: it, your, someone 7. How can we reduce air pollution?
nouns: courage, dreams 8. Did you enjoy studying history in school?
Activity 1: Exploring Categories of Nouns 9. Do you always tell the truth?
10. Do you listen to music every day?
People Places Physical Abstract
things nouns Activity 4: Collocations with Noncount Nouns
Answers will vary. Possible answers include:
Joseph school book profession Where can you get information about different professions?
Priestley England electricity interests Do you always speak the truth?
minister illustrations number Do you always follow your best friend’s advice?
children gases fields Do you like to discuss politics with your family?
students oxygen lifetime Where do you go to do research for your classes?
artist religion Where do you go to buy furniture?
politics
education Activity 5: Distinguishing Count and Noncount Nouns
science (C) (C)
For about a hundred years, white coats were the standard
experiments (C) (C)
life uniform for most doctors. Doctors didn’t always wear white
discovery (C)
coats. Up until the early part of the twentieth century, they wore
Think about It (N) (N) (N)
street clothes—or even black clothes out of respect for the dead!
Answers will vary.
(N) (C)
Write about It They also did not have much training, and their methods were
Answers will vary. Possible answers include: primitive. In the late 1900s, doctors began to rely on scientific
Benjamin Franklin did many different things. He was a newspaper (N) (C) (C)
editor and printer when he was young. Then he became a evidence when it came to medical treatment. Scientists wore
diplomat. He was the American ambassador to France. He was (C)
knee-length white coats while doing experiments to protect their
also a politician. He was governor of Pennsylvania from 1785 to
(N) (N) (C)
1788. As a scientist, he did many experiments, and he invented clothing and skin from chemicals. Soon doctors started wearing
the lightning rod. He was also a successful writer. (C)
the white lab coats of the scientist to reassure their patients that
Activity 2: Grouping Noncount Nouns (N) (N) (C)
Sports, physical activities: karate, surfing, yoga their care was based on science and not superstition.
Gases, liquids, materials: gasoline, oil, smoke

E L E M E N T S of S U C C E S S • S t u de nt B o ok 3 UNIT 7 61

Elements of Success L3 Answer Key.indd 61 8/27/14 2:32 PM

 (C)
So, wearing white coats became a tradition for physicians. That
tradition is changing, however, and your doctor may very well
(C)
wear a business suit during your next examination.
Think about It
Answers will vary.
Activity 6: Count or Noncount Meaning?
Count
1. In the past, people recorded
important information on paper.
Today most people use computers.
2. A 2005 planning paper considered
several alternatives.
3. Recycled paper is used to produce
newspapers.
4. Ross has written several papers on
climate change.
5. To get a PhD, you have to write a
very long paper, or dissertation.
6. Paper used to be made from
pieces of cloth.
7. Recycling one ton of paper saves
about 17 trees.
8. You can go to the Internet to get
suggestions for writing a paper.
9. Many schools work hard to get
parents involved with their kids’
educations.
10. A recent poll reported that 90
percent of Americans believe the
government should spend the
same or more on education.
11. For some careers—law, medicine,
engineering—a college education
is necessary.
12. Many cities have their own laws
regulating education.
13. In tough economic times, an
education is more important
than ever.
14. As time went on, more people
wanted to join the team.
15. They asked eight people at a time
to play the game.
16. This website has been visited more
than 11,000 times.
17. There was a time when no one had
a television.
18. It is time to rethink our priorities.
Activity 7: Using Count and Noncount Meanings
Answers will vary. Possible answers include:
You shouldn’t judge a person based on beauty alone.
Most people think she’s going to be a beauty when she grows up.
Nutritious food is necessary for healthy development.
62 UNIT 7 E L E M E N T S of S U C C E S S • S t u de nt B o ok 3
Elements of Success L3 Answer Key.indd 62
There are some common foods that will help you lose weight.
I know many people who don’t own televisions.
He has never really enjoyed watching television.
Write about It
Answers will vary. Possible answers include:
I eat a lot of cheese.
I think French cheeses are the best.
The big windows let in a lot of light.
We have solar-powered lights in our backyard.
Noncount Activity 8: Error Correction
1. We had a lot of fun on our way to the beach.
✓ 2. People should just practice to get experience speaking English.
3. People see a lot of advertisements when they watch television.
4. Being a good parent requires love and caring. Good parents tell
✓ their children every day that they love them.
5. In school, we had a physical education every afternoon for
an hour.
✓
6. Radio remains popular because our society is very mobile.
People who use automobiles as their main form of
✓ transportation usually listen to the radio while they are driving.
7. If you don’t have a self-confidence, you might appear nervous
✓ at a job interview. Having information about the job and the
company can help you feel more confident.
8. Many people believe that the Internet will greatly improve
✓
education, but I don’t agree. In the past, we had to spend a lot
of time searching for information. Now, a quick Internet search
✓ often gets us all the information we need. This is a good thing,
but it isn’t everything. Once we have information, we need to
✓ analyze it and discuss it.
Activity 9: Noticing Personal Pronouns
✓ 1. If you have it , you want to share it , but if you share it , you
don’t have it . What is it ? d
2. The more of them you take, the more you leave behind. What
are they ? e
3. It has a face, two arms, and two hands, but it cannot move. It
✓
counts to 12, but it cannot speak. It can still tell you something
every day. What is it ? f
4. If you take off my skin, I won’t cry, but you will. What am I ? a
✓ 5. I look at you and you look at me . I raise my right hand and you
raise your left. What am I ? c
6. I run, but I have no legs. What am I ? b
✓
Activity 10: Distinguishing Subject and Object Pronouns
1. A: Did you call me?
✓ B: Yes, I was wondering if you could help Ann and me.
2. A: Do you know who John Bell is?
B: Sure. I listen to him on the radio all the time.
✓ 3. A: How is your sister doing?
B: She’s OK. We had to take her to the hospital, but she’s OK.
4. A: Are these your keys?
✓
B: Yes, thanks. Where did you find them?
A: They were on the floor in the library.
✓ 5. A: Is something wrong?
B: I don’t know.
✓ A: Sure you do. Now, come on, tell me.
6. A: How do you folks like our hotel so far?
✓ B: Oh, it’s just wonderful.
7. A: Are Tom and Lisa coming to the meeting?
B: Oh, I forgot to tell them about it.
A: That’s OK. They’re usually too busy to come anyway.
8. A: I’d like to check in, please.
B: How long are you planning on staying with us?
A: Just tonight.
8/27/14 2:32 PM
 9. A: Can you and John help me tomorrow? 6. A: Why is Cathy wearing your coat?
B: Afraid not. We both have to work. B: Because she doesn’t like hers.
A: I thought John didn’t have a job. 7. A: Do you want to take my car?
B: No, he just got one. His brother hired him to work on his house. B: No, I can use mine.
A: But yours needs gas.
Activity 13: Listening for Reduced Words
8. A: So when are they getting married?
1. A: What did you say to Jim?
B: I don’t know. The decision is theirs.
B: I told him to come back later.
2. A: Have you seen Paula today? Activity 17: Using Pronouns and Possessive Determiners
B: No, but I saw her yesterday. 1. A: Where do you want me to park my car?
3. A: Do you know Tom and Ron? B: Why don’t you leave it here? I’ll put mine over there.
B: I’ve met them, but I don’t know them very well. A: OK, but what about Jack and Tom? Where are they going to
4. A: How’s your new boss? park theirs?
B: Everyone likes her a lot. B: I don’t know. We’ll figure something out.
5. A: Are you in touch with Andrew? 2. A: Does anyone here know Ben Wilson?
B: No, but I talk to his brother every day. B: Actually, my brother is a good friend of his.
6. A: What should I say? A: Really? How long has he known him?
B: I think you should tell him the truth. B: They met in college.
7. A: Would you mind taking your brothers to the movie? A: Does your brother see him very often?
B: But I don’t want to go with them. B: No, but their children go the same school.
8. A: Can my friend Steve come, too? 3. A: How did you get in?
B: If he wants to. B: Jason gave me his key.
9. A: Why isn’t Sarah here? A: Why didn’t you use yours?
B: I asked her to come, but her parents are visiting. B: Because I left mine at school.
10. A: How’s your new teacher? 4. A: What do you think of their new house?
B: I think he’s great. B: It’s nice but it’s not as big as ours.
11. A: Mr. Evans is waiting for you. A: Are you sure? I thought theirs was bigger.
B: How long has he been here? 5. A: I can’t believe Martha is quitting her job.
12. A: Where are Tim and Lisa? B: Well, it’s true, and the decision was entirely hers.
B: I don’t know. Can you call them? A: Someday she’s going to regret it.
13. A: Why did you tell them I got a new job?
Activity 18: Error Correction
B: I didn’t know it was a secret.
1. My friends and I usually get together after class. Sometimes
14. A: What did you think of Lisa?
we go out for coffee and sometimes we have lunch together.
B: I don’t know. I only spent a few minutes with her.
Whatever we do, we have a good time.
Activity 14: Distinguishing Personal Pronouns and 2. My best friend and I are in the same class. I usually sit next to
Possessive Determiners her, and during the break we talk and laugh.
Not so long ago, when I was in college, I wrote a paper on Carl 3. Last weekend, my best friend and I spent the day at the beach.
Sagan. I wanted to find out as much as I could about Sagan’s My friend, he borrowed a car and we got there early in the
research as well as his writings. So, I called his secretary at morning when it was still cool. By ten o’clock, however, it was
Cornell University and asked her if she could send me Sagan’s very hot. We put up a huge umbrella and sat under it for the
vita. A vita is a brief list of a person’s education, jobs, awards, and next few hours.
publications. It’s usually a few pages long. She asked, “Are you sure 4. My parents were strict with my older brother and me. They
you want the whole thing?” I didn’t really understand what she didn’t allow us to travel alone until we were in college. Even
meant, but I said, “Yes.” A few days later, I got this thick package in then, they worried about us a lot. (no errors)
the mail. Inside was Sagan’s vita. It was 233 pages long! That’s how 5. Last year, my parents moved to my neighborhood. It made me
many pages it took to list this extraordinary man’s achievements, happy to see them almost every day. (no errors)
scientific papers, and popular articles. Although Carl Sagan died in 6. This girl she said I should apply for a job where she works. I
1996, his influence is still felt in books, TV series, articles, and even didn’t know her very well, but I decided to take her advice and
movies based on his ideas. apply for a job. I talked to the owner of the business and he
liked me a lot, but he didn’t offer me a job.
Activity 16: Pronouncing Possessive Pronouns 7. Several months ago, my friend and I had a big argument.
Students will circle the stressed pronouns in the Think about It Of course, she thought it was my fault, and I thought it
activity. was hers.
1. A: Is this my book? 8. My sister drives to school every day with a friend of hers.
B: No, it’s mine. 9. My sister and I have always been good friends. I can honestly
2. A: Whose book is this? say I have never gotten angry with her.
B: It’s mine.
3. A: Is this Stella’s computer? Activity 19: Identifying Indefinite Pronouns
B: No, she told me it was yours. The letters indicate the cartoons that match the captions.
A: Well, it’s definitely not mine. 1. “You work harder than anyone else.”
4. A: I forgot to bring my homework. 2. “Everybody feels a little depressed at this time of year.”
B: Yeah, I forgot mine, too. 3. “You think I do nothing all day.”
5. A: Here’s Tom’s book. 4. “I’ll be at lunch. If anyone calls, say I’m at the health club.” b
B: But this isn’t his. 5. “Does anyone know what the date is?”
A: If it’s not his, then whose is it? 6. “Nothing for me, thanks.” c

E L E M E N T S of S U C C E S S • S t u de nt B o ok 3 UNIT 7 63

Elements of Success L3 Answer Key.indd 63 8/27/14 2:32 PM

 7. “Nobody lives forever.”
8. “I’d like my daughter to know something about engines.” a
9. “I like things nobody else likes.”
10. “I think everybody bought everything they needed three or
four years ago.” d
Activity 20: Using Indefinite Pronouns.
Answers will vary. Possible answers include:
1. I prefer to travel with someone I know.
2. Everybody should have enough food to eat.
3. Nobody in my class has a full-time job.
4. There isn’t anyone in my class who speaks Spanish.
5. If someone wants to be a success, he or she must work hard.
6. Everybody needs time to relax and have fun.
7. I couldn’t find anyone to help me.
8. I need something to write with.
9. I can’t think of anything better than being a teacher.
10. A fad is something that becomes popular quickly for a short
period of time.
Activity 21: Singular or Plural Verb?
1. Is anyone absent today?
2. Are there enough chairs in the room for everyone?
3. Is there anything interesting on the walls of our classroom?
4. Do we have everything we need in our classroom?
5. Does everyone in our class come from the same country?
6. Is anybody married?
7. Does somebody in the class have children?
8. Is someone wearing a red shirt?
9. Has anyone traveled to another country this year?
10. Has anybody in the class been to Japan?
11. Have we learned everything in this book?
12. Has someone in your class helped you understand
something better?
Activity 22: Describing Indefinite Pronouns
Answers will vary. Possible answers include:
1. A: Julia just bought something really expensive.
B: Oh no! What was it?
A: A gold bracelet.
2. A: You’re in big trouble.
B: Why? I didn’t do anything wrong.
A: Well, then, who broke the car window?
3. A: Was there anything interesting in the newspaper?
B: Yeah. There’s a pretty good article about Greece.
4. A: I have something horrible to tell you.
B: What is it?
A: I just lost my job.
5. A: Let’s do something new and different today.
B: Like what?
A: Like, um, like . . . let’s go swimming at the lake.
6. A: Are you going on the school trip?
B: Is everyone at the club going?
A: Yes, I think so.
7. A: Have you ever met someone from the movies?
B: No, but I once saw the musician Yo-Yo Ma on the street.
8. A: Do you know anything about local farming?
B: I know there’s a farmers’ market downtown on Tuesdays.
Activity 23: Using Any- and No-
1. There isn’t anybody here named Chris.
2. I don’t think anybody’s home.
3. There was nothing good on TV last night.
4. I didn’t have anybody to talk to all day.
5. There isn’t anything better than a glass of cold water.
64 UNIT 7 E L E M E N T S of S U C C E S S • S t u de nt B o ok 3
Elements of Success L3 Answer Key.indd 64
6. We had nothing to do with the accident.
7. They didn’t do anything at all for two days.
8. It costs nothing to look at a beautiful sports car.
9. We haven’t had anybody sign up for the workshop.
10. There is nothing wrong with your car.
11. It seems as if nobody was surprised.
Activity 24: Using Some- and Any-
Agree/disagree answers will vary.
1. Don’t do anything active just before you go to bed. You might
not be able to sleep.
2. If you have money problems, don’t tell anyone in your family.
3. When you get angry about something, count to ten before
speaking.
4. When you don’t feel well, it helps to wear something
comfortable.
5. You shouldn’t take anything/something that doesn’t belong
to you.
6. Every day, take a few minutes to notice something positive
about life around you.
7. Don’t go to sleep while you’re mad at anyone/someone.
Resolve your disagreement first.
8. Always try to think of something good about each person you
work with.
9. Don’t buy anything/something you can’t afford.
10. Do something fun or creative with your friends every week.
Write about It
Answers will vary. Possible answers include:
Don’t get into a car with anyone you don’t know.
If you get lost, ask someone for directions.
When you can’t find something, try to remember everything you
did since you last had it.
Think about It
It is correct because something is the object of a positive verb in
the main clause, should drink.
Activity 25: Review of Indefinite Pronouns
Answers will vary. Possible answers include:
1. Have you ever done something scary?
2. Do you know anyone famous?
3. Have you met anyone tall recently?
4. In school, did you learn anything about electromagnetism?
5. Have you ever forgotten something important at home?
6. Do you know anybody who lives in the Middle East?
7. Do you know anyone who speaks Chinese?
8. Is there anything you don’t like about playing sports?
9. Do you know anything about making chocolate?
10. Does anyone else in your family ski?
11. Have you ever made someone a cake?
12. Did you do anything adventurous on your last vacation?
Activity 26: Referring Back to Nouns
1. Listen carefully to other people when they speak, and don’t
interrupt when you are part of the audience.
2. Show other speakers that you respect their viewpoints even
when you don’t agree with them.
3. (You) Think about the speaker’s main idea and try to put it in
your own words.
4. Remember to turn off your cell phone before the speaker
begins. You don’t want it to ring during the talk.
5. When you are planning a presentation, think about
your listeners. What do they already know about your topic?
6. Try starting your presentation with a personal story. It will get
the attention of your audience.
8/27/14 2:32 PM
 7. Be sure that you don’t talk too fast, or no one will
understand you.
8. If you use pictures, make sure the people in the back of
the room can see them.
9. Be willing to answer questions at the end of your
presentation. If you don’t know an answer , volunteer to find
out and share it later.
10. If you are making a series of points, organize them from most
important to least important.
11. A good conversation is an exchange of ideas. Everyone needs
to be included in it.
12. During a class discussion, encourage your classmates to talk
by asking them questions.
Write about It
Answers will vary. Possible answers include:
Make eye contact with your classmates so you know they are
paying attention.
If you use charts, make sure they are clear and easy to understand.
If you don’t understand something the speaker says, ask about it
after the presentation.
Activity 27: Identifying Pronoun References
1. subway riders
2. the child’s
3. the child
4. the child’s
5. the babysitter
6. the ball
7. the train
8. the child
9. the witness
10. saving the child
Activity 28: Using Plural Forms
1. Good doctors listen carefully to their patients.
2. Carpenters need to take good care of their tools.
3. Horse trainers must be gentle with their horses. They should
never lose their tempers.
4. Good parents encourage their children to talk to them.
5. Office managers need to be organized so that they can make
good decisions.
6. Good employers can communicate clearly with their
employees.
7. Good teachers are able to change to meet their students’
needs.
8. Lawyers must pass a state exam before they can practice law.
9. Pilots in training must get 250 flight hours before they can fly
commercially.
10. Supervisors must be well-spoken so they can explain clearly
what needs to be done.
Think about It
Answers will vary. Possible answers include:
Plural forms are more common because they represent both
males and females without being too formal or repetitive.
Write about It
Answers will vary. Possible answers include:
What makes a good store clerk?
Good store clerks pay attention to what customers are looking at
so they can offer suggestions.
Good store clerks make sure to be easily available to customers
without bothering or distracting them.
Good store clerks pay attention to how much they have of
something so they know when to order more of it.
Elements of Success L3 Answer Key.indd 65
Activity 29: Using Plural Forms
It takes a special kind of person to be an effective leader. Effective
leaders have a confident attitude. They know what their goals
are and how they want to reach them. At the same time, they are
flexible. Good leaders can make changes to their plans when it is
necessary. The people around them can feel sure that they will be
good guides.
Effective leaders are good listeners. They pay attention to
other people’s needs. They let people know that they are working
for everybody’s interest, not just their own. Finally, effective
leaders know that they can’t do everything alone. They know
how to ask other people for help. They know how to divide
responsibilities among several people. Being a good leader takes
a certain kind of talent. Not everyone can do it well.
Activity 30: Referring Back to Indefinite Pronouns
1. I hate it when people use their cell phones in a restaurant.
They should at least get up and leave the table.
2. It bothers me when people send text messages while they are
talking to me.
3. It drives me crazy when people chew their food with their
mouths open.
4. I don’t like it when people drive their cars really close behind me.
5. When I call people in the evening, I’m always afraid I’ll disturb
them.
6. It bothers me when people don’t do their jobs.
7. I don’t understand why people smoke. They should quit.
8. It’s irritating when people are late and they don’t even call to
tell you.
9. I don’t like it when people disagree with me and they won’t
listen to my viewpoint.
10. I don’t like it when people borrow something and they don’t
return it.
Write about It
Answers will vary. Possible answers include:
It bothers me when people ask me to meet them and then they
arrive late.
I don’t like it when people talk very loudly in restaurants.
It drives me crazy when people talk on their cell phones during
a movie.
Activity 31: One or It?
1. A: Do you need your book back?
B: No, you can give it to me later.
2. A: Sorry I broke your glass.
B: No problem. I can replace it tomorrow.
3. A: Is that a new hat?
B: Yeah, I bought it online.
A: Nice. I like it.
4. A: Did you buy a new hat?
B: Yeah, I found one online. I’ll bring it in tomorrow.
5. A: Can I get you a cup of coffee?
B: No, thanks. I’ve already got one.
6. A: Have you seen any good movies lately?
B: Yeah, I saw one last week. It was called The 39 Steps.
7. A: Can you do the grocery shopping?
B: Yeah, but I need a list.
A: OK, I’ll put one together for you.
8. A: My allergies are terrible today.
B: Did you take your allergy pill?
A: Yeah. I took it an hour ago.
Activity 32: What Does the Pronoun Refer To?
1. another = another explanation
2. others = other people
E L E M E N T S of S U C C E S S • S t u de nt B o ok 3 UNIT 7 65
8/27/14 2:32 PM
 3.another = another person Activity 37: Pronouncing Compound Nouns
4.others = other people
5.any = any food 1. compound noun ✓ adjective + noun
6.some = some sleep problems 2. compound noun ✓ adjective + noun
others = other sleep problems
7. others = other people 3. ✓ compound noun adjective + noun
8. one = one thing 4. ✓ adjective + noun
compound noun
another = another thing
9. some = some marathons 5. ✓ compound noun adjective + noun
some = some marathons 6. ✓ compound noun adjective + noun
others = other marathons
10. some = some scientists 7. compound noun ✓ adjective + noun
others = other scientists
8. ✓ compound noun adjective + noun
Activity 33: One, Another, Some, and Others
9. compound noun ✓ adjective + noun
Answers will vary. Possible answers include:
1. There are several ways to cook eggs. One is to fry them in a 10. ✓ compound noun adjective + noun
pan. Another is to boil them in water. You can also scramble
them or bake them in a quiche or frittata. Activity 38: Identifying Compound Nouns
2. There are many different ways you can get the news. One is
to read it online. Another is to watch it on TV. Others may be The Huntsman Spider
available to you depending on your location. Imagine driving in your car. Suddenly, a huge spider runs across
3. Travelers have many options for buying airline tickets. Some the windshield . If you are in Australia, it is probably a huntsman
buy their tickets through a travel agent. Others buy them spider. Although the name is scary, the spider doesn’t actually
online. hunt men. In fact, the spiders are very beneficial creatures
because they eat insects. They are large (as large as your hand)
Activity 34: Making General Statements about People and hairy, and in Australia you can find them everywhere. They
Answers will vary. Possible answers include: live in woods, in living rooms , and even in bedrooms . They can
1. You can’t enjoy books unless you know how to read. run really fast and are hard to catch. In Sydney, people often come
2. You cannot think openly with a closed mind. home from work to find a huntsman spider on their dining table
3. If you can draw it, you can build it. or sitting in their favorite armchair . This often happens after
4. The dream of one is the nightmare of another. a thunderstorm as the spiders come inside for shelter. Most
5. All you need in life is knowledge and ambition, and then Australians have learned to live with them. They catch the spiders
success is sure. rather than kill them.
6. They say life has become too difficult for easy answers.
They are wrong. Water Found on Distant Planet
Water has been discovered on a planet beyond our solar system .
Activity 35: Using It as a Placeholder A telescope detected water vapor in the atmosphere of a
1. It is important to take care of your body and stay healthy, and gas giant that is 64 light years away from Earth. Although the
there are many different ways you can do this. planet is too hot to support life, the discovery suggests that water
2. It’s not easy to stay calm when someone makes you angry. may be commonly found on planets throughout the galaxy.
3. It’s not always possible to do well in school. According to Giovanna Tinetti of University College London, who
4. It isn’t easy to be a good parent. led the research group , the team will be able to use this method
5. Today it is common for mothers as well as fathers to have in the future to study other planets that are “life-friendly.”
a career.
6. When you travel to a foreign country, it is fun to visit Activity 39: Using Compound Nouns
someone’s home. Students will decide whether the compound nouns are count
7. It is essential for doctors to listen to their patients. nouns or noncount nouns in the Think about It activity.
8. It is unhealthy to work seven days a week. 1. You use about 200 muscles when you take one step. That’s a
(N)
9. Because of modern health care, it is not uncommon for lot of muscle power.
people to live into their eighties. (N)
10. It’s important to get some exercise every day. 2. Children grow faster in the springtime.
11. It’s difficult to have a good relationship with someone who (C)
3. Fingernails grow four times faster than toenails.
doesn’t tell the truth.
(C)
12. With modern technology, it is easy to keep in touch with 4. Each hair on your head has a lifespan of three to seven years.
friends and relatives. (C)
5. The surface area of the human lungs is equal to a tennis court.
Write about It (C)
Answers will vary. Possible answers include: 6. Your thighbones are the bones in your upper leg. They are
It is important to eat plenty of fruits and vegetables. stronger than concrete.
With a cell phone, it is easy to call for help if you need it.
It is common for students to bring laptop computers to class 7. In addition to unique fingerprints, humans have unique
(C)
with them. tongue prints.
It’s not easy to keep up with the changes in modern technology. (C)
It’s not difficult to learn how to use social media. 8. There are four main blood types in the world. The most
common is Type O.

66 UNIT 7 E L E M E N T S of S U C C E S S • S t u de nt B o ok 3

Elements of Success L3 Answer Key.indd 66 8/27/14 2:32 PM

 (C) 4. freedom
9. There are about 86 billion nerve cells in the human brain. 5. friendship
(C) 6. fulfillment
10. Your jawbone is the hardest bone in your body.
(C) 7. happiness
11. When they fall out, eyelashes take seven to eight weeks to 8. imagination
grow back. 9. punishment
(C)
12. Babies are born with soft kneecaps. They don’t turn into bone Agree/disagree answers will vary.
until a child is two to five years old. a. “Actions speak louder than words.”
b. “Success is getting what you want. Happiness is wanting what
Think about It you get.”
Answers will vary. Possible answers include: c. “Let the punishment match the offense.”
bookshelf daycare d. “Freedom is never given; it is won.”
post office cell phone e. “Laughter is not at all a bad beginning for a friendship.”
stepfather toothbrush f. “The goal of life is living in agreement with nature.”
home-schooling website g. “A promise is a cloud; fulfillment is rain.”
light bulb mail room h. “Imagination is more important than knowledge.”
seat belt sports car
timeline Web page Activity 43: Forming Nouns with Suffixes
voicemail videoconferencing 1. I can’t decide. = I can’t make a decision.
2. I am proud of the things I have achieved. = I am proud of my
Activity 40: Noticing Spelling Changes achievements.
Answers will vary. Possible answers include: 3. My work isn’t ready to be evaluated. = My work isn’t ready for
evaluation.
Word Word + suffix Spelling change
4. It’s important to be free. = Freedom is important.
1. describe description Drop the -e, change -b to -p, 5. I don’t understand why this news is urgent. = I don’t
and add -tion. understand the urgency of this news.
2. happy happiness Change the -y to -i and add 6. How many miles is it to the nearest city? = What is the
-ness. mileage to the nearest city?
7. I’m not interested in becoming a member of this group. =
3. arrive arrival Drop the -e and add -al.
Membership in this group doesn’t interest me.
4. inquire inquiry Drop the -re and add -ry. 8. I can’t explain this. = I don’t have an explanation for this.
5. possible possibility Drop the -le and add -ility. 9. Do you need someone to assist you? = Do you need an
assistant?
6. urgent urgency Drop the -t and add -cy.
10. Why is this assignment important? = What is the importance
7. decide decision Drop the -de and add -sion. of this assignment?
11. You should be proud of the things you have accomplished. =
Activity 41: Identifying Nouns with Suffixes You should be proud of your accomplishments.
verb + adjective noun + 12. It’s important to participate in class discussions. =
suffix + suffix suffix Participation in class discussions is important.
13. The archeologists discovered something important this
1. A Portrait of the Artist as year. = The archeologists made an important discovery
✓
a Young Man this year.
2. Childhood’s End ✓ 14. About 4,000 people reside in this area. = There are about
4,000 residents in this area.
3. The Importance of
✓ 15. The two teams agreed to postpone the game. = The two
Being Earnest
teams made an agreement to postpone the game.
4. Crime and Punishment ✓
Think about It
5. Appointment in Samarra ✓ Answers will vary. Possible answers include:
6. The Loneliness of the Words Sample sentences
✓
Long-Distance Runner
1. education I want to get a good education.
7. A Handful of Dust ✓
2. election I have never voted in an election.
8. Great Expectations ✓ 3. narration She performed a wonderful narration.
9. Teach Us to Outgrow 4. anticipation The anticipation was almost as exciting as
✓
Our Madness the event itself.
10. The House of Silence ✓ 5. competition The competition was fierce.
6. jubilation The jubilation of the people was inspiring.
Activity 42: Forming Nouns with Suffixes
1. action 7. creation The sculpture was his favorite of all his
2. agreement creations.
3. bravery

E L E M E N T S of S U C C E S S • S t u de nt B o ok 3 UNIT 7 67

Elements of Success L3 Answer Key.indd 67 8/27/14 2:32 PM

 Activity 44: Identifying Pronoun References
1. With the new public transportation system, fewer people
are driving their cars to work . This could be good for the
environment because cars give off pollution.
2. Many scientists believe that gases in the air are causing the
earth to gradually become warmer . That is called global
warming.
3. Young children learn new words very quickly . Researchers
have called this the “vocabulary explosion.”
4. The Apple computer company has sold over 15 billion digital
songs from its iTunes program. This has made a lot of money
for record companies.
5. In 1997, about 12 million people in the United States worked
at home at least one day a month . That is very different from
today’s numbers.
6. Most green buildings have lights that automatically turn off
when people leave the room. They are also designed with lots
of windows . During the day, this allows people to use the sun
instead of lamps for light.
7. To cope with stress, many people practice yoga every evening .
This helps them relax after a long day. It also helps them get a
good night’s sleep.
8. People use a lot of unfamiliar words when they talk about the
inventor Buckminster Fuller. This is because Fuller invented
words to describe his ideas and inventions.
9. In the Peruvian Amazon, there is a type of ant that kills
all kinds of trees except one . That’s the finding of Megan
Frederickson, a doctoral student at Stanford University.
10. The most intensive period of language development is during
the first three years of a child’s life . This is the time when the
brain is developing.
Activity 45: Listening for This and That in Conversation
1. Employee: Sorry I’m late. My car broke down.
Employer: Is that so?
Employee: Yeah, um, I had to take the bus.
2. Employee: I need to take a few days off. We’ve had a death
in the family.
Employer: I’m so sorry to hear that.
3. Employee 1: I think we should send everyone an email.
Employee 2: That makes a lot of sense.
4. Employee 1: Did you hear the boss is quitting?
Employee 2: I can’t believe that.
Employee 1: It’s true.
5. Employee: Is there anything else I can do before I leave?
Employer: No, that’s all.
6. Employee 1: Guess what? We have to work late again tonight.
Employee 2: Oh, no. I can’t take this anymore.
7. Employee: I heard you’re leaving the company.
Employer: That’s news to me.
8. Official: May I see your documents, please.
Passenger: Is this really necessary?
Official: Yes, I’m required to check all identification.
Think about It
Answers will vary. Possible answers include:
The speakers chose to use this because it emphasizes the close
proximity of what “this” refers to.
Activity 46: Common Verbs Used with This and That
1. Successful supervisors give good feedback to their employees.
This includes correcting their work and praising them for a job
well done.
2. If I only had a few months to live, I would eat my favorite food
as often as I could. That means I would eat pizza every night
for dinner.
68 UNIT 7 E L E M E N T S of S U C C E S S • S t u de nt B o ok 3
Elements of Success L3 Answer Key.indd 68
3. Sunlight mixes with pollution to create ozone. Ozone is helpful
because it blocks the sun’s harmful rays. But close to Earth,
ozone can be harmful to people. That explains why some
people have health problems when the ozone level is high.
4. There are several ways to use the sun’s power to make
electricity. One is called concentrating solar power. This
involves using mirrors to focus the sun’s rays. This provides
heat, which helps power generators.
5. A team of researchers has found the bones of four different
kinds of dinosaurs at the same site in New Mexico. This suggests
that many different kinds of dinosaurs existed at the same time.
6. In science fiction movies, the characters always refer to “outer
space.” This implies, somehow, that there’s also an “inner space.”
7. After a job interview, it’s a good idea to send the interviewer a
thank-you letter or email. This indicates that you are interested
in the job.
8. The college admissions process should help students evaluate
their strengths. This requires careful thought and self-awareness.
Think about It
Students should have underlined the following words in
Activity 46:
1. good feedback
4. concentrating solar power
5. a team of researchers has found the bones of four different
kinds of dinosaurs at the same site
6. In science fiction movies, the characters always refer to
“outer space.”
7. it’s a good idea to send the interviewer a thank-you letter
or email
8. The college admissions process should help students evaluate
their strengths.
Activity 47: Recognizing This, That, and It References
1. it = doing an activity
that = doing an activity for the fun of it
it = doing an activity for the fun of it
2. this = managing people
it = managing people
3. it = someone else’s work
this = plagiarism
4. this = hacking
it = hacking
it = hacking
5. this = getting along with someone
it = getting along with someone
6. this = breathing deeply and counting to ten
it = breathing deeply and counting to ten
7. that = teaching in a traditional way
it = mathematics
8. that = my most prized possession is my Greek dictionary
it = my most prized possession is my Greek dictionary
it = my Greek dictionary
Think about It
Answers will vary. Possible answers include:
They may have used different pronouns for variety and clarity.
Activity 48: Interpreting the Meaning of Things
Objects Actions Ideas
1. I’m going to pass out a
couple of things before
✓
we get started. The first
is a program evaluation.
8/27/14 2:32 PM
 2. There are seven things 6. A: You were here yesterday, weren’t you?
you can do to get ✓ B: Yeah, all day.
organized. 7. A: John seemed nervous, didn’t he?
B: Yeah, a little bit.
3. There are three 8. A: Cold today, isn’t it?
important things I’d like B: Yeah, freezing.
✓
to share with you about 9. A: The test was hard, wasn’t it?
being a teacher. B: Not really.
4. Of all the things I do 10. A: Your parents are coming, aren’t they?
during the day, the B: Yes, and my grandparents, too.
✓
best is interacting with 11. A: Your brother didn’t go, did he?
students. B: No, he stayed at home.
12. A: Time for lunch, isn’t it?
5. I rarely have large blocks
B: Absolutely.
of time when I can get ✓
things done. Activity 51: Choosing Appropriate Pronoun Forms
6. I try not to take a lot 1. A: Why is Sam making dinner?
of work home with me B: Because no one else can cook like he can.
on the weekend, but 2. A: Who should I send the package to?
✓ B: Just send it to Bill and me.
sometimes I have to
read students’ papers 3. A: Are you worried about the deadline?
and things like that. B: Well, just between you and me, I think it’s a serious problem.
4. A: Who taught you how to paint houses?
7. My subject area is
B: My father taught both my brother and me when we were
environmental science,
teenagers.
which has to do with ✓
5. A: Are you doing something with Tom tomorrow?
climate change and
B: Yeah. He and I are going to play tennis.
things like that.
6. A: Are you worried about Tom and Jill?
8. There are some things B: Not really. A lot of people have less money than they do.
you need to bring to ✓ 7. A: If Irene can go out, why can’t I?
every class. B: Because you’re younger than she is.
9. That’s one of the 8. A: Anne should go first because she’s the tallest.
important things B: But I’m as tall as she is.
✓ 9. A: Have you seen Sarah lately?
to ask when you are
interviewing for a job. B: Yeah. She and I had coffee yesterday.
10. A: I need a ride to the meeting.
10. You need to pay more
B: Do you want to come with Jim and me?
attention to the details.
Here I’m talking just Activity 52: Using Different Forms of the Same Word
about your writing— ✓ 1. Studies show that certain parts of the brain become active
commas, periods, during sleep. This activity could be the brain moving
spelling, and things memories from short-term to long-term memory.
like that. 2. Tests for cancer can fail to find problems. A failure like this can
be disastrous when a patient does not get treated right away.
Think about It 3. More than 50 percent of patients feel rushed when they visit
Answers will vary. their doctor. This feeling is more common among elderly
patients.
Activity 49: Recognizing Vague Words
4. As early as the 1950s, medical researchers investigated the
1. doohickey
connection between smoking and cancer. The investigation
2. thingy
led to the first anti-smoking laws.
3. whatshername
5. Medical insurance costs have increased dramatically in the
4. thingamajig
last ten years. As a result of this increase, many people cannot
5. whatchmacallits
afford insurance.
6. whatshisname
6. Over the years, many governments have invested heavily in
Activity 50: Using Pronouns in Tag Questions medical research. This investment has led to several important
1. A: That was a great meal, wasn’t it? medical breakthroughs.
B: Yeah, wonderful. 7. Not all medical discoveries are made in a scientist’s youth. The
2. A: Your sister isn’t coming, is she? scientist Benjamin Duggar discovered the use of tetracycline
B: No, I don’t think so. antibiotics when he was 76.
3. A: That was really funny, wasn’t it? 8. In 1777, General George Washington had his entire army
B: Yeah, sure. I guess so. vaccinated. This action was controversial at the time because
4. A: Ann’s really nice, isn’t she? few doctors believed in vaccinations.
B: Yeah, the best. 9. Some doctors are starting to use computers to help diagnose
5. A: That was your idea, wasn’t it? Alzheimer’s disease. This method of diagnosis is more
B: I can’t remember. accurate and faster than current methods.

E L E M E N T S of S U C C E S S • S t u de nt B o ok 3 UNIT 7 69

Elements of Success L3 Answer Key.indd 69 8/27/14 2:32 PM

 10. Many people are allergic to peanuts. Some researchers 5. it = the bicycle
say the number of peanut allergies found in children has 6. him = my nephew
increased dramatically in the last ten years. 7. it = the bicycle
11. Tension headaches are caused by muscle contractions that 8. it = riding the bicycle
cause mild pain. This type of headache may not be extremely 9. he = my nephew
painful, but it lasts for a long period of time. 10. it = riding a bicycle
12. We cough in order to clear irritated airways so we can
Activity 56: Using Pronouns in Writing
breathe better. However, too much coughing can cause
Answers will vary. Possible answers include:
further irritation to the lungs and throat.
1. My favorite sport is volleyball. I like it because it is fast-paced.
Think about It And I like how I have to stay focused on the game while I am
Answers will vary. Possible answers include: playing it. Volleyball is also a team sport, and I like being part of
4. The inquiry led to the first anti-smoking laws. a team.
5. As a result of this growth, many people cannot afford 2. If I could have a conversation with a famous person, I would
insurance. talk with Mahatma Gandhi. He has definitely inspired me in
my life. I’d like to talk with him about how we can change the
Think about It
world without violence. Gandhi said we should be the change
Noun Verb Adjective Adverb we desire to see. I think this is a wise saying, and I would talk to
him about it.
1. activity activate active actively 3. My main goal is to become financially secure. For me, financial
action act security means not having to worry about having enough
2. failure fail failed money for next month’s bills. It means having enough money to
fail save for something you really want. It means not worrying that
failing you will lose your apartment if you get injured and can’t work.
3. feeling feel feel-good 4. Your skin is the largest organ in your body. It keeps your
stomach and other organs from falling out. And it keeps germs
4. investigation investigate investigative from coming in. Skin allows you to feel pain, heat, and cold,
5. increase increase increased increasingly and through sweat, it rids your body of extra water and salt.
6. investment invest Can you imagine life without your skin?
investor 5. Lance Eton is an assistant professor of marine biology at the
University of Manchester. He has always been interested in
7. discovery discover science and how things work. Living by the ocean made him
discoverer curious about sea life, and he studied it in school.
8. vaccination vaccinate 6. People are finding new ways to make money. They might rent
vaccine a room in their houses or make stuff in their homes and try to
9. diagnosis diagnose diagnostic sell it.
7. Most doctors tell their patients to stop smoking. They explain
10. allergy allergic to their patients that smoking is bad for their health. But some
11. pain pain painful painfully of them continue smoking anyway.
painkiller pained 8. Antioxidants are chemicals in the body that fight cancer-
painless causing substances called free radicals. Free radicals naturally
painstaking occur in the body, but if there are too many of them, they can
12 irritation irritate irritable irritably damage the body and cause cancer.
irritability Activity 57: Evaluate
Answers will vary. Possible answers include:
Activity 53: Using Fewer Words 1. The writer repeats the word Internet in line 2, line 3, line 5, and
1. Extinction is a natural process. line 8. The writer repeats the word education in lines 4 and 8.
2. The disappearance of many species of fish from the ocean is The writer repeats the word information in lines 4–7.
now accelerating. 2. In line 5, the writer uses the word knowledge to replace
3. The effectiveness of the AZT treatment for AIDS is well known. information.
4. The decision of some companies to sell AZT at a discount will 3. In line 2, it refers back to the Internet and them refers back
save many lives. to Students.
5. The expression of many human emotions may be universal. In line 4, them and they refer back to students. This and it refer
6. The government’s investment in a national health-care system back to a quick Internet search often gets them the information
greatly improved the health of the British nation. they need.
7. The emphasis on the psychological side of human health In line 5, It refers back to Education.
nowadays has led to changes in patient care. In line 6, this refers back to learning to process that knowledge.
8. The conclusion that climate change is caused by human They refers back to students. It (two instances) refers back to
activity is accepted by many—but not all—scientists. information.
Activity 54: Understanding a Chain of References In line 7, it refers back to information.
1. him = my 12-year-old nephew In line 8, it refers back to the Internet.
2. it = empty it 4. Yes, this paragraph is cohesive. Most sentences have pronouns,
3. we = my nephew and I nouns, or noun phrases that refer back to information in
4. him = my nephew previous sentences.

70 UNIT 7 E L E M E N T S of S U C C E S S • S t u de nt B o ok 3

Elements of Success L3 Answer Key.indd 70 8/27/14 2:32 PM

 Activity 58: Using Nouns and Pronouns in Writing E
Answers will vary. Possible answers include: Answers will vary. Possible answers include:
1. Some decisions are easy to make while others are very difficult. In my ideal place, everyone has a job, but work doesn’t take more
For example, it’s usually easy to decide what you want to do for than half of each day to complete.
fun, but choosing a career can be very difficult. One of my most In my ideal place, there is something called a Justice Committee.
difficult decisions was choosing where to go to college. I had The job of this committee is to make sure that all problems
to decide what I wanted to study, and then I had to do research are resolved peacefully so that everyone is happy. In my ideal
to find out where the best programs in that field of study are. place, everyone has a place to live, either with their families or
Once I had a list of colleges, then I had to make other decisions, by themselves. There are plenty of parks and recreation facilities
like whether I wanted to study in the country or in the city so people can get plenty of exercise. There is a good public
and whether I wanted to study at a large university or a small transportation system so everyone can get to work easily without
college. having to drive a car all the time.
2. Each person has many large and small accomplishments. One
of my accomplishments is learning figure skating. I was very
nervous the first time I put on skates, but once I stepped onto
the ice, I felt comfortable. A friend was with me, and she helped
me with my first achievement: skating once around the ice.
With her help, I didn’t fall too many times. I enjoyed my first
time going skating, so I have been skating many times. I hope
that I will be able to achieve my next goal, learning to jump on
skates, soon.
3. Everyone should have goals in their lives. My goal is to
become a journalist. My plan is to go to school to learn about
journalism and then to work for a large newspaper. I would
really like to be a sports journalist who specializes in reporting
about soccer. My aim is to travel around the country reporting
on what is happening in the world of soccer. Once I have
worked as a journalist for a while, I plan to write a book about
my experiences traveling and reporting on sports.

Wrap-Up
A
Answers will vary.

B
Answers will vary. Possible answers include:

Parent Boss/ Leader of a Friend

Supervisor country
dependability confidence self-discipline tolerance
flexibility enthusiasm able to make empathy
creativity modesty decisions compassion
patience imagination courage trust
commitment persistence persistence interest in
love able to listen imagination others
caring well commitment unselfishness
unselfishness able to make dependability kindness
decisions strong work self-respect
self-discipline ethic

C
Answers will vary.

D
Answers will vary. Possible answers include:
A focus on testing does not prepare students for careers in
business. This involves learning things such as teamwork,
interpersonal skills, and creative problem solving.

E L E M E N T S of S U C C E S S • S t u de nt B o ok 3 UNIT 7 71

Elements of Success L3 Answer Key.indd 71 8/27/14 2:32 PM

 Unit 8
Warm-Up
A One of my most prized possessions is my camera. I have taken
1. There are (seven / five ) oceans on this planet.
2. Most of the world’s population lives in the (southern /
northern ) hemisphere.
3. North America and Europe move ( about an inch / a few inches)
apart every year.
4. About (10,000 / 1.3 million ) earthquakes occur each year
around the globe.
5. ( Most* / All) of the world’s tallest mountains are in the
Himalayas.
6. There are (not many / no ) rivers in the Bahamas.
7. Canada gets its name from a Native American word meaning
( the village / the city).
*A few are in the Karakoram Range.
B natural materials . Make sure the clothing is loose to allow
True False
1. We can use a noun immediately after a
✓
determiner.
2. We can use an adjective immediately after
✓ 4. Most people suffer muscle pain because of heat stress . The
a determiner.
3. We can use a verb immediately after a
✓
determiner.
4. A determiner can give information about
✓
quantity.
5. A determiner can give information about
✓ No determiner + plural
color or shape.
6. A determiner can give information about
✓ experts
possession.
C people
most, more, a
Activity 1: Understanding Determiners
1. My most prized possession is my computer. It lets me stay in
contact with my friends on several continents. Computers
make the world seem like a really small place.
2. One of my prized possessions is my Greek dictionary. It might
sound silly, but it’s true. With my dictionary, I can read some of
the most beautiful literature in the world. It is also special to
me because it was a gift from my teachers. It reminds me of
the good experiences I had as a student in Greece.
3. My most prized possession is my guitar. This guitar is very
special to me because it was my father’s guitar, and he got
it from his father. My wife and I hope to give it to one of our
children someday.
4. I have many prized possessions, but none are valuable. They
are just things like old photographs and school papers. I also
have lots of old letters that my grandparents wrote. There are
even a few letters from my great-grandparents.
QUESTIONS
a. my, his, our
b. several, many, lots of, a few
c. the, a, this
72 UNIT 8 E L E M E N T S of S U C C E S S • S t u de nt B o ok 3
Elements of Success L3 Answer Key.indd 72
Write about It
Answers will vary. Possible answers include:
it with me on all of my vacations. When I look at the many
photographs I’ve taken with it, they bring back a lot of good
memories.
Activity 2: Identifying Determiners
Students will circle the plural count nouns and noncount nouns in
the Think about It activity.
1. Several hot days that follow each other are called a heat wave.
Experts say heat waves often become dangerous when the
nighttime temperature does not drop much from the highest
daytime temperature . This constant heat causes great stress on
the human body.
2. There are many things people can do to protect themselves
from the dangers of extreme heat . Drink lots of cool water . Try
to stay out of the sun. Wear light-weight clothes made from
freedom of movement.
3. Heat stress is the most common health problem linked to hot
weather . The causes of heat stress include clothing that is
too heavy, physical work or exercise , hot weather , and high
humidity ( the amount of water in the air ).
pain is a warning that the body is becoming too hot. Doctors
say those individuals suffering from muscle pain could be in
danger . They should stop all activity and rest in a cool place.
Doctors say not to return to physical activity for a few hours .
Think about It
No determiner + noncount
count noun noun
stress
heat waves heat
clothes
materials weather
doctors clothing
work
exercise
humidity
water
pain
danger
activity
Activity 3: Using Determiners with Singular Count Nouns
Words in bold italic are the determiners that students should have
inserted.
1. You cannot shake hands with a clenched fist.
2. If you want to lose a friend, lend him money.
3. Laughter is not at all a bad beginning for a friendship.
4. Hold a true friend with both your hands.
5. I have never been in any country where they did not do
something better than we do it.
6. Even honey tastes bitter to a sick man.
7. Music is the universal language of mankind.
8. Giving your son a skill is better than giving him a thousand
pieces of gold.
8/27/14 2:32 PM
 9. Banks are places where they lend you an umbrella in fair
weather and ask for it back when it begins to rain.
10. I always tried to turn every disaster into an opportunity.
11. Judge a man by his questions rather than his answers.
12. Hope is a good breakfast, but it is a bad supper.
Activity 4: Using A and An
1. Can you recommend a good movie?
2. Is there a university near your home?
3. Did you a get good night’s sleep last night?
4. Are you an outgoing person?
5. Do you have a good sense of humor?
6. How many minutes are in an hour?
7. What is a major source of air pollution?
8. Is wood a synthetic material?
9. What are the qualities of a good boss?
10. Can you name a famous work of art?
11. Did you ever dream of becoming an actor?
12. Have you ever met a famous person?
13. Is there a difference between American English and
British English?
14. Do you know the name of a good, inexpensive
restaurant around here?
Activity 5: Using A/An with Singular Count Nouns
Answers will vary. Possible answers include:
1. I have never seen an elephant.
2. I don’t own an air conditioner, but I wish I did.
3. I would like to be a businessperson someday.
4. My best friend is a teacher.
5. There is a globe in my classroom.
6. I bought an umbrella last month.
7. When I was a child, my parents gave me an allowance.
8. There is a museum in my city.
Think about It
1. Group 3
2. Group 1
3. Group 2
Activity 6: Exploring Uses of The
(2)
1. The earliest process for making paper was invented by
(1)
Egyptians in the Nile Valley almost 5,000 years ago. In those
days, strips of a papyrus plant were stuck together to form paper.
(2)
2. About 2,000 years ago, the ancient Chinese invented our
modern paper-making process. In this process, raw materials
(4)
like straw, wood, or the bark of trees are used. The raw
materials are pounded again and again until they become
loose, and then they are soaked in water. After removing
(4) (4)
the water, a flat, thin form remains. When the form dries, it
becomes a sheet of paper.
3. Europeans started using large machines for making paper near
(3) (1)
the end of the sixteenth century. In modern times, paper-
making is a very big business. However, it is still possible to
(2)
make paper by hand using the same steps as those used with
(4)
the large machines.
Think about It
1. a papyrus plant: not talking about a specific thing
2. a flat, thin form; a sheet of paper: not talking about
a specific thing
3. a big business: describing a type of thing
Elements of Success L3 Answer Key.indd 73
Activity 7: Using The
Students will insert the reason numbers in the Think about It
activity.
1
One tourist attraction that I would consider a must-see is the
3
Eiffel Tower in Paris. At the time of its construction in 1889, it
2 1
was the tallest building in the world, and its appearance today is
virtually identical to its appearance then. Unlike most other tall
3 1
buildings, the shape of the Eiffel Tower is unique and majestic,
so it is often treated more like a work of art than a building. It
becomes even more beautiful when it is illuminated at night.
3 4
Visitors can go up the three levels of the tower, and since it is in
3
the center of Paris, its view is second to none. No matter how
1
many pictures you see of it, seeing the Eiffel Tower in person is an
outstanding experience.
Write about It
Answers will vary. Possible answers include:
Central Park is a popular tourist attraction in New York City. On a
sunny day, the park is full of people. Lots of families come to enjoy
the park. Many of them bring picnic lunches. It’s common to see
people walking their dogs in the park, especially in good weather.
Activity 8: Using The for Something Mentioned Before
Answers will vary. Possible answers include:
1. One of the strangest dreams I ever had took place in a
shopping mall. It was in the middle of the day, but the
shopping mall was empty.
2. I once dreamed that I was trying to climb to the top of a
mountain, but I wasn’t wearing any shoes. The sides of the
mountain were steep, and I had trouble walking.
3. I had a dream that I was in a strange house with no windows.
The walls of the house were painted purple.
4. In my dream, I heard a loud knocking noise. The noise should
have scared me, but it seemed very natural.
5. One time I dreamed that I was all alone in an airplane.
I was flying the airplane, and surprisingly, I knew what
I was doing.
6. Last night I dreamed that I was riding an elephant in a desert.
The desert stretched for miles, and then it turned into an ocean.
7. I once had a dream that I was in a big city standing on the roof
of a tall building. I am afraid of heights, but standing on the
building in the dream didn’t bother me.
Write about It
Answers will vary. Possible answers include:
I once had a dream that I was the star of a Broadway musical. I
can’t sing or dance at all, and I have terrible stage fright, but in the
dream I loved being in the musical.
Activity 9: Distinguishing A and The
1. a. I’m taking a day off next week. 2
b. I need to leave early the day after tomorrow. 1
2. a. We need a new refrigerator. 2
b. Could you put my lunch in the refrigerator? 1
3. a. We went to the Museum of Modern Art while we
were there. 1
b. We went to a museum while we were there. 2
4. a. I brought a computer with me. 2
b. I brought the computer with me. 1
E L E M E N T S of S U C C E S S • S t u de nt B o ok 3 UNIT 8 73
8/27/14 2:32 PM
 5. a. I’m having a small problem with my car. 2 I would also like to ask a famous science about his personal
b. They couldn’t fix the problem with our TV. 1 life. What does he do for fun? Does he read books and watch
movies? Does he enjoy science fiction movies, for example?
Think about It
Answers will vary. Possible answers include: Activity 11: Using Some
In 1a, 2a, 3b, 4a, and 5a, the speaker is talking about the idea, Answers will vary. Possible answers include:
thing, or problem for the first time. 1. Did you have some vegetables for lunch yesterday?
In 1b, the listener will know what day today is and therefore 2. Did you drink some water this morning?
what day the day after tomorrow is. 3. Do you have some paper with you today?
In 2b, there is only one refrigerator. 4. Are there some museums in your city?
In 3a, the speaker mentions a specific museum. 5. Did you have some homework yesterday?
In 4b and 5a, the speaker is talking about a specific computer 6. Did you ever find some money on the street?
and a specific problem; it’s clear the listener already knows 7. Do you need some help?
about it.
Think about It
Activity 10: Choosing A or The Answers will vary. Possible answers include:
If I could have a conversation with a famous person, I would 1. Did you have some sandwiches for lunch yesterday?
choose to talk with the leader of our country. I have many Did you have some soup for lunch yesterday?
questions to ask him, both about his personal life and about 2. Did you drink some milk this morning?
his job. Did you drink some juice this morning?
Being the leader of this country must be a difficult and 3. Do you have some friends with you today?
stressful job. I would like to ask him how he makes important Do you have some luggage with you today?
decisions. Does he take advice from people who work for 4. Are there some sports teams in your city?
him? Does he research problems to make his own decisions? 5. Did you have some appointments yesterday?
I would also like to know what personal life is like for a world Did you have some cake yesterday?
leader. Does he have any free time? What does he do to relax? 6. Did you ever find some coins on the street?
Does he ever just sit back and watch TV or read a book Did you ever find some graffiti on the street?
for fun? 7. Do you need some boxes?
I would also choose to talk to the leader of our country Do you need some change?
because I appreciate his doing such a difficult job. I would like to
Activity 12: Noticing No Article
thank him for thinking about and trying to improve the quality of
Students will insert the plural count noun (p) and noncount noun
life for the people of his country.
(n) in the Think about It activity.
Think about It (p)
In #1, I chose “a” because the writer is not talking about 1. Many doctors have noticed an increase in eye problems
(p)
a specific person.
among children.
In #2, I chose “the” because the writer is talking about (p)
a specific person. 2. Many things can trigger allergies.
In #3, I chose “the” because the writer is talking about (n) (n)
a specific job. 3. Throughout history, many items have been used as money,
In #4 and #5, I chose “a” because the writer is classifying or (p) (n)
describing a type of job. including shells and salt.
In #6, I chose “a” because the writer is not talking about (n)
a specific book. 4. Some experts say that drinking several liters of water
In #7, I chose “the” because the writer is talking about (p) (n)
a specific person. each day will help adults lose weight.
In #8, I chose “a” because the writer is classifying or (p) (n)
5. Carrots are high in beta carotene, which is important
describing a type of job.
(n)
In #9, and #10, I chose “the” because the prepositional phrases for normal vision.
tell what kind of quality and which people the writer is talking
(p) (n)
about. 6. Scientists at Cornell University found that hot cocoa
Write about It (n)
may help fight cancer.
Answers will vary. Possible answers include:
If I could have a conversation with a famous person, I would 7. A recent study suggests that the number of severe
choose to talk with a famous scientist. I have many questions (p)
to ask him, both about his work as a scientist and about his hurricanes this year is normal.
personal life. (p) (n)
8. In the past few years, hurricanes have brought destruction
Most scientists advance their field of study. I would like
to the eastern U.S.
to ask a famous scientist what made him think of doing the
(n)
experiments that led to his biggest discoveries. Did he ask a
9. The sun makes life on our planet possible by providing
question as a student that nobody had an answer for? Did he (p) (n) (n)
get an idea from an experiment that gave him a result he wasn’t great amounts of light and heat.
expecting? (p) (n) (n) (n)
10. Traditional sources of energy like oil and gas may someday
run out.

74 UNIT 8 E L E M E N T S of S U C C E S S • S t u de nt B o ok 3

Elements of Success L3 Answer Key.indd 74 8/27/14 2:32 PM

 Activity 13: Grouping Noun Phrases Activity 16: Error Correction
Students will write the number of the reason in the Think about It 1. The weather in my city isn’t very nice. The sun rarely comes out.
activity. 2. I don’t like vegetables. (no errors)
3. He is the most optimistic person I know.
Ø + plural Ø +noncount The +plural The + 4. Now I live in Canada, and my friend lives in the my country.
count noun noun count noun noncount 5. People need to spend more time in the nature.
noun 6. Their actions changed the history.
Shallow dirt stone the world’s The earliest 7. He was diagnosed with the cancer.
holes best-known construction 8. I have a brown eyes and long black hair.
large pillars monuments (2) 9. At first my sister had a hard time in the U.S. because the
horizontal (2) culture was very different.
stones the stones (4) 10. My interests are traveling anywhere, listening to music,
workers the builders (4) and playing with my computer.
wooden the third and
Activity 17: Identifying Generic Statements
supports fourth rings
builders (1) Not
people the series (3) Generic
generic
particular the summer
1. A cell phone will not work in all
holes and and winter ✓
locations.
stones solstices (1)
solar and the months (1) 2. Cell phones are much less
✓
lunar expensive today.
eclipses 3. The cell phone on the desk is mine. ✓
Activity 14: Choosing No Article or The 4. Parents are the best advisors. ✓
1. What do the rings on the Olympic flag represent?
5. My best friend’s parents are getting
2. Do you have experience with computers? ✓
divorced.
3. Do you need energy and determination to play football well?
4. How big were the first electronic computers? 6. A parent has many responsibilities. ✓
5. Why do people live longer today? 7. The parents at our school meeting
6. How many sides does a hexagon have? ✓
learned a lot.
7. What are the most serious problems in the world today?
8. Do you like to talk about movies? 8. Young people should have
✓
9. Have you ever seen the sights of Paris? opportunities to travel.
10. What are the names of your two best friends? 9. The youngest person in my family is
✓
11. Do you know how to make bread? six years old.
12. Is the Internet a good place to get information? 10. A young person doesn’t understand
✓
Activity 15: Choosing A/An, The, or No Article how quickly time goes by.
Jake Nickell has always been a creative guy. When he was just 11. An eagle is a large bird. ✓
20 years old, he designed a T-shirt for an online competition.
He won, and an hour later, he decided to start his own 12. Eagles can fly 60 miles per hour. ✓
competition. He asked people to submit their own T-shirt 13. The eagle on a U.S. one-dollar bill is
designs, and he promised to print the best designs for everyone ✓
a bald eagle.
to wear. That’s how his successful company, Threadless.com,
began. Activity 18: A/An or No Article?
Through the company’s website, Jake asks everyone to
submit T-shirt designs. In the beginning, he enjoyed looking at Fact Opinion
T-shirt designs for fun, but when more people started to submit 1. Ø Television can be educational and
✓
designs, the website grew, and Jake’s career took off. Today, entertaining.
Threadless.com has 1.7 million users who submit T-shirt designs.
2. A television set has a tuner, a screen,
Jake and his staff print 2,000 T-shirts each year for sale to the ✓
and speakers.
general public. Jake is an example that you can turn a passion
into a career. 3. A soccer ball weighs between 14 and
✓
16 ounces.
Think about It
4. Ø People should be more considerate
✓
Singular count noun Plural count noun Noncount noun with their cell phone use.
a creative guy people the beginning 5. Ø Women are more patient than men. ✓
a T-shirt the best designs the general public
6. A man has more job opportunities
an online competition T-shirt designs ✓
than a woman.
an hour designs
the company’s website 7. Ø Male babies are 25 percent more
the website likely to die in infancy than female ✓
an example babies.

E L E M E N T S of S U C C E S S • S t u de nt B o ok 3 UNIT 8 75

Elements of Success L3 Answer Key.indd 75 8/27/14 2:32 PM

 8. Ø Children have fewer bones 8. A human brain uses 15 to 20 percent of the body’s blood.
✓ 9. Humans have unique tongue prints and fingerprints.
than adults.
10. The right side of the brain controls the left side of the body.
9. Ø Teenagers aren’t mature enough to
✓ Think about It
make their own decisions.
1. The adult skeleton has 213 bones. Adult skeletons have
10. Ø Good advice is priceless. ✓
213 bones.
11. Ø Money doesn’t grow on trees. ✓ 2. Hearts beat more than 2.5 billion times in an average lifetime.
A heart beats more than 2.5 billion times in an average lifetime.
12. An apple a day keeps the doctor away. ✓ 3. An infant blinks once or twice a minute; an adult blinks about
13. A long-distance race of 42 kilometers ten times a minute. The infant blinks once or twice a minute;
✓ the adult blinks about ten times a minute.
is called a marathon.
4. Average human heads have about 100,000 hairs.
14. Ø Baby whales are called calves. ✓
5. Statement 5 cannot be rewritten because the subject has to
15. Ø Stress is a part of many people’s lives. ✓ stay plural.
6. A human thigh bone is stronger than concrete. The human
16. An effective leader is a good listener. ✓ thigh bone is stronger than concrete.
17. Ø Honesty is very important in most 7. Statement 7 cannot be rewritten because hair is a noncount noun
✓ in this instance.
situations.
8. Human brains use 15 to 20 percent of the body’s blood.
18. Ø Sports have become a multibillion-
✓ 9. A human has unique tongue prints and fingerprints. The
dollar industry.
human has unique tongue prints and fingerprints.
19. Ø Studies show that watching too
much TV leads to poor performance ✓ Activity 21: Writing Generic Statements
in school. Answers will vary. Possible answers include:
1. A wireless keyboard is very useful.
Write about It 2. A piano needs to be tuned.
Answers will vary. Possible answers include: 3. A good friend keeps secrets.
Television can be educational and entertaining. In fact, the best 4. American food is popular.
programs are both. For example, I like to watch nature shows 5. Homework is important to do.
about predators and their prey because they’re exciting. 6. New technology comes along every day.
An apple a day keeps the doctor away. While this might not be 7. A cactus needs very little water.
true literally, it’s important to eat plenty of fruits and vegetables to 8. Universities today can be very large.
stay healthy. If you eat healthy foods, you’re less likely to get sick. 9. The giraffe is the tallest land animal.
10. The palm tree grows in warm climates.
Activity 19: Exploring Different Ways to Write Generic Statements
1. A toad is poisonous. The toad is poisonous. Activity 22: Error Corrections
2. Giraffes’ tongues are blue. The giraffe’s tongue is blue. 1. Fifty years ago, the bathing suits were made of cotton.
3. A mosquito has 47 teeth. The mosquito has 47 teeth. 2. I think the women shouldn’t work.
4. An emu can’t walk backward. The emu can’t walk backward. 3. The Parents need to guide their children.
5. The dolphin sleeps with one eye open. Dolphins sleep with 4. A (or The) Nile crocodile can stay underwater for more than
one eye open. an hour.
6. The bull is color-blind. Bulls are color-blind. 5. The airplane was an important invention. (no errors)
7. A crocodile can go without food for two years. The crocodile 6. The blue whale may be the largest animal that ever lived.
can go without food for two years. (no errors)
8. Female lions do about 90 percent of the hunting. A female 7. The Children must be disciplined from an early age.
lion does about 90 percent of the hunting. 8. The French food is better than the Italian food.
9. An elephant can smell water that is several miles away. The
Activity 23: Using Possessive Determiners
elephant can smell water that is several miles away.
1. My parents enjoy the company of other people. Their favorite
10. Camels have three eyelids to protect themselves from
thing to do is to have people over for dinner.
blowing sand. The camel has three eyelids to protect itself
2. I have two brothers, and their names are Manuel and José.
from blowing sand.
3. My first teacher was a young man. His name was Mr. Cast.
Write about It 4. My aunt and uncle have three children. Their oldest child is 18.
Answers will vary. Possible answers include: 5. My youngest sister has lots of interests, but her favorite thing to
A cheetah can run at speeds of 70 to 75 miles per hour. do is write plays.
6. My father and I like to prepare meals together. Our favorite dish
Activity 20: Completing Generic Statements to make is lasagna.
1. An adult skeleton has 213 bones. 7. My mother and I are very close. I have always depended on her
2. The heart beats more than 2.5 billion times in an average helpful advice.
lifetime. 8. My sister and I live in Madrid, but our parents live in Lebanon.
3. Infants blink once or twice a minute; adults blink about ten
times a minute. Write about It
4. The average human head has about 100,000 hairs. Answers will vary. Possible answers include:
5. Adult lungs have a surface area of about 70 square meters. 1. My friends enjoy music. Their favorite thing to do is
6. Human thigh bones are stronger than concrete. to go to concerts.
7. Hair is made of the same substance as fingernails. 2. I have one sister, and her name is Carla.

76 UNIT 8 E L E M E N T S of S U C C E S S • S t u de nt B o ok 3

Elements of Success L3 Answer Key.indd 76 8/27/14 2:32 PM

 3. My first teacher was an older woman. Her name was Think about It
Ms. Gilbert.
4. My brother and his wife have two children. Their oldest child Quantifier + Quantifier + plural Quantifier +
is 10. singular count count noun noncount noun
5. My youngest cousin has lots of interests, but his favorite thing noun
to do is play soccer with his friends. no good reason a few days plenty of sleep
6. My sister and her husband like to prepare meals together. Their any situation all ages both coffee and
favorite dish to make is paella. each day a few hours tea
7. My brother and I are very close. I have always been able to call all young people any weather
him when I need help with something. most people neither food
8. My cousins live in New York, but their parents live in California. many ways a lot of stress
all students a little stress
Activity 24: Using Possessive Nouns
several languages no trust
1. About 70 percent of the earth’s surface is covered by water.
a lot of problems much television
2. The sun’s light and warmth make it possible for life to exist
other people a little meat
on earth.
many
3. Mount Everest is located in South Asia’s Himalayan mountain
advertisements
range.
a lot of vegetables
4. Only half of a dolphin’s brain goes to sleep. The other half
no sweets
stays awake to tell the animal to come up for air.
5. Goats’ milk has more calcium than cows’ milk. Activity 26: Choosing Quantifiers
6. Everyone’s hair turns gray as they become older. 1. In my opinion, there should be a few free universities in
~
7. Los Angeles’ full name is El Pueblo de Nuestra Sen ora la Reina every country.
de los Ángeles de Porciuncula. 2. I think that many famous universities don’t provide a good
8. In general, women’s hearts beat faster than men’s hearts. education to their students.
9. Twenty-five percent of a person’s bones are in the feet. 3. In my opinion, a university should encourage students to look
10. The world’s libraries now store more than 100 million books. at several career paths.
11. A giraffe’s neck weighs about 600 pounds (272 kilograms). 4. Many people go to a university because they don’t know what
12. Two scientists shared this year’s Nobel Prize in physics (2010). else to do.
13. You can drive from New York to Los Angeles in about 5. I think that every college student should take physical
a week’s time. education classes.
14. A computer’s memory is similar to a human’s—it can 6. I think that college students need plenty of free time to
memorize both short and long things. explore new ideas.
Activity 25: Noticing Quantifiers 7. Every university student should work for a few hours a week
Agree/disagree answers will vary. while in school.
1. It takes only a few days to learn a new language. 8. I think that all students should take a year off before they
2. Zoos and aquariums are fun for people of all ages . start college.
3. Sleeping five hours a night is plenty of sleep . 9. In my opinion, students should take only a few classes outside
4. If you want to be healthy, you should avoid both coffee of their major course of study.
and tea . 10. Every student should get a free education.
5. There’s no good reason to ban cigarettes. 11. I believe the Internet helps provide more opportunities for
6. You can enjoy the outdoors in any weather . education.
7. Coffee gives you energy but it only lasts for a few hours . 12. Students should be able to attend any university they choose.
8. All young people should have the opportunity to travel 13. I think that students should spend less time taking tests.
abroad. Write about It
9. Most people like potato chips and French fries, but neither Answers will vary. Possible answers include:
food is good for you. 1. I think students should not decide their major course of study
10. There are many ways to look at any situation . until their third year of college.
11. All students should be encouraged to study several 2. In my opinion, universities should offer students more weekend
languages . activities.
12. Automobiles improve our lives in many ways , but they
also cause a lot of problems . Activity 27: Using Quantifiers
13. A lot of stress is a bad thing, but a little stress can be Answers will vary. Possible answers include:
a good thing. 1. I have a few things to do tonight.
14. It’s impossible to have good relationships with other 2. I read several good books last year.
people when there is no trust . 3. I get some mail every week.
15. Even if you don’t watch much television , you still see 4. Some people in my family live far away from me.
many advertisements each day . 5. I work many hours a week.
16. People should eat a lot of vegetables , just a little meat , 6. I’m happy when I have a little money.
and no sweets . 7. I saw a few good movies last year.
8. There are many countries that I want to visit someday.
9. There are no interesting things to do in this neighborhood.

E L E M E N T S of S U C C E S S • S t u de nt B o ok 3 UNIT 8 77

Elements of Success L3 Answer Key.indd 77 8/27/14 2:32 PM

 10. I had plenty of free time yesterday.
11. When I want to have some fun, I sometimes call my friends to
go hiking.
12. When I have a little free time, I like to read a book.
Activity 28: Using Other
1. Living in another / the other country gives you the
opportunity to learn many new things.
2. Today, we have greater access to information from around the
world than at any other / the other period in history.
3. Self-discipline is necessary for success, but other / the other
things such as talent, patience, and confidence are important,
too.
4. If you want to lose weight, you should avoid eating cakes,
cookies, and other / some other sweet things.
5. In many parts of the U.S., people speak and hear only English.
They never hear another / any other languages spoken, and
they don’t see any value in learning to speak another / the
other language.
6. My father often told me to treat the other / other people
the way that I wanted to be treated. Now, whenever I have a
problem with another / other person, I think of that advice. I
don’t try to change some other / the other person, but I try
to understand his or her point of view. This helps me get along
with another / most other people.
7. Television and radio are similar in some ways but very different
in the other / some other ways. For example, fictional shows
are popular on television, but you are more likely to hear music
and talk shows on the radio. Most other / Another difference
between radio and television is the way people use them. People
don’t usually do other / the other things while they are watching
television, but they do when they are listening to the radio.
Think about It
Quantifier + singular count Quantifier + plural count
noun noun
another country other things
any other period other sweet things
another language any other languages
another person other people
the other person most other people
another difference some other ways
Activity 29: Determiner or Pronoun?
D
1. In Europe, most people hear languages other than their own.
P 1. We knew there were a many opportunities here.
And many speak more than one language.
2. The majority of New Yorkers speak English as a first language,
P P
and many more are fluent in one other.
P 6. I wish I had a lot of money.
3. Traveling from one country to another used to take days or
weeks.
D P
4. It’s not fair that some workers do all the work while others
are lazy.
D D P 11. I think I need to find the another job.
5. In many offices, a few people do all the work while the others
are wasting time.
D D
6. Lazy people try to get more money for doing less work than
D Jamestown, Virginia
other people.
D P
7. Some kids like to study, but most would rather watch TV.
78 UNIT 8 E L E M E N T S of S U C C E S S • S t u de nt B o ok 3
Elements of Success L3 Answer Key.indd 78
P
8. When children play games, they learn to interact with others.
D
9. Parents today have less time and energy to give to their
children.
D P
10. Ads tell us that some products work better than others.
P
11. Fast food is usually high in sodium and fat, and both are bad
for your health.
D P
12. Most bacteria are harmless, and a few are even helpful to
humans.
Think about It
1. many = many people
2. more = more New Yorkers; other = language
3. another = another country
4. others = other workers
5. others = other people
7. most = most kids
8. others = other people
10. others = other products
11. both = sodium and fat
12. a few = a few bacteria
Write about It
Answers will vary. Possible answers include:
In Europe, most people hear languages other than their own, and
many speak more than one language. This is because European
countries are very close to each other, so students usually learn
foreign languages at an early age.
Activity 30: Using Quantifiers
Answers will vary. Possible answers include:
1. Most teachers give some homework, but some don’t give any.
Only a few give a lot!
2. Most students are happy to do their homework, but a few think
it’s a waste of time.
3. Most people communicate online or by text, but some still like
to communicate by phone or in person.
4. Most people like soccer, but some like baseball, and others
prefer basketball.
5. Most of my classmates have brown hair, but a few have blond
hair, and one has purple hair!
6. Most of them speak Spanish, but one speaks Japanese, and
another speaks Thai.
Activity 31: Error Correction
2. I have another sister who is two years younger than me.
3. You can get information about all famous people on the Internet.
4. I had to speak in front of the other students in my class.
5. It’s hard to learn another language like English.
7. I don’t have a work experience in this field.
8. My sister believes all people are good.
9. Algebra is not an easy subject for most students.
10. Each season has different weather.
12. At the school where I work, the most children like to play
games outdoors.
Activity 32: Quantifiers with and without Of
The English formed a settlement at Jamestown, Virginia in 1607. They
chose the area because there were a few rivers nearby, the water was
deep, and the native tribes didn’t live there. Unfortunately, much of
8/27/14 2:32 PM
 that land was not good for farming, and many of these settlers didn’t
have the skills to grow crops on such difficult land. When they first
arrived, some natives had welcomed the settlers and had given them
food. However, as time passed, the settlers began to demand more
of the natives’ supplies. War broke out between them. Overall, things
did not look promising for Jamestown, and a large number of the
settlers died during the first four years.
Cave Paintings
A lot of information about our earliest ancestors has been lost.
But there are several caves in France and Spain where visitors can
still see some of the most fascinating paintings in the history of
art. Thousands of years ago, artists drew murals on the walls of
the caves. Most of these paintings show animals in movement,
and a few of the images have a stunning three-dimensional
effect.
Think about It
I didn’t use of in #1, #4, or #8 because the sentences did not refer
to a particular group of rivers (#1), settlers (#4), or caves (#8).
Another clue that of should not be used was that the quantifier
was not followed by a determiner.
Activity 33: Noticing Quantifiers + Of
1. Many of the cities in Japan are large and densely populated.
That’s because much of the country is mountainous.
2. English, Spanish, Chinese, and Arabic are important languages
in the world today. Students should study at least two of
these languages.
3. One of the world’s largest museums is the Hermitage in Saint
Petersburg, Russia. It contains about 3 million works of art.
4. Vaccinations have eliminated many diseases that were once
common. Some of these diseases are measles, mumps, and
smallpox.
5. Some of the qualities of a good manager are patience,
fairness, and a sense of humor.
6. None of the mountains in Honduras is volcanic.
7. The first offices in the area were built about 150 years ago.
Many of those buildings are still in use today.
8. When couples have children, their lives change. Suddenly
they have to focus most of their attention on the children.
9. Most of the water in the ground comes from precipitation.
10. Young children shouldn’t spend most of their time playing
competitive sports.
11. Walking is one of the best ways to explore a new city.
12. A number of specific things have increased life expectancy.
Some of these things are vaccinations, workplace safety rules,
and a decrease in smoking.
13. Jazz is one of the few uniquely American styles of music.
14. There is a joint between each of the bones in the spine that
allows them to move.
Activity 34: Choosing Quantifiers
Answers will vary. Possible answers include:
1. I don’t live near any of my relatives.
2. I am in touch with most of my cousins.
3. I can write clearly with one of my hands.
4. I know all of my classmates’ names.
5. I can see well with both of my eyes.
6. I am not younger than any of my siblings.
7. I don’t email either of my parents very often.
8. I have visited many of the big cities in my native country.
9. I don’t miss any of my English classes every week.
10. When I go shopping, I usually spend all of my money.
11. I don’t do any of my homework in the morning before class.
12. I don’t know the names of any of the best restaurants in
this city.
Elements of Success L3 Answer Key.indd 79
13. I have seen or read some of William Shakespeare’s plays.
14. My friends and I enjoy all of the same activities.
15. In the evening, I spend a little of my time working on a computer.
Activity 35: Using the Correct Verb
1. Most of the people in my class are from South America.
2. None of the movies that she recommended was interesting
to me.
3. All of the bad things that happened on that day were my fault.
4. Several of the things he said were untrue.
5. Many of my friends from high school want to visit me here.
6. Some of her advice was helpful but not all of it.
7. Most of the movie was pretty good, but I didn’t like the ending.
8. Every one of my students was able to pass the test.
9. One of the students in my class is trilingual.
10. Some but not all of my money is in the bank.
11. Each of the schools sends two teams of students to the debate.
12. All of the information in this article is incorrect.
13. Neither of my parents knows how to speak English.
14. Most of his books are science fiction stories and mysteries.
Activity 36: Using Quantifiers with Pronouns
1. New York has more than 20 different subway lines . Some of
them were built more than 100 years ago.
2. Some of New York’s subway system runs above ground, but
much of it operates beneath the city.
3. During the 1930s, bridges were built all over the U.S. Many of
them are still used today.
4. Canada is building a new bridge to Detroit, Michigan. The
Canadian government believes that the bridge is a good
investment, so it is willing to pay for almost all of it.
5. Public transit reduces traffic and pollution for everyone, but
few of us are willing to stop driving.
6. Because of budget cuts, public transit is being reduced in many
communities. Several small towns could lose some or all of it
within a year.
7. Suburban commuters in Copenhagen have many options for
traveling to work. However, most of them choose to drive.
8. The majority of people say they enjoy driving to work.
However, as gas becomes more expensive, each of us will need
to explore alternatives.
9. Mopeds have become the number-one method of
transportation in Vietnam. However, driving one of them in city
traffic can be difficult.
Think about It
In sentences 5 and 8, us refers to people in general, including
ourselves.
Activity 37: Choosing Quantifiers
A recent newspaper headline read: “Cat Burglar on the Loose!”
However, this wasn’t another of those stories about a thief who
climbs up the outsides of buildings. This was about an actual cat.
When Paula Steen discovered that she was missing one of her
necklaces, she thought she had lost it. However, when more of her
jewelry disappeared, she started to get worried. One day, she was
talking with one of her neighbors at the door. Neither of them
noticed a neighbor’s cat, Mimi, sneak into Paula’s house. After a
few minutes, Mimi returned with some earrings sticking out of
her mouth.
Both women were surprised, but then immediately started
laughing. They went to that neighbor’s house and, after a quick
search, found Paula’s jewelry in Mimi’s basket. All of it was there—
along with other neighbors’ jewelry. When the women told their
friends, none of them believed the story. But then Mimi did it
again—this time she stole some towels and other household items!
E L E M E N T S of S U C C E S S • S t u de nt B o ok 3 UNIT 8 79
8/27/14 2:32 PM
 Think about It
Neither of is followed by them, which refers to Paula Steen and
the neighbor she was talking to.
All of is followed by it, which refers to Paula’s jewelry.
None of is followed by them, which refers to the women’s friends.
Write about It
Answers will vary. Possible answers include:
A recent newspaper headline read: “Cat Burglar on the Loose!”
However, this wasn’t one of those stories about a thief who climbs
up the outsides of buildings. This was about an actual cat.
When Paula Steen discovered that she was missing a necklace,
she thought she had lost it. However, when some more jewelry
disappeared, she started to get worried. One day, she was talking
with a neighbor at the door. Neither noticed a neighbor’s cat,
Mimi, sneak into Paula’s house. After a few minutes, Mimi returned
with a bracelet sticking out of her mouth.
The women were surprised, but then immediately started
laughing. They went to that neighbor’s house and, after a quick
search, found Paula’s jewelry in Mimi’s basket. All of it was there—
along with another neighbor’s jewelry. When the women told
their friends, none of them believed the story. But then Mimi did it
again—this time she stole a few towels and other household items!
Activity 38: Error Correction
1. Most of the time I get up before six.
2. None of my friends thinks I should go to a school far away.
3. Last year I had to make one of the most important decisions
in my life.
4. Birthdays are one of a special day for young people.
5. Please give a paper to each one person.
6. For many of my friends, attending college won’t be possible.
(no errors)
7. Most of people in Singapore speak English as a first language.
8. Every one of the books that I read was different.
9. One of the purposes of art is to make people think.
10. Some of scientists believe that people are causing global
warming.
Activity 39: Using Simple Quantifiers in Conversation
1. A: So, did you get some sleep?
B: No, not much, unfortunately.
A: Me neither. I woke up at 6:00 and couldn’t get back
to sleep.
2. A: Would you like some juice to drink?
B: Sure, I’ll have some. Thanks!
3. A: Hey, you don’t look so good. Are you OK?
B: I ate too much. I think I need to sit down.
4. A: If gas prices go down, I think we’ll save some money on
our trip.
B: I guess, maybe a little.
5. A: I’m excited about the trip. So everyone in our class is
coming?
B: Yeah, all of them. It’ll be great!
6. A: I’m going to get rid of this coat. Do you want it?
B: Oh, thanks. It’s nice, but I have too many of them.
7. A: How many chairs should I set up?
B: A lot! It’s going to be a really big event.
8. A: Everybody’s sick these days. Have a lot of your classmates
been out lately?
B: Fortunately, not very many.
9. A: Hey, the ice cream is gone! How much did you eat?
B: All of it! Sorry.
10. A: How’s your business doing? Have you gotten some new
customers?
B: Well, just a few, unfortunately.
80 UNIT 8 E L E M E N T S of S U C C E S S • S t u de nt B o ok 3
Elements of Success L3 Answer Key.indd 80
11. A: I hear they’re starting a new program at your university.
Have you heard anything about it?
B: No, not a lot, actually.
12. A: Do you speak Japanese?
B: Yes, but very little. It’s a difficult language.
Activity 40: Describing Amounts with Measure Words
1. Next week’s weather could cause a load of trouble.
2. I’ve seen this film hundreds of times.
3. A handful of people came to protest the event.
4. I’m supposed to get a ton of money at the end of the month.
5. I don’t want to go see the boss. He’s just going to give me a
mountain of extra work to do.
6. When I went to the store, there were a bunch of people
already waiting in line.
7. My job started out slow at first, but now I’m getting a ton of
business.
8. I have a pile of unpaid bills. What am I going to do?
9. Everyone appreciates a little bit of kindness.
10. They’ve made a website that has a bunch of information on it.
11. The computers at the public library have loads of kid-friendly
software.
12. A bunch of us are going to the movie at 3:00 on Saturday.
13. The writing center is there for students who need
a bit of help.
14. Last year I got piles of tomatoes from my garden.
15. I have hundreds of papers to write before the
end of the semester.
Activity 41: Using Quantifiers in Academic Contexts
Answers will vary. Possible answers include:
1. The school will pay for almost all of the travel expenses.
The school will pay for most of the travel expenses.
2. A couple of errors were discovered during review.
A few errors were discovered during review.
3. Despite a new advertising campaign, there was hardly any
improvement in sales.
Despite a new advertising campaign, there was little
improvement in sales.
4. A lot of the expert’s argument is based on guesswork.
Much of the expert’s argument is based on guesswork.
5. Nearly all of the experiments have proven nothing.
Most of the experiments have proven nothing.
6. We can find a bunch of information about the environment
online.
We can find a great deal of information about the
environment online.
7. A bit of knowledge can be more dangerous than no
knowledge at all.
A little knowledge can be more dangerous than no
knowledge at all.
8. The exhibition was attended by plenty of people.
The exhibition was attended by many people.
9. The situation could easily be resolved with a bit of
understanding.
The situation could easily be resolved with a little
understanding.
10. There aren’t a lot of scientists who now subscribe to that view.
There aren’t many scientists who now subscribe to that view.
11. We made a handful of attempts to contact the head of the
company.
We made a few attempts to contact the head of the company.
12. I have spent a ton of time reading about the problem.
I have spent a large amount of time reading about the
problem.
8/27/14 2:32 PM
 Write about It
Answers will vary. Possible answers include:
1. Next week’s weather could cause a great deal of difficulty.
2. I’ve seen this film a number of times.
3. A few people came to protest the event.
4. I’m supposed to get a large amount of of money at the end of
the month.
5. I don’t want to go see the boss. He’s just going to give me a
great deal of extra work to do.
6. When I went to the store, there were a number of people
already waiting in line.
7. My job started out slow at first, but now I’m getting a great
deal of business.
8. I have a number of unpaid bills. What am I going to do?
9. Everyone appreciates a little kindness.
10. They’ve made a website that has a great deal of information on it.
11. The computers at the public library have a great deal of
software that is appropriate for children.
12. A number of us are going to the movie at 3:00 on Saturday.
13. The writing center is there for students who need a little help.
14. Last year I got a large number of tomatoes from my garden.
15. I have a number of papers to write before the end of the
semester.
Activity 42: Recognizing Quantified Statements
1. Many people think a bicycle is a toy for children, not a serious
machine for cardiovascular exercise.
2. Most scientists believe our climate is changing because we
produce too much CO2.
3. Researchers believe that violent video games cause behavior
problems in some children.
4. Most Americans get the protein in their diet from meat.
5. In a few Western countries, people believe that parents should
let teenagers make their own decisions.
6. The negative effects of smoking became clear after the
completion of some long-term studies in the 1990s.
7. Many vegetarians say that eating meat is bad for health,
wastes resources, and creates pollution.
8. Most of the parents in a recent study believe that homework
is helpful, not harmful.
9. Some people believe that actors and professional athletes are
paid too much.
10. Most wind energy comes from windmills that are as tall as
a 20-story building and have 60-meter-long blades.
Think about It
They are important because they tell you whether the statement
is true for many, most, some, or a few people or items. In other
words, they make the statement more accurate.
Activity 43: Making Accurate Statements
Answers will vary. Possible answers include:
1. Many benefits of a college education are well known.
2. Some people from low-income families don’t go to college or
earn a degree.
3. Most children of educated parents begin elementary school
with basic knowledge.
4. Some people with only a high school education need public
assistance, but most college graduates do not.
5. Many college graduates pay 80 percent more in taxes each
year than typical high school graduates.
6. Many people with advanced degrees have never smoked,
have quit, or are trying to quit.
7. Many people with less education do not exercise, while many
people with higher education do.
8. A large number of college graduates reported that they were
very satisfied with their jobs.
Elements of Success L3 Answer Key.indd 81
9. More high school dropouts said their jobs were not satisfying.
10. More people with low education levels lose their jobs in
difficult economic times.
Write about It
Answers will vary. Possible answers include:
1. In college, many students meet people and make connections
that can help them find a job when they graduate.
2. Many colleges have job placement programs to help students
find jobs when they graduate.
3. Many of the skills that students learn in college are the skills
employers want job applicants to have.
Wrap-Up
A
Answers will vary. Possible answers include:
1. A good leader has the ability to influence other people.
2. Most leaders have a few special strengths.
3. The best leaders have a little modesty.
4. Some leaders have none of the communication skills that
leaders need.
5. More leaders need some lessons in how to be good leaders.
6. Most good leaders care about their followers.
7. All leaders should want to keep learning and improving.
8. Every leader should want a chance to show his or her
leadership abilities.
B
Answers will vary. Possible answers include:
One of the world’s largest art museums is in Saint Petersburg.
Many people died there during World War II.
It is one of the largest cities in Russia.
From 1712 to 1918, it was the capital of Russia.
St. Petersburg has dozens of islands and more than 500 bridges.
It is one of Russia’s biggest industrial centers.
C
Answers will vary. Possible answers include:
Characters Places Events
Sophie Scholl Munich distributes
her brother, Hans pamphlets
Robert Mohr arrested
(interrogator) interrogated
executed
The movie Sophie Scholl: The Final Days is based on a true story. It
is about a brother and sister in Munich during World War II. With
some of their friends, they belong to a resistance group called The
White Rose. One day, Sophie and her brother, Hans, take some
stacks of antiwar pamphlets to their university and leave them for
other students to find. With one of their friends, they are arrested.
A Gestapo officer, Robert Mohr, interrogates Sophie. The
interrogation is very suspenseful. Sophie does well, and she is just
about to be released when her brother confesses. Then she says
many things about her true beliefs against the war. Sophie, Hans,
and their friend are quickly convicted at a trial and are executed.
D
Answers will vary. Possible answers include:
This graph shows how many hours a week students study and
do homework. According to the graph, most of these students
set aside between 5 and 14 hours for homework and studying.
However, some set aside 4 hours or less. Only a few study more
than 14 hours.
E L E M E N T S of S U C C E S S • S t u de nt B o ok 3 UNIT 8 81
8/27/14 2:32 PM
 Unit 9
Warm-Up Activity 2: Identifying Uses of Noun Phrases
1. Everyone in my family lives in the same town. subject
A 2. I have many cousins. object of verb
Answers will vary. 3. My parents met in high school. object of preposition
4. I am the only person in my family who has lived
B abroad. complement
5. My father works as an engineer. object of preposition
True False 6. My mother is a doctor. complement
1. A noun phrase has at least one noun 7. On special holidays, my whole family gets together.
✓
or pronoun. object of preposition
8. I visit my aunts and uncles whenever I go home.
2. Noun phrases sometimes include
✓ object of verb
adjectives.
9. My mother-in-law is one of the nicest people I
3. Noun phrases always begin with a, know. subject
✓
an, or the. 10. When my brother and I were children, we played basketball
4. There is always a noun at the end of all the time. subject
✓
a noun phrase. 11. Not all sisters and brothers are good friends. complement
12. My parents sent all of their children to good
C universities. object of verb
The love of family
the admiration of friends Think about It
wealth and privilege 1. the same town object of preposition
2. I subject
Activity 1: Adding Noun Phrases 3. My parents subject
1. A lot of people love music, but it’s not easy to find many full- 4. I subject
time jobs in this field. 5. My father subject
2. A professional singer has a glamorous job, but it’s not usually 6. My mother subject
well-paid work. 7. my whole family subject
3. Many musicians teach in public and private schools. 8. I subject
4. A music teacher at the university level must have at least I subject
a master’s degree in music. home object of verb
5. Many different careers are possible in professional sports. 9. one of the nicest people I know complement
6. A sports reporter watches a sports event and gives other 10. children complement
people a detailed description of it. we subject
7. There is always a need for photographers and camera basketball object of verb
operators at sports events. time object of preposition
8. Teaching is another possible career in sports. 11. Not all sisters and brothers subject
9. Toy companies employ chemists to come up with new things 12. My parents subject
to entertain children. good universities object of preposition
10. Many chemists work in laboratories to improve everyday
items like paint or soap. Write about It
11. Chemists work in many different fields and have a wide Answers will vary. Possible answers include:
variety of jobs. My grandfather was a dentist. (my grandfather is the subject;
12. Some chemists are writers for newspapers and magazines. a dentist is the complement)
My cousins all live in the same big city. (My cousins is the subject;
Think about It the same big city is the object of a preposition)
1. A lot of people, music, it, this field My brother and I used to collect stamps together. (My brother and
2. A professional singer, a glamorous job, it I is the subject; stamps is the object of the verb)
3. Many musicians Someday I’m going to live in another country. (I is the subject;
4. A music teacher, a master’s degree in music another country is the object of a preposition)
5. professional sports
6. A sports reporter, a sports event, other people Activity 3: Understanding Noun Phrase Word Order
7. photographers and camera operators, sports events 1. I have a lot of good friends.
8. Teaching 2. I wish I had a few million dollars.
9. Toy companies, chemists 3. I can speak several foreign languages.
10. Many chemists, laboratories, paint or soap 4. There is a large grocery store near my house.
11. Chemists, many different fields 5. I would like to have a government job someday.
12. Some chemists, writers 6. In high school, my favorite subject was biology.
7. I am a famous movie star.
8. I don’t need any new clothes.

82 UNIT 9 E L E M E N T S of S U C C E S S • S t u de nt B o ok 3

Elements of Success L3 Answer Key.indd 82 8/27/14 2:32 PM

 9. I would like to live in a modern apartment building.
10. I do many different things to stay healthy.
Activity 4: Exploring the Parts of a Noun Phrase
I. M. Pei, one of the most famous architects in the world, was
born in China in 1917. Pei came to the U.S. to study architecture
when he was 17 years old. He worked for several years as an
assistant professor at Harvard University while he was studying
for his master’s degree in architecture. Then he joined a New York
real estate development corporation called Webb & Knapp in
1948. In 1955, Pei started his own architectural office. His designs
soon became well-known for their geometric patterns and their
unique use of glass. Among his famous building designs are
the East Building of the National Gallery of Art in Washington and
the New York City Convention Center. His accomplishments also
include updating the Louvre in Paris with a glass pyramid in one
of its courtyards.
Activity 5: Finding the Main Noun
1. the tallest person in your family
2. your favorite part of the Olympic Games
3. a member of a sports team
4. the second month of the year
5. a city that you would like to visit
6. your favorite subject in high school
7. the best job that you have ever had
8. your favorite thing for breakfast
9. one thing that you really need
10. the last item that you bought
Activity 6: Identifying Noun Phrases
Students will circle the main noun in each underlined noun
phrase in the Think about It activity.
1. The part of your leg that you stand on is your foot.
2. The back part of your foot is your heel.
3. The part of your face that you use to smell things is your nose.
4. The body part above your neck is your head.
5. The five things on your foot are your toes.
6. The piece of skin that covers your eye is your eyelid.
7. The two things that you see with are your eyes.
8. The main part of your body (not your head, arms, and legs) is
your torso.
9. The part of your body that pumps your blood around inside is
your heart.
10. The part that bends in the middle of your leg is your knee.
11. The body part between your hip and your knee is your thigh.
12. The thin, hard part at the end of your finger is your fingernail.
Activity 7: Adding Information to Pronouns
1. Did you buy anything at the grocery store yesterday?
2. Do you know everything in this book?
3. When was the last time you ate something that tasted really good?
4. Did you watch anything on TV last night?
5. Do you know anyone who lives in Canada?
6. Do you like movies? Can you name one that you saw last year?
7. What is the best magazine for those who want accurate news?
8. Does anyone in your family live in Europe?
9. Do you think everyone should get medical care or just those
who can pay for it?
10. Many people have seen an elephant in a zoo, but have you
ever seen one in the wild?
Activity 8: Using Adjectives
Answers will vary. Possible answers include:
1. I have a long list of the job qualifications.
2. A recent study in the Journal of Modern Science provides
new information on this topic.
Elements of Success L3 Answer Key.indd 83
3. Volunteering teaches kids a valuable lesson.
4. The main sources of energy today are fossil fuels such as
natural gas, oil, and coal.
5. Tai chi is a graceful type of exercise.
6. Archeologists discovered a lost pyramid at an ancient burial
site near Cairo, Egypt.
7. This course covers a wide range of topics.
8. The sun is a renewable source of energy.
9. English is the international language of business.
10. We now have vaccines to prevent the spread of some deadly
diseases.
Activity 9: Noticing –ing or –ed Adjectives
1. Do all universities have required courses?
2. What are some examples of industrialized nations?
3. Are there many unemployed people in your city?
4. Can you name an outstanding restaurant?
5. Does it bother you to ride in a crowded subway car?
6. What’s an interesting topic for a class discussion?
7. Do you like to have unexpected visitors at home?
8. Did you learn some complicated math formulas in school?
9. What was the most exciting period in history?
10. What should two friends do when they have opposing views
about something?
11. Why is it important to make an informed decision when you
buy something expensive?
12. Why shouldn’t you eat spoiled meat?
13. What is the most terrifying experience you’ve ever had?
14. Do you hope to have a challenging career?
Activity 10: Choosing -ing or -ed Adjectives
1. a. We couldn’t believe the shocking news.
b. The whole class fell into shocked silence.
2. a. It was a very confusing situation for everyone.
b. Irene had a confused look on her face.
3. a. Coughing is the body’s way of clearing irritated airways to
help you breathe.
b. The most irritating habit I have is that I love to talk.
4. a. Heat can be one of the surprising annoyances of working in
Antarctica.
b. I could tell from the surprised look on her face that she
wasn’t expecting us.
5. a. My husband and I have a relaxed approach to parenting.
b. I just want to have a relaxing time on my vacation.
6. a. Librarians offer useful information to students, teachers, and
other interested individuals.
b. This study raises some interesting questions about
classroom management.
7. a. What do you think was the most exciting part of the movie?
b. I couldn’t see the children but I could hear their excited
voices.
8. a. He probably would have gotten the job, but he didn’t even
apply for it. That was a missed opportunity.
b. I don’t understand this report. There’s just too much missing
information.
9. a. Given the pleased expression on her face, I’m guessing she
got the job.
b. They painted the house to give it a more pleasing appearance.
Think about It
1. a. The news shocked us.
b. The silence showed that we were shocked.
2. a. The situation confused everyone.
b. Irene was confused.
3. a. The airways are irritated, so we cough to clear them.
b. I talk too much, so it irritates people.
E L E M E N T S of S U C C E S S • S t u de nt B o ok 3 UNIT 9 83
8/27/14 2:32 PM
 4. a. Heat can surprisingly annoy people who work in Antarctica. Activity 12: Using Multi-Word Adjectives
b. She wasn’t expecting us, so she was surprised. 1. How often do you eat at fast-food restaurants?
5. a. My husband and I use a less strict approach. 2. Would you rather eat in a restaurant or have
b. I want to relax when I am on vacation. a home-cooked meal?
6. a. The information interests people. 3. What is one awful-tasting food?
b. This study interests me. 4. Puzzles are one type of mind-stimulating game. What are
7. a. This part of the movie excited me. some others?
b. The children sounded excited. 5. Trivial Pursuit is a knowledge-based game. You need to know
8. a. He missed the opportunity. a lot of facts. Can you think of any other games like this?
b. The report is missing too much information. 6. What are some common time-consuming activities?
9. a. She was pleased because she got the job. 7. Is there a highly favored team for the next World Cup?
b. They painted the house. The new color pleases them. 8. Why are action-packed movies so popular?
9. What is the fastest-growing sport?
Activity 11: Learning Multi-Word Adjectives
10. Would you rather have a full-time job or a part-time one?
Answers will vary. Possible answers include:
11. What are the advantages of working in a family-owned
1. big-name = famous
business?
Johnny Depp is a big-name actor.
12. Do hard-working people always succeed?
2. front-row = something in the first row at the front
13. Should all students go to a four-year university after
When I go to the theater, I like to sit in a front-row seat.
secondary school?
3. hair-raising = something that makes you afraid
14. Should education be a lifelong experience?
For me, riding a roller coaster is a hair-raising experience.
15. Should high-achieving students study separately from
4. single-story = a building that has only one story
average students?
In the suburbs, many people live in single-story houses.
5. slow-moving = something that is moving slowly Write about It
I hate commuting to work in the morning because I always Answers will vary. Possible answers include:
get stuck in slow-moving traffic. Do you try to shop at family-owned businesses?
6. long-term = happening over a long period of time What is the fastest-growing city in your country?
Researchers have not studied the long-term effects of cell Do you have many lifelong friends?
phone use.
Activity 13: Noticing Noun + Noun
7. carefully planned = something that has been planned carefully
1. Singapore’s Changi Airport has won many awards from
When I speak, I make sure I have a carefully planned
travel groups.
presentation to show my audience.
2. The airport has many comfortable areas for sleeping or
8. newly married = married recently
watching TV, as well as work desks and free Internet service.
Newly married couples often like to spend a lot of their
3. If you are tired, you can rent a nap room for a few hours.
time together.
4. The airport offers a free bus tour of Singapore.
9. eye-catching = something that attracts your attention
5. There is a hotel with a rooftop hot tub.
My favorite photographs include eye-catching colors.
6. There are several movie theaters.
10. law-abiding = following the law
7. The airport has a butterfly garden and an orchid garden.
Parents like to raise children who are law-abiding citizens.
8. If you spend $10 at one of the many airport stores, you get free
11. well-organized = well-planned or arranged
admission to the four-story tube slide (an enclosed slide made
A well-organized desk looks professional.
from a long tube).
12. hard-working = working with effort and energy
9. Terminal 3 is a little city with a pharmacy, grocery store, flower
Most families are hard-working families who provide for
shop, and jewelry stores. It even has an indoor amusement
themselves.
park for kids.
13. well-behaved = polite and using good manners
Well-behaved children are a pleasure to spend time with. Write about It
14. newly opened = just opened recently Answers will vary. Possible answers include:
The newly opened zoo has plenty of space for the animals. It rained when we were in London, so we took a bus tour instead
15. poor-quality = of low quality or in a bad condition of walking.
The poor-quality parts broke quickly. Can you stop at the grocery store on your way home, please?
16. award-winning = having gotten a prize for doing something well When we were children, my brother and I loved to visit the
She has written several award-winning poems. amusement park.
Think about It Activity 14: Forming Noun + Noun Combinations
Answers will vary. Possible answers include:
Adjective Adverb + -ed Adverb + Noun Noun + -ing business community health food
+ noun word -ing word + -ed word business center health insurance
word car insurance health plan
big-name carefully slow- hair-raising city police health report
front-row planned moving eye- community center insurance plan
single- newly married hard- catching family business school food
story well-organized working law-abiding family car world business
long-term well-behaved award- government report
poor- newly opened winning
quality

84 UNIT 9 E L E M E N T S of S U C C E S S • S t u de nt B o ok 3

Elements of Success L3 Answer Key.indd 84 8/27/14 2:32 PM

 Think about It
Answers will vary. Possible answers include:
food bank food stamp
food chain food supply
food court comfort food
food pantry convenience food
food poisoning health food
food processor junk food
food science soul food
food service
Write about It
Answers will vary. Possible answers include:
For my mother’s birthday, we bought her a food processor.
My sister exercises all the time and eats a lot of health food.
About once a week, I let my children eat junk food.
Don’t eat at that restaurant—Nan said she got food
poisoning there!
My cousin works at the food court in the mall.
Activity 15: Using Noun + Noun
1. Which country has a good health-care system?
2. Is the post office a federal government agency?
3. What do you think a sleep expert does?
4. How many people in your family are second language
speakers?
5. What does a project manager do?
6. What can you put on an insect bite to make it stop itching?
7. What is the normal body temperature?
8. Do you usually take an afternoon nap?
9. Do you use plastic or cloth grocery bags?
10. Have you ever written an essay for a college class?
11. Are you currently a university student?
12. What are some common cold symptoms?
Activity 16: Identifying the Main Noun
1. A bristlecone pine tree in California is the oldest recorded
living tree. It is believed to be more than 4,600 years old.
2. The Large Hadron Collider is the world’s highest-energy
particle accelerator.
3. In 2012, Joe Ayoob broke the long-distance paper airplane
flight record when he threw a paper airplane 226 feet,
10 inches.
4. Many scientists believe that an asteroid impact caused the
extinction of the dinosaurs.
5. The first coast-to-coast airplane flight in the U.S. took place
in 1911 and lasted 49 days.
6. Fish species loss is accelerating, and soon we may have
no more fish to eat from the oceans.
7. Pollution causes poor air quality, and it can be bad for
your health.
8. The orbiting Spitzer Space Telescope found water vapor in
the atmosphere of a distant star.
9. Some scientists think that music training may help students
with language problems.
10. The fastest-growing plant in the world is the giant timber
bamboo from China. It reaches its adult height of up to
18.3 meters in just two months.
11. Movie director James Cameron broke the world depth
record when he descended nearly 7 miles in the Pacific
Ocean.
Activity 17: Noticing Appositives
Gustavo Dudamel , the 31-year-old Venezuelan conductor, is
at the center of the classical music world. In 2009, Dudamel
became the music director of the Los Angeles Philharmonic ,
Elements of Success L3 Answer Key.indd 85
a leading orchestra in the U.S. Yet as famous as Dudamel is for his
conducting, he is also much admired for his leadership in music
education. He is one of the leaders of El Sistema , Venezuela’s
widely praised music education program. El Sistema has put
musical instruments in the hands of about 250,000 Venezuelan
children. Many of them play in the program’s top orchestra , the
Simón Bolivar Symphony Orchestra. Dudamel , a graduate of El
Sistema, is the orchestra’s conductor. Whether leading musicians
young or old, Gustavo Dudamel is the most charismatic young
conductor in the world today.
Activity 18: Adding Appositives
1. Central Park, New York City’s largest open space, is a model for
city parks around the world.
2. The Great Pyramid, a 147-meter-high tomb, was completed in
2600 BCE.
3. The International Court of Justice (World Court) is located in
the Netherlands.
4. The sun—a star made of intensely hot gases—is the
only source of light and the main source of heat in
the solar system.
5. Antarctica, the frozen continent, surrounds and covers
the South Pole.
6. The lower slopes of the Alps—a favorite destination for
skiers—are covered with forests.
7. Honey, the only food that never spoils, was once used as
a kind of money.
8. Computers work with a number of different I/O (input/output)
devices to exchange information.
9. Unlike a fad—a sudden and briefly popular behavior—trends
may become popular slowly and may have long-term effects.
10. Toothpaste, a 4,000-year-old invention, was originally made
with vinegar and ground stone.
11. About half of the world’s population speaks a language that
originally comes from Proto-Indo-European, a language
spoken well before 4000 BCE.
12. As far back as 3600 BCE, the Sumerian people used simple
wheels (pieces of wood with rounded corners).
Think about It
In sentences 3, 5, and 8, the appositive gives another name for
the noun phrase.
In sentences 1, 2, 4, 6, 7, and 9–12, the appositive describes
the noun phrase.
Activity 19: Adding Information with Appositives
Punctuation will vary.
1. Seoul, the capital of South Korea, is located on the Han River.
2. Much of the Sahara, the second largest desert in the world,
is uninhabited.
3. Asia (the largest of the seven continents) is home to more
than one out of every two people in the world.
4. Two countries in South America—Bolivia and Colombia—
were named for famous people.
5. La Paz—a city in Bolivia—is at about the same height as the
top of Japan’s Mount Fuji.
6. Venice, one of the most beautiful cities in Italy, is slowly
sinking.
7. Curitiba, a city in Brazil, has one of the best public bus systems
in the world.
8. The Taj Mahal, a mausoleum in India, is one of the most
popular tourist attractions in the world.
9. Los Angeles (the largest city in California) is a major center for
shipping, manufacturing, and finance.
10. Ayers Rock (a popular tourist attraction in Australia) is located
in the center of the country.
E L E M E N T S of S U C C E S S • S t u de nt B o ok 3 UNIT 9 85
8/27/14 2:32 PM
 Write about It Activity 22: Noticing Prepositional Phrases
Answers will vary. Possible answers include: Answers to the question will vary.
Chongqing, my birthplace, is located on the Jialing River. 1. A team of researchers recently found the bones of four
Chongqing, known as the Fog City, has 100 days of fog per year. different kinds of dinosaurs at the same site in New
Chongqing—a major transportation hub—has an airport, a river Mexico.
port, and multiple train stations. 2. The first time that sales of computers to homes in the U.S.
were greater than sales of computers to businesses was
Activity 20: Combining Information with Appositives
in 1994.
1. Stephen Hawking, a renowned theoretical physicist, writes
3. As a person ages, the thickness of each hair on the head
about black holes.
gets smaller.
2. Fred Leverentz, a 72-year-old mountain climber, has climbed
4. Many species of fish in the oceans are now disappearing.
mountains all over the world.
5. A meteorite crashed through the roof of a house in New
3. Emily Dickinson, a famous American poet, published only
Zealand.
seven poems during her life.
6. The placement of an ice pack on an insect bite will relieve
4. Irène Curie, the second woman in history to win a Nobel Prize
the itch.
in science, was the daughter of the first woman to win the
7. The caffeine in three cups of coffee or tea may help to
same prize.
maintain mental sharpness in older women.
5. Yuri Gagarin, the first person to orbit the earth, died seven
8. Researchers at the Erasmus University Medical School
years later in an airplane crash.
in Rotterdam, the Netherlands, found that boiled coffee
6. Aesop, a Greek storyteller in the sixth century BCE, used
significantly increased cholesterol.
animal stories to teach lessons about life.
9. The most recent survey of time use in the U.S. suggests
7. Amelia Earhart, the first woman to cross the Atlantic Ocean in
that women still do most of the work at home.
an airplane, disappeared while trying to fly around the world.
10. Everything in the factories of the future will be run by
8. Mahatma Gandhi, a symbol of the power of peace, led the
smarter software.
nonviolent movement for independence in India.
11. A fifth of respondents to a Chinese local-newspaper
9. Alfred Hitchcock, one of the most famous movie directors in
survey said they had over 5,000 yuan of digital property.
history, made many film classics, including North by Northwest
12. One researcher found that managers with more money
and The Birds.
invested in their companies take fewer vacations.
10. Agatha Christie, a British crime writer of novels, short stories,
and plays, is the best-selling novelist of all time. Activity 23: Identifying Prepositional Phrases in Noun Phrases
11. The Rolling Stones, the longest-performing rock band of all Ocean storms develop when the temperature in one area is
time, first performed in 1962. different from the temperature in another nearby area. Warm
12. Lang Lang, the superstar Chinese piano player, loves opera, air rises and cool air falls, creating a difference in atmospheric
jazz, and hip-hop. pressure.
13. Andrew Johnson, the seventeenth president of the U.S., was a If the pressure changes in a large area, winds start to blow in
tailor before he was president. a huge circle. High-pressure air is pulled toward a low-pressure
center and thick clouds form. As the storm gains speed and
Write about It
moves over the ocean, very heavy rain begins to fall. And storms
Answers will vary. Possible answers include:
can get even stronger if they are moving over warm waters.
Queen Victoria, the longest-reigning British monarch, celebrated
Under certain conditions, an ocean storm can strengthen
her Diamond Jubilee in 1897.
and become a hurricane. The center of the storm, known as
Nelson Mandela (the first black president of South Africa) was a
the eye, is fairly calm. However, the strongest, fastest winds of a
political prisoner for 27 years.
hurricane blow in the area around the eye known as the eyewall,
Harriet Tubman, a former slave, worked to end slavery in the U.S.
which can be about 16 to 80 kilometers wide.
Activity 21: Adding Prepositional Phrases Wind speeds in the most severe ocean storms have reached
Students will circle the main noun in each completed noun phrase in more than 250 kilometers per hour. Some storms have produced
the Think about It activity. more than 150 centimeters of rain. Many ocean storms cause
1. The most important qualities of a good parent are patience high waves and ocean surges. An ocean surge is a constant
and a sense of humor. movement of water that can reach as high as 6 meters or more.
2. Traveling to foreign countries is valuable for a number This can cause major damage to shore areas.
of reasons.
Think about It
3. The primary goal of any business is to make money.
“In one area” and “in another area” explain which temperature.
4. Some technological advances of the twentieth century had
“In atmospheric pressure” explains what kind of difference.
a negative effect on the earth’s atmosphere.
“In a large area” describes where the pressure changes.
5. You can easily learn about life in other countries by looking
“In a huge circle” explains where the winds start to blow.
on the Internet.
“Toward a low-pressure center” tells where the air is pulled.
6. The land in the center of a city should be a public park.
“Over the ocean” tells where the storm moves.
7. My teachers have been important figures in my life.
“Over warm waters” explains where the storms can move.
8. Fathers play an important role in their children’s lives.
“Under certain conditions” explains when an ocean storm
9. Stress is one of the worst things for your health.
can strengthen to become a hurricane.
10. There are many opportunities for work and entertainment
“Of the storm” describes “center.”
in a big city.
“Of a hurricane” explains what kind of winds.
11. There is very little need for money in today’s world.
“In the area” tells where the strongest, fastest winds of
12. There should be a separate section for children on all
a hurricane blow.
public transportation .
“About 16 to 80 kilometers wide” describes “the eyewall.”

86 UNIT 9 E L E M E N T S of S U C C E S S • S t u de nt B o ok 3

Elements of Success L3 Answer Key.indd 86 8/27/14 2:32 PM

 “In the most severe ocean storms” tells which wind speeds.
“Of rain” tells what kind of centimeters (centimeters of what).
“Of water” tells what kind of movement.
“To shore areas” describes where the damage occurs.
Activity 25: Pronouncing Of
Of /əv/
1. Do we usually have class in the middle of
the day?
2. Are you the owner of a red car?
3. How many years of education have
you had?
4. Who is the author of your favorite book?
5. What day of the week is it?
6. Do you ever watch the end of a movie
first?
7. Do you know the rules of basketball?
8. Are you a member of any organizations?
9. Have you ever left before the end of a
movie?
10. Are you worried about the state of the
economy?
11. Are you excited about the future of the
country?
12. What was the result of the last election?
13. What’s on the cover of this textbook?
14. What’s the name of the school?
15. Is anyone in your family the parent of a
new baby?
16. Do you have a good sense of humor?
17. Is there a museum of art in your city?
18. What is the definition of angry?
19. How many hours of work did you do
last week?
20. What is your favorite time of year?
Think about It
1. A day is an abstract thing.
2. A car is a nonliving thing.
3. Education is an abstract idea.
4. A book is a nonliving thing, and the possessive phrase is
more than two words long.
5. A week is an abstract thing.
6. A movie is a nonliving thing.
7. Basketball is an abstract thing.
8. Organizations are nonliving things.
9. A movie is a nonliving thing.
10. The economy is an abstract idea.
11. A country is an abstract thing.
12. An election is an abstract thing, and the possessive phrase is
more than two words long.
13. A textbook is a nonliving thing.
14. A school is a nonliving thing.
15. The possessive phrase is more than two words long.
Elements of Success L3 Answer Key.indd 87
16. Humor is an abstract idea.
17. Art is an abstract idea.
18. The word angry is an abstract idea.
19. Work is an abstract thing.
20. A year is an abstract thing.
Activity 26: Using Of to Show Possession
Of /ə/ Answers will vary. Possible answers include:
Manatees are water animals sometimes called sea cows because
✓
of their large size and gentle nature. Although they do not have
many natural predators, the actions of people have interfered
✓
with manatees in recent years. Humans’ interference with the
habitats of manatees is one of the main problems. For example,
✓
the manatees of Florida no longer migrate south as they once did,
but now stay near warm waters created by power plants. Another
✓
problem is boats. The paddles of a boat can cut a manatee, killing
✓ it or leaving terrible scars. This may occur partly because of the
sound of a boat. Large boats emit low-frequency sounds that
✓ manatees cannot hear. However, manatees will swim away from a
boat with a higher frequency, according to the findings of some
✓ researchers. Another major problem for manatees is the red tide.
✓ The growth of toxic algae causes the red tide, and the toxins
damage the nervous system of the manatee.
✓ Activity 27: Noticing Adjective Clauses
Answers to questions will vary. Possible answers include:
1. Name a type of living thing that you are afraid of.
✓
a grizzly bear
2. Identify the countries that you have visited. Canada,
✓
the United Kingdom, France, Mexico
3. Identify a food that you can’t stand. liver
✓
4. Name a place that you enjoyed visiting. Wales
✓ 5. Name a person who you admire. Barack Obama
6. Name a person who has helped you in an important way.
✓
my father
7. Name a famous scientist who lived in the twentieth century.
✓
Albert Einstein
✓ 8. Name a job that requires two or more languages. translator at
the United Nations
✓ 9. Identify a city that is near some mountains. Queenstown, New
Zealand
✓
10. Name a tool that you can use to open a bottle. a bottle
opener
✓
11. Think of a word that means “very good.” terrific
✓ 12. Name an artist who is alive today. El Anatsui
Activity 28: Adding Adjective Clauses
1. A wind turbine mechanic repairs the turbines that are on top
of the 140-foot towers. g
2. Food stylists arrange the food that is used in magazine
advertisements. c
3. A wildlife rehabilitator helps wild animals that have been
injured. j
4. A sports event coordinator is the person who plans special
events for a game. h
5. A sports psychologist helps athletes who want to improve
their performance. i
6. Salvage divers find things that have been lost in deep
water. b
7. Flight attendants assist people who are traveling by plane. a
8. A dietician helps people who want to lose weight. d
9. An archeologist studies the past by studying old buildings
that are buried underground. e
10. In a movie, a stunt person does the dangerous things that a
famous actor isn’t allowed to do. f
E L E M E N T S of S U C C E S S • S t u de nt B o ok 3 UNIT 9 87
8/27/14 2:32 PM
 Write about It
Answers will vary. Possible answers include:
Food stylists arrange the food that is used in magazine
advertisements. They should have cooking skills as well as
photography skills. A food stylist might work with a company to
develop new recipes. After the recipes are tested, the stylist will
arrange the food and kitchen accessories so the photographer
can take pictures.
Activity 29: Using Adjective Clauses
1. Tycoon is a Japanese word that means “a successful
businessperson.”
2. Revenue is a French word that means “the income of a
government or company.”
3. Tornado is a Spanish word that means “a violent storm with
strong winds that blow in a circle.”
4. Soprano is an Italian word that means “the highest singing
voice.”
5. Pajamas is a Persian word that means “loose pants and a top
that you wear to bed.”
6. Catsup is an English word that means “a thick sauce that is
made with tomatoes.”
7. Chorus is a Greek word that means “a large group of people
who sing together.”
8. Memo is a Chinese word that means “a note that you write to
someone at work.”
Activity 30: Noticing Adjective Clauses
1. Are children who play sports less likely to get into trouble
than children who don’t play sports?
2. What is the most important subject that students should
study in high school?
3. Neighbors are the people who live near us. In your opinion,
what are the qualities of a good neighbor?
4. Do you agree or disagree with the following statement?
People should sometimes do things that they do not
enjoy doing.
5. Countries, businesses, and schools are three areas that need
good leaders. Choose one of these areas and describe the
most important qualities of a leader in that area.
6. What is one skill that every person needs to learn?
7. In your opinion, what is the most important characteristic
(for example, honesty, intelligence, a sense of humor) that a
person can have? Why?
8. Some people choose friends who are different from
themselves. Others choose friends who are similar to
themselves. What are the advantages of having friends
who are different from you?
9. Do you agree or disagree with the following statement? The
decisions that people make quickly are always wrong.
10. Do you agree or disagree with the following statement?
People should read only those books that are about real
events and real people.
Write about It
Answers will vary. Possible answers include:
One skill that every person needs to learn is typing. Most
employers are looking for employees who can use a computer
and other modern technology. People who can type quickly and
accurately are more likely to find a good job. And keyboards aren’t
just used with computers anymore. Smartphones have keyboards
too, and it’s easier to use them if you know how to type.
Activity 31: Identifying Adjective Clauses
1. The nicest thing I own is a piece of jewelry from my mother.
2. Good writing is the most important skill I have learned.
88 UNIT 9 E L E M E N T S of S U C C E S S • S t u de nt B o ok 3
Elements of Success L3 Answer Key.indd 88
3. Global warming is the most serious problem we face today.
4. There are many things I like about tennis.
5. The first thing I do in the morning is to drink a cup of coffee.
6. A good friend is someone I trust.
7. The best advice I ever received was from my father.
8. The most important aspect of a job is the money a person
earns.
9. There are many different things you can do to stay healthy.
10. The worst thing an employee can do is to steal from the
company.
Write about It
Answers will vary. Possible answers include:
1. The nicest thing I own is a sweater from my mother.
2. Effective public speaking is the most important skill I have
learned.
3. Overpopulation is the most serious problem we face today.
4. There are many things I like about swimming.
5. The first thing I do in the morning is to eat some fruit.
6. A good friend is someone I can rely on.
Activity 32: Combining Sentences
The order of some clauses will vary. Possible answers include:
1. I have many friends who email me all the time.
2. There were a lot of people on the street who were wearing
costumes.
3. I read an interesting article that explains the benefits of
crying.
4. When I was in Turkey, I met some of my relatives who still live
in my parents’ village.
5. My brother is a doctor who works with cancer patients.
6. Many people who eat a lot of fruit and vegetables are
concerned about their health.
7. I have a good friend who is always giving me advice.
8. My brother lives in a building downtown that was once a
factory.
9. An introduction is part of a book or essay that comes at the
beginning.
10. Two students who were injured went to the hospital.
Activity 33: Subject/Verb Agreement
1. The six official languages of the United Nations (U.N.) are
Arabic, Chinese, English, French, Russian, and Spanish.
2. The most common name in the world is Mohammed.
3. In nearly every language, the word for mother begins with
a /m/- sound.
4. The only language that capitalizes the first-person
singular (I) is English.
5. Seoul , the South Korean capital, means “the capital” in the
Korean language.
6. One of the few people who single-handedly invented an
alphabet for a living language was Sequoyah, a Cherokee
Indian.
7. In Chinese, the characters (or symbols) for danger and
opportunity form the word crisis.
8. Only four common words in the English language end in
-dous: hazardous, horrendous, stupendous, and tremendous.
9. The only common 15-letter word in the English language
that can be spelled without repeating a letter is
uncopyrightable.
10. Children who study another language score higher on
basic skills such as reading and math.
11. The most widely spoken forms of the Chinese language
are Mandarin, Cantonese, Gan, Hakka, Min, Wu, and Xiang.
12. The longest word in the English language with all the
letters in alphabetical order is almost.
8/27/14 2:32 PM
 13. A person who speaks several languages has more job
opportunities than a person who speaks just one language.
14. The Germanic family of languages includes Danish, Dutch,
English, German, and Swedish, among others.
15. Most countries in Europe have a number of regional or
minority languages, some of which have become official
languages.
Activity 34: Strengthening/Softening Adjectives in Speaking
Answers will vary. Possible answers include:
1. A: Sarah is graduating next week, but I don’t know what to
get her.
B: Hmm. How about a watch?
B: Oh, yeah. That’s a really nice idea.
2. A: $120 for a textbook! Can you believe it?
B: Why do we need such an expensive textbook?
A: I know. It’s ridiculous.
3. A: How did you lose your wallet?
B: I don’t know. Sometimes I’m not a very smart person.
4. A: The snow has been falling all morning.
B: I know—it looks like a pretty bad storm.
5. A: I think I’m going to quit my job and go back to school.
B: Really? I don’t think that’s such a good decision.
A: Why not?
6. A: What happened to you? You look exhausted.
B: I had a really awful day, and I didn’t get much sleep
last night.
7. A: Where’s Carlos today?
B: Didn’t you hear? He was in a very serious bicycle accident.
A: Oh, no!
8. A: Did you like the pictures I posted online?
B: Absolutely. You’re such an amazing photographer!
9. A: What did your father want?
B: I’m not sure. He said he had a very important question to
ask me.
10. A: My phone keeps turning itself off. Do you think I should get
a new one?
B: That doesn’t sound like a very serious problem. Let me see
if I can fix it.
Activity 35: Strengthening/Softening Adjectives in Writing
In some countries today, a fairly large percentage of the
population uses bicycles for basic transportation. For example,
in China, Bangladesh, and some parts of the Netherlands, people
use bicycles for more than 40 percent of all trips. Other countries,
like the U.S. and Canada, however, have significantly lower bicycle
use—an embarrassingly low 1 percent. How do we explain these
differences?
In countries like the Netherlands, people think of bicycles as
transportation. As a result, their cities have been developed with
an extremely large number of bicycle routes. Some streets are
marked as “car-free zones,” and some traffic lights are timed for
bicycles, not cars. These cities are considerably safer places to ride
and have very low numbers of bicycle accidents.
In countries like Canada and the U.S., people have quite a
different way of thinking about bicycles. People usually ride
bicycles for exercise or fun—not transportation. Cities are not
designed to accommodate bicyclists. These cities tend to be
more spread out, and the long distances between places makes
riding a bicycle impractical. Other common problems include a
relatively small number of bicycle parking spaces and unfriendly
treatment of bicyclists by car drivers.
In some developing countries, there is a completely different
type of problem. In India, a bicycle has a substantially greater
cost. In fact, a bicycle costs twice as much in India as in other
Elements of Success L3 Answer Key.indd 89
developing countries like China and Brazil. This is unfortunate,
since research in Uganda, Tanzania, and Sri Lanka shows that
bicycle ownership can lead to a noticeably higher income—as
much as 35 percent.
Think about It
They generally sound more formal.
Activity 36: Using Longer Noun Phrases
1. Physical fitness, the result of exercise, proper diet, and nutrition,
can improve mental health and self-esteem.
2. Physical exercise, which can help with weight loss, should be
frequent and intense.
3. Aerobics, which is a kind of exercise of relatively low intensity,
increases oxygen available to the body.
4. Bicycling, a kind of low-intensity exercise for the whole body, is
also the second most popular spectator sport in the world.
5. Anaerobic exercise refers to a high-intensity activity of short
duration that promotes strength and speed.
6. Weight training, which is a kind of strength exercise, is popular
with professional athletes.
7. Exercise releases endorphins, which are the body’s natural feel-
good chemicals that can even temporarily relieve pain.
8. There is convincing evidence that exercise usually improves
sleep for most people.
Think about It
appositives, dependent (adjective) clauses, complement
Activity 38: Identifying the Main Noun
1. After we’ve finished, we’ll have a few minutes to relax and
take that much-needed coffee break .
2. The Thinker, one of the most significant works of art in the
world, was created by Auguste Rodin in 1902.
3. The effects of music on the human body include both
mental and physical benefits.
4. The speakers will discuss reasons for the dramatic increase
in health-care costs.
5. A doctorate is the highest degree that a student can earn.
6. The salaries of community college graduates are higher
than those of people with just a high school education.
7. Freshly picked raw green leaves are an excellent source of
vitamin C.
8. Traditional African clothing depends on the natural
resources of different areas and materials that people can
produce cheaply.
9. After many thousands of years, African people began to make
new kinds of clothes that were lighter and cooler.
10. India’s Internet population was 112 million in 2011, making it the
third largest market in the world after China and the U.S.
Think about It
Answers will vary. Possible answers include:
Many of the noun phrases contained prepositional phrases.
Sometimes it was hard to tell the difference between the object of
a prepositional phrase and the subject of the noun phrase.
Activity 39: Using Noun Phrases to Connect Ideas
Answers will vary. Possible answers include:
1. There are many possible ways to solve the problems in our
schools. One possible solution is to increase funding for
education.
2. Some hospitals use music as a pain management technique
for their older patients. This management technique helps
calm patients and often results in less pain.
3. Enrollment at universities has declined a great deal in the last
five years. As a result of this decline in enrollment, tuition has
increased.
E L E M E N T S of S U C C E S S • S t u de nt B o ok 3 UNIT 9 89
8/27/14 2:32 PM
 4. We really need to change parts of our voting system in some Wrap-Up
major ways. While some of these major changes might be
difficult to carry out, they would increase voter turnout. A
5. The government has invested heavily in new energy sources Answers will vary. Possible answers include:
recently. These investments in new energy sources have led to a sandwich shop
several important developments. tasty food and low prices
6. Many patients think their doctors don’t listen carefully to a medium-sized place
them. This feeling is more common among elderly patients. delicious chicken salad sandwich
7. Speaking and writing differ significantly in several ways. The homemade vegetable soup
most important of these differences is that speakers usually friendly atmosphere
know who they are talking to, but writers do not. high-quality service
8. Many scientists believe that gases in the air are causing earth
temperatures to rise. The rise in temperatures is called global
Peaches Grill is a medium-sized sandwich shop near my
warming.
apartment. For very little money, you can get a delicious
9. Young children begin to learn new words very quickly at
chicken salad sandwich on homemade bread or a large bowl of
about 18 to 24 months of age. Researchers have called this
homemade vegetable soup. The friendly atmosphere at Peaches
age the “vocabulary explosion.”
Grill, the tasty food, the high-quality service, and the low prices
10. Home prices have been increasing rapidly in some parts of
will make you want to return many times.
the country. Rapid price increases have made it more difficult
to get a loan. B
Answers will vary. Possible answers include:
Activity 40: Connecting Sentences
business trip During a recent business trip, my plane was
In the Think about It activity, students will underline the idea
delayed.
introduced in the first sentence and circle the noun phrase in the
furniture store I need to go to the furniture store to buy
second sentence that helps connect the ideas.
a new bed.
Answers will vary. Possible answers include:
job fair If Carlos is still looking for a job, he should go to
1. There are many advantages to having a cell phone.
the job fair next week.
One of the most important benefits is that you can call for help
in an emergency. C
2. If young children are permitted to use cell phones, they need Answers will vary. Possible answers include:
to have some rules. One rule might be that the phone can only This is a photograph of some of my friends. When I took this
be used to call family members. photo, they were playing an Italian game called bocce. In this
3. Unfortunately, scientists have also found a number of problems game, one person throws a small ball toward the end of the
with using cell phones for long periods of time. playing area. The same person then throws a larger ball toward
One possible problem is an increased risk of cancer. the small ball. The goal of the game is to get close to the small
4. Recently, more people have begun to educate their children ball without touching it. The other players then try to throw balls
at home. Home schooling can have both good and bad effects even closer to the small ball. In this photograph, my friend Steven
on a child. One positive effect is that students learn at their is about to take his turn. None of us could play very well, but we
own pace. still had fun.
5. Attending public schools can provide students with some
advantages. One advantage is that students learn how to D
interact with many different types of people. Answers will vary. Possible answers include:
6. However, not all public schools provide good learning The Great Barrier Reef is a site of remarkable variety and beauty
environments. An example of a poor learning environment is on the northeast coast of Australia. It contains the world’s largest
one where there are too many students in the classroom. collection of coral reefs, with 400 types of coral, 1,500 species
7. There are many benefits to experiencing life in a foreign of fish, and 4,000 types of mollusks. It also holds great scientific
country when you’re young. One major benefit is that young interest as the habitat of species such as the dugong (“sea cow”)
children can learn a language other than the one spoken at and the large green turtle, which are threatened with extinction.
home.
8. In their early years, children are influenced by many aspects
of the culture around them. One aspect of culture that may
influence them is a different way of dressing.
9. At the same time, moving to a new country as a child can also
be difficult. One difficulty is moving away from friends and
possibly extended family.
Think about It
Answers will vary. Possible answers include:
In addition to helping the reader connect ideas, repeating
information helps to make the writing clear for the reader. These
things help the reader follow the writer’s argument and make
writing cohesive.

90 UNIT 9 E L E M E N T S of S U C C E S S • S t u de nt B o ok 3

Elements of Success L3 Answer Key.indd 90 8/27/14 2:32 PM

 Unit 10
Warm-Up Activity 2: Identifying Adjective Clauses
Agree/Disagree answers will vary.
A 1. People who have more money are happier .
1. Thomas Edison, who invented the light bulb, once said that he 2. A student that cheats should be expelled from school .
was afraid of the dark. 3. Products that cost more money are usually better .
2. The active ingredient in most toothpaste is sodium fluoride, 4. You should never trust a person who has lied to you before.
which can be lethal if swallowed. 5. Friends are people who never let you down.
3. Ireland, New Zealand, Greenland, and Iceland, which are all 6. Most people want a job which will make them rich and
islands, have no native land snakes. famous.
4. The man who invented the phonograph was almost deaf. 7. The person that works the hardest has the most success .
5. There are birds that can fly over 300 miles a day. 8. You should never tell people things that might hurt their
6. There is a plant that was grown in a lab from 2,000-year-old feelings.
seeds. 9. Most people who succeed in life are smart, hard-working,
7. Vincent Van Gogh’s brother bought one of the only paintings and honest .
Van Gogh sold during his life. 10. Any person who commits a crime should be punished .
Think about It
B
Middle:
True False who have more money
1. Adjective clauses always begin with that cheats
✓
who, which, or that. that cost more money
2. Adjective clauses come before the that works the hardest
✓ who succeed in life
nouns they describe.
who commits a crime
3. Adjective clauses can describe both
✓ End:
people and things.
who has lied to you before
4. Adjective clauses are always at the
✓ who never let you down
beginning of a sentence.
which will make them rich and famous
5. We sometimes use commas before that might hurt their feelings
✓
and after an adjective clause.
Think about It
C Noun + adjective clause with who:
who won’t read, who can’t read people who have more money
Activity 1: Noticing Adjective Clauses in Noun Phrases person who has lied to you before
Students will circle the main noun in each noun phrase as part of people who never let you down
the Think about It activity. people who succeed in life
It is hard to imagine a time before movies, but before the person who commits a crime
1870s, motion pictures did not exist. Early photographers who Noun + adjective clause with that :
first experimented with motion and photography, such as student that cheats
Eadweard Muybridge, used innovative cameras that could take products that cost more money
as many as 24 pictures per second. These cameras were the first person that works the hardest
step toward movies, but there was still no easy way to show these things that might hurt their feelings
images to an audience. It was two French brothers who finally
accomplished this in 1895. Noun + adjective clause with which:
Auguste and Louis Lumière invented a machine that they job which will make them rich and famous
called a Cinématographe. This was a camera that could shoot,
QUESTIONS
develop, and project film. Audiences of all sizes could gather
1. The clauses in sentences 1, 2, 4, 5, 7, 9, and 10.
around a screen and watch the brothers’ short films , which
2. The clauses in sentences 3, 6, and 8.
showed people sneezing, boarding a train, or leaving work.
3. We use who or that to describe nouns that are people. We use
Though these movies didn’t tell a story, they were the beginning
that or which to describe nouns that are things.
of the biggest art form of our time.
Write about It
Think about It
Answers will vary. Possible answers include:
The adjective clause should be close to the noun it describes
People who have more money are not always happier.
so that the reader knows what noun the adjective clause is
Products that cost more money are often better.
describing.
You should sometimes tell people things that might
hurt their feelings.

E L E M E N T S of S U C C E S S • S t u de nt B o ok 3 U N I T 10 91

Elements of Success L3 Answer Key.indd 91 8/27/14 2:32 PM

 Activity 3: Noticing Adjective Clauses That Describe People
and Things
1. The man who repaired my guitar did a great job.
2. What was that dish that tasted like almonds?
3. The customers who came in before 5:00 got a discount.
4. My grandmother had a device that helped her breathe
at night.
5. Did you ever talk to that woman who worked in the
front office?
6. She never wore clothes that were out of style.
7. They served desserts that were just amazing.
8. They had one son that sang really well and another son that
danced really well.
9. The woman who lived in that house was always really friendly.
10. I didn’t know the people that lived across the street.
Think about It
The adjective clauses in sentences 1, 3, 5, 8, 9, and 10 can use
who or that because they describe people.
Activity 4: Using That or Who for People and Things
1. A: David is going to help out today.
B: Is he the one that/who helped last week?
A: No, that was James.
2. A: How was the restaurant?
B: It was pretty fancy. There was a guy that/who met us at the
door and took our coats.
3. A: You remember that woman that/who fell down the stairs?
B: Yeah. That was terrible.
A: Well, I saw her yesterday, and she’s doing fine now.
4. A: Where did you buy that T-shirt?
B: At the new store on Cherry Street. You know, the one that
opened last month.
A: Yeah. I haven’t been there yet.
5. A: The woman that/who left her glasses here came back.
B: Oh, I bet she was glad to find them.
6. A: What’s the name of that song that starts with a long
guitar solo?
B: Hmm. I know the song, but I don’t know what it’s called.
7. A: I want to live in a city that has free Wi-Fi everywhere.
B: That would be nice.
8. A: Have you seen the student that/who sits next to the desk?
B: No. I think she’s absent today.
9. A: Do you know the man that/who owns Java Café?
B: Yeah. That’s my favorite coffee place. His name’s John.
10. A: Do you have one of those things that pulls staples out?
B: Yeah, somewhere. Check the desk drawer.
Activity 5: Verb Forms in Adjective Clauses
1. The man who repairs my guitar does a great job.
2. What is that dish that tastes like almonds?
3. The customers who come in before 5:00 get a discount.
4. My grandmother has a device that helps her breathe at night.
5. Do you ever talk to that woman who works in the front office?
6. She never wears clothes that are out of style.
7. They serve desserts that are just amazing.
8. They have one son that sings really well and another son that
dances really well.
9. The woman who lives in that house is always really friendly.
10. I don’t know the people that live across the street.
Activity 6: Describing People with Adjective Clauses
Answers will vary. Possible answers include:
I’d rather not have a boss who treats people unfairly.
I’d rather have a roommate who is relaxed and friendly.
I’d rather not have a teacher who lets people leave early.
92 U N I T 10 E L E M E N T S of S U C C E S S • S t u de nt B o ok 3
Elements of Success L3 Answer Key.indd 92
I’d rather have friends who like to go out and have fun.
I’d rather not have friends who are lazy and unreliable.
I’d rather have neighbors who have a good sense of humor.
I’d rather have a boss who explains everything clearly.
I’d rather not have co-workers who talk a lot.
I’d rather have a teacher who corrects my work.
I’d rather have neighbors who are active.
Write about It
Answers will vary. Possible answers include:
1. I’d rather have co-workers who will stay late when we have a lot
of work to do.
2. I’d rather not have a boss who doesn’t communicate effectively.
3. I’d rather not have neighbors who have a lot of loud parties.
4. I’d rather have a roommate who is neat and tidy.
Activity 7: Describing Things with Adjective Clauses
Answers will vary. Possible answers include:
I like neighborhoods that are quiet at night.
I like books that have interesting characters.
I don’t like movies that are scary or violent.
I like music that helps me relax.
I don’t like new technology that is hard to understand.
I like cities that have a lot of nightlife.
I like cities that have large green areas.
I like movies that make me laugh.
I’m interested in new technology that makes my life easier.
I’m interested in books that teach me about the world.
Write about It
Answers will vary. Possible answers include:
1. I like cities that have good public transportation.
2. I don’t like books that tell a story very slowly.
3. I’m interested in new technology that lets me talk to my friends
in other countries.
4. I like music that is happy and cheerful.
Activity 8: Error Correction
1. We read several authors who/that talked about this issue.
2. There were a lot of students who/that missed class yesterday.
3. The employee who/that works the night shift didn’t show up
last night.
4. Did you meet the professor who he visited the class
last week?
5. I met a really interesting woman that designs furniture.
6. There’s a photograph that shows what he looked like
20 years ago.
7. The toy train that looked so realistic was really expensive.
8. Everybody loves the soccer player who he made the
winning goal.
9. Please put this where people who are interested can see it.
10. I have a good friend that goes to that school.
Activity 9: Adding Adjective Clauses
Students will identify the subject relative pronouns and object
relative pronouns as part of the Think about It activity.
1. The Andromeda Galaxy is the most distant object that you
can see without a telescope (O), 2.4 million light years away.
2. Mercury is the only metal that is liquid at room temperature (S).
3. The longest string of numbers that most people can
remember easily (O) is seven.
4. Honey doesn’t spoil or go bad. A person could safely eat
honey that is a thousand years old (S).
5. Your brain uses 20 percent of the oxygen that enters your
bloodstream (S).
6. A person that doesn’t sleep (S) experiences problems more
quickly than a person that doesn’t eat.
8/27/14 2:32 PM
 7. There are small, microscopic animals that live in most people’s
eyelashes (S).
8. There is a part of your brain that specializes in recognizing
faces (S).
9. The width that you can stretch out your arms (O) is about
the same as your height.
10. In 2007, researchers found a clam that had lived for over
400 years (S).
11. People who go into space (S) may get up to 3 percent taller
while they are up there.
Activity 10: Noticing Subjects and Verbs in Adjective Clauses
Students will identify the subject relative pronouns and object
relative pronouns as part of the Think about It activity.
1. A: Who’s Isabel?
B: She’s the girl that I introduced you to last week (O).
2. A: Where’s the teacher that we had yesterday (O)?
B: She’s sick. She’s supposed to come back for the next class.
3. A: There’s one thing that Idon’t understand (O) about
this movie.
B: What’s that?
A: Why didn’t the hero just call the police for help?
4. A: Do you have the money that l left you (O)?
B: Oh, I do! Sorry I forgot to pay you back.
5. A: Did they change the carpet?
B: Yeah. The one that used to be here (S) was blue and white.
6. A: This is the best soup that I’ve ever tasted (O).
B: Thanks. It’s my mom’s recipe.
7. A: I can’t stand people who are always late (S).
B: I know. It’s really annoying.
8. A: What happened to the keys that were on this table (S)?
B: I don’t know. I didn’t touch them.
9. A: This guy who I know (O) is starting his own T-shirt business.
B: Sounds like a hard way to make money.
10. A: What’s International Day?
B: It’s a big cultural event that we have here every year (O).
It’s fun.
Activity 11: Adding Relative Pronouns
1. Nowadays, it’s hard to find a job that doesn’t require some
technical skill.
2. Employers want the people X they hire to have good
communication skills.
3. Probably the most important personal quality X employers
look for is honesty.
4. Employers are looking for workers who/that get along well
with others.
5. Other skills X employers value are leadership, problem
solving, and the ability to work independently.
6. The money X an employee earns is important, but it’s not the
only thing that matters.
7. Most employees want a job that gives them responsibility.
8. More and more employees want to work for companies that
offer flexible hours.
9. Many employees want a boss who/that will give frequent
feedback.
10. People like to work for companies that allow them to be creative.
Activity 12: Using Adjective Clauses
Students will identify the subject relative pronouns and object
relative pronouns as part of the Think about It activity.
1. What do you remember about the first time that you came to
this school (O)?
2. What is one thing that makes you really happy (S)?
3. Who is the first person you talk to every day (O)?
4. What is one thing that annoys you a lot (S)?
Elements of Success L3 Answer Key.indd 93
5. Do you ever buy things you don’t need (O)?
6. How often do you have dreams you remember in the
morning (O)?
7. Who is a famous person you want to meet someday (O)?
8. What is the most fun you have ever had (O)?
9. Can you name a movie that scared you (S)?
10. What is the most beautiful place you have ever seen (O)?
Activity 13: Noticing Adjective Clauses with Pronouns
Students will cross out pronouns if they are not necessary in the Think
about It activity.
1. The receptionist is the one who answers the office phone.
2. The desk clerk is the one that talks to clients at the counter.
3. The salespeople are the ones who you ask if you want to place
an order.
4. The secretaries are the ones who keep track of all of the orders.
5. The warehouse foreman is the one who creates the schedule
for the warehouse workers.
6. The warehouse workers are the ones who put the orders
together.
7. The truck drivers are the ones who deliver the product to
the stores.
8. The accountant is the one who makes out the paychecks.
9. The boss is the one who signs the paychecks.
10. The office manager is the one that employees talk to about
any problems.
Think about It
The relative pronouns in sentences 3 and 10 are unnecessary
because they are object relative pronouns.
Activity 14: Adding Adjective Clauses
Answers will vary. Possible answers include:
1. How do you help someone you don’t know very well?
2. What do you say to someone who/that always interrupts you?
3. Have you ever accidentally said something that hurt
someone’s feelings?
4. Is there anyone famous you would really love to meet?
5. Have you ever met anyone who/that has a really strange job?
6. Have you ever eaten anything you will never eat again?
7. Is there anybody you miss right now?
8. What would you say to somebody who/that asked to copy
your homework?
9. Do you have anything you regret buying?
10. Is there something most people don’t know about you?
Write about It
Answers will vary. Possible answers include:
1. It’s not hard to help someone you don’t know very well. Just
ask the person how you can help.
2. There are a couple of things you can say to someone who/
that always interrupts you. You can ask them to please wait
until you finish speaking before they start to speak.
3. Yes, I have accidentally said something that hurt someone’s
feelings.
4. I would really love to meet the president of the U.S.
5. Yes, I have met someone who/that has a really strange job.
I didn’t believe it was a real job at first!
6. I have eaten several things I will never eat again.
7. There are several people I miss right now. I don’t live near
my family.
8. I’m not sure what I would say to somebody who/that asked to
copy my homework? I would say no, but I might ask why they
wanted to copy it.
9. I do have something I regret buying. It’s a really ugly sweater!
10. There is something most people don’t know about me, but
I’m not telling!
E L E M E N T S of S U C C E S S • S t u de nt B o ok 3 U N I T 10 93
8/27/14 2:32 PM
 Activity 15: Noticing Reduced Adjective Clauses with 4. Grover Cleveland was the first president married in the
Past Participles White House.
1. Research conducted in the Tule Valley of Mexico has identified 5. The first woman pictured on a U.S. stamp was Queen Isabella
a new method of filtering water—cilantro! Contaminated water of Spain.
causes a number of problems in the area, but the methods 6. The first U.S. president inaugurated in Washington, D.C.,
normally used to clean water are too expensive for local was Thomas Jefferson.
residents. So far, tests show that cilantro works well to reduce 7. Herbert Hoover was the first U.S. president born west of
some of the contamination. the Mississippi.
2. Most children under age 10 think that the earth is flat. A survey 8. The first woman awarded a Nobel Prize was Marie Curie.
carried out for the U.S. National Science Teachers Association 9. The first living thing sent into space was a dog.
showed that most children are taught that the earth is round at 10. The first computers designed as laptops went on sale in 1982.
about age 10. Before then, they rely on their own perceptions.
Activity 17: Identifying Adjective Clause Forms
3. The use of a drug known to the ancient Egyptians has been
suggested for the treatment of certain cancers. Dr. Richard L. Reduced Not
Edelson, in a recent Scientific American article, describes how reduced
cancerous cells removed from a patient’s body are damaged by
1. The markets of the world are full of
the drug, known as 8-MOP. ✓
cut flowers grown in Colombia.
4. Clams collected from rivers can provide information about
contamination in the water. A clam eats by pulling in water and 2. In 1967, a graduate student named
absorbing food from it, so any toxins in the water will build David Cheever wrote a paper
up inside the clam’s body. By testing clams, biologists have suggesting that Bogota, Colombia, ✓
discovered chemicals buried years ago that are now leaking would be a good place to grow
into river water. flowers.
5. NASA’s Cassini spacecraft has detected a chemical used to 3. Cheever pointed out that the soil,
make food containers, car bumpers, and other consumer water, and weather that Colombia
products on Saturn’s moon Titan. This chemical is usually put ✓
has would be perfect for growing
together in long chains to form a plastic called polypropylene. carnations.
This is the first time the chemical has been discovered on any
4. Nowadays, flowers bought by people
moon or planet other than Earth.
all over the world are grown and ✓
Think about It packaged in Colombia and Ecuador.
1. Research that was conducted in the Tule Valley of Mexico has 5. You may wonder how a delicate
identified a new method of filtering water—cilantro! (simple flower traveling thousands of miles ✓
past passive) can stay fresh.
. . . the methods that are normally used to clean water are too
expensive for local residents. (simple present passive) 6. Growers quickly discovered that
2. A survey that was carried out for the U.S. National Science flowers that are kept cold for the
✓
Teachers Association showed that most children are taught entire journey can stay fresh for
that the earth is round at about age 10. (simple past several days.
passive) 7. Flowers going from a field in
The use of a drug that was known to the ancient Egyptians has Colombia to the U.S. spend about 48 ✓
been suggested for the treatment of certain cancers. (simple hours on the journey.
past passive) 8. In recent years, Colombian flower
3. Dr. Richard L. Edelson, in a recent Scientific American article, growers have had to compete with
describes how cancerous cells that were removed from a ✓
flower industries expanding in other
patient’s body are damaged by the drug, known as 8-MOP. nations.
(simple past passive)
4. Clams that are collected from rivers can provide information 9. In addition, growers now have to
about contamination in the water. (simple present passive) think about customers who are
✓
By testing clams, biologists have discovered chemicals that concerned about the sustainability of
were buried years ago that are now leaking into river water. the flowers they buy.
(simple past passive) 10. Particularly in Europe, more
5. NASA’s Cassini spacecraft has detected a chemical that is used customers want to see information
✓
to make containers, car bumpers, and other consumer products describing how the flowers are
on Saturn’s moon Titan. (simple present passive) grown.
This chemical is usually put together in long chains to form a
plastic that is called polypropylene. (simple present passive) Think about It
3. The adjective clause can’t be reduced because the relative
Activity 16: Reducing Passive Forms pronoun is not the subject.
1. Dr. Antonia Novello was the first woman named surgeon 6. Growers quickly discovered that flowers kept cold for the entire
general of the United States. journey can stay fresh for days.
2. The first automating banking machines connected to 9. In addition, growers now have to think about customers
computers were made in the 1970s. concerned about the sustainability of the flowers they buy.
3. Golf was one of the first sports cut from the modern The second adjective clause can’t be reduced because the relative
Olympics. pronoun is not the subject.

94 U N I T 10 E L E M E N T S of S U C C E S S • S t u de nt B o ok 3

Elements of Success L3 Answer Key.indd 94 8/27/14 2:32 PM

 Activity 18: Using Reduced Adjective Clauses
1. The number of people who use smartphones has increased
dramatically.
The number of people using smartphones has increased
dramatically.
2. There are more laws that require companies to explain their
privacy policies.
There are more laws requiring companies to explain their
privacy policies.
3. These days there are more students who have trouble paying
for college.
These days there are more students having trouble paying
for college.
4. Nowadays, products that contain dangerous substances must
carry warning labels.
Nowadays, products containing dangerous substances must
carry warning labels.
5. The cars that we buy these days are safer than cars from ten
years ago.
(Cannot be reduced.)
6. In recent years, accidents that involve pedestrians have been
on the rise.
In recent years, accidents involving pedestrians have been on
the rise.
7. People who are looking for environmentally friendly products
have a lot more choices now.
People looking for environmentally friendly products have
a lot more choices now.
8. There are more and more jobs that require advanced training.
There are more and more jobs requiring advanced training.
9. Many surgeries are now performed by doctors that use
advanced technology.
Many surgeries are now performed by doctors using
advanced technology.
10. There are now universities that award degrees to students
who take all of their classes online.
There are now universities awarding degrees to students
taking all of their classes online.
11. Most places have laws that concern cell phones and driving.
Most places have laws concerning cell phones and driving.
12. Nowadays, most of the news that people read is online.
(Cannot be reduced.)
13. There are more companies that are offering flexible time
schedules and work-at-home options.
There are more companies offering flexible time schedules
and work-at-home options.
Think about It
1. The adjective clauses in sentences 5 and 12 cannot be reduced
because the relative pronoun is not the subject.
2. Only sentences 7 and 13 have a continuous verb in the full
adjective clause.
Write about It
Answers will vary. Possible answers include:
1. There are more laws requiring companies to label ingredients
in our food.
2. There are more companies selling high-tech products.
3. There are more people living in cities instead of in the country.
Activity 19: Error Correction
1. We saw a large seal was lying on the beach.
2. The doctor uses methods that are based on his experience
in combat.
3. We buy a lot of products that are made in China.
4. They asked him a lot of questions concerning his time overseas.
Elements of Success L3 Answer Key.indd 95
5. The woman working at the front desk was friendly.
6. I don’t want to live in a house that was built before 1950.
7. The guy who I was talking to last night was really smart.
8. We spoke to several people who were given promotions.
9. That book written by Michael Pollan is very interesting.
10. People looking for a new place to eat dinner should try
Millie’s Restaurant.
Activity 20: Using Defining Adjective Clauses
Answers will vary. Possible answers include:
1. A friend is someone who talks to you when you’re sad.
2. A happy person is a person who sees the best in everything.
3. Your family are the people who love you no matter what.
4. An interesting book is one that I’ll read many times.
5. A great city is one that has lots of interesting things to do.
6. The best TV shows are the ones that make me laugh.
7. It’s important to have someone who listens to you.
8. I would like to have a machine that would clean my
apartment.
9. I would like to visit a place that I’ve never been to before.
10. I like music that reminds me of my friends.
Think about It
Answers will vary. Possible answers include:
Subject: 1, 2, 3, 5, 6, 7, 8, 10
Object: 4, 9
Write about It
Answers will vary. Possible answers include:
I like photos that remind me of fun vacations with my family.
I would like to have a car that can drive itself.
It’s important to have a job that you enjoy doing.
A friend is someone who helps you when you need it.
Activity 21: Noticing Defining and Non-defining
Adjective Clauses
Tori Murden McClure began the adventure of a lifetime when she
attempted to be the first woman to row across the Atlantic
(ND)
Ocean. McClure, who had already skied across Antarctica and
climbed mountains, was no stranger to adventure. In June 1998,
she departed from the east coast of the U.S. in a 23-foot wooden
boat with no motor and no sail. She had many problems,
(ND)
including the loss of her communication equipment, fatigue, and
(D)
loneliness. But the worst thing she encountered in her three
(D)
months at sea was a powerful hurricane that destroyed her boat
and almost killed her. She was rescued and taken back home. She
felt like a failure.
After her failed attempt to cross the Atlantic in a rowboat,
McClure got a job with the famous boxer Muhammad Ali,
(ND)
who encouraged her to try again. Ali told her he didn’t get to be
“world champ” three times until he’d gotten knocked down twice.
So McClure tried again in 1999. She rowed for 81 days and this
time she made it across the Atlantic.
(ND)
McClure, who is now a college president, describes herself as
a “seeker of truth” more than an adventurer. She says, “I wanted
to row across the ocean because I knew I would learn something
(D) (D)
that I did not know.” She wrote a book that describes her journey
(D)
called A Pearl in the Storm: How I Found My Heart in the Middle of
the Ocean. She is an inspiration to many.
E L E M E N T S of S U C C E S S • S t u de nt B o ok 3 U N I T 10 95
8/27/14 2:32 PM
 Activity 23: Using Non-defining Adjective Clauses
Answers will vary. Possible answers include:
1. The Great Fire of London of 1666, which destroyed about
13,000 houses, only killed eight people.
2. The Minoan civilization, which suddenly disappeared in 1600
BCE, may have been destroyed by an earthquake.
3. Amelia Earhart, who was the first female pilot to fly solo
across the Atlantic Ocean, disappeared in 1937.
4. Christiaan Barnard performed the first human heart
transplant, which was a major medical accomplishment,
in 1967.
5. The Taj Mahal, which was completed in 1648, is one of the
most beautiful buildings in the world.
6. Alexander Fleming discovered penicillin, which became the
first widely used antibiotic.
7. Antarctica, which is almost completely covered with ice, was
not discovered until the 1800s.
8. The Polynesian Islands, which are spread over 70.1 million
miles of ocean, have been populated for thousands of
years.
9. Oranges, which probably originated in Southeast Asia, were
being grown in China as far back as 2500 BCE.
10. Coffee, which was discovered in Ethiopia, was a popular drink
in many countries by 1100.
Think about It
Subject: 1, 2, 3, 5, 7, 8, 9, 10
Object: 4, 6
Write about It
1. The Great Fire of London of 1666, which only killed eight
people, destroyed about 13,000 houses.
2. The Minoan civilization, which may have been destroyed by
an earthquake, suddenly disappeared in 1600 BCE.
3. Amelia Earhart, who disappeared in 1937, was the first female
pilot to fly solo across the Atlantic Ocean.
5. The Taj Mahal, which is one of the most beautiful buildings in
the world, was completed in 1648.
7. Antarctica, which was not discovered until the 1800s, is
almost completely covered with ice.
8. The Polynesian Islands, which have been populated for
thousands of years, are spread over 70.1 million miles of
ocean.
9. Oranges, which were being grown in China as far back as
2500 BCE, probably originated in Southeast Asia.
10. Coffee, which was a popular drink in many countries by 1100,
was discovered in Ethiopia.
QUESTIONS
Answers on whether one version of the rewritten sentences
sounds better than the other will vary.
There is no alternative version for sentences 4 and 6 because the
information in the adjective clause describes the object, so it can’t
be exchanged with information in the main clause that describes
the subject.
Activity 24: Using Defining and Non-defining Adjective Clauses
1. The children, who couldn’t swim, stayed out of the water.
2. The children who couldn’t swim stayed out of the water.
3. Mary took a book that was on the table.
4. I finally read Coleman’s book, which was very interesting.
5. My sister, who has never liked the water, just learned how to
scuba-dive.
6. Kate’s sister who lives in Washington is getting married.
7. Sam’s plan is to fix up the house, which is in a lovely
neighborhood near downtown.
96 U N I T 10 E L E M E N T S of S U C C E S S • S t u de nt B o ok 3
Elements of Success L3 Answer Key.indd 96
8. Carlos needs to sell the house that he inherited from his
grandfather.
9. Emma was walking with a friend who I’ve met several times.
10. Toshi was playing soccer with his friends, who were much
better at the game than he was.
Think about It
Answers will vary. Possible answers include:
In sentences 2, 3, 6, 8, and 9, the adjective clause makes the
meaning of the sentence complete, so they are defining adjective
clauses.
The adjective clauses in sentences 1, 4, 5, 7, and 10 include
additional information that’s not necessary to make the meaning of
the sentence complete, so they are non-defining adjective clauses.
Activity 25: Combining Sentences with Whose
1. I recently met a woman whose daughter was a professional
violinist.
2. The professor was talking to a student whose name
I don’t know.
3. Do you know a woman whose first name begins with Z?
4. They gave the award to Hassan, whose work has been
excellent this year.
5. How do I contact someone whose email I don’t know?
6. The police were talking to a woman whose purse was stolen
in the park.
7. The police are looking for a man whose car was left by the
side of the road.
8. Most people want to have talented co-workers whose skills
are at the same level.
9. The sailor whose boat sank last weekend is recovering in the
hospital.
10. I have a great friend whose taste in music is exactly the same
as mine.
Activity 26: Noticing Whose
1. The early astronauts were test pilots. These were men whose
lives were full of excitement and danger.
Their lives were full of excitement and danger.
2. Today’s space programs select astronauts whose skills include
working well with others.
Their skills include working well with others.
3. The International Space Station, whose first component was
sent to space in 1988, has been continuously occupied since
2000.
Its first component was sent to space in 1988.
4. Sixteen countries take part in the space station program,
whose main goal is scientific experimentation.
Its main goal is scientific experimentation.
5. Several tourists have visited the International Space Station.
These private citizens, whose flights cost millions of dollars,
have spent as long as two weeks in space.
Their flights cost millions of dollars.
6. Space station astronauts, whose bones get weak in space
without exercise, must work out for at least two hours
every day.
Their bones get weak in space without exercise.
7. It’s amazing to see astronauts whose spacesuits weigh about
280 pounds floating around in space.
Their spacesuits weigh about 280 pounds.
8. NASA has six active missions focused on the planet Mars,
whose red color has fascinated humans for hundreds of years.
Its red color has fascinated humans for hundreds of years.
9. The first “space tourist” was Charles D. Walker, whose private
flight on the space shuttle cost $40,000.
His private flight on the space shuttle cost $40,000.
8/27/14 2:32 PM
 10. You would weigh much less on a planet whose gravitational
pull is not as strong as the earth’s.
Its gravitational pull is not as strong as the earth’s.
Think about It
Non-defining: 3, 4, 5, 6, 8, 9
Think about It
People: 1, 2, 5, 6, 7, 9
Things: 3, 8, 10
Organization: 4
Activity 27: Noticing Adjective Clauses with Prepositions
1. He’s the best boss I’ve ever worked for .
2. She’s the person I spoke to the most often when I first
moved here.
3. The house that I grew up in was knocked down a few years ago.
4. I went shopping yesterday, but the shoes I was looking for
weren’t on sale anymore.
5. Having a job that I believed in made me happier.
6. My brother is one of those people you can always rely on .
7. I think I saw a man take something he didn’t pay for .
8. Last night I went to the same restaurant that I go to every
Wednesday.
9. I would never show up at an event I wasn’t invited to .
10. My home is one of the many things I am grateful for .
Write about It
Answers will vary. Possible answers include:
It’s the best company I’ve ever worked for.
The town that I grew up in is about 50 miles from here.
The librarian said someone already checked out the book I was
looking for.
My brother found something in his shopping bag he didn’t pay for.
I met your sister at the English club meeting that I go to every
Wednesday.
Think about It
Answers will vary. Possible answers include:
She’s the person to whom I spoke the most often when I first
moved here.
Having a job in which I believed made me happier.
My brother is one of those people on whom you can always rely.
I would never show up at an event to which I wasn’t invited.
My home is one of the many things for which I am grateful.
Activity 28: Using Adjective Clauses with That + Preposition
1. A: Is that the car you came in?
B: Yeah, it is. It’s my brother’s.
2. A: We’ll be discussing solar energy.
B: Oh, good. That’s something I’m interested in.
3. A: Why is James so happy?
B: He finally got that computer he’s been saving up for.
4. A: What did you get your brother for his birthday?
B: Oh, no. I knew there was something I had forgotten about.
5. A: What’s the name of that song you were listening to
yesterday?
B: I’m not sure. It was on the radio.
6. A: You look worried.
B: Yeah. I just took a test that I wasn’t prepared for.
7. A: Who’s that guy John was shouting at?
B: His name is Matt. I don’t know why John is so mad at him.
8. A: You seem kind of nervous.
B: Yeah. A project that I contributed to is being graded today.
9. A: I don’t think I did very well on that quiz.
B: The quiz isn’t important. It’s next week’s test you should be
worried about!
Elements of Success L3 Answer Key.indd 97
10. A: Look! There’s the hotel that we stayed in last time.
B: Really? I don’t think so.
Think about It
No relative pronoun: 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 7, 9
You could use that. For 7, you could also use who.
Activity 29: Using Adjective Clauses with Preposition + Which or
Whom
1. You’ll find Deep Waters very different from the book on which
it is based. The hero is much like the character in the book, but
the setting in which he works has been changed to modern-
day New York.
2. Maple Town is a heart-warming show with a number of
delightful characters to whom you’ll get very attached by the
end of the season. Thursday’s episode, in which Sam is reunited
with his long-lost brother, is particularly moving.
3. This silly show features a competition in which contestants
win big prizes for cooking and eating strange foods.
Fortunately, the producers have done a great job choosing
people who are fun to watch. Last spring they received
over a thousand video applications, from which they chose
the funniest and most creative. As a result, the show is
surprisingly entertaining.
4. Monday night we finally see the return of the show for which
we’ve been waiting all summer. Dr. Soto is back, curing patients
and solving mysteries. Last season ended with the doctor’s
mysterious phone call. Monday we learn the identity of the
strange woman to/with whom she was speaking.
Activity 30: Using Quantity Words with Which and Whom
1. Yosemite Valley gets about 4 million visitors a year, most of
whom come from the U.S.
2. It has 1,504 campsites, a few of which are reserved for large
groups.
3. It has 10 waterfalls, some of which are visible from the
valley floor.
4. In Teotihuacan, you can visit Mayan pyramids, one of which is
210 feet tall.
5. You can see the ruins of ancient stone temples, all of which
were originally painted bright colors.
6. Walk along the Avenue of the Dead, about half of which is
recognizable now.
7. Over 100,000 people lived in the ancient city, some of whom
were potters, jewelers, and craftsmen.
8. There are three enormous pits containing over 8,000
terracotta soldiers and other figures, only a few of which have
been dug up.
9. The soldiers, most of which carry real weapons, are life-sized.
10. Special viewings of the soldiers have been granted to a few
important visitors, one of whom was Queen Elizabeth.
Write about It
Answers will vary. Possible answers include:
In London you can ride the famous red buses, some of which have
two levels.
The island of Hawaii has several active volcanoes, one of which is
erupting.
Activity 31: Error Correction
1. The student that I talked to on the first day of class was
very nice.
2. The study included 45 participants, many of whom had just
graduated from high school.
3. All students need to return the equipment to the department
from which they borrowed it.
4. He tends to get very angry at people with whom he disagrees.
E L E M E N T S of S U C C E S S • S t u de nt B o ok 3 U N I T 10 97
8/27/14 2:32 PM
 5. We were never given a receipt for the item we paid for it.
6. They watched five movies, most of which she had seen before.
7. We still have the pen with which the president signed the
document. (no errors)
8. The room in which the children sleep is down the hall to
the left.
9. There were several authorities to whom he had to report
the incident to.
10. We have 135 residents here, many of whom are over
70 years old.
Activity 32: Referring to an Earlier Idea
1. A: Rob just bought a boat, which is pretty surprising. c
B: I know! He’s always saying he doesn’t have any money.
2. A: They said the gift will arrive tomorrow, which is possible,
I guess. b
B: But you just ordered it!
3. A: I spent the whole day working in the garden, which was
really relaxing. j
B: Ha! That doesn’t sound very relaxing to me.
4. A: Sam’s out sick again, which means that I have to do all of
his work. i
B: Oh, that’s too bad.
5. A: We’re supposed to bring the textbook on the first day of
class, which I can’t do because mine hasn’t arrived yet. a
B: Really? Mine came two weeks ago.
6. A: They want us to be there at 5:00, which is too early
for me. e
B: That’s right. You work ‘til 4:30, don’t you?
7. A: This trip is becoming very expensive, which is why I didn’t
want to come in the first place. f
B: I know. But we’re here, so we may as well make the
best of it.
8. A: I got a 91 on the test, which is the best I’ve done all
semester. d
B: Congratulations!
9. A: Anna is an hour late, which means that her car probably
broke down. h
B: She really needs to get a new one.
10. A: If they beat the Lions next week, which isn’t very likely g,
they can still make it to the championship.
B: Well, let’s hope for the best!
Think about It
Answers will vary. Possible answers include:
Evaluation or feeling:
which is pretty surprising
which was really relaxing
which is too early for me
which is the best I’ve done all semester
Likelihood:
which is possible, I guess
which isn’t very likely
Reason:
which I can’t do because mine hasn’t arrived yet
which is why I didn’t want to come in the first place
Interpreting Information:
which means that I have to do all of his work
which means that her car probably broke down
Activity 33: Noticing Adjective Clauses as Responses
1. A: She said she’d be here at 6.
B: Which isn’t very likely. g She’s always late.
98 U N I T 10 E L E M E N T S of S U C C E S S • S t u de nt B o ok 3
Elements of Success L3 Answer Key.indd 98
2. A: I heard they promoted Lonnie to manager.
B: Which is the smartest thing they’ve ever done. d
She’s great.
3. A: This coffee is terrible.
B: Which is why I always order tea at this place! f
4. A: Jake said that he can’t help us with the project.
B: Which probably means that he doesn’t want to help. h
5. A: We have to finish the presentation by Friday.
B: Which doesn’t give us much time. a We need to get to
work now.
6. A: Alan never showed up yesterday.
B: Which doesn’t sound like him at all. b I wonder what’s
going on.
7. A: Emma left all of her dirty dishes in the sink.
B: Which really shouldn’t surprise you. i She’s kind of a slob.
8. A: It says here that he only attended school for two years.
B: Which is hard to believe. c He’s so brilliant.
9. A: The new printer broke down already.
B: Which is what I told you would happen if you bought the
cheap one. e
Activity 34: Identifying Adjective Clauses
1. Tlacoyo, a Mexican treat made with corn flour and stuffed with
beans, potatoes, or mushrooms, is an ancient food. The first
Spaniards who came to Mexico wrote about buying tlacoyos
from vendors selling them on the street. But the tlacoyos sold
back then were healthier than the ones that are popular now
because pre-Hispanic street vendors didn’t grill them in oil.
2. Jiaozi is the Chinese name for dumplings, which are eaten
throughout the year but are particularly important for holidays
in northern China. Dumplings, consisting of dough filled with
meat or vegetables, are usually boiled and can be served hot
or cold.
3. Baklava is a dessert from the Middle East. It is prepared by
spreading out layers of pastry dough separated with melted
butter in a large pan and covering them with chopped nuts.
After the pastry is baked, a syrup containing honey or rose
water is poured over the pastry. At one time, baklava was a
food that people ate only on special occasions, but nowadays it
is a popular dessert eaten year-round.
QUESTIONS
1. Reduced:
a Mexican treat made with corn flour and stuffed with beans,
potatoes, or mushrooms
made with corn flour and stuffed with beans, potatoes,
or mushrooms
selling them on the street
sold back then
consisting of dough filled with meat or vegetables
filled with meat or vegetables
separated with melted butter
containing honey or rose water
eaten year-round
2. Tlacoyo, a Mexican treat made with corn flour and stuffed with
beans, potatoes, or mushrooms, is an ancient food.
The first Spaniards who came to Mexico wrote about buying
tlacoyos from vendors selling them on the street.
But the tlacoyos sold back then were healthier than the ones
that are popular now because pre-Hispanic street vendors
didn’t grill them in oil.
Dumplings, consisting of dough filled with meat or vegetables,
are usually boiled and can be served hot or cold.
At one time, baklava was a food that people ate only on
special occasions, but nowadays it is a popular dessert
eaten year-round.
8/27/14 2:32 PM
 3. Subject adjective clauses:
a Mexican treat made with corn flour and stuffed with beans,
potatoes, or mushrooms
made with corn flour and stuffed with beans, potatoes,
or mushrooms
who came to Mexico
selling them on the street
sold back then
that are popular now
which are eaten throughout the year but are particularly
important for holidays in northern China
consisting of dough filled with meat or vegetables
filled with meat or vegetables
separated with melted butter
containing honey or rose water
eaten year-round
Object adjective clauses:
that people ate only on special occasions
4. Defining:
made with corn flour and stuffed with beans, potatoes,
or mushrooms
who came to Mexico
selling them on the street
sold back then
that are popular now
filled with meat or vegetables
separated with melted butter
containing honey or rose water
that people ate only on special occasions
eaten year-round
Non-defining:
a Mexican treat made with corn flour and stuffed with beans,
potatoes, or mushrooms
which are eaten throughout the year but are particularly
important for holidays in northern China
consisting of dough filled with meat or vegetables
5. that people ate only on special occasions → people ate only
on special occasions (less formal)
Activity 35: Using a More Formal Style
1. The first people who tried to climb Mount Everest weren’t
able to reach the top.
2. There were strong winds which forced the first climbers back
down the mountain.
3. Later climbers had oxygen that they used to survive in the
thin air.
4. In May of 1953, Tom Bourdillon and Charles Evans almost
made it to the top. They described the route to the team
members who would come after them the next day, Edmund
Hillary and Tenzing Norgay.
5. Hillary and Norgay, for whom the information was very useful,
became the first climbers to reach the top of Everest.
6. Nowadays, reaching the top of Everest is an achievement to
which many mountain climbers aspire.
7. Falling ice, strong winds, and freezing temperatures are
dangers on Mount Everest. But the biggest danger that
climbers face is the lack of oxygen.
8. Climbers who get injured are in serious trouble because they
usually cannot be rescued.
9. There are many climbers who have set records on Everest,
including the oldest and the youngest to reach the top
(80 years old and 13 years old).
10. The Sherpas who climbers pay to carry their equipment
up the mountain have a dangerous job.
Elements of Success L3 Answer Key.indd 99
Activity 36: Identifying Adjective Clauses
San Francisco is a coastal city surrounded by water on three
sides. It is famous for its many hills, from which you can see San
Francisco Bay and the Pacific Ocean. Alcatraz Island, sitting in the
middle of the bay, used to be a prison but is now a popular tourist
destination. The famous Golden Gate Bridge spans the bay at its
narrowest point. Everyone has seen pictures of the bridge, which
is easily recognized by its orange color and elegant structure.
Think about It
Answers will vary. Possible answers include:
The second paragraph sounds better because it doesn’t use just
short sentences but a mix of longer and shorter sentences.
Activity 37: Connecting Ideas
Answers will vary. Possible answers include:
1. Sebastopol is a small town located in Northern California. The
town has two main streets. They are lined with small shops,
most of which are small and locally owned. The town is a one-
hour drive from San Francisco. It is home to many commuters,
who are willing to drive a long distance for the pleasure of
living in a small town.
2. Visalia is a mid-sized town in Central California rarely visited
by tourists. It is a few miles off of the main highway that leads
to Fresno and the mountains of the Sierra Nevada. Visalia
is surrounded by farmland which is home to many farm
laborers. The town is quiet and residential. There is a pleasant
downtown, which has a busy farmers’ market on the weekends.
Write about It
Answers will vary. Possible answers include:
Sedona is a small town in Arizona that is very popular with
tourists. The town is a two-hour drive from Phoenix. The town
is famous for its red rocks, which get their color from iron in the
sandstone. The Chapel of the Holy Cross, built into the rock, is one
of the town’s well-known landmarks.
Wrap-Up
A
Answers will vary. Possible answers include:
1. This is a famous person who has a late-night television show.
2. This is a TV show in which patients are treated at a hospital’s
emergency room.
3. This is a date on which we celebrate the anniversary of U.S.
independence from Great Britain.
4. This is a place that we studied in Tuesday’s English lesson.
5. This is a building that people want to see when they visit
Barcelona.
6. This is a writer who writes mysteries about a Belgian
detective.
7. This is an athlete who is the most famous soccer player
in the world.
8. This is a person to whom most people bow.
9. This is a person whose English notebook is blue.
10. This is a food that people believe can improve your eyesight.
B
Answers will vary. Possible survey questions include:
1. Tell me about one time you made people laugh.
2. Name one person who you look up to.
3. What is something you like to do on weekends?
4. Have you ever done anything that really scared you?
5. Name one book that you would recommend to anyone.
6. What is one place that you would really like to visit?
E L E M E N T S of S U C C E S S • S t u de nt B o ok 3 U N I T 10 99
8/27/14 2:32 PM
 7. Name one animal that you would find in a zoo.
8. What is one food that you can eat raw?
9. What is one way to peel an apple?
10. What is one reason to sleep late?

C
Answers will vary. Possible answers include:
Alexander the Great founded 20 cities that bore his name, most
notably Alexandria in Egypt. Alexander’s settlement of Greece
resulted in a new Hellenistic civilization, which was still evident
in the traditions of the Byzantine Empire in the mid-fifteenth
century. Alexander became legendary as a classical hero, and he
features prominently in the history and myth of Greek and non-
Greek cultures. He became the measure against which military
leaders compared themselves, and military academies throughout
the world still teach his tactics.

100 U N I T 10 E L E M E N T S of S U C C E S S • S t u de nt B o ok 3

Elements of Success L3 Answer Key.indd 100 8/27/14 2:32 PM

 Unit 11
Warm-Up 10. If you dress properly, you
can exercise even in the ✓
A pouring rain.
1. The point of good writing is knowing when to stop. d 11. Many children today start
2. To teach is to learn twice over. b specializing in one sport at
3. The only thing better than singing is more singing. g ✓
an early age. This can lead
4. It’s better to be alone than in bad company. a to injuries.
5. Reading is to the mind what exercise is to the body. c
6. To sing well and to dance well is to be well educated. f 12. Most athletes regularly
7. The essential ingredient in politics is timing. e do exercises for building ✓
strength.
B
Write about It
True False Answers will vary. Possible answers include:
1. Gerunds include an -ing form of a verb. ✓ 1. Playing soccer is good exercise.
2. Golf is not an especially tiring sport.
2. We always use a gerund before a verb. ✓ 3. Planning a daily routine can help you stay with
3. A to- infinitive includes to + the base form of an exercise program.
✓ 4. Public speaking can build self-esteem.
a verb.
4. We can use a gerund or a to - infinitive as Activity 2: Identifying Gerunds
✓
the subject of a sentence. (S)
In most situations, honesty is very important. Having good
5. We use both gerunds and to - infinitives in relationships with people is impossible when there is no trust.
✓
different ways in a sentence. Your friends and colleagues won’t trust you if they think you
C (O) (S)
are capable of lying. However, lying in certain situations may
gerunds: learning, writing, reading
actually be good for a friendship. For example, a friend may have
to- Infinitives: to write, to read
cooked a nice dinner for you, but the food doesn’t taste very
Activity 1: Noticing -ing Forms (S)
good. In this case, saying the food is delicious causes less harm
Main Adjective Noun (S)
verb phrase than telling the truth does. And if you don’t like a friend’s new
(O)
1. Swimming is good exercise. ✓ haircut, it’s better to avoid telling the truth. That would only hurt
your friend’s feelings.
2. Golf is not an especially
✓ (S)
exhausting sport. In my opinion, telling small lies in order to make other people
3. Setting a specific goal (S)
can help you stay with an ✓ feel good is OK, but the telling of lies for personal gain is never
exercise program. appropriate.

4. Playing on a sports team Think about It

can build self-esteem.
5. You burn about 8.5 calories
a minute when you are
running.
6. Before they compete, most
successful athletes try
to avoid any distracting
thoughts.
7. You should stretch
frequently to keep your
muscles from getting tight.
8. Stretching before you
exercise won’t necessarily
prevent sore muscles.
9. Walking may be the perfect
exercise. It’s safe and simple
and it doesn’t require
practice.
✓ Answers will vary. Possible answers include:
One-word gerund: lying
Gerund with an object: having good relationships with people
✓
Gerund that begins with a determiner: the telling of lies for
personal gain
Gerund with an expression of time or place: lying in
certain situations
✓
Activity 3: Using Gerunds as Subjects
1. Voting is an important responsibility of all citizens.
2. Getting a first job is usually one of the most important events
✓
in a person’s life.
3. Doing something you love is the key to success in life.
4. Feeling a lot of stress is bad for your health.
✓ 5. Exercising regularly has several benefits.
6. Having a good boss can make a job better.
7. Raising children requires patience and understanding.
8. Living in different countries helps you learn about
✓ other cultures.

E L E M E N T S of S U C C E S S • S t u de nt B o ok 3 U N I T 11 101

Elements of Success L3 Answer Key.indd 101 8/27/14 2:32 PM

 9. Lying is usually unacceptable behavior. 10. The best part of my day is having
10. Being a parent is one of the most important jobs a person has. ✓
dinner with my family.
11. Learning a new language is a good way to exercise the brain.
12. Cooking for yourself doesn’t have to be boring. 11. My biggest problem is not having a
✓
place to study.
Write about It
Answers will vary. Possible answers include: 12. My problems are getting worse. ✓
1. Paying taxes is an important responsibility of all citizens. 13. One of my goals is getting in shape. ✓
2. Getting married is usually one of the most important events
in a person’s life. 14. I think the problem is getting
✓
3. Having a job you enjoy is the key to success in life. worse.
4. Eating a lot of junk good is bad for your health. 15. My job is getting harder by
✓
5. Eating fresh fruits and vegetables has several benefits. the minute.
6. Having talented co-workers can make a job better. 16. The next step is getting a job. ✓
7. Being a teacher requires patience and understanding.
8. Hosting an exchange student helps you learn about 17. My hope is finding a good place
✓
other cultures. to study.
9. Stealing is usually unacceptable behavior. 18. My teacher is finding a good place
10. Raising children is one of the most important jobs ✓
for me to study.
a person has.
11. Doing crossword puzzles is a good way to exercise Activity 6: Using Be + Gerund
the brain. Answers will vary. Possible answers include:
12. Exercising doesn’t have to be boring. 1. The key to a successful marriage is communicating with your
husband or wife.
Activity 4: Using Not + Gerund
2. One common cause of arguments is not listening to your
Answers will vary. Possible answers include:
husband or wife.
1. a. Going too fast can cause a car accident.
3. The most difficult thing about marriage is not having enough
b. Not paying attention to the road can cause a car accident.
personal space.
c. Talking on the phone while driving can cause a car accident.
4. The easiest thing about marriage is being able to rely on your
d. Not obeying the speed limit can cause a car accident.
husband or wife.
2. a. Students’ not participating in class drives some
5. The most rewarding thing about marriage is sharing a life
teachers crazy.
together.
b. Not coming to class on time drives some teachers crazy.
6. The key to cooking a great meal is following the recipe.
c. Not listening in class drives some teachers crazy.
7. One common cause of bad food is not understanding how
d. Not doing your homework drives some teachers crazy.
foods mix.
3. a. Exercising can help you stay healthy.
8. The most difficult thing about cooking a great meal is getting
b. Not eating a lot of sweets can help you stay healthy.
the timing correct.
c. Not smoking can help you stay healthy.
9. The easiest thing about cooking a great meal is finding fresh
d. Not eating a lot of junk food can help you stay healthy.
ingredients.
Activity 5: Be + Gerund or Be + Main Verb? 10. The most rewarding thing about cooking a great meal is
sharing it with others.
Be + Be + main
gerund verb Activity 7: Distinguishing Subjects and Subject Completers
1. My computer was working when A third of workers would quit a job because of the irritating
✓
I left home.
2. My last job was working with behavior of their co-workers, according to a new survey.
✓ (SC)
computers.
Examples of annoying behavior were listening to voicemails
3. I don’t know anyone who (SC) (SC)
✓ on speakerphone, swearing at computers, and receiving emails
is working there.
4. Nothing is working . ✓ from someone who sits nearby. Of the 2,318 people surveyed, 32
5. My favorite way to spend time (SC)
✓ percent said that talking loudly was the most annoying behavior.
is working on old cars. (S)
6. My dream is having a car of Twenty-two percent said that talking on a speakerphone was the
✓ (SC)
my own.
No. 1 pet peeve. Other irritating behaviors were not cleaning up
7. One common symptom of the flu is (SC)
✓
having a fever. after yourself, bringing strong-smelling food for lunch, and
(SC)
8. Seek help if your child is having taking things without permission .
✓
trouble with homework assignments.
Think about It
9. The hard drive on my laptop
✓ Irritating, according to, and annoying are used as adjectives.
is having problems.
Write about It
Answers will vary.

102 U N I T 11 E L E M E N T S of S U C C E S S • S t u de nt B o ok 3

Elements of Success L3 Answer Key.indd 102 8/27/14 2:32 PM

 Activity 8: Error Correction
1. Coming to this country was a dream come true.
2. I don’t think that getting a lot of money is a good goal.
3. Attending a university helps people to get a better job.
4. My father was visiting me when I got sick. (no errors)
5. The worst thing about it was looking for a place to live.
6. I think that studying was an important part of the job.
7. Carrying on a conversation in English is really hard for me.
(no errors)
8. My favorite thing is meeting my friends after class.
9. Going to school together is good for girls and boys.
Activity 9: Using Verbs + Gerunds
1. An extrovert is someone who enjoys being around
other people.
2. An introvert is someone who dislikes spending too much
time with other people.
3. A couch potato is someone who enjoys sitting on the couch
all day.
4. A workaholic is someone who can’t stop working.
5. A homebody is someone who prefers spending time at home.
6. A spendthrift is someone who loves spending money.
7. A procrastinator is someone who postpones doing what he or
she needs to do.
8. A health nut is someone who hates eating unhealthy food.
9. A globetrotter is someone who enjoys traveling around
the world.
10. A control freak is someone who can’t stand not being in
charge.
11. A slob is someone who doesn’t mind living in a messy house.
12. A blabbermouth is someone who can’t resist telling a secret.
13. A worrywart is someone who can’t stop worrying.
Write about It
Answers will vary. Possible answers include:
I’m an extrovert because I enjoy being around other people. I’m
also a worrywart because I’m always worrying about my job.
Activity 10: Using Verbs + Gerunds
Answers will vary. Possible answers include:
1. I enjoyed drawing pictures and eating ice cream.
2. I disliked following instructions and doing my homework.
3. I hated doing dishes and cleaning my room.
4. I regret being mean to my brother and not cleaning my room.
5. I regret not studying harder and not playing sports.
6. I practiced playing the piano and singing.
Activity 11: Using Prepositions + Gerunds
1. In many countries, people greet each other by shaking hands
2. In some cultures, people kiss on the cheeks instead of
shaking hands.
3. In some countries, people shake hands by taking your hand
in both of their hands.
4. Americans sometimes greet people at a distance by waving.
5. In some cultures, strangers welcome each other by embracing
and then rubbing each other’s back.
6. It’s rude to walk past a friend without saying hello.
7. In France, people often kiss each other on both cheeks upon
meeting and leaving.
8. People don’t usually leave without saying goodbye.
Activity 13: Using a Verb + Preposition + Gerund
1. David apologized for being late.
2. Amanda worries about getting to school on time.
3. James forgot about having Tom’s book.
4. Anna is looking forward to going to New York.
5. Ava feels like staying home.
Elements of Success L3 Answer Key.indd 103
6. Kate complained about being too hot.
7. John insisted on going with Nick.
8. Matt put off visiting his uncle.
9. Rob succeeded in getting the job.
10. Carlos is thinking about going home.
11. Mary gave up on trying to finish the report tonight.
12. Toshi ended up missing a doctor’s appointment.
13. Sam keeps on making the same mistake.
Write about It
Answers will vary. Possible answers include:
I never feel like getting up in the morning.
Tom is looking forward to his summer vacation.
Daisuke ended up getting a new job.
Sarah forgot about her English test.
Lara apologized for forgetting my birthday.
Marla succeeded in finishing her homework.
Activity 14: Using an Adjective or a Noun + Preposition + Gerund
1. I’m pretty good at remaining calm.
2. There is nothing more important in making movies than
the screenplay.
3. A champion is afraid of losing. Everyone else is afraid of
winning.
4. The individual person is responsible for living his own life and
for “finding himself.”
5. I’m more interested in enjoying my life and looking after my
family than being hugely successful.
6. I never get tired of hearing compliments.
7. Science is a way of thinking much more than it is a body of
knowledge.
8. Without the faintest possibility of finding a job, I decided to
devote myself to literature.
9. Children born today have a 50–50 chance of living to 100.
10. I toyed with the idea of pursuing a career as a lawyer just
because I like to argue.
Write about It
Answers will vary. Possible answers include:
My sister is afraid of flying in airplanes.
Carlos is pretty good at playing basketball.
I like the idea of doing a job I love.
John says there is the possibility of not having a test this week.
Activity 15: Using Gerunds as Objects
Jonas Salk is among the most admired medical scientists of the
twentieth century. He initially planned on becoming a lawyer,
but he became interested in studying biology and chemistry and
ended up attending New York University medical school. There,
in 1938, he began working with the scientist Thomas Francis, Jr.,
who was looking for a flu vaccine. Together, they developed a flu
vaccine for the army to use during World War II.
In 1947, Salk became the head of the Virus Research Lab
at the University of Pittsburgh. He felt the flu vaccine could be
better, so he concentrated on improving it. He also began to
study the poliovirus with hopes of creating a vaccine against polio
as well. With help from the research of many other scientists, Salk
succeeded in developing a polio vaccine. In 1952, he vaccinated
his first volunteers, including himself, his wife, and their three
sons. No one became ill, and in that same year, thousands of
children started receiving the polio vaccine.
Activity 16: Error Correction
1. Advertising is everywhere. Wherever we go for news or
entertainment, we see advertisements. These ads make us
think we need things that we don’t really need. I used to pay
attention to ads, and sometimes I would even consider to
E L E M E N T S of S U C C E S S • S t u de nt B o ok 3 U N I T 11 103
8/27/14 2:32 PM
 buying the product. Eventually I got tired of seeing so many Activity 19: Noticing To- Infinitives
ads, and I stopped watching television and listening to the (O)
radio. Now I think there should be a law against showing ads 1. If I could visit any country in the world, I would choose to visit
in public places. (O)
Poland. I want to visit Poland because my grandparents grew
2. Anger is an appropriate response in certain situations. Being
(O)
treated unfairly, for example, is a good reason for feeling anger. up there. I would like to see their home and meet my relatives
Examining why you are angry and then taking appropriate (O)
action is a good way to get a positive result from becoming there. I also want to learn more about the culture and history of
angry or upset. In fact, suppressing anger can be harmful to Poland.
your health. 2. If I could go anywhere in the world for two weeks, I would
3. Doing what you love is the key to success. No matter how (O)
hard you work, your success depends on doing what you love. choose to go to Iran. My family is from Iran and I have always
When you love your job, you are totally committed to doing (O) (S)
wanted to go there. To stay in Iran for two weeks would be a
your best. You won’t mind working extra hard when something dream come true for me.
difficult gets in your way. (O)
3. I have always wanted to go to Japan. To me, everything about
Activity 17: Using Passive Gerunds
Japan is interesting—the music, the food, the customs. I really
1. I hate being told what to do.
(O)
2. I don’t like being laughed at. want to learn the language, too. I would actually prefer not to
3. I love being invited to dinner. (O)
4. I don’t like being ignored. travel with a friend or family member. By traveling alone, I think
5. I’m tired of being made to feel guilty. I would meet people more easily.
6. I don’t like being misunderstood.
Think about It
7. I don’t appreciate being called too early.
Based on the above, it is more common to use a to- infinitive as
8. I don’t appreciate being asked to drive all the time.
an object.
9. When I was a child, I liked being told I was a good athlete.
10. When I was a teenager, I hated not being allowed to go out Think about It
in the evening.
To- infinitive with an object To- infinitive with a
Write about It prepositional phrase
Answers will vary. Possible answers include:
to visit Poland to go to Iran
I like being asked to play on a sports team.
to see their home and meet to stay in Iran for two weeks
I don’t like being asked to clean up all the time.
my relatives there to go to Japan
Activity 18: Identifying Passive Gerunds to learn the language
1. a. She is being treated like a child.
✓ b. Most people don’t like being treated like a child.
2. ✓ a. Stop throwing things at me. I don’t like being used as To- infinitive with an adverb To- infinitive with not
target practice. to go there not to travel with a friend or
b. Most people hope that their tax dollars are being family member
used wisely.
3. ✓ a. He’s afraid of being hurt again. Write about It
b. Why did they stop the game? Nobody was being hurt. Answers will vary. Possible answers include:
4. a. Am I being punished for something? If I could go anywhere in the world for two weeks, I would go
✓ b. My being punished for this isn’t fair. to New Zealand. A number of movies have been filmed in New
5. ✓ a. I don’t like being called ridiculous. Zealand, and I’d like to see some of the rugged terrain for myself.
b. She is being ridiculous. I’d also like to go white-water rafting in New Zealand.
6. a. I apologized for being mean.
✓ b. I don’t appreciate being made fun of. Activity 20: Choosing To- Infinitive Subjects
7. a. Don’t worry. The arrangements are being made. 1. To be rich isn’t everything, but it certainly helps. c
✓ b. I’m not happy about being made to do all the work. 2. To deny everything is to confess everything. f
8. ✓ a. Their son won’t do anything without being told. 3. To lend [money] is to buy a quarrel. b
b. We were just being told the news when he called us. 4. To talk without thinking is to shoot without aiming. a
5. To be brave from a distance is easy. d
Think about It 6. To teach is to learn. g
1. a. as a helping verb in a passive form 7. To travel hopefully is a better thing than to arrive. e
2. b. as a helping verb in a passive form
3. b. as a helping verb in a passive form Write about It
4. a. as a main verb in a progressive form Answers will vary. Possible answers include:
5. b. as a main verb in a progressive form 1. To be rich doesn’t mean you are happy.
6. a. as part of an active form of a gerund 2. To deny everything is to admit it all.
7. a. as a helping verb in a passive form 3. To lend [money] often results in an argument.
8. b. as a helping verb in a passive form 4. To talk without thinking is to shoot blindly.
5. To be brave from a distance isn’t very hard.
6. To teach others is to teach yourself.
7. To travel hopefully is better than arriving.

104 U N I T 11 E L E M E N T S of S U C C E S S • S t u de nt B o ok 3

Elements of Success L3 Answer Key.indd 104 8/27/14 2:32 PM

 Activity 21: Using It + Be + Adjective + To- Infinitive
Answers will vary. Possible answers include:
1. It’s not important to be rich.
2. It’s important to listen to other people.
3. It’s helpful to know about the past.
4. When something makes you angry, it’s useful to stay calm.
5. It is better to have a brother or sister than to be an only child.
6. Today it’s common for young people to study in other
countries.
7. It used to be common to work for the same company
your whole life.
8. Five hundred years ago, it was very dangerous to cross
the ocean in a boat.
9. With a cell phone, it’s easy for me to stay in touch with
my friends.
10. It’s more difficult to cook something from scratch than
heat up a frozen pizza.
11. It is impossible to have a good relationship with someone
when there is no trust.
12. It’s good for high school students to start planning for their
future before they graduate.
Write about It
Answers will vary. Possible answers include:
1. I think it’s important to have a job you enjoy.
2. I think it’s dangerous to use a cell phone while driving.
3. I think it’s difficult to make a cake from scratch.
4. I think it’s impossible to understand quantum physics.
5. I think it’s good to take chances sometimes.
6. I think it’s useful to know how to cook.
Activity 22: Noticing Linking Verbs + To- Infinitives
1. Running my own business was difficult at first, but it soon
proved to be a lot of fun.
2. I didn’t make any noise because he seemed to be asleep.
3. I thought she would be nervous but she seemed to be
very calm.
4. It ’ s not an idea that proved to be correct.
5. Something appears to be wrong.
6. Over the years, they grew to be close friends.
7. We grew to love our new home.
8. All I need is for you to do the dishes.
9. Their household grew to include four generations.
10. The best advice I ever received was to always tell the truth.
11. My childhood dream was to become a famous photographer.
12. One of my goals is to learn several languages.
Think about It
Based on the examples, adjectives and noun phrases can follow
a linking verb.
Write about It
Answers will vary. Possible answers include:
When I was a child, my dream was to be a Supreme Court justice.
Over time I grew to enjoy reading books about people.
All I really need is a better job.
One of my goals is to learn to speak Spanish.
The best advice I ever received was to believe in myself.
My first year in school proved to be quite difficult.
Activity 23: Using Linking Verbs + To- Infinitives
1. The company’s hope was to make a profit but it didn’t.
2. The owner’s advice was for the managers to come up with
a plan.
3. The managers’ plan was to lay off 20 percent of the employees.
4. The employees’ decision was to go on strike.
5. The owner’s threat was to close the company.
Elements of Success L3 Answer Key.indd 105
6. The lawyer’s advice was for the employees to talk to the owner.
7. The agreement was to sit down and discuss the problem.
8. Everyone’s hope was to come up with a better solution.
Write about It
Answers will vary. Possible answers include:
My last big decision was to buy a new washing machine.
One of my worst decisions was to stop exercising every day.
Activity 24: Error Correction
1. Everything I tried seemed to make things worse.
2. It is difficult to live on one income for many families. In many
households, both the husband and the wife need to work.
Under these circumstances, it can be difficult for to take care of
the children.
3. My plan for saving money was to stop eating out in restaurants.
4. It is better to have brothers and sisters than to be an only child.
I say this because I am an only child, and I didn’t like not having
a sibling.
5. It is normal to feel afraid when your life is in danger. If you don’t
want to get hurt, you should pay attention to your feelings.
6. It is impossible to have a good relationship with someone you
don’t trust. It’s necessary in a relationship, for you to be honest
with each other.
Activity 25: Using Verbs + To- Infinitives
1. A: Do you promise to be home by 9?
B: Yes, yes. I’ll be back by then.
2. A: This is heavy! How did you manage to get it here
by yourself?
B: I didn’t. Hassan helped me.
3. A: Where did you learn to do that?
B: What?
A: Erase everything like that.
B: Pretty neat, huh? I taught myself.
4. A: Did you offer to help Sarah?
B: No, she asked me for help.
5. A: How’s David?
B: He seems to be better.
6. A: How long do you plan to be here?
B: Oh, until about 3.
7. A: Where’s my magazine?
B: I gave it to Isabel.
A: To Isabel? Why? She won’t bother to read it.
B: Probably not. But maybe she’ll look at the cartoons.
8. A: I hear Khalid is in trouble at work. What’s going on?
B: Well, now that he’s married, he refuses to travel. His boss
isn’t very happy about it.
9. A: How long have you worked here?
B: More years than I care to remember.
10. A: Ouch! You just stepped on my foot.
B: Sorry, I didn’t mean to do it.
Activity 26: Using Verbs + To- Infinitives
1. This year I plan to get organized. I can never find anything and
I don’t want to live this way.
2. I haven’t been reading enough books, so I decided to read a
book a month. And I really mean to ride my bike more often
and to lose about 20 pounds.
3. I’ve started a new business, so I want my business to be
successful in the new year.
4. This year I want to learn to play my guitar really well. I hope to
take lessons and join a band.
5. This year I intend to stop buying shoes online.
6. I’ve had a lot of resolutions in the past, and mostly I don’t
follow through on them. So, this year I’ve resolved not to make
any resolutions.
E L E M E N T S of S U C C E S S • S t u de nt B o ok 3 U N I T 11 105
8/27/14 2:32 PM
 Activity 27: Using a Verb + Noun Phrase + To- Infinitive
1. John advised his son to go to bed.
2. Matt promised his mother not to leave the house.
3. Rob asked James to move some furniture.
4. Mika reminded Toshi to put some gas in the car.
5. Sun-Hee warned Sarah not to drive on the icy roads.
6. Sam encouraged Hassan to go with him.
7. Asad can’t wait for Khalid to get back to school.
8. Isabel arranged for Sara to meet Carla for coffee.
Activity 28: Choosing Wh- Words
Yes/No answers will vary.
1. Have you ever learned how to take someone’s pulse?
2. Do you know what to do for a fever?
3. Do you know what to do if someone is choking?
4. Can you show me how to do CPR?
5. Do you know where to buy a first aid kit?
6. Can you explain what to do if someone stops breathing?
7. Do you know how to stop a nosebleed?
8. Do you know where to buy medicine?
9. Can you teach me how to give an injection?
10. Do you know who to call if you need emergency help?
Write about It
Answers will vary.
Activity 29: Using a Wh- Word + To- Infinitive
1. Could you show me how to turn on the GPS on this phone?
2. Could you tell me where to put this?
3. Can you teach me how to make this? It’s delicious.
4. Can you tell me where to buy cheap furniture?
5. Can you show me how to get downtown?
6. Do you know how to fix this?
7. Can you explain to me how to do that?
8. Do you know how to save money on airfare?
Activity 30: Error Correction
1. I admire Michelle Kwan, the skater who competed in several
Olympic Games but never won a gold medal. While this was a
terrible disappointment for her, she continued to work hard. In
fact, not getting a gold medal seemed to make her even more
determined. I think Kwan is a role model for young people
because she teaches them to know how to keep trying even
when things are going badly.
2. One person who has had an important effect on my life is my
boss. She is the person who advised me to improve my English.
My job requires me to read business contracts and study trade
agreements. Many of these contracts and agreements are in
English, and I need to understand them perfectly. My boss
also encouraged me to study American culture. She said that
cultural differences often caused problems in business and that
I needed to understand about these differences.
Activity 31: Gerund or To- Infinitive?
Answers will vary. Possible answers include:
1. I saw on your resume that you enjoy playing chess. How did
you get interested in that?
2. Why do you want to work here?
3. What kind of people do you like to work with?
4. Were you ever asked to take a pay cut?
5. Where do you hope to be professionally in five years?
6. What made you choose to become an engineer?
7. When you begin working with new people, how do you get to
understand them?
8. Describe a situation where you failed to reach a goal.
106 U N I T 11 E L E M E N T S of S U C C E S S • S t u de nt B o ok 3
Elements of Success L3 Answer Key.indd 106
Think about It
You could use either the -ing or the to- infinitive form of the verb
in sentences 3 and 7.
Activity 32: Noticing Differences in Meaning
1. A: Why did you leave the door open this morning?
B: I left the door open? I don’t remember doing that.
2. A: Where’s your computer?
B: Oh, no. I didn’t remember to bring it.
3. A: Did you pick up some milk on your way home?
B: Oh, sorry. I forgot to stop at the store.
4. A: Did you have a good time at the White House?
B: Absolutely. I’ll never forget being there.
5. A: Somebody has been smoking in here.
B: Not me. I stopped smoking a year ago.
6. A: Why are you so late?
B: I stopped to talk to some friends.
7. A: Why didn’t you move the car this morning?
B: I tried to move it but it wouldn’t start.
8. A: Is David feeling any better?
B: I don’t think so. He tried taking a vacation but he still
doesn’t feel very good.
9. A: Are you tired?
B: Yeah, really tired. I don’t think I can go on doing this
much longer.
10. A: What did your sister do after college?
B: She went on to study engineering at graduate school.
11. A: Do you enjoy skiing?
B: Not especially. In my opinion, skiing means being cold all day.
12. A: What happened to the window?
B: I’m sorry. I didn’t mean to break it.
Activity 33: Gerund or To- Infinitive?
Answers will vary. Possible answers include:
Most people go on vacation because they want to relax. However,
if you are not well prepared, your vacation can turn into a disaster.
First, it is important to bring everything you need with you.
Before you pack, check the weather at your destination so you
know what kind of clothes you will need. Don’t forget to pack a
bathing suit if you are going to the beach. Remember to take your
passport if you are going to another country.
You also have to think about the things you leave behind.
Consider asking someone to keep an eye on your house while you
are away. Don’t forget to leave a house key and emergency phone
numbers for this person. Ask the post office to hold your mail. If
you get a daily newspaper, ask the newspaper office to stop your
subscription while you are away.
Once you leave, stop worrying about things at home. Relax
and enjoy your vacation.
Activity 34: Understanding Differences in Meaning
1. I totally forget about snowboarding in the summertime.
2. I forgot to shake hands and be friendly. It was an important
lesson about leadership.
3. Don’t call the world dirty because you forgot to clean
your glasses.
4. Don’t forget to love yourself.
5. I do remember actually learning chords to Beatles songs.
I thought they were great songwriters.
6. In adversity, remember to keep an even mind.
7. I don’t remember deciding to become a writer.
8. I once tried standing up on my toes to see far out in the
distance, but I found that I could see much farther by
climbing to a high place.
9. In my early days in Hollywood I tried to be economical. I
designed my own clothes, much to my mother’s distress.
8/27/14 2:32 PM
 10. I tried studying classical guitar when I was 16 but it got really
hard. I could never play a lead to save my life.
11. I always tried to turn every disaster into an opportunity.
Activity 35: Gerund or To- Infinitive?
I had problems with this rice cooker from the first time I used it.
The instruction booklet says to use 1 cup of water per 1 cup of
rice. When I did this, the rice ended up being hard and burned.
Next, I tried using 1½ cups of water per 1 cup of rice. After
cooking the rice for the correct amount of time, I found that the
rice at the top was edible, but the rice at the bottom was burned.
Then I decided to use 2 cups of water per cup of rice, and that
worked just about right.
A second serious problem with this rice cooker is that
the heat timer doesn’t always work. The heat timer has two
positions. You press it down when you want to cook the rice
and up when you just need to keep the rice warm. To cook the
rice, you put the water and rice in the cooker and press the
heat timer down. After about 15 minutes, the heat timer should
pop up to the “keep warm” position. Instead, the rice keeps on
cooking. This could be dangerous. It also means you can’t stop
watching the rice.
Think about It
There were two other forms: cooking and to cook the rice.
Write about It
Answers will vary. Possible answers include:
I have no complaints about this washing machine. It is so easy to
use. To do your laundry, you just open the washer and put your
clothes inside, then add detergent, bleach, and fabric softener. No
more pouring in fabric softener just before the rinse cycle—this
machine knows when to add it. This washer holds a lot of clothes,
too. It’s easy to do laundry for the entire family.
Activity 36: To- Infinitive or Bare Infinitive?
Medical researchers say most people need to sleep more. When
people don’t get enough rest, they often have more health
problems and greater difficulty dealing with stress. A recent study
suggests that short naps in the middle of the day can help reduce
stress and improve general health.
Some companies in Europe and Latin America allow workers
to nap in the middle of the day. They have workers go home
and rest for a short time. (Some shops even close for a few hours
around midday.) Most employers say that the naps make people
feel more energetic when they return.
Now some American companies are letting employees nap
after lunch, and the results have been positive. When workers
stop to rest, it helps them to relax and makes them happier.
Think about It
Verb + (noun phrase) + to- Verb + (noun phrase) + bare
infinitive infinitive
need to sleep can help reduce / improve
allow workers to nap have workers go / rest
stop to rest make people feel
helps them to relax are letting employees nap
Activity 37: Using Bare Infinitives
Answers will vary. Possible answers include:
1. Do you think parents should let their children
stay home alone?
2. Do you think teachers should make their students
do homework?
3. Do you think children should help their parents
do housework?
Elements of Success L3 Answer Key.indd 107
4. Do you think wives should make their husbands work
outside the home?
5. Do you think husbands should help their wives raise
their children?
6. Do you think employers should help their employees pay for
professional development?
7. Do you think husbands should let their wives spend time with
their friends?
8. Do you think parents should make their children get jobs
when they are in high school?
9. Do you think employers should make their employees
work overtime?
10. Do you think teachers should let their students ask questions
in class?
Activity 38: Bare Infinitive, To- Infinitive, or Gerund?
Answers will vary. Possible answers include:
A few years ago, you couldn’t have made me take a class online.
It seemed to me that the experience of sitting in the same room
and seeing a professor face-to-face was necessary for learning.
After taking an online course, though, I now realize that being
able to watch a lecture whenever I want has helped me learn
better. Being able to pause and review the lecture over and over
again lets me really think about the information. I’m not worrying
the whole time about trying to write down everything the
professor says. And I can still interact with the professor and the
other students by attending small group discussion sessions and
by emailing the professor. I can definitely see myself taking more
online courses in the future.
Write about It
Answers will vary. Possible answers include:
I don’t really like online learning. The classes can be more
convenient because they’re available all the time and you don’t
have to go to class at a specific time. But it’s easier for me to
ask questions face-to-face. Expressing myself in writing isn’t
something I’m good at, and I prefer talking to my professors. So I
don’t think online classes are for me.
Activity 39: Bare Infinitive or Gerund?
Answers will vary. Possible answers include:
1. The last time I was in New York City, I saw a young woman
walking down the street in a wedding dress. It was strange
because she was alone.
2. One time my father saw some kids throw a bag of empty
soda cans out of the window of their car. My father actually
picked up the bag, ran after them, and threw the bag back
into their car.
3. One time I was on an airplane and we hit some turbulence.
The plane started shaking and suddenly we all heard a voice
laugh. It was a very deep laugh, and it sounded as if it was
coming from outside the plane. What was it? Later I found out
it was one of those birthday cards with sound. The card was
in someone’s luggage in the overhead compartment, and the
turbulence must have set it off.
4. At my college graduation on a hot May day, I felt the sweat
dripping down my face and wanted to take off my gown, but I
didn’t see anyone else doing that. In that heat, how could my
friend next to me look so cool, even though he was wearing
a long-sleeved shirt and dark pants? When I asked him, he
shrugged and opened his gown. He was wearing only a pair
of shorts, two sleeves, cut off at the elbows, and two pant legs,
cut off at the knees. The sleeves and pant legs were held up
with rubber bands! With his gown on, you couldn’t tell at all!
5. One day I was walking down Lexington Avenue in New York. A
handsome man was walking toward me. When he got close, he
E L E M E N T S of S U C C E S S • S t u de nt B o ok 3 U N I T 11 107
8/27/14 2:32 PM
 looked up, and I saw him smiling at me. That’s when I almost
did a double-take—it was the actor Sean Connery. Imagine,
007 in New York!
Write about It
Answers will vary. Possible answers include:
Last summer my friends and I went to Los Angeles. There were a lot
of people seeing the sights. Taking a picture of the Hollywood sign
was something I’ve always wanted to do, so that was our first stop.
Activity 40: Adjectives + To- Infinitives
1. I’m sorry to bother you.
2. I’d be happy to help you.
3. I’m so excited to finally have some free time.
4. I’m proud to be a citizen of my country.
5. The sun is likely to rise tomorrow morning.
6. I was surprised to get an invitation to the dinner.
7. Teachers are usually pleased to have hard-working students.
8. A good manager must be willing to fire a dishonest employee.
9. On a nice day, I’m apt to jump on my bicycle and go for a ride.
10. I’m sorry to say I can’t come to your house for dinner
next week.
Activity 41: Noun Phrases + To- Infinitives
1. I don’t need anything to do.
2. I have work to do.
3. San Francisco is a great city to visit.
4. She’s looking for an apartment to rent.
5. He didn’t give me anything to say.
6. Mississippi is a hard word to spell.
7. A good way to meet people is joining a club.
8. I have lots of things to keep track of.
9. Playing a game is a great way to relax.
10. Not everyone has the opportunity to go to college.
Activity 42: Adjectives and Nouns + To- Infinitives
1. On a rainy day, I’m not likely to sit outside. e
2. I’m always ready to help my friends. f
3. I would never be willing to steal someone’s money. c
4. Babies are apt to start crying at any time. g
5. Newborn babies aren’t able to walk. b
6. Teachers are likely to give homework. d
7. Many people never have the opportunity to travel abroad. h
8. Exercising is a great way to reduce stress. a
Write about It
Answers will vary. Possible answers include:
1. Stir the water occasionally to mix the herbs into the sauce.
2. Stretch after you exercise to keep your muscles from aching.
3. Take up a hobby or join a club to meet new people.
Activity 44: Noticing Different Forms of To- Infinitives
1. A: Where’s Mary? She should be here by now.
B: Yeah. She seems to have forgotten about the meeting.
2. A: What’s the matter with the refrigerator?
B: What do you mean?
A: Well, look at the water. It seems to be leaking.
3. A: Did you tell your sister to do her homework?
B: I don’t think she needs to be told.
4. A: Are you going to help Sam move?
B: I offered but he doesn’t like to be helped.
5. A: Was your new boss at the dinner?
B: Yes, and I’m so happy to have finally met her.
6. A: Do you have any money on you?
B: No, I’m still waiting to be paid.
7. A: How’s your new job?
B: I love it. It’s so nice to be working for a good company.
8. A: Where’s all the food?
B: Somebody seems to have eaten it all.
9. A: Why is Anne in such a good mood?
B: I think she’s just relieved to have finally finished her project!
10. A: Do you want to be picked up Friday morning? I think I’m
going to the same meeting.
B: Oh, that’d be nice. Then I won’t have to drive.
11. A: The snow finally seems to be stopping. Do you want
to go out?
B: Sure.
12. A: So which letters are ready to be mailed?
B: Well, the ones I put by the front door. The rest can wait.
Think about It
Progressive form Perfect form
(to be + present participle) (to have + past participle)
to be leaking to have forgotten
to be working to have finally met
to be stopping to have eaten
to have finally finished

Write about It
Answers will vary. Possible answers include: Active form Passive form
1. On a rainy day, I’m not likely to play tennis. (to + base form) (to be + past participle)
2. I’m always ready to go for a walk. to do to be told
3. I would never be willing to cheat on a test. to help to be helped
4. Babies are apt to make a mess when they eat. to drive to be paid
5. Newborn babies aren’t able to speak. to go out to be picked up
6. Teachers are likely to ask questions in class. to be mailed
7. Many people never have the opportunity to see Mt. Everest.
8. Exercising is a great way to stay healthy. Write about It
Activity 43: Using a To- Infinitive of Purpose Answers will vary. Possible answers include:
1. Put a little water in the pan and cover it to keep the 1. I think she has forgotten about the meeting.
moisture in. e Activity 45: Answering Questions with a To- Infinitive
2. Stir the water occasionally to separate the pasta. h 1. A: Why are you calling Matt again?
3. Store coffee properly to ensure a fresh taste. d B: To ask him a question.
4. Clean your coffeemaker frequently to avoid a bitter taste. a 2. A: Why are you going out so early?
5. Allow at least two hours before you exercise to digest B: To get some exercise.
your food. c 3. A: Why did you turn the TV back on?
6. Stretch after you exercise to reduce stiffness and soreness. g B: To hear the weather report.
7. Try drinking hot milk to help you fall asleep. f 4. A: Why did you want to see me?
8. Take up a hobby or join a club to avoid boredom. b B: Just to talk.

108 U N I T 11 E L E M E N T S of S U C C E S S • S t u de nt B o ok 3

Elements of Success L3 Answer Key.indd 108 8/27/14 2:32 PM

 5. A: Where’d Sam go? Activity 48: Writing Topic Sentences
B: To buy something for dinner. Answers will vary. Possible answers include:
6. A: What are you going to use all these rocks for? 1. Living in many different places has had a major impact on my life.
B: To build a wall. 2. Being multilingual has many benefits.
7. A: Do you need some help? 3. Burping in public is never appropriate.
B: To do what? 4. Improving the economy should be one of this country’s most
A: To clean up the kitchen. important goals.
B: Sure. I’d love some help. 5. Living with roommates has several disadvantages.
8. A: Can I use the car today? 6. Voting for elected government representatives is one of the
B: What for? most important duties of a citizen.
A: Just to go to the store. 7. Taking a basic economics course should be a requirement for
9. A: What do you need to go to the store for? every college student.
B: To get some eggs.
Write about It
10. A: What do you need eggs for?
Answers will vary. Possible answers include:
B: To make a cake.
Raising children is a very important job.
Activity 46: Noticing To- Infinitives in Conversation Being an only child can sometimes be lonely.
1. A: Do you want to do something tonight? Asking for help is nothing to be ashamed of.
B: Sure, I’d love to.
Activity 49: Noticing To- Infinitives
2. A: Did you go for a swim?
B: No, I was afraid to. All work emails need a clear purpose. The first rule of letter writing
3. A: Can you help me with this? is to make your purpose clear to your reader. What are you telling
B: Sure, I’d be glad to. your manager or coworkers? Write the subject on the subject line.
4. A: Did you stop at the grocery store? Then tell your reader the point of your message at the beginning
B: No, I didn’t need to. of your email. The second rule is to include all the information
5. A: Did you play tennis? that your reader needs in as few words as possible. Try to keep a
B: No, I didn’t want to. clear focus in your message.
6. A: Do you want to join us for lunch? It’s also important to keep your words simple and direct. Use
B: I’d love to but I’ve already eaten. short words and sentences and avoid using jargon and slang.
7. A: We’re going for coffee. Want to come? When you have finished writing, don’t forget to go back and cut
B: I’d like to but I don’t have time. any unnecessary words. Editing always improves an email.
8. A: Did you get a hold of Anna? Activity 50: Introducing an Important Point
B: I tried to but she’s not at home. 1. The first rule of advertising is to have a good product to
Think about It advertise. h
The speakers left out the verbs that follow to in their responses 2. The first rule of being a good businessperson is to surround
because the meaning is understood from the questions. yourself with good people. a
3. The first rule of friendship is to forgive your friends no matter
Activity 47: Using Gerunds in Conversation what they do. g
1. A: Would you mind helping me with this? 4. The goal of science is to acquire knowledge of the world. e
B: Helping you with what? 5. The goal of a business is to make money. c
A: Moving this table. 6. One good way to learn a language is to read a lot of books. b
B: Oh, sure. 7. The first step in any research project is to define the problem. f
2. A: Did you postpone going again? 8. The best method for storing tea is to put it in an airtight
B: Going where? container. d
A: To register the car.
B: Oh, no. I forgot. Activity 51: Introducing an Important Point
3. A: Don’t you love watching this? Answers will vary. Possible answers include:
B: Watching what? 1. One way to meet new people is to join clubs and organizations.
A: The ice skating. Another way is to travel to new places.
B: Oh, is there ice skating on TV? 2. One of my reasons for taking this course is to learn more about
4. A: I wish you would stop doing that. English.
B: Doing what? Another reason is to practice my speaking.
A: Changing the channel every ten seconds. 3. The first step in buying an airline ticket is to find a good travel
5. A: I hate reading about this. website online.
B: Reading about what? The next step is to decide when you will travel.
A: The economy. I’m sick of it. 4. One way to discipline a child is to put the child in timeout.
6. A: When are you going to start cleaning? An alternative way is to take away a favorite toy.
B: Cleaning what? 5. One challenge for travelers in foreign countries is to learn some
A: You know. The garage. of the new language.
7. A: I really don’t enjoy doing this. Another challenge is to find their way around a new city.
B: Doing what? You mean cleaning the windows? 6. One method for learning new words is to keep a vocabulary
A: Right. notebook.
8. A: Did you finish doing everything? Another method is to make flash cards.
B: What do you mean? 7. One of my goals is to be able to finish my college degree.
A: You know. Doing the dishes and putting away the food. Another goal is to be a fluent English speaker.
B: Yeah, everything’s done.

E L E M E N T S of S U C C E S S • S t u de nt B o ok 3 U N I T 11 109

Elements of Success L3 Answer Key.indd 109 8/27/14 2:32 PM

 Activity 52: Writing a Series of Ideas
Answers will vary. Possible answers include:
1. You can improve your grades by studying hard, reading the
textbook, and practicing your speaking.
2. Three of my personal goals are earning a degree, getting a
good job, and having a family.
3. For me, the three worst household chores are doing the dishes,
cleaning the floors, and cleaning the shower.
4. For many people, “fun” involves playing games, watching
movies, and spending time with their friends.
5. A healthy lifestyle requires eating fresh food, drinking lots of
water, and exercising regularly.
6. The three most difficult things for a parent are being patient,
being consistent, and managing time for their children and for
themselves.
7. Parents can promote good reading habits in their children by
reading to their children, encouraging their children to read,
and reading good books themselves.
8. Three important human rights are having freedom, being in
control of one’s own body and thoughts, and being able to get
an education.

Wrap-Up
A
Answers will vary. Possible answers include:
A: Do you agree or disagree with this statement? It is important
never to contradict your boss at work.
B: I disagree because nobody is perfect and even your boss
can make a mistake. If you think your boss is really saying
something wrong, you need to speak up. At the same time, I
think you need to be very polite so your boss doesn’t get angry.

B
Answers will vary. Possible answers include:
I would advise a person in this situation to talk to his manager. It’s
not fair for Paul to keep doing someone else’s work. His manager
needs to tell Paul’s co-worker to stop talking on the phone and
playing games and to spend more time doing his work.

C
Answers will vary.

D
Answers will vary. Possible answers include:
Owning a car has several disadvantages. Perhaps the biggest
disadvantage is that having a car is very expensive. When you
own a car, it costs money to keep it in good shape. You also
need to pay for car insurance and gasoline, and this can get very
expensive. Another disadvantage is that you need to have a safe
place to park your car at night, and this can be difficult if you live
in a big city. While many people think that they can’t live without
a car, there are actually some good reasons to live without a car.

110 U N I T 11 E L E M E N T S of S U C C E S S • S t u de nt B o ok 3

Elements of Success L3 Answer Key.indd 110 8/27/14 2:32 PM

 Unit 12
Warm-Up 11. if
12. that
A 13. that
Agree/disagree answers will vary. 14. that
Think about It
B Yes, there’s an adverb clause in quotation 12, and it’s inside the
True False noun clause.

1. A noun clause always comes at the Think about It

✓ Report someone’s words or ideas: 8
end of a sentence.
Express a degree of certainty or an attitude: 1, 2, 5, 7, 9, 10, 11, 12,
2. Noun clauses usually answer the
✓ 13, 14
question what.
3. Noun clauses always begin with the Activity 2: Identifying Noun Clauses
✓ Students will identify how each noun clause is used in each
word that.
sentence in the Think about It activity.
4. A noun clause has a subject and (O)
✓
a verb. 1. Some experts believe that Van Gogh was the greatest artist of
5. We often use noun clauses in all time.
✓ (O)
sentences about opinions or feelings.
2. It’s hard to believe that Van Gogh was once almost unknown.
C (O)
3. Most people know that Van Gogh painted Starry Night.
noun clause: What is wrong today (O)
4. Many people don’t realize that he also painted a large number
Activity 1: Identifying Subjects and Verbs in Noun Clauses
of pictures of himself.
1. I’m not interested in how people move , but what
(SC)
moves them. 5. One of Van Gogh’s problems was that few people appreciated
2. I don’t care what people say about me. his art.
3. Keep trying and see what fate brings . (S)
4. Don’t ask whether it is going to be easy . Ask whether 6. That he sold very few paintings during his lifetime is
it is worth it. surprising.
5. Sometimes it is more important to discover what one (S)
cannot do than what one can do . 7. Van Gogh was killed by a gun. Whether or not he killed
6. Practice what you preach . himself is uncertain.
7. I often think that the night is more alive and more richly (OP)
8. There have been several documentaries focusing on how he
colored than the day.
died.
8. My doctor told me I would never walk again. My mother
(SC)
told me I would . I believed my mother. 9. The truth is that Van Gogh suffered from mental illness all
9. It took me a hundred years to figure out I can’t change his life.
the world. I can only change Bessie. (O)
10. I can’t understand why people are frightened of new ideas. 10. If he shot himself, his illness may explain why he did it.
I’m frightened of the old ones. (S)
11. I don’t know if a song is going to be a hit or . . . a flop. 11. What Van Gogh accomplished in his lifetime is amazing.
I never know. (O)
12. Today most people agree that he made a huge contribution
12. My opinion is that you never find happiness until you to the art world.
stop looking for it.
13. The more I live, the more I think that humor is the Activity 4: Identifying Uses of That
saving sense. 1. This is the house that Bill Gates lived in. c
14. I worry that life is getting faster and faster. 2. We all know that she’s intelligent. d
3. I like that painting in our classroom. b
Think about It
4. She thinks that I’m wrong. d
1. how
5. I decided that I should leave. d
2. what
6. That cannot be true! a
3. what
7. Is this the restaurant that you want to go to? c
4. whether/whether
8. Let’s rent that new action movie. b
5. what/what
9. That’s not what I said. a
6. what
10. The problem is that I have to work on Saturday. d
7. that
11. He moved! I didn’t know that. a
8. I/I
12. Did you hear that loud noise? b
9. I
10. why

E L E M E N T S of S U C C E S S • S t u de nt B o ok 3 UNIT 12 111

Elements of Success L3 Answer Key.indd 111 8/27/14 2:32 PM

 Activity 5: Noticing That Clauses
1. It’s obvious that you learn a lot when you travel.
2. It surprises me that people travel to other countries. I like
staying at home.
3. Traveling allows you to understand the similarities and
differences between different people and places.
4. The fact that travel can be expensive doesn’t bother me. I love it!
5. I enjoy traveling because it gives me the chance to see
beautiful new places.
6. The fact that you can meet new people and experience
different cultures is the best thing about visiting a new
country.
7. It’s very clear that travel can change your view of the world.
8. I think it’s possible that traveling makes you more confident
in life.
9. I love to simply get on a plane, train, or bus and go
somewhere new!
10. For me, it’s disappointing that I can’t travel all the time.
Think about It
It: 1, 2, 7
The fact: 4, 6
Think about It
It may be because beginning a sentence with a that clause isn’t
very common.
Activity 6: Giving Opinions with That Clauses
1. It’s obvious that Paris is popular.
2. It’s annoying that there are long lines for the Eiffel Tower.
3. It’s not surprising that the food is generally very good.
4. It’s appropriate that Paris is called “the City of Light.”
5. It’s wonderful that they light up the Eiffel Tower at night.
6. It’s possible that the shopping in Paris is the best in the world.
7. It’s too bad that many people visit the Louvre Museum just to
see the Mona Lisa.
8. It’s great that you can go on a boat ride on the Seine River
and canals.
9. It’s interesting that so many famous people are buried in the
Père-LaChaise cemetery.
10. It’s well known that the Sorbonne is one of Europe’s oldest
universities.
Think about It
The original sentences are factual. The revised sentences express
the writer’s attitude about the information.
Activity 7: Using That Clauses
Answers will vary. Possible answers include:
1. It’s surprising that some people don’t like to study grammar.
2. The fact that the climate is changing worries me.
3. It annoys me that some people don’t use their turn signals.
4. The fact that it’s snowing now doesn’t surprise me.
5. It’s strange that people don’t spend more time outdoors.
6. It bothers me that people are mean to other people.
7. The fact that I have a day off makes me happy.
8. It’s too bad that I missed your concert.
9. It’s obvious that she needs to work on this more.
10. The fact that you finished early pleases me.
Activity 8: Identifying That Clauses as Subject Complements
Students will underline the subject in the Think about It activity.
Social media provide great ways to share news and connect with
people. But what about the disadvantages of social media? One of
the biggest problems with any activity on the Internet is that you
(SC)
risk your privacy. To use a social media site, you have to
112 UNIT 12 E L E M E N T S of S U C C E S S • S t u de nt B o ok 3
Elements of Success L3 Answer Key.indd 112
(SC)
provide personal information. The problem is that other people
can find and use this information—people you don’t know at
all. This is called identity theft. Criminals use this information to
get credit cards or make purchases in your name. They know that
(SC)
police rarely investigate online crime. The fact is that this can
happen to anyone. So, always be cautious online. Remember
that someone may be watching!
Activity 9: Using That Clauses as Subject Complements
1. a. One problem in some areas is the hot climate.
One problem in some areas is that it’s very hot and dry.
b. One result is crop failure.
One result is that farmers cannot grow enough food.
2. a. One advantage of computers is the ability to work
from home.
One advantage is that people can work from home.
b. A disadvantage is the lack of human interaction.
A disadvantage is that you don’t see other people regularly.
3. a. A big concern is worldwide debt.
A big concern is that countries all over the world owe money.
b. The result is poverty and unemployment.
The result is that people have no money and no jobs.
4. a. The main problem at the office is staff dissatisfaction.
The main problem is that employees are unhappy.
b. The reason is bad management.
The reason is that managers have made poor decisions.
5. a. The biggest problem in the city is the amount of traffic.
The biggest problem is that there are too many cars.
b. One cause is the lack of public transportation.
One cause is that public transportation isn’t good.
Think about It
The first sentence in each pair sounds more academic or formal
because they don’t have an expression of attitude or certainty.
Activity 10: Using That Clauses after Adjectives
Answers will vary. Possible answers include:
1. Their presentation was inaccurate. The sales team
was worried .
The sales team was worried that their presentation
was inaccurate.
2. The number of hurricanes is increasing. Climate scientists
are concerned .
Climate scientists are concerned that the number of
hurricanes is increasing.
3. The archaeologists were able to excavate the site.
They were grateful .
The archaeologists were grateful that they were able to
excavate the site.
4. They would get an interview with the celebrity. The journalists
were sure .
The journalists were sure that they would get an interview
with the celebrity.
5. She would win the election. The candidate was confident .
The candidate was confident that she would win the election.
6. During the investigation, the detective would solve the case.
He was convinced .
During the investigation, the detective was convinced that he
would solve the case.
7. Scientists will find a cure for the disease. They are certain .
Scientists are certain that they will find a cure for the disease.
8. Three students failed the exam. The professor is disappointed .
The professor is disappointed that three students failed
the exam.
8/27/14 2:32 PM
 9. The patient needs surgery. The doctors are positive . 6. I know that he wants to be a circus clown.
The doctors are positive that the patient needs surgery. 7. I know that he’s really good at trivia.
10. The rescue workers arrived in time to help. They were 8. I know that he likes slapstick comedies.
relieved . 9. I know that he was born in Italy.
The rescue workers were relieved that they arrived 10. I know that he’s afraid of spiders and snakes.
in time to help.
Activity 15: Using That Clauses in Conversation
11. Her paintings are selling so well. The artist is amazed .
1. A: You can leave now.
The artist is amazed that her paintings are selling so well.
B: I know I can. I just need to finish one thing.
12. He needed to decrease the workers’ wages. The manager
2. A: It’s late. We should go.
was sorry .
B: I suppose we should.
The manager was sorry that he needed to decrease the
3. A: Is this too expensive?
workers’ wages.
B: I think it is.
Activity 11: Writing That Clauses 4. A: Shall I call Nick?
Answers will vary. Possible answers include: B: No, I think he’ll call us later.
1. I’m positive that I’ll continue to study English. 5. A: It’s already noon. Where’s the train?
2. I’m glad that I get a day off once in a while. B: I hope it isn’t late.
3. I’m confident that we’ll get the work done on time. 6. A: Is there a bank near here?
4. I’m sorry that we’re not able to attend your dinner. B: I believe there’s one.
5. I’m concerned that you’re not sleeping enough. 7. A: Where’s Amy?
6. I’m grateful that you were there to help me when I needed it. B: I suppose she’s coming later.
7. I’m amazed that you were able to find me here. 8. A: I love my job.
8. I’m encouraged that the project is going so well. B: I imagine you do.
9. I’m sure that we’ll be able to come up with a compromise. 9. A: I’m hungry!
10. I’m happy that you’re pleased with the product we sent you. B: I guess I am, too.
10. A: Joe’s getting married.
Activity 12: Using That Clauses as Objects
B: I know he is. I heard.
Answers will vary. Possible answers include:
1. I know that there are many types of endangered birds. Think about It
2. I understand that many different species of penguins are Short answers: 1, 2, 8, 10
endangered.
Think about It
3. Scientists believe that human activity is a threat to birds.
Yes, that can be added to these sentences. The sentences might
4. Many people assume that one of the biggest threat to birds is
sound more formal. No, the meaning of the sentences doesn’t
agriculture.
change.
5. I suppose that the changing climate is another reason birds
are in danger. Activity 16: Omitting That in Conversation
6. I guess that some types of birds probably can’t be saved. 1. A: What did Professor Cook just say?
7. I feel that they should be protected. B: He explained that we need to summarize the text.
8. I see that some governments are protecting areas for birds to 2. A: You don’t look good. Are you tired?
live in. B: Yes, I suppose that I am.
9. I imagine that some charities give money to protect birds. 3. A: Why are you keeping that old watch?
10. I think that people should take an interest in wildlife. B: I guess that I just like it.
4. A: Mary seems really mad at you.
Think about It
B: I know. I understand that she’s upset, but I was trying
Instead of being statements, the rewritten sentences express the
to help.
subject’s attitude toward what is being said.
5. A: This coffee tastes awful!
Activity 13: Reporting Your Thoughts and Beliefs B: I guess that it’s gotten cold.
Answers will vary. Possible answers include: 6. A: Is there a pool at the hotel?
I know that the moon goes around the earth. B: I really hope that there is.
I assume that space exploration is extremely expensive. 7. A: What did the driver say?
I hope that we will discover life on other planets. B: He argued that it wasn’t his fault. It was an accident.
I don’t suppose that I’ll go to the moon. 8. A: Did you hear Joey’s news?
I doubt that people will take vacations in space someday. B: Yes, I heard that he’d been promoted.
I guess that space travel is becoming cheaper. 9. A: What did you do when she asked you to help her?
I believe that space exploration is important. B: I just replied that I was too busy.
I understand that space is endless. 10. A: I think that we should call the police.
I regret that I can’t travel into space. B: Hmm. I guess so.
I think that scientists are searching for signs of life on Mars.
Think about It
Activity 14: Using That Clauses as Objects Sentences that need that: 1, 7, 9. The verbs explain, argue,
Answers will vary. Possible answers include: and reply require the use of that.
1. I know that he’s an accountant.
Activity 17: Using the Base Form Verb in a That Clause
2. I know that he enjoys going to baseball games.
1. I recommend that you be on time for the lecture.
3. I know that he likes my spinach dip.
2. It is critical that he go to a doctor.
4. I know that he lives near Boston.
5. I know that he’s married and has two children.

E L E M E N T S of S U C C E S S • S t u de nt B o ok 3 UNIT 12 113

Elements of Success L3 Answer Key.indd 113 8/27/14 2:32 PM

 3. I insist that you pay your rent.
4. She suggests that we keep notes.
5. He demands that he see our passports.
6. It’s important that we get to the exam room on time.
7. He proposes that she go back home early.
8. She asks that we not make too much noise.
9. She advises that he leave immediately.
10. It’s essential that everyone be careful on board the ship.
11. She asks that we be quiet in the theater.
12. He requests that we not park there.
Think about It
Answers will vary. Possible answers include:
People are likely to give orders or strong recommendations such
as these in emergency situations.
Activity 18: Using That + the Base Form of the Verb
Answers will vary. Possible answers include:
1. I always recommend that everyone research the company
in advance.
2. It’s essential that women wear appropriate clothing.
3. I would advise that men wear a suit and tie.
4. I feel it’s critical that you not criticize your previous job.
5. It’s always very important that we learn about the position.
6. It’s vital that an interviewee act appropriately during
the interview.
7. Many people insist that you show up ten minutes early.
8. I suggest that you talk to people who work at the company.
9. Most employers ask that a job candidate go through a
background check.
10. Finally, it is important that every interviewee thank the
interviewer for the opportunity.
Activity 19: Identifying Wh- Noun Clauses
Students will identify how the wh- clauses are used in the Think
about It activity.
(O)
A new documentary on TV this spring examines what happens
when we see something, or someone, beautiful. It’s a program
about things that have symmetry, that is, things that are
mirror images of one another. The documentary focuses on
(OP) (S)
how symmetry affects us. What’s interesting about this is that
every human being reacts to symmetry. As far as humans are
concerned, symmetry is almost equivalent to beauty. And there’s
no doubt at all that symmetry is important. Think about it: almost
(S)
everything around us is symmetrical. What you’re sitting on is
symmetrical. Butterflies have symmetry—each half of a butterfly
is identical. A glass or a plate has symmetry. In fact, it’s pretty hard
to think of anything that isn’t symmetrical in some way.
(SC)
The most interesting question is why we find symmetry
attractive. It seems that symmetry appeals to us because we like
things that match. We are naturally attracted to people whose
faces are symmetrical. Take a look at your friends! Essentially,
the presenter suggests that we can’t help falling in love with
symmetry.
Activity 20: Using Wh- Clauses
1. I know her age. I know how old she is. d
2. I know his favorite food. I know what he likes most. f
3. I can’t repeat her words. I can’t repeat what she said. l
4. I don’t know the school he attends. I don’t know where he
goes to school. b
5. I don’t understand this word. I don’t understand what the
word fortunate means. a
114 UNIT 12 E L E M E N T S of S U C C E S S • S t u de nt B o ok 3
Elements of Success L3 Answer Key.indd 114
6. I love your clothes! I love what you’re wearing! c
7. I don’t know the problem. I don’t know what’s wrong. h
8. I remember your address. I remember where you live. g
9. I don’t understand her behavior. I don’t understand
why she acts that way. e
10. I know the subject of the presentation. I know
what it’s about. i
11. I don’t know him. I don’t know who he is. k
12. I don’t understand your actions. I don’t understand
why you’re doing that. j
Activity 21: Word Order in Wh- Clauses
1. Can you tell me how you got to school today?
2. Do you remember when the last day of class is?
3. Can you tell me what time it is?
4. Do you know when we have our next holiday break?
5. Can you explain why you moved to this city?
6. Do you know how old your parents are?
7. Can you tell me when your grandparents were born?
8. Do you remember where your grandparents grew up?
9. Can you explain why you study English?
10. Do you understand what we learned in class today?
Write about It
1. Can you tell me what your favorite music is?
2. Can you tell me what you do in your spare time?
3. Can you tell me what your favorite food is?
4. Can you tell me what your address is?
5. Can you tell me who your best friend is?
Activity 22: Wh- Clauses with Prepositions
1. I can’t talk about what I saw.
2. My friends were upset about what you said.
3. He knows nothing except what I told him.
4. I’m confused about where my father went.
5. No one is interested in why she is laughing.
6. You seem nervous about what he might say.
7. I was fascinated by what he was saying.
8. The readers were happy with how the story ended.
9. There was a lot of discussion about why some people
should attend the meeting and others shouldn’t.
10. We’re thrilled with what you’ve done.
Write about It
Answers will vary. Possible answers include:
I like to talk about what’s happening in the news with my friends.
I was confused about what the teacher said in class today.
I was upset about how I did on that test.
Activity 23: Error Correction
1. I have often wondered where do birds go at night.
2. What I think isn’t important. You should ask a zoologist.
(no errors)
3. I like what we are listening to. Is it jazz?
4. Please tell me where the station is.
5. What’s important is the scene of the crime. (no errors)
6. What did you told me isn’t correct. It’s not the right answer.
7. No, I have no idea where does she lives.
8. Tell me about what you liked doing when you were a child.
(no errors)
9. I’m annoyed about that what he did.
10. I don’t understand what the problem is.
Activity 24: Recognizing the Functions of If/Whether Clauses
1. Everyone is talking about whether or not the economy will
improve soon. OP
2. No one is sure if scientists will ever cure cancer. AC
8/27/14 2:32 PM
 3. Everyone wonders if we’ll ever have world peace. O 9. I wonder if it’s a good idea or not to take so many risks.
4. Whether or not global warming will ever slow down is 10. The real question here is whether or not to sell the house.
a big question. S
Activity 28: Using Noun Clauses with If and Whether
5. One question is whether or not we can save our forests. SC
Answers will vary. Possible answers include:
6. I don’t know if it’s a good idea for people to get married when
1. I don’t know if I’m going to class tomorrow.
they are young. O
2. I’m not sure if it’ll rain tonight.
7. Leaders need to make a decision about whether or not they
3. I can’t decide whether or not I’m going to take English
will cooperate. OP
next semester.
8. Does anyone know if there’s life on other planets? O
4. I don’t know if our class will finish on time.
9. It’s not clear whether or not technology has improved
5. I’m not sure whether or not I’ll buy a new computer this year.
our lives. AC
6. I don’t know whether the next assignment will be difficult.
Activity 26: Distinguishing Noun Clauses and Adverb Clauses 7. I’m not sure if information on the Internet is always true.
8. I can’t decide whether to eat in or eat out tonight.
Noun Adverb 9. I’m not certain whether I’ll ask friends over this weekend.
Clause Clause 10. I don’t know if my favorite TV show is going to be on tonight.
1. My teacher would be able to help me if
✓ Write about It
she were here.
Answers will vary. Possible answers include:
2. You may feel discouraged if you get a I don’t know if I’ll travel much next year. How about you?
✓
poor grade. I’m not sure whether or not my car will start in this cold weather.
3. Sometimes I’m not sure if I’ve I can’t decide whether to go for a walk or take a nap.
✓
understood the lectures.
Activity 29: Noun Clause Review
4. I don’t know if I want to drop this class Students will identify the function of each noun clause in the
✓
or not. Question #1.
5. You won’t do well if you wait until the The Ancient Art of Feng Shui
✓
last minute to do the assignment. (O)
Have you ever wondered if you can make your life better? Maybe
6. I’m not certain if I can finish this essay in the past you’ve taken up a new sport, started eating more
✓
in time. healthily, or changed your lifestyle in some way. But have you
7. You won’t understand everything if considered changing the place you live in? The art of feng shui
✓
you don’t do the reading before class. is well known nowadays because people have been practicing it
8. I can’t decide if I want to transfer to a (S)
✓ for years. Whether or not it works is uncertain, but many people
different school. arrange their bedrooms, offices, and apartments according to
9. I wonder if the academic advisor can the principles of feng shui. They firmly believe that a few simple
✓
help me. (O)
actions will have a positive influence on their lives . In 2005,
10. You can consider repeating a course if Disneyland Hong Kong even moved its main entrance after
✓
you finish it with a low grade. talking to a feng shui expert!
11. Ask your classmates for help if you But what exactly is feng shui? Feng shui originally came from
✓
need more ideas. China. In English, these two words mean “wind and water.” It’s
12. I can’t tell if I’m doing well or not. ✓ a belief that we can balance human life with our environment.
The main concept behind feng shui is something called chi—the
Write about It Chinese word for energy flow. And the question is whether or
Answers will vary. Possible answers include: (SC)
not we can encourage this force to move in more positive ways
I don’t know if the test is today or tomorrow. around the spaces we live in . At its simplest, feng shui is the
You’ll do well on the test if you read the chapter (OP)
and do the homework. examination of how the placement of objects around you can
affect the movement of energy.
Think about It
(O)
Adjective complements: 3, 6 Feng shui specialists say that the way you design the space
Activity 27: Using or Not you live in can benefit your life . For example, make sure that your
Answers will vary. Possible answers include: (O)
home is tidy and that you have good-quality light and air . It’s not
1. I’m not sure if I’ll go to Tibet or Switzerland.
(AC)
2. My professor and I talked about whether or not Latin and certain if you’ll see immediate results , of course, but learning a
Greek were important. little about this ancient art may make life more pleasant.
3. The question is whether we should move or stay where
we are. QUESTIONS
4. I just can’t decide if I should call the company and complain 2. I would arrange my home according to feng shui. Right now it’s
or not. cluttered and messy, and that’s not healthy.
5. A doctor can tell you whether or not you have a real problem. Activity 30: Using Indirect Speech
6. Whether you join us or stay at home is really your decision. Answers will vary. Possible answers include:
7. Well, I have no idea whether or not you need to be worried! 1. She said that the next election would take place in four years.
8. I just don’t know if I was awake at the time or not. 2. He said that the candidates in the election had been chosen.

E L E M E N T S of S U C C E S S • S t u de nt B o ok 3 UNIT 12 115

Elements of Success L3 Answer Key.indd 115 8/27/14 2:32 PM

 3. She said that George W. Bush had a collection of signed
baseballs.
4. He said that Thomas Jefferson had spoken six different
languages.
5. She said that the next election would be exciting.
6. He said that Theodore Roosevelt had been the first president
to travel outside the United States.
7. She said that Theodore Roosevelt had been the first president
to be known by his initials: T. R.
8. He said that Lyndon B. Johnson had been an auto mechanic
and teacher.
9. She said that the capital of Liberia was named after James
Monroe.
10. He said that Herbert Hoover’s son had had two pet alligators!
Activity 31: Using Indirect Speech
Answers will vary. Possible answers include:
1. He said that hope was a good breakfast but a bad supper.
2. She said that all children had creative power.
3. He said that a quick temper would make a fool of you
soon enough.
4. He said that it was better to be alone than in bad company.
5. He said that money was only useful when you got rid of it.
6. She said that the only thing better than singing was
more singing.
7. He said that it was going to be a season with lots of accidents.
8. He said that we didn’t know a millionth of one percent
about anything.
9. He said that you could only lead from behind.
10. She said that you could not find peace by avoiding life.
11. He said that a man might be a fool and not know it.
12. He said that everybody was talking about the economy.
Activity 33: Using Indirect Speech
Answers will vary. Possible answers include:
1. She said she didn’t want to go.
2. He said he’d just seen his brother.
3. He said that he was going on vacation next week.
4. She said that she had left her book there.
5. He said that they were going to the library.
6. She said they had to sell the house.
7. He said that they had enjoyed the match.
8. She said Max was working there with her.
9. He said he was very happy in London.
10. He said that he’d meet us there at two tomorrow.
11. She said she’d call me. She promised.
12. She said that I could help her with her assignment.
13. He said he’d been working.
14. She said that they were having a meeting.
15. She said that she wasn’t there.
Write about It
Answers will vary. Possible answers include:
Eleanor Roosevelt said it was not fair to ask of others what you
were unwilling to do yourself.
Chinua Achebe said one of the true tests of integrity was its blunt
refusal to be compromised.
Akira Kurosawa said that in a mad world, only the mad were sane.
Activity 35: Reporting Facts
1. The professor said that the total number of people who have
ever lived is about 108 billion.
2. The report says that 3 percent of the world’s energy comes
from wind power.
3. The artist told us that Mickey Mouse’s ears are perfect circles.
116 UNIT 12 E L E M E N T S of S U C C E S S • S t u de nt B o ok 3
Elements of Success L3 Answer Key.indd 116
4. Our coach said that basketball has been part of the Summer
Olympics since 1936.
5. The tour guide said that kangaroos can’t walk backward.
6. The dictionary says the word orchestra means “dancing place”
in Greek.
7. The farmer told us that the average chicken lays 250–270 eggs
a year.
8. Our professor said Shakespeare never used the word October
in his plays.
Think about It
No, it was not necessary because the information in the noun
clauses is still true or relevant.
Activity 36: Reporting Questions
Answers will vary. Possible answers include:
1. What are you doing tomorrow?
2. What did you do yesterday?
3. Have you ever been to Paris?
4. Are you going to go to the concert next week?
5. Did you come to class last week?
6. Where does your family live?
7. Where is the best place to get coffee?
8. How often do you do your homework?
9. Are you a good artist?
10. Where do you get your lunch?
11. Were you a student here last year?
12. Does your commute to school take a long time?
Activity 37: Using Say and Tell
Answers will vary. Possible answers include:
1. Why didn’t you tell me that you couldn’t go?
2. I never said that you couldn’t go.
3. She didn’t tell me we had to leave.
4. How do you feel now that they told you that you’ve won
the prize?
5. He says/said that our presentation will be a great success.
6. Did/Has anyone tell/told the students how to find the
lecture hall?
7. She said it was going to rain tomorrow.
8. I wish you had told me you were coming!
9. The doctor says/said I’m very healthy.
10. Why didn’t he tell me that I should book the flight?
Activity 38: Using Tell
1. Jim told Tom that he didn’t believe him.
2. Maria told Susan that her book had won a prize.
3. Ann told June that it was raining.
4. Martin told Nick that he was selling his apartment.
5. Louise told Bill that the meeting is tomorrow.
6. Andrew told James that he had quit his job last month.
7. Sally told Jo that her daughter was studying music.
8. David told Stephen that he’d already been to Rome.
9. James told Nicky that it was too late to leave.
10. Sam told Ben that he had done the research.
Activity 39: Using Different Reporting Verbs
1. My brother finally admitted that he took my phone.
2. The customer complained that the computer is too expensive.
3. I wonder if the meeting has started because I can’t find
my colleagues.
4. The terrified child shouted that he was in danger.
5. Several journalists reported that the situation was calm.
6. At today’s conference, the president announced that the
economy is improving.
7. In the meeting this morning, a co-worker agreed that I was right.
8/27/14 2:32 PM
 8. My old friend wanted to know whether we met in 2007 or 2008.
9. The team leader proposed that we try a different plan.
10. Two people reported that they had seen the suspect.
11. The little girl claimed that she’d seen a dinosaur.
12. We both wonder whether there is a better solution to
the problem.
Think about It
Reported questions: 3, 8, 12.
I know this because the noun clause is an if/whether clause.
Activity 40: Expressing an Opinion or Uncertainty
Answers will vary. Possible answers include:
I think you’re right.
I don’t know whether I like this dish.
I don’t care if he’s home.
I don’t think anyone called me.
I wonder if it’ll rain.
I guess I’ll work tonight.
I don’t think it’s wrong.
I think it’s fun to travel.
Activity 41: Using Noun Clauses in Speaking
Answers will vary. Possible answers include:
1. I think you should probably see a doctor.
2. I think you really ought to study.
3. I guess what you really must do is apologize.
4. I think maybe it’s time you went home.
5. I guess maybe the question is really whether you want to
switch colleges.
6. I think you probably should leave as soon as possible. It’s late.
7. I think you really need to decide whether to go or not.
8. I think maybe the problem is that you’re making too
much noise.
Activity 42: Contradicting Someone
1. A: So you said you’re buying an apartment?
B: No, that’s not what I said. I said I was moving to a new
apartment! I can’t afford to buy one!
2. A: Pam tells me you’re moving to Paris! You have family there,
don’t you?
B: Yes, but that’s not why I’m moving. I’m moving because
I got a great new job.
3. A: Hey, look, here’s your computer. Right here on the table.
B: Oh. That’s weird. That’s not where I left it. I thought I put it
over there.
4. A: Thanks for your email. I love the picture of your dog.
It’s so funny!
B: What dog? I sent you a document. Let me see that.
That’s not what I attached! How did that get there?
5. A: The pasta you made was delicious. You used olive oil
in the sauce, didn’t you?
B: Nope. That’s not what I used. It has cream in it.
6. A: I saw you in the supermarket this morning.
B: That’s impossible. That’s not where I was. I was at work.
7. A: So this morning I called your company and spoke to
your manager.
B: That’s not who you spoke to. You spoke to my assistant!
8. A: OK, I’ve figured it out. To turn the phone’s volume down,
you press this button.
B: No, that’s not what you do. You just press and hold this
button for two seconds.
Activity 43: Using Wh- Clefts
1. What this class is going to be is a thorough examination of
all aspects of sociology
Elements of Success L3 Answer Key.indd 117
2. First of all, I want you to think about what you already know
about sociology. What I want is your ideas as well as mine for
each class discussion.
3. My goal is to provide a framework for you. What I want to
explain to you is exactly what the study of sociology is.
4. You’ll need to do some research during the semester. What this
means is you’ll need to spend time online and in the library.
5. I’m here to help you, of course. What I suggest is a weekly
appointment with me in my office to discuss the topics
we cover.
6. It will help you to work with your classmates. So, what I also
recommend is that you form study groups and meet regularly
in the library.
Activity 44: Focusing on Information
1. What John Travolta likes the most is flying airplanes.
2. What Barack Obama wanted was cooperation between
political parties.
3. What made Michael Jackson famous was his unique style.
4. What Mahatma Gandhi wanted was independence for India.
5. Surprisingly, what Albert Einstein loved more than anything
else was music.
6. What Nelson Mandela worked for was peace in his country.
7. What Julius Caesar didn’t want anyone to know was that he
was bald.
8. What was amazing was Dr. Seuss’s ability to write a book with
just 50 words.
Activity 45: Identifying Reported Ideas in Academic Writing
Students circle the reporting verbs in Question #2.
Staring out the window at the trees and plants outside isn’t
necessarily a sign that you are daydreaming. You might actually
be recharging your batteries. Recent studies published in the
Journal of Environmental Psychology and reprinted on the website
Science Daily (www.sciencedaily.com) demonstrate that being
around nature can give you more energy and make you feel more
alive. A lot of people think that they can wake themselves up with
a cup of coffee or an energy drink, but Richard Ryan, author and
professor of psychology at the University of Rochester, says that
connecting with nature works better.
A number of studies have shown that hiking or walking in
the woods gives people energy, but scientists weren’t sure if the
physical activity or simply being around other people during
these activities explained the increase in energy. The new studies
went further. The researchers tested college students in natural
settings and inside buildings. They found that spending time in
nature or even imagining a natural environment increased the
students’ vitality. Physical activity was not the key factor. They had
more energy simply because of the presence of nature.
The good news is that just 20 minutes a day in nature
is enough to create the beneficial effects of greater energy.
According to Ryan, “Nature is something within which we flourish,
so having it be more a part of our lives is critical, especially when
we live and work in built environments.” We all know that we feel
tired when we’re indoors all day. Now we know how we can make
things better.
QUESTIONS
1. Reporting other people’s research or ideas: that being around
nature can give you more energy and make you feel more
alive; that they can wake themselves up with a cup of coffee
or an energy drink; that connecting with nature works better;
that hiking or walking in the woods gives people energy;
that spending time in nature or even imagining a natural
environment increased the students’ vitality
E L E M E N T S of S U C C E S S • S t u de nt B o ok 3 UNIT 12 117
8/27/14 2:32 PM
 Activity 46: Expressing Opinions
Answers will vary. Possible answers include:
1. I think that an actor needs to have an excellent memory.
2. It’s clear that a doctor needs to understand how the
body works.
3. It’s important that a teacher be able to be patient when
students don’t understand.
4. I believe that an architect needs to be good at math.
5. I think that a writer needs to have a good imagination.
6. It’s important that an attorney understand the law well.
7. I think that a psychiatrist needs to be sympathetic to
the ideas of others.
8. I believe that a business executive needs to have the
best interests of the customer in mind.

Wrap-Up
A
Answers will vary. Possible answers include:
Example (picture 1): I’m not sure who they are. It’s possible that
they’re a husband and wife and they’re on vacation. They went
shopping in the market square and saw a bird that was in a cage.
Maybe they’ll decide to buy the bird.

B
Answers will vary. Possible answers include:
I don’t completely agree with the first statement. I love the job I
have, but I didn’t really choose it. What makes it fun is the energy
I put into it. I don’t know whether I’ll do the same kind of work
all my life, but for now, it’s fine. What people don’t realize is that
you can make your work satisfying if you try hard enough. The
problem is that people often don’t see that.

C
Answers will vary.

D
Answers will vary. Possible answers include:
“I was reading a health and fitness website and this is what I
found. It’s an example of a wh- noun clause as object. ‘People
should buy just what they need, serve smaller portions, and
understand the difference.’”

118 UNIT 12 E L E M E N T S of S U C C E S S • S t u de nt B o ok 3

Elements of Success L3 Answer Key.indd 118 8/27/14 2:32 PM